A REVISION of ror SOUTH AUSTRALIAN JERBOA

MICE, wrrn ‘rar DESCRIPTION or a NEW SPECIES.

By FREDERIC WOOD JONES, Dyse,

Tue beautifnl jumping mice whieh mhabit the vast oper spaees of Australia are

sueh peeuliarly Australian types that if is rather remarkable that they have

veeeived so hiith attention from Australian 2zooloeisis.

OF the ten species and sub-species so far recownized, one was described ly

W. Ogilby (TSS), three by Gould (TSE T8517, and T8659), aud sis hy Thomas

(1921, 1922).

The distinction of these jumping mice is in their adaptive modifications ta

acsiliatory mode of progression: they have become adapted alone lines similar

to these whieh have montded their marsupial companion Aateehiionis, and

similar fo those that have resulted in the development of the tene Jerhoas

(Dipodinde) of the Palacarctie and Ethiopian regions,

The Australian jumping mice were for lone ineluded with other specialized

rodents, whieh, however, showed no saltatory modifieations, ii Liehtenstein’s

genus Mupalotis (1820). This name, being preoccupied, was superseded by

Conilurus W. Owvilby (1858),

ois a eurious fact that, thon@h saltatory and nomnal forms were contained

in this large @enus, the non-saltatory aiumals were all named Jerboa Rats ov

Jerbou Mice. The type of the venus was (. albrpes, an antnal showing normal

proportions of the limbs, and if is vemerkable that, although this and many other

non-salfatory vats were contained te the venus, an clongation of the hind Tamh

was defined as one of the @enerie characters. Tt was not until 1898 that Waite

vesened the true saltatory -erboa mice from the mixed assemblaze of normally

proportioned imurines contained in the genus Conmlirus. Althoneh incorrect

veneralizations had beeu previously made concerning the elonwated tind tanh.

Waite was the first to recognize that, in the high specialization of the clon@ated

foot, the true Serbo mice showed themselves to be a cistinet aml well

defined @ronp.

To tis group with the modified feet he gave the name of Podanainatis

(TS98), the type of which was 2. longieaudaties, lat, stiee Lesson had already

(1S41) eiven the wame Nefoays to the first recognized Australian Jerboa monse

(Nonifelelty), this vame has priority aver Waite’s appropriate designation, tn

Hie sume paper of Ta9s. Waite drew attention to the gular pouch possessed bay

a RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

the Fawn-colouved Jerboa mouse, and he proposed for this species a new generic

tithe, Thealucouys, but finding that this name night be in jeopardy. owing to

preoceupation, he replaced it mm W900 by Aseopharyir, with A. eereriis as the

type of the genus,

In 1906 Oldfield Thomas wrote: Tam not at present prepared to consider

its possession of a gular pouch as a character of generie dnportanee, and should

therefore place Ascopharyne as a synonym of Netomys.”’

Until the present time ceresnius has remained alone as a Jerboa mouse i

which a enlar poneh has been deserihed ; and if is meh to be reeretted that in

ho recent description of a new species is any attention given fo this point, The

discovery of another well-defined species possessing a gular ponel, combined with

the niter lack of any sugeestion of a poueh in the remaining Jerboa mice of

which T have made a thorough examination, cousiderably strenethiens Waile's

opinion of the generie distinction of the ponched forms. To have, therefore,

followed Waite in separating ceretids and its new ally from those Jerboa mice

in which we know, from repeated examinations of recent specimens, that ao

pouch exists, The detection of a new poncehed form with a specialization af Foot

structure made i imperative to ascertain if, what may be termed the original

Jerboa mouse (ulehell/) was pouched or pouchless. At my request Mr. 1. Le «.

Tronehton very Iindly examined the two type specimens of wuilehell7 in the

Australian Museum, Sydney. and although the condition of the specimens is

not ideal, he reported concerning the powell: “PE feck reasonably sire hat the

character is not present in the two nelteheli?

As Waite sngvested in TS98, aitehelli, therefore, allies itsel? with lagi

Crd ahs.

We may then feel some assurance in the nomenclature of the tye potehless

forms with whieh we are familar, of whieh abundant and satisfactory material

has been examined, and of which acequate deseriptions have been published,

All measurements in millimetres.

NOTOMYS LONGICAUDATUS Gould, 1844,

This well-defined species has been adequately redeseribed byw Waite (1898).

No speeimens examined by present writer. [1s essential characters ave as follows:

Colour. Sandy above, with sone dark hairs admixed: white below

Gitar pouch, Alsent

Pes, Length, efre, 48 mm, TWallieal pad present.

Tail, To 190 mm.

Shull. Basal leneth 88 mm.

Mpper molar series, @-5 mm,

Woop Jonges—SoutTu AUSTRALIAN JERBOA MICE 3

NOTOMYS MITCHELLI Ogilby, 1838.

Numerous specimens, including one from type locality, examined hy present

writer,

Colour. Grizzled isabelline brown above, white below, hairs dark smoky

at hase.

Gilar pouch. Absent.

Pes. Leneth, ere. 36 1m, Liv sub-species macropus 39 mm, Tallueal pad

present,

Tail. To 155 mm.

Shull, Basal leneth, 27-30 ma.

Upper molar series. 5 mm.

Of the pouched forms there are also two well-defined species present in the

fanna of this State,

ASCOPHARYNX CERVINUS Gould, 1851.

This distinet species redeseribed by Waite (1898). Numerous specimens

examined by present writer.

Colour. Pale sandy, with occasional dark tipped hairs on dorsal surtace,

Ventral surface white, hairs white to their roots,

Gular pouch, Present ti both sexes,

Pes, Length, 34mm. Hallieal pad present.

Tail. To 155 mm.

Shull. Basal length, 26-28 mm.

l’pper molar seri¢s, 5 yam,

ASCOPHARYNX FUSCUS sp. nov.

Characters may be epitomized as follows:

Colour, Rather drab and uniform isabelline Hebt brown above, Below

white; the hairs pale smoky at the bases.

Gilar pouch. Present in both sexes,

Pes. Leneth, ere, 53 min. Elallneal pad absent,

Tail. Vo 135 mm,

Shull. Basal leneth, 27 min.

Upper malar serves. 5mm.

Extended description.

This little Jumping mouse, which is readily distinguished from its allies by

its external characters, has previously been confused with the other Jerboa mice

4 RECORDS OF ‘ring SA, Muse

in whose company i happens to be living in any of the distviets of the more aril

parts of the Contre

Li deseribing cl. cereines, Gorld qentions thaloa darker form. is sometimes

met with. and be fiewres, in a rather imeonvineine manner, (his darker fort in

the baekeround of his plate depicting the Fawry-coloured -lerbou Morse, Waite,

When examining the specimens of Jerboa mice procured by the Horn Expedition,

votived Chat among (he specimens obtained trom Charlotte Waters and Alice

Springs there were some speeimens whieh, thomel possessing a gular poneh,

differed from ol. cerca in being of a darker colour,

OF this iype heawwrote: A darker Torn awas considered fo beoa second speeies

of the wens Celseopharyie) until a comparative examination of the skulls

showed i to be specifiewty identical The fiwiecolonred portions are replaced

Dv aomneh deeper tind and the fi el the anderparts is @rey at ihe base > Tbe

also stated dhat In colour it resembles No nietehedi?

Thy noting the difference in the colon of the base of the ventral while Titties,

Waite reeoeniaed one of the specifie characters of al. fuses.

In separating the jnembers of the old genus Contre into those with

normal feet and those with specialized feet, Watte noted that of ihe six pads

present Tn normal oirines “fwo or more are absent ae the Perboa mice, As we

have seen, twoare abseut in all the forms previousky cleseribed ss the only member,

whieh has been acequately described up to the present time. haying move then

lava absent ts Ae Pisces.

The fact that the so-called “dark form’ of ol eermiis has a different type

of sole pads, as well as a different character of cout colouration, @ives ih the

reli to specie rank: aid the animal is here tamed osecopharwie fuseus.

may be said at once that, im all, some ten speeies of -lerboa mice of the genera

Nolonus and Ascophiarie lave been deseribed, but the deseriptions of most of

(hese species are so tistifficient that if is impossible to determine if the presen

Form das been previously tamecl by authors who have neglected details of

structive necessary for the propor cletermination of the species of this wens,

This species, which rescribles aA, caucus in possessing a e@ular powell in

both sexes, differs from that species in veueral colouration amd ia the eolawr of

the mdividital hates, as well as in the fact that the foot, whieh os comsiderably

broader, tas no puclat the base of the first digit.

The general colour of the head and dorsal suebiee of the body as leh

isebelline brown, laeking altogether that vellowness whieh renders oh. corms

Mawnecolonred, Not only is the shade of yellow absent. but dhe whole colouration

is considerably darker and more deab. ba weneral form i resembles ob. eer prits

very Closely and its aveasirements do not differ in aay cousin clireetion fram

(hose of that species,

The incdividdal titivs of the clorsab stefaee dive smoky at the Dase, beawn tn

theereafer portion oF their length, the tips berg only sliehtls: darker than the

Woon Jones -SourH AUSTRALIAN JERBOA MIcE 5

shafts. The contrast between the colour of the shaft and the tip of the haivs of

the dorsal strface is not so marked as in A, cereus, the whole pelage being more

vnifome dull brown and aot so definitely flecked with dark tipped hairs at the

hinder end of the body, At the sides of the hody the darker tips of the hairs

disappear altogether, and the lvown of the dorsal surface merges somewhat

wradually into the white of the ventral surtace. The face ix uniformly colonred

the same light brow as characterizes the head and dorsal surface. The outer

cide of the limbs rather brighter brown than the dorsal surface. Laner side of

the limbs and the whole of the ventral surface white, but, iu distinction Prom

AA. corvinus, the white hairs of the ventral surface are pale smoky at their bases

and not pure white in the whole of their extent, as they are in that species.

The vhinaritim is dusky pink, and is not so prominent or hooked: as if ts iW

Ao eemdnes. ‘The vibrissae ave lone and, save for a few of the short antberion

hrembers, whieh are white thronghout, ave dark brown at the base and white at

(he tips; the longest measures 92 man,

The ears are long, thin, and membranous, but ave dusky ta colour ihroughout,

a few Heht brown hairs Clothing the base without, and beiig sparsely scattered

over the surface of the auricle. Manus and pes white, but the soles nore dusky

in colour than those of A. cererius,

The pes is move robust than that of A. cereinis, its breadth aeross the base

of the three middle digits averaging 6 ain., jostead of +. qm. in the latter

species. The pads of the soles are constantly recueed to three, the pad at the lase

of digit 1 being quite unrepresented,

The tail is lone, considerably exceeding the length of head and body. Hts

clothed with short brown hairs on its dorsal surface and well pencilled at the

endowith a tuft of brown hairs; below, the hairs are white, a small portion of the

ventral surface of the terminal pencil being composect of white hairs, The seale

rows average fourtecn to the ceutunetre,

The eular pouch is present im both sexes, and differs no vo way fron that

oF ol. eereiids.

The nipples are four in number aud abdominotnetinial ta position,

Dimensions.

SPECIMENS PROM OoLDRA.

3 A 2 g

Head and body .. of 110 105 110 1s

Rhingrim to ear... AP Al 2S oy 25

ar ; ods _ ZT th) —~ 2h

Pos a) ia 7. S4 32-5 34 |

Tail He a ad 125 Bh* 13 108*

‘The tiils of these specimens iperteet.

6 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

The skull differs from that of al. cereinies it possessing palatal foramina

which do not extend backwards past the witerior edge of the first molar tooth,

and im the form of the mesial pterygoid processes, whieh ave curved outwards

ab (hei posterior extremities, instead of beine practically straight.

Dimensions of Skull.

ApuLir & PROM OonpEA.

Greatest length ds oh Z 4 30

Basal length .. wt ast :. ~ 27

“Zygomablic breadth — .. ee jh. els 16

Tnterorbital constriction t. r i an

Nusals length .. os ae e J, 10

Palate leneth .. sh M46 ’ - 15

Upper anolar series ct Ai is “ft

This Jerboa mouse is not uneounnen about Ooldea, whenee FE have received

Munerous speciuens from Mer. A. GQ. Bolan. Alhoueh at Charlotte Waters and

Alice Springs ii was found living in company with AL cerefaus, with which

species if has, as we hye seen, been previously eoufused; at Ooldea it lives iu

company with Notomys aitchell, and there is confounded with that species,

Although in giving brief summaries of the chiracters of the previously

(leseribed species of Jerboa mice, measurements of foot and tail and skull have

heen employed, if anust be remenibered that the diagnosis is not made solely on

the measurements. There has been a tendeney to over-estimate the importance of

mere size in determining the specitie characters of members of these genera, So

inuich is this the ease that ne proper comparison muy be made between my species

A. fusens and the published descriptions of some of the other recently described

species. ALL Australian zoologists will realize that ne system of measurement

alone can ever determine the specific identity of mammals inhabiting the arid

Centre, Their adult size depends upon the nature of the seasons in whieh their

span of life is passed. As Sir Baldwin Spencer noted, in the Zoology of the

Tlorn Expedition, animals living during a succession of good seasons ave larger

than those which have grown curing @ successive series of bad seasons. One of

the most remarkable instances of this is that of Dusyeereus cristieuuda, which,

in the second generation bred in captivity, exceeds its wild ancestors very

remarkably in size, The same factor must be considered when dealing with the

Jerboa mice, as the following measurements of a series of NV. mitehelli will show:

Woop JoNnEs—SoutTH AUSTRALIAN JERBOA MICE 7

Female specimen

Average of five Maximum bred in captivity

wild-caught measurements — from wild-eaught

specimens from of wild-caught parents front

Ooldea, specimeus. Oolden,

Head and body AS A 121 28 132

Rhinarium to ear... ty 31-4 32 32

Kar “4 als i ve 25 26 26

Pes 12 i av o« 3a8 879 39)

Tail a os “f - 147 15 150

This inerease of size applies to the skull, as well as to the external

measurements.

Wild-enught Specimen reared

specimen, in capitivity,

Greatest length ro, j. Fe 3 54-5

Basal length .. ; af ak 27 30

Zyvomati¢ breadth .. Rg it, 16 17-5

Interorbital Goustriction —.. as ” 6

Nasals leneth i .. Ne 10-5 13

alate leneth . :. a: 15:5 7

Upper molar series .. ud oa a 5

It will be noticed that in this general enlargement of the skull the teeth take

no part, The same fact holds good with other murines, since the skulls of Radhus

murray? kept iv confinement show a considerable increase in size, but the very

small teeth, diagnostic of the species, remain unaltered. It is to be hoped that

Australian workers will make a closer study of the Jerboa mice before it is too

late, and flat wood general descriptions, instead of a few measurements, uiay be

forthcoming of all species at present existing.

REFERENCES

Waite (1) Proe. Roy. Soe. Viet., 1898 (new series), x, pt. a, p. 117, pl. v, vi,

(2) enti, Maw. Nat. [ist., sev. 7, ii, 1898, p. 196. (3) Ann. Mag, Nat. IList.,

sor 7, v, 1900, p. 222.

Oldfield tine (1) Ann, Mag. Nat. Pist., ser. 7, xvii, 1906, p. 82. (2) Ann,

Mae. Nat. Tist., ser. 9, villi, 1921, p. 586. (3) Amu. May, Nat, Hist., ser. 9,

ix, 1922, p. 315,

THE EARED SEALS OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA

BY FREDERIC WOOD JONES, D.SC.

Summary

The Otarid seals that inhabit the Australian coasts have been subject to much confusion in literature.

There are several reasons for this, among wihich the following are the most important: the rather

vague descriptions given by the early navigators; the hasty diagnosis of specific and generic

characters on insufficient material, notably by Gray; the local use and frequent misuse of the terms

Fur Seal and Hair Seal, Sea Lion and Sea Bear; the great changes which age, sex, and wetness or

dryness effect in the appearance of a seal. The present paper applies particularly to the seals of

South Australia, where the author has alone made first-hand observations.

THE EARED SEALS or SOUTIT AUSTRALIA.

By FREDERIC WOOD JONES, D.Se.

Tre Otarid seals that inhabit the Australian coasts have bee subject to mich

eontusion im Jiterature. There are several reasons for this, amoung which the

following ave the most important: the rather vague deseriptions given hy the

early navigators; the hasty diagnosis of specific and veneric Characters on

insufficient material, notably by Gray; the local use and frequent misuse of the

forms Fur Seal ard Hair Seal, Sea Lion and Sea Bear; the great changes which

awe, sex, and wetness or dryness effeet in the appearance of a seal. The present

paper applies particularly to the seals of South Atistralia, where the amlor bas

alone made first-hand observations.

Sealing as au organized industry has ceased to exist mn South Australia ;

but there are many men still living who took pari in all the oll activities and

brutalities of the sealing days. For these men there were two kinds of seal

uormally vesident on the coast and islands: (1) Ac Bur’ seal, a sivall wuiinial

with a underfur, and valuable for its pelt; (it) AS’ Hair’? seal, a larger vicinal

with no under-fur when adult, and valuable only for its hide and oil,

We nay say that a fur seal is an auimal whieh when adult averages sin feet

fora wie ( 2) and five feet fora Klapmateh ( 9).

The hair seal, on the other haud, is far larger: am achilt bull gome to ten,

or ever more, feet, avd an adult klapmateh to an average of about cight,

What are the proper specific names for these two animals?

Péron gives the first description of the South Australian seals, and, to my

mind, his account (despite the faet that his promised monograph never saw the

livht of day) is clear enough, even ta the ramming account of the voyage.

His first specifie naming oveurs in the deseription of animals seen on

Kanwaroo Island during the stay from December, 1802, fo February, 1808. The

ovieinal aceount is as follows: *Parmi les Phocaces nombrens qui peuploiweni

les rivages de Vile, on distinguoit simtout mi norvelle espece du genre Otarie

(Oturiu cinered, No) qui parvieut a la longue de 30 a 32 decimetres (1 a 10

pieds), Tae poil de cet animal est tres court, tres duret, tres grossier: mais son

euiv est epais et fort, et Phidle qucon prepare aver sa ptaisse est asst borne

qu abancdante,

“Pour Wun ef Vautece rapport. la peche de cet amphibie offrrroit de precieux

avantages: i en es de meme de quelques autres especes de Phoeaces plus petites

WW Keconbs OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

qivon (rouve egaloment en tres-grand nombre sir ees lords, ef qui portent des

Fourrires de bore quatites. 7

To Allen (') seh oa deseription might justify Péron’s Ofaria ederea bein

placed among “mythical and indeterminauhle species’: but only the faek of

local Knowledyve could warrant this attitude. Tf is obvious that: (1) Péron's

Ohi cinerea Was a laree seal nine to ten feet lone; (2) that it was a hair seal:

(3) that its only value lay in its leather and oily (4) that it was different from

the smaller far seals whieh existed in great timbers, and which were not

specifically named,

The next phase in the history of this specifie namie is its veaise hy Qioy and

Gatmard. ‘These authors, duving the voyage of the “Astrolabe, examined a seal

from Western Port, and identified it with Ofarla efnerca Pévon. ** Comme cette

espeee’” (O. emeren), le ameme selon nous que celle qui nous occupe, a ete admis

dans los catalogues’? They then deseribe an adult male seal seven feet lone, atid

on parting the hair of whieh ‘ton vott un feuture roux pen epais,’??

That Quoy and Gaimard’s Otarie Condree was un animal altowether different

from Péron’s Ofaria cinerea is obvious, His therefore diffieul to see how Quoy

and Gaimard’s specimen, whieh is preserved in the Zoologieal Gallery of the

Museen at fhe -ardin des Plantes. ean rightly be referred to as the type of

Olan cinerca Peron, althouwh Clark (10) has siegested this course.

To those familiar with the Baved Seals of South Avstealia i is at onee

apparent that Péron applied the name Olaria cinerea to the lavee hair seal of

Kangaroo Island (there can, T submit, be no alternative to this suggestion),

whilsl Quoy and Gaimard, in error, appliod Péron’s mame to the smaller tue

seal—the animal whieh Pérouw hack mentioned but lad vot named,

In order fo wnravel the nomenclature and svaouomy of these animals if is

best to adhere (6 the terminology of the old sealers, and deal diest with the Lovie

seal and then with the Fu seal.

The Large Hair Seal, also locally termed the Cowled Seal or Counsellor Seal,

in hooks often termed Austratiin Sea Lien,

By sealers the male is known as the ball and the feniale as the klapmatel,

(a) Peron (1) undoubtedly referred do this animal when he bestowed the

namie Olaria ecmeread on the large hair seal of Kanvaroo Islid (Isle Deeres),

Since Ho mention is made of the light mane or cowl i Péron’s deseriplion. il

seems certain that his diagnosis was made from klapmatehes and youne bills

only.

(hb) Péron (2) also certainly wave the name Olarie albicallis to the same

species when he saw the older bulls on St. Peter Island (Isle Eugene), His

(1) Allen, History of North Atmerieun Pinnipers, PSS0, ps, 205,

Woop JONES—EARED SEALS OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA 1}

deseription is as follows: ‘fous ces individus appartenoient a Line espece

nouvelle du genre particulier que j'ai cru devoir etablir sous le nom d’Otarie.

IIs parviennent a la longeur de S a 9 pieds, et se distingneut surtout par ine

erand tache blanche a la partie wovenne ef superieure dit cous c'est dvapres se

caractere, que jai deerit, ce phocace nouveau sous le nom cd? Otarie Albicolle’’

(Ofwmia albicallis N.).

Péron contrasted their behaviony with that of other seals, and said they were

“Wun natural bien woins timide que ces derniers’’; another indication that he

was dealine with bulls of a species of which he had previously seen only klap-

matches.

(e) Gray (3) renamed the same animat as Arelocephalus lobatus.

(7) Quow and Gaibnard (4) recdeseribed) a small female specimen from

King George's Sound under the mame Ohmi australis, they having previously

bestowed Péron’s name eseren om the Fur seal ol Western Port im error,

te) Peters (12) eave i as his opinion that Olan eonerea, O, lobutus, and

YO albicallis were syuonyms ; brit le does not mention the dada om whieh he arrived

aft this opinion.

With various generic designations, it was known under the speeifie nate

ol lobutus ov lubuta, until in IS75 Clark (10) revived Péroiw’s ame Oluria

alhieollis.

fu Australian zoological literature, however, the specific name lobalus per-

sisted qutil Alexander (15) deseribed if under the name Ryaeelopias albreallis,

Since it cammob be maintained that Peron’s description of the Katiwgaroo

Island air seal is so vaeite as to leave im coubt the aetual animal to whieh he

applied the specifie name ehrered, this name should be aecepted as the designation

of the spevies.

The Small Fur Seal, sometimes known as the Sea Bear.

By sealers the male is known as the wig and the female as the klapmateh,

(7) Peron (1) termed this speeies ‘ Phoeaces plus petites qui portent des

fourrures de bone qualite’ He did not, however, bestow i speeiftie mate on

ite thes Voyawe,? even if he may have done so in the lost monograph.

(Db) Quoy and Gaimard (+) referred it to Ofarig eherce Peron ti ervor,

fe) Gray (31) confused it with a perfectly clistinet species, Ofwrra forstery

(liesson, S28).

(id) No other name has ever been applied to it, for Allen, Clavie, and all

later writers have either accepted the erroneous desivnation of efmerca Peron ov

confused if with forstery. Jt is obvious, therefore, (hat the small fur seal of the

coasts of South Australia is zoolopically an unmaamed species, aad this heine so,

I propose for it the specific name of doriferus.

12 RECORDS OF THE Sv. MusKUM

With regard to the generic designation of these species. Péron’s generie

title Olarva is generally agreed to have been ereated for Ofarie jubata. Accepting

Ofuria jubata as the type of the monotypic genus Ofaria, TP see to reason to

dissent from Becddarel s conclusion (7) that all the vest of the Hared Seals should

be embraced in i. Cuvier’s genus arelocephalus (1824), of whieh the type is

Phocu ursing There are certainty no differential features of @enerig rank to

separate enerens and doriferius.

The synonormy is as follows (the works are referred to by numbers in the

text):

Arctocephalus cinereus.

(1) IS16. Ofaria etnerea Perou, Voyage ans Terres Australes. ii, p. 77.

(2) 1816. Ofaria albieollis Peron, op. enh. sip. py. 11S.

(3) 1888. Aretocephalus labatus Guay, Spicilewia Zovlowieu, part i, p. 1,

pl. iv, fig. 2.

(4) 1830. Olarin dustralis Quoy and Ganmard., Zvolowie du voyare le

I Astrolabe, i, p. 9).

(9) 1865. Aretocephalius lobulus Gould, Mammals of Australia, ii, p. A.

(6) 1866. Neophoca lobatus Gray, Anu. and Mag. Nat. Hist. xwili, p. 231,

(7) 1866, Ofaria lobata Peters, Monatsh, Akad. Wiss. Berlin, pp. 276,

668,

(8) 1sS70. Zulophus tobatus Allen, Bulletin, Mus. Harvard, ii, p. td.

(9) S73. Zalophus lobutus Scott, Maninalia, Recont and Extinet, p. 20.

(10) ISTH. Otaria albteallis Clark, PLZ.S., pp. Go0-677.

(11) IS76. ALretocephalus lobutus Waterhouse, in Hareus’s South Aus-

tralia, p. 283,

7. Otaria einerea Peters, Monatsh. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, pp. 405-7.

887. Humetopius chiereus Turner, Voyaee of ELMS. Challenger,

xxvi, Report ou Seals, p. 7 (ian part).

(14) 1892. Zalophus fobutics Opilby J.D... Cat. Aust. Mami. p. P26.

(15) 1920. Binnetapias albfeatlis Mexander, Journ, Ginn. Boe, (Zool.),

XXXIV, p, 478.

(16) 1922. Aretocephalus forstery Wood Jones, Trans. Roy, Soe. Souk

Australia, xivi, p. 198,

Arctocephalus doriferus sp. nov.

(17) 1816. Sinall Fur Seal of Kanearoo Tslaud, Peron, ap. e7f.. po 11s,

(18) S80. Ofaria ehrerea, Qnoy & Gaimard, Voyare de i Astrolabe,

(Zooloey ), i, p. 89.

(2) Beddared, Tris. Zoul Sar, xii, PSii) pp. aie,

Woop JONES—TEARED SEALS OF SovuTU AUSTRALIA 13

(19) 1854. Aretarephalus comereus Gray, PLAS. po 8)8.

(20) 1878. Otfaria emerea, Clark, PuZ.S. pp. Ta0-760,

(21) TSS4. Ofer eftnener Clark, loe. ert, pp. TS8-196.

(22) (S874. Byelaria emerea Gray, Hand List of Seals, ete. in Brit. Muts..

p. ob.

(23) V8T9. Bvotaria einerca MeCox, Prod. Zool. Viet., Dee. iv. pl. 51, p. 7.

(24) 1882. Buataria emerca MeCoy, Prod, Zool, Viet. Dee. viii, pl 71.

py 7.

(25) TssT. Binnelopias cinereus Turner, loc. ert,

(26) 1802. Arelaeephalus forster’? Ogilby, loe. cit, p. 127.

(27) 1909. cretocephalus forster’ Lueas & Le Souél, Animals of Aus-

tralia, p. 16 (with MeCoy’s description and figures of Biatarn

cmered. )

In order to clear some further uncertaintios from this question, it is well to

include the synouomy of the typical fur seal of New Zealand.

Arctocephalus forsteri.

(28) 1SP8. Ofaria forsfery Lesson, Diet, Class. d“Tist. Nat., sil, p. 421,

29) 1820. Phoed forsters Fischer, Synop. Mamin., p. 252,

BQ) S44. Phoea wresing Forster, Deseript. Animal. p. 64.

31) 1866. Aretacephalus cinereus Gray, Amn. Mae. Nat. Hist. xvii,

p. 286.

32) 1866. Arectocephalus forstert Gill, Proc, Kssex. Instit., v, pp. 1-15.

33) IS7T2. Aretocephalus cinereus UWoecetor, Trans. New Zealand Lastitute.

iv, p. 196,

34) 1872. Gypsophoed tropicalis Grity, PLAS. p. both.

35) 1875. Olaria forster? Clark, loc, cit. sup.

AG) 1900. vlretocephalus forsteri Waite, Subantarctic Islands of New

Zealand, u, p. 48.

The distineuishine characters of these three species are as follows:

ARCTOCEPHALUS CINEREUS Pvron.

Adult male, 10 to 12 feet. Adult female, & to 10 feet,

Adult with voarse hair only; dark red under-fur present in pups, but shed

later,

Calaur, Adult Male. The entire body brown, with the exception of the

large yellowish mane whieh extends from the crown of the head to the shoulders.

Adult Female. Brown on the dorsal surface: yentral surface pale yellowish

white. Pups of both sexes brown throughout.

Nails of the three middle digits of the pes extending to the free edee of the

interdigital webbing.

14 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Prolongations of middle three diwits falling far short of those of lateral

digits.

Crantdl characters. Adult Male. The sagveital and nnehal crests are

extremely well developed. and the skull is large and massive, Condylo-basal

leneth fo 300 am.

Adult Female. Cresis not nearly so well developed. Condylo-basal leneth

fo 250 mm,

Both Sexes. Interorbital constriction, behind supra orbital processes, rela-

tively short, broad, and rounded. Zyvomatie arch without marked post orbital

processes. Posterior ends of nasals falling considerably short of posterior

extremity of superior maxilla.

Dental characters. Cheek teeth viariahly — or 8 * fhe smaller for-

mula being most Frequently met with, _ .

With numerous small viriable bosses of the cineulun, bat with no vesuler

secorlary Clsps,

ARCTOCEPHALUS DORIFERUS sp. nov.

Adult male. about G@ Feet. Adult female, about 5 feet.

Adults with course hair, but a vieh ehestnut iuncder-fir retained throughout.

life.

Calour, Adult Male. Greyish brown on the dorsal surface, Dark brown

ou the ventral srvface.

Adult’ Female, Ashy-erey or yellowish brown on dorsal surface. Dark

browit on ventral surface.

Pups of both sexes. Dark brown,

Nails of three mice digits of the pes fail to extend to the free edge of the

inferdigial webbing by constderably more than their own length,

Prolongations of middle three pedal dievits practically equal to those of

lateral digits,

Cranial characters. Adult Male. Crests boi poorly marked, and difference

between the sexes not nearly so pronounced as in el. efmereus.

Condylo-basal leneth. adit male, to abont 250 mm,

Condylo-basal length, adult female, to about 200 mm.

toth Sexes, Diterorhital contriefion, behinl supraorbital processes, lone

wud narrow,

“Zyeomatic arch with well-developed post-orbital process. Posterior ends of

nasals nearly reaching posterior niareins of superior maxillae.

Dental charaeters. Cheek teeth variable : y ov = the larger for

mula being usually met with. With well-defined anterior and posterior secondary

ensps on all except the last upper mole,

Woop JONES—EARED SEALS OF SouTH AUSTRALIA 15

ARCTOCEPHALUS FORSTERI Lesson.

Adult male. § fo 7 fect. Adult female, o to 64 feet.

Adults with coarse lair, buta light red-brown under-fur retamed throueh-

out life.

Colour. Both sexes. Dorsal surface dark brown, evizzled baw the presence

of white tips to the dark hairs. Ventral surface reddish brown.

Nails of the three middle pedal digits fail to reach the free edge of the

inferdigital webbing by their own leneth.

Prolongations of middle three pedal digits not quite so long as those of

lateral diwits.

Cranial characters. Inomost cross details falls within the range of variation

of A. dariferus.

Condvlo-basal length of males and females to about 230 aim,

Dental characters, Cheele teeth normally with only aa anterior

secondary evisp rising from the cineuliam.,

Distribution of these three species,

Arclacephalus emerens vanges from Houtman’s Alrolhos in the west to the

ishinds of Bass Straits in the east, In these ishinds its present existence is,

aceording to Lord, doubtful. At one time its range extended to the imaintand

of Tasmania, for its bones are frequent in the kitehen middens of the aborigines.

The headquarters of the species is now the islands in the Great Australian Bight.

Arctocephalus doriferus apparently ranged from the Recherche group in the

west to the eastern coasts of Australia and to Tasmania, AL present it appears

to be eonfined to certain islands off Tasmania (Isle due Phoques, ihe Tippolytes,

ete.), to the islands of Bass Straits, and to Casuarina Islands, off Kangaroo

Island.

His years since one was seen by a reliable observer on Kangaroo Tsland,

itself, and, thoneh it is often reported as living on the ishinds of the Bight, ihe

writer has seen no living animal nor recent specimen. Moreover. no skeletal

remains have been found on any of the numerous islands of the Bieht visited

hiring the past five years, though a seaworn and broker skull was found on the

beach of D’Estree Bay, Kangaroo Island, in Mareh, 1925. The animal still lives

on the Casuarina Islands (a proclaimed sanetumrey), whenee the last eareo of

pelts was taken mm 1912,

16 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Arctocephalus forsteri frequented the coasts of New Zealand and its sub-

antaretie islands, and has many times been reported as a member of the Aus-

tralian fauna, probably being confused with A. doriferus. Of its recent status

in New Zealand we have the pleasing assurance of Waite (36) that its numbers

have increased, ‘Sand if poaching, which undoubtedly takes place, can be stopped,

there is no reason why the animal should not again people its old haunts.’’

|The peculiar word ‘‘Klapmateh,’? applied to female seals, is evidently

‘

derived from ‘‘Klapmyd,’’? the Danish name of the Hooded or Bladder-nosed

Seal (Cystophora cristata). The word ** Wie’? is the technical name for the

coarse hair on the shoulders of a full-erown male fur-seal, hence for the seal

itself.— Editor. |

FIELD NOTES ON SOME AUSTRALIAN REPTILES

AND A BATRACHIAN

BY EDGAR R. WAITE, P.L.S., C_.M.Z.S., DIRECTOR, SA MUSEUM

Summary

The following are extracts from notes on observations made from time to time, mainly in the field,

either by myself or by others, to whom the notes are acknowledged. For assistance in connection

with the photographs and drawings I am indebted to Messrs. H. M. Hale and B. C. Cotton, of the

Museum staff.

FIELD NOTES ox some AUSTRALIAN REPTILES Ann

A BATRACHIAN.

By EDGAR RR, WATTE, F.L.S., C.M.Z.S., Direcror Sowrn Ausreatian Musvum,

Figs, 1-14,

Thur following are extracts from notes on observations made from time to time,

minty on the field, ether by myself or by others, fo whom the notes are acknow-

ledeed. For assistance in connection with the photoeraphs and dvawings Tan

imdebted ta Messrs. 1. M. Hale and B.C. Cotton, of the Museum stat.

CHELONLA.

WATER TORTOISES, Chelodina iid Emydura.

Figs. 1-3.

Karloan, a Point Macleay native. was born at a period wher tis people had

to damit and fish for themselves: im the days wheu Government rations were

unthought of. Te says that lis tribal name is Mutlentypery, the Long-neeled

Tortoise (Chelodina lougicollis Shaw), bestowed in allusion to dis feats in the

water and his facuity for catching **turtles’? when a little bow.‘ Maillen’? is

the native name of the weed amone whieh the reptile lives. The tortoise is

sought by wading, perhaps waist deep, and located by sight or eroping with the

hands; it does not elimh on to logs, and sometimes feeds on land as well as in

the water. Ti can duek its head and neek eompletely under the marein of the

shell, and lays about twenty eggs ina hole scooped in the evound:; the hole is

made by the reptile turning itself round and rouud and throwine out the sand

ov earth with its feet. The ewes are Jaid after the first rains in November or

December, and the young appear in Febrnary or March. It is good to eat.

The eges laid by one female measure 31 x 20 nm... and five examples are

shown in fie. 1 (atural size).

Respecting the Murray River Tortoise (2mydira imaequaril Gray), Karloan

says his name for this species is ** Ware.’ and that if cannot tek ifs head and

neck completely under the shell, as ean ihe Maillentypers.. Tt elimbs out of the

Water on to partially submerged logs, where it may vemain for considerable

periods, but it feeds only in the water. The flesh is uot so good as that of the

Mullentypery, and, fomuch is eaten, sores are produced om the body.

18 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Karloan’s statement as to the sideways retraction of the head and neek,

complete in Cheloding and partial in Aargdierd, might almost be inferred from an

examination of the respective shells. In the former (fig, 2) if is free from the

— LT en acral |

Hos.

Pte

Mir, 1 Bees of Chelodria longicollis, Nitiural sive.

attachment of the skin, all round the front marein, for nearky an inch under the

carapace in large examples, and about half that space above the plastron. tn

Hivdura fie, 3), though free at the sides, the skin converges forward under

the carapace, and in the middle is attached just below the marein of the nepal

and first marginal plates om cach side, whenee it contracts, and therefore leaves

a owider space. In the plastron the skin is attached elose to the edge of the shell

all the way round. The encroachment of the skin, in this species, may therefore

prevent the complete retraction of the head and week, an apparent disability

not experienced by Chelodina.

T am told that though both tortoises are caten by natives, Haydiura only is

relished ly Europeans, and at one time, when the eheloniaus were more plentiful

in the yieinity of our towns than they are to-day. the Maurvay Tortoise ws

reenlarly eaught and consigned to Adelaide, where it was sold to restaurants and

served us turtle soup. Cheladina was, on the other hand, not utilized in any

wity, because ‘it stiiks horribly.”

WAITE—AUSTRALIAN REPTILES AND A BACTRACHIAN 19

When hatehed, sometimes at considerable distanees from water, the young

seent fo dustinetively make their way to the viver, aud en route are sometimes

picked ip by school children, 'Phis sense of direetion has been attributed to the

leading of falling ground, it being common alike to marine tuvtles, erocodiles, ete.

[ have kept several Mervay ‘Tortoises in my garde: wher aissed from then

pond they were tivariably to be found avaiust the back warden fenee. the erouitd

vently sloping i that direction, and to whieh the reptiles wandered in evident

searel For more extensive waters than had been provided for them,

Mig. 2. Under side of front portion of earapaee of Chelodina longieollis, The impor line

represents the attachment of the skin, indicated by shading. Redeed,

There are, however, exceptions to the falling ovoid sieewestion; im eertain

paris of Australia, when successions of rainy seasons are followed by periods of

drought. water holes dvyv up, and the tortoises that may have been hatehed in the

vieinity, and lived in certain water holes, possibly for four or five years, are

compelled to mierate. To this end they, of necessity, have to make for rising

eromicd, and have been seen crossing ridges belween low-lying pools. On a ridge

betwee fwo swamps a rabbit-proof fenee was erected, and later the migrating

tortoises were discovered piled up dead against the wire barrier. Tf is allewed

ihat tortoises cat ihe ewes of fishes, and at the instance of vives fishermen the

Mig. 8. (Wnder side of front portion of earapaee of Bmydura macquarii. THe diner line

represents the attachment of the skin, iodieated by shading. Redneed

20) Recorns oF THE S.A. MUSEUM

legislature of this and other States placed a price on the tortoise, and paid a

sum for each unfortunate’s head. The rabbit netting aboye mentioned proved

a copper mine to certain astute fishermen, for, according fo my informant (My.

'T, P. Bellehambers), all they had to do was to walk along the fence and decapt-

tate the already caught chelonians, for each head of whieh they were duly paid

by an uusnspecting Govermment,

It might be thought that if any of our indigenous animals are to SUEVEVe

the onslaneht of introduced foes, such would be the rather shy and well-protected

water tortoises. These reptiles do not meet their foes in the water, nor are they

attacked on land: the destruction is wrought ou the eees by that arch eneniy,

the Kuropean fox, which dies them ont of their holes and destroys batch

after bateh.

LACERTILIA.

DTELLA, Peropus variegatus Dioncril and Bibron,

: p g

Mig, 4.

Typical examples of Peropus variegatus Gray and Lefleronota binge! Caay

ave so distinct that one would searcely think it necessary to look twice to deter-

mine to whieh species a veeko might belong. Writing of the lizards of Monte

Bello Islands (off Western Australia), the late P. D. Montague says that i is

Mig. 4. Ages and young of Peropus variegalus, photographed on the day of emergence.

Natural size.

remarkable that on Hermite [skind these two species bear a stromg superticial

resemblance to one another both in size and colouration, The fact is interesting,

as the two species are found together on the same ground, thoneh IMeteronota

WaAtre @AUSTRALIAN REPTILES AND A LSALTIACTTAN ‘|

obfiins iis fourlouw the sand abd Peropus ou the bashes above, This cnmfortinare

that, both in the (ext and exsplatation of plates accompanying Moutigne’s paper,

an ilustvation of Peropus paricgatus, as evidenved tw the dilated: tiiwers and

joes oek ehiwless ier diwits, is ascribed to dfeleronefa i) i, The literary refer

onees in This article are also meorreet, Montagne wis killeck Ta tie Great Wan,

yh cloubtless ciel tot see prods af Lis paper.

The aecompanving ilustratiou, indifferent though Wis. is prblished ty

show Che sive of the cees and of the voune, the photowtaph tawtig leer taken

onthe das on whieh they omereed. As soon as talided the yout ones enitted

vos hull) Tittle squeak. The ewes were presented by Mia. Mdwi Ashby.

SHINGLE-BACK, Trachysaurus rugosus (11%)\.

Wives. oO. 6,

Also called Sleepy Lizard and Stimipelailed Lizard. ‘Plas reptile is vers

COMMON TE LG: patties distriets, and varies e@rentiy di thee relative: aimcnet sete

Uisposiiian of the Tawi aid vellow colonvation: some: exaniyiles bere alost

Mie 3. Young allie of Treehayscarik pegosus. Rodieed,

entirely brown, while in otters the Tighter tit preporderites, 1 tase knowa

of two perfect albinos, one of whieh, now alive, and presented fo the Misery

(1) Montigue, E628. HE, po Gl phe i

Recorps o» THe S.A. Muskum

Pie, G, Pwo foetuses of Tavelyadarne edgosis, plotographedl i sche. The wl ayliping Pen bergen

lave been removed Crom one at the specimens. Natural sive,

WALTE AUSTRALIAN KEPTILES AND A GBATRACILIIAN 23

hw Miro. PL Kelly, of Monarto, is Wlisteated in the accompanying photoerapl

figs aj. Notoonly is the body white and the eves pink, bit the tonene, whieh

is hovmally blne. and inside of the mouth are also pink, there being everywhere

anoentire absenee of pigment. The pineal aren is clearky defined, and is well

shown in the photograph: if is covered with about nine small scales,

This lizard is viviparous, and MeCow’s statement (2) that it prodnees bet

asinyle yout ata birth has been freely copied. Aceidents will happen. even in

the reptile world, ancl it is not impossible that on oceasion one ovine only mes

be fortiiizeds my experience is that two young are prodtieed, and the photowraph

(tiv. 6) shows the two well-developed foetuses within the body of the mother, by

one the membranes beve been removed tooshow dhe miaukinws, cutive of the

bods, and the position of the Hinbs, ete.

Iaieas and Le Soneb (*) state that the Shingle-baek has a @reat reputation as

an diveterate enemy of suakes, No specific instances are reeorded, and L faney

that the veprtation is as little deserved as is that of snakes swallowing theip

young. This Haard is assuredly darewely a vewelarian, ane the berries of the

uative currant (Leptomeria) ave often found in its stomach; it also eats coad

stools, Tn eaplivity if readily feeds and thrives on bananas and other fruit, ane

cuts suas quite freely. Phat the lvard falls a vietim to suakes TP know, for I

have mysel! taken an example from the stomaeh of a python, whieh, of eorvsc,

World have to ciffienity ja piekiie ap the most stuge@ish of lizards. and of whieh

Me. A, G. Bolan (') writes: *' Eh moves alone at almost a snail's or tortoise’s

pace, and consequently has great difficulty in wetting ont of anyone's way,

parhientathy if it ts crossing a track upon whieh vehicles gia?’

Another enemy is of more recent origine ‘The litwe, triaueular tread,

suililenty combmacted fo the deck, was developed before the days of wiresettine,

the introdnetion of whieh is responsible for a proportion of fatalities amone the

Shingle-hacks. Phe lizard starts off to climb the rabbit-prool wetting, awd appar

ently tests the spaces as itaseends. Lt ultimately manages to wet its lead throne

one OF the meshes, but as i ean neither withdaw its lead nor pass its beds

through the mesh, i is doomed to perish miserably. The Bearded livid

(Amphibolurus barbatus) is similarly trapped, and fo have on more than one

oveasion resened specimens from their predicament,

(2) MeCow, Prov. Zool Viet. dee, xi, I88h, p. 4.

(4) Dress sod Le Soutt, ** Animals of Australia,’ (909) po 240.

(ty) Bolin, §! The Trans \astealisn Wouderlund **

RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

OPHIDIA.

BLIND SNAKE, Typhlops australis (iray.

Rie, 7,

The Australian members of the wenus Pyphlops were somewhat fully coat

with in the ** Review of Avstralun Twphlopidae (°), and to the present there

Win 7. Vupllops wastratis. Natural size,

Three plotogvaphs of 7. brlibereuditis, a somewhat slender

is HttHle to ade.

T. australis is usnally of much stonter habit, and

form, aecompanted the paper.

Hho dbusteation (fie. 7) represents an average exaniple of natural size,

WOMA, Aspidites ramsayi Miicleay.

Mies. SL oo.

Inoauy contribution to the account of the Museum Expedition to Strzeleeli

mid Cooper Creeks (), the Word of the Cooper Creek natives was. identified

with the python Aspidites ransaywt, and aw photograph of a deack specimen 258s

mim, ta leneth, was published. loam now able to present a pietine of a Lying

(o) Waite, Ree Sov, Mis i, THTS, pe. bet neg.

(4) Waite, Trams. Roy. Soe, SAL ali, MOET) p. 4a, tig 7, and ph owsxvii, tis 2

Walth AUSTRALIAN KEPTITES ANI) A TATWACHIAN 25

pxample (fig. 8).

The snake was obtained al Cordillo Downs. and wis: presented

lo the Marseuin ba Prot. fh i. Clelated,

Hoyas pllotowdpled dicen delve a bag eatts

Pies. Livine esaiple at dsyadilis pause, 7 PL V0 i te Teduethe

oll tons, anid the picture well shows {he extory Aid AISPOSTETOL ul Whe mole

Wnaehkings., fn (hie paper referred fo) Vuraished ilrawings af tio profile and

pper part ol the head of this species, and These are new sapplerented by a

UWustration cf the iacderesiefiece, as seen in the recent example fig. 9),

oP,

(ie fh Taawer view af treme ot Alapatifes vedic. Nabi) sizes

ony KReCOkDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

GREY-BELLIED SNAKE, Demansia textilis, vir.

Figs. 10,11,

hn -Tatary dast PE spent a week, in company with my colleague, Prot i,

Wood Jones. on the northern end of Coffin’s Bay Perntasula, an dhe west coast of

Eyre Peninsula, irom its resemblanee toa praneing, thoneh headless, horse,

Hho vomarkable headland is also known as Horse Peotusula. What are, in winter,

Pig. WU. Llend of Teuitista tertilis van. oifreniteila, x 8.

(doubtless shallow dikes become ciey flats dn stammter, smpportiige low herbage

ouly. On these flats we frequently disturbed sturkes of a particularly active

species, whieh | did not then recognize, The gromad bordering the flats is

riddled with rabbit Dbivrews, info whieh the reptiles rapidly cisappear when

Histirbed. The location of these barrows is evidenthy well known fo the stakes,

so that, although reasonably expert ‘tat the eame,’? we found i impossible te

eapiaire them alive or uninjured. The snake usually sighted tis before we had

discovered is presences, and disappeared down a not far distant brrrow ere we

could peach i. The ein was the only alternative, and all the specinietis secured

were shot. Several of those this clisabled were not obtained, for sometimes a

snake. blown almost in two, world manage to escape; the fore portion, perhaps

Hine inebes in length, taking with it two feet or more of body ane tail, attached

WAITE—AUSTRALIAN REPTILES AND A ISATRACHIIAN 17]

hy Little move than a slender shred of tissue. Spectnens arrested in this damaged

condition pit up a most determined fight, and bit savagely at anything presented

fo them. UT was remarked that, lone after the head and fore end were dead, the

remaining portion of body and tail continued in vigorous reflex action,

A subsequent examination of the specimens obtamed, indicates that they

eannot be structurally distinguished from Demanusia terctilis, but as the vemartk-

able colouration and ornamentation are alike in all examples seen, and notably

different, especially im the lower portions, from typical specimens of ota common

Brown Snake. a varietal name. at least, may be accorded to the Coffin Bay

Poninsula form,

Demansia textilis var, inframacula nov.

Kies. 10, 11,

Seven sinall teeth follow the fang. The horizontal diameter of the eve is

iwiee its distance from the mouth: the vostral is wider than deep, the portion

visible from aboye measures two-thirds tts distance from the frontal; interiasal

sutnve about half that of the prefrontals; frontal shehthy broader than either

supra-ocular, its breadth three-fifths its leneth, which is equal to its distanee

iv. 11. Portion of ventral scales of Demansia textitis var. tiframacila, (The drawing ts

somewhat diagrammatic, for the lower lateral scales are not visible in a ventral view,

the scutes extending the entire width of the body.)

from the end of the snout; parictals very large, as long as their distance from

the vostro-nasal suture; their suture equal to the leneth of the frontal; nasal

entire in short contaet with the sinele large preocidar; two postoculars in contact

with the parietal; temporals 1-4-2. Six upper labials, first two in contact with the

nasal, third and fourth entering the eve, sixth the largest. Mental triangular.

Seven lower labials, the first broadhy in contact with its fellow and excluded

from the third labial; the first, third, and fourth broadly, the second barely, in

contact with the anterior ehin shield, the suture of which is shorter than that

of the first labial but longer than that of the posterior chin shield, the bifurcation

of the latter pair occupied by a single seale.

2s kecoRDS OF THE S.A. MuskUM

Seales de LT vows vomaid the middle of the body, 22 round (he necks vemtrals

190, forming a shelt rounded ridgee alone eaeh sides; anal divided: subeaucdals

in OY paies, all diviced.

Colours. Wari maber drown abowe, hlaek patches om the head, tle scales

on the upper part of the body and tail interspersed with isolated black seales,

Which are massed on the vertebral dine. forming a double row, or. in parts, a

single row ouly. Phe ventrals above the slight angularity ave paler than the

Upper surface, their median portion is dark wrey; ou the throat and fore part

of the body, the rey eronnd colour is larwely obscured with bhiek. whielk farther

lek, divides, forming on each sete tive black pateles, usually separated on the

median fine as ilastrated in fie, V1. Phe condition of the markines is continued

vider the tail but after the first ineh they aeain become median,

Total lenwth, 1.055 qm. : tail TO ma.

lh second specimen. O60 dunt. to length. i whieh the tail is 160 tami, There

ave TUS vertral seutes. aid the subeaudals ave in SS partes.

The unfamiliar appearance of this snake. coupled with the eirennuistauee that

al spoctmens seen were jdention! iy colonmition, suewested that i was a species

hitherto ddeseribed. As, however. 7b exhibits ao external etrnetiuve ieriie

from DP. ferlilis, i is regarded as a moelanotic variation developed locally uucdes

almost tisubar conditions,

Albinisnt appears to be rare in snakes. thoneh a cobra and others have

Furnished examples, Melanism, on the other hand, is not mmeommnon, at least in

some of our species. Examples of our conmon Black Snake (Peevdech is porphyry

ecus), vormally distinguished by its eharacteristie red belly, are not infrequently:

found, in whieh the red is veplaced by dark ervey, On Byve Peniusnla, and on

the southern portions of this State. meltnotie varieties of the Tiger Snake

(Noatechis scutatus) ave frequently wet with, while on Frauklin Estand, Nanearoo

Island, aed in Tasmania this is the coaminant form. Mr, Kineton bas cistin-

ettished specimens fron Kangirog Island byw the varietal mame NN. seulales

var. wiger (7). A uiehinotie variety of 2. feetilis is now added and, though se

apparently distinet, the black markings of the ventral sewtes may be correlated

With the smaller pale ved or brown spots se often seen in the Brown Snake,

especially in young examples, Mehinisnr ow the dovsel surfaee is expressed in

the Dlaekenine of certain seales, more particularly of those on or ene the

vertebral line,

) Kinghorn, Ree. Aust. Mus., xiii, 1921, VS, ph xwvi, fa. G8, and xiv, T94. p. 165,

WAITE—AUSTRALIAN REPTILES AND A BATRACHIAN ry

BLACK-NAPED SNAKE, Denisonia gouldii (tray.

Figs. 12,13.

Though Flowers tshind, in the Nuyts’ Archipelago, las been several (ies

visited byw collectors, no suake has hitherta heen recorded therefront.

In Mareh dast. however. the omission was remedied tay the ageney of Mr

W.S. Bastomb, who broneht to the Museum a stall snake, taken an Flinders

Ishind., and the only specimen be has seen there.

Vig, (2, Devisonia qoulde fabet oo iiders [stil Natural sive,

Hi proves to be an example al Denison gauld77, the colour markings being

typieal of South Australian examples, in whieh the anterior half of cach seate

on the back ancl sides is black. Tn the Flinders fsland example the three median

(lorsal senles are entirely black, so that a black vertebral line arises frome the

characteristic hood, aud is continned along the whole leneth of the hody; on the

fall the Tine is confiied to one seale in owidil, there being only Four seales avoune

its hinder part, and the terminal seale is twice as lone as the ofhevs, and

viitivided. Tle a fornte of a walkine-stiek.

A photograph of the specimen is shown in fiz, 12, and drawings of the head

scales in fio. 13,

In connection with the name Nuyts* Archipelago, used above, opportunity

may here be taken to correct an error ina former paper of mine (°). Tn dentine

&) Waite, Trans, Woy. See, Sol. Styai, Te pe 127.

30) ReEcornps OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

with the snakes of Sti. Braneis Island, [ pointed ont that, as the name of the

Ditehman after whom the eroup was designated was tot Nuyt, but Nits, the

DALONGS

HEN

USS

Fiy, 13, Head of Dewisonia qouldin, a,

name of ihe group should be Nuyis’ Archipelawe. Unfortunately, the final

apostrophe was dropped after my veyision, and the paragraph, as printed, thus

beetme meanineless,

DESERT BANDED SNAKE, Rhynchelaps bertholdi Jan.

Kies, 14, 14.

Travellers hy the Transcontinental Hast-West Railway arrive at Adelaide

or Perth not infrequentiy with a small reptile as an addition to their lugvaye.

Ty is usually a lizard. less commmotly a snake. The train is met at several of

fle stations ev rote aeross the treeless plains by small parties of natives, who

offer for sale or exchange for tobacen. specimens of the reptiles. "Phe Jizaad is

Moloch harridus, the stake Rhynehelips Berthold, perhaps the prettiest of all

our snakes, its colour varvine front pale yellow to reddish orange, crossed with

about thirty black bands,

Advantage was taken of the arrival al a recent speeimen fo obtain the

phofoerapl tere reproduced natinal sive (fie. Te). and to frenish deawings of

the head shields (fie, 15),

WAILTE-—AUSTRALIAN REPTILES AND A DATRACHIAN ‘1

os EE

C3 Sey:

—

Pim Wi Hendot Rlijehelapes lepthnatdi, x 4,

BAT RACHIA.

SWAMP FROG, Limnodynastes dorsalis Gray.

This frog is comanon on the swamps of Flinders Chase, Manwaroo Tshand,

Where the water i some eases is so shallow that the traeks made by the frows, in

32 ReEcorpDSs Of THE S.A. MUSEUM

swimming, remain visible for days, the swish of the lees disturbing the surface

layer of extremely fine mud. An attempt fo wade the swamp results in’ one

sinking to the knee, and sometimes deeper, in the treacherous mud,

The frogs appear fo enjoy a quiet bask in the warm water, squatting on the

mud with their heads above the surface; when disturbed they plunge into the

soft mud wid disappear from sight, but a sudden dash with the edge of the net

toa depth of five or six inches will generally secure them.

Leeches abound in the water, and every frog To saw had several of these

annelids attached to it. Pairing frogs, being unable to rid themselves of the

fomporary parasites, had, literally, seores of Jeeches attached fo their bodies,

like so many streamers,

If the swamps were visited in the post-breeding season of the fro@s, there

Is Hitthe doubt that leeches would be found attached to the tadpoles also, as in

fhe case of larvae seen elsewhere.

Addendum.

After writing the foregoing T veeeived, by courtesy of Miss Procter, her

paper on diving snakes (%), in which she deseribes and illustrates an albino

example of the Indian Cobra, She writes: ‘Albino snakes are excessively rare,

und, althongh individuals of various species have been recorded from time to

time, T eannot find any reference to an albino Cobra.’ My reference to such a

one was culled from two Ubuistrations of an individual published in the London

“Mies? (weekly) of September 1, 1924, and they obviously velate fo the

specimen later figured by Miss Procter.

(9) Proeter, PuZ.S., 24, pp. 1125, pl 1.

NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN CRUSTACEA NO. IV

BY HERBERT M. HALE, ZOOLOGIST (CRUSTACEA), SA MUSEUM

Summary

The following species has now to be added to the recently reviewed Isopoda-Valvifera of South

Australia.

Family Astacillidae. Neastacilla Tattersall. Neastacilla Tatt., “Terra Nova”, Zool., it1, 1921, p. 243;

Hale, Trans. Roy. Soc., S. Aust., xlviii, 1924, p. 212.

NOTES on AUSTRALIAN CRUSTACEA.

No, IV.

By HERBERT M. HALE, Zootocisr (Crusracea), Sourn Ausrratian Museum.

Fig. 16.

THe following species has now to be added to the recently reviewed Isopoda-

Valvifera of South Australia. (1)

Famity ASTACILLIDAE.

NEASTACILLA Tattersall.

Neastaeilla Tatt., “* Terra Nova,’’ Zool, ii, 1921, p. 248; Hale, Trans. Roy. Soe.,

S. Aust., xbviii, 1924, p. 212.

NEASTACILLA DEDUCTA sp. nov.

é Form = slender. Cephalon about as long as ereatest width, with

anterior margin excavate, very shehtly bisinuate. Eyes distinct, moderately

large. First antennae reaching almost to middle of length of third article of

Pig. 16. Neastacilla deducta, male (4 diams.) ; a, dorsal view of cephalon and first three

peracon segments (8 diams); b, dorsal view of pleon (8 diams.) ; ¢, first antenna (19 diams.) ;

d, maxilliped (88 diams.) ; ¢, f, and g, first, fourth, and fifth peracopods (19 diams.) ; h, dactylus

of fifth peracopod (95 diams.); 7, first pleopod (88 diams.).

second antennae; basal article of peduncle stoutest, almost as lone as second and

third together; third article a little shorter than second; flagellum slightly longer

than pedunele, with sensory appendages on lateral marein. Second antennae a

1) Hale, Trans. Roy. Soe., S. Aust., xlviii, 1924, pp, 209-225.

J , , Pl

34 Recorps of THE S.A. MUSEUM

little compressed: first article short, but extending past anterior margin of lead;

second about half as lone as third, whieh is equal in length to fifth, and less than

two-thirds as lone as the fourth article; Hagellim two-thirds as long as last

article of pedunele, composed of threo joints and an cloneate terminal sivle.

Manxillipeds with slender fivejointed palp: basipodite broad, with inner lobe wide

aid Furiishal with a few short, setose spies alone distal marein and five longer

spines at anterior half of inner margin; epipodite large, sub-oval in’ shape.

Peraeon snb-evlindrical; first se@ment Fused with the cephalon, and with infero-

lateral mares scarcely expanded downwards: second and third seauents sub-

equal in Jeneth; fourth very long, more than three times as lone as first tiree

tovether, and one-half total leneth of animal exclusive of the autennac; fifth.

sixth, aud seventh segments decreasing in leneth backwards. Pour anterior pairs

af peraeopods slender, fringed with lone, fine hairs; first pair the shortest; three

posterior pairs moderately strong. Pleon tmuseementate, Little more tla ore

third as lone as fourth pervaeon seement; in dorsal view the lateral mareius are

sub-parallel for the greater part of iheir leneth, the postero-lateral margins are

shehtly tumid. and the apex of the telson is rounded. Male appendage of first

pur of pleapods stout, longer than the narrow natatory rami, and tapering 10

an acute apex; male stelet of second pair slender, longer than the rami.

Colour, after long preservation in aleohol, ereen,

Length, 12 mm,

Mab. South Australia: Port Adelaide, ‘Selinging te a buew’? (Wo HL.

Baker). (Twpe, South Aust, Mns,, Ree. No. C. 278.)

The male deserihed aboye and a smaller specimen were secured. The speeies

is close to N. algensis Wale (7). but differs in haying no dorsal tubercle on the

evephalon, in the different relative proportions of the articles af the secon

antennae, and im the stouter posterior peraeopods.

(2) Hale, Joe. ait, p. 212,

NOTES ON SOME CALCAREOUS INSECT PUPARIA

BY ARTHUR M. LEA, F.E.S., ENTOMOLOGIST, SA MUSEUM

Summary

From time to time the South Australian Museum acquired specimens of roughly elliptic calcareous

cases or nodules, measuring up to 2 % x 1 % inches, and weighing up to 3 ounces. Similar cases

have several times been exhibited at meetings of the Royal Society of South Australia. The cases

may be seen in abundance for about 300 miles of the South Australian coast up to the West

Australian border, and for about 40 miles inland. In colour they vary from pale buff to a rather dirty

greyish-white or dingy cream. The outer surface, except for slight inequalities, may be either

smooth to the touch, like a rather coarse chalk, or harsh, caused by sand and other grit.

NOTES ox some CALCAREOUS INSECT PUPARIA.

By ARTHUR M. LEA, FLEAS. Exromonocisr, Sours Avsieantan Muspunt.

Plate I.

From time to tine the South Australian Museum acquired specimens of

roughly elliptic calearcous cases or nodules, measuring up to 24 8 1} inelies, and

Weighing ip do ounees, Similar eases have several dimes been exhibited at

micetings of the Royal Society of South Australia, The eases may be seen io

dhinidance for about 800 miles of the South Australian coast up to ihe West

Australian border, and for about 40° miles inkimd. tn coloue they vary fron

pale Du to a rather dirty gveyish-white or dingy cream. The onter surface,

exeepl for slight inequalities, may be either smooth to the toueh, like a rather

coarse Chalk, or harsh, caused by sand and other eit.

If was assumed that they were pupal cases or coeoons of insects, that liad

hoon altered by the aetion of lime waters but of what inseel was unlnewn ill

recently, when Mr. J. Ro Ryan, of Ceduna, who had broueht in many of the

specimens, Sent others which proved that the oriwinal eases, or at lewst mia ot

them, were constructed by large weevils, Leplops duponti, some of then being

achally in their original cases. Mr. Ryan wrote: They are found alinost every-

Where on the coast, inland as well as near the seaside, and can be dug up just

under the surface of the gronmd, Those TP gathered were mostly lying on the

eround as TL happen to walk across them, Tn sandy country, where the limestone

is not so plentiful, these shells are only half the weieht of those where it. is

plentifiil, They are se delicate that onee they are touched they erumble to dust,

Before being handled they look similar to the others, except for colour anu

smaller size”?

Many of the eases are solid. without any indications of openings, but on

euting Hhrough such eases the original cavity is clearly indieated (fiws, 17, 90) -

the majority, however, have a large cirealar opening near one end (fives, 3, 8,9)

either complete Cin whieh condition the ease is hollow), or indieated ons

(figs. 1, ), the inside being filled with sand solidified by infiltvations of lime.

Some of the cases have small holes, present ov indieated, and the sugwestion Tas

been made that these were due to eseape holes of parasites. and where no laree

exit holes are present, probably this is the case,

The majority of cases are those of Leptops dupouti, but other laree members

of the genus are doubtless also responsible, The specimens in whieh the laree

opening is terminal or subterminal may be aseribed to such. Probably many of

36 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

the smaller cases (fies. 10-14) are due to other insects, as in these the large

opening is median, [ft is probable that some of these were caused by eovkehafers

(Scarabacidae) and other beetles that habitually pupate im the ground,

Inmosi parts of Australia the pupal eases world no doubt soon disintegrate,

bit in the districts where the heavy cases occur, in all of whieh travertine lime-

stone is present, they are prevented from doing this by the infiltration of Time.

Mr. Edear Ro Waite and Prof. F. Wood Jones at Coffin Bay reecitly saw many

of the cases on the surface, with indieations that they had been thrown up by

burrowing rabbits: but probably many of them are of considerable antiquity and

have been exposed and covered many times.

Leptops dupauti isa rough, wingless weevil, widely distributed in Australia

(in many works dealing with Australian entomology it is referred fo as Lh.

fribulus, but that species, from the type in the British Museum, is now krown 70

bea much smaller species, and is confined to Queensland). To may be obtained

on wattle trees of many kinds, and its larvae are beleved to feed on thei roots ;

it varies wreathy in sizes and several varieties are known,

Explanation of Plate I.

(Photograph by N. B. Tindale.)

Pies. 1.4. Cases with end openings almost filled.

Pie, 2.) Case completely filled,

Kies. 3.8.9. Empty eases with large exit holes,

Bie, 5. Small ease with small end hole,

Fies. 6,7. Brittle cases with Leplaps dupontr (in siti).

Pies. 10.71.73. Small empty eases with large hole im middle

Wies, 12, 14. Small filled cases,

Pies. 14,176, Wiids of large cases.

Wie 17, Laree ease cot across to show filling.

Rie. 18. Large empty case eut across.

Bie, 1. Large empty case cut lengthwise.

Bie, PO.) Large case ent lenethavise to show filling,

Pie 21. Leptops digpont) Boisd

Rie, S.A. Museum, Vor. Ill. Pratt L.

CALCAREOUS COCOONS.

ON A NEW PLOEOTHRIPS (THYSANOPTERA)

FROM NORFOLK ISLAND

BY H. H. KARNY, BUITENZORG, DUTCH EAST INDIES

Summary

When at Norfolk Island in 1915, Mr. A. M. Lea, Entomologist, of the South Australian Museum,

collected some Thysanoptera, which were later sent to Dr. Bergroth, who is describing one of the

species under the name Phloeothrips sanguinolentus. Two tubuliferous specimens, also collected by

Mr. Lea, were sent to me by Dr. Bergroth, and these likewise prove to be new. They may be known

as: Phloeothrips Leai sp. nov.

On A NEW PHLOEOTHRIPS (THYSANOPTERA)

FROM NORFOLK ISLAND.

By H. TL. KARNY, Burrénzorc, Durer Masr Iwotrs.

Rig. 17.

Wuen at Norfolk [sland in 19145, Mr. A, M, Lea, Entomologist, of the South

Australian Musenin, collected some Thysanoptera, whieh were later sent to

Dr. Bergroth, who is describing one of the species under the name Phlocothrips

sunguinalontus. wo tubuliterous specimens, also collected by Mar. Lea, were

vent foane by Dr. Bergroth, and these Likewise prove to be new. They may be

known as:

PHLOEOTHRIPS LEAT sp. nov.

General colour blackish-brown, tube slightly paler distally. Hove tibiae

dark yellow, mfuseated in the middle part, especially along mareins; riddle

and hind ones blackish-brown, broadly yellow at base, narrowly yellow at apex,

All tarsi yellow. Antennae as dark as body; second joint slightly paler distally,

third yellow in basal hall, fourth in basal third, fifth at extreme base (pedicel),

Head somewhat longer than wide. Cheeks strongly protruding neur the

hind margin of eves, thenee almost straight, converging baekwards aud censely

set with small granules, the larger of which bear short bristle-spines, the hinder

most of whieh are longer and stronger than the others. Postocular bristles

shorter than their distance from the cheeks, stvonely dilated at apex, Ovelli

arranged in an equilateral triangle. yes moderately large. not prominent,

produced further backwards on dorsal than on ventral surface. Forehead slightly

produced in front of the eyes.

Antenmie short and thick, not quite twice as long as head. Middle joints

clavate, eighth conival, broadly united with seventh; seventh and cighth together

fusiform. Seuse-area of second joint placed beyond the middle, Senso-eormes

on joints three and four thick, moderately short, those on fifth and sixth longer

anid more slender, Forniula: (1, 12: 1V, 2-2; Vy 1-1: Vi, 1-1: VIL with one

on (lorstim near apex,

Mouth cone loug, aeutely pointed, reaching across prosternunm., Maxillary

palpi slender, moderately lone, basal joint not longer than wide, apical join

about seven times as long as wide, set with some stiff sensecbristles near aper.

Labial palpi slightly Jaager than maxillary palpi, with basal joint twice us long

35 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

as wide, and one-half as long as apical joint, the apex of whieh is set with stiff

bristles,

Mig V7. Pitoeotlotps Tegimern. ted; ty fore lems el igadtivey palparss dy habitat prtpiess

, bristles an fore eon, oe, de ouere onhirged: than a amd be

Prothovax moderately large, shorter than head, aeross fore coxae tearty

twice as wide as lone. Owing to the dark colour of proflorax, antero- ani

poxfero-naretial bristles are not vistble. ATL other bristles well developed,

strongly dilated at apes; anterolaterals about twice as long as the postoculars.

modiolaterals somewhat shorter, posterolaterals somewhat Jonwer, about half as

Jone as prothorax. Near the anterolaterals, there is a yery short, forwardly

directed, potted bristle at cach anterior anele,

Fore eoxae, near the hind anele of femur, with a short, hwaline bristle. whieh

is stronvly dilated at apex, and is about as lone as the postoculars. Behind it

there are three shorter, thiek. dark, pointed bristles. Fore femora inerassate.

about twice as lone as wide, without teeth. Tore tibiae thick, slightly swollen

in the middle, uot foothed, Pore tarsi with a strong, slightly curved tooth.

Ptierothoras slightly wider than lone, constrieted af tind marein of qiese

thorax; metathorax dilated backwards. Wines very slivhthy constricted in the

middle, ahnost parallelsided, reaching to abort the sixth or seveuth abdominal

segment, not densely fringed, slightly mfianate, hind wings especially so alone

median vein, Bielt to twelve iiterloeated eiliae,

KARNY—ON A NEW PHLOEOTHRIPS 39

Abdomen about as wide as pterothorax, about two and one-half times as

lone as wide. Segments, near each hind angle, with two hyaline, distally

dilated bristles, and with one shorter, darker, pointed bristle; the dilated bristles

on seements seven and eight are about as long as the segments themselves, om

the preceding segments shorter (most of them broken off in the two specimens

before me) ; ninth segment near each hind angle with about four pointed bristles

(none dilated), the longest of which is hardly more than half as long as tube,

Wine-retaining spines well developed on segments two to seven, S-curved ;

fore pair weak, shorter than the hind pair; hind ones on middle segments about

as lone as the distance of their tips, or even a little longer, on segments two and

seven shorter. Tube two and one-half times as long as wide at base, at apex

slightly move than half as wide as at base; sides straight, converging distally.

Terminal bristles hair-like in distal half; the longer ones about two-thirds the

leneth of tube, and three times as long as the shorter ones.

Measurements. Antenna, total length, 0-45 mm.; [ jomt, 0-05 x 0-045 mim. ;

LL joint, 0-06 x 0-03 mm.; TEE joint, 0-08 x 0-04 mm.; TV joint, 0-08 x 0-04 mm. ;

V joint, 0-065 x 0-03 mm.; VI joint, 0.055 x 0-083 mm.; VIT jot, 0-045 x 0-027

mm.; VEEP joint, 0-028 x 0-013 mm. Head, 0-27 x 0-23 mm. Prothorax, 0:21

x 0-37 mm. (across fore coxae). Fore femora, 0-27 x 0-13 mim.; fore tibiae

Cinel. tarsi), 0-23 x 0-05 mm. Pterothorax, 0°83 x 0°36 mm. Middle femora,

0-17 x 0-06 mm.; middle tibiae (inel. tarsi), 0-28 x 0-05 mm. Hind femora,

0-24 x 0-075 imm.; hind tibiae (incl. tarsi), 0°83 x 0-05 mm, Length of wings

(without fringe), 1-0 mm, Abdomen (incl. tube), 1-0 x 0°37 mm. Length of

tube, 0-18 mm.; width at base, 0-07 mm.; width, 0-04 mm... Total leneth,

1-8 to 1-9 mm.

I have pleasure in naming this speeies—the first) Thysanopteron known

from Norfolk Island—in honour of its collector, Ma. A. M. Lea.

This species belongs to the auaulipes group in Priesner’s key (1), and is

between salicinus and parcvus, but differs from the others of the group. (all

European) especially by the shape of the head and antennae and by the

stronger fore femora.

Norfolk [sland (A. M. Lea): 1 type (2) and 1 cotype (perhaps 4 ).

The specimens were carded when I got them, and are now in balsam slides.

(1) Priesner, Tijdschr. y. ntom., Ixvi, 19238, pp. 96-103,

ODONATA, NEUROPTERA AND TRICHOPTERA

FROM GROOTE EYLANDT, GULF OF CARPENTARIA

BY R. J. TILLYARD, M.A., SC.D. (CANTAB.), D.SC. (SYDNEY), F-RS., F-.N.Z. INST.,

E_LS., F.GS., FELS., C.M.Z.S., ENTOMOLOGIST AND CHIEF OF THE

BIOLOGICAL DEPARTMENT, CAWTHRON INSTITUTE, NELSON, N.Z.

Summary

Groote Eylandt is a large island lying in the western portion of the Gulf of Carpentaria, off the coast

of Arnhem Land, at about latitude 14 degrees south. The collection of ninety specimens dealt with

in this paper was made by Mr. N. B. Tindale. The collections were made in 1921-1922, and except

for three specimens of the common Diplacodes bipunctata Br., two of which were taken on the

smaller Woodah Island and one on Bickerton Island, all the specimens are from Groote Eylandt.

ODONATA, NEUROPTERA axp TRICHOPTERA From

GROOTE EYLANDT, GULF or CARPENTARIA.

By R. J, TILLYARD, MLA., Sc.D. (Cantab,), D.Se. (Sydney), FAR.S., FLN.Z, Iver, FLS.,

PoG.S., FLBAS., C.M.Z.8,, Mxromenogisr anp Curr or rit Btonocican DeearTMEnr,

Cawrnron Txsverere, Nerson, N.Z.

Groove Wylandt is a large island tyig in the western portion of the Gulf of

Carpentaria, off ihe coast of Aruhem Land, at about latitude 14 degrees south,

The collection of winety specimens dealt with in this paper was made by Mar,

N. 2B. Tindale. The vollections were made in 1921-1922, and except for three

specimens of the common Diplacodes bipinetata Br. two of w hich were taken

ou the smaller Woodah Esland and one ow Biekerton Usland, all the specimens

ave from Groote Wylandt,

Orpen ODONATA.,

Sup-Orver ZvyPpaorvera.

Usually written Cocnagrionidae, but the stem of Agra (Greek — a wild

thine) is agree, hener Cocnagriidae ts correet.

Pamaiy COBRNAGRILDAE.

AGIAGRION FRAGILIS Till.

One female. A rare speeies, only known hitherto from: North Queensland,

CERIAGRION ERUBESCENS Sel.

Three females, Not unconunon on reedy backwaters and billabongs from

Port Darwin aid Cape York to as far south as Brisbane. The females are sorme-

Limes reddish, sometimes vrevish brawt; the males are red.

AGRIOCNEMIS sp, indet.

Three females in yery bad coudition, and one broken specimen withort

abdomen, Probably females of the common vl. pygmoen hyvermthus Tul, but

thei condition coes not allow of accurate determination.

Faminy LESTIDAE,

AUSTROLESTES ALBICAUDA McL,

One tale, three femeles. These specimens are assivned provisionally to

this species, with which they agree in the form of the male terminal appendages,

The colouration of the male, however, is much darker than that of the speci

mens which FT have examined from North Queensland, and the appendages are

43 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MusEUM

uniformly dark all over; the thorax is much darker, the head also darker, but

with pale biue labrum; the abdomen has segment 10 pale blnish. As this form is

probably a distinet race, | name it race findales, alter its discoverer. The type

form of this species is found from Aru Islands to North Qtreensland, along the

margins of lagoons and billabong,

Sun-Orpek Aw rsoOPrera,

amity ABKSCHNIDAE,

ANAX GUTTATUS Burm.

One male. A large and handsome species which flies rapidly over lagoons

and billabones throughout Northern Australia.

GYNACANTHA ROSENBERGI Br.

One female. Common throughout Northern Australia; it has a habit of

frequenting shady plaees, and vsually flies towards dusk. To have taken i} i

thick mangrove swamps and also in railway tunnels, and numbers have been

obtamed at Hehts at night.

Famiry LIBELIVULIDAR,

AGRIONOPTERA INSIGNIS ALLOGENES Till.

Three males, four females. This subspecies occurs fairly commonly throueh-

out Northern Australia and the Aru Islands.

LATHRECISTA ASIATICA FESTA Sel.

One female. The male has a bright ved abdomen: the female is dull

brownish, A handsome species with a well-marked Northern Australian sub-

speetiic form.

ORTHETRUM V. VILLOSOVITTATUM Br.

One male. The Australian subspecies of this very common speeies is found

as far south as southern New South Wales. The bright red males are very

handsome,

NEUROTHEMIS 8. STIGMATIZANS Fabr.

Seventeen mates, eighteen females. A handsome species common throughout

Northern Australia, The teneral males have the wings pale fulvous, with pale

straw-colour pterostigiia ; in the mature males the wings are rieh ehestuut-brown

and the pterostigma pink, The females are quite different, with amedian aud

apical brownish patches on the wings; these are eenerally more clearly minke

In teneral than in mative specimens, and the pterostigria is coloured as in the

mutes,

TILLVYARD—ODONATA, NEUROPTERA, AND TRICHOPTERA }

DIPLACODES TRIVIALIS Ramb.

One female. A common Oriental species which extends as far as Queensland,

DIPLACODES BIPUNCTATA Br.

Two aales: also two females from Woodah Ishind and one female from

Bickerton sland, One of the commonest of Australian dragonflies.

NANNODIPLAX RUBRA Kby.

Three females, one male. Not wicommon throughout Northern Australia,

TRAMEA LIMBATA Des}.

One amale, This species is not so common im Australia as the closely allied

T. loewii Br., but it overs throughont the tropical parts, and also extends right

dlown into Sonth-western Anstrala.

RHYOTHEMIS BRAGANZA Karsch (— R. ALCESTIS Till).

Four amales, two females. A rare species, recorded only from Darwin anid

North Queensland. Karsch mistakenly deseribed his type specimen as from

Brazil: henee the masuitable name,

Orpen NE UROPTERA.

Sun-Orprer PLANIPENNIA.

Fawiny CHRYSOPIDARF.

CHRYSOPA sp. indet.

One specimen in yery bad condition.

Faminy MANTISPIDAR.

MANTISPA STRIGIPES Westw.

One specimen. bi general form and venation this specimen agrees with the

type, but the forelegs are entirely rafons, without any dark mark on the inside

f the femora. | therefore name it var. riufipes,

Famiry OSMYLIDAE.

CONCHYLOSMYLUS TRISERIATUS Banks.

One specimen, somewhat damaved: right forewing broken off at halfway,

ief{ forewing damaged. An exceedingly rare species, ouly known from. two

other specimens, the type from Herberton and a second specimen from Stannary

Hills, both in North Qneeusland. The general colour, pale yellowish, is excep-

tional for an Osmylid; the forewing carries, at about one-third of its length

along the posterior margin, a stall oval raised patel or bulla, yellowish brown

in colour, and crossed by four dirk brownish veintlets.

44 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MuskuM

Faminry MYRMELEONTIDAEF,

PROTOPLECTRON VENUSTUM Gerst.

Ove tnature specimen, somewhat damaged. This species is recorded from

scattered localities in the drier paris of Australia.

DISTOLEON SOMNOLENTUS Gerst (— D. VERTICALIS Banks),

Two specimens, in fair eoudition, Widely spread throughont the drier

parts of Australia, bat nowhere common,

BRACHYLEON DARWINI Banks.

Two specimens. A very rare species. only recorded previously from Darwin.

Hasily reeognized by its small size and by the short, dark, longitudinal stripe

on the hindwings,

MYRMELEON UNISERIATUS Gerst.

Two specimens. This is the commonest of the pit-forming speeies in

Australia, the larva and its conical pitfalls ocenrring under almost every riser

house in Queenshind : less common in New South Wales.

MYRMELEON PICTIFRONS Gerst.

One specimen, A close ally of the preceding, with similar habits, exeept

that the larva move often makes its pitfall iu loose sand in the open. Distin-

guished by the more pointed wings and the black Vanark on the pale face,

MYRMELEON CROCEICOLLIS Gerst (— M. LOWERI Till).

One specimen with left forewing broken, A rare speeies, distinenished hy

the pale yellow prothorax. Known from as far sonth as Broken Hill,

Pamity ASCALAPHIDAE.

SUHPALACSA DIETRICHIAE Br.

Two spechnens, both females. A rather rare species, confined to Norther

Australia.

The correct spelling of the genus is as above, the name havine been eiven

asa complete anagram of the word Asealaphus; even the Greek consonant & was

written backwards as hp’ Au inexensable joke. but it has priority over all

suggested amendments! The idea was, evidently, to commemorate the antipodean

character of the @enus.

Orper TRICHOPTERA.

Faminy LEPTOCERIDAR.

NOTANATOLICA MAGNA Walk.

One male, one female. A very common speeies, whose larva lives in still

Waters ina ease made of twies, bits of leaves, or debris,

OBSERVATIONS ON ABORIGINES OF THE FLINDERS RANGES, AND

RECORDS OF ROCK CARVINGS AND PAINTINGS

BY HERBERT M. HALE AND NORMAN B. TINDALE, SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

Summary

In furtherance of a recent decision of the Board of Governors of this Museum, that endeavours

should be made to more systematically study the fauna of South Australia, we made the

observations and collections concerning which this paper forms a first contribution; it deals more

particularly with notes connected with the natives of the district investigated.

OBSERVATIONS on ABORIGINES or rok FLINDERS

RANGES, ann RECORDS or ROCK CARVINGS anp

PAINTINGS.

By HERBERT M. HALE asp NORMAN B. PTINDALE,

Sourn Avsrranran Museum.

Plates ii-y and text figs. 18-22.

IX furtherance of a recent decision of the Board of Governors of this Museum,

that endeavours should be made to more svstematically study the fauna of South

Australia. we made the observations and collections coucerning which this paper

forms a first contribution: it deals more particularly with notes counected with

Ihe natives of the district investigated,

We spent the greater part of November and December, 1924, in the Northern

Minders Ranges. Leaving the railway at Copley, formerly known as Leigh's

Creek, we journeyed to Mount Serle, antil recently the Government camel

station, and alter working here for some days, moved on to Owileandana, at the

fool of ihe Gammon Range. and there camped for a month, Aborieines were

eneamped in the viemity, and we had many interesting conversations with the

older natives. The younger generation eyinee little or no interest in the enstoms

and handiwork of their ancestors, and, indeed, know very little concerning them.

Even the older abovigines have been in more or less intermittent contact with

the white man all their lives, and only meagre details of the old-time customs of

theiv tribe inay be gleaned from them. The language also is ‘apidly falling: into

disuse; some of the full-blooded young men do not know the aboriginal names

of common amimals around them, and it is probable that in the eourse of a few

vears the death of the natives of the former eeneration will mean the severing

of the last feeble lik with the past Jife of this tribe. We therefore place on

revord the notes we were able to make,

WAILPI TRIBE.

The territory of the Wailpi tribe at one time extended from Nernivankaninia

{0 Blinman (the native name of which is Anguriehina), and ineluded part of the

eastern’ slope of the ranges almost to Lake Frome, The members of the trie

speak of themselves as Anyimatana, a desienation meaning literally hill-people,

hit the tribal name, Wailpi, has a vali equivalent te that of neighbouring

iribes, details of the distvibution of whieh were supplicd by old men of the

former tribe. Tis, the north and east sides of Lake Torrens were once oeen pied

4b Recorps ov Tie S.A. MuskuM

by the Kawani tribe, whieh was divided into two loeal gronps; one of these eroiyps

was known as the Warta-Kuwant Cor plats countes, Mayani). and the natives so

fitled lived alone the borders of Lake Torvens, and in the country near the foot

of (he main range: the other seetion of the tribe inhabited the foothills around

Leieh’s Creek and as far south as Beltana, and were known as the Ajnya-Kauyani.

The Diert iribe oeenpied the country around southern Lake Eyre, and the

Yandiwulda, or Yantruwunta, tribe roamed from Touamineka to Mianpeowle,

A derritory east of Lake Callabouna, between Tileha and Yandima, was the home

of the Wadikali tribe, The Flinders Ranges south of Blinman were Frequented

bv the Parnkalla tribe, whose bomundaries extended far south to Port Lineoln,

Still another tribe lived on the western side of Lake Torrens. These sarrouneling

(ribes apparenth: always veferred to the aborigines with whem we were in

coutaet as the Wailpi people, bit the last-named, as previoushy mentioned,

usually called themselves Anvimnatana. The location of these tribes is shown iw

fhe wecompanyving map (fie. 21). Towith ¢') briefly mentions the natives of the

horther Flinders Ranges as the Maredala,

The members of the Wailpt tribe were divided into two interanarryine

classes, called ‘Marudi’ Deseent was traced, as in the Lake Eyre tribes, in the

female line, The ereat majority of the aborigines of this tribe belone to one

or other of two main totems, ‘Yalpu’ or’ Wara.’ allhough formerly other totenis,

ineliding * Warichi’ * Wilka,’ ‘Vertis and ‘Bineen. were also represented,

Rach of these totems fell into one of the two primary Snierncdi.’ as shown in

the following table:

Class L. (lass 11,

Yalpu ( Wombat ) Ware (Pinto. ov Rabbit-bancdicoot)

Warichi (Him) Binarn (Carpet-sniate

Wilka (Dingo)

Verti | Witehetty Caub)

No members of the first class could iitermaery, bat mast seleet a partner

from the vepresentatives of the second ehass. ‘Chas an ald man ney living al

Mount Serle, {Wenoniuldi by dame (fie, TS), isa Yalpuy ane his wife is a Ware,

While another old quan named * Mauiaya. or * Widlildlay® ie tlie same locality: is a

Wara and lis wife isa Yalpu. Most of the old women remaining in the eanmip at

Mount Serle are * Ward and therefore ib would not be correet for Miunaya to

marry any of them. whereas Warjulda world not be restrieied Prom doing so,

These fwo old men compltined that in recent years marriage rites had becouse

very Geeadent, citing eases where younger natives had disreearcded the reste.

tions. and had, indeod, forgotten even the vane of thei totem The renimants

(1) Howitt, Native tribes of south-east Australian, odd. poy.

HILAL AND TINDALE (\BORIGINES OF THE bP LiInpiks RANGIS 17

of the teibe are fine types, well proportioned, sturdy, intelligent, and independent,

Mimava stated that his mother’s father, Windawapala, witnessed the acdvernt

of the fivst white man to the Wailpt territory. The story, as often told to Munya

by tis grandparents, ts here setoont as velated. Windawapala was one day

enodeed jo tating for oposstans ithe bed oof the Brome Creek, ata plaice about

half mile north of the present Mount Serle Station, TLe had ascended a avn

bree, when some white den and horses appeared, and stayed for sone time tt

the viemity. One of the white men ted the horses into the ereek bed and. seeine

the pative in the tree. callect out to ditt, ane then placeck some tobaeco. flor, ane

Pig. V8. Wiurjaldir, oul nite at dhe Warillpé trite,

soon beneath the tree. Wincawapala was alraid to leave the tree until the

White nen had wone out of sieht, when te descended, and examined the gilts,

hut, not knowing then ase, threw them away. Later he followed the tracks

of the straneers toa place called Mangjieviijieie Ca dow dill north of aud quite

close to Mount Serley, and here found evidences of another stopping-place.

This he avoided, ancl fled east to where others of his tribe were encamped,

Oi Nueust 27, 1540, Ko. Eyre visited this locality. anc naned) Mourn

Serle and the Frome Creek (7).

The Wailpi natives saw camels for the first time at More Springs, whet

Munaya was a sinall boy: the aborigines watehed the strate auimals file past

from) the top of a hill Later, when they crossed the treks of the eames, the

ald amen comipelled the wounen to Daa the dine of the beasts, and soioky fires

were Tif fa obliterate the tmaismal smell

The fighting weepons of the tribe were prineipally in the forme of missiles,

Amongst these were javelins or spears itwadlata’), throwing elubs (bern? aid

with), amd ton-retirning boomerunes (owaraa). The throwine lib knew)

(2) Myre, Journ, of Bsped. inte Central Aust, i, ISba, yp. 17.

be RhecoKDS OF Tike ScA. MusieM

as bern consisted ofa lone shaft with a elubbed extremity, while Chat teruied

witi Was Hal. knobbed af one end, and either striwht or bootmerane shaped as

reaapels tle shall. both types were throwin with a swinging motion. The taya.

lone ane very slender stick, terminating ina rather heavy, fasiforu: head

and similar to those sometimes labelled *playestieks’ in iisetine colleetions,

was also Liew, usually ino phiyy but sometimes in seciots fighting; another stiek,

‘vlled ridla,’ was necessary to effectively throw this type of elab, Mie aya

lravelled a dishanee of thirty to forty yards, the Aieht bei sidous, thts

making the weapon ciffientt to avoid. AL of these elibs were parried with a

Vaestivk (onium wink’). made of selected amatlee wood, very toneh, and not

liable to break when striek. Stone tiplements oy cdla’) were obtained frome a

Quartaite mine ad Muaripeewie, to which exenesions were made from dime to time,

Where water is scares, roots of shrubs, snehous the needle-lush (/fahed

leveoplerad, (he wadive aame of whieh is “barna, ave cig out, and water ts

drained from them. Also, amd especially during visits to the sandhill country

neue Murnpeowie, an uestivating sandhill frog is dug up in emergencies and

robbed of its comlained water.

Owieandata has been used as a caniping site Tor a very lone Lime, indeed,

(his locality is one of The most important stoppine-pliees of the Wailpi people,

for here is a small, permanent waterhole or well, whieh, to the knowlecoe of the

inttives, always yields a constant supply of water, ALL around are cytdences

of fortrer camps, colle Praimeworks of wothes aie broken pote stones, belt

DV tHe nomadk as they moved to fresh tumting @ronnds. Their Pood tn this

lncality at least, consisted principally of gene seed, opossums. wallabies, lizards,

particularly the Goana (Verdns qouldind, anc the Shinele-back (Trach ysquries

rogesusd, id Carpel-snakes (Mullan spilates), "The acacia seed was gromnl

hetween a pounding stone, Known as Suara,’ and ai laren flat stote Cowen’),

whieh is offen referred to i Museris as a cnandeo” stone. although the tardoo

(Mirsilea quadeifali) is only one ol the univ foods whieh is reduced to flour

Hheroon, Phe roofs of a veranivm (Hrediiin eyqierin) known as cajimaripn’

were caten, as were also portions of another speeies called ‘wind’ (Geran

pitas“), Wallabies were caphired tia nef closed hy a rimine moose, "The

twine for the nets was made from the strong fibres of an enclonic Mrbisenus (7F.

loregehi). The fibres were obtained be iacerating the stems in owitter, and thins

separating the softer material or, i water were searee. by burying dhe wood

motil the HWimsier fissies rotted away. This type of net is still meniifaet ured,

but Eavopere string is asially used. Wallabies, aid ineeced: all aative: cians,

are How exceedingly scaree at Owdeandana, The laree onms bear sears where

food-vessels have been ent out cpl ii. fig. TD). and where the bark las been tHakec

olf in seavel of witehetiv wrobs. Mie ahorigines reeootize Cheee linds of edible

LEAR EB AND OCPINDALR (ABORIGINES OF THE FLINpieRS WANGES 44

larvae vider this ame. The eaterpillars of a larwe moth (AV yletesd are fern

in the voots of the red gum. while larvae of different species of loneieann

heotles bore tito the sapwood of the iain teak within sis feel oor saul the

erotiid devel and dh the tipper beaches. Those oecurriae i the tiwh bowels

are puke i eolorur,

MALKAIA ROCK PAINTINGS.

At Malhaia, about six aiiles sorth-east fram Mount Serle, is aa aneient

rock shelter, This One-line eanipiiw sihecak thie aborigines is situated ona roel

shelf fifteen foot or so above the beck of a narrow western tributary of the Novih

MeRhinley Creek, in owhich the Mathai Sprites are located. Mie shelter consists

ofa ell which overhangs the shell aud towers abeve dan almost perpendieulor

face for about thirty feet cpl i, fie. 2). The vetveat is in the cliff forming the

northern side of the ravine through which the tributary creek vins, ancl is quite a

short cistauee [rom the more or less permanent springs. "Phe aetual floor area

of the oxeavation ts that of a moderatessized rooms buried in the debris of the

flogy were a fey Hint chippings (stielo as are used for carving patterns un

wooden weapons), Fogether with broken bones of walkibies aie) otlier aautmals.

At theowestern side of the sheler is a atiral aleave, ane it is evident that bere

the natives built thene fires. for the wall above is nuely blaekened with sole,

Ahnost the whole oof Che reniininig wall space? foal least as bieh as a tall maa

Con retell, is covered with pabitines Ti pipe-elax, elireoal, ame red ane yellow

ochre, OM the time of orm visit Here was on the floor of the shelter a stone, fad

on both sides, evidenthy used for erinding or pomnding colours, for still adhering

fo ih were Leaees of ochre, Many of the patterns jutaehated ae the vouks at

Owiemidania and other localities, as well as other designs, are here reprodiecd

In-coloui The attists possibly appliak the pienents without special fouls, lor

(he Ties have the appearance of having: been smedred on with a finger dipped

in the colour desived, the latter Iuiving been mixed tito a paste with water,

Phony die, 8, shows the pamtings oecupying a very tmeven part of the poek

surface at the north-western portion of the shelter, near the firepliee Wies, 1

Soon ph ii are photoeraplis of the back of the caves the design ear (he

aril

lower viehtland corner of fie, Pois showin separately on pl ii fig. de This

‘awire ds about erehteen jehes ti lenwth, acl consists of a perpencientar white

stripes on each side oF whieh sprig alternate white aid yellow Draneles. ba these

photowriplis the markings ga owhite pipe-eliay oul are comsprenous, for the ped,

vellow, and black pigments used for many of the patterns show to contrast to

the sombre voek when ceprodueed in halftone We copied most of te designs,

amd Tyo qeconipaivines text figuives (figs. 19, ZO) represent freehand sketedies

of some of them. ON bird trick inored with two additional digits in black. rey

30) RROOR TS OF DME SX) MESEOM

PP é wk | wow REESE!

iy & WHER [ yEbouW [erties

hen Wy, DLAC

es ATMA NTU ay ee

TH ei

eT iow

Cale

th UA a Ud CS Uy Vi Y, WH

BManavmecauiy

ANI I

Whe Th avehe peers MTG Copperncrebhely ane TAP neil | abate}

\ Vl

WHE TT LIN DS DANS

ORNS OL

’

AND LPINTIAL IO AE

ALY

WHI be ©

a ni

a oe

eer et eer 6G

SS SS

HE haw

Ce TETAS

Tivot pitting ih Mlk

hha,

53 RECORDS OF Tile S.A. AbUSst ts

he recoonized atage, in abel pare barred cireles, and fe gaielos chredhar patterns

ino white and ved Perpendicular bars similar to those ad fo are executed in

various colors, and may be erossed be horizoutal stripes, as at js hk is obviously

aorepresentation of a boomerang, aud d@ and o ave amplifientions of this desivn.

The fwe envious figures at gq ure in justaposition. as shown im the sketeh. The

design (ed, consistine of a sub-horizontal earved bar above whieh are some

perpendicular bars. is similar to patterns referred to by Baseclow, as represent ity

pubic tassels, ete.; m another painting of (his same design the horizontal bar

is about two Teer long and the perpendiendar siroles are lad two imehes, ov less,

in teneth. This and certain other designs are repeated in different localities,

hothoas carvings ancl patties. so consistently thal ib seems certain that some

definite signiflennmee was attaehed fo each type ol ciagiimn. A meandering

paliorn ate apparently represents a snake. and ais a vether slender bird tracts;

the motifs of the remaining drawings are uitters for conjecture.

ROCK CARVINGS,

Th 1907 Tasedow noted, and in P91 () deseribed and ilhustrated seven

separate oecurrences of rock carvings ja South Avsteatia, whieh, he remarks,

represent a“ umique Eype of aboriginal aad 7. he also mentioned that be tual

heen informed of three other localities in the qorthern part of our State, and

one in New South Wales, where (hese earvings lave heen seen, A set of carvings

ona vertival roel Face at Oratunea, in the Moolooloo cdistriet, is recorded ty

him, but another similar roek in the same locality, whieh is also insertbed with

a fow closivns, is not mentioned,

Similar carvings to those cleseribed by Basedow were examined da Mir.

K, GQ, Waterhouse, at Marnahill in Seuth Austerlia. on May 4, 1902. Ile

removed part ol one carving a forbnieht later, aad) fomwarcded the leaenent be

ALGO. Pepper (then Entomologist at the South Avstralian Mitseum), toeethor

wilh the lollowine descriptive letter:

“Loum sendin oparh Of de native batter of a leewaroo's traet,

Whiell Loblatned whilst on my leave at tear Mannehill wheee F karow of minmerous

Talioes or rock carving of (he natives, some of which are very well done. Oi the

Vth dust. PE teied fo get some of (hem off the roeks. bart so fel fo ove

Hop, as the rock was very bard and brittle; - fhe specimen

is about Chree quarter track of the right part of tle aieht foot of a Tsien,

“Some of the tracks are so nicely fattooed on the roeks that it is quite easy

fo distinguish (he difference between the kanenroo, ena, and wallaby

“Thoseme places vou can see what is apparently meant for a waterhole

fattooed on the roeks, and tracks of animals and birds @oine away ina certain

CH) Basedaw, date, Boy. Amtihrap. Gist. xtliv, 19a, pp. MY5-bd, pil doer

HALE AND TINDALE—ABORIGINES OF THE FLINDERS RANGES 53

direction to feed, and in other places where they are going to a waterhole to drink,

“On some parts of the Oultalpa run there are large mounds of stones built

by the native, but for what reason up to now fF have not been able to ascertain,

“T should like very much sometime to photograph some of these objects,

and it is my intention when T eet my next annual leave to do so, also to saw some

of these carvines off.”’

Tn reference to this discovery the following note appears in the Proceedings

of the Royal Society of South Australia (+) for June of the same vear: ** My.

J. GO. Tepper, F.L.S., exhibited a piece of Tmestone from Mannahill, for-

warded by Mounted-Constable Waterhouse, of Crystal Brook, who supposed the

markines on it to have been done by aborigines. Ma. Tepper explained that these

were due to the action of certain algae and lichens. The Secretary was instructed

to write to Mv. Waterhouse and ask him to protect any native etchings he might

any time know of from being disfigured. ’’

Owing to this misidentification, nothing further has been written concerning

these Mannahill carvings, the first examples of this type of native art to be noted,

The specimen and letter from Mr. Waterhouse are preserved in the South

Australian Museum.

During a recent trip to the Northern Territory, one of us learned that at

Muneajera, a mountain near the mouth of the Roper River, there is a leaning

rock-face, in the surface of whieh emu-tracks. conventional human figures, and

hands have been cut. These appear to be of great age, having been smoothed by

the passage of time. The people of the coastal section of the Mara tribe do not

remember how or when these earvines were made.

At Owleandana a number of outcrops of sedimentary rock, situate on low

rises within one or two hundred vards of the aforementioned waterhole, and a

few rock-faces in the bed of the Gammon Creek, are inscribed with carvings,

so that this locality is also to he added to those already listed. The aeeompanying

map (fie. 21) indicates all known sites of these carvines in South Australia, with

the exception of Mallett, whieh is not ineluded. Tt seems probable, from informa-

tion we gathered from bushmen, that others will be reeorded when the aboriginal

camping places are more thoroughly explored. Carvines north and south of

Owieandana have been already deseribed, but those at this locality have eseaped

previous notice, The Owieandana carvings oeeur upon clay slate, a similar rock

fo that upon which carvings are made at Mannahill and Oratunga, Similarly,

the strface of surrounding roek and carvines alike are covered with a hard,

“dark, rust-coloured ‘patina,’ or elazed surface-film. - +» The strongest

geological evidence in support of ereat antiquity.’? By diggine at the bases of

(4) Trans. Roy, Soe., S. Aust., xxvi, 1902, p. 826.

i RECORDS OF THE S.A. MuskuM

Thvaniieka

YANTRUWUNTA

Lake Byre | Nortn)

& th

Tapped ative iiiin

Lake Byre (South)

Hlanete

\ bret

= El vnc neater

7 Riipc brute oa

\ Map peony Lake Calla lina

Sandie. ooorpe

Mullavartina

Copley

\INVA+KUYANI a ee fr hake Frome

MY Padawurtn

Lacey Torres

wo Http

Por Aneueti

> ene bf Rael Parvin

Mative Tite tae WALT

Pie. 21. Map slowing distribution of tribes of northern Minders Reaies,

and sites of rock ehrvings,

HALE AND TINDALI® ABORIGINES OF THE PLINDERS NWANGES 35

some of the outcrops at Owieandana, carvings partially or wholly buried were

exposed. some of them being nine inehes below the present eromid level.

Basedow found thats’ Phe living veneration of blacks m the Flinders Ranges

know nothing about the carved productions of art here diseussed.’7 We also

found this te be so, for several old) amen, on being questioned, remarked that

when they were boys thei fathers made the carvings with the sharpened end

ola horseshoe. A few of the clesivus have not the technique of the majority,

Cirelos, for instance, are in qost eases formed of a e@reat mimber of closely

connected indentations, possibly made with the sharp potmt of a hard stone

chisel. A few of the patterns, however, consist of a civeular series of strait

indentations (Suelo as might be anade with the edg@e of a cold-elisel). each cut

disconmected, and obviously not executed with the skill and precision of the

ollerss a portion of one of sueh cireles is shown on the left edee of one of thie

photoetaphs (pl iii, fig. 3). These are in all probability those referred to hy

the old) men, and evidently represent comparatively recent, sporadice attemprs

to copy the ancestral work, without knowledge of ifs ortgmal siguificance,

Mig 2 Tracings of roek carvings at Owirnelins (one-fourth mufiead size).

ukeu as a whole. the carvings are perhaps not so interesting as some of

those previously veeorded. bathe main they consist of *corrobborrer-civeles”

some a mere outline, some with a bar across, others sparsely stippled with

ilentations in the euelosed area—incomplete enreles, some spiral desivns, a lew

eon amd other tracks, andl seme unidentified patterns. The Tow circles on

perpendicular voek faces in the hedoof the Gammon Creek are miueh larger than

{hose on the higher eraund whieh are carved on sub-lovizomtal surlaees,

5b RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Photographs of a few seetious of the Owleandana carvings are reprodiioc|

on plot and iv. As our camer was a small one. the imtagtios were ~aibhed

mo with pipeeelay before they were photo@raphed, so as do core platily clefine

the patterns. The ibistrations on pl iit, fies 8. and oon pl. iv, fies. 1 and 2,

represent some of the small onterops of slate apon whieh the earvyines cee.

loser views of a few of the designs are showh on plo iii, figs oand on pl. iy,

fi. So and traces of six patterns appear in text fig. 22.

In places portions of the voek faces, two dnehes or more i thiekness, lave

heen separated from the iain uss of the slate bw the aetion of the weather;

‘he Two pietiires on plo iv, figs. 8. 4) show this cisintewration clearly. A. few

eurvings were found on small sections tins fractured: These examples were

eommparatively easiiy removed, and were brotght to Adelaide for the Museum

ealleetion. A natiralsize photograph of two eoujomed cireles engraved on one

of These fragments shows the character of the ehippinws forming the desien

(plod. Bya familiar ilusion the sentphuring will, fo many, appear to be raised

pistedd of crt into the roek,

Basedow notes the eveat differences between these Plinders Range carvings

andl thase servatched or cut into the Triassic sandstone at Port saeksor, Some

years ago, one of us inspected some designs seratehed bw natives of the lowe

Miiy River district i the back of a small eave al Woneullin The cesigns

were ent into the soft Kovene sandstone of the elit! with a sharp stone tistrenment,

and in ne way resemble the technique of the novthern emrvings (pl iv, dig. bo).

The aforementioned author ihistrates a design occuming on vooks at Deep

fion Creek,‘ stronely sigeestive of a phiuiwpus. and vomarks that there is reason

for supposing that this animal has been observed in Dalhousie Springs. 8 The

deseription viven by natives of some animal seen by them in the springs, auc

the corroborative evidence by a veliable bushnin, are responsible tor this

heliok TT Thomay be of some Tittle interest to here mote dhal we alsa net

a bushman who. on lis own initiative, and withowt previous diseission on the

subject, informed as that le had recently seen a phity pis in the interior,

LANGUAGE,

The old Wailpi natives say tit many of their evandparents and athens

Were able to speak more thin their own tribal loweaee, bat dias they them

selves know only the one dialect, Lone ago Che oldest men of the fribe cout

converse amongst themselves ing manner whieh the vorneer natives contd aol

Hniderstand. As previously mentioned. the yorne mon af to-day ave wrndiatly

forvetting their tribal langriioe,

The natives have a distingnishine mame for every plivsiographiea! Feature

of Theie territory, to matter how apparently Min portant the Leathe ia be.

HALE AND TINDALL -ABORIGINES OF THE PLINDEKS WKANGES 7

tue

Thus Mout Seele as a whole is known aso Avto wirapinay” the western face of

the hill is ealled *Nalimatic” and the northern saddle * Wokara,’ while the lower

foothill to the north of the mount is named ‘Manji yunjuru. Many animals

have more than ove dane, but, on the other hand, several closely allied) species

may bea a common mame, as, for tistance, two species of Babblers ¢ Panatos

fomus), whieh ware not differentiated, both being termed *inyula.’ Tt thay at

first whinee seem curious that there should be in an arid northern area an

sborivinal term (aula?) for snow, Some of the natives, however, have seen

snow on Mount Padawurta (formerly known as Mount Rugeed), in the Moolaoloa

distriet, on several oceasions, The Wailpi people call this monniain *Verti

Warta. and *Padeawrertia’ is obviously a eorription of this name.

The hand is referred to as cmara.’ aud this term is also applied to the

pounding or sraller mill stone, which is erasped in the hand for grinding food,

PART VOCABULARY OF WAILPL TRIBE,

Mammals.

Dineo or wild dow ‘4, aR ws 4 .. will

Bure (Mieropus robustus) ~. Je a ee a

Pinta ~ “ ts st Ay us .e Ware

Reel Ranearoo (Mereropiis rifiis ) 4 2. well

Roek Wallaby (Pelrogale ranthopus) .. v4 2. anda

Wombat (Phitscoloniys ) . if. As .. valpu

Birds.

Australian Pustard (2upodotis wustralis) .. .. Wal’la

Australian Pipit (cbidhius qustralis) 5. ie .. valiworuna

Bare-eyed Cockatoo (Cucutia gymutuopts ) ye .. Warandu

Bird (veneral mame for small bird) .. re ee yuh

Black-backed Magpie (Gyanorhina tibieen) .. ee wrernkali

Chestnit-cerowned Babbler (Pamidtostanus riuficeps) tivila

Chestrut-eared Finch (Taenapygi castanotis ) .. athi (Ghoas in ‘the’)

Crested Pircon (Oeyphaps lophales) .. i ee Uranibera

Crow (Cormusd — .. ot at nk =: .. Wakla

Kani (Draws warde-lollundiae) he fs .. Wareli

Grey Buteher-bird (Cracticus tarquatis) his -. adipa

Grey Shrike-thrush (Cofllimemela harmouied) 2. gine nea

Masked Wood-swallow (slrfaaaes personals ) -.» valpuie

Peaceful Dove (Geopelin placida) RA ws 2. euruleaku

Purple-backed Wren (Maluris assinclis) ee Vuruviriya

Red-eapped Robin (Pelrofed goodenavis) 3. .. tnalitelita

Red-bachked Parvot ¢Psephotis hacualanatis ) -. bare lara

35 KECORDS OF THE S.A. MusEUM

Tree Martin (//ylochelidan nigricans ) as +)

Wedeetailed Kagle (Uracetus audasr )

White-browed

Yellowthroated Miner (Mysantha flavigulad ..

sabbler (Pomalastomus superciliasus )

Reptiles and Batrachians.

Banded Skink (india faseralation)

Carpet-snake (Python spilotes, var. marieqatis )

row, sandhill species, large

Kroe, Waterhole .. b; ot

Ceeko (Gymnodactylus miliustt)

Coeko (Perapus variegatis )

Goana (Varcius gouldir) at

Jew-lizard (Amphibolurus barbatus)

Snakeeved Lizard (Alblepharus baytoni)

Stiinp-tiiled Lizard (Trachysairus rugosus)

Womassnake (Aspidites ramsayi)

Insects, ete,

Ant, bulldog (Myriecia farfieata)

Aut, urine (I ridomyninesc) aps

Butterfly, white (Delias aganippe)

Centipede (any)

Cicada

Dragon-fly (any)

mh,

Grasshopper (any) i i,

Hawkanoth (Deilephila Tvornied)

Mantis (Thoradia imelanaplera)

Witehetty erub

Plants.

Black-oak (Casuarina lepidaphtoia)

Box-matlee (Evealyptus sp.)

suHekbush se a J

Bullock-bush (l/eleradendron oleifaliiviu)

Geranium (edible) (Brodimn eyquoriwn )

Geranium (edible) (Geranium pilosine)

Nardoo (Mursilea quadrifolia)

Needle-bush (i/ahkea leveaptera)

Poach, native (Musauvus spleatys)

Pine (Callitris robusta)

yukowokoui or

wireldutuldiati

wildu

hay lat

macdlael tana

appara

bina

valu

Hee yal

aljen nara

miu ka

rade

keadni

Hearn prraa

modi or ardnn

Wali

allt

Wipa or neari

arlevilivili

Wwanee jeri

waldambutri

with witt

vapu

wiehivilea

witha

Wulanwara

verti

wilko

vince

vilka

Minyara

WAL po

wind

ava

barna

wolti

hinba

ITALE AND TINDALE

ABORIGINES OF THE I LINDERS NANGES 5Y

Rec-ogum (Huealyptus rostrata)

Sandalwood (Myoporian platycarptm)

Tea-tree (Leptospermian scoparia)

Wattle (Acacia sp.)

Boomerang

Club, boomerang type

Dish made from ved-eum bark

Utensils and Weapons.

Grinding stone (small pounding stone )

Grinding stone (laree flat stone)

Play-sticl

Spear

Stiek for throwing play-stick

Stone implement (knife or spear-head )

Yamestick

Cave, or vock shelter

Clouds

Creek

Hire

Frost

Moon

Mountain Stumauiit

Rainbow

Rock of large size

Snow

Stars

sun A

Water or vain

Orie

Two

Three

Hive (literally ‘one hand’)

Ten (literally ‘two hands’ )

Baby (either sex )

Hane

Hands

Man, old

Physical Features.

Numerals.

General.

wera

emburu

Ova

neuri

wadna

wirl

beki ov wich

mara

wadla

aya

wacllatar

miidla

vudla

WUE WI

ihapl

wulpi

veri

ardla

arvata

vera

manbata

wurany1

mii

wula

buudli

yuund

awl

unmorta

aipilana

wulparina

inmorta mara

aipilana muruku

vakatl

muruku

wulka

Man, young

Penis

Vulva

Woman, old

Woman, young

Woman

Blood

Meat

Come here!

Come quickly !

Kieht

Kill (literally to

Little

No good

Steal

Strike ,

What is it?

Yes

RECORDS OF

“strike dead’)

THE S.A. MUSEUM

vanearl

wariardlu

indi

wilkuta

artu

adni

arti

ba lu

avia

avi vavu yavul

laicha

undaka wudivu

widna

macla

widni

werd]

undaka

haneatana ?

neal

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

Plate ii.

Bie. 1. Red Gum from which a food-vessel has been cut.

Fie, 2. Roek-shelHer at Malkaia.

Migs. 3, 4.

Mies, 1-8,

Rock paintings at Malkaia.

Plate iii.

Rock paintings at Malkata.

Rock carvings at Owleandana.

Plate iv.

Rock Carvines at Owleandana.

Fie, 4.0 Rock carvings at Woneulla. River Murray (for comparison).

Rock carving from Owteandana, natural size.

Plate v.

tre. S.A. MesEUM. Vou, Jil Veare Ul.

NATIVE PAINTINGS, ETC.

Rec. S.A, Museum. Von, Tit, PLAtr II.

NATIVE PAINTINGS AND CARVINGS,

Ree, S.A. Musrum, Vor. Tl, Prater TV.

NATIVE CARVINGS.

Ree. SAL MUSEUM,

Ry. % A

" ay

Lt eh

i VW &

I é

en) We

t a ‘

\ ny

iA, ;

; -

~~ Tis He

s '

\ ae,

Vor,

is, Pee ay” bkb

wey

: 4,

#1, :

=; abe ’ 4

' % 2 1 : “ * _

eee A 2 4

NATIVE CARVINGS.

It,

Prati V.

NATIVES OF GROOTE EYLANDT AND OF THE

WEST COAST OF THE GULF OF CARPENTARIA

BY NORMAN B. TINDALE, ASSISTANT ENTOMOLOGIST, SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

Summary

During the years 1921-22 I spent some fifteen months on and around Groote Eylandt and in the

Roper River District, paying special attention to entomology. The natives, several tribes of which

have hitherto remained practically untouched by European influences, presented opportunities for

study, and the following paper constitutes a record of observations made. At least six of the tribes

mentioned have not previously been definitely noted in literature.

NATIVES or GROOTE EYLANDT anv or tur WEST

COAST or rur GULF or CARPENTARIA.

By NORMAN B. 'TINDALE, Assisranr Enromonocisr, Sourk Ausrratian Museum,

Plates vi-xi and text figs. 25-41.

During the years 1921-22 [T spent some fifteen months on and around Groote

Evlandt and in the Roper River District, paying special attention to entomology,

The natives, several tribes of which have hitherto remained practically untouched

by Huropean influences, presented opportunities for study, and the following

paper constitutes a record of observations made, At least six of the tribes

mentioned have not previously been definitely noted in literature.

Through the courtesy of the Rev. H. E. Warren I was associated with him

during the examination of the islands of the Groote Eylandt Archipelago (June

to September, 1921, and April, 1922) in the auxiliary ketch ‘* Holly,’’ for the

purpose of choosing a site for a mission station. Lam indebted to Mr. A. J.

Dyer, of the Chureh Missionary Society, my companion during the stay on the

island (November, 1921, to April, 1922), who provided numerous notes on the

language and customs of the Nunegubuyvu people, and to Mrs. Dyer, who sub-

sequently furnished several notes on the Ingura women, By the kindness of the

Rey. R. D. Joynt and Mr. T. Bridgland (police constable at Leichhardt Bar), |

was enabled to make an examination of a cave at Wagundu, a native camping

site in the country south of the Roper River.

Some of the observations herein recorded were first made public in an illus-

trated lecture given by me in Adelaide on August 21, 1928. In this connection

it is interesting to find that remarks made on the women and sailing canoes of

Groote Eylandt were deemed of sufficient importance by Dr. Herbert Basedow (+)

(who was present at the lecture) for publication in his latest work, during the

current vear.

The early Dutch explorers visited the Gulf of Carpentaria, but have lett

little record of their doings. The first detailed description of the country was

given by Flinders (*) in his narrative of the cireumnavigation of Australia. He

charted the coast (his charts with a few alterations are in use to-day), sailed

around Groote Eylandt, landed on the adjacent islands in Blue Mud Bay, where

he had an encounter with the natives, in which two were killed, and, during a

(1) Basedow, The Australian Aboriginal, 1925,

(2) Flinders, M., Voyage to Terra Australis, ii, 1814, p. 177 et seq.

oJ NECORDS OF Til SA. Moeseun

Priel stay at Caledon Bay, mace a few observations on the natives, and compiled

a yorubulary of the languave of a tribe, now known to he the Baharia,

Ever since the Unilding of the Overland Teleeraph, when steamers fipst

ascended the Roper River with supplies, vessels have at varions tines passed

lone the coast on the way frou Darwin to Bovoloole and Leielheedt Bary bet

wit to fhe reputation whieh the natives had, sot without justifieation, for

treachery, very litth: communtication was held with them. Warren (8), in his

weeonnt Of his first trip around Groote Kylandt, refers fo tlie natives of Rose

River (Nuneubayu Tribe) and to several Coote Evlandt tien he amet on

Biekerton Island. The only other definite reference to the Groote By landi

Hatiyes appears to be by White (4), who on a voyage to Roper River, took

shelter behind the batret) southavestern aman of the ished, where two tatives

mune ont ina eanoe to his keteh,

An ormthological expedition, organized by TL. lL. White. made a shor slits

on Te isu daring the earlier pact of my sojourn there, but the only reference

tothe natives is given by Baldwin Spencer (¢), who deseribes six decorated slabs

Found in an ole camp by members of the expedition,

With the exception of the accomnts referred to above. nothing has appeared

concerning the eight ov more tribes living in the cowtey north of the Roper River,

WEST COAST TRIBISS,

The tribes may be divided ite two groups, those who live aloue the eoust

and on the ishmds, often ealled ‘saltwater blacks,’ and those of the inlancl plains,

Who seldom visit the coast. Starting da the worth, dhe first coastal dribe to be

mentioned is the Tehambarupi. whose countey extends trom abont Eleho stan

on the north coast of Aimhem Land. to Cape Aruhem, aud includes the Enelish

Company Islands. Purther south are the Balamninu, claiming the vountey Wron

below Cape Armhen to Cape Shield and the northern portion of Blue Mud Bay :

their headquarters being at Caledon Bay. The low shores of Blie Mud Buy

ure frequented at times ly a small tribe of jiliaml natives. the Rittariunewo, whose

headquarters is about the headwaters of the Goyder ancl Walker Rivers, From

south of the Walker River, it its lower reaches to the Rose River, the country

belongs to a comparatively large tribe, the Nuneubouyn. Groote Kv landt ane

the adjacent islands ave inhabited by the tier. a stall tribe, with some

pectiay characteristics, Senth of the Rose River, between the territories of the

Nuugubuyn aid their southern neighbours, the Mava, live the remains of a tribe,

(8) Warren, W, 2, Vietorian Grou, donmn., sexiv, TS, pp. 8-17,

(4) White, G,, Thirty Yeors in Tropical Anstralin, (008, pp. Vl, 145,

(*) Spencer, Baldwin, Guide to Austeion Ethnelogies! Coll, Sed ed, 122, jk TNS. ane

pl. 20.

TINDALE NATIVES OF GROOTE EYLANDT 63

S\, Wessel ts

{4 " .

English Company 1

Wilton

Stewaut Mulville Toy

TCHAMBARUPT

ARNILE :

LEM eat aapoehs Gaye is

°°?

JINBA

arrow

rs 2,

fs Wiad a

IY)

Groote

INGURA

ca ane

NGANDI

Boatrict

| WANDARAN *

mm aN

Native Keserer

: CAKLPENTARIA

NGALAKAN “~~ —} | loms ;

Missioy) Statiou J is ate Hock

Letonhardt te Linnien Wache

p Mari I

oRvateien T

ALLAWA

WADERE

NGEWIN \

Native Tribes his BALAMUMU

Wig. 28. Map of the West Coust of the Gulf of Carpentaria showing distribution of Tribes,

6+ KECORDS OF THE S.A. MuskuM

called the Wandaran, whose members are few do number, aud live among their

Heiewhbours, but without more than the asnal tribal commiamieation wath) them,

They speak a definite language of their own, but appear to be dying out from

natbtiral causes. The Mara, referred do by Baldwith Spencer (8) (7), were formerly

a dare tribe, dat the inland sections are now becoming cleeadents they rare

from torth of the Roper River to about Spillen Creck, and extend their botniclaries

ghoul forty miles inland. To the south they are in contact with the Wadere,

also a coastal tribe,

Of the inland tribes the Littarunge are the most north-casterly : ftiether to

(he west they adjoin dhe -abal ai iadand tribe of the northern coasts to the

south of the Rittarungo, about the headwaters of the Rese River, ave the Ren

Darinwa. fa the conuntiy towards the sources of the Wilton River, and as tar

HOPE nearly as the sources of the Rose River, are the Neandin On the northern

hank of the Roper River, abowe the jumetion of the Wilton. are the Nealakan,

While south of the Roper, in the countey ceained by Monntain Creek ancl the

Lower Llodgson River, are the Allawa, Further inland, toward the sourees of

(he Roper River, ave the Mangarai, To the south of the Atlawa are other tribes,

suchas the Binbinga and Neewin, These and those still further south and wost

ave shown on the map given by Baldwin Speneer (8),

The sketch map (text fig, 28) gives very approximate jndieations of the

hounidaries of the tribes mentioned, They are aot always well defined, nearby

camping sites being regarded as more or less common properly.

INGURA TRIBE.

The boundary of the Tnhenria tribe is coextensive with dhe ishaids of the

Groote Eylandt Archipeligo, comprising an area of approximately one thousane

square miles, divided info one large island, three smaller ones with permanent

water supplies, and many islets seattered about, mostly at the northern part of

the archipelago, A liberal estimate would place the ecutive population at little

more than three hundred, and at is split up into at least sis loeal wroups or sub-

tribes; two larger and four sinaller ones. Hach of these is known by The name

OF (he locality which is its headquarters; for instance, a man will sayy Natuwa

Talokuiripa ambariag ob Talakurupa sit down’? (belone). 'Che names ol these

groups did them location on the ishind are: Bartahunbu. horthavest: Angoroke,

wesh; Yotiba, south-west; Tulakurupa, east and southeast : Amakutupa, north-

east and Pharasphara, inhabiting the northern portion of the islam (see text

flu. 4).

(8) Speneer, Baldwin, Native Tribes of the Norther Territory, P14, pL GO ef seg.

(7) Spencer, B., and Gillon, TW. 0., Aeross Austealia, v. 2, 1912, pe a7 eb seq.

(5) Speneer, Balibwin, Native Trites of the Northern Territory, THl4, pi

YLANDT

OOTE

(Gk

TINDALI

Gr Tt a nee ee

; a

a 3*

Woy

% ninyouyy

ees 4 - Me 4 " Mw e

b yt or rs 4

eBuruiedanegy rf ite

red ooh 2

4% £ a ™, .",

ed : en

ff : pe eis ny goth

' 2 + 2

a 4

Wwe LS¥T , . mg Pre (awiey wavrwieg) of

hk Saliahed

sie oF s

. zo

Mey ‘

eh ee

aes

LONVIAQ 310085 ff

Ain Oud!

‘

y sl

logd0s0gg

3VHD

1 LNIOd“HLUON

ogyak Snyy srwey aren

shausnop pueq snoen oe

S 1yolununpomy

oO g Pa

| i .

vot at

ti Dsus DHOIIA

\ YF NOIXANNOD

pqonja yo :

yl NOLY IMO

duvisig

avg aw dat’

‘1 AGNUNY

Om BOiOA

padnisidy NYDNOWN

| 1ODIN

Hive locality memes,

andt slowing

iy]

Groote i

Miup of

Nig. 2

(ih Kecokbps oF THE SwA, MUSEUM

The Petal @roup oeeupies Diekertou Tshoid and Batalianba Bas.

They probably nimber about a tnered, ancl with the Palak pas comprise over

iwodhinds of the tadives. At certain seasons they visit all the ishids ear the

maul adsa Waerdanew (Cape Barrows, where they ae dn conmminication

with the Nimettbiy tt, whose laneiige many of them speak. They aee the chief

navigators of the tribe, and ave the only ishanders possessing luree sailing canoes,

The other diree eronp, the Talakuripa, dave (heir home on the somtheawestern

portion of the tate ishiutd: they ave cousidered to he fievee, aud ave Feared: by

fhe Bartalunbu, who generally retreat lo Bickerlou Psland when Chey ave

Shabada? (angi). Many of the finer Weapors aid mibels iilortition were

Obtated from the menbers of tis eroup, who came across the ills aid eam pod

at Yetiba fou considerable periods during my stay there They seldom visit the

niaitland or the other islands of the archipeliwo. ‘The Yetiba have (heir head

quarters at Yetiba Creek (Emerald River), and frequent the south-western pari

Of (he ishind as far to the east as Amakiulu Creek. ‘They are few ia aimbers,

ad appeared not to dake part in the fonds eamriod ou between the dermbers ol

the fwe larger groups. ‘Phere are also two isolited gronps, probably eae of

only one family, the cue named Angoroko, frequenting the vieinity of the ercek

OF (he same name on the west side oof the ishuid, and the ofher. the Aialkvrepa,

living around the shoves of Port Langdon, aid Ainakuripa on tie north-castern

side. Pharapbara (Chasm Ishind), Avichaneoa (Winelilsea Islands. aud) the

Rirene Acchipelago ave the hinting evounds of Papatama. an old mat. and lis

Janily, whieh treludes two acull sous.

The Tet are siiilar th appearince Lo the natives of the adjacent tainted

Iribes, but there is evidence to show that thei contaek with Macussay traders tar

several @uantiiries das brought about certain modifications, aud has inbvorleeed

from dime Lo tie a strain of alien blood,

The Northern Territory natives have apparently always been hostile to thre

alien titetlers who Visited their coasts, and no intimate contael, except in special

cireumistamees, ever Look pliee On Groote Kylindd several eases appease to

Have Drovgeht about closer conmunmmieation with the natives than would be else

Where possible, On each visit the Malay fleets spent iach time at (he ished,

Which was apparently a rendezvous, This is also shown by their camps, The

renins of whieh cover extensive areas on Che northern part of the ished. ‘Phe

Havfives were (niployed in shelling and trepanging. and mv of the Vvoune

natives were from time ta time taken away on the retumy voyages lo Macassat,

offen retuming with exteusive knowledwe oF the habits and appearances of the

people they associated with, The presence of broken fragments of square ein

bottles Trried about the Malay camps indicate that liquor was iu all probabilily:

given fo the natives, and nobwithstanding the striet moasuves adopted by the

~ry

TINDALE—NATIVES OF GROOTE EVLANDT 6)

natives to prevert their woniwen falling inte the hands of the Malays (ylieh

measures have developed dito a permanent practiee), in course of time such

contael Frequently took place, and numbers of the present-day natives have had

aliens none their ancestors, Mor instanee, the two boys on the left in best figs 2A,

who are fillbrothers, and belong to the Baviahimbu local group, are believed

to have had a Mahiy aneestor.

The childven remain with the women until they are about eleven sears of

age. but vorrneer bows are seen temporarily in the men’s camp. They are well

eared for, and diimerous toys are made for them. melding model canoes atid

fav paperbark clishes. Wooden canoes of a size lirwe enough fo combine two or

(ree young boys are also made, and one of then cabout seven feet in length

anda foot in oawidth) is new an the Museum collection, On one oeeasion a oehild

Of about seven was bromehlt mp to see us ba iis father, bat was sa sha that a

Pie, 25, Beys of Byortaliinba, Mig ta. Boys ot Pelikamnypes.

photograph was not secured, As in many aboriginal ehildven, one of ifs prom

nent featires Was ab distended abdomen, Text fig. 24 shows three boys of vie

Bartalumiba loeal group, and test fie. 26 hwo of the Talakiriupa toenl group. who

live justi passed (irough the first stage of initiation

The voung bows ure eneonraved fo play at speuefighting, using diminutive

Hirowine-sticks and lengths of eance-erass as weapons, They are often assisted

and eneonraged by young and micklleawed: men. These garies aire often eon

fined for days, frequent visits being anade to the eane-grass flats for supplies

of weapons. At Yoriba. after fielits whieh oveurred Theres Che children were

usstdious te imibatine thei elders, and the strimevbark forests on the barks of

68 kecorkps OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

(he Yotiba were a favourite battling wround: the retreating side would often

fake to the water. where, velling, splashing, clocine. and diving, the pli world

he continue,

Initiation Ceremonies.

The eirenmeisional and other initiation ceremonies ave colleediyely called

‘Unamaliaemaindi.’ ‘The first takes place between the ages of ten and thirteen,

AW Aimalipa a laree cirenlar area, with one tree Hear is centre, sttated about

five himdred yards fvom the Amalipa ceremonial ground, deserihed jn a later

paragraph, was pointed out as the place of the ceremony, but few details were

wathered as to the procedure, The operator was abways an old tian, anc the

stone head temporarily detached from a spew was the ienife used for the

operalion.

The ‘wiyideaba* (hoy) is before the coremony removed from the women’s

emp and placed tinder the guardianship of a middle-aged man, who has charge

of hin for several vears, The lad calls his guardian ‘nabaho and is called by

him ‘tamiei’ After the eovemony he is kept in the men’s camp, and takes his

share in paddling, firewood gathering, collecting fish batt, and generally in

Waiting on his elder companion, One sue enardian, who was a frequent visitor

at YoUba, had two boys under his carve; they were never allowed out of his

sieht, followed him when hrnting, and when in carp attended Trequently to

his person, combing his hair, removing lee therefrom, and sometimes red oelreine

his body all ower (see text fie 25). The hole in the nose. Saaynenyva,’ is beved.

Woabout the same period as the cirenmeision,

Ad abort sixteen or seventeen the first eieatrix is made on the chest of the

initiate. One lac unederwent the ceremony ab Yetiba, Th was noticed that all

(he vornwer jitiites were removed From the carp one evening ander the care

of aioktinan. The nsual nightly performance of drone pipe phiying was kept

up wilh exceptional vigour, with mach clapping lowedler of Tirowine-stieks and

frequent chants (apparently wordless), sane by the oll men, Nothing totisnal,

however, was noticed in the camp, except the lad sitting quiethy apart, with his

Hody quarked with a design in pipeehiy. The ceremony reached is elimasx al

dawe, when the boy was held down on the ground while a deep cut was made

by an old man with a sperr-heacl, extending fram side to side on, the chest, just

below the nipples. Several hones liter the lad appeared statting. ane promedly

esIibiting the fresh ent. Mueh bleeding lad taken place, but pipecliy had been

rubbectwell into the flesh, and as blood appeared ane congealed the lie enrefully

pieked Wout with a sharpepoimted stiek. Tha baer suspended: Crom his week, are

hanging down his baek, he earried a (at. surootheedwed piece of soft stone, with

whieh he kepl the wound open for some weeks by pressing if inte or ribbine it

TINDALE--NATIVES OF GROOTE EYLANDT 69

along the eut, THe showed Little sign of discomfort, and the next day was

bathing in the creek with his Companions. he wound gradually healed, and

wilhin three months a considerable vaised sear resulted, After the ceremony

the boy was allowed to share in the fall life of the eamup, and the OTC UESH Ep

of (he Snahabo? lapsed, Mt first be was pleased with his new status, offen pitting

Wis dime qwainst bis elest ane savine proudhy, Sweamanialia® (voune mean).

r ‘ Cc . .

Wie 27. beguri ben.

Amone the Tneura and the Numeubuyu the first cul is amide just below the

nipples, and from dime ia tine Further ones are added, usually a second below

{he fivst, and thee further ones hiwher ap on the ehest. ‘Phe latter are often

cul very deep, aud owing to the great pain are ustally done i two stages, so

flit natives are notiecd with a ent ony on one side of the ehest. The Full

niimber Usiially cousists of about sis, either four above the nipples and two below,

ob three above and tires below. Besides these eieatriees, cach tative wonerally

hasan short raised marks on the upper part of the left arn; these ave vsnalls

mide by burninw the Aesh with the aid of a firebrand. The Balatiuimn, on the

fain, however, alter fle divest chest cut, make three longitudinal cuts on

70 RKrcorps ov THE S.A. Mustenm

the tofroarm. Ntong the Newnedi the common praeliee is to place for laren

wits dow clown on the chest and diree or move slaitine cuts on the lett thigh,

AUT

40 F

Wie OO Aiidipa eo renoniak Diidingia, Wipe 000 Lipeebeinn Wath) Pineeletigise

In wenemil fhe eubting of (he body is rewarded asa sign ol courage. AO Peay

nutives, even of middle ave. were without more than the first cut: a particular,

ancoman of (he Talatioiuipa, whe tieled the additional ents, never seanied bo take

pearl ina of the tata quarrels and fights eonmion to them, ac suweestions

muide that he showld fight were reeerved by the offers with chirelbes af arise

mond aad elekine of bones.

Anoxample of the rubbing-stone mentioned above was subsequenthy obtained

froma Crledon Bay OBahomiii fribed native, who carried ib ina Dawe terovie

His neek. His au oblong piece of thin, blaekish stone, somewhat wider at one

end; the corners are well rounded off; the edee is ranmd: and very smaothby

polished. Th is three inches in leneth, two imehes in width at the svidest part,

dodo a uiiform thickness of abort one-quarter of an ineh. da test fie 41 ch

Ande) a representation of the stone aad diirammatic sechion ape show,

‘Women and Marriage,

One ol the outstanding differences in soeial customs in comparison with

the adjacent duaiiland natives is the general and suet enforemment of seelusion

TINDALE NATIVES OF GROOTK IYLANDT 7\

on the women of the tribe, No mative from the fine of tis tattivtion adil he

is of ave tocmarey, amd no strane@ers, are allowed to approach the weinen, whe

are compelled fo Hive apart ty eimps guarded by old men, let they are visited

seeretly by those entitled ta dhe privilege, The wonten are in the minority, and

are monopolized by Che older qien, who ceaehl have two or more Ho possible "Phe

rest of the men therefore live dowet her i open camps with some of the old) men,

vollecting the @reater part of their own food themselyes, but the older gues

Prequentiv receive parcels of yams amid burrawane eakes from the womentotk,

The vouneer men, owiniimamalia,” are not allowed Wear places where the wonien

ave likely to be yvan-digging or burrawang-nit gathering. or to look at then,

Wider penaliy of spearing. Shouwkh a yvonne tative accidentally conte upon

Hem the nist tien away and give warning of his presence,

A Cwaltnnaniaha’ on obtaining a wile is called Snaningsa.’ and bears Chis

fitle until (he signs of inereasing ave qualify hint for the niimie “waniarinea,” or

old nan. Pew oof the men under about thirty, datess they are of exceptional

prowess, are ontitled fo the form ‘naninga.’ One of the youngest was the

Ningubiivie nei tamed Banja, mentioned elsewhere, a noted left-handed spear

thrower, who having been allotted an tiga woman of the Talakurupa group

for wife. was compelled fo reside with and to submit te the customs of the

Tnevra tribe, After several years, however, he became restless unaider this

armniwenmeut, and, taking tis wife, seeretly escaped to the mainland im a canoe

maid hy dis conmtrymen. On visiting Yetiba again be did so i conimpany with

natives of Bartalonbu, with whom he was friendly, lenvine his wife at Biekerton

Island. The Partatibie @eoup. bee i intermittent contact with the main

land tribes, are tess striet at tives in their observance of the ules of seclusion,

Which break down somewlad when visits are made from ishind to ished in

COLTEOOS.

Anineiinwinta, a yore mean of Yotiba, seeretly visited the eastern side

of the ishind, and indueed a e@irl (according to his deseriplion quite vou, aie

therefore highly valued) to elope with hin, Retreating to the main rane. he

covered his tracks as far as possible, bit was traced by bis presuers. the men ol!

Talakivupa, and held up oat spears’ point. Pindine he contd not eseape, he

surrendered: his prige, iad aeconpatied the natives baelk to their cap, Where ie

Wits Toreed to undergo a speardlirowing ordeal (similar to that elsewhere

feseribed in connection with the Avengine ceremonies), From whieh, owing to

his agility, Te eseaped withont injury. Stila expeditions carried ort by vounge

Theva men on the mainland camps are offen snecesstul, and if they are able to

maintain their vight of possession and eseape the vengeance plamed by the

wralhtil former owners of the women. they may finally be rewarded as Hanin@a’

of the tribe. Phe two whove-mentioned oceierences Show two methods of olWuinine

72 RECORDS OF THE S.A. Museum

a wife prevalent among them, In the first the man was definitely assigned a

wife ina different tribe, and was compelled, uominally, to live with her tribe.

Continual trouble exists between different eroups and with the neiehbonring

tribes over womenfolls,

Old men are sometimes deprived of thetr wives, and tt depends on their

influenee whether they are assisted to find thea: former wives or not. When

Nimimoprea, an old) Yetiba man, had his two women taken by another nan who

came from the north, be tried hard to stir up the men of Talakurupa to assist

him, Dat finding them qanwilline, setoont with Tis son and one or two others

towards Cape Shield Con the mainiind) te attempt a veeovery. On several of

the smaller ishiids there live solitary old men. practieally Termits. who have

lost ane been vnable to reeain their were.

For (he aboye reasons no women were seen by any of our party except by

accident. On one oeeasion, when stalling wallaby in the direetion of the

source of the Yetiba, Tomet a party of about a doven women aid ehildven

walking through lone cane-eriss, cseorted by an old mau. My Ineura native

companion imunediaely darned away, while the old nian shamted exeteddy,

waving his hands in the ai. The women. after an instant’s hesitation, darted

quickly away, dirageme their children with them. The oldhoman helt tis eronad

fora few moments, and then fled after his charees

tecently, alter seveval years of mission work, the natives were indueed to

brine a party of their women fo a place mear Yetiba, and Mes, Dyer ventiured

with the old men to where they were hiding. She found then: to be timid and

shy. hiding at first completely behind hinged sheets of strineybark, with whieh

each was provided. Her demonstrations of friendship: and their enviosity soon

led fo a closer acquaintance, and she was able to distribute various e@ifts to them,

Iho a letter she briefly describes their appearnanee as follows: ‘They wore ne

Clothing at all, but when PE saw thent they looked dike so mami @iant ‘daek in

the box,” Alter they lad overcome their shyness they were very interested in

moe. ancl eroweled arotne, holdinw the bark to theiv bodies, so that it hid then

as they walled? The same day Mr. Dyer was alse allowed to approach close

ehoneh fo talk to them, but sinee then the old men have not permitted then to

he seen aonin,

The tracks of the women and children were notieed in many places in the

inferior of The island, especially around secluded waterholes, where their deserted

aanps were several times investioated. An usial feature wis the siens of lavee

fires, seh as are used for cookie bueriwine dampers; piles of buerawane-niat

shells were connnon, and in nearby ainning streams were offen signs tocicatine

fhaf the aunts ad been souked there. On dhe Dlrek-soil flats numerous holes

TINDALE—NATIVES OF GROOTE HLYLANDT 73

div in obtaining vams, and piles of brrrawane shells lying beside flat stones,

indicated where food had been vathered or partly prepared,

Personal Habits,

The men as soon as possible wear a Jone. pointed beard, and less often a

moustiche; the hate on the cheeks and neck being usually removed either by

nsine a pairoof shells as foreeps or with the fineers, The wearme of this lone

beard oives the ished mative a very distinetive appearance, and the mainlanders

(Nomeubuyve and Mara). when recounting the fierce fighting qualities of thei

Instlar ne@hbours, always coiphasize this as adding to their apparent ferocity,

The hair is generally worn as a thick, tangled mop, but less frequently i

is kept shorter by singeme or cutting, Much attention is given to the appear

aneeool the hain, and it is offen combed ont so as to form as laree a mop as

possible. To do this a native hes down on his buck. with his bead ou the lap of

‘omate, who inserts a stiek, about nine inehes in leneth, info the taneled hain, ane

jerks iL onbward radil Pree, the operation being repeated uitil the hair assimes

Hhecercet ippearinec desired (see text fies. 27 ta 30),

Tlead vermin called Smit (Pedieulies capitis) are searelod for and remover

(uring the above combing operation, and disposed of by eating. Many of the

natives also have theiv evebrows aod evelashes thickly infested with the eral

louse (Paths rguinalis), which gives their evebrows a piebald appeavanee,

Acnative. provided with foreeps and a tube of spirit, collected front his mates

considemible quantities na few ominites. Ror these reasons, on takine several

of Chem inte our employ on the keteh, they were indueed to remove their surplus

Hair and this the fwo men on ihe left in text fie. 29 appear different from the

others,

The hair is often dusted with powdered kaolin or red ochre, and on eere-

nomial occasions a browl white line of kaolin may be plastered inte the hair

from front to Daek.

On coremonial oecasions, and during: fights, the ishiuiders paint broad bards

a owhiteaeross the front of the body and limbs; occasionally the baek also nay

hese decorated. They seldout use feathers or cagle-down stnek on dn intricate

patterns with Dlood, as is the ousnal practice amone the meainlanders. Ta fae,

Title or noe blood is used, and ents ave not made on the immer part of the ihieh

for the ceremonial obtaining of blood. as among the Mara, Newndi, and Nealalian,

Incold weather, especially at the beginning of the civy season, they frequently

cot their bodies with erease and powdered chareoal causing the skin te

appear dark when first applied, but it soon attracts cust and becomes greyish,

Others are robbed allover with powdered ochre. vesultings ina eopperealoured

Uppearanee,

74 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Disposal of the Dead.

No deaths oceurred at Yetiba during our sojourn, An old man of the

Talakurupa local eroup had been killed by one of the Bartalumbu men, and pert

of the subsequent avenging encotnters were wittessed,

On a death taking place there is gveat commotion and consternation in the

camp, A cirevdar space is cleared in the sernb near the place, and preparations

made for the disposal of the body. Meanwhile, in the camp chants, which

apparently are meaningless, accompanied by drone-pipe musie and throwimne

stick clapping, are kept up for several honvs. The ceremony is called ‘Yineijun-

eidagena,’ Nine or ten feet are ent from a tree hollowed out by termites; the

bark is removed, and the outside painted by the older men with a design of

lines and dots similar to those on other articles, At the conelusion of the

eoremony the body, rolled in a large sheet of paperbark, is placed full-length in

the low. Wads of paperbark are inserted at cach end, and the coffin is planted

upright in the middle of the cleared area, with six or seven feet projecting; a

block of coral or stone is then placed as a eappine, and the place deserted: tow

some time, Bie. 82 depicts the coffin te sii of a child about twelye years of age

whieh died at Winchilsea Island. The coffin and contents were given to me. lit

Inder the bones of the child were asked for, anel were vetumed,

Pie, Sl. Men of Bortirhimba, Pie. 32.0 Coffin af Winelil

sen Ishond CArielsinmgou).

‘TINDALE—NATIVES OF GROOTE EYLANDT 75

After a lapse of time, when decomposition is complete, the bones are

removed, elamted, very offen ved-ochred, and the major bones wad skull replaced

in the eoflin, At this period, or before, a bone is removed (sometimes dan arn

bone), wrapped in paperbark, and taken to the camp, where a specail ceremony,

called ‘Alinkivina,’ is performed, with the object of finding out whoo wits

responsible for the death of the person.

After a further lapse of time the major bones are colleeted and plieed in

cayes and eveviees in the rock, Bach type of bone is deposited in a different

plaice, Bor example, at Amalipa, several small eaves or rock-shelters were

discovered. aud in ome of ther were piled up thigh bones; in another were miany

shorlder-blades: while under a rock at some distanee were found lawer jaw-

hones, Dibanother crevice wis a broken skill The bones are distribrited: i rmiany

places, aid there is said to be a wave tn the hills behind Auvoroke devoted to

ekulls, but the mebives would either ficieate its position nor produce the skills,

On another oveasion the major limb bones of a ehild, wrapped in paperbark,

were found in a ereviee within a eave uear Bartaluinbu, and are now in the

volleetion,

Mlinders (') ciseoveredl four skulls at the baek of the beael on Wools

Island, to The south of Biekerton Island. An examination of the ishind revealed

wo skulls. The island has altered considerably since Flinders” visit, bere vow

only a sandlbank about a honmedred wards lone amd twenty wards or so wide, with

one stuall shrub and a patel of erass ia the amicdle. At Cape Barrow be mentions

filing skeletons, painted red and white, standing it what he took to be hollow

slips al trees, Sueh vemains may be seen ta-day there and ato many olher

plivess What Flinders took for tollow stiiips were doubtless collins. similar

(0 [hose above deseribed. Miuis practice is common to the Balai and

Nimenbi tribes alse.

Some fine alter death a eeremony called “Alalukivina’ is held over a bone

of the deceased wrapped in paperbark, leew details were gathered as to the

procecdiire, but ih appears that the perso on whom responsibility fou the ceath

is fo be cast is tamed, ane someone, usually a sou or other lose relation, is

dleputedl to wreak yerngeanee. The bone, within a specially ornamented bie, is

pluced on bis beek wick worn curing the exeursion, The sow is aeeompatiied hy

revert mates. Should the veined one be discovered while uiuaware ol the

meditated attack He is killed, but should he be prepared and be guarded ly his

COMpAiions, arrangements ave made for a trial or ordeal, in whieh the avengers

Hirow titmbers of spews at the aman froma certain set distanee, Should he be

speared he is ustally despatched, but if he eseapes tujury be is allowed to go free.

Text figs. 35 and 34 show six men of Talakurupa who, one at a time, are prepare

{Mp Mlbiders, M., le, ii, ISd4, yp. Tsu.

76 Kecorps or Tin SA, Museum

fo Orage dn the aed of thrvowiie spears afoa Bartalonto man, who eaunot,

however, be seen in the pietives. Da the vase depicted: thintyesix spears were

fhirown at the mit trem a clistanee of Chirty vards. bad failed to bit him. An

elaborate eoremotial marked the vonebision af the ordeal The hae worn baw the

som at Lhe deceased is tow i the collection, bit the bone was nor obtained,

Vig. 83. Prequaring foe soyenging Wig, dd. Rona deeesser

spony throwing. Lhirowine: Spanier,

Food,

The dood stpply is plowtilit an the ished, usnealhy obtained with) eompava-

five case, dnd this lias a amarkecl effect on the phiasieal well beine of the hatives.

Usually they are well nourished, with a tendeney to Tatiess i some of the tien

of middle age. bit their legs alwag’s remain (hin,

The Ineuea rely toa ereat extent on the prodiuets of the sea for (ier: susten-

aeo, and therefore. esceph awhen tones aad burrawene wad tiorioer, Lig ane

ivavelling, they live in sheltered bays or in the vietnity of the tiumerons coastal

ereeks aid tidal swanips, Their habits are nomacdie, aad in theie wanderites

they have wort well-defined pads rotnel the ishtiil Phe general name for food

is ‘auiies” or caninas and the ‘food @atherine’? is termnecl Sania,”

The ehiel vewetuble Tood as toto as om the adjacent riadithate, (he tans

waterlily (Nopaphaca stellata. dort the frit of the eyead or Dinrewane: (Cues

mieiie), dative namie Sma” A variety of Nupnophaen stellata Cis identified

lev Mew FE. Maiden, whieh erows only in shallow water in the ereck-beds and

lawoons, is found on Groote Eyvlandt, but the natives say it is tot edible M4

Roper River the giant waterlily never erows i water less than seven feet in

depth, caving off as the water reeedes below that depth citeiter the day season.

The wonten, wider the charee of an old aan, gather the fruit oF de Durrrewyaete s

the outer shell is removed hy cracking between two stones; the Keruels are broken,

TINDALE—NATIVES OF GROOTE EYLANDT 77

and then soaked Yor two or wore days in viunine water To aecomplish this a

series of roctanenian enelosnres are laid down in the bed of the stream, the walls

Heine formed of (he fronds of the biurrawane pinned down with stieks. These

enelostires ae Lined with leaves. The broken aiuts are placed in these, covered

With offier loaves, and the whole held down with stones. The qveter pereolatoes

freely through the fron enelosures. aid washes out the poisonous prineiple in

the ouitss alien beine well soaked they are potuded bebween stones fo a eosse

miedl the juiee is squeesel out, and after bem washed several times, the meal os

nuke up tito large cakes, whieh are cooked im the ashes. The result is a rather

vorbse Dit pabitable diaper. The wowashed diits are rewarded as poisonors 5

on making pretence of eating them. the natives showed creat alavin, exclaiming

Ya Ya satd they were Saoraria’ One wood), and rubbed their stomachs ta

micticate the vesult. Phe seeds of the diael pineapple-shaped fruit ol the vainia

(Macrae migiehi) ave dso at times prepared in similar manuer.

Yas (Dieseorce setiva) evow in profusion in black soil on low-line ground,

diddaire dus out by the wotnen by meis of a sharp-poimted stiek, the holes lett

hemi two to four Feet ti depth and seven to twelve inehes in diameter. Certaty

wrass-Hike plants, whieh grow on stomy ground at Yetiba, have an edible root,

Whieh the ehildeen dig out with a short, sharp-pointed stiek. Mie tender shoots

of the fan-paba (hirstane eemnis), which grows amone the quartzite troeks on

Phe dills, are much sought aller during the wet season, Other serub palins also

provide siivettent shoots. Mie fret oof the pandanus (Prades aderabissciies )

is eaten, but it is not much relished, as, exeept for a small part near the base of!

ihe Svuit, it is woody.

There areailso tiamny trees and wines in the serubs add forests ancl along (he

banks of the freshwater streatns whieh supply edible fruits. A laree frit,

helonwing toa species of Bagenta allied to the rose apple (Mugen jambos), 1s

font on the viver banks. ‘The fruit, which ripens during the wet season, is rect,

about tlie sizeof an apple. bout with a large, round seed. Tn taste if is somewhat

fart, br coniparable with an apples ib leaves a peculiar dey feeling in the throat,

but the natives appeay to relish it. Flinders (2") mentions that his sailors found

mombers of this frau at Bhie Mud Bay and Chasm Island. Overhaneine the

ereeks isa large tree (feruinalia plityearpad, whielk bears, in November, wrent

quantifies of wv ereen plum-like froit, to obtain which the vatives fell the trees or

Hreak olf laree branches. On the stomy rises and on well-drained flats grows uo

mative “phon tree” (Ruehwnane oacelleri). VW hears a erop of eveen plim-tike

froits right through the wet season. when it forms a cousiderable part of the

food of the natives. Tn the coastal serubs, wrowiiw anak ancient iupraised coral

(U1) Miulers, MEQ doe ett. iby TR14, pp. 20.

78 KECORDS OF ‘rite S.A. Meseun

roel's. now Thinky covered with sandy soil ave cieantio fie trees (Meus ylomerata),

the stems af whiel are offen four da cieht feet im diameter six feet from: thie

erouhd. The figs are an neh or amore ie diameter, reddish iia colowrm and a trithe

insipid, except when fully tipe. The natives term the tree and fruit ‘numgarata.!

Most of the fies are full of a species of chaleid wasp, “oragigi.’ A similia bid

stnaller free @rowing i the same localities hears a larwer, beieht vellow fie, with

pleasant taste when fully ripe, but the natives do vet reward it as edible.

Acsmall shrub (Green palyguue) grows in profusion in some places: the

small nutty fruit is eaten wher better food is mot obtamable, Th is alsa eaten

in-cases of ciarrhoca. Amongst the Neandi and Mara people, on the mainland,

the plant is legs Common, ane dhe frat is rewarded as a delieaey, to obtain whieh

they travel lone distiiwees i Many aod lune (when it is ripe). AC ebimbine vine

(Cissus) bears clusters of a dark, erape-like fruit. The taste is very aerecable.

Pith a persistent tusky throat is noticed after eating. The natives suek the

hollow stems to obtain the water contained therein,

Besides the above-named fruits there are numbers of others which have aot

hoon identified. A shrub found conmmonky ie the seriub demes, late in the wee

season, a red chamb-bell foudt about an imeh in diameter, aid of delicious fiwater.

The natives are also fond of a small native ‘Seucnmber? and there is another

siinilar vine which beats an oblone fruit havin the taste of a ripe banana.

Apart from the indigenous fruits the tamarind (Tamaridis fndieuss os

plentiful wherever Malays bad their canips in bygone days. Surrounding tiese

cHorps there are usually groves of the trees, ad one seen oat Winehilsea Tsland

was fully four fect in diameter at the base, and probably sixty feet in height.

The Crit a brown, bean-like pod. containing several obovate seeds stimouneded

by anadeid pulp. is eaten in great quantities when other food is tot plewtitie,

Covommuts Chkalukwao) are mceh appreciated amone the Tieura aud Bala

undo. "The sea earrents at certain periods of the vear brine @reat aumbers of

cift) coconuts to their cousts; they sometimes germinate, bat owine to the

improvident natire of the inhabitants, no pelo tas ever become established

Youtig nuts phonted by our pariy were invariably die ip, amd dhe bender portious

eabed,.

The principal animal food of the ishunclers is the dugone (Mulicare australis),

oe the north and west eoasts, ancl tiethe and fiuriles’ ewes on the eastern ane

sonthern sides. On the aorth-west coasts the sheltered bays eneonrage a liberal

vrowll of the sea grasses so Fayoured by the raaininal The divone is Iobed

by the natives in canoes ane captured by harpoouing. The harpoon is lone and

tapering, fifteen to sixteen feet in length: in the thick end is a hole about two

Mees deep, into whieh a short, wooden. barbed spike, about one foot in loneth,

is inserted, and held in position by a weappine of string about its base malkine

TINDALE—-NATIVES OF GROOTE EYLAND! 79

a bave fit. Attached firmly to this spike is about thirty yards of strong native

rope (about one-quarter inch in diameter), seerred at the other end toa light

wood float. The float is made of exceptionally light wood whieh is not native to

the ished. but is occasionally found as drift wood; it is taneh prized heeatise afl

its use. The flout is fixed into the bow of the canoe, so that a faiv strain sill

Jislodwe i.

Hunting is usually done on calm, moonless nights, for then dhe airimal ean

be well seen and its breathing heard as it moves through The phosphorescent

Water, Five or more men generally form a crew, The soft shorting noise as the

animal breathes ean be heard fora quarter of a mile wider favonrable cond it iotes,

Slowly they paddle toward the animal's position, in absoliite silence, diverted

by the harpooner, who, spear in band, stands in the bows. He holds: Che sper

With the hands widely apart, the right one grasping the extrente end, so that by

fevering on fhe left hand the heavy end beuds the harpoon MO an eraceful curve,

Several coils of the rope are held in the left band; and as (he canoe drifts

silently within striking distance, the straining figure tits the harpoon, acdcline

his own weight as he pitehes into the water. With a swirl the wormed: creature

commences a strueele for lifes the vest of the line is payed out, and the eud held

as lone as the strat will allow withowt breaking the rope or swaping Hie canoe.

Olten a float is let eo, and then the natives paddle after the aiinal, whieh,

weakened by loss of blood and (he restraint of rope and float, comes to the surface,

and is despatched with an ordinary spear, Wher it is dead the canoe is sub

moreed, and the animal floated into it, and then by catching hold of one end of

(he waterlogged canoe, fwo men (treading water) rock if from side to side in

sich acmanner that the water is thrown ont, and ina few moments if is bioyan

again, One then elambers in over the stern, carefully balancing so as not to

overtiivn the round-bottomed vessel Ga diffieudt performance), and finishes baile

{le eanoes the rest then elamber in over the sides with coniparative ease, being

assisted by the balancing efforts of the first man. Arriving at eaimp. a signal

five ix Fiehted, and inembers of the tribe gather for the meal The dugotg is

thrown on the beach, and ent into siibs and strips. vegardless of the sand, which

penetrates deep into the soft flesh, The entrails are regarded as a delicaey, and

ave crouelty washed before cooking,

Tetles are sivilavky harpooned in the daytime: they are also taker eom-

monly when evolving, GM certain seasots The eges are the principal food of

{he natives of the east side of the ishind, where the sandy beaehes ave mich

frequented by the reptiles. Portoises (imoraga’) ave also frequently taken, as

are thevewgs and vounge ol the erocodile (dongarapia’), Dut the actilts are tol

nsnally molested.

80 Krecokps On THE S.AL Musmun

The agile wallaly (Waeropus agilis) is extremely plentiful, aud timbers

are Killed by the natives. The prasuit is arlions, and vequives skills it is there

fore dudertaken mainky by the younger men. Aospeeial form of spear, elsewhere

(leseribed, is used. and the ereatures are stalked up the wire when feeding,

wenerally at dusk. Thaving approached to within ten wards or loss. (he spour is

linrled, and seldom misses its mark. Another method is to fire a semieireular

uve ol dry-frass counley, watehers beinw stationed at the imibiurnt side. As the

Mrivhtoned wallibies aid other animals attempt bo escape they are speared, Dows

ape alsa tsed to eatch fhe smaller creatives that appear, suel as bandicoots, pats

Coramdinda’), aud lizards (clingalia’). Bandivoots aud lizards shellerine in

Hollow stumps of pandanis trees and in rotten lows are ousted ane killed hy dows.

Poreupines (liiwinnga’) ace common, ancl are Gareiud Wwripped Tio a pleee afl

rik. Fiving oposstums (Pefaweus) ave often taken during the day whet aslerp

in hallow trees, or when disturbed hy honey gatherers, The flesh is mueh wppre

elated. aul the fir is used in ormamenting amnlets and in making fuesteine,

Flying foxes (mmulen) are eaten, but hot the smaller inseetivorous bate.

Native companions (aguruki), jabiens (fdummulkulia’). ame blaek eoula-

foos are Prequenthy stalked and speared. The two former birds COTHTLOUEY poraaile

lone the seashore in seareh of dead fish and other marine debris, and ave easily

speared by men tiding in the coastal serub. The lorikeet Centled pei pia) anal

smaller bivds ave falcon by stone-throwine.

The taotnd-butlding serub fowl (Megapodiis revimeordt) is common all over

He arehipelago, and provides a veentir stipply of large cees, The natives do

Hot distally molest the birds. but the nests are Frequently rifled. The native

serutehes in the monud with both hails, followin the trend of the hole excavaterl

by the bird; he throws the debris backwards theoneh his Joos, and vradiually

Hisappears head frst inte (he exeavation, while a second native assists bay remoy-

me fheomaterialas it is thrown up. tn this wily (he digeer sometimes woos dawn

six feel before reaching the owes. Newly hatched birds uneovered in this manner

ave killed and eaten, The eves are prepared by breaking a hole in one side ane

ine comked, hole uppermost. on the tire,

Wish (Cakwaia’) are plontital around the island, and various cdeviees are

employed fo eatel then, fishing over the reels with hook and line being (he

principal mode. Bait is obtained hy diveing out of dhe sand with the dumeds

varios beaeh cribs (Ocypoda). They are usually dismembered and placed ina

hark dish shielded Crom the sin, The catioe is anchored over a suitable spol, (he

IWiiks baitet with the feshy part of the evab. the hard parts beine nsec as @romid-

hai. The line is made of bibiseus bark eave. and the present-day look is au ivou

nail (bigangi?). Endeavonrs were made to find ot what hooks were in use

previously, Dit they have obtained metal for so lone a period. From Malay traders,

TINDALE-- NATIVES OF GROOTE LEYLANDT 81

from wreekwwe, and in recent years by trade (rom the mamland Gribes, that ne

other hooks ate now known, The wail bas the head ground off, is finely pointed,

and bent abruptly in two places to form the hook Chext fig. 1d). His lashed to

the cord with fine twine. Barbed hooks are not ia great demanad. aud when vised.

the barb is eeounel off, and Une look lashed on in the same fashion as the nail, the

ilea of Using the eye being mippreciated by them. When a fish is catght it is

killed hy erushing inthe top of the head with the teeth, bit if larger, a Uirow ing:

stiek is used. ‘Phe vate is generally piled wp in the waist of the eeatt, but in hot

weather may be strung on a cord and trailed inthe water. On return to lard

the fish aire cooked on the camp fire, Certain fishes, such as stiigrays aid sharks,

are subjected tou ore clahorate mode of cooking, which is deseribed elsewhere,

Spearing is another favourite method of obtaining fish, When a canoe ts

vised # native sits in the stern and paddles quietly along. while a second: stants

wilh poised spear in the bows. Ta this fashion the shallow waters along the

shore and over (he coral reefs yield stingrays, aatlet, ane @roper. Phe eliet

essential is perfect quietness both in the manipulation of the paddle anc in the

(ireetions wiven by (he spearer; a series of signs aie aude use ol Wher sivnalline

rhe lefh avn hares loosely down: Hf the baud is held showing the pala to the one

bohind he eoases paddling, To go forward the band is pointed forward, palm

down. aud the finwers ave moved fowether, as though beckoning, quickly i speed,

slowly if merely a stroke is veqnired. The direction right or left is indicated by

(he position of the tam, supplemented by that of the spear and body. Aber an

nsticeessful Ciraw or reconnoitre, ne tick’ is indieated by opening the hard,

with the four fingers pointing forward and the thimb extended to the might, and

partly vevolying the hand ina clockwise direction, A evocodile is tedieated: hy

Henin the head somewhat to the left, opening the month wide, aad passin the

forefinger of the left hand im Front of it from vieht to lett,

Tidal creeks provide a good supply of fish. At high tide a Dervier of mun

epove branches, loaves, and grass is thrown across an estuary, leaving a gap abo

two feet dowidth near one side. As the tide falls the migrating fish are there

speared by wailing natives,

For a week at the end of February shoals of a marine Grey Mallet about

(liver inehes in deneth eame up the eveek at Yetiba, lo fresh water. and

endesvoured to leap a waterfall about four feet in height. The matives placed

ashoet of paperbark supported on sticks beneath the fall, on whieh such fish as

failed dn the leap fell. Creat numbers were taken, aid eaten raw, ov alter

cooking fora Tew monmerts,

No net is apparentiv used for fishing. Ti was explained that the tish were

vsnally daree, and nets would get broken, On the mainland: sniall freshwater

fish are offen caneht by driving Chem ito hand-nets.

Su Keecokbs OF Thue Suv. Museum

li the sheltered taticdy bay at Bartaliinbu Great timbers of a hirwe bivalve

molhise (alread (rapecw) ave found buried de the nad. Canoe loads are gathered,

andre eaten edhier caw or cooked on the fire fora few avimirtes, The shells ave

fo be found in tnmense nianbers, forming tomunds around the enmping sites,

Mreshwater dussels (2 io) ave also found, but less plenmtifutly, On the mein

lind the Noneubuvi and iiland tribes eat erent quantities of these miussels.

Hloney is a tmueh soneht delicaey, Stineless native bees (Triyaued often

mhakes Cher homes im the hollow stems of the strine@ybark em (Be itedlyplits

lelradoula.) \ walive us he walks along may notice the minute hole which the

bees aire using, or nmiore often, he proceeds from tree ta tree, tapping cael, amit

lie (iseovers a hollow one, when, placing his ear aeaiist the triamk, he listens

For sommds of the bees? activity. On locating a swarm he clunbs the tree, and

by coffing aaway the bark and niikine a ereove te the wood. renoves the ontive

Hest amd: places io ina bark dish. TP the nest is imaecessible the tree is felled

andl split. Nests Galt in fissies ju voeks camob always be yemoaved; it this

ease a lone, Thin stick is inserted ta the ereviee anc dwistedl about, (he adhering

honoy heme sueked aff,

AA favourite method of wating honey is to place wads of soft, clay gavies in

the dish containing if; ese when saturated are removed and chewed, The

pulpy dass of wriss and adhering wax is spat out, fo the eratifeation of the

logs, Which chew the pellets for the sake of way honey remaining. The practice

is Widely spread amone the Gall tribes, and when stilible erass is not available

fhe osolt inanerbark of the 'Shineewood?” is used. The was is ustiatly saved lay

fhe onofetire ancl repain of weapons, ete.

During the wel season the vellow Afowers of a Botlle-brush (Biaaisie dewtale)

aveomade too veld Their nectar by striking the diarewe brush-lile Gowers inte the

palm of the hand, whieh is then Tieked. A boy, Naali by name, was dotieced

doihe this. and on my teyving, a not ineonsiderable qiauitity of sweet nectar was

oblatned tna few moments,

Several species of lerp insects (Psyliidiae) secrete a sti@ary substanee, which

is found adbering ta seales to the bark of walhle ane obher trees, ancl (ose aire

eaten. Tloneys ants (Ci panefis spp. are tot known to the islanders, bat

doom the diland tribes. sachs the Rittariiiwe, they are cawerky sought for,

AIL food whieh is nat eaten on (he spot is considered fo belong to the eunipine

eroup as a whole aie on arrival af camp is apportioned, only Those present

receiving a share. The old men receive a full share, Che vemainder being divider

dione Fhe vounwer ones. Old tien do not go oomt for food as a rales but uf the

food supply remains dew they will sometimes fale a bos or two and) ga out

Hshines stally most of their tiae is spent in maki spears. There is a definire

food-shariig custom, A eertiin native, sometimes a yout nian is reoardect as

TINDALE. NATIVES OF GROOTR EYLANDT 83

the distributor of food, whieh is always brought to hin to be shared, Anroirg the

people of Talakurnpa a middle-aged man tamed Machapemeingi performed (his

office, The deseription of a meal will give an idea of the proceduve. AU yvonne

man brought a parcel at edible roots wripped iy paperbark to the camp at Yotibu,

Placing the parcel before Machap-ininji. who was seated among other natives, le

cal down ata distance. Thening his back on the vest of the party. Marchap-niiigy

curted out The roots, ane. retaining one for himsell, pieked up the others share

hy share, and passed (hen behind bis back fo the one next fo hin Kach old

iat received two roots, and younger men one each, Minally, there being one

over. HE was cairelessty slimw Loa old man of a neighbouring sub-bribe, The roots

were simply diusted by ruining them through the fingers, and eiten, The dative

who brought in the parcel of food received nothing, ancl remained apart tatil

the mealayas finished, Among the men of Bartalrambu cooked cdiigone anc tiette

fosh wore disteibaded iy similar manner, a native named Yorndenya being the

Jistribntor, Uuless there isan abundance of food, the one whooobhatis it reevives

no share, aid i awas fond necessary when chiploy ing mitives fa make Cheat est

(he fowl provided before leaving for ther own camp. otherwise i would te

ehaved. Previons to amaking this rule it was ivipossible to get a metive to work

for uore than Pwo conseentive cays, fer heeoming frig, he would) disappear

tooobtain food Cor Timsel

Yi AG, Cooling cligong Heals Iie at. Covering deren Wael

jveiny potenila i even, liol ashes and sor

When hwo eroups of natives form adjacent camips food is mot stimredt i the

ordinary wav. Tlowever, if a digo or fietle is brought ito one cmap there ts

often fo moek Cimonstvation of hostility; wniery votives aire raised di charlloniees

and jeerss sometimes spears may be thrown by either side, Peace, hinwever, ts

st NECORDS OF Tae S.A. Muskum

vestoved by an invitation fo shure the food, whieh is eaten separately in the two

Canips.

Dugones, turtles, and other large animals are cooked in oa form of oven,

Stones are thoronghly heated in large fires Vit in clepressions im the sandy soil ;

the fire is raked out, and strips and pieces of flesh are spread in the depression,

eovercd with eyead or euin leaves, and then with the bot stones, the ashes anid

embers being raked back over the whole (see text fies. 85 and 86). The food is

often only partially cooked when withdrawn from the oven and distributed,

Strips of flesh are often seorehed in the fire and lime up in the stn to dry, aud

meey (iis be kept for a weele or mare,

Trrtles are laid in the oven on their backs, and after several hours’ cooking

are daken ont and cut oup, the entrails being removed, washed, and replaced on

fhe fire, Owine to this treatment much of the shell is useless for trade,

Laree Stingrays and sharks are cooked in a more elaborate manner After

fhe creature tas been wutted aud plaeed on the fire for a few moments, if is eut

Info small portions aud passed vound to those in eamp, who dear (he portions

With their teeth and chew them, forming the pulpy mass into balls with their

finvers. Several pounds Of this artiele are spread out on a sheet of bark, fat

derived From the creative is placed oon it, aud a small fire formed af two sticks

laid over the whole. The fat aelts, and is absorbed te the mass, whielt after

being kneaded powell is made into flat cakes and baked in the ashes,

Amalipa Ceremonies.

When examining the hills at the sources of Amalipa Creek, flowin into

Spencer Bay. ciiving aludy. W927) our aecompmiving natives, an In@ura and a

Ninetibiyi. pointed out a swantp containing many paperbark trees, a prominent

landinark on entering the bay, as the site of a seeret ceremonial eromnd. On

investigation we first found a cleared circular area in the dense sevub, with a

free near its middle. Mis was a place where Unamalia-maind? operations ana

other tiitiatory ceremonios fake place. Against the protests of the natives, who,

however, Followed us, we proeeeded further tite the serub, and on the horder

of the big swamp found a diimber of dilapidated tits ima partial clearing. One

Nit, however, was evidently new Chut A im test fie, 87.3 i was abont ten feet

lon. cient wide. aid six high, Six forked tpright poles had been placed ie the

wround, Fires at each ends and sipported on these were three poles. placed length.

Wise, ‘Theonidide pan of iiprights were higher than the others, and therefore the

rool, formed of Tiree sheets of paperbark laid over transversely-placed stieks, was

asloping ane. Three sides were formed of sheets of bark, bit one end, exeept for

[he prighi. vemamed open, Near the inner end were twa mounds of sandy soil.

each stiipperting qi tpright decorated poles These were each about forum feet

High aid four inehes in diameter, Both were ved-oehred, amd one hac oa poluter

TINDALE—NATIVES OF GROOTE EYLANDT 85

Life SPENCER BAY

-AMALIPA

. “eihnT PAPER BARK

ia SWAMP a

s eevee,

=Q,:

E “5 ¢

0, a Cc

PAPER BARK “lot GRASS FLAT ge te 8

Swarte Foan \. : ro Cc

DQ a AMALIPA,. HUTS.

D G is

* Pao c e

S “rT? BEACH

Ss = ‘ >

DENSE SCRUB

SCRUB

CIRCUMCISION AL

7. > NUMEROUS.“SCRUB TURKEY. CEREM

EMONIAL GROUND

“MOUNDS

‘BitaBonG | wo BILLABONO

WOMENS CAMP

V36"30' € LONEXIS"50'S.LAT. i gett

“SHELL «+ MOU NOS

i k y eR ate x CAVES WITH VNTIVE REMAINS

% Se EL aes , x

Fig. 87. Sketch map showing Amalipa and the ceremonial ground.

design in white, yellow, and black. The sand of the floor was cleanly brushed,

while outside the hut the ground showed many footprints. On the occasion of

a second visit under the guidance of the chief old man of the Bartalumbu group,

the hut was found to have suffered from the storms of the wet season and the

fall of a tree, but beneath the wreckage the two poles were found as before.

The old man brought them out willingly, Text fig. 87 shows the positions of

the different huts seen. In hut B, which was in ruins, he due in the floor

at the inner end, and produced two poles of a soft wood (similar to those in

hut A), wrapped in sheets of bark. These were too termite-eaten to bear trans-

port. Hut C, next visited, had been a large one, and more substantially built

than the others, but was apparently several seasons old and in ruins also. In

it were buried six large decorated slabs of the same significance as the others,

made from a soft wood. The four lower ones were termite-eaten, but the upper

two wrapped in a parcel by themselves, had escaped serious injury. A round one,

similar to those in hut A, was found in the parcel containing the four flat ones,

hut if was very much decayed, and after being sketched (text fig. 88) was replaced.

Hut D contained merely a parcel of termite debris beneath a mass of decaying

paperbark and wooden poles. It was evidently the oldest of which traces could

&b Rercorps oF TIE S.A. MUSEUM

he found. Tut Bowas also in ruins, and the only poles noticed were two ot

hardwood, with only braces of thei original colouring remaining, lying below

ao tativle of uprights and roof stieks. I) the lareest oof the former huts. was

filly mehteen feet lone and twelve wide, Phe roof had) fallen ino tut the

uprights weve all standing, One laree, painted hardwood pole, about eight foot

im deneth, was found buried in the lat. A second could aot be Pound, althoneh

4 careful seareh was made by the old man, who was positive there should have

been another. Tint Go owas marked only by a few stieks and much debris: it

contained nothing of terest.

Pig. G8. Trance found in dint cy

In hut C was alse found an old dancing staff painted ved, yellow, and black.

anh with remnants of fur streamers attached, later on, showing this stick fo a

miiktle-aged man, Powas informed of the proceedings at the ceremonies tel al

Manalipe,

The ceremonies al Amatipa are totemic iv character, and take place about

once a vear at one of at least three places, Amalipa, Malstaoba (Biekerton

Isham), or on the midiniind af Wendanwa (Cape Barrow). When held at

Amatlipa the Inedra only attend, but when at Malkalaoba parties of natives of

the Nimenbuye tribe are Frequently present also; and when Wondanea is the

chosen plave the Talakurupa group of the Tiguva are wenerally absent. Sinabe

eopemonies ave aiso helt by the Numeubaye at Niambirruwe (Rose River). where

fhe Thenre do not attend,

The leader of the ceremonies is an old man anned Nokwari or Neniamulkwe,

belonging te the Bartalinbu section of the tribe Chie man marked in toxd fie V1

by a os) He is a fierytompored individual, a aoted snearthrower, anda

Mawician. Te has considerable power aver thamecderstorns and over pain. whieh

Nie Trequiently prodieos driving the ‘ower’ season bay his magient! siming, anal as

ANSTEY ealises To cease by simile ues,

Hlaving clecided to hold a ceremony, messenzers, with painted messieustiels

US passports, are sent Lo visit the variors sections of the tribe some woeks before

hand Memiwhile Nokwari. assisted by other old amen. ents and omaments trom

two fo six large poles. The qittives arrive in parties, brineine food. such as

roots, Turtle-cges, ancl honey, sufficient to last over the period of ceremonies. A

epaee is cleared adjoining (he clearing and tat used on former oveusions, ure a

new htt is constrneted, The deeorated poles are placed within in wn nprielht

position, aod the daneiny and sinvine commences, Minnie datees (alviiityane-

TINDALE—NATIVES OF GROOTE EVLAND'! 37

pena’), illustrating the habits, attitudes, and other peenharities of certain arias

and birds are performed in front of and arom the dui. with the ohjeet. oe

causing an abundant supply of the creatives dium the following seasou. Phin

following totem animals and hinds wre subjects: Dugongs (Halicare uustralis),

wallabies (Macropus agilis), bandieoots (Peraneles), poreupines (Mehidnd

venleatad, lovikects (Trichaylossus ribyitorquis), mative companions (ebabigan

rubleundad, evane (Demiegretta seer), and turtles (Chelan). Theve are

probably others: for instance, among the Nunenbuva, the tayak, ov giant water

lily (Nymphaea stellata) is the subject of a ceremony, Several tours miay he

devoted to the dance, featuring oue particular ereatare, after which there follows

a period af preparation for another. The performers have their bodies deeot-

ated with transverse: bands of colour, a broad baud of white clay is plastered wily

‘heir hain, and they weave braehes of ivouwood Jenves tied to thei Leps,

The performers carry decorated staves in their hands or between their teeth

while performing many of fhe datieess these stives syuibolize the partiatir

rolem whose datee is being performed. Miniatites of ihe poles ire also tale

apd used in the ceremonies, being placed wpright in the round. or sometinies

carried in the bands. The ausie is provided by the clrouespipe and: by (he

hitting together of throwing ov other stieks, The youtie men are first allowed

to see the eeremonies af about the age of eighteen, Tid nothing was lamneck as ia

ihe method of intvoduetion. ‘The women are not allowed: Lo witness Lhe cere.

monies, At Amalipa the women’s eatap is sitmated about halla mile fut her

iat, andl is indieated, as mentioned before, hy the sigs of the preparation ol

burrawang damper. Nearer the eveek, beside a lagoon, is the men’s Gamp, weird

is marked by dare mounds of shells,

After the ceremonies are over the poles are wrapped in paperhark and Wnieied

in the floor of the hut, whieh is then abandoned, New poles uid Tits ate

invariably used for cach Tresh period of coremonies. En the veeent fit (A) the

poles were standing fe sil, ancl if appears (hat (his wis beeause the news of (hie

white man’s landing on auother part of the ish had broveht ceremonies iu

prowess to an abrapt coneltision.

The site of the hits is not visited except on decasions of The eerenorivs, an

the mative pad from Bartaliombu to Northwest Bay makes a detomr inland so

as to avoid the place. ‘The poles were wiven tome, but the old men asked duu

they should not be exposed to the yornig: men dnd hors, and they provided: wrap

pings of paperbark for them, When photowriphing text fig. 29 the young

initiates and several of the younger men were confined: to the camp under the

eure of an old) man,

The polos are not regarded as idols, as is sueeested ina vate Ly Warren (')

(41) Warten, TL, Le. 1008, pe 8.

SS RECORDS OF THE S.A. Muskum

who first described objects of this type trom Raye River (Nunwubuyve tribe),

The rag remains mentioned i lis aecount are not foreign materials, bit native

fir-string.

The poles and slabs used in the Amalipa ceremonies are known as ‘imudiunes.’

Thes are used in pairs, euch being of simituy shape, bat offen differine consider

ably in the extent and stvle of decoration, depending Iivewely on the avtists? skill

mud inclinations. No two pairs are alike. but may be yecoonized as helonwine ta

(hree different types: (a) Plain round poles: (hb) Shaped round poles; ynd

(¢) Shaped slabs,

Examples of the firsi-uamed type have already been imentioned in the aeeonel

of the finding of the pair of poles in site. One of the pair is figured in text

fig 29 (a); the other is similar in size and shape, but is withont ornamentation,

Both are made from softwood, and that figured has a desien of steaieht lines,

cubes, and cireles in white, yellow, and black on a red backeround,

In text fig, 29 (¢) is seen a round pole of the second type, end from a piece

of ironwood (Brythraphlacwmn): it is of considerable weielrt. old, andl toweh.

Almost the whole of the sapavood bas been ehipped off, leavine two collars. the

tipper one a plain ring of sapewood, the other cut forming a chain of oetawonsl

firnres. The head part is ent toa four-sided figure. The desien is much obliter-

ated by weathering and inerustations of termite exereta, birt is similar to thet

of the others, consisting entirely of straight line desiens and dots. Twas found

in hut FP,

Text fig. 29 (hb) and (d) shows a pair of the shaped-slab typo removed Prom

lid CL The head of one is rather obscurely trunente and constricted below,

and the ofher tapers off, with the head part Aattened, The designs on both wre

similar, but were doubtless painted by different persons isine rel ovhves al

Iwo «lifPerent shades.

Text fig, 50 shows another but recent example of the last fype, mile ane

hronght up seeretly at night by the man shown in the jllusteation, one of those

respousible for the construction of the Amialipa poles.

Speneer (1) deseribed and figured six examples of the above-mentioned

slap type obtaimed on the islind by the members of TL. Lb. White's ornitholowies!

expedition, during the earlier part of ous sojourn there, bit stated that nothing

was definitely known about them,

Ceremonial objects which are similar in appearance to the “imine,” bat

always Of small size, are used in the Amalipa coremouies, They are callout

(1) Speneer, Baldwin, Guide to Australian Ethiolowien! Collection, ted ed. 922, p. tines,

pl. 2a,

TINDALE—-NATIVES OF GrooTr EYLANDT ag

yiniitien, oa taame awhieh is similar te Simudtunga. hey ane somebinns

earriod inthe hand. but visually placed upright tn the eromnd: the same seerees

iso maintained ahowt them as in the case of the larger ones. Severml examples

wore broughtiop. weappec in paperbark, at might, by individiiadl oldb men. like

the larger ones. they are vised vieht through the series of ceremonios hell at any

One Pie,

Usually they aremade ofa thin stib of pineavood (Caliifys), split out of the

stem of the living tree. Trees mitilited for the pirposes of making ceremonial

pbjeets and paddles are counmmonty wotieed on the isha. Phe Syoiitinieia

vary from ciehteen to twenty-seven inches ti len@tli. and front one to fourm in

Width. The upper end is usually shaped, several general forms beine common,

one do whieh the lead is teumente, another in whieh there are two creed projec

tions at dhe exteemities of the sictes, atc others with the tipper part tapered or

reetanwular. The lower end is always tapered to permit al iis beine plaeed tn

fhe eronnd, The eolour patterns are similar fo those in the larwe poles, tn

pl vi the ved und yellow patterms have not reproduced very clearly. Lit the

example shown tn plow, fie. 14, the head portion forts a six-sidecl fiero with

a (listinet constriction below if. Pl vi, fig. 12, possesses streamers of possnm—tin,

Plovi, fies, 11, 22-24, depiet objects of less saered significanee, said to be diet

in both bands diving cormobhorees Cmaivuneenayy. Pi these objects the two

eds are similar in shape; (hey are marked with four-coloue designs in lines aid

eoarse dots. ‘They were obtained from ‘Talakuriupa ment ata place on the eastern

sile of dhe island. where they were noticed lying openly in the camp. hes:

are probably used for canto dances te (he same maniner as the @rass and string

Mitton hoomeranes are used amore the Atlawa and Mara.

Dancing staves or sticks are carricd ih the hand ov held ta the mouth of the

performers diving certain of the Amatipa ceremoutes. The showing of the old

example found ta hat Coat Amalipa led to its recoonition by uw miiddle-ai@ed man,

Rinkamari, who described aid iustrated the proceedings on the oeeasion wher

that partieuhir but had heen the scene of the ceremonies some years previously,

Placing transverse marks on his body with dist, in imitation of the colatved

hands used, aud tying bunehes of ironwood leaves on his ankles, he eave a

demonstmation of the danee in the Bandicoot Paton ceremony, for whiek the stale

was construeted. The staff was held in the hand. andat times in the mowth. As

the minnie (ines proceeded the time beaten on two sticks ly another inereased,

nitil the performer retired exhausted, Tn the veal ceremony others world join

Him and take his place,

The old bandicont totem staff is shown in plovi, fie, 3. 1 is about eighteen

inches ie loneth, painted in bands of black. white, ane vellow, but the cesien

has mostly been obliterated Rormerly it had stredraers of animal fir, sone heel

as in those mentioned below,

Oy KECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Plovic fie. 6, shows a plain stick fo whieh streamers of lorikeet feathers are

Htaehed, Th is used daring the performance of the Lorikeet Totem eoremeany,

Plovi, fies. band 5, 7 to 12. show other citttetie staves represent ie tater aininabs.

Whose names were not ascertained. PhLovi, fig. 2. is of a similiar corenromial abject

urricd diving the performance of a Spear danee, but whether at the Aioalipa

ceremonies or at corvobborees Was hot ascertained,

The message stieks sent ont by the old men to announce the holding of

reronoanies taive no aetital messave depleted on them, bet merely evidences of

wood Faith; the revounition of the style of panting peeuliar to the sender bei

av ouarantee that Che verhalaessage has authority, Phos. figs, 79 and SO, show

examples of messaee stiels ised dar the ishimders. ‘The stieks are trom eivlt to

pine jnehes tn leneth, nearhy reetangukiur, with one end shehthy tapered olf,

Thov are ormmumented on both sides with a pattern af white and vellow Vines:

rechappears as the backeround te seven or Ciwlt transverse bars, (he backwroiue

of Hie vest betie hlaels.

Music,

The chief tnusteah insteviment is the drone-pipe or overaka. it is a hollow

stiek between three and four feet six inches ii leneth and two ineles or less i

diameter, A dry branch of the trouwood (2riathrophidem liboucheris) hollowed

aft by femuites is mich favoured. failing whieh a leneth of stringybark or other

wood. A likely stiek is cut rather longer than the finished pipe is required. the

narrow or motth-eud is first shaped. This is ent ont with a smooth, rouniled

edge, somewhat coneaye when viewed from the lateral aspeet, so as to fit the

mouth, andl a mouthpieces of beeswax and eum added. AL eraeks in the dried

stick ave filled with gum, and the stick is placed ina ereel or poud ta soak.

When the wood has swollen so as fo render the pipe airtight (this is tested by

placing the palin of the hand over one end and blowing through the other) the

fone of the insteiment is tried, TY ib is not considered satisfactory, a shiv

portion of the tnfinished end is ent off, After tuning has been satistietority

accomplished, the drone-pipe may be ormumented in bands of white, ved. vellow,

wid blaek, and is then ready for tise. Suitable hollow stieks are ol oasily

Obtained, and many drtone pipes in use are made from erooked stieks: if the one

chosen is very aueh eracked if is wrapped in layers of paporbark ane bord

around with fat stands of the inner bark of the hibiscus, Not only must the pipe

he correctly tuned, but tt should be so thin that on flieking i with) the finwer

nail it gives good resonance, This tapping on Groote Eylandt often enters into

the music, and therefore the best-liked pipes are those whiell have not been

Wrapped. When notin use the pipe is always let lying in water, so as to keep

fhe wood swollen, AX drone-pipe whieh has been left to diy for some tine ts

(iffientt to blow with the proper fone and volume

TINDALE— NATIVES OF GROOTE EYLANDT 91

Pl. vii, figs. 27 to 30, represents painted examples of the unwrapped ‘yeraka.’

The patterns usually consist of rings of se sveral colours. In each figure the

mouth-end is placed to the right. Pl. vil, fig. 31, had been left soaking’ for some

time, and all traces of colour have vanished, The notes of the ‘yeraka’ shown in

pl. vii, fig. 28, were tested and found to correspond to C sharp and EF sharp

the bass clef. The one shown in pl. vii, fig. 32, has been wrapped in paperbark

and tightly bound with flat strips of hibiscus fibre.

In blowing the pipe the performer generally sits on the @round, with his

lees extended before him, rests his elbows on his knees, and grasps the drone

pipe near the mouthpiece with the left hand, pressing it firmly to his lips. The

other hand is free either to stay the pipe or to play the accompaniment by t tapping

ith the finger-nail on the side of the pipe. The other end is rested against a

hollow piece of wood, which acts as a form of resonator, or failing this, supported

between the big and first toes of the foot. The breath is taken, sometimes, as a

cornetist, by lifting up the corners of the mouth without removing the instrument

from the lips, at others by drawing in through the pipe. Some players are able

to dvaw in through the nose without more than the barest perceptible pause, but

after several minutes they have to stop and take a deep breath or two, as this

method causes exhaustion,

The music varies in different localities, both as to the sequence of the notes

and the time, The general idea of the music is a low, droning sound kept up for

a longer or shorter period, with a higher note at intervals, the music often ending

abruptly on either the high or low note by stopping the aperture in the pipe

with the tongue, The sound is produced by repeating word sounds into the pipe.

The words used by the Ingura are ‘ter, fer, terup ; (vepeated) =... ter,

ter, teratup; ter, ter, terup; (repeated) The first two and a half

beats are on a lower note, and the other half beat on a higher one. Variations

ave introduced at intervals. A common one replaces the last two half-notes of

the bar by two semi-quavers and a quaver on the lower note, Another is noticed

when the blower continues for a longer or shorter period on the lower note

without introducing the higher one, Certain players introduce peculiar varia-

tions that cannot be easily explained. An attempt was made to write down a

few bars of the drone-pipe music :

g- . 7

ber Ler Cer -¥P tex ber ter-up Cer Cer Leva- tup

et ret

ter te-1ra=- tup ter ter Cer - up

ter ber tey ey ber Wer - up

92 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MusituM

Young boys ave tanght to blow the drone-pipe as soou as they beconte attached

fo the men’s @ioipy apt pupils are noticed continually practising when in camp,

Owinw to the severe tas ou the lunges in matiy oF the more cdiffieult strles of

droue-pipe blowing, some of the older players hive developed deep breathing

fod marked extent, so mueh so that, having taken a deep breath, their abclomen

becomes distended in a strikime manner, like a rubber balloon,

Not only ts the drone-pipe used by the umtives in ceremonial canees and

lo pass idle hours of the day, but is the almost invariable accompaninient to

their sleep. Tn a sleeping camp. us one player becomes tired, he wakes the one

next fo him, who continues in his place. So neeessany is this masie to the natives

that on one oveasion at Yetiba a party of them who lacked a drone-pipe were

table to sleep, and waking me, begged the loan of one from my collection, The

ext morning dhe manutactire of a mew one was witnessed.

When watehtulness is necessary, or danger apprehended af nieht-time, the

(rone-pipe is employed, together with singing, to pass the time and keep all

awikes its sonmolent effects are then counteracted by the aceoupaniment of

singing and vigorous clapping together of stieks, When blood-fend fights were

IN progress between two parties al Yetiba im December, W921, two were kepl in

nse all night in each of the opposing camps (situated about SOO yards apart),

Occasionally the drovespipe is used as a signal, being blown very londly to

indicate to scattered parties that a dugoug ov turtle has been captured and

Prout ashore,

The Tne clromeprpe is usually half as lone again and of lureer Cameber

(hin thet i Gomanon use by the Mara, Newnidi, and other indand= tribes: aid

Therefore gives a lower note. Ola mainlander assistants could at first scarcely

hlow them. owing to the extra air required. The bamboo of the north coast of

Arnhem Land does not grow on Groote Evlandt, aud consequently io exe p les

of the bamboo drome-pipe were met with,

Weapons.

The elie! weapons of the ishinders are spears, of whieh there are mary

yarielies inouse. They may be conveniently classed as: Fish spears: chivone

spears or harpoous; limiting spears: and fighting spears.

The workmunship displayed in the ishand-made spears is superioy to that of!

the mainiind tribes. For distance, shatts of spears are seldom, exeept in the

dugone spear, made front a plain sapling, hut are split out of the low and worked

Up tito shape wilh Iatives, serapers, and rubbing stones. Some spears used on

Ihe isha are not of loeal origin, but are aequired by trading. All SPOurs,

except the dugone spear, are constructed with the depression in the end of the

shalt to tit the throwing stick. amd are not used as javelins or lances,

TINDALE—NATIVES OF GROOTK EYLANDT W3

Fish Spears.

The fish spears (makin) are of several types, One is made with a

hardwood shalt, from nine to eleven feet iu leneth, with two, ovcastoually three,

Darbed harchwoow prongs bound on, the barbs factig each other to prevent the

prongs being forecd apanl; they are lashed several inehes above {hein bases, Vu

eximiple is fisured in pho ovin, fie. 47. The shaft is of stringybark (Macelyptis

felradovta), aid the prongs of smembernuke” (Lrythraphluemin)., As the speats

ave heavy (lwernty-two ounmees) aie sink, they wre usually used onby when spear

ine big fish, suelo as stinerays, sharks, and groper in shallow water. Kor deeper

Water, or for vise from eanoes mn erceks and estharies, the heavy shaft is replaced

Dy one of white sefhywood commonly found it the rain-forest, ene the spear floats

opr, owine to the wreater weight of the head, An example is figured int

plowiii, fiw, 4s. Althotweh davewer thea that shown in tig. 47, if is very tideh

livliter (Sixteen ounces). lo another form caudal spines of the stingray are

hound toa shaft in sets of from three to five; such spears ave greatly prized. and

their owners would wet part with them. ATter on second visit lo the istic these

spears were largely replaced by four-pronged fonciigawire ones.

Dugong Spears.

The dugone spear, ov harpoon, whieh is used by the men of Partalimba,

vousists Of a lone, Thin sapling (nine yall), sometimes over fifteen fect

in leneth and two inches in diameter, tapering to about three-quarters of an

meh at the smaller end. The large end has a hole about an ineh deep. and to

prevent splittivg is bond vonud with string. Tate the socket thus forme is

insertect @ stort spearhead (‘baju’), barbed on one side, bound with cord a

(fhe base, and with along line attached. The Sbaju’ used to be made oll irorwood

ov strineyvbark, bit after the arrival of ome party they were replaced by eight-

eh wails: i these the head is bound vound with string to form a plaw for

rserbion da the soelet of the shalt.

The entire spear is termed cantleanilha, and in the specimen figtred

(ph vil, fies, 25 and 26), the total length, including the head is sixteen Feet, ane

WHOM The rope weighs just over five pounds, The float is a speeial light kine

Of dviftawoock whieh is sometimes cast ip om the beaches. Tis place ol origin, lle

Hhat oof deilt coeoiiits previously aeutioued, is possibly New Guinea.

Hunting Spears,

Hhiniting spears are distally wot more than eight feet in length. slender. ated

conparalively Hight. They ave cut Troma tough piece of hardwood, in ore piece.

The head ts sharpened and daidened in the fire, and is without barbs. The

example show ti pl vir dig. HW. is seven feel nine inches in length, and weiwhs

OuLY Tne OUnees,

re RECORDS OF THE S.A, Museum

The hinting spear is largely used for wallabies (Miteropus agilis), which are

voummon on all the ishmids of the avelipelae,

Several oF ihe voutwer inen bave reputations as wallabay spearers, bat com

paratively few animals, considering the nimbers about, are taken, chilly beeanuse

easier sourees Of obtaining food ave plentiftal Your men often practice, using

low eycad palms as targets. They stealthily approach to within fen ov fifteen

yards, and hurl several spears on alter another as fast as possible at the tareet,

Fighting Spears.

At least four types of fighting spears are found ou the islamd: One-piece

hardwood spears; hafted spears with barbed hardwood heads: bamboo-halted

spears: stone-headed spears. The first two are mianitactired on the island: the

her byo are imported. Both the former are termed “manjurata’ There ave

hwenty or (hints: vecownized spearanakers on the island. aml eel has lis own

stvlecof spear andornamentiation. Pia bimdle of over three Timelved examples

Fobtaimed from the natives as fines for iron, wire, and other metal objects stolen

by them), they could identity the maker of eel. The spears are iistially nade

Insets of From three toa dozen, and pains are taken to make all the spears. uf

fhe set sinilar as regards Jeneth, weielt, and oruamentation. ‘Tests mace hy

Mie, Sh Mon at Vali ttirpa. Pig 40, Spess Throwing.

sete up a targed Ga ciawine of a wallihy on bark, fone feet in heieht) shawed

Hah the effeetive ranwe of the speaes was thirty sands. At thirty-five wards onby

ste mie hit the lareet ata heivht of more than a few inehes shove the epoutiel,

Whereas at the former distance few failed to score a body hit. The test fiw, 40

‘hows the duitives who took part in the test, UW will be aiotieed that the man

puzaged in throwing his spear, and at least two others. are leftehamnded s niany

Mher ishinders are left-handed also,

The barbed one-piece harcdwooud spears are inade from stringvbark wood,

Long strips of wood ave split off the felled dunk of a ivee and rolehily frinned

TINDALE—NATIVES OF GROOTE EVLANDT 95

mito shape in the bush. With a brodle of these ain old man retirris Co canny,

Where younger men ent ail serape the spemeshafts and shape the head for the

operation of @utting the barbs. For these purposes stone knives were employed

up to the time of our yisit, but were soon replaced by metal Tis certain that

in former vears sone inetal implements were veeeryed Ty then: from the Macassar

men, but more recently their absence caused an entive veyersion fo the tise of the

older implements, Tin opl vit, fig, 10, is shown a spear ready for the process of

barbeoutiing. "This operation is performed bay the spear-nmakers themselves, ‘Phe

polit is first shaped. sud then whout three inehes trom the apex the first barb is

ATTUTTCOM

SUT RU

Mie dl on, Method of cutting barbs. boo, Robbing stone for body seaps, dy Mish-lronk.

6, Krot employed in string bolts.

Yashioned by a series of small ents. ‘Phe kuileo ts held ti the postion shows

font fia. HL (a. @rasped in the palin of the hand, with the apes of the Thircde

porting down, and the back ccee of the knife resting in ihe base of the palin.

By omovinw the and ipwird, pressing the edge of the Knife on the work, ana

levering on the base of the palm, ereat and steady cutting power is obtatnect,

After the barbs have been completed, aud the surface seraped as smooth as

possihle, i is polished by rubbing with a smooth, bard pebble or a piece of trou

wood, The spear is then trinamed to the corveet length, and) the depression

formed it the end for the throwine-stiek. Some spearanakers bine oanimied

9A RECOKDS OF THE S.A. MuskuM

string around The spear. ear the oud, to prevent splitting, Any warping whieh

may have taken place is remedied by heating the warped portion over a sms

fire and holding the spear ina counter bent position until cold; the point alse

is Hardened by thovouwh heating.

The outline of the colour patterns is serateled on ane the cesien filled) in

With the patterns of lines aud dots usual among the Paes.

Plate vill, figs. 33 to 41, show various spears of the one-piece types fig. 37

being the other end of a spear belonging to the same setas that shown in fie. 8s.

The second type is the batted two-piece spear, Ln this the head is split

Mrom a piece of ivomwood, and the barbs cut out while the wood is 2rOUn, aS if

becomes tough on drying, ‘The shaft may be eut from a piece of strinevbark, ov

From white and softer wood. An Ueshaped ent about tao dmeles or move in lene hi

is trade in the top ool the shakt, ane the lead, (eimimed te fit, is splieod in. Bled:

wood resin is melted on toa piece of stick, over a small fires it is then Teneddec

and pounded between (wo stones. warmed again witil sticky, and gneaped over

fhe end of the spear, which is pressed into the eut in the shaft. Che Juret uve is

howd with string, vesin is plastered over. amd by spittine on it and working 4

Wh the fingers it forms a lard, smooth surface on eooline.

The average length of the spears is just over nine Leet, inehading a darh

about one foot six ineles in leneth. and the average welt is about fifteen

oimtiees, A few of the fvo-pieee spears are very long aid heavy. "hose made Ny

(ol main nauied Papatima are over ton feet in leneth, inelidine a barhedt heud

Hhiee feet long; they weigh abort nineheen ounees, A set of three was ol laiied,

WHE The head of one of these is Shown in pl. viti, fiz, 46.

The ustal form of barbing (wed in the fighting spears is produeed Dy eublone

a@oseries oF shantinw ovate holes in the expanded side ol the spearhead, Urs

forming a series ol barbs joined fowethoer at their summits ly a knile-edeed stripy

of wood (see pl viii, figs, $4. 22. eres). Ti ise the fine st rip ol wooed often twists

WT, exposing the barbs beneath, and renders the spear diffienlt to removes (he

ishuiders on the whole agreed that it was the best Iype of barb. Mavis of the spears

have small, Open barbs placed close tozether (see pl. Vil, fies. 36, 46. ele, The

Nimeaibinvir people on the mainkaid eniploy laree, lone, and Witlely-spaeod barks,

anda few of the Tigiaea spears approach this Iype (see pl. vii, fies. bh and 45),

Combinations of two or more of (he above styles ave commonly anel with, and two

are Ulustrated in pl viii, fies, S83 and 89, tna style of barbing, said to be that of

wold man of Bavtalimbo, the barbs are arranged On both sides of the sper.

The oly example obtained is shown in pl. viii, fe. Ho To ineresase the cifflents

of removing the spear by drawing it through the wownd. some have one oy

more reversed barbs, as seen in pl. viii, fies. 36.39, 41. and 45.

TINDALE—NATIVES OF GkOOTE EYLANDT 07

The manifactive of fighting spears of the above-mentioned types is alnidst

voufined to the isha tribe, and all examples met with on the mainland among

Lhibes as far removed as the Allawa anc Mara, were identified as having hoon

Frndedk from tribe to tribe from the islanders. On removing the less carefully

executed white paint patterns from barbed spears obtained frou: the Mara people

at Roper River, traces of the finer patterns peculiar to te Dnwira were diseavered

Helow, ail on engiinw Twas ascertained dhat the spears had been browelt fron

the Nungubuyn couitey, PL. viii, fig. OS, shows one of a set of six livia spss

redocorated with a eruder Mara pattern of white, PL vill, fig. 87, shows the other

extremity OF another of the set, iu whieh the ead, for about a foot, bas been

painted white by the Mara, a featire aot practised by the Terra,

The older nen are constantly eniployed in making spears, and prodtiee eres

Honbers: over three himeived spears were noticed i dhe possession of a party of

about thirty men of Talakurupa. Canoes visiting the mainland take over bundles

OF spears fou trailing purposes, aod enue plumes. veclochre, and stone (quartaite)

Huploments are received in exchange,

Bambooshaltod spears are occasionally used by the Ineura, They are most

favoured by the Bakanamu tribe of Caledon Bay, by whony they are manifiae-

(irred and traded to the adjacent tribes. They are vrudely fashioned in com-

parison With The straight, polished spears of the ishmaders, each consisting ot a

slick Calederi) from two to five leet Jone, sharpened at one end, aid with severn|

Holehed rings cut at intervals along its leneth; Lo this a shalt, formed of a length

of fight bamboo, is fixed with string and gum (see pl viii, fe, 50), Sueh ave

usually about eight feet in leneth and veey Tielt Ghvee and a half to seven

OULIOOS ).

Despite their apparent ifertority, these spears ave, in the hands of (he

Balan, move Feared than any others along the coast. This tribe is constantly

al enmity with the Pagira, and curing the period of our stay ou the ished tayo

aids were inade hiv their young men, led by oldler ones, against the ishanders,

On both occasions they were clriven off, but not on the first oecasion before they

had visited our citip and stolen wire aid other metal objects. Flinders hed

Wonble with members of this tribe at Caledon Bay an 1808; a party of brepanwers

Were attacked there also in 116, aud several were killed, iN hapanese peartine

party were attacked ata bay south af Cape Grey in 1923. The vessel was plun-

dered, Iwo ol the -lapanese being killed and several wounded,

Specimens of the banthoo-shatted spear are oevasionally possessed by the

Poet mien, who can throw them well. Being light, they travel further than

Hhea own Teayy spears, whieh, however, are preferred for fighting in seruh or

Forest eorntry, as They aire not so readily diverted by coulaet with the aides

wrowth. Draddition to ther long vine. the bamboo spears tive the advantage

8 KkRCORDS OF ‘THE S.AW MUSEUM

of Heltiess, coabling a large quimber to be eartied, and further, Wf dhe spear

niisses its objective, i generally, on striking the ground, breaks near the junetion

of the aeacia stiek and the batiboo, whereas (he hardwood spears, bem stronger,

eat ustally be pieked up and thrown back, ‘Phus the harcdavood spear users are

at a disadyantaes, and as it is offen the niamber of spears that count, there is

mitch to be said tor the eruder weapon, Bach of the twenty-six young men i

the first of the raiding parties referred to above had from fifteen ta forty spears

it His possession.

No stone suitable for implements is found on the island, and manitietived

lives and spearheads are obtained by (rade from the Nimenbuyu, who receive

them ia tum from natives of the interioy, Alb the stone nuplements found: oi

Gyoote Eylandi tive af one fime or another passed i fin throueh the hands

of the Aliiwa, Neahikan, Mara. and Nubeubuyal the former obtaining then From

(vibes still further south. Owwinw to thei searcity, sloue-headed spears are uel

prized, and the tatives could not be induced bo part with theme except for metal

equivalents. Many are erndely shafted, ac have come From some inlaid tribe,

in Whose territory crooked saplings. roughly straightened in the fire. only are

available. Thoother cases the stone lias been reshafted with a strateht length of

stringy bark or while wood,

Pl. viii, fig. 41, shows a stone-headed spear obtained on the iskind: From the

meno Talakirupa. Lt has a erooked shaft, bearing the colour pattern common

tothe Mara. fis thin etd is painted white. as already deseribed. TL viii, fly. a2.

shows another stouccheaded spear front the islands its crooked shalt las been

replaecd by one of stringy bark; the blade is protected by a wrappiig of paper-

hark wud string, Some years avo a trepanger discarded a mild: steel warter-tank

ona iste dn the Guilt Te awas entre by Che natives af the loewlity, and several

pieces were obLained by the Tagera, who geod Theme to a characteristic: spear

lade shape and attached them to shalts tua similar maniier te the stone heads,

Throwing-sticks.

At least three types of throwmestiek are ih ise among the Tneura

These wre: (a) (vtimaneala’s Gh) Syukerupi: ancl Ce) oman tinea

Tho yumaneala.” or flat ihrowing.stiek, is wenerally cut from sett wool 1

is somewhat reclineulir in seetion, with the head or pew-end sliehtly tapered,

The pew is attached on the flat side, and is formed of a piece of tromwood ov

pine (Calliiris) about a inch and a half lone, evenly tapered at cach end. 7

is seenpedl with String and bloodaywood eum inte amoteh ent tthe lead of Che stiek ;

iWoamay be strenethened with a thin strip of caneg as shown in ph ix, fig, 67, The

head ane the bandle, whieh lather is tadicated ly a noteh or by a raised) band of

wood, dre Offer painted white, and the shaft red-ochred (see pl ix, figs. 93) and

57). At dimes patterns in white aud yellow are worked over the red Cpl ix,

TINDALE—NATIVES OF GROOTE EVLANDT 99

fiy, SS). Many are simply ved-ochred all over, as in the ones shown in pl, ix,

fivs, Stand Ao. Phe toy Cpl is, fig. 66) was picked up near a women's camp,

The Svokerupu are circular i seetion. wid wenerally ent from larcwood,

hey are similar ii form Co those of the tribes south of tle Roper River, but the

Huneh of ima hair string there ised at the extventity of the handle is replaced

bya binding of fibrestring, One example of stringvbark is Gunred im pl. ix,

fie od. This the type most Frequently met with on the isha.

The Tmamitinea. adype with an enlarged handle, is peerliar (0 the istana.

THis venerally made from the wood of the eypress-pine (Cullistris). The dened

and shaft are similar to those of the ‘yukearupu.’ but the end is expanded and

Haiieneck into a danceokite hanedle. divided from the shalt ly a vaised ving of

wood, as is offen found in the ‘vinmaneala. Usually throwers ol this type are

profusely deeorated with patterns in ved, white, yellow. and black, Exarniples

wre shown dn ph is. figs. 60 to GY. and 77, but the camera has tailed to show the

yellow and ved desigus in detail Pn some examples the pattern is first en in

fhe wood. giving an etehed appearance (pl ix, fies, 60. 61, 68). In pl. ix,

fie, 70, is shown an example on which a design has been seratehed only. Usually

The shafts ave left tnornamented or are merely red-ochred, but others are decor

abled as to phoisx. Ges. 61, 66, and 67,

Moise the oVtimaneala and Smamnontinea> ave held above the junetion of

Hhe handle with the shaft, and thas the handle is purely conventional, ta (he

Twrkaanpu the @rip is close do the enc.

Clubs and Boomerangs.

(libs are not used hy the tigura, who know them only by name (mabe

rukwi). The Nungubnavi, who occasionally aequire them from the Mara, cull

Hem Smabaruke” or Smarivi” By variations of these names they ave known

fo other tribes of Arnhem Land. The Mara nse thom for parrying the hoom-

erane a their oneaunters with tribes divine to the southward. The Thera

despise them Deeatise they are used by women of many mainland tribes, in

conjinetion with vanestieks, for camp quarrels,

The hoomerang, which they call taribina,’ derived Prom their word tavipa’

10 throw, is known to theme only from exagwerated rumours of their worndertul

killings power, ‘The nearest tribe iu whieh the hoomerang is used for fighting is

the Alliwa. On showing boomeranes to Talakurupa men they became frightened,

and on striking a throwing attitude, they fled) in terror,

Clothing and Ornament.

The elie? articles of elothine are a ‘mapini? or pubie tassel, anda belt, The

Tmapiit is generally made from lone pandanus fibres, teased-out bark fibre. ov

Khe Puroof the wallaby, native cat, and other animals. When tur is used it is

100) REecorps of The S.A, Moseom

prepared hy spinning with the fingers info a two-stranded yarn. A quantity of

the yarn is formed into tivo parcels, each about eighteen tiehes long. tied round

fhe middle and connected by a loop, whieh is passed over the belt. ana: appetis

like a single tassel. That shown in pl os. fig. 74, is composed of bark fibre,

“Mapini? are first worn by bows after the first iitiation coremiony. Most ol the

younger men but few of the older ones wear them,

Another type, of more aniple proportions, is made with all the strands woven

fowether at the base. Tt has a definite loop for attaching fo the bell, and is worn

only by women, An example of red-oehved: tir is iisteated in pl ow, fie. 76.

Belts are worn by all the natives, They are of various (ypes; several are

common amone all the tribes of the Gully Dit others appear to be restricted to

the ishimders. They may he conveniently dealt with vader the following heac

ines: (a) Lair belts: (h) Bia belts: and Ce) String belts.

Hair belts, called Sabalumukwao are made from: lime have strine fe several

ways. Te simplest is by winding the string round and romnd the bodys the

Thicker the belt the better, and as occasion offers more string is aelded. Who

faking off such a belt the string is wound around the dassel. so as ia form a

compet parcel, as shown in plo x. fig. 77. This form ds trowblesonie too caiwintd,

and to form a nore convenient belt the diaiestring is offen coiled tata a lamer

ving on the eromnd, hound in two opposite places, pulled tai, and wrapped

avon the body, the two tied places beme joined by a piece of string, and the

Jumetion Concealed by the loop of the pubic tassel (see pl x, fig, 75),

Mur belts are manufactured from fur string in a similur manier, the so

firol the flying opossum being Tavernved.

String-belts Cilernpi) of several styles are probably peerliar to the ishand,

the oeceasional example seen elsewhere having heen traded.

One type is nie of at open string work, so knotted towether at iitervals that

Hal clises of closely woven string are formed Three or more strands of strine

ae vised. aid the principal knot is shown diagrammatically iy fest fis. dd fe),

hese dises may be small and amineed ina double row, forming a taerow belt.

ws illestrated iy pl. x, fig. T4. on they may be large and distvibuted in a

lrianvular pattern, forming a wide bell, as im phox. fie. 72. Tn another type.

male also by the Noamenbiyit people, the string is clasely woven to form a (lat

helt about an inch wide. An example is shown in pl. x. fig. 73. Ti both the

above-mentioned types the fasteuing of the belf about the body is provided for

bya loopoat one end and a loose end of string, ora permanent: knot or brttou, at

fhe other, the button being passed through the toop to hold the belt in postion.

The belts ave usually decorated in colome. Dn the flat, dise-bearing type the

open stringayork is painted white, and the dises pteked ont with red and yellow

TINDALE NATIVES OF Groot EVLANDT Wl

The elosely-woven belts are generally ornamented with) transverse bars of severst

vols,

The average leneth of the belts is about thinty jtehes, ad they gee wor, so

tightly round the abdomen as to eanse a marked constriction.

No other clothing is ordinarily wom. Laree sheets of paperbark are used

as rain shields, being wrapped about the body when walking or used as a shelter,

He mitive crouching or lying down under the protection. They are, however,

ghandoned on arrival at camp or on cessation of the rain, and are never used as

Wraps or blinkers.

The women sometimes wear a “mapini’ as deserihed above, and, aecord ie

fo Mrs. Dyer, wear a bark wrapper in the presence of stram@ers. Tt is mace of

several large picces ol stringybark, hinged in either three or fou: seebions, Gel

of which is about eighteen inches wide. and of such heiwht that having folded

the laterally-hinged wrapper about the body it ean be held wader the dens seas

fo clear the ground. Tt is apparently an exageerated form of the short. two-

piewe bark aprow worn by Nungubusyi women in the presence of Stimmeors.,

An ornament aver on the baek, and supported bya loop of strine around

the meek is shown in phox, fie, TA. Ht consists of strands ol! string painted

alternately in seetions, red and white. with tufts of lorikeet feathers dividing

each section.

Armlets of various kinds are worn by met, women, and ehildren. They are

offen wort on both arms, but when there is possibility of fighting. all are placed

On one arm, sous fo leave the speararm nenenmbercd, Avinlets are often

exchanged as sivns of friondship. and thus become widely distributed. Three

types may be recognized; Cane armilets, or Syurudo’s string and fur armilets. ov

Tmieji’; and feather armlets, or ‘mnjija.

The ‘yvurudo? are made either from lone strips af cane, ov move frequently

Of the midrib of pandanus leaves. In thei manufacture a double rire OF thie

material is made, and another strip is woven throneh it util a close pattern is

boil up. Tn the final stages an ironweod awl, six inehes in lenwth, is forecd

hetween the meshes to make a passaze for the strip. The awl is: Librieated ty

ribbing the point on the nose. Pl oxi, figs. 86 and 87, show armlety of panicleetirns

fibre, and plo oxi, fig, S8, one of cane, When eoloured the (lesigns consist af

dransverse bars of several eolorrs,

“Mieji® are made by binding string or hayesteing round a loop of eaue or

vrass. fastening in pieces of animal fie during the process. Twenty or thirty

are offen worn-oon one arm: those showin tn plooxi, fie, 84, were all worn ona

native’s left arm,

“Mujija,” or feather artilets, are nade in similar mariner, the bright feat hous

OF birds, such as the lovikers (Trichoglossus rubyitorquis) being substituted tor

102 RECORDS OF Tink S.A. MUSEUM

the fur. PL oxi, fivs. 81 to $4, shows such armiets. In pl. xi, fig, 81. the

feathers are bound in an ereet position, while in fig. 82 they are more or Less

adpressed, The streamer is a solid feather cord, Tn pl, xi, fie. 83, the feathers

are reversed, and project outwards; a tuft of white feathers is evmmed fo the

end of the streamer, Pl, xi, fig, 84, shows a child’s armlet similar to that in

pl. xi, fig, 1.

Many natives have their noses pierced, without special ceremony, some time

atter the Unamalia-maindi operation. A plain stiek, half an ineh or more tn

diameter and three inches lone, is thrust ito the hole made in the septum, ane

retained until it heals: afterwards the bole is gradually distended to the required

dimensions. A small, woven Game or wooden ring smnmeared with wax is forced

into the aperture, and is wholly concealed within the septum ; the nose is thus

wiven a decided tilt, and the nostrils beeome promineut.

A plain white nose-stick can be thrust through the ring, and is used as an

ovmanent, Often natives do not have the nose pierced, and some who have do

not keep the apertire distended, Nose-piercing is more common among the

Balamumu to the north than in the southern tribes, such as the Mara. PL. xi,

fius, 983 to 96, show examples of the cane nose-vings, made in a similar manner

to the cane armilets. That in pl. xi, fig. 95, is coated with wax, and was obtained

from a Bartalumbu man named Ninebijiga. Pl. xi, figs. 89 fo 92, iWlustrate

examples of wooden nose-rings cut from the hollow stent: of a shrub (Morinda

cilrifalia).

Middle-aved mien have their noses red-ochred ; this is a luxury, for oehre is

rare, and obtainable only from the interior. The continual use of the substance

asa cosmetic gives their skin a course, pitted appearance, Teeth are not removed

for ceremonial or oruameutal prrposes, as is practised by some of the mainland

tribes.

kee. S.A. MuUsreunm. Vou. LIT, Pearre VI.

DANCING STAVES, MINIATURE CEREMONIAL OLJECTS, AND

CORROBBORER STICKS, GROOTE HYLANDT,

Reo. SoA. Mtsheeae Vor. Tl, Viare Wo

—

(ia

bed

[

a8 @a@yett antes =

DUCGONG HARPOON AND DRONE PIPES, GROOTE BRYLANDT

Ree, S.A. MuseUM. Vou. T11, Peare VII.

renomination

7 <

Fie osetia marererean

SPEARS, GROOTE EYLANDT.

kee, SA, Museu, Vor. TU, Vrare PN.

THROWING STICNS, GROOTE EYVLANDT.

fll, PLATE

Vor,

HEUM

S.A. Mt

REC,

pL : |

oP ETE te teteg? atu? 4 424 yt, =

BRUYTLSIS SHSTL ETAL RIES WIA Ess y EYStaseeED ¢/

epee ce aS

RYLAND,

GROOT:

STICKS,

ANI MESSAGE

TASSELS,

BELTS,

Ree. S.A. MUSEUM. Vow. TTT, Pruare NI.

ARMLETS AND NOSE-RINGS, GROOT EYLANDT.

PUBLIC LIBRARY, MUSEUM, AND ART GALLERY

OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA

RECORDS

OF THE

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

Vol. III, No. 2

- Published by the Board of Governors, and edited by

the Museum Director

EDGAR R. WAITE, F.LS., C.M.Z.S.

Drrecror

Ape.aipe, Marcu 31, 1926:

PRINTED AT THE HASSELL PRESS, 104 CURRIE STREET

NATIVES OF GROOTE EYLANDT AND OF THE

WEST COAST OF THE GULF OF CARPENTARIA

PART II

BY NORMAN B. TINDALE, ASSISTANT ENTOMOLOGIST, SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

Summary

Flinders mentions that after an encounter with some natives at Woodah Island he picked up their

canoe, and writes: “The canoe was of bark, but not of one piece, as at Port Jackson; it consisted of

two pieces, sewed together lengthwise, with the seam on one side; the two ends were also sewed up,

and made tight with gum. Along each gunwale was lashed a small pole; and these were spanned

together in five places, with creeping vine, to preserve the shape and to strengthen the canoe. Its

length was thirteen and a half and the breadth two and a half feet; and it seemed capable of carrying

six people”.

NATIVES or GROOTE EYLANDT anp or trur WEST

COAST or ror GULF or CARPENTARIA.

By NORMAN B. TINDALL, Assisrant Farromorocisr, Sourit w\usrraLian Museum.

Plate xii and text figs, 42-65,

INGURA TRIBE.

Canoes.

Flinders (") mentions that after an encounter with some natives at Woodah

Island he pieked np their canoe, and writes: **The canoe was of bark, Init aot

of one piece, as at Port Jackson; it consisted of two pieces, sewed together

lenethwise, with the seam on one side; the two ends were also sewed up, and

made tight with gum. Along each gunwale was lashed a small pole; and these

were spanned together in five places, with creeping vine, to preserve the shape

and to strengthen the canoe. Tts leneth was thirteen and a half anc the breadth

two and a half feet; and it seemed capable of carrying six people’’,

One or two canoes of this kind are said to be in use along the adjacent

mainland, but only in sheltered ereeks and bays, The material wtilized is peeled

from the stringy-bark tree (Huealyptus tetradanta), the fibre lashines being

hibiscus. Natives of Talaknrupa showed me the methods employed in making

such a canoe, ‘lwo rings are cut at a distance of twelve or fifteen feet apart,

and joined with a sinele longitudinal eat. The bark is then hammered with

stones until it becomes detached from the tree. This is only possible during the

wet season. The long sheet of bark naturally forms a evlinder. [t is held over

a fire and thoroughly heated, the dry, ragged onter bark being partially burnt

off. When sufficiently hot the bark is laid inner side downward, on smooth

ground, and kept flat with roeks, lows, or heaps of sand. After several days the

outer loose ragged bark is peeled off, and the sheet is ready for canoc-making,

The bark is never turned inside out in use; the natives were greatly amused

when T made a canoe for my own use with the smooth side of the hark ontside.

The two principal types of canoe are dugouts, and are both called ‘leya-leva’.

They are cut from large trees. including Leichhardt pine (Sarcocephalus

cordatus), paperbarks (Melalenea), fies (Fiews qlomeratu). and several others

which have soft wood. These are found growing in dense jungles near the sea

on the western side of the island and at Wendanga on the mainland.

(1%) Flinders, M., Voynge to Terra Aust ralis, ii, 1814, pr. 198,

| 04 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

The shore-canoe is generally small, about twelve or fourteen feet long and

eighteen inches wide, wid is capable of seating three or four persons. Bow and

stern are always recognized as such, but they differ little in size or shape, The

sicles of the canoe ave supported by trausversely placed sticks, whieh are wedged

in place but are not fixed or lashed. Phe shore-canoe is commonly met with aloug

the voast of the Gulf, north of Spillen Creck. among the Mara, Nuneubiya,

Ingura, Balamumu, and Tehambarupi. The how and stern are usually vertical.

butam exainple in the possession of au old man at Makalaoha had the bow et

ina sloping manner, as Shown in fig. o4¢.

The sea-canoe, which is a development of the shore type, is found principally

among the Ingura and Nune@ubuvi peoples, Tl is generally move claborately

fashioned and of larger size, OA fine example was over twentyctive feet lone and

two feet ine inches wide. Uh was capable of seating from cight to twelve persons.

Tn the widest portion two could sit side by side wilh ease. An inferior example

fseventeen feet long and two feet wie) was seeared for the collection alter a

larger one (nineteen feet long and two feet thee inches wide) had been stolen

from me by natives from the north. The latter example is ilhustrared in fie. 50,

which shows the positions of the seats and of the mast.

The prow i the sea-canoes is much larger than the stern, is often very long,

wide above, and tapered toa knifeccdee at the waterline, The transverse supports

rest on projections left on the sides of the canoe, and serve as seats; provision

is also made by a hole in one of these for the stepping of the mast (balyara).

Sails (dunbala) and paddles (miaja) are used. a speeially lone paddle serving

as steering oar when sailing, The canoe is ballasted with several blocks of stone,

a strony rope attached to one of them and to the base of the mast or the seat

near the bows, serving us an anehor (amora). A block of coral with a hole

throngh it is sometimes used instead, this being partially wrapped with paper-

hark to prevent its sharp edees euiting the line, A fire is generally carried ona

hearth amidships, either on a stone or on carth resting on several (hicknesses

of paper- or stringybark. Paper bark is used to form comfortable cushions,

several thi¢knesses being laid on the seal, This bark is also sed to caulk eraeks

mid leaks m the hnll; the bilge-water is baled ont either with a large shell

(Cymbrow diadema) baler ora bark dish.

In making a canoe, the tree is felled in the forest or swamp with # metal

fomahawk obtained formerly from the Malays, and roughly shaped and hollowed

mut on the spot. Fig. 42 shows an old canoe abandoned in the forest al Yetiba

uf this stage of ianufaeture. Suitable trees are not very plentiful; all are well

known, and regarded as the common property of the seetion of the (vibe within

Whose houmdaries they are growing, Natives would not, without consultation

TINDALE—NATIVES OF GROOTE EYLANDT 105

with the old men of the local group, dare to remoye them, Machapniamyi ( Tala-

kurupa) showed me a laree tree (Melalewed) on the banks of the Yetiba, about

two miles north of the main stream (which is properly called Awarikpa), whieh

he said would make a fine canoe, Should he desire to so use it the permission

of Nanamopura (Yetiba) would be necessary. The merits and possibilities of

Biv. 42. Ol hollowed log nt Vetiba, Pig. 48. Chipping inside of canoe.

vertain big trees are often discussed around the eamp-fires, and when passing

near them detours ave frequently made to examine them afresh; the men

anxiously tapping them with a stone or stick to ascertain if they were becoming

hollow; for trees decayed or hollow internally ave useless for canoes; many very

large trees seen hear scars, indicating that attempts to fell them at some time in

the past have ceased, on meeting with indieations of decay, The provess of

hollowing out a canoe is known to the Ingura by the words ‘oratea levaleva,’

literally “‘eut out the canoe’? but the word ‘oratea’ is not used in any other

connection.

Aninguliyunta, a Bartalumbu man, one of the principal canoe-nakers,

wished to make a big sailing canoe, but owing to a quarrel with men of the

Nuneubuyn tribe be was umwvilling to go to Wendanea, on the mainland, and

ask for a large tree. He therefore felled one at Angoroko, which was rather

small, and suitable only for a shore-canoe, The principal operations in connection

106 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

with the making of this canoe were witnessed, The process is similar to that

employed in the case of the sailing canoes, although certain refinements are not

carried out. Much attention is paid so as to obtain as great a beam as possible.

The initial excavation is therefore rather restricted in width, and widened as

the depth increases (see fig. 54 a). When the log is hollow the sides can be

foreed and held apart by transversely placed sticks. The canoe is then carried

ov dragged to the water and floated to the camping ground. In the case witnessed

it was paddled alone the shore for a distance of fully ten miles to Yetiba, by

means of temporary paddles split from a branch of the canoe-tree. The careful

chipping required to rake the sides of uniform thickness of about one inch is

carried out in camp (figs. 43 and 44). The thickness is judged by tapping

with a stick or stone, or by placing the palms of the hands together with the

sides of the canoe between them, and moving them about over the place to be

tested. The thickness at the bows and stern is much greater, depending on the

nature and grain of the wood. The principal difficulties occur where the grain

has to be cut across. There is no keel, but the bottom of the canoe is finished

with a thickness, especially in the sailing canoes, of over three inches. After

final chipping the eanoe is placed in the water, tested for balance, and then,

with three or four inches of water in the bottom, placed on a long heap of dried

leaves and twies made ready on the bank. The heap is then set on fire (fig. 45),

and the outside soon becomes charred and dry; while the heat is so great that

the water in the canoe finally boils (figs. 46 and 47). The canoe meanwhile is

rocked from side to side, so that the interior is continually bathed with hot water.

Should the flames take too great a hold on any particular place they are beaten

out with sticks. When sufficiently burnt, and the interior properly steamed, the

water is spilled out on the fire (fig. 48), and the canoe removed, The sides are

quickly foreed widely apart and held in position by slabs of wood previously

prepared (fig. 54 b). The hull is then rubbed with pieces of wood and bunches

of twigs to remove the loose charred wood, leaving the exterior black and smooth.

No speeial ceremonies mark the eutting out or launching of canoes, but

journeys are frequently made soon after to show them off to neighbouring peoples.

No ornamental carving is done on the canoe. There is often a hole in the

prow, through which the anchor rope is occasionally passed, but more often it

is without use. It is bored with a knife and a burning stick. Sometimes the

prow and stern above the waterline are brilliantly red-ochred; when this is

done the effect against the black hull is very striking.

In the sailine canoe the transverse supports or seats rest on projections

left on the sides, to which they are lashed, if loose; the mast is stepped through

one of them, and its base either fixed in a hole in the centre of a solid block left

TINDALE—NATIVES OF GROOTE EYLANDT 107

v uring the ene,

Vig. 44. Chipping keel of canoe. Fig. 45. Setting firy to canoe, Big, 46. J

Fig. 47. Replenishing the fire,

RECORDS OF THE SA, MusmuM

I ss iA

{08

Fig. 44. Chnoe sailing before tho wind.

Fig. 48. Eniptying out the boiling witer

Viv. 51. Portion of mut-sail,

Fig. oO. Swimmers gd enmoe at Yetibas

TINDALE NATIVES OF GROOTE EYLAND't 109

on the floor of the canoe, or-shniply ia hole in the floor Cig. o4 I). “Phe nest

iss round pole of some strong wood, such as thal of the rose apple (Augenid),

from six to eight feet long. with a deep V-shaped motel, or a tiole, ett in thie

head in place of a pulley. Ty one of the canines seen was there ay stilitiy

rigwing fop the support of the ast.

Mig, 92. Making cord tor rigging. Mig. a3. Grives of thee Maliys ut Winehilsen Tslamed.

The sail (tumbala) is from twelve to seventeen feet wide and abort [nen

foot high, stupported between two long, slouder spars, each trom fourteen to

cighteen fect long (fig. 04d). A halliavd is attached to the yard at a distance

of roughly one-third frou. the throat; if passes through the noteh or hole i the

tiast-head, and is made fast to the inast behind the foot of the mast. The tack of

{he sail is hanled down and secured by 4@ length of rope to dhe seat in front of the

mast. There are usually five ropes attached te the hoon a intervals alone the

posterior fwo-thirds, serving as sheets, The first is attached loosely to the mast:

the second and third are tied together, and their common extremity is itself tied

fo the fourth. The fifth, attached near the clow, is eee, The free ends of the

fourth aid fitth sheets are held in the hands, or they may he fixed to the seats if

the Dreese ix-ventle and steady (see fig. 54d).

The sail is woven from the livht, fatfened stems of a reed-like plant found

in (he swinnps on Te ishiid. Big. 57 shows a portion of an Voetinished one i

the collection. Le is lashed to the spars with hibisens cord, Supported in the

manner described above, it assumes the characteristic position shown ut the

firtires,

Tn saline a close-hanled course cannot be held, but advantage is taken of a

quarter wind. Moderato seas can be encountered withont swaniping ; should (his

110 KECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

happen the canoe is easily vighted in the manner described on page 79. The

natives swim well in any sea, using a modified double overarm stroke when on

the surface and a form of **dog-paddle’? when swimming below, (Several are

shown practising the former stroke in the backeround of fig, 50), Often the

ballast of the canoe would be lost, but little else. The ballast is shifted from

sitle to side to trim the canoe when sailing, and the natives lean to windward, in

the manner of yachtsmen. In reversing direction the sail is lowered, the canoe

turned by paddling, and the sail reboisted on the other side of the mast. The

steering paddle is not fixed to the canoe, but held free against the lee-side with

both hands of the steersman,

The vate of paddling is not usually greater than three knots, even on shart

spurts. With the ketch moving before a light breeze at nearly four Intots, parties

of then in eanoes were wniable to keep up for more than a few moments. However,

with the keteh doing nearly six knots ona steady three-quarter wind off-shore,

the canoe shown in fig. 49 overtook and passed us with ease, maintaining a speed

well over seven knots,

Wig. 34. a, Section of unfinished canoe; b, same, pfloer fire-troatment, showing methor

of stepping tasty ¢, prow of canoe at Mukalnobus cd, canoe, twenty feet loug, showing

rigging; ¢, dnelorline it course of manufaedure.

There ave probably more than twenty-tive big sailing canoes in the possession

Of the islanders. In two days, around Biekerton Island we saw six; the first

day two put off from Burneys Islaid, and two more under sail from Biekerton,

Childven are carly tanght to take an interest in canoes, models being made

for those of six and seven years of ave. Some of them are highly ornamental,

Init being made from soft bottlebrish wood (Banksia dentatu) soon fall to pieces,

Mor larger children wooden canoes six or seven feet lone are made, in which they

paddle abont along the shore and in the erceks, Both these types are represented

in the eolleetion.

TINDALE —NATIVES OF GROOTE EYLANDT 111

The seafaring habits of the Nungnubuyu and the Ingura are well developed,

allhongh it is noticeable that the natives of the eastern side of the islancl do uot

possess Tnany large sailing canoes, and spemd less time on the sea. The men of

Bartalumbu aid some Nungubuyn have a splendid knowledge of direction when

at sea. Three of them (two Ingura and a Nungubuyu), making their first

yoyage on a Enropean vessel, were tested under various conditions, After severd!

days” abseuce from land, in a direction S.H. from the island, they were able to

give the direction of six places within the bounds of their knowledge, five of

them (Numburuwa, Makalaoba, Yetiba, Amakulu, and Cape Beatrice) correct

to within 124°, and one (Roper River) with somewhat Jess accuracy. The

expernnent was repeated on another occasion at night-tine, during a elm, with

practically the same results. The area of which they have knowledge extenibs

from Caledou Bay and Cape Armhein in the north, to the mouth of the Roper

River in the south, and as far east as the sandbanks off the North-East Isles,

vast from Groote Eylandt.

A story was told me by a Barfalimbuo man of a party of natives who at

some indefinite time in the past ventured eastward in a sailing canoe. They

met with sanitbanks, where there were matiy birds-ewes to be had, but although

they went a long way further cast, and found great numbers of lurtles and sea-

snakes, they saw no land.

~All the various islands to the north of Groote Bylandt are visited in rotation

search of turtles” and sea-birds’ cees; (he latter especially being found in vreat

numbers at the beginning of the wet season.

The chief voyages made by the islanders are aloug the shores, hut they

venture out of sight of land in going to Numburiuwa on the mainland and toe

Caledon Bay in the north, making direet voyages of about thirty miles. They

ayoid extended night travel except when the moon is full: but, nevertheless. hunt

for dngongs on dark nights, if the sea is calm and phosphorescent.

Between the island and the mainland the tides rum north and south, some

times exceoding five knots per hour, and the natives take fill advantage of the

currents on their voyages from place to place,

The following phrases and words are used in commection with sailine canoes.

The Hnuglish renderings are literal:

TmHagigumi amora .. a: oh: <r Pull Up eanehor

urimaga baiyupeiyn Re a7 Ay .. haul the rope

urinalararia tumbala 2 i AY .. hoist sail

winariva tumbala : x <i -. lower sail

urinungundi yuka tambala 54 A? -. voll wp sail

wadamaiginad levaleva .. = 4. .. bail ont eanoe

madayina levaleva at hen a, 2 paddle the canoe

vaimena 4. . $r A .. 10 swine

mungulapa amora rt Be .. lower anchor

{12 Recokbs OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

The four points of the compass Lave names. The Nungubuyw names are:

N., ‘wiobiala’s §., *wakianea’; E., ramalila’; W., ‘alkalila.*

Paddles.

The occupants of a caioe, from one to ten in number, each wield a narrow-

hladed paddle (from three feet six inches to four feet six inches in length),

except the one at the prow, who usually has a much longer paddle, from five

to six feet six inches in length.

Pl, xii, fies. 97-105, shows nine figures of both forms of paddles. Some of

them have heen freshly decorated: most old paddles bear signs of former colour

designs, washed off by inunersion, except where the grease and dirt from the

lands have somewhat protected the colours. The design is often permanently

acratehed on the paddle before painting, and ean be this renewed on oeeasion.

The primeipal wood wsed for paddles is the eypress pine (Callitris), the slabs

of wood required being split from the base of the lying tree.

In paddling several strokes ave made alternatively on each side, The top

ot the paddle rests in the pahn of one hand; the lower end is grasped between

fingers and thumb of the other, The motion is given by the lower arm, the

upper hand, whieh ts held at arm's length, constituting the pivot. The paddle

is thrust in the water abead ‘and slightly out from the side of the canoe. and

pulled vapidly bavkward with a slight semicircular motion; it is withdrawn from

the water at the end of the stwoke, A fresh hold is taken during the change

from side to side. No reenlarity is usually kept, some paddling on one side and

some on the other. The efforts of the steersman, who when not sailime uses a

small paddle, ave chicHy confined to vapid lateral strokes, but cespite lis

endeavours the haphazard paddling results in a zigezag course.

In reconnoitring, or moving slowly and watching for turtles or fish, the man

in the prow stands upright, and uses lone, slow strokes of the big paddle, while

the others remain quiet. When preparing to spear digongs, turtles, or fish, he

is armed with a harpoon or spear, and the man at the stern is the only one wha

paddles. If a man is alone in a canoe he sits at the stern and paddles, in which

case the forward part of the canoe for two or three feet is out of the water; tf

proceeding leisurely ov hunting, le stands in the bows.

The old men, who often do not take part in the paddling, sit in the waist of

the ¢anoe, near the fire-hearth. The paddlers either sit on the bark-cushioned

seats or kneel on the bottom of the canoe. The stecrsman seats himself in a

reclining position on a wad of paperbark thrnst between the sternmost seat and

the stern, with his legs hanging over the seat into the body of the canoe,

‘TINDALB—NATIVES OF GROOTE EYLANDT 113

Camps.

The nomadie bush- and sea-faring life of the islander prevents the von-

struction of permanent dwellings, and the eamp as a rile is merely a cleared

sandy area, chosen at a distance of about a hundred vards from water or at the

back of the beach, with a breakwind about two feet igh, formed by placing

sticks slantwise in the ground aud laying sheets of bark on them, Behind this

low barricade, whieh in a large camp may be thirty vards loug, shallow holes

are scooped in the sand six feel or so apart, and each native oeeupies one of

(hese clepressions, iving at right angles to the breakwind, with only his head

protected hy it. Between each sleeper, and at each end of the Tine, sinall fires are

kepl buruing, stoves of firewood sufficient for the night being piled up in several

heaps near at hand,

During the wet season, when food is plontil and travel uncomfortable,

owing fo the moist heat amd cold rain, dais are biilt and o¢eupied for several

weeks or mouths af a time. ‘Chey are usually long, low shelters of bark, supported

ona framework of poles, and built te shelter from one to thirty or move persons.

The height of the vooftree is about four feet. and the side-frames are about

three feet high (see fiz, 56). A laree hunt would be ten feet wide and thirty

foot lone. The bark covering is partly stringy- and partly paper-bark, Sheets

of the former. three feet wide and about fourteen Feet lone, are laid over the

framework of forked posts and poles, and the whole then covered with ipre@ular

sheets of paperbark. held) down with stieks ane logs, Ome half of the Tut is

often left open at the sides, and used as a shelter during intervals Detaween

{he vain; the rest is used for sleeping, Small fires are kepl burning af intervals

between the sleepers, who lie aeross the hut alternately head to right and lett.

with their feet alone the middle of the hut. At each end acrid smoke fires.

formed of the ereen, volatile leaves of the ivonwood (Hiythrophlaewu), ave tit

Whenever niosquitoes or sandflies are about. A wall of earth or sand is built

aroimd the hut, the inside of which is generally below the level of the vround,

owing 10 the seooped-ont sleeping depressions. The rain sometimes washes away

these walls, and floods ont the occupants of (he hut. When the ground is wet

the natives lay poles on the foor, cover them with bark sheets, and lie upon them,

bit this floor is removed as soon as the ground is dry again,

The floar of the but is sometimes spread thiekly with clean yellow sand from

fhe river’s bank, bronght ap in bark dishes by small boys. The saititary con-

Venienees are small deep holes, covered by a piece of bark or stone, which, for

protection avains! magical mterference by other members of the tribe, are often

dug in the shelter of the hut. Seattered about the interior of the hut are stones

for grinding colours, shell and bark dishes, throwing-sticks, and drone-pipes ;

114 KECORDS OF THE S.A. Museum

Fig. 55. Temporary comp near Yetiba. Fig. 46, Small abandoned wet-senson hint.

Big. 57, Cump scene; with piles of wood-scrapings from spears. Fig. 3%. Wet-season hut

for thirty persons,

TINDALE—-NATIVES OF GROOTE EYLANDT 115

hniidles of spears are supported under the roof. The smooth bark walls of the

Init in course of time heeome covered with sketches, drawings and painted designs

exeented during the idle honrs of the day. The small old) abandoned hut tear

Amati, shown in text fig. 56, had many such pietnres, some of which ean be

seen on the right wall, he wet season is a time ol industry. Many spears

are made, weapons, baskets, and ornaments are painted, aud ceremonial objects

are prepared. In text fig. S57 unfinished spears are seen twinge about, with piles

of serapings and shavings,

Caves and voek-shelters at Makalaoba, Chasm Island, Bartalnmbn, and Hast

Bay ave made use of during the wet season, and the walls of these caves ave also

covered with pictures, Not all eaves are so used; sore are reserved for the

disposal of the hones of the dead. and after the final burial ceremonies ave avoided,

The vicinity of the camp. soon becomes fon) with rottine fish. bones, and

Oller rubbish; the dows act as scavengers, while crows eomne im eveat numbers to

(lean up the deserted camp.

The huts on the ceremonial eromnd at Amalipa (see p. d+) differ from those

above mentioned in their ereater height and usually theiv less substantial con-

struction, althoneh one Jaree ruined but had a framework of very substantial

poles.

String and Rope.

Tn emergency, and as a temporary measure, lengths of bark are knotted

logether to form string and rope for various pueposes, but the usual practice is to

use fwo-ply worked strings aud ropes made prmeipally from the fibre of ibiseus

filldeeus. This is peeled from the inner side of the bark in white strips, half an

inch wide, and several foot lone, and formed by tease and tearing into lone:

fibres. In text fig, 52 the man on the vieht is seen to be teasine the fibre for

his compariion,

The stuplest way of forming the string is by rolling on the thieh. Tn this

method the fwo operations of forming two strands of twine and of twisting them

into a fwo-ply cord are carried out simultancously. The man on the left in

tiv. 52 is thus making eord,

The prinetpal method, whether for cords or repes, is more corplieated,

Mh the first step a sharpened stake about two feet in length is placed upright in

the ground in front of the operator, who makes a short preliminary length of

sinvle-ply twist, which he alfaches to the stick. On the eud of this piece he then

proceeds to make further leneths, twisting the fibres in clockwise direetion very

tightly between the thiamb and forefinger of the left hand, straightening the

loose fibre ends meanwhile with his right hand. New pieces of fibre are added

with the right hand, as required, and when a foot or two of twine has been

116 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

completed he lifts the stake and places if in the ground further away from him.

When three ov four feet of twist has heen prepared he volls the stick on his

thighs, wincling the twist very tightly on to it. He repeats the process. and

When he has prepared a sufficient length, or the stake is full, he prepares another

similar one, from which he finally chops olf the pointed end. The two stieks of

(wine then appear as in fig. 54 e.

In the second step he places the pointed stake in the eround, and taking the

onds of the strands from both sticks of twine in one hand. and the truneatod

stake in the other, he twists the two strands towether, holding the completed

Iwo-ply rope im one hand and revolving the stake around the fwist from the

Other stake in clockwise direction. The completed rope may be up to half an

neh in diameter; it is of great strength when properly made, but perishes on

long exposure to salt water Tt is almost invariably twisted clockwise, but there

is one old fishing Tine in the collvetion which was made in the reverse divection.

(reat quantities of rope and cord are used by the natives, and the men, who

alone make them, ave offen seen se eraployed in the camps,

In the manfachiue of human hair-string for hai-belts Cabahimukwia) a

spindle is used. This is a shaft, (0 one end of which is boimd a piece of stiek fo

he hain is dvage@ed out from the mass of raw material with the

hook, and is twisted hy revolving the spindle on the thigh, For details of the

spindle shown in fig. 64 Tam indebted to Ma. BE. C. 11. Lonsada,

forme a hook,

Pictorial Art.

The islanders use and have names for four pigments, namely, ced, yellow,

white, and black, Abstract names for colours are not in general use. Three of

the pigments, white, a form of kaolin called ‘tongura,’ yellow, a limonite called

‘otarak,’ and black, are found lovally. The kaolin overlies the limonite in deposits

ent by the Yetiba Creek, while the black pigment, called “ndumach,’ oceurs as

HH ilbdefined mixture of manganese oxide and clay. known as wad, in a stall

deposit near Angoroko.

The red pigment, a haematite, called ‘maruwura,’ is obtaimed by trade from

(he inferior of Arnhem Land. Tt is found im several different shades and in

both granular and amorphous forms, The deposits are in the conntry of the

Remburinga, who gather and pass tt on to various other tribes; by thent it is

known as ‘merawongi,’ a name very similar to the Tngura one: it is therefore

curious that the intervening tribe, the Nungubuyn, through whose hands the

material passes, shonld call it by an entirely different name, ‘loni.’? The traded

article is much yalued on the island, and extensively used in colouring utensils,

Weapons, ceremonial objects, canoes, appérel, ornaments, and persons. Con-

siderable inducement was necessary to obtain it,

”

TINDALE—NATIVES OF GROOTE EYLANDT 117

The pigments are powdered by yubbing on a stone, The white is then mixed

wilh water ina dish, formed of a shell (Uno) or piece of bark; the other colours

being mixed ou the rnbbine-stone. The starchy liquid obtained by rubbing the

Heshy stems of various tree-orehids (Dendrobimu) is often usec instead of water,

andl gives adhesive qualities fo the colon. Brushes are either pietes of stick

about two inches lone, chewed and softened at one end, short pieces of bark, or

more wsually pieces of feather an ineh long with a handle of the same length

formed of eta or wax.

Two or more colons are often superimposed or mixed together, giving

varvions special effects, Alb articles to be painted are usually given a e@retnd

coat of either red, blavk, or yellow, after which the design is painted on tm the

desired colours, Red and white mixed are used to give a pink tinge, anda bright

salmon colour vesulis frome sine red, yellow, and white in certain proportions.

The paddle shown in pl. xii, fia, 102. is painted with this salmon-rec colour,

The designs painted on the various objects and weapous illustrated are im

most cases built ap ol dots and straight lines, with occasional cireles and other

eeometrie combinations, There are no recollections among the natives questioned

us 10 he significance of the weometric designs, whieh might be supposed to have

a zoo- or phyto-morphte origin, It is true, however, that well-defined animal

pictures are sometimes incorporated as the central objects of some clesigus.

Kxamples of these may be seen in fie. 64 a and b.

The tracing of desiens and pictures on the ground is a@ Common pastime at

Hieht around the camp-fires. One or another traces (vinganar, to draw) with

the fitwers representations of animals, birds, fish, and reptiles. The variots

tracks made by animals and birds are also eloverly imitated: the tracks or foot-

prints of their mates are also commonly depicted, the characteristic features

and peculiarities of cach being drawn ian exageverated fashion, casing ttieh

amusement, Lhinting and fishing episodes are roughly sketched, the artist mez

while narrating the story of the happenings he depicts,

In siinilar fashion illustrations are painted in colours in an enduring form

on the walls and roots of voek-shelters during the enforced leisure hours of the

wet season. Not only are paintings done in the roek-shelfers, but auy bark buat

which has been oeeupied for some time contains such pictures,

The ngura cave and but paintings ave chiefly those relating to sailing canoes,

dugones, turtles, fishes, parties of aman figures, and hunting scenes, Represen-

tations OF mythical beings and ceremonial figies, extensively depieted in main-

land eaves, like the one at Wagunudu (Alawa tribe), are not seen on the island.

Flinders (44) saw some paintings on the walls of caverns under the cliffs

(44) Wlinders, M., Le, ii, 814, p, 189.

118 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MuSEUM

Mig. o8. Cave paintings at East Bay (see map, p60). Fig. G0. Cave paintings; lonting

BeeTe. Fie G1, Enlarged view of fadian fiwuros Gn Bin, ap. hiv. 62. Men putting

wauipons and bark,

TINDALE—NATIVES OF GROOTE EYLANDT 119g

aw Chasm Island, According to the Rey. H, BE, Warren the same figures are

still there. Towards the lower end of East Bay (see fig. 24), at about the middle

of the south-eastern arm of the island, there is a line of ¢liffs some distance

miland, at the bases of which there are miomerons low rock-shellers, hollowed out

by the sea. On the walls of these shelters there are many paintings. A fow

were photographed, and others on the ceilings were traced.

Fig. 59 shows on the left a party of women and children; (he central figure

may be that of a white man, from whom the others are fleece. On the rieht

are several hands, made by coating the rock with red oehre. and then using the

hand as a stencil, marking around it with kaolin. A stingray and a dngong are

also show.

Fig. 60 shows portion of a scene where nnimnbers of dugong and other marine

vertebrates are being pursued by three natives ina eanoe, A man at the stern

is paddling, another is sitting in the how, while the third, standing just behind

him, is throwing @ spear with a throwime-stick, al what appears to be a fish,

which is wounded and transfixed by another spear. whieh trails behind it,

Tn fig. 61 a portion of fig, 59 is shown from another direction, showing one

of the women holding up a stingray, and {he other, what appears to be an animal,

Above them is the somewhat faded figure of a man drawn ona large scale, Many

other faded ochve figures the camera fatled to show with certainty.

Some of the tracings are veprodneed on a smaller scale (approximately

one-eighth natural size) in fie 63 (a to p): a represents a man in the act of

spearing a native companion; b is a native dog, painted in white, with only one

eye shown, in red: ¢ is a wallaby. Tn da man is spearing a stingray in company

with a child: ¢ shows a man in a dancing attitude; f and & are of two species of

ray, the former the eagle ray (Aelobutus austratis), and the latter fhe fiddler

ray (Trygonorrhina faseiata)., Tn one the eves are indicated in ved, in the other

only one eye is present; the former has the much-prized internal fat-hodies

indicated. TT is the figure of a porpoise painted in white. The ontline of a

sailing canoe (1) was painted on a well-protected vertical roek-face in a place

away from other paintings, and appeared to be of considerable age: it is

reproduced about one-twelfth of the real size. J, k 1, m,n, and o were found

associated, anil apparently all painted by the same person; several of them are

of doubtful significance, but | is a native companion and nis a turtle. P repre-

sents a lone-necked tortoise, called ‘imoraga.’

Language,

In writing the native words the Royal Geographical Society's system lias

heen followed, The double yowels ocenr in all possible combinations, and the

RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Vig. 63. Trucings of paintings (x { approx.).

TINDALE—NATIVES OF GROOTE EYLANDT 12]

following consonants are used: b, d, g, k, 1, m.n, p. rv, t, wy y, also ch, sometimes

hetter rendered by j, and ne, which has the soft nasal sound in all but one or

two exceptional words. The combination ph occurs in the native name Phara-

phara, for Chasm Tsland; on p. 64 and on the map this is spelt Phara-pbar:

in error.

F and s cannot be pronounced; thus ‘Fiji? is ‘Pichi,’ and my name ‘Mita

Jindere.’

The tribal name, Inenra, is used also for the language in the form ‘Ingura-

wala,’ which may be literally translated ‘*Ingura fashion."

The Tneura language is not entirely pure. The men of the Bartalumbu

section are in frequent communication with the Nungubuyu tribe, and have

adopted and modified some of the mamland words, and thus may have alternative

words for the same object.

To the Ingura language words with initial | and + are rare, but oceur more

frequently in the Nunenubnyu lanenuage.

Ewauisn, INGURA. ENGuIsH. TINGURA,.

accompany - - - - yaoukwa bad, ill, starved, thin aovaria

adam's-apple - - - yambiya bail out - - - - - wadamaigina

afraid - - - - - niyalenau bark (tree) - - ~ - alugara

aim, tomiss- - - - vingna, hark (dow) - - - - nawadcina

nnagualpa bat - - - - - - momambarula

all, or full - - ~ - buruku bathe - - - - - ~ nambaina

anchor-stone - - - amora heads - - - - - - minimini

angry- - - - - - nabada bee, native - - - - najangkaehea

animal food- = - - akwalia bee-cater (Merops or-

ankle - - = - - = ununder natus)- - - - - inuabutan

ant, little black (Lrido- beetle (Chrysomelid) imangwu

myrmen) = = = = nonma hee - - - = + ~ lingumeigia

ant (Iridonirnics de- helly - - - - - - mulnkwa

lectus sanguimeus) - mardawa beltjhan-~ - - - - abalomulawt

ant, green tree helt, woven string- - ijlerupi

(Occophila snarag- bigs Oo a arin

dina) - - - = = weamuraia billabone - - - - awurukwu

anxious - > = = = nejaganrat bird - - - - = = yurumba

arm - - - - — = ayaramur lite - - - - - - nanguya,

armlet, feathered - - mujija ongina, onive

armlet, cane = - ~~ ynrudo Dlack pigment (wad) udnmach

armlet, string and fur mieji blackfellow - - - — yaramamaji

ashes - - - - - = amanina blanket - - - - - julina

ask - - - - - - yininaguma blind - - - + - = nimimbu,

baby - - - - ~ ~- wijigia, nimibadena,

Wijigaigia blond - - - - = + yayari

back - - - - - = reripe hloodwood tree - - andua

hackbone - - - ~- mereabu, blow = = = = + -ailnicwa

ivuneder blow the fire - - - nbukwaneura

ENGLISH.

Wit ce le Ges

hone in nose (also

septum pierced )

boomerang - - - -

hottle-brush tree

(Banksia dentata)

WGN ae Say eee We

[eTenved ay eogees eee ae

inet iegne ot ines FQ

DSRS ha ee eo

bycathpe =) = = = =

‘

brother -

brother, little

burrawang (yeas

meéedin) + > - -

burrawane fruit

butterfly- - - - -

by and by - - - -

| | !

vanoe~ — = ~ = -

carry - - + - = +

‘

vatech - - - - - =

Catfish < -- +45 +

ceremonial poles

(large) - - - -

ceeremomal sticks

(small flat ones) -

veremony, Amalipa -

ceremony = (¢irenmet-

Sonny. = =. =

ceremony (for dead )

veremony (over a

bone) = - = - -

chaleid wasp (in fig's)

geek = = = = 9- &

chest. - - - - - -

ehildtae - et e

Aes oe ee op eS ce

chiton

clieatrix

cireumeise - - - =

¢lapping-sticks = -— -

elever- = - - = =

Close np - - - = -

RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

INGURA.

adbayua

any Une wy

aribina

aniiduriulke

wiyideaba

UMMA vere

ningaena

vuguduguda

ninganguyva-

nina

nawa

nanigama

manunga

ananea

mabangari

wubagambaga,

amnbage

levaleva

nabueuda,

mingabueuda

waguena, yuga

imuturungy

imudungea

yumuntuneu

abnmayang-

pena

unamalia main-

diwila

yingijnnenda-

rena

alalukiyvini

oragigi

MMe Ta

eotogoto

Trav wa

angundu

emumokaro

inune und

mabalila

alyinkpa

ueurima.

agudan,

agudangwu

ENGLISH,

cloth

é¢loud

ehib

Cockatoo,

white

hatoe galerita)

coconut - - -

told <— <=

vold wind - -

come here = ~

come up (lit. arrive

come back

come quick

voral - - - -

corrobboree

about )

foush= = - =

tover + -— — -

cise 2 2

CYAN,

grettia sacra)

‘

ereek = small river

erocodile - = =

crooked (track)

erow (Corvus )

“ut -

‘

ent out a canoe

‘

cypress pine

briw)s tos eae

dance (to) =) -

darkness -

daughter

deat

deep

desire

(ie -

‘

(Cc

(Ka-

( play-

white (Denie-

‘

INGURA.

tunkumulya

aubina,

nnubina

mabarakwtt

towateru

kalukowas.

numiudata,

numuracti

mumareka

yvangoranukwa,

lava

mijuner,

mubugei

lilogunga

laurada

yarakaja koyo

muiuareru,

Vitel

maivuneena

umudilya

urugarba

orem

wililembilbia

achravacdalima

dougarapia

ayuneiana

ningua,

euyunen

nuadina,

unader

abalia,

urugandina,

urinadina

wereatea. leva-

leva, oratea

levaleva

THN eT

alulewanja

nibadena,

ariuma

nadija

nabumada

mungaraba

akambila

achunea

‘TINDALE-

ENGLISH. INGURA,

(dig - - - - = = mungadinya

(illy-dag oo - - - - yeiril

dir. - - + = = - ajarunga

dish - - - - - - mangw

dog - - = = - + mumiwadt

down sail -

‘

dvaw (to) ov paint

drink (water) - - -

drone-pipe - - = -

drop (to) - = + -

duck = (Dendroeyy na

oytoni) = = - =

dugone (lalicore aus-

Mies. A eee

eaole, whistling (/Zali-

astur sphenurus) -

vip Ss. eee =

edely - =< + + = -

eat -

Aurp! a = ~ = o =

eee

YE + = = = i <

fall down - - - -

fp = <_=<=- - 5 +

Rider = ~~ - = =

father

feteh - -

ead eat Pa et

fie tree (Ficus ylom-

crak) - -~ + = -

Pe Po

=“

pao

‘

fill it up

find

finger- - = = - =

finish

fire - - - - = =

firclight (also burning

dry pandanus

torch) - - - - =

firestitdk - - - - -

fish (used also for any

animal food) -— -

fish-hook- - - - -

flat - - - - - -

‘

Winaraga tum-

hala

yinganarn

(agunen)

begina

veraka

naneiarn

Urasiy

jangajanea

inungulangu

tomaruril

matt

udaia

ungivambina

einuimanio

mempe

nalara

ningnalara

amungyi

hhilyipieta

nanua

lranguna

wiabauria

nun@arata

Manyuneunyi

oragiel

nutmacda,

nuadarina

haiyamburuka

ninababurenga

ama

inguru nigada

aneura

nuabiyarinda

ming

akwala or

akwalia

bigangi

aviba

NATIVES OF GROOTE EYLANDT

HNGUISH,

i ie <a teen t) et-ies

fying-lox (Pleropus)

The es + Bele 5

ioote> ] Eeace s

foreheid - - - - -

forget

friend

fifi = = = # + =

frogmouth (Podiargits

strigoideés) - - -

fill S = = -+=- =

eanmon =

vet it- -

virl, little

‘

wil big - - - - -

wivon eo Fen &

goahead- - - - -

goana- - - - - =

oo away - - - - -

Site = oo ff —

good hoy- - - - =

good-bye, or finish

goose (Anserainus

sepuipalmalts) -

voshawk (Astur fase/-

SIS — See =

erandtather - - -

Sas. cake = mS

gray hair - - - -

ereedy - - - - -

rele bee ag es

etarcian of initiate

euningyara fig tree

(Ficus glamerata)

lidir - - - = = =

hand, also arm

handle - -

hang up- - - - -

happy - - - -

‘

hat (ceremonial head-

gear) - - - - =

head -

heart -

heavy -

here - - - - = =

INGURA, —

yanguru

umumuleu

wunea, Woina

aluka

arra

vankwuwuna

yalavaiiira

dadunagunaba

yokoralko

nulada

hinigaca,

negada,

niawali

urane@una

didaraba,

Muna jiaera

dilabugiaera

nga

nina lags

yaraja

jeilikaja

aningappa,

malikwa

nao, wia

Vi-n eae

nrarabure

umura

wimacde

yingura

umambira

arivagiira

nababo

nungarata

mamunkwa

avaruka

umadaba

waialiadingia

aruma,

natubadena

jangu

arunga

anungua

angabu

wanwana

amanga

124

ENauIsH.

Hifi B- tee =

hold - - - - - -

hole - - - - - -

honey - - - - = -

hungry - - - - -

hunt for food - - -

hit S$ = = = + =

ibis (Thresktornis mo-

erin = — =" =

Ingura language

1TMMbS “e er= “ee ts

intestine - - - - -

Ini 22s = - +

ironwood ( Hrythraph-

laeunm) - = = -

island = - = = -

jabiru (Yenorhynehus

asiatieus). + - -

jequirity seeds (Abrus

preeatorius) — = -

jumps = = =) = =

keepr = +: 4 = = =

kick Sf ae

kingfisher, forest

(Halcyon macleayt)

kingfisher, blue (Al-

cyone dzurea) -— -

kiss, liek -

knee - - - = - -

Khite-& “=~ on =e =

knife, metal

know - - - - - -

‘

’

‘

know, do not

lame - - - + = =

langh- - - -~ - -

laugh, fo make

lawyer ¢ane

leaf = - - ~ = =

leeeh - - - - - -

leo-bone

let down

(anchor) -

liv. = os - He -

litt -

‘

RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

INGURA.

nelyungykwarea

or wiyabart

wanda

ameidira.

ilyaku, tyakwu

amariadt,

wnuraia

dunugaoa

umbagulangu

tulamba

ingura-wala

nanigi

ningaladar

unnwara

memberuke

iunvadarabu

dunmulkiulia

ivumerire

kwabijanga

wilyagina

nueaja,

nungalilaja

tomonkore

oranjenjemura

milaranga

ulajaria

lalingi

hagaguriuma,

naragae ama

neizurugunga

nirumada,

umn ga,

mangina

amunga

ivurude

umada, Wijia

varuga

mangari

nungulapa

(amora )

niawali

wuMyva,

Wiiyagina

ENGLISH.

liftup -

Lig hit =m Seeds

‘

hghtning

Tisai ie © eae 2

lips

listen

‘

(

little

lizard

‘

long time a cha

lone way- - - - -

lorikeet (Trichaylos-

sus rubritorquis )

liibra-- - .- <> +h

nig - - - + = -

make - - - 234

InANngrove

TAA eel — te

marchfly

‘

married man - -— -

IASG > - ese = ee

ieee - . 2 = 4

kee = - eR

ici, oe oy So

miss aim

moon -

nore -

mosquito

mother

moustache - - -— -

mouth

‘

inv, S So o-=

arava oe te at

nail, ion

uative companion

(Antigone — rubri-

cundd) - - - -

native plum tree

(Buchanania niwel-

larisc “= —s2

navel~ ==. - = =

INGURA,

walmuehia

nigiyarabu,

unbila

nungunnmundde

nanagui.

amamindu

agivigia, Watl-

euraja yakwa

agra

dungulia,

iwujera,

yigarama

arokpa wia

awilyigara

mag'i pia

udaringa

undinda

unipraka,

mangaporaka

tua

vababuna,

yoraneu,

yowamu

naninga

balyara

haiiwa, ngalua

unganuni

nganyaugu,

ny Wu,

yingua

nuagualpa

imora

TOV

tanana

dunda

eimina,

dhinda,

wlalyupa

amunenji

nalubine

baju,

tumwara

neuruke

araroworo

mintilaukwura

TINDALE—NATIVES OF GROOTE EYLANDT

ENGnisn.

Nea ae = =

near me - - - - -

neck + - = - - -

necklace - - - - -

necdlg - -— - =

new - - =~ = - -

DO = See

no wood - - - - =

no more - - = = -

1OSe + = 5 = - -

nose-perforation -— -

nose-sti¢k - = - -

hot many - - - =

not true (see gam-

mon)

nothing - - - = -

nutmeg (Myristicw tt-

sipida) - -~ - -

old man - = - - -

oviole (Oriolus flavo-

CHNGHS)) -—- = -

Offhemside «<= = -

pad or track - - -

paddle to - = - =

paddle - - - - -

paintup- - - - +

pandanus

paperbark Shee

paperbark tree (Melu-

leuca) - - - - =

parrot (aprosniietus

erythropterius) -— -

pearl - - - - - -

pearl-shell - - - -

pelican (Pelecanus

conspicillatus) -— -

phasma (stick-insect )

pickup = = = + =

pierced septum of nose

pigeon - - - - +

pinech- - - - - =

fiie = - = = & =

pipe, bowl of - - -

Way = et

playabout - - - -

INGURA.

agudan

nalyuamai

yainbia

minimini

jaru, yaru

Wararuguma

nar

aovarla

urabaura

amindir

anyuenya

avkamera

Wiabaura

NaragiMiunga

nacdianjaroko

Walllaringa

dejoru

abaungar,

narimakiumun

manadi

madayini

maja

acdamuga

mangurukwa

Maeurunyu

alyukuru

ranungi

maerunija

oumbakalang

miutiara

ttumapulis

urumiapia

aginma umiya,

youkwa.

anyuenya

dawarakuku

amagilva

ilvara, mada

amamincdnu

amugura

vumeiyungena

may wieena

ENGLISH.

plenty — -

porcupine

pubie tassel

1S Be

pull up (anchor) -— -

pull (rope) -

pull down (sail) - -

pull arp (sail)

push - -

put down

quick

‘

)

}

quiet

rae

‘

rain eg teak ot

rainbow -

rat = a ot +a +

red O@hre - = = -

3 et ee

rice, wild. (Oryza sal-

Wwe) - - = = =

isnt 2) eee 2.2

ring, mose- - = = -

ring, spear - - - -

tise Up - - - = -

Me niciveee Se ee ee et

roel - - - =~ = =

rock oyster -

roll up (sail)

‘

root - - - = + =

rope (eord) - - - -

rope (big dugong) — -

intel fo <> Se cots

willl 7S = gs ey EY 5

sult water

ital oe tg ee =

sandalwood

INGURA.

yababuna,

dinginuga

mapini

nrimaga

magiguna

(amora )

urimaga baiyu-

peyu

urinaraga

(tumbula)

urinalarata

(tumbula)

ugiriena

wakuma

uradukwa,

winancha,

narimin ja,

aminya

magikiunt,

umaeingena

vaiyukwa

yingant

nimeana Kuma,

orandinda.

mariuwura

meiwigura

birija

adinibauya

amnindava

mmanjurataoa

nangiuangbava

adaluma

awanida,

arugura

urinungundi

vika

amnugayara

widirt

mera,

manvaruki

maida

ungara

yala

fumbala

magada

aluviuga,

arupingi

domborombo

ENGUISH.

scrape - - - + =

serub-fowl eee (Meg-

apodius reimwardt)

SSE cer te Se

Ben Sa Seek =e

ate Fat So gee

Shidow =p = = =u) 4

shake -

shallow

sharp (knite)

sharp (point) - - -

Sharp (stake)

sheldduck (Tadorna

rajahn)- - = - -

sheoak (Casuarina

equisctifalia)

SIG) cp ey acc

simple, foolish - - -

sinew + yet 2 =

sing (evil enchant-

ment) --- = = +

Sy) Pe

Bidtbie =) (=) o== be "s

sit down

cilsaih fo 72 freer! oe OS

sleep. - += - = = -

sleep (soundly asleep )

AES ilo SPL ee

slowly - - - - -

SAVE pews aes a =

SMOKE + =) tea

snake - - - - - =

“ERs Miers ea see Ls

nGft - - = = = =

AI ee ERS, OF bee

Si oe 2 = os 8

sore - = =~ - + -

Sorry - - = + + +

spear, dugong -— -

spear, fish -

spear, wood barbed

spear, wire

spear, stone or iron

bladed- - - - -

spear, stone or tron

head of - - - -

RECORDS OF THE S.A. MuSEUM

INGURA.

nunilijana

inikappuru

undia

olaria

narawaragina

ayalmura,

umarijaga

wiyirerika

abilalya

LUPUn ea

linundina

anungtang

orakarupu

moragi

ajunga

habumanavini

ayara

nebingarayan

nalubina ama-

ippi

nang

wmbaria

amaoulia

miuneuiia

manaungula

walanjukwa,

abagulanga

walanjukwa

ning bagina

umara,

yingana

anyuru

aruagulia

umulya

nanieama.

ajigama

haniwana

anulganiulba

makuru

manjurata

dudabada, yata

lama vata

lama.

ENGLISH.

spear, shaft of - - -

spear, shaft of dugong

spear-ring (rattan) -

Sth eS a Oe

spoonbill — (Platalea

flavipes) - - - -

stand up -

star -

stone -

stop -

Storie -

straight

‘

strike dead, kill -— -

strineybark tree - -

strong

Sige ee Boe ee

SUR == §D ep &

‘

sunset

sweat - - =~ = = =

swim

sword grass- - - -

tHil - - - - we

take - - - - = =

take away

talk - -

‘

talliman- - - - -

tapping-stick - - -

teach

teeth

i? =| | = BE

termite - - - - -

termite-nest- - - -

Thigh a

thin, poor - - - -

thisiside’. — = . =

tive, $5 = “s< = =

throwing-stiek, Hat — -

throwing-stick, round

InGuRA.

uwawara.

inguneulangu

yata

manjurataoa

wukwalye,

ayugula

umalara

walmachunwa

warawara

awanda,

malara

narijeiduga

meiuwa

ariba

ayungadabira

wiyabari

achunga

alugura

agaraga,

nabadiyaia

numabijinya

mamuira,

aijuma,

alamuda

nawaribura

yiamena

iyumunda-

neara-ngara

mamudabu

uilagina.

walyaragina,

amarukachia

yaneuina,

niambaina

amaneiriva

alyinkpa

nayambina.

akarungsa

yumagina

lurtuimarunga

abinga

makare

aoraria

alagaracda,

aripa

yinangula

vikalpu,

yukarupu

TINDALE—NATIVES OF GROOTE EYLANDYT 127

ENGLISH. INGURA. ENGLISH. INGURA.

throwing-stick, spade wait - - - = - = haguragma

handle- - - - - lupuyepilya, wake up- - - - - marachunga

thunder - - - - = thamuntunga walk - - - - - - umbagulangu

iminwara wallaby, river (Mac-

tide, low- - - - - mayvaina ropus agilis) - - iprata

tide, high- - - - - imagaina- wallaby, vock - - - dilandu

laurada. want - - - - - = akambila,

fired - - - = = = Marina, una- yukakwa

winangajang wash - - - - - ~- ananguditia,

tobacco - - - - ~ jambaku nambaina

to-day - - + = - atoapa wasp - = = = = = Imegumegina

foe- - = - = = + amamoalika Water - - - - - - agung

toe-nail - - - - - inane waterfall - - - - wagana

together - - - - = aminuga wattle - - - - = meruku

tomahawk - - - - bangalijina Waves- - - = - - meiruwa

to-morrow - - - - anukwaye weak - - - - - - naruraba

tongue - - - - - alalyupa What isit? - - - - miapenamayini

form = - - = - = nagura whiskers - - - - - ayama

tortoise, freshwater whistle - - - - - urimigia

(Chelodina) - - ~- cdingaloa, whiteant - = = - urumarnugu

dingalara white gum tree - - - imarupu

track, or spoor- - - munaruku white man - ~ - - orobanda,

trepang - - - - - faripan urubalanda

true - - - - - =~ aetyaraba white paint (pipe

turd - ~- - - - = laneu elay) - - - - - tongura

turn around = - - - uruwaru- wild dog- - - - - wanugwance-

kachea baleba

turn firestick - - - umabagina WHO = = = = -s: “s.ariiit

turnover - - - = nuwarukachia wite 1 £ + 2 2. cogmwyari.

numugainia woman - - - - - udarimega

turn right over - - naruguli womb- - - - - - dadunga

turreted white-ant hill apinga Wood.- + = = = < egg

turtle, shell- - - - imoraga yellow ochre - - - otarak

twist = - - = - — marugilyu- young man - - - - wanumamalia

gajinya you o- - - - = =nungua

vel - = - - - = yayari yours - - - - - - nonetlangu

Notes on Vocabulary.

The word ‘wia’ is used chiefly by the Bartalumbu men, and ‘nauo’ by the

rest of the Ingura. Lt is a word of farewell, with somewhat of the meanings

of each of the following words: stop, finish, go away, good-bye, At spear-

throwing ordeals (either ceremonial or serious affairs), when the leader of the

prosecuting party says ‘nano’ all hostilities are ended.

‘Amagulia,’ the word for ‘human skin,’ is used for ‘‘soft’’ also, anything

soft being compared with the skin, the best objeet for comparison they know of.

128 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

The following words and phrases are literally translated :

wia 14 ae .. good-bye

jailikaja .. ae Pas .. 20 dWway

winancha Ap 42 .. quick

yangoranu kwa .. AE .. come here (to two or more persons)

winancha kwa .. ie .. quiekly (all) come

winanchilikaja kwa .. .» quick, we are going away, come

wonanechapowla =" .. quick, we are going

varakaja koyo .. a7 -. vome quick

naiwa .. fy eo .. me

amanga .. As = .. here

ambaria .. Fa i .. sit down

naiyuamajiambaria .. .. sit down by me

narambila yolokwa ambaria .. — like sitting heve

mmunga .. As ts ». laugh

Manginag amanga ws) .. make all here laugh

akambila jambaku wi -- LT would like tobacco

yukakwa jambaku ambilima .. we would like two tobaceo (sticks)

wanguraja yakwa “ »» you listen to him

There is no smgle word for ‘kill’? in Ingura or any of the other languages

mentioned; “wiyabari achunga’ consists of two words meaning ‘to strike’? and

“to die’? Thus in some mainland tribes that speak Enelish one hears: ‘fl bin

kill him, him bin die’’; here ‘‘ kill’? means ‘‘hit.’’

NunGupsuyu. INGURA,

1 ajabuneich auliaba.

2 ulawa ambilina

3 iangbaj abliakalpia

40 umarununbaj or ula(wa)ulawa abuiabua

Dd maraungui amukuale

6 maribalibulla amukuale auliaba or auke

7 maribamalibala amukuale ambilima

8 maragara amukuale abliakalpia

9 mugarawindi amukuale abmiabua

10) uwalagula amambaruku

11) amambaruku auliaba or anke

= etc.

15) amabwukuale

16 amabwukuale auliaba or anke

— ete.

20) ogripulung

The islanders use a modified quinary system of numerals, up to twenty.

Six is thus ‘*five-one,’’ or sometimes a special word, seven is ‘*fivetwo,’? and so

on: ten, fifteen, and twenty, each have special names. Beyond this figure they

do not ustially count, but on one occasion an old man of Talakurtpa counted wp

to forty, laying short sticks down, grouped in fives. He started the second score

TINDALE—NATIVES OF GROOTE EYLANDT 129

with twenty, one, mentioned two fifteens and again two twenties. He then

referred to other sticks which le placed down as ‘yahbabuna,’ meaning ‘many.’

On another o¢casion, when we demanded one hundred and fil'tty spears from the

meu of the same local growp, as a punishment for the pilfering of metal objeets,

we indieated the extent of our demands with the aid of ofa ten fingers anil

fifteen sticks; they afterwards brought up aid surrendered the correct number,

mostly tied wp im bundles of twenty.

In announecing numbers they are mdicated concurrently om the fingers,

Small quantities or small portions ol a whole are indicated in a similar manner

by holding the little finger of one hand with the thunib and forefinger of thie

other, the value of the fraction being indieated by the leneth of the littl: finger

exposed.

The Nungubuyu on the mainland use a somewhat ditferent system, They

have special names for each muneral wp to ten, and usually count in two's; four

is Often called two-two, and in counting with sticks they lay them down in pairs.

The Mara, Neandi, Rembarunga, and other mainland tribes have words only

for one and two, greater numbers being indicated by the word ‘*many.’’ The

Mara numerals ave *wagin’ (one), ‘uruja’ (lwo), and ‘jari® (many). The

Nungubuyuw word for fingers, and also hand, is ‘maran,’ and the root appears

also in the words between four and nine, The word for ten is a combination

of the word for two and *eura,’ another word for hand.

‘

The Ingura word for finger is ‘amamo,’ and the root of this appears to be

represented in the wore for ten.

Sign Language.

Jesides the silent communication sigus described on p. $1 in connection with

speartishing there are many others, a few of whieh are here noted :

(wv) Beckoning with all the fingers at onee, hand palm down, indicates

“come here.’ (bh) Expanding the body, and rubbing it with the band, while

sticking out the tongne, is a sign of mockery or defiance. (ee) Swelling out the

cheeks and tapping one with the forefinger is a sign foe water. (a) Drawing

in the abdomen and rubbing it with the hand is a natural sien for hunger.

(e) As alveady mentioned, a downwird cast of the hand, with the thumb at

night angles, means ‘'no.? (f/f) Two fingers placed on the upper lip, just below

the nostrils, is a sign for tobacco. (y) Small quantities, as before mentioned, are

indieated by holding the little finger with the thumb anid first finger of the

other hand,

In the Mara (vibe the sigus @, 6, ed, f. and y are also in use: that for

tobacco is slightly different, the two fingers beinw vigorously sueked.

130 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

In the Neandi tribe the sign of defiance is a very effective incitement when

two quarreling parties ate summoning courage for a fielit.

Macassar and Malay Influences in the Past,

Several of the old men of the Ineura tribe, as youths, made voyages with

the Malays, principally of Macassar, who regularly visited the North Australian

coast until about twenty-five years ago, atl are familiar with the language of

Macassav, with sometimes a smattering of other lan@uages, such as Buei and

Malay. In the past other natives went away with the Malays, and did net return.

Formerly these foreign people were always visiting them, but since Nokwavi

was a young man, and had made the romnd trip to Macassav, and learnt the

language, fhey have ceased to do so. Nokwari, shown in fig. 81, is mow a man

probably over fifty years of age,

One very old Bartaluinbu man, Yambukwa by name, was taken away before

initiation, and spent many years in various foreign places, returning as a middle-

ageaiman, He was then initiated, bid the elevated body-sears would aot form,

luvming instead to lar@e sores, which left big Hat sears. He told us of woolly-haired

Papuans, of Timor Laut, Macassar, Ke, Ava, Banda, and many other places

whieh [ conld not recoenize by his names on cleseriptions, With the aid of one

of our crew, a Macassar-Torres Strait half-caste, who conversed fluently with him,

something was learned about ile visits of the Malays.

They were always gathering (repane (laripan), turtle-shell (imoraga),

sandalwood (domborombo), pearls (oumbakalane), and pearl-shell) (anutiava),

The trepang was plentiful in places about the island, and the natives were

employed in gathering if, receiving cloth, vive, tobacco, aud gin in return. The

Curtle-shell, pearls, and pearl-shell were also gathered by the natives, Pearl-shell

was plentiful om the coral reefs about the island. On asking the old men to

find some pearls for us, they brought a few seed pearls and one lacee, pinkish-

white clam-shell peavl an ineh or more in diameter. The latter had been ruined,

however, by the cooking of the creature from which it had been obtained. Since

this would have been worth several hundred pounds, aeeording to a pearl buyer

at Thursday Island, tt indicates the madicement there was for the Malays to visit

the coast.

In several sheltered bays and Greeks on the northern and western sides of

the island (North-west Bay, Speneer Bay, Bartalumbu, Angoroko, and Yetiba),

mud at Woodah, Winehilsea, and Biekerton [slands, there are many traces of

Malay occupation, including Jarge groves of giant tamarind trees, forming

prominent landmarks At Spencer Bay these trees extend along the eastern

shore for over a mile, and there is another @rove on Winehilsea Tslaud. These

TINDALE—NATIVES OF GROOTE EYLANDT 13]

localities, with the laree, sheltered, miiddy-hottomed bay. and (he narrow, river-

like channel leading to North-west Bay, formed the principal encampment of

jhe Macassar men, Ho owas known to them as Dailoopu. The old anchorages

ave tWarkel with stakes, Ashore there ave large kitchen middens of shells (clren

frapezie) and pearl-shell clippings. the remains of drying ovens, fireplaces, and

several graves. At Winehilsea Island there is a eometery tinder some tamarinds.

Kach erave is indicated by a low platform of coval and shells abont six feet long

and three wide, with remains of a stake or carved gravepost at one end. One

of the best preserved eraves, evidently that of a person of importance, is shown

in fie, 58, with two others, marked by stakes in the hbackeround. The native

soaks pear these camps have in some cases been enlarged and lined with stones

fo form: wells.

The old man said that the Macassar ships came when the wind was blowing

from the torth-west, and stopped at Daihumpu. Only aw few ventured further

south than the island. Flinders, however, reeords traces of Malays as far south

as Siv Kedward Pellew Islands. There are traces of them also at Maria Tsland.

The difficulties of navigation and adverse winds probably prevented many

of the traders going (nether south. Groote Eyvlandt was the gathering e@ronnid

of the fleet. In its vicinity there are many camps, some of the Malay names for

which the old man knew, These were: Cape Barrow, ‘Ochonge’; Blue-mud Bay,

‘Jirapi’; Caledon Bay, ‘Maneula’; and Roper River, ‘Wekia.’

In addition to the articles previously mentioned the Malays gave tomahawks,

knives, and nails. The tomahawks were specially treasured by the natives, and

one or two, very amnneh worn, were noticed in their possession. Stone lartves and

spearheads had not heen supplanted. Metal nails for fish-hooks were eommon

arfieles of trade, and the oldest men said they had never used anything else.

The influence of the Malay on the ceremonial life of the native is almost

neelioihle,

The Malays whenever possible obtained possession of native women and took

them away on their homeward joumeys. The Inevra native thus learned that

the women should uever be seen, The island natives, being comparatively few,

were frightened of the Malays, who robbed them, enticed them with «drink.

and beat them when they would not work. Their attitude toward the Malays

was one of hate: sometimes they tried to lall them. and stories of ambishes and

allaelks are told in the vamps.

A sufficient period has elapsed smee the introduction of the sailing drugont

eanoe for the sea-faring habits to be well emeratted ov the islanders and on the

Nungubuyn people, T

hat the methods employed are acquired seems certain.

he inethods of opening oul the canoe by means of fire and hot water ave identical

With those paetised by the Malays for centuries. wid the manner of rigging and -

132 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

sailing are identical with those in former use among the people of the southern

Molnecas and Java as fur back as the end of the sixteenth century. Rouffaer (™)

vives a figure of an outrigger canoe in which the sail is identieal, He also figures

a Macassar *djoeng’ of the type which yisited the shores of the Gulf of Carpen-

faria. J have a tracing of a drawing by an old Ingura man which resembles it

closely in outline.

The Ingura called the Malays either ‘Makasa’ or ‘Malayu.’ The white man

they call ‘orabaranda,’ Surubalanda,’ or ‘orobanda,’ whieh is very similar to the

Malay term ‘orang balang,’ meaning ‘hairy man’? or ‘man of adult years,”

The Nungubuyu people call the Malays ‘ Chudaka,’ and the white man ‘Monanga’;

this last term being the one common to all the inland tribes met with.

The following is a list of words in common use on the island to-day which

are probably all of foreign origin. They have not been compared with Macassar

or Bugi vocabularies, im which the sourees of some will probably be found :

INGuRA. ENGLISH. CoMMENTS.

bagalijina - - - + tomahawk

baju - = |= = + © nail

birija.- - - - - - vice biras (Malay), birinj (Hindustani).

budula - - - - = bottle

bovis - = - -- pannikin buli, a little pot (Malay).

dangduna - - - - pot

dimva- - - - - = hook, letter Malay, according to the Rev. J. CG.

Jennison, who says the Goulburn

Tsland word is the same.

jambakn- - - - = tobacen tambaku (Malay).

jinapa - - - - - gun or fire-lock senapang (Malay), snaphaan (Dutelr),

kalewane - - - - knife

kaluka - - - = - coconut kalonko (Malay).

kapara -- - ~ - - cloth

kopela - - - - - steamship kapal-api (Malay) (api, fire)

kulubady - - - - house

ldlinget - — = — Adenife lading (Javanese).

mada - - - - - - pipe pamaduian (Malay).

Malayu - - - - - Malay orang Malayu (Malay ).

mi¢hanga - - - - sailing vessel

mishune kopela - - motor vessel

mutiara - - - - - pearl-shell indone mutiara (Malay).

onmbakulang - - - pearl mitiara (Malay).

ruti « = += = - = bread roti. (ITindustani).

tumbala - - - - = sail — balayer, to sail (Malay).

tunkumulya - - - eloth

amwara - - - - = Iron

valanda - - - - = blanket

yalwara - - - - - trousers

(15) Rouffaer, G, P., and Tizerman, De Eerste Sehipyaart . . . naar Qost-Indie . .

1595-1597. Gravenhage, 1915, pl. 27-28, ete.

TINDALE—NATIVES OF GROOTE EYLANDT 133

In fig, G4 a and b both sides of a painting on a flat slab of ironwood are

shown. Fie. 64 ¢ and d show both faces of a carved message-stick, made from a

piece of cypress pine. Two types of clapping- or tapping-sticks are shown in

fig. 64 6 and f+ they are used as the accompaniment to drone-pipe music and

Rig. lid a,

Painting on ivonwood (ourtle); b, tie reserve (Haatl); ¢, enrved message-

sticks d, the reverse; e, paddle-shaped tapping sti¢k; ordinary tapping stick; g, spindle

for luvirstring making; hy wonmu's sewn bark sheet.

dancing, either m pairs, or one is tapped against a throwing-stick, hollow log, or

other suitable object. Many different shapes are commonly made; one of those

illustrated is in the form of a paddle.

134 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Mr. Lousada informs me that secrecy is still maintained regarding women,

and that they have been seen only on three oceasions during the past three years,

The bark wrapper shown in fig. 64 h is one of two obtained from them, It is

eighteen inches wide and four feet long, and is composed of five long strips of

paperbark sewn together with cane, Tt is much worn and patched with numerous

pieces of the same material, When walking, a woman holds a wrapper in front

of the body with one hand. Wheu seated she folds it transversely along the

iniddle line, and stands it alongside her as a modesty shield. When not in use

it can be folded again alone the middle longitudinally, The description giveu

on 7. 101 is misleading, as the total width is eighteen inches and the fold or

folds are transverse, The Nuneubuyu bark apron referred to is similar to that

figured, but is much smaller,

Additional Notes.

In dealing with methods of gripping spear and throwing-stiek (p. 99), no

mention was made regarding the position of the fingers, The spear, as shown in

Pig. 65, Ingura method of holding fmamnutungu’ and spear,

fig. 65, is held between the first finger and thumb, and the throwing-stick between

the first and second fingers. The flat handle is held edeewise, as shown, and

in throwing offers little resistance to the air,

Rec. S.A. MUSEUM. VoL, III, PLATE XII.

PADDLES, GROOTE EYLANDT,

A YOUNG BLUE WHALE

BY EDGAR R. WAITE, F.L.S., C.M.Z.S., DIRECTOR, SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

Summary

In an article published earlier in this series I described and figured some features of a blue whale

over 87 feet in length, taken at Corvisart Bay, South Australia.

I am now able to offer a few notes on a young example of the same species, and the accompanying

illustrations have been prepared, for the most part, for comparison with those of the adult specimen

referred to.

A YOUNG BLUE WHALE

By RDGAR R. WAITE, F.L.8., C.M.Z.8,, Direc'ror SowrHt Ausrranian Museum.

Text figs. 66-76,

Tx an article published earlier in this series (1) [ deseribed and figured some

features of a blue whale oyer 87 feet in length, taken at Corvisart Bay, South

Australia.

Lam now able to offer a few notes on a young example of the same species,

and the accompanying illustrations have been prepared, for the most part, for

emnparison with those of the adult specimen referred to.

The voung whale was stranded on the extensive flats at the head of Gulf

St. Vincent, but the occurvence was uot generally known until some Little time

later, During conversation with a Greek fisherman at Port Wakefield T learned

Fig 6, The young blie whale on the beach,

that he had noticed the animal floundering some 400 or 500 yards short of high-

fide mark, but not seeing any personal gain he had kept his observation to himself,

After death the carease drifted shoreward, and was then visited hy sightseers

from Port Wakefield, ten miles distant, and elsewhere. To was also early on

the seene, took the photograph (fig. 66), and made the following external

TWCASULCMCHts,

(1) Waite, Ree, SoA. Maus., i, L919, p. 157, pl. sxi-xxvi,

136 RECORDS OF THE $.A. MUSEUM

Metres. ft. in.

Length from tip of snout to vandal notch T A417 24 +4

4; i 43 eye a as 1295 3

* 4 i dorsal tin ae 5-258 Lt 3

5 is a pectoral fin PF 2-083 6 10

* - % penis So uy 4-419 14 6

5 x * vent Es es 4-978 16 4

Width across flukes be ty +i ie 0-838 Be AG

Mie. 67. Skull, upper and lower aspects,

Six weeks unfortunately elapsed before | was able, in company with Mr.

O. Rau, one of our articulators, to take over the specimen and have its skeletou

prepared for transportation. By that time decomposition was somewhat

advanced, and the condition precluded the possibility of making several desirable

observations, The body bore no marks sugvesting injury: if is probable that

the young whale was still a suckling, and that its mother had heen killed.

WaAITE—A YounG BiurE WHALE 137

On opening the varcase it was found that the animal was very young, the

cranial sutures were quite open, the vertebral processes distinet from the centera,

as were, naturally, the various epiphyses from their proper bones,

—,

iv, 68, Froutal and left maxilla, showing complex suture.

To account for the absence of reference to some of the smaller bones, such

as the hyoicd and sternal elements, it may be mentioned that, for special safety,

they were placed in a petrol tin. Other hones were bagged, the whole bemy

packed in a dingy, towed by a motor boat. During the ten miles trip on

September 16, 1925, a hard blow was encountered, and the dingy was almost

swamped; the petrol tin, with its contents, was washed overboard, bit the other

bones and the baleen were saved. A more detailed account was published in

the daily press (7).

(2) Waite in Adelaide +* Register,’? Sep. 19, 1925.

138 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MuskUM

Bullae, upper figure, young, lower figure adult, redueed to same seale; iuset, stapes

of young enlarged.

Wig, 69,

Skull, Photographs of two aspeets of the skull are shown in fig. 67.

In common with the rest of the skeleton, the bones of the eranium are sponey,

and show little indication of ossifieation; this is likewise true of the mandible,

which, in the adult, is formed of particularly dense boue (*). As the components

SUF

(3) Waite, Ree, Cant. Mus, i, 1912, p. 325.

WaltE—A Younc Geer WHALE 139

of the skull came apart, the nature of the sutures was readily ascertained ; (hat

hetween the frontal and maxilla is the most complex, consisting of a series of

vertical plates fitting correspondinely deep grooves, and shown mn fig. 68,

It is well known that the lnuman auditory ossicles do not inerease in size,

that they are as laree in the new-born babe as in the adult. Tolden (4) wrote:

“All the bones in the tyinpwamiun are ossified af birth. More than this, they are

Fix. 7. Baleen, upper figure onter aspeet, lower figure Dasal aspect,

well developed at birth. IT have before me the ivmpante bowes of an milan al

birth and those of a maa who was seven feet ligh, and there is not much differcice

between them in point of size.” Dr, Burnett (*) writes: © The auditory apparatus

of a child (liffers in some respects from that of an adult, In the eluld the auricle

and the auditory canal are much smaller thau in the adult, while the membrana

ivimpani and the ossicles in the middle ear are of full size at birth.” This may

be so in other mammals; tt is substantially true in the Cetacea, and figure 6),

illustrating the bullae in voung and adult, shows that the main noticeable

vrowth of the tympani¢ bone concerns certain external features, sueh as the

production of angles and rugosities, the body of the bone and its contained ossicles

remaining practically unaltered, tn his paper on the Morphology of the Mamn-

qualian Ossieula anditus, Alban Doran (%) deseribes and figures the ossielos of

several whales, ineluding those of Baluenoplera rostrata (pl. isi, figs. 30, 31), to

which those of on present subject ave very similar. The stapes, whieh fell out

during maceration, is Shown at the inset me fig. 69,

(4) Holden, Human Osteology (ed. ii), PS857, pp. 240,

(9) Burnett in Keating's Cyelop, Diseases of Children, iv, 1890, p. 2.

(4) Doran, Trans. Linn, See. (2nd Ser.), i, 1899, p. 871, pl. Iiii-Ixiv.

140 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

The following are some dimensions of the skull:

Metres.

Length fe s. me +- 1-628

Width i 4+ Aes Aa, aS rT a 0-812

Interorbital width c st rr. i + ()-220

Leneth of mandible (svmphysis abraded) ., f Y 1-293

Girth of mandible at coronoid ., in ie a Q)-520

Girth of mandible in advaiuee of coronoid —. . A (355

Baleen, ‘Io photograph the tweuty feet or so of baleen provided by an

adult blue whale is probably seldom feasible; to obtain a picture of that of the

juvenile under review presented no great difficulty, Two views of the baleen

of the right side are here supplied, but the proximal end of the series is nol

quite complete, Fig, 70 shows the outer and basal aspects respectively; the

complete series. measures 1135 mim.; the longest plates, which occur near the

proximal end, are 175 mm., and each entire series comprises about 3874 plates.

Fig. 71, Atlus. Wie. 72. Axis.

The honeyeombtike structure, or “intermediate substance’? previously deseribed,

in the Corvisart whale, as presented in the basal aspect of the auxiliary plates,

developed on the mer side of the baleen, is to be seen in the young specimen,

and may be identified by means of a hand magnifier in the photograph. The

plates are horn-colonred, darkening to the outer edges, so that, viewed externally,

the series appears to be black in its upper half, fading downwards, the lower

Wartk—A YounG BLUE WHALE 14]

(hind of each plate being yvellowish-white, which is also the hue of the bristles

developed on the whole inner surface of the series. In the picture of fhe

Corvisart whale (pl xxii) the baleen appears to terminate abruptly at its

posterior part; this is probably the effeet of either loss or shadow, for mm the

Port. Wakefield specimen, thongh far less tapering than in front, the posterior

aspect of the baleen is by uo means so abrupt as may be mdicated by the photo-

graph of the large whale referred to, Attention may be drawn to the eireumstance

that Trmer (7) regarded the blaek colour of the balecn and bristles as charactor

istic of By sibbaldi, and stated that the plates of Bo museutits are customarily

mottled brown, evevish, or greyish-yellow, wilh the bristles white or gyeyish-

white. Ina foetus of the former speeies he described the colour of the baleen

lig. 75. Virst dorsal yvertelrin. Vig. 74. Pivst Iuimbiur vertotinn,

as slate-orey, the bristles cream coloured, As the iwo names ave now tustally

revarded as applicable to the same species, it may be that in voung examples the

baleen and bristles are light coloured, and that they darken with age, becoming

black im adults,

Vertebrae. From what we were able to preserve of the vertebrae it is

evident that, in the young animal, examination shotld be made as carly after

death as possible, As previously mentioned, the whale m question had been

dead some weeks before we were able to examine it, and in consequence the

cartilagmous portions bad dissolved into the general mass. This was especially

noticeable in retard to the vertebrae, and the photographs here reproduced,

which show little trace of dorsal or trausverse processes, could seareely have

been identified had not care been taken to preserve thetr relative sequence,

(7) Turner, Marine Mammals in Anat, Mus, Hdin,, 1912, p. 40,

142 RECORDS OF THE S.A. Museum

As noted by Owen (*), in a young Balaena australis, (he cervical neuva-

pophyses of one side ave distmited from those of the other side, as they are from

the corntrum below. This condition is well seen int our specimen of Baldenopleria,

jhe atlas and axis of whielt are respectively illistrated in figs, 71 and 72. The

statement is also appleable to the first three dorsal vertebraes Chereatier tie

Pig

‘

5. Seapila.

uetrapophyses are united by the development of the neural spine, but in ie

component of the entire vertebral colume is (he neural element vnitedk with the

centrum. The first dorsal vertebra is shown in fie. 73, and the first limbar in

fig. 74. These illustrations nay be respectively compared with those of the adult

previously referred fo. The number of vertebrae preserved is as follows, Init

one or tive of the ternunal elemeuts may have heen lost: Cervical, 7; dorsal, 14;

lumbar, 14; candal, 26; total, 61.

Limbs, Apart from size and texture, the seapula (fig. 75) differs little

from that of the adult, the anterior edge is concave instead ol! convex, the

#eromion provess is relatively short, while the eorouoid is represented by a

Jumidity only, Whereas the scapular, lanh boves, and phalanges are represented

ly porous bony stricture, the carpals are cartilaginous. and ave differentiated

(8) Owen, Aunt. of Vert., 17, 1866, p. 418.

WattE—A Youna BLUE WHALE 143

only by fibrous lines, which mark off the several ultimate elements. These lines

may be traced in the illustration (fig. 76), reproduced from an aetual photograph,

which shows the phalanges to be conmposed as follows:

I, 0; IT, 4; TTT, 6; TV, 6; V, 4

It is possible, however, that some of the digits are Mmeomplete, and there is no

trace of Kukenthal’s ‘‘digit iii’. At no time easy to find, no trace of pelvic

wlements could be discovered in the putrid flesh.

Vig. 76. More Tinh,

Ribs. The number of ribs in the blue whale varies: there are usually either

fifteen or sixteen pairs. In the Port Wakefield calf there are only forrteen

pairs; their respective lengths are as follows:

Rib. Metres. Rib. Metres.

1 Wes 425 38 et ‘780

2 +: 661 y seh ‘Th

3 aes Tao 10 ae; TOT

4 ame “S16 1] 140 -680

a onde “829 18 pana “644

6 ier 839 13 = ied O37

7 ae “829 14 Sth -666

By comparing these fignres with those supplied for the Corvisart whale, it

is interesting to find that the ratio of increase or decrease in length is maintained,

thus suecessive inetease takes place to the sixth rib, wheuece the decrease is

regular to the thirteenth, the length of which is exceeded by the fourteenth,

Preservation. When first removed from the body, the bones were very soft

and spongy, and the several components, as those of the skull for example, fell

De!

144 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

apart. On drying they became so friable that the mere passage of a finger

caused crumbling of the surface. In order to reassociate the bones they had to

be relaxed, ‘‘treated’’, joined up, and again dried. The treatment consisted

in painting the bones with a hot, weak solution of white (not ‘‘pale’’) Russian

glue; the surface was thereby hardened, and reasonable handling became

possible. Owing to the extreme porosity of the bones, dipping would have been

impracticable.

AN AQUATIC ONISCID (CRUSTACEA)

BY W. H. BAKER, HON. CURATOR OF CRUSTACEA

Summary

Mr Herbert M. Hale, of the South Australian Museum, who first noticed this species in the “Pool of

Siloam”, at Beachport, South Australia, supplies the following note:

“The ‘Pool of Siloam’ is a small, isolated lake, lying a little distance from the coast, and surrounded

by sandhills. The water is at all times much salter than the sea, and is said to be beneficial to bathers

suffering from rheumatism and other ills — hence the name. The aquatic Philoscia was obtained in

January, 1920, on the bottom, or slightly buried in the sand, in about six feet of water, well away

from the shore. Great numbers were present in this situation, but no specimens were found under

the debris on the banks, although they were searched for there. The water in which the crustaceans

were living was tested by the South Australian Government Analyst, who supplied the following

details: Specific gravity, 1.078 at 60 degrees F.; dissolved solids, 7,614 grains to gallon, of which

6,749 grains is common salt (over three times as salt as the sea). Numbers of Ostracods, a small red

species of Cyclops, and some water-beetles were also present in the ‘lake’.” Specimens collected by

Mr. Hale are much beset with stalked infusorians.

An AQUATIC ONISCID (CRUSTACEA)

By W. H. BAKER, Hox. Curaror or Crustacea,

Text fig. 77.

Mr. Herbert M. Hale, of the South Australian Museum, who first noticed this

species in the ‘Pool of Siloam’’, at Beachport, South Australia, supplies the

following note:

“The ‘Pool of Siloam’ is a small, isolated lake, lving a little distance frou

the coast, and surrounded by sandhills, The water is at all times much salter

than the sea, and is said to be beneficial to bathers suffering from rheimatism

and other ills—henee the name. The aquatic Philoseva was obtained in January,

1920, on {he bottom, or slightly buried im the sand, in about six feet of water.

well away from the shore. Great numbers were present in this situation, but

no specimens were found under the debris on the banks, although they were

searched for there. The water in which the crustaceans were living was tested

hy the South Australian Government Analyst, who supplied the following

details: Specific gravity, 1-078 at 60° F.; dissolved solids, 7,614 grains to gallon,

of which 6,749 grains is common salt Cover three times as salt as the sea). Niumbers

of Ostracods, a small red speeies of Cyclops, and some water-beetles were also

present in the ‘lake.’ ? Specimens collected by Ma. Wale are much beset with

stalked infusorians.

Since the above date Mr, 8. 8. Stokes, on request, searched the “Pool of

Siloam’? during three separate visits to Beachport; two years after the first

examples were obtained no specimens were found in the lake, but in 124, and

again in -Tlannary of 1926, good series were captured. On the last occasion Mr.

Stokes was informed by loval residents that the same crustacean occurs in other

sall swanips near Beachport.

The Following is a deseription of the animal :

PHILOSCIA SALINA sp. nov.

There ave the usual outstanding characters of the gents; the side-plates of

the abdomen are, however, a little more outward projecting than usual. The

hody is sparsely beset with minute spiniles, which are regularly arranged on

ihe posterior margins of segments; also there ave very many minute black spots

ivegularly arranged in longitudinal groups ou the dorsal surface, otherwise

the colour is pale.

The head is short, with two faint median lobes on the forehead. The eyes

are moderate in size, lenticular, of about 26 ocelli, The minute antennule consists

of a stout basal joint, the 2nd joint narrowing distally, while the 8rd is very

narrow. The antenna is short, the joints are clothed with minute spinules, its

146 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MusEuM

flagellum is only a little Jonger than the Sth pedunenlar joint, the three joints

of the flagellum are short, the Ist and 3rd stibequal, the middle one a little

shorter. The left mandible has a 3-toothed incisory plate, a 5-toothed secondary

—

’ a

Menetl

Philosein sativa, male; a, dorsal view; 0, adeunas: ¢, lett iiandible: d@, first niasilla;

e mixilliped; fand w, first aud seventh logs; haat ¢, first and second pleopods.

plate, with tuft of setae just below, then a single setum followed by the fascicle

of setae which represent the molar process. [nthe right mandible the secondary

plate is much smaller, The sesments of thorax are subequal in leneth, Faint

lateral lines mark off the epimera on the more posterior ones, The Gth segment

of abdomen is a little excavate on its upper surface, and is obtusely pointed at

the end, The Ist four pains of lees are prehensile, that is, the propodus and

Jactylus are curved and capable of closing on the carpus. In the female the

Hh pair has less prehensile character, in the Ist pair, whieh are shortest, (he

hasos is The longest joint. the isehiim short, the merus broader than lone, the

tarpus about the same lovgth as propodis aid dactvlus together: these joints

ure sparely spined, In the remaining pairs the spines are more auimerons. TMhe

Tth pair is very long. The pleopods, owing to the large operenular exopods, are

very conspicnious. The Ist has the exopod fringed with delicate cilia, the endopod

heine modified into an appemlir masculina, Wroad at base and slightly turned

outwards af apex. The second pleopod also has the exopod fringed with cilia,

especially on the inner side; the eudopod is modified into a secondary sexual

appendage, Which is broad at base and tapers toa very fine end, reaching to the

Tength of the exopod. The endopods of the sueceeding pairs are short and fleshy,

The Sth pair is smaller, Tn all the pleopods the peduneles are well developed.

The uropods are short, with broad peciineles reaching a little heyond end of

abdomen, The onter rami ave awl-shaped and slender. the inner are also awl:

shaped and shorter than the onter,

Length, 11 mm.; breadth, 44 mm,

Type, male, in South Australian Museum, Ree. No. (. 792.

ON THE GENUS MANDALOTUS (COLEOPTERA, CURCULIONIDAE)

BY ARTHUR M. LEA, F.E.S., ENTOMOLOGIST, SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

Summary

The genus Mandalotus now consists of a greater number of species than any other of Australian

weevils; and although thirty-eight new ones are now added, it is certain that many more remain to

be taken. These beetles occur in abundance in the coastal and forest districts of Queensland, New

South Wales, Victoria and Tasmania, and extend rather sparsely into South Australia; several are

herein added from Lord Howe and Norfolk Islands. A few were recorded from Western Australia,

but these have all been transferred to Timareta. Many have been taken on mountains, including their

summits, in tussocks, in moss, under leaves, and under logs and stones, and several occur at the

roots of beach-growing plants. During floods they may often be obtained in abundance.

On ruk GENUS MANDALOTUS (COLEOPTERA,

CURCULIONIDAE)

By ARTHUR M, LEA, F.ES., Exromonocisr, Sourr AusrrRataAn Museum.

The genus Mendulotus now consists of a ereater number of species than any

other of Anstrahan weeyils; and although thirty-eight new ones are now added, it

is certain that many more vemain to be taken, These beetles oceur in abundance

in the coastal and forest districts of Queensland, New South Wales, Vietorta, and

Tasmania, and extend rather sparsely into South Australia; several are herein

added from Lord Howe and Norfolk Islands. A few were recorded from Western

Australia, but these have all been transferred to Timareta. Many have been

taken ou mountains, including their summits, in tussoeks, in moss, under leaves,

and under logs and stones, and several occur at the roots of heach-growing plants.

During floods they may often be obtained in abundance,

Mr. F. Erasmus Wilson bas been recently keenly searching moss, tussocks,

and fallen leaves, and has taken many new Victorian species, including several

of great interest. Hardly any Australian weevil, for mstance, has such remark-

able legs as the male of M. (asigaipes. Mr. A, H. Elston has also taken some

interesting species from South Australia,

Owing to the wmniattractive appearance of most of the species (often enhanced

hy dried inud), their sligeish habits, and the skill needed in obtaining them,

they are usually passed over by collectors. At least two species, MW. mendcens

and M, erawfordi, ave destructive to growing grain, hut being nocturnal they

are rarely seen.

The characters of the under surface and legs are usually of eveater specific

import than those of the upper surface, and to see them clearly no abrasion is

heeded; but some manipulation is usually required to see the armature (when

present) of the coxae and tibiae, and a small amount of dirt may easily obserre

parts of the sterna and abdomen, On the other hand, to see certain detaily of

the upper surface it is usually necessary ta remove some of the scales. On almost

all species of the genns there is a row of large punetures, following at a short

distance the outline of the basal segment of abdomen: and another following

the outline of the front of the metasternum, and usually easily traceable on the

most densely clothed specimens. As they are so constant they have seldom been

noted in the deseriptions,

The females of but few species are distinct, and T have seldom associated

148 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

them with males, wiless taken from the same localities; even many males are so

strikingly alike, in general appearance, that they cannot be distinguished by the

npper surface alone; there is, however, uo other large genus of weevils in which

the males may be so readily identified by the characters of the under surface and

legs. In mouuting single specimens it is therefore desirable that they should

he placed on their sides, so that both surfaces may be examined,

In collections they are frequently associated with other genera which they

strongly resemble, hut from which they may be distinguished as follows :

Essolithnu. Has a single claw to each foot.

Polyphrades. Has elaws soldered together at hase.

Timareta, Has no oeular lobes. Several species with ocular lobes were

referred to Dysostines by Pascoe and Blackburn, and to Mandalotus by myself,

but these have all been transferred to Timureta,

The New Zealand genus Cifaptes is nearly allied, but the species have less

rounded eyes; at present it includes some with oeular lobes and others without

such. Notiopatae sternalis Broun, also from New Zealand, is very close to several

species, but is without ocular lobes.

Tt is probable that future workers will break up the genus; but 7 am

watisfied that the ereat variation in the separation of the front coxae is of

speeifie value only, as the finest gradations occur between species in which the

coxae touch and others in which they ave widely separated. Pascoe and Black-

burn both noted the variation in the distance separating the coxae as an unusual

generic feature. The armature of the sternim and lees, and the processes on

the abdomen, are all confined to the males. The species of the group (H of the

table) with very thick seape. however, differ but little sexually, and that

rharacter might fairly be regarded as entitling them to eenerie rank,

Tteferences to the genus and species are as follows:

Ertenson. Weg. Areh., 1812, p. 193,

Mandalotus named, veferred to Otiovhynehides and four species

deseribed, MW. eriudus being the first,

Lacorpaire. Gen. Coleapt.. ot, p. 287,

Genus referred with doubts to Krenmides.

Pascor. Journ. Linn, Soc, Zool., 2, 1870, p. 47°.

Dysostines named, referred to the Rhyparosomides, and one species

deseribed.

Trans. Ent. Soe., Land., 1870, p. 135.

Four species of Dysostines named,

Ann. Mag. Nat. ist. wii, 18738, p. Qh.

One species of Dysostines named,

LEA—GENUS MANDALOTUS 149

Masrurs. Cat. Aust. Col.

Mandalotus veferved to Hyremnides, 4487-4490.

Dysostines veferred to Rhyparosomides, 4943-4948,

Buacksurn. Proc. Linn. Soc., NS. Wales, 1890, p. 314.

Notes on Dysostines with four species named.

Td., 1892, p. 127,

Two species of Dysostines named,

Trans. Ray. Soc. S. Austr., 1892, p. 229.

Dysostines recorded as a synonym of Mandalotus.

Id,, 1901, p. 27.

Records examination of Erichson's types.

Lea. Trans, Roy. Soc. 8. Austr., 1904, p. 16.

Twelve species of Mandalotus named.

Td., 1907, p. 130.

Notes on genus, now referred to Leptopsides, and on several species,

with table, and thirty-five species named.

Td., 1909, p. 160.

Notes on genus and species, ten being named.

Id., 1911, p. 67.

Notes on several species, and nine named.

Id., 1912, p. 76.

Notes on several species, and five named.

Td., 1914, p. 297.

Notes on genus and species, with second table, and eleven named,

Id., 1916, p. 322.

Notes on several species and seven named.

Td,, 1928, p. 858,

One species named,

Id., Proc. Roy, Soc, Vic., xx (ns.), pt. 2, 1907.

One species named.

Id., Mem. Soc. Ent. Belge, aviti, 1910,

One species named.

Td., Proc. Linn, Soe., N.S. Wales, 1914, p, 659,

Three species named,

Td., 1916, p. 735.

Two species named,

KEY TO SPECIES.

A. Middle of apex of basal segment of abdomen impinging

on second,

¢. Tip of impinging part shining and flat. .. sterilis

150 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

ada. Tip bituberculate.

Tubercles close together .

Tubereles rather widely separated a}.

AA, Middle of apex of basal segment incuryed or almost

straight.

B. Prosternum tuberculate,

b. Tubercle behind eoxae .. ar

bb, Tuberele in front of coxae

¢. Tuberele longitudinal i As

ec. Tubercle transverse

BB. Prosternum not tuberculate.

Mesosternum with a projecting intercoxal process.

d. Process bifid.

. Apex of process its widest part

Apex narrower than middle,

/. Front tibiae terminating in a thin flange - .

ff. Front tibiae terminating in a spur.

gy. Size less than 4 mm.

gg. Size more than 4 mm.

dd. Process a truncated lamina,

h. Process longer than middle coxae,

), Proeess narrower at apex than aeross

middle .. ng ‘ a _

. Process of even width from apex to near

base

hh, ery shorter than middle é Conde,

Elytra trisinuate at base .. s

. Elytra conjointly arcuate at buse

i. Front tibiae flattened and shining in-

ternally Lg F

ik. Front tibiae not flat or © shining there

ddd. Process conical in front,

!. Prothoracie granules transversely arranged,

Front tibiae with several distinet teeth

on lower surface :

mm. Front tibiae without srech ee

Il. Prothovacie @ranules not transversely ar

arranged.

mw. Lind tibiae dentate at middle

nn. Hind tibiae not so armed,

Hind tibiae widest near and suddenly

harrowed at base

oo. Hind tibiae normal at base.

Elytral setae fairly long and not in

single series ae a

aire setae not as in pariabilis:

Mesosternal process not projecting

beyond c¢oxue .. me

qq. Mesosternal process projecting he:

yond voxae.

Prothoracie granules

hefore abrasion

concealed

squelidus

insularis

prosternalis

hoplosternus

arnipeckus

laminipectus

laminatipes

uniforms

PNCISUS

intercoralis

hoplostethus

simulator

cartnatipes

niger

pyurifer

nesosternalis

erudus

rudis

aariadilis

vacillans

auchineresthes

LEA—GENUS MANDALOTUS

. Prothoracie granules fairly dis-

tinct before abrasion

Mesosternum with interecoxal process mot projecting,

D. Abdomen tubereulate.

Basal segment without tubercle, but second

with two,

Tubereles as close to sides as to each other ..

Tubercles much closer to each other than to

sides.

uw, Small and thin, and front coxae not very

widely separated :

wu. Laree and robust, and frortt eoxae widely

separated .. :

SS, pipe seement with one tubercle,

. Prothoracie granules transversely ar

up. Prothoracie granules not transversely

arranged.

w. Seeond segment also tuberculate .. 4+

wu. Second not tuberculate.

a. Tubercle submedian ...

Tubercle apical ,. as ae

Bases etsenl: with two tubercles.

y. Tubercles not at extreme tip.

z. Front coxae touching he

z. Front coxae widely separated.

Distance between tubercles more than

leneth of second segment in middle . .

aa. Distance less S set Ee i

yy. Tubercles at extreme tip,

b. A wide depression between tubercles

bb. death such a depression.

. Front coxae feebly separated ..

ec, Front coxae conspicuously se parated

d. Alternate interstices of elytra ele-

vated pts +. a.

dd, Alternate interstices not elevated .

meg ik carinate.

A longitudinal carina on each side of middle of

hasal sepement.

J. Prothoracie granules transversely ar ranged

ff. Prothoracic granules not i cra ar-

sanged ee 5

‘anged

SSS.

DD.

eo, A transverse or curved carima on 1 basal gopmient.

g. Front coxae touching, or apparently so.

h. All tibiae deeply notched .. as tes

hh. All tibiae not notched,

Basal segment of abdomen straight m

middle of apex.

j. Base of elytra trisinuate —..

jj. Base of elytra evenly arched

151

pentagonalis

selistriatus

tenuis

auplicollis

binaculatus

emarg nats

tubereuliventris

bivitticallis

geminatus

glaber

decipiens

taylor

meurraye

latens

lutosus

exrcavatus

APMTVAPTUS

msignipes

bryephagus

litoralis

152 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

. Basal segment somewhat incurved at

middle of apex.

hk. Klytra with conspicuous tubercles

about summit of apical slope. .

kk. Elytra without tubercles there.

!. Hind tibiae dentate about middle

l. Hind tibiae not dentate about

middle 3

gg. Front coxae distinctly and usually widely

separated.

m. Carina not touching middle of apex of

segment.

Carina stronely elevated and inclined

forwards :

nn. Carina quite straight

nnn, Carina distinctly curved.

Elytra tuberculate about summit

of apical slope

Elytra not tuberculate there,

Female with a conspicuous

interocular tubercle

pp. Female without such

mm. Carina with its middle touching apex

of segment.

q. Hind tibiae (except at tip) not den-

tate or denticulate.

Second abdominal segment also

carinate

Second not earinate.

s. Carina with a row of punc-

tures

ss. Carina impunctate

qq. Hind tibiae dentate or denticulate.

t. Second segment feebly carinate

tt. Second segment not carinate.

Intercoxal process of meso-

sternum narrower than

distance between middle

and hind coxae.

Granules of basal segment

of abdomen unusually

conspicuous

vv. Granules of basal segment

small and inconspicuous.

w. Seutellum small and

shining a

ww. Seutellum not trace-

able ak

wu. Intercoxal process at least as

wide as distance between

middle and hind coxae.

x. Very small ms i

denticulatus

advenus

brevicarinatus

severini

recticarinatus

arciferus

interocularis

cartert

magnicollis

longicollis

blackburni

bicarinatus

granulatus

sabulosus

sydneyensis

minutus

LEA—GENUS MANDALOTUS

ar, Of moderate size.

y. Surface near carina

with crowded pune-

turesandno granules,

2. Apex of basal seg-

ment of abdomen

evenly arehed ..

zz, Apex rather sudden-

ly ineurved — at

middle .. +

yy. Surface near carina

with granules as well

as punctures,

a. Hlytral suture with

smal] shining’

granules od

aa. Without such eran-

ules

DDD. Abdomen neither tuberculate nor carinate.

E. Metasternum bituberculate — .. y) of

KK. Metasternum not bituberculate.

F, Elytra tuberculate.

b. Tlind tibiae dentate at base

bb. Hind tibiae not dentate there,

¢, Front coxae touching, or almost so.

d. Sides of prothorax bilobed.

ce, Shoulders conspicuously

duced 3%

ec, Shoulders vounded off

dd. Sides of prothorax not hilobed.

f. Size moderate

If. Size minute.

y. Elytral tubercles with con-

SpicuoUs setae

yy. Klytral tubercles

such

ec, Front coxae widely separated,

h. Middle coxae almost as widely separ-

ated as hind ones . . ay. i

hh, Middle coxae much closer together,

i. Under surface with dense and long

hairs... . ms

i, Under surface without such,

j. Sides of prothorax bilobed

jj. Sides not bilobed.

k. Shoulders separately

suddenly produced

hk. Shoulders not produced ex-

cept with even areuation

of base.

1. Hind tibiae suddenly and

strongly meuryed at

apex .. es

pro-

without

and

153

punctiventris

huystricosus

fuligrneus

imitator

mectasternalts

seaber

bilobicollis

vigilans

hypulus

norfalconsis

nodipennis

campyloenemis

mirabilis

collaris

ferrugineus

valgus

154 RECORDS oF THE S.A. MUSEUM

WW. Wind tibiae not as in

valgus.

m. Elytra conjointly ar-

cuate at base

yon, Khytra trisinuate at

base,

mn. Hind tibiae strong-

ly narrowed on

inner side be-

tween middle

and apex

nn, Hind tibiae not

strongly nat-

rowed there

FF. Elytra non-tuberenlate (at least elsewhere than near

shoulders).

G. Prothoracic granules transversely arranged or sub-

carinate, or multicarinate.

o. Middle coxae ridged or dentate,

p. Hind tibiae dentate at basal third iy

pp. Hind tibiae not dentate there.

q. Front tibiae distinetly notched on one

side of apex es

qq. Frout tibiae not so notehed ..

oo, Middle coxae not armed.

ry, Hind tibiae subdentate near base

rr. Hind tibiae not subdentate there.

s. Basal segment of abdomen with a pol-

ished semicircular space...

ss. Basal segment without such a space.

t. Shoulders acutely produced — for-

wards i b

4t. Shoulders not so produced.

uw. More than 3 mm. in leneth.

v. Derm of abdomen not con-

cealed by clothing

vu. Derm of abdomen more or less

concealed,

w, Apieal slope of elytra sub-

tuberculate i

ww, Apical slope not — sub-

tubereulate

wu. At most 3 min. in length.

av, Abdominal clothing not eon-

cealing derm By ot

we. Abdominal clothing normally

concealing dervm.

y. Without a posthumeral

tubercle or swelling

funereus

comlest

IPrasUs

medcoxralis

dentipes

ox yornvits

trisinuatus

abdominalis

acutangulus

crawford

LVaAnSvUCrSUs

selosus

multicarinatus

striatus

LEA—GENUS MANDALOTUS

yy. With such.

2. Interstices of elytra even

22. Alternate interstices

feebly elevated.

«. Width of elytra at

summit of apical

slope as great as

at base... an

ag. Width there less ..

GG. Prothoracie granites not transversely arranged.

H. Seape very stout.

b. Pronotum with large, isolated granules

bb. Pronotium with denser and smaller eranules.

«. Base of rostrum suddenly elevated

éc, Base not suddenly elevated,

d. Elytva with an interrupted

median pale fascia fe

dd. Elytra without such a fascia.

é, Less than 4 mm, in length

eve. More than 4+ mm, in leneth

HH. Scape at most moderately stout.

1. Iincd tibiae armed

IT. Hind tibiae not armed.

J. Front coxae touching,

g. Antennae unusually lone and thin

gg. Antennae normal,

h. Ilind tibiae conspienously fringed with

long hairs in both sexes

hh, Wind tibiae not so fringed,

?, Prothorax, even after abrasion, with-

out Conspicuous granules,

j. Fairly large

jj. Small,

hk, Klytra fully twice as long as wide

kk. Elytra less than twice as long as

wide.

!. Eyes smaller, and with larger

facets than usual ..

Hl, Wyes normal 3 ih

it, Prothorax, at least after abrasion,

with conspicuous eranules.

m. Distance between eyes less than

width of an eye s o

vom. Distanee between eyes more than

width of an eye.

nm, Khytrva maculate.

o. Sides of elytra parallel for

part of their leneth .,

vo, Sides of elytra nowhere

parallel .. 2 iy

post-

Ureudtus

latebricola

subhumeralis

nodicollis

aninophilis

herbivorus

pondericornis

CTASSICOPNIS

fFergusoni

fenuicornis

MmuUsttatus

howensts

MCONSPLEUUS

puncticollis

squamibundius

MACTOPS

maculatus

cordipennts

156 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MusEUM

mu, Klytra inconspicnously or not

at all maculate.

Elvtral clothing more or less

rough,

A conspicuous promin-

ence between scutel-

lar region and each

shoulder...

qq. Without such

pp. Klytral clothing evenly plat-

ine surface,

r. A polished, deep cavity on

abdomen and meta-

stermum

*, Depression shallower and

not polished.

At least 4mm. in length

Less than 4 mm.

JJ. Front coxae distinctly and usually widely

separated.

IK. A sudden and deep cavity common to meta-

sternum and abdomen a MH

KK. Cavity, if present, not both sudden and

deep,

i. Granules in middle of pronotum with setae

only.

{. Basal seement of abdomen without

eranules, size simall 2.

it. Basal segment with granules, size

larger,

Elytral granules apparently con-

fined to suture ..

wu. Elytral granules visible elsewhere

before abrasion 5 '-

LL. Granules (if present) both setose and

SCULAMOSC,

M. Hind coxae armed

MM. Hind coxae unarmed.

N. Front coxae much more widely separ-

ated than middle ones nt

NN. Front and widdle coxae widely and

almost (or quite) equally separ-

ated.

Middle coxae armed

we. Middle coxae unarmed.

Metasternum and basal seg-

ment of abdomen censely

pilose 3 Ke ye

wi. Under surface not densely

pilose

microps

coxalis

gyinogaster

alpinus

MVUSCHVOLUS

foveatus

reticulatus

seticollis

caviventris

posteoxalis

hoplocnemus

tibialis

piliventris

rout

LrA—GENUS MANDALOTUS

NNN. Front coxae less widely separated thai

middle ones,

O. Front tibiae stronely dentate towards

base rs $3 We

OO. Front tibiae denticulate at most.

P. Minute... aus ~t ot nd

PP. At least 3mm. in leneth and usually

much more,

Q. Hlytra distinctly trisinuate at base

QQ. Elytira scarcely, if at all, trisinuate

at base,

R. Suture, on abrasion, distinetly

paler than adjacent parts

RR. Suture not paler.

S. Elytra with scales only

SS. Elytra with scales and setae

T. Intercvoxal process of mesoster-

mun wider than coxae

TT. That process narrower than

COXA,

U. Hind tibiae suddenly thinned

from about the middle

UU. Hind tibiae not as in cellaris,

V. Prothorax, on abrasion, with

very minnte granules.

aw. Ciliation of front tibiac

rather dense and lone

vx, Ciliation shorter and

much sparser +t

VV. Prothorax, on abrasion, with

large but almost obsolete

granules.

y. Derm normally almost

flavous : a.

yy. Derm normally much

darker

VVV. Prothorax, on abrasion, with

ordinarily distinet evan-

ules,

W. Abdomen almost glabrous. .

WW. Basal segment squaimose and

setose in middle,

2. Ciliation of front tibiae

long and fairly dense

22. Front tibiae with sparse

ancl ‘rather = long

setae, but not cillate

/. Basal seement setose only in

middle,

X, Prothorax as wide as elytra

UUENAECEUS

NUCLOSCOPICUs

humeratis

suturalis

SYUGMOSUS

riufiianus

eolluris

similis

ochreanotatus

pallidus

blackniorer

subglaber

ciliatus

(NY USEUS

albonotatus

158 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MusktM

XX. Prothorax narrower than

elytra.

Y. Depression of abdomen

confined to lasal seg-

ment .. £5 Q SPUPCUS

YY. Depression continimed on

to second segment 2. aug ustipiedits

NOTES ON KEY.

As in previous tables, the present one deals with males, except that M7. eartert

and M. inferoculuris ave separated by their females. [1 does not appear possible

to give a table of fermales by which most of those known may be identified with

vertainty, and many were not described, as it was found impossible to associate

them with their appropriate males.

The transverse arrangement of the prothoracic granules of many species is

evenerally quite conspicuous before abrasion, and is usually due to some of the

granules being placed in irregular transverse rows, rather than more or less

wlosely compacted; but the character alters, till on some species the surface,

after abrasion, is seen to be traversed by numerous fine and quite sharply defined

carinae, which may or may not be interrupted; on M. eraefordi and M. ulti

carinatus, i particular, they are very distinct. On several species there is a

faint. indieation of transverse arrangement on the sides only, but this has not

been considered as warrauting the species being placed with those haying the

(vansverse arrangement present.

In the 1914 table some of the species were associated as having ‘* Front. coxae

tore or less widely separated’, as against *‘ rout coxace not widely separated’,

the latter being again divided into those in which the coxae were in aetual contact

and those in which they were slightly separated. As these divisions were not

always easy of application, the main ones now used are those in which the coxae

are in actual contact, aud those in which they are distinctly, and usually very

conspienously separated. As the froni coxae of the males are often slightly

larger than those of the females, their distance apart is sometimes slightly less

than in the females.

C.p. On. wariubilis the elytva, when viewed from behind, are seen to have

the clothing rather dense; the other species, when so yiewed, appear to lave

stouter setae, mostly in single series,

Dow On M. tuberculiventris the tuberele might be fairly regarded as a

short carima.

DD, ff. On M. arncverins the abdomen might be regarded as having the

abdomen tubereulate, instead of earinate; if so regarded it conld be associated

with MW. glaber and M. decipiens, two niuch larger and shining species.

LEA—GENUS MANDALOTUS 159

DD, g. tn the 1914 table four species with carinated abdomen were assoct-

ated. by ‘Front voxae feebly separated’. Of these MW. litoralis really has the

front coxae touching, although owing to a slight amount of dirt this was not

evident om the type. On MW. advenius the separation is so slight that they might

fairly be rewarded as touching. On M. biearinatus and M. blackburn they are

yeparated less widely than on most species of DD. gg, but the separation is quits

distinet,

DD. +. In the table WM. magnicollis and M. blackburn’ ave separated hy

characters of the abdomen; on one male of blackburn’ there is a sheht abrasion

of the seeond segment, as a result of which a shining line might be considered

a carina; but on maguieallis the carina on the second seement is curyect. anc

nueh more distinet than that on the basal segment,

DD. wi. The middle and hind coxae are at their closest in a somewhat

oblique direction ; the species associated here also have their front coxae unusually

widely separated.

DD. cz, The curved carina, at first glance, appears to have its middle

some distance From the apex of the basal seement of the abdomen, but on close

examination the suture is seen to be rather suddenly ineurved at its middle, so

thal the hind margin of the segment is really partly formed ly the carina.

G. On all species the front voxae are distinctly and usually widely

separated.

Gs. Nota carina, but a fat space, arched at its posterior end.

r ¢. On this species the transverse arrangeanent of the granules is loss

conspietous than on others of G,

Gu. The lengths given are exelusive of the rostrum.

G. re. The abdomen of the type of M. areuatus has bee partly abraded,

as is evidenced hy the dense clothing of the non-abraded parts.

GG. On the sides of some species a slight transverse arrangement of the

grannies may be traced. lit this is not continued aeross the dise, as on the

species of G.

IH. On all the species the front coxae are touching.

H.b. The granules are often concealed by dvied mud, and a eertain amount

of abrasion is needed to sce them clearly, even on spechnens in wood cCoudition,

I. This does not refer to the apical spur, present on all species of the genus.

I. f and ff. Not used in table.

Jon. On specimens in poor condition the spots are move ox less obliterated.

Jor. On the two following spevies the abdomen is depressed, but there is

hot a specially deep polished Wack space along the middle.

K. On M. cuviventris, and several other species, the depression on the wider

surface is large, but is shallow posteriorly.

160 Recokbs OF THE S.A. MusEUM

NNN. On M. rufimanus, and several other species, the front coxae are

quite evidently separated, the middle ones still more conspicuously so.

Names that have been used in Mandalolus or Dysostines, but ave not included

in the table, are as follows:

carimativentris Lea = firligineus Pase.

imponderosus Lea Only female known.

latus Lea Only female known,

pilipes Pase. Now Tinareta.

pilosus Blaell, Now Timareta.

pinguis Lea. Now Timareta,

pusillus Lea Now Timureta.

pustulosus Pase, = T. pilipes Pase.

rigidus Er, = crudus Ey,

rufipes Lea Only female known.

ventralis Blaekb, —= sterilis Kr.

vetulus Er. —= sterilis Er,

wedgensis Lea == pinetiventris Blackb.

MANDALOTUS STERILIS Er.

Fie. 78 a.

In the original diagnosis of Mandalotus, and of the four species attributed

lo it, Erichson never even mentioned the abdomen, On examination of the

type, however, Blackburn (1) said that of JL. sterilis, whieh he presumed to be

a male, ‘the suture between the first and second ventral seements is extremely

fine, and the seements themselves on the same plane’’; and stated that he con-

sidered M. vetulus to be its female, He also considered that Dysustines fuligineus

was a synonym of sterilis. Subsequently (7) I commented on some specimens

us probably sexes of sferilis, and in 1914 included them in the table under that

naine. These specimens, however, are certainly all females of M. ventralis. The

species occurs commonly at the roots of beach-growing plants in Tasmania,

Victoria, and South Australia, and T have examined hundreds of speciinens of

hoth sexes. The male is distinet by the basal segment of the abdomen having

its middle largely encroaching on the second segment, with the encroachment

highly polished; the markings of the upper surface vary considerably, and the

length (without the rostrum) varies from 4 to 8 mm, The female, in addition

to many other sexual distinctions, has the suture between the two basal segments

of abdomen very faint, except at the sides, and is the only female in the genus

known to me in which it is not distinct throughout, T am now fully convinced

that the type specimens commented upon by Blackburn as sexes of one species

(1) Blackburn, Trans, Roy. Soe., 8. Austr., L901, p. 27.

(*) Lea, Le., 1907, p. 136,

LEA—GENUS MANDALOTUS 161

Fig. 78. a, Under surface of Mandalotus sterilis Er; b, of M. squalidus Lea; e, of M.

puvifer Lea; d. of M. auchmeresthes Lea; e, of M. tenuis Lea; f£, of M. armivarius Tea:

og, of M. insiqnipes Leay h, of M. breviearinatis Lea; i, of M. hystricasus Len; 7, of ME

medvoutlis Lea; ky of MW. posteoratis Lea; |, of M. hoploenentus Lea.

(sterilis male and vetulus female) are really both females of ventralis, and that

the specimens I commented upon as sexes of sterilis ave also all females of

ventralis. Blaekburn’s conjecture that Dysastines fuligimeus is a synonym of

slerilis is neorrect; the male of fuligineus has a conspicuous carina om the hasal

segment of the abdomen, and is the species T subsequently named carinaliventris,

162 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

although on commenting on some British Museum specimens of fuliginens (°)

I was still under the impression that the abdomen was siniple in both sexes of

steritis. The synonymy of these species is therefore as follows:

M. sterilis Er.

M. vetulus Kr.

Dysostines ventralis Blaekh.

M. fuligineus Pase. (Dysostines),

M. carinativentris Lea.

MANDALOTUS PUNCTIVENTRIS Blackb.

Fig. 80, a.

M. wedgensis Lea.

In commenting upon a cotype male of M. punetiventris, on a previous

occasion (1), T stated that a curved line on the basal segment of the abdomen

could hardly be considered as a carina; on re-examination, and on comparison

with the type of M. wedgensis (unfortunately now to be recorded as a synonym

of it), it appears to be slightly variable in its elevation; in the accompanying’

table it is now placed with those having the abdomen cavinated. The comments

upon the armature of the middle tibiae should have been upon the hind ones,

MANDALOTUS INTERCOXALIS Lea.

Fig. 80, y.

The hind coxae of this species are armed somewhat as in M. posteaxralis,

from which it is at onee distinenished by the interecoxal process of the

mesosternum.,

MANDALOTUS CARTERI Lea.

Five specimens, taken at an elevation of 5,000 feet on Mount Kosciusko,

differ from the type in having the lees and sterna less hairy, and the prothoracie

granules less distinet, hoth before and after abrasion,

MANDALOTUS LONGICOLLIS Lea.

Three females, taken with a male at an elevation of 5,000 feet on Mount

Kosciusko, differ fron it in being shorter and more compact, the abdomen shorter

amd more conyex, its basal segment non-carinate, and all the tibiae simple.

(3) Lea, /.¢., 1911, p. 74,

(+) Lea, Le, 1914, p. 304,

LrEA—GENUS MANDALOTUS 163

MANDALOTUS SQUALIDUS Lea,

Fig. 78, b.

In the original description of this species the second segment of the abdomen

was deseribed as having two small tubercles in the middle, and the species was

placed in the 1914 table of the genus in a position based on that supposed

character. The type, however, was somewhat dirty, and on examination of

fresh specimens from Quorn and Peterborough it became evident that the

tubercles are really on the basal segment, the apex of this being strongly produced

in the middle, somewhat as on the male of M. sterilis (ventralis), althongh the

fwo species are very unlike in other respects.

MANDALOTUS CRASSICORNIS Lea.

Three specimens from Stradbroke Island are smaller than usual, and their

seales are pale ashen-grey, with faintly infuscated spots.

MANDALOTUS PONDERICORNIS Lea.

Fig. 80, v.

Four specimens, three males and one female, from Lakes Entrance (Vic-

toria) evidently belong to this species. The male differs from the female in

having the basal segments of abdomen quite flat or even faintly depressed, and

with the intercoxal process of mesosternum feebly produced in front, although

not conical, On one of the males there are several whitish spots scattered about

on the elytra; on two of them the alternate interstices of the elytra are more

noticeably elevated than on the others,

MANDALOTUS INUSITATUS Lea,

Fig. 80, b.

On preparing to draw a hind tibia of a specimen of this species, Mr. Tindale

noticed that its left hind tarsus was distinctly five-jomted, the others all being

normal.

MANDALOTUS PUSILLUS Lea (now TIMARETA).

On floatine off the type of this species for re-examination, it was found

that the apex of the prosternum is scarcely ineurved in the middle, and that

the ocular lobes are entirely absent, Tt is therefore a Thnireta.

164 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

MANDALOTUS ADVENUS Blackb. Hie. 80, «.

M. ARMIPECTUS Lea. Fig. 80, x.

M. BLACKMOREI Lea, Fie. 80, s.

M. CARINATIPES Lea. Fig. 80, d.

M. CELLARIS Pasc. Fie. 80, e.

M. CRAWFORDI Blackb. Fig. 79, a.

M. CRUDUS Er. Fig. 79, b.

M. DENTIPES Lea. Fig. 80, n.

M. FERGUSONI Lea, lig. 80, f.

M. GRANULATUS Lea. Fig. 80, ¢.

M. INTEROCULARIS Lea. Fie. 80, t.

M. LAMINATIPES Lea. Fie. 80, o.

M. LAMINIPECTUS Lea. Fie. 80, z.

M. MESOSTERNALIS Lea. Fig. 80, aa.

M. RUDIS Lea. Fie. 80, h.

M. SCABER Lea. Fig. 80, i.

M. SYDNEYENSIS Lea. Fig. 80, j.

M. TENUICORNIS Lea. Fie. 80, w.

Sketches of parts of these species are given for purposes of comparison

but it is to be noted that the appearance of the tibiae varies from almost every

point of view.

MANDALOTUS INSULARIS sp. nov.

§ Blackish-brown, antennae and parts of legs reddish, Densely clothed

with muddy brown seales, interspersed with stiff, suberect setae.

Rostrum short and strougly curved; median carina traceable only at apex.

Antennae not very thin. Prothorax moderately transverse, with small granules,

LEA—GENUS MANDALOTUS 165

inconspicuous before abrasion, Elytra conjointly arcuate at base, showlders

oblique, a notch hetween each, and a distinet posthumeral prominence; with rows

of large punetuves, mueh wider than interstices, but appearing nitich smaller

through clothing: interstices even. Busal seginent of abdomen depressed in

middle, with numerous fine lines and small punctures, its apex slightly impinging.

on second and with two small but distinet tubercles, Front coxae rather widely

separated, tibiae spurred at apex. Length, 4mm. The lengths given are exclusive

of the rostrum,

Hab. Queensland: Stradbroke Island (H. J. Carter). Type (unique),

1. 15086.

The middle of the basal segment of abdomen is slightly arched outwards, so

that it really impinges on the second, although not by much; regarding it as

such in the table it is assoviated with J, squalidus, from whieh it differs in being

wider, the produced part less and with the tubercles almost as distant from each

other as trom (he sides. Regarding it as belonging to D, of the table, it could

he associated with J. latens and MM. litosus, two much smaller species: litosus,

Whose tubercles are about as far apart, is a thinner species, with more con-

spicuous prothoracie granules and scarcely evident posthumeral prominence ;

lutens is wider, with the basal segment of abdomen flat in middle, and its tubercles

vlose together. From the side each tubercle appears as the abrupt ending of a

short rive, but from in front or behind each appears distinetly conical, The

colour of the derm of the type is as deseribed, but that of many species of the

aenus Varies fron reddish-brown to black.

MANDALOTUS UNIFORMIS sp. nov,

Fig. 80, bb.

¢ Blackish, antennae and tarsi dull reddish, Densely clothed with

muddy-brown seales, and with stout, decumbent setae, on the elytra semate m

arranvenent,

Rostrum moderately curved: median carina partly concealed. Antennae

“ather short. Prothorax moderately transverse, wvecian line distinct; grannies

and punetures ill-detined through clothing. Klytra conjointly rather feebly

avenate at base, alternate insterstices slightly elevated; with regular rows of

large ptnetures but appearing much smaller through clothing; posthumeral

prominence feeble, Abdomen gently convex, except thal mtercoxal process is

slightly depressed ; intercoxal process of mesosterntim moderately wide, projecting

obliquely forwards, with its tip obtuse and feebly bifid: intercoxal process of

prosternum about half the width of coxae, Femora stout, tibiae rather strongly

bisinuate on lower stirface., Length, 3-75 mm,

Lhe RECORDS oF THE S.A. MusmtM

Tab, Vietowia; Mount Feathertop, 6.000 feet, ta Aneust (FL BE. Wilson

from C. Barveth). Type (unique), T. 15946,

The trnteveoxal process of fhe mesosteriim being bifid (althoieh very feehty

so} associates the species with MW. ineisus, from whieh it diters jt beine sinaller,

prothorax with granules much Tess conspieuous, elvtra less ameven, aud tibiae

Inare strongly bisimaate, The femora ave ohseurely vineeds on the abdomen the

elothing consists almost entively of seales, convedling dense ancl small prmetuves,

except the curved basal cow of larwe ones,

Wig. 7h. ou, Mandalotes oinoferdit Blatkbo b, Meo erudus Mrichay o, 0, parcfer Teme ay My

iaigatpes Len; 0, Ml orailans Leas f, We hitableeltis lien,

LEA—GENUS MANDAT.OTUS 167

MANDALOTUS PYRIFER sp. nov.

Figs. 78, ¢; 79, e; 80, p,

& Black, antennae and parts of legs obscurely reddish. Densely clothed

with nnddy-brown seales, and with stout depressed setae, om the elytra dense on

the suture and odd interstices, rather sparse on the even ones; legs with thinner

and less depressed setae, altering to thin hairs on the under surface of tibiae.

Rostrim stout and eheved, median carina concealed. Antennae rather thin.

Prothorax alnost as long as wide, sides strongly and evenly rounded; granules

conspiciously transversely arvanged. Elytra conjointly arcuate at base, shoulders

prominent, a noteh behind each, alternate interstices slightly elevated: punctures

normally concealed, except on sides, where they appear very small. Metasternum

and tivo basal segments of abdomen with a wide shallow depression, on which

{he setae are thinner and more numerous than on the rest of the surface. Meso-

sternum with @ large projecting process, stout at (he base, almost acutely conival

in frout, Front coxae widely separated: femora stout; front tibiae with several

acute teeth on the lower surface, the tip aentely produeed. TLeneth, 6-5 mm,

HTuh. New South Wales: Jindabyne (H. J. Carter).

Tu the table assoeiated with M. mesosternalis, from which it is at once

distinguished hy the front tibiae, if is also a somewhat larger species, with the

inesosternal process more thickened towards base (pear-shaped with the stalk end

in front). The clothing of the wider surface is somewhat paler than that of

fhe npper surfaee, and on the depressed parts the setae are thinner than else-

where; the femora are feebly ringed. There ave numerous small dark spots on

the clytva. The teeth on the front tibiae are very conspicuous from several

directions; on the hind tibiae there ave a few inconspicuous ones near the inner

apex. No part of the type has been abraded, but the transverse arrangement of

the prothoraci« granules is so conspienons that the surface appears to he erossed

by dinmerous thin lines; on the elytra the only punetires indicated are some of

the lateral ones, but they are no doubt of large size, hoth there and elsewhere.

MANDALOTUS AUCHMERESTHES sp, nov,

Fig. 78, d.

8 Black, tarsi obscurely veddish. Densely clothed with mnddy-brown,

obscurely variegated scales, interspersed with stout setae; tibiae sparsely ciliated,

Rostrum short, strongly curved. median carina normally concealod, Antennae

comparatively thin. Prothoray almost as long as wide, sides strongly rounded,

median line distinct: with rather large, round, feehly elevated erannles, fairly

distinet before abrasion only on the sides. Elytra conjointly arcuate at hase,

168 Recokps oF Tre S.A, MUSEUM

shoulders prominent, a note behind cach, behind whieh the posthumeral diyberete

is rather conspicuous; alternate interstices feehly elevated and with slight

swellings, searcely Libercles, about summit of apieal slope; with vows of Jaree

punctures, appearing much smaller through clothing, Metasternum and basal

segment of abdomen with a wide, tit ot very deep depression. Lutercaxsl

process of mesosternum prominent, obliquely dilated from base to near middle,

and then obliquely narrowed to apex, whieh is rather acute. Front coxae rather

widely separated, tibiae spurred at apex. Leneth, 4-5-5-5 mm.

® Differs in being somewhat wider, abdomen and metasternmium without a

(depression, intercoxal process of mesostermum much shorter, the apex very

obtiscly produced, legs shorter and stouter, front coxae slightly more apart, and

tibiae less enrved towards apes, with their under surface setose-

Hab. New South Wales: Eeeleston, abundant (1. Hopson). Type, 1. 15947,

The apical half of the elytra is not irvegilar owing to tubercles, althonel:

some of the interstices are somewhat thickened, so the species in the 1914 table

of the genus could be associated with MW. nariebilis and M. nueillanss from the

former if differs in its Clothing and in the tip of the front tibiae (avehed inwards

al the apex, instead of dikded both inwards and outwards there); from the

latter hy the very different shape of the mesostermal process, On an occasional

specimen the legs are obscurely reddish, but they are usually deep blaek: the

antennae are almost black. On the pronotum the granules, even on the sides,

are normally inconspicuous before abrasion. The elvtral ponetures are lareo,

‘lose together, and decidedly wider than the interstices, but before abrasion they

appear to be not very close together, and less than half the width of the latter;

they are larger and less rounded on the male than on the female.

MANDALOTUS PENTAGONALIS sp. nov.

Fig. 80, ee.

4 Dark brown, under surface and legs pale castaneous, antennae darker,

Densely clothed with dark brown seales, becoming grevish on the sides and Tees ;

in addition with unmerous short setae; under surface with seales andl setae on

ihe sides, but with setae only elsewhere,

Rostrum short and curved; median earina concealed, Antennae Compara

tively thin, Prothorax moderately transverse, sides rormded and widest at apival

third, median line obsolete, granites crowded and fairly distinet through clothing,

Klytra eonjointly dvenate at base, shoulders rounded. posthumeral prominenve

very feeble, alternate instorstices fechly elevated: prnefires appearing rather

small through clothing. Abdomen with erowded, and rather small, asperate

LEA GENUS MANDALOTUS Loy

punctures, quite distinet through the sparse clothing; basal segment and meta-

sternum with a shallow, wide depression, Intercoxal process slightly projecting,

sides obliquely dilated from base to beyond the middle, and then narrowed to

apex. Front coxde slightly but distinctly separated; all tibiae spurred at apex.

Leneth, 4 mn,

Hab. Vietoria: Cheltenham, from moss in April (EF. KE, Wilson), Type

(inique), T. 14948.

The mesosternal process is shaped mueh as in the preceding species, lit is

smaller, and the front voxae are closer together; the two species differ also in

the abdomen, and the present species has the prothoracie granules fairly distinet

before abrasion, even in the middle. The type is probably immature, but several

species are normally quite as pale. [Tt has not been abraded to make sire of the

size of the elytral punctures, but they are probably large; before abrasion they

appear to be much narrower than the imterstices.

MANDALOTUS SETISTRIATUS sp. nov.

Fig. 80, k.

4 Blaek, antennae ancl tarsi reddish. Densely clothed with muddy-brown

scales, interspersed with stiff, slopimg sctae.

Rostrnm short, moderately enrved; median carina clothed but normally

fraceable, Antennae moderately thin. Prothorax slightly transverse, sides

strongly and evenly rounded: granules small, and normally traceable hefore

abrasion only on the sides. Elytra conjointly rather deeply arcuate at base,

posthumeral tubercle not traceable, interstices even; punctures of large size, but

appearing much smaller through clothing. Basal segment of abdomen with two

small and rather acute tubercles, slightly closer to sides than to each other, Front

voxae almost as widely separated as middle ones; hind tibiae with a small acute

tooth one-third from apex. Length, 3-5 mm.

Hub. New South Wales: Hastings River ('T. G. Sloane). Type (unique),

I. 15954,

Very distinet by the abdomen and hind tibiae. The elytra, when viewed

from behind, appear fo have the setae in quite regular rows; after abrasion their

punctures are seen to be distinetly wider than the imterstices.

MANDALOTUS TENUIS sp. nov,

Fig, 78, e.

4 Blackish, antennae and lees obscurely reddish, Moderately clothed with

ushen grey scales, interspersed with setae: most of under surface polished and

wlabrous.

170 Recorps oF THE S.A. MusSEUM

Head with base bald and shining. Eyes much smaller than usual in genus.

Rostriin not yery long, rather suddenly dilated about apex; median carina

inconspicuous. Antennae imoderately long. Pvothorax distinetly longer than

wide, median line well defined; granules small, numerous, and rather rough.

Klytra elongate, hase feebly coujointly arcuate, shoulders romuded, posthumeral

prominence almost absent; alternate interstices feebly elevated; with regular

rows of large punctures, Abdomen with well-defined punctures, more erowded

on apical segment than clsewhere, second segment with two small, acute tubercles,

lose together near the tip. Intercoxal process of mesostecnnm about the width

of coxade, Front coxae almost touching: tibiae strongly ineurved on one side

between middle and apex, Length, 2-25 mm.

Hab. Victoria; Beavousfield, in March, April, and July (i. KE. Wilson).

Type, T. 15953.

In the table associated with M. amplicollis, fron which i differs widely:

from the preveding species it difters in the distance between the front coxae, in

the hind tibiae, and in the distanve separating the abdominal tubercles, these are

“very conspicuous from the sides, The veular lobes and the ineuevature at apen

of prostermiun are wtusually feeble. The baled part of the head commences

immediately behind the eyes, these being mueh smaller than usual. The elytral

clothing is rather sparse, as a result of which the full size of most of the Pec EUs

is Visible hefore abrasion. The hind tibiae from several points of view appear

to have the immer apical half scooped out, nuaeh as on the male of J. eellaris.

On the type the under surface is entirely black. on the second it is hlavk, except

for the apex of abdomen, on the third it is entirely bright castaneous; the Last

specimen was taken from a nest of the ant Helatonuna metalliowm, but it was

probably there hy accident,

MANDALOTUS BIMACULATUS sp. nov,

@ Black, antennae and tarsi obseurely paler. Densely clothed with sooty-

brown scales, hecoming paler on paris of under surface and logs, Giytra with

two whitish spots at base; with fairly dense, stont, curved selile, hut confined to

a single row on each elytral interstice.

Rostrum somewhat longer and less eurved than usual, median earina

vealed almost throughout. Antennae comparatively thin.

wider than lone, sides strongly rounded ;

Con

Prothovax shehtly

sramiles conspicnously transversely

arranged, Elytra conjointly areuate at base, the width there slightly less than

middle of prothorax, posthumeral tiberele (distinet; interstices evenly convex;

punctures conspicuous before abrasion, but appearing much smaller than they

really are. Basal segment of abdomen seareely depressed, at elongated tubercle

LEA—GENUS MANDALOTUS 171

at middle of apex, Front and middle coxae almost equally widely separated ;

lower surface of hind tibiae with a tooth tear apex and one at apex itself.

Length, G mm,

Hab. Queensland: Mount Tambourine (C.J, Wild). Type (unique), in

Queensland Museum.

Au ordinary looking species, but very distinct by the prothovacie granules

wid abdominal carina, The front and middle tibiae have small teeth, but these

are seareely traceable through the clothing.

MANDALOTUS BIVITTICOLLIS sp. nov.

§ Black, antennae and tarsi obscenely reddish. Densely clothed with

svoty-brown and grevish-white scales, irregularly distributed, and with moder-

ately stout, curved setae.

Rostrum moderately stout and curved; median carina concealed. Aniennae

rather long and thin, Prothorax shghtly transverse, sides strongly rounded,

mecian line feeble: granules feeble, and normally quite concealed. Elytra con-

Jointly arcuate at base, posthimeral promineuce absent; third interstice with a

feeble elongated tubercle just beyond the middle, fifth with a still more feeble

one nearer the apex, and vemnants of others between it and the base; with almost

regular rows of punctures, appearing vather small through clothing, but prob-

ably of rather large size, Basal seginent of abdomen with a small acute tubercte

in iniddle of apex. Front and middle coxae widely separated; tibiae longer and

thinner than usnal. Length, 3 mm.

Hab, Victoria; Melbourne (W. du Boulay). ‘Type (unique), 1. 19959.

In the table associated with WW. lubereidinentyis, from which it differs in

being smaller and much narrower, and the abdominal tuberele practically at the

apex of the basal segment instead of some distance before it: the tuberele is

quite conspicuous from the sides. The scales on the pronotum are mostly sooty,

but there is a conspichous whitish vitta on each side; on the elytra they are

mostly pale, but become sooty on the tubercular swellings; on most parts of the

under surface the seales ave rather sparse, so that the finer seulpture is not

ohseured.

MANDALOTUS ARMIVARIUS sp. nov.

Figs. 78, £; 80, q.

é Blackish-brown, antennae and lees obscurely reddish. Densely clothed

with muddy-brown seales, interspersed with suberect setae; the under surface

more sparsely clothed. Rostrum short and curved; median carina shining; and

distinet from base to apical plate. Antennae rather thin. Prothorax almost as

172 RECORDS Or THE S.A. MUSEUM

wide as Jong, sides strongly and evenly ronnded, median line partly ohseured;

graniles inconspicuous before abrasion. Elytra conjoiithly arcuate at base,

posthumeral prominence practically absent; alternate imterstices very fecbly

elevated: punctures appearing small through clothing, when not concealed.

Basal segment of abdomen and metasternim rather deeply concave, the cayity

on the abdomen bounded on each side by an obtuse carina, which terminates

practieully at the apex of the seginent in a distinct tooth. Front coxae almost

as widely separated as the middle ones, front tibiae snbdentate ear base. the

hind ones aeutely dentate about middle. Length, 3-3-5 mm.

® Differs in being somewhat wider, abdomen and metastermum not conerye.

the former withont carinac, femora thinner, aud frout and hint tibiae simple.

Hab. Victoria: Belgrave in July and November, Ferntree Gully in April

(F. BE. Wilson). Type, 1. 15952.

Regarding the abdomen as bitubereulate, in the 1914 table of the genus, as

well as in the accompanying onc, the species would be associated with M, taylor’,

from which it differs in being much smaller, and with the abdominal depression

continued on to the metasternum, instead of coufined to the apical half of the

segment; the legs also differ in many respects. Regarding the abdomen as

bicarinate, it should be placed with M. éxeanatus, whieh has very different lews,

and prothoracte granules transversely arranged. On abrasion the prothoracic

granules are seen to be small, even on the sides, and the elytral pruectures laree

and wider than the interstieos. On the male the front tibiae are acitely spurred

af apex; near the apex on the inuler side a narrow Hange commences, whieh

gradually dilates Hill if abruptly ends near the base, almost at a right angle.

The femora of the male are somewhat roughened about the middle, but eould

searcely be regarded as dentate. The antennae and lees are CONSpPLeHOUsly rec

on some speciniens, aud on su¢h the abdomen and other parts of the wieder surface

are also reddish, but fully matured specimens haye most of the body parts blacks,

or almost so,

MANDALOTUS INSIGNIPES sp. nov.

Pigs. 78, 2: 79, a.

§ Dark brown, antemiae obscurely reddish, legs and parts of tunder

strface somewhat castancous. Densely clothed with brownish scales, sparsely

Interspersed with setae,

Rostrnm short, stout, and curved; median caring concealed. Antennae

ather long and thin, Prothorax moderately transverse, sides unevenly rounded ;

granules. feebly defined before abrasion. Blytra feebly trisinuate at base.

shonlders rounded, suture considerably thickened on apical slope: third interstice

LLrA—GENUS MANDALOTUS 1

y bb ec

wom ; a ‘) fF: sn ; \

Pig 80, a, Part of lind leg of Wandalotus puicticontiis Blaekb bof Mf, fiasifatis Loa

(tarsus tivesjointed ys @, of Me adverse Blagkh.; af, of Me earinatipes Lane; eof Me eetlirres

Pase.; fof We fergusont Leas g, of M. granulutus Leas hh, of My rudis Leas i, of a. seater

Loa: j, of M. sudueyensix Leas k, of M- setigtriatis Leas |, tn, of M. gnedeoaalis Lea. thy Tart

af foot low af MP dentipes Tens oof Me laminetipes Lew: yy ot OD. japetfer Vea yuk A

armivarius Lov: ty of MP, hoploenemus Lew. os, Head of af. blaekored with decidtons maybe

proeesses: to uf WL intevovilivis Wea, showing interieular genuine; uy of A. naterops Tan.

*, Antenna of ML ponderivornis Lea; wy of A. fenufermoria Len. 8, Troster pares of VM,

weamipoehis Liew. y, mososternal process of My, suitercaralis Laity 2, of WE temoiigeetis Lin;

Wi, OF MM. hesosteviadiv Lea: bh, of IL. aviformis Lea; ee. of MM. pontegoaulis Len

wilh three tubercles, including one at base, filth and seventh eaeh with three.

and oa few smatler ones elsewhere; with larke, partially concealed punctures

Abdomen with a deep depression on basal two-thirds of first seguient, and eon-

tinued on to netastemmum. Front eoxae practically touching; femora yery ston :

front and middle dibiae deeply notehed, bind ones with two yery large teeth, of

whieh one is much darwer than the other, Length, 3-4 mom,

9 Differs dy being wider, eves smaller, prothorax less transverse, y10st

of the elyival dubercles of smaller size, the apical slope with paler clothing,

abdomen econves anc simple. femora thinner and tibiae simple.

Wah. Vielovias Millevore in dannarn: (FF. BL Wilson). Type. }. Tavs.

Its lees ponder this species probably the most remarkable one of the gems.

The basal seoment of the abdomen of the male has a deep depression, with the

aides of the infercosal process ridged; hebind the depression there is a feeble

174 kkcoRDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

varina, iiterrupled iu the middle, hence its position im the fable. But regarding

the ahdomen as neither carinate mov tuberculate, and referring the species to

DDD, it is distinel from all ihe species placed (here by its remarkable tibiae.

In the 1914 fable it could be associated with I. areevalus, which has the

prothoracie granules transversely arranged and ordinary legs. The eyes of the

male are so large that each is fully as wide as the distance between them, although

this is searcely evident from ahove. The elytral tibercles are so placed as to

appear in rows from almost any direction, mmueh as trees in an orchard, The

female has the under parts and legs darker than in the male, the latter probably

not being Pally matured when taken.

MANDALOTUS DENTICULATUS sp. nov.

4 Blackish-brown, parts of antennae and of under surface obscurely

reddish, legs paler, Moderately clothed with brownish seales, imterspersed with

fairly Jong setae: ioder surface sparsely ¢lothecl: tibiae ciliated on vnder surface.

Tostriu short and strongly eurved ;median carina not traceable. Antennae

moderately long. Prothorax moderately transverse, sides and dise imever,

owing to large, partially concealed grannies. HBlytra slightly arcuate at base,

with ninnerous more or less distinet tibercles; punctures large hut appearing

much smaller through clothing, Metasternum and basal segment of abdomen

conjointly moderately concave, the depression on the abdomen hounded posteriorly

hy a curved and rather feeble carina, the middle of which touches the apex of

the segment. Middle coxae rather widely separated, the front ones touching;

femora stouter than usual; front and middle tibiae denticulate from near base,

hind ones with a small acute tooth at basal third, and thence dentieulate to apex.

Length, 3-8-5 mm.

? Differs in having the elytral tubercles more tmeyenty placed. the

arenation of the hase somewhat interrupted by the base of the third interstiee

on each, basal segment of abdomen gently convex and nonearinated, femora

thinner, and tibiae simple.

Hab. Victoria: Millgrove in January, Belurave in October and December,

and Beacousfield in Aneust (F. E, Wilson). Type, 1. 15957,

In the 1914 table of the genus this species conld be associated with IW.

bryophagus, but the abdomen and its carina ave different, and the elytra are

conspicnously tiberenlate. The carina, instead of being eyenly elevated. is

depressed in the middle, owing to the general concavity of the segment it is on.

Small females (one of whieh was taken from under fallen leaves) somewhat

resemble the type (a female) of A7. rufipes, but on thal species the front coxac

are not im coutact. On the male (only one of which was taken) the largest;

LEA—GENUS MANDALOTUS 175

tihercle is on the third interstice, just beyond the middle; if is the imer one

of an obliqne row of four; beyond this row is a second, of whieh the largest

tubercle is on the fifth interstice, and there is a less conspicuous vow near the

apex: towards the base there are several smaller inequalities of the strtace,

wnd (he suture also is thickened at the summit of the apical slope.

MANDALOTUS BREVICARINATUS sp. nov.

Fig. 78, h.

2 Black, antennae aud parts of the lews obscurely reddish, Densely

clothed with muddy-brown seales feebly variegated with paler ones, and inter-

spersed with numerous sloping setae,

Rostrume short and curved; median carina concealed almost throughout.

Antennae moderately thin. Prothorax slightly longer than wide, sides strongly

rounded; granules fairly large, close together, and distinet before abrasion,

Elytra conjomtly but not quite evenly arcuate at base, posthumeral prominence

searcely traceable, alternate interstices fechly elevated; punctures large and

wider than interstices, but appearing very stinall through clothing, or even cou-

cealed. Basal segment of abdomen with a short, curved carina, not quite one-

third of the width of the segment, its middle touching the tip, between it and

the base the surface is depressed, somewhat shining, and with erowded prunetires.

Front ¢oxae touching; front and middle tibiae feebly denticulate, the apex

spurred; hind tibiae neither dentieulate nor spurred. Leneth, 44 mint.

Hab, Tasmania: Launceston (Aug. Simson). Type, 1. 15958.

In the 1914 table of the genus this species could be associated with J.

bryophagus, but the three males before me are all larger than the type of that

species, the abdomen is move concave at its base, and the distance between the

middle coxae is distinetly greater, There is a slight transverse arrangement of

the prothoracic granules on the sides, but it is nol continuous across the middle.

The finiele and tarsi are paler than the vest of the appendages, at first glance

the scape and elib appearing to be almost black.

MANDALOTUS RECTICARINATUS sp. nov,

4 Black, fimiele, tarsi, and trochanters reddish. Densely clothed with

miuddy-brown, feebly yariewated scales, interspersed with stout setae,

Rostrum short, stout, and curved: median carina not traceable. Antennae

not very long. Prothoras moderately transverse, sides strongly rounded, median

line distinel; granules mamerous and fairly well defined, even before abrasion,

Elytra conjointly avevate at base, basal half parallel-sided, posthumeral promi-

uence absent, alternate interstices feebly elevated; with rows of large, but

176 RECORDS OF THE S.A. Museum

normally almost, or quite, concealed punetures. Basal scement of abdomen

noderately conyes, a short, straight carina fairly close to its apex. Front coxae

widely separated; femora stout; tibiae spurred, Leneth, 2-25-2-5 mm.

9 Differs in having the prothorax smaller, with its sides more evenly

rounded, elytra wider and less evenly arcuate at base, abdomen amore vonvex

and without a carina, and legs shorter aml somewhat thinner,

Hab. South Australia; Myponga, numerous specimens from anoss (A. IT.

Histon). ‘Type, L. 12870.

A small species, very distinet by the abdominal carina of the male, this

being transverse, quite straight, and not much longer than the intercoxal process

of the mesosternmtum ; the species is smaller even than WV. wifmetis, whieh bas the

carina arched and touching the apex of the segment. The scape and elih are

conspiciously darker than the funicle; on au oceasional specimen the legs are

ahnost entively reddish, and on such the under parts are also more or less

obseuvely reddish. On the elytra the setae are confined to a single row on cael

alternate interstice. On fresh specimens there are distinet pale markings on

the sides of the prothoraxy, and ou the apical half of the elytra. On abrasion

the elytrval punctures of the male are seen to be almost as wide as the interstices,

on the female they are somewhat smaller,

MANDALOTUS HYSTRICOSUS sp. nov.

Fig. 78, i.

é Black, antennae and parts of legs more ov less veddish, Densely clothed

With seales varying from ochreous, through brown, to black, and thiekly inter

spersecdl with stiff suberect setae: uuder surface of tibiae ciliated.

Rostrum stout and strongly curved; median carina thin and traceable

through clothing. Antennae rather lone and thin. Prothoras distinetly trans-

verse, sides gently iuereasing in width from near base to beyond the middle; with

rather large, flattened granules, fairly distinet before abrasion, Elytra trisinuate

at base. shoulders prominent, posthumeral prominence large but obtuse: with

small tubercles seattered about, and two fairly large ones on the third interstices,

at base and beyond the middle; punetures appearing rather small through

clothing. Basal segment of abdomen with a wide curved carina, its middle

touching apex of seement, owing to the sudden ineurvatnure of the latter, between

it and base depressed, shining, and with numerous small punetiures, Front

coxae widely separated: front tibiae with apical two-thirds of lower surface

strongly arched and finely denticulate, middle tibiae less stronely arehed and

denticulate, hind tibiae with an inner subapieal tooth, in addition to the apical

spur, Length, G mim.

LeEA—GENUS MANDALOTUS 177

Hob, Tastnania: Corinna (Ang. Simson). Type (niique), [. 15955,

fu the 174 table of the @enus this species could be associated with MW. langi-

collis and WM. avciferus, from both of which it is distinguished by the hind tibiae,

on whieh there is a distinet tooth aear the inner apex; on fongreallis the apex

itself curves ronnie, so as to present the appearance of a semi-double tooth, on

areiferus, except for the apical spy, the tihiae are simple. The type has not

heen abraded. as it is in perfeet eoudition; probably on older specimens the

clothing wonld be of the usual maiuddy-brown, Seen from behind the elytra

appear rather strongly trisinuate at base; from directly above the frisintation

is mueh less pronounced, alrhoneh quite evident.

MANDALOTUS VIGILANS sp. nov,

Fig. 79, e.

é Dark brown, antennae and lees paler. sometimes almost fiavous. Moder

ately clothed with brownish or brownish-wrey scales, sparsely interspersed with

setae: dinder surface ancl lees more sparsely clothed,

ves very large and round. Rostrum short and curved: median carina

apparently absent. Antennae rather long and thin, Prothorax distinctly trans-

verse; with six obtuse tubereles, of which two on each side cause it to appear

hilobed: with a few granules seattered about. Elytra feebly trilobed at base,

shoulders rounded off; third interstice with three tibereles, a fairly large one

at base, one about as large just beyond the middle, and a small one between

them; fifth also with three tubercles placed slightly posterior to those on the

third, seventh and ninth with several feeble tubercles; with rows of rather large

punctures, partially obseured by clothing and interrupted by tubercles, Basal

seement of abdomen with coarse punetires, and a Comparatively narrow median

impression, Front coxae apparently touching, middle oues uel widely separated ;

fomora very stout; tibiae thin, Length, 2-5-3 mm.

2 Differs in being considerably wider. eves smaller, prothorax move (rans-

yerse, elytral tubercles of altered sizes, basal segment of abdomen larger, more

eonvex, without large punctures or a median depression, and femora thinner,

Hab. Vietovia: Millgrove in January, Belgrave in Janay and July, from

fallen leaves (F. BE. Wilsom). Type, L. 1an6-+.

A small species, with conspicuous ebytral tubercles, and unusually large eyes ;

in the male the distance separating these at their nearest poimt is less than halt

the diameter of an eve, in the female the distanee is slightly more than the

diameter of an eve. In the table 11 is associated with I. bilebicollis (from Lord

[lowe Island), whieh has very different shoulders. On fresh specimens, m1

vertain lights, some of the scales have a golden gloss.

178 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

MANDALOTUS HYPULUS sp. noy.

é Blaek, antennae and parts of legs somewhat. reddish. Densely clothed

with sooty-brown, feebly variegated scales; each femur with a pale rings with

short setae, rather sparsely seatiered about; tibiae rather feebly ciliate.

Rostrum, short, stout, and eneved; median carina Saintly indicated through

¢lothing. Augitennae rather long and thin. Prothorax slightly wider than long,

sides foebly dilated from near base to beyond the nriddle; with crowded and

small granules, distinet on abrasion, but feebly indicated normally, Elytra

Ivisinuate at base, notched behind each shoulder, posthomeral prominence

scarcely madicated 5 allernate interstices fechly elevated, the third with a swelling

at base, and a fairly distinet tubercle at summit of apical slope, the fifth with

(wo, one just before and one below stammit of apieal slope; with rows of lavee

punctives, wider than the interstices, but appearing much smaller through

clothing, and many quite concealed, Abdomen with a wide and fairly deep

depression on basal seoment, continued on to second, bit shallower there, Fron

voxae practically touching, tibiae feebly denticulate. Length, 5 mim,

Hab. Vasmania (Aug, Simson). Type (unique), [. 15963.

In addition to the distinct tubercles about the summit of the apical slope,

there are other faintly indicated ones posteriorly, The clothing would probably

he more variegated on fresher specimens than on the type, as the pale seales on

ihe femora and some of those elsewhere have a sheht golden gloss.

MANDALOTUS FUNEREUS sp. nov,

é Black, claw joints reddish, Densely clothed with soatydirewn, feebly

rariegated scales, interspersed with stout, depressed setae,

Eyes small, Rostrum stont anc strougly curved; median carina invisible.

Antennae fairly long and thin, Prothorax slightly transverse, sides strongly

and evenly rounded: granules placed transversely, Elytra deeply conjoiutly

arenale at base, shehtly notched behind each shoulder, with the posthumeral

prominence fairly distinet; third and fifth ivterstices subtuberenlate at and about

summit of apical slope, the third also at base; with large punctures, much wider

than the interstices, but appearing quite small through the clothing, and a few

entirely concealed, Basal segment of abdomen yery feebly depressed in middle.

Front coxae widely separated, front and lind tibiae rather feebly denticulate

oo lower surface, {he middle pair still more feebly. Length, 7 mm.

Hab. Victoria: Alps (T. G) Sloane). Type (unique), 1. 15965.

A large species, bit with tubercles so feeble that it was only after hesitation

it was placed in F in the table; regarding the clytra as nontuberemlate, it eould

he associated with M. transucrsus, & wider species, with hase of elytra different,

LeEA—GENUS MANDALOTUS 179

The scales, and the setae placed amongst them, vary from an obseure brown 10

hlack, and are entirely withont gloss (the type is apparently in perfect condition ) ;

on the elytra the stout setae are denser on the suture and on the swellings than

elsewhere. On abrasion the prothorax is seen to be traversed by iemerons thin,

Dterrupted carinae, rather than granules transversely arranged

MANDALOTUS MEDCOXALIS sp. noy.

Figs. 78, 7; 80, 1, m.

& Black, antennae and legs more or less reddish. Densely clothed with

seales varying from greyish to sooty-brown, and interspersed with numerous

sloping setae; front tibiae conspicuously ciliated,

Rostrum rather short, middle carina thin and distinet throughout. Antennae

moderately lon@ and thin. Prothorax slightly transyerse, sides strongly rounded ;

surface traversed by mumerous short, interrupted carinae, or by granules trans-

versely arranged, and traceable before abrasion. Elytra conjointly, rather deeply

arcuate at base, but arcuation interrupted on each side by a swelling at the base

of the third interstice: a noteh behind each shoulder, posthumeral prominence

rather conspicuous; with subtubereular swellings on and about suminit of apical

slope; punchaires large and wider than interstices, but appearing much smaller

throngh clothing, Basal sewment of abdomen and metasternunt jointly shallowly

depressed. Front coxae widely separated: middle coxae armed with a thin,

blint tooth, projecting obliquely backwards; front tibiae strongly curved, hind

ones with an oblique ridge on lower surface, and between there to apex strongly

inc¢urved. Leneth, 5-6 mm.

Hab. New South Wales. Dorrigo (W. Teron and H. J. Carter), Type,

1. 15960.

Readily distinguishable by the characters noted in the table. The elytra

have a rough appearance, but, except about the base, they could hardly he

regarded as tuberculate; regarding them as such, however, in the table the species

vould be cistinguished from all those referred to F by the armed middle coxae,

The ridge on the hind tibiae from the sides appears as a small tooth. Of the

three males obtained only one has apparently attained its full colouring, the

others have the antennae and lees rather pale, with most of the under surface

alsa somewhat reddish,

MANDALOTUS OXYOMUS sp. nov.

8 Black, antennae and tarsi obscurely reddish, Densely clothed with

muddy-hrown seales, obsewrely variegated with small paler and darker spots;

180 NECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

with niumerotis setae, mostly decumbent; tibiae with rather thin setae on under

surface, but not ciliated,

Byes comparatively small and quite circular, Rostrum short and strongly

eurved; median carina not traceable, Antennae moderately long and thin.

Prothorax rather feebly transverse, sides strongly and evenly rounded; traverses!

by numerous short, flattened ridges. or transversely placed granules, Elytra

eoujointly arcuate af base, shoulders laterally prominent, a distinet notch between

each, and a conspicuous posthumeral tuberele; alternate interstices feebly

elevated; with large punctures, appearing small through clothmy, or even

concealed. Basal segment of abdomen shallowly depressed about base, the

depression continued om to metasternum, Middle coxae with a Conspicuous ridge

or obtuse tooth; front coxae widely separated; front and middle tibiae leebly

denticulate, the hind pair with apical half stronely arched, and blint tipped.

Length, 6 mm,

Tab. South Australia: Mount Lofty (A, H. Elston). Type (Ginique),

[. 15977.

The middle coxae could scarcely be regarded as armed, still the ridge

is very conspicuous from the sides, and from some directions appears almost as

#. tooth, and to a certain extent approaches that of MW. dentipes; from that spevies

it is at once distinguished by the front tibiae, the apex of which, on dentrpes,

is conspicuously notched,

MANDALOTUS MULTICARINATUS sp. nov.

§ Blaek, antennae and parts of legs obsenrely reddish. Moderately

elothed with muddy-brown scales, with rather sparsely interspersed setae; moder

surface with thin setae only.

Rostrum rather short and curved; median carina not traceable, Antennae

fairly long and thin, Prothorax moderately transverse, sides strongly and almost

evenly ronnded; dise traversed by numerous thin carimae, in places broken up

into transverse eranules, and distinct before abrasion, Klytra conjointly arcuate

at base; iuterstives not separately convex, and not alternately cleyated ; punctures

comparatively small, Under surface with crowded and small pructures; basal

segment of abdomen with a shallow depression, continued! on lo metasternum,

Front coxae moderately separated. all tibiae suddenly dilated af apex. Length,

3 mm.

Hab. Victoria: Kulkyne in September (F. EB. Wilson), Type (unique),

1, 15966.

The sparse and thin clothing of the winder surface allows the clerm to he

seen, as in MM, erawfordi, with whieh) if conld be assoeiated in the 1914 table of

Lrea—-GENuUS MANDALOTUS 181

the genus, but from whieh if differs in having the body parts black, with fhe

antennae and parts of legs obscurely reddish, instead of almost flavous; in

eraufordi, except for some of the scales, only the eyes are black; that species

also has rather dense elytral setae. The elytral punctures ave decidedly smaller

than is usual in the genus, on abrasion their greatest width is seen to be less

than one-third the width of the interstices; on the males of eraefordi, after

abrasion, they ave seen to be fully half the width of the interstices. There is a

slight noteh behind cach shoulder, rendering it laterally prominent,

MANDALOTUS STRIATUS sp. nov,

@ Black, antennae and parts of legs ‘lull reddish. Densely clothed with

miuldy-hbrown seales, interspersed with subereet setae,

Eyes smaller and more convex than usual. Rostra short and enrved:

median carina not traceable, Prothorax not much wider than long, sides feebly

inereasing in width from base to apex, and then snddenly narrowed; disc

traversed by numerous flattened ridges, or transversely placed grannles, traceable

before abrasion. Elytra clongate-cordate, base conjointly areuate, shoulders

rounded off, without posthumeral prominences, interstices not alternately

elevated; with rows of coraparatively small punetures, quite concealed before

abrasion. Basal segment of abdomen feebly depressed im middle. Front coxae

moderately separated; tibiae with apical spur. Length, 2-5 mm,

Hab. South Australia: Leigh Creek (Rev, T, Blackburn). Type (unique),

T. 15967.

Structurally fairly close to M. subhumeralis, but without the posthameral

tubercle of that species, and with thinner legs; in the 1914 table of the genus

hoth could he associated with WM. arcuatus, which has a larger and more rounded

prothoras and comparatively large elytral punctures. Before abrasion the elytra

appear to be finely striated and without pimetures; even after abrasion the

punctures in the striae are seen to be decidedly narrower than the interstices, and

these to be densely and minutely punctate. The elytral setae are confined to a

single row on each interstice.

MANDALOTUS LATEBRICOLA sp. nov.

4 Black, antennae and legs partly reddish. Densely clothed with muddy-

brown or muddy-erey, slightly variegated seales, interspersed with stout setae,

on the elytra mostly confined to the alfernate interstices.

Rostrum short and strongly eurved. Antennae moderately thin, Prothorax

moderately transverse, sides strongly rounded; grantiles transversely arranged

or conjoined to form numerous short ridges or carinae, Elytra conjointly but

182 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

rather feebly arcuate at base, shoulders rounded, posthumeral prominence fairly

distinct, sides subparallel to beyond the middle, alternate interstices feebly

elevated; with vows of large punctures, appearing yery small through elothing,

and some of them quite coneealed. Basal seement of abdomen slightly depressed

in middle, Front coxae moderately separated; tibiae acutely spurred at apex,

Length, 2+5-3 mm.

9 Differs in being slightly wider, abdomen more convex, and legs and

amlennae somewhat shorter,

JTab. Victoria; Ringwood in June. July, and September, Ferntree Cully

in April and September, Eltham in September, and Tealesville in August (F, EB,

Wilson), ‘Type, [. 15968.

In the 1914 table this speeies could be assoeiated with MW. abdeminatis and

M. orevatus; in size and general appearance it is much like the former, but the

abdomen is evenly vlothed in both sexes; trom the litter it differs in being wider,

elytra different at base, alternate interstices somewhat elevated, and in the tips

of the tibiae, In general appearance it is strikingly close to WM. trisinnatus, Wut

the hind tibiae are nol subdentate near base, On specimens in good condition

the (vausverse arrangement of the prothoracie sculpture is quite evident, ani

after abrasion is seen lo consist of numerous fine ridges and conjoined eramiles,

but a small amount of dirt ohbsenres it. On several specimens the funiele and

tarsi are conspicuously paler than jhe adjacent parts. Most of the specimens

were taken from tussocks or mosses.

MANDALOTUS PUNCTICOLLIS sp. nov.

8 Blackish; antennae, legs, and parts of under surface more or less

reddish. Densely clothed with muddy-brown scales, interspersed with stout

setae, on the elytra the setae confined to a single row on each interstice,

Eyes unusually small. Rostrimn stout and moderately curved: median

carina apparently absent. Antennae rather short. Prothorax moderately trans-

verse; sides subangulate in midille; with dense concealed punetures, and without

eranules. Hlytra cubeordate, conjointh: arcuate at base, shoulders rounded off,

posthumeral prominence absent, interstices even; with rows of large punctures,

normally almost or quite concealed. Abdomen with basal segment gently

depressed. Front coxae touching, tibiae spurred at apex. Length, 2-2-5 mm.

@ Differs in having abdomen gently convex, and with somewhat shorter

antennae and lees.

Hab, South Australia: Berri. wpe, T. 15975.

In the 1914 table this species could be associated with MW. maculatus and

M, squamibundus, from both of which it differs in heme considerably smaller ;

LEA—GENUS MANDALOTUS 183

in addition it is distinct from the former by the absence of elytral spots, and

its smaller eyes with coarser facets; from the latter it is also distinct, by its

narrower form and sparser and finer setae; the eyes are also somewhat smaller.

On abrasion the pronotum is seen to be densely punetate and without granules.

MANDALOTUS MACROPS sp. nov.

Fig. 80, u.

¢ Black; intennae and legs somewhat reddish. Densely clothed with

muddy-grey scales, becoming paler on apical slope of elytra, and sparse on

under surfaee; a few suberect setae scattered about.

Byes unnsnally large and quite round. Rostrim short and slightly curved ;

median carina cistinet in front, Antennae moderately long and thin, Prothorax

moderately transverse, sides strongly rounded, median line distinct; with

rounded granules, readily traceable through clothing; ocular lobes mmusually

prominent, Elytra elongate subeordate, conjointly arcuate at base, shoulders

oblique, posthumeral prominence very feeble; with rows of distinet punctures,

appearing small through clothing, but probably large. Basal segment of abdomen

with a longitudinal depression, Front coxae touching, femora stout, tibiae

rather thin and rather feebly spurred. Length, 2-25 mm,

Tab. Victorias Healesville in March (F. E. Wilson). Type (umique),

I. 15974.

In the 1914 table this species could be associated with M. maculatus and

M. squamibwndus, from which it is distinguished by the larger eyes and more

prominent ocular lobes. The eves are so large that the distance between them

at their nearest approach to each other is scarcely half the diameter of an eye.

The front of the prosternum is deeply and almost angularly notched, causing

the ocular lobes to appear wiusually prominent, On the type many of the seales

have a slight golden gloss, this hecoming quite conspicuous on the apical slope

of elytra; it is probable, however, that the gloss is distinct only on fresh specimens.

In places the interstices are feebly thickened, causing slight divergences of the

adjacent rows of punctures, but they could not fairly be regarded as tubereulate.

MANDALOTUS CORDIPENNIS sp. nov.

Black, parts of antennae and of legs reddish, Densely clothed with

muddy-brown scales, variegated with pale spots, and mterspersed with numerous

stout, semi-erect setae.

Rostrum very short and curved; median carma not traceable, Antennae

not very long. Prothorax distinctly transverse, sides strongly rounded; with

Lad KECORDS OF THR S,A, MUSEUM

rather coarse granules, traceable before abrasion, Elytra cordate, across middle

almost twice the width of prothorax, shoulders rounded off, without posthumeral

tubercles; alternate interstices very feebly elevated. and slightly uneven about

stiminit of apieal slope; with rows of large piumetures, appearing very small

through clothing. Abdomen moderately convex. Front coxae almost touching,

tibiae feebly spurred, Length, 2-2-5 mm.

Tab, Vietoria: Lorne in October, Beaconsfield in April (F. E. Wilson).

Type, L. 15971.

A small, compact species, with but fechle external indications of sex; the

female is slightly larger, wider (mare noticeably in muddle of elytva than else-

where), and the abdomen is more convex, although even in the male it is

certainly not flat. The incurvature at the apex of the prosternum and the ocular

lobes are feeble, and the claws are smaller than usual. On specimens in perfect

condition there are mimerous spots on the elytra, some of which are almost

square, bul on most of the specimens taken by Mi. Wilson the variegation is

very feeble. On some specimens the legs and antennae are entirely red, but the

funicle, ¢oxae, and tarsi are usually of a brighter red than the adjacent parts,

although the scape aud club ueyer appear to he quite black: two or three sezments

of the abdomen are tsnally obseicely reddish, On some of them the front coxae

appear to be in actaal contact, but when viewed from behind they may be seer

to be slightly separated.

MANDALOTUS GYMNOGASTER sp. nov.

4 Black: antennae and legs more or less reddish. Densely e¢lothed with

muddy-brown, variegated with greyish scales, and rather sparsely interspersed

with suberect setae; under surface sparsely elothed.

Rostrum moderately short and curved; median carina usually distinet

throughout, Antennae thin. Prothorax slightly transverse, sides strongly

rounded, median line traceable; with numerous fairly large granules, traceable

before abrasion. Elytra feebly drisinuate at base, without posthumeral tubercles,

alternate interstices Eecbly elevated; with rows of large punctures, wider than

interstices, but appearing niweh smaller through clothing. Basal segment of

abdomen with a rather deep, shining impression, Continued on to metasternum.

Frout voxae almost tonching; tibiae vather thin, apex not very acutely spurred.

Length, 2-75-3-5 mm,

Q Differs in being wider, abdomen and metasternum not excavated, and

untennae and lees shorter.

Hab. Vietoria: Lakes Entrance in October (F. E, Wilson). Type, [. 15972.

The cavity on the wnder surface is somewhat as on J, fovectus, but that is

a considerably larger species, with front coxae more widely separated. No part

LEA —GENUS MANDALOTUS 185

of the antennae is black, or even very dark, but the funiele is nsnally paler than

the other parts; the legs are sometimes entirely reddish, but usually the femora

wre black, exeept at their ends; the tibiae are occasionally partly dark; the apical

segment of the abdomen is usually reddish. On an Oveasional specimen there

isa fairly distiner pale spot on the basal thickening of the third interstice, and

several more abot the simmit of the apical slope, but on most specimens the

yariegation is feeble and ill-defined. From diveetly above the elytra appear to

be almost evenly arcuate at base, but from most points of view the thiekening

of the third interstice causes the base to appear trisinuate, more noticeably on

the female than on the male,

MANDALOTUS ALPINUS sp. nov,

é. Black, antennae, parts of lees and apical segments of abdomen more ov

less reddish, Densely clothed with muddy-brown, feebly variegated seales, and

interspersed with subereet setae, the latter confined to a single row on each

interstice of elytra.

Rostrum rather short and curved; median carina traceable throughout.

Antennae rather long and thin, Prothorax almost as long as wide, sides strongly

rounded ; with rather large close-set granules, traceable before abrasion, Elytra

feebly trisinnate at base, without posthumeral tubercles, alternate interstices

feebly elevated; with rows of large punetures, wider than interstices, lut

appearing much smaller through clothing. Basal segment of abdomen and meta-

sternum with a conjoint but rather shallow depression. Front coxae touching,

tibiae thin and feebly spurred. Length, 4 mm.

Hub. Victoria: Alps (Rey. T. Blackbumm). Type, IT, 15973.

In the 1914 table this species could be associated with I. coxalis, from whieh

if differs in having smoother elytra and the prothorax less transverse, with larger

but less conspicuous granules; these are feebly transversely arranged on the sides,

but not elsewhere, Structurally it is close to the preceding species, but differs

in being larger, under surface moderately clothed, and its depression much

shallower. On two, of the three, specimens taken by Mr. Blackburn the seales

on the head have a shght golden lustre, and eyen on the elytra a gleaming scale

is occasionally evident.

MANDALOTUS POSTCOXALIS gp. nov.

Fig. 78, k.

é@ Black, funicle and tarsi reddish, vest of antennae darker. Densely

elothed with muddy-brown or sooty scales, sometimes slightly variegated, and

interspersed with numerous subereet, setae.

186 RECORDS OF THE S,A. MUSEUM

Rostrum short, stouf, and curved; median carina distinet in front, but

normally concealed elsewhere. Antennae rather thin. Prothorax moderately

transverse, sides strongly rounded; with large greatules, distinet, before abrasion ;

median line distinct. Elytra trisinuate at base, posthumeral projection promi-

nent; surface uneven or subtuberculate, especially about summit of apical slope;

with rows of large punctures, appearing much smaller through clothing, Basal

segment of abdomen with a wide, shallow depression, continued on to meta-

sternum, Front coxae widely separated, hind anes with a blunt tubercle; apical

half of hind tibiae arcuately thinned on inner side, Length, 4-5 mm-

9 Differs in having prothorax smaller and elytra wider, nnder parts not

depressed, hind eoxae unarmed, and hind tibiae less thinned inwardly.

Tab. Victoria: Eltham in April, August and September, Belgrave in

January, Melbonrne in July, Evelyn in May, Ringwood in July and September,

Ferntree Gully in January (F. E. Wilson), Gippsland (J. E. Dixon). Type,

1. 15961.

The armature of the hind coxae is not distinet from some directions, but on

looking at a specimen along the middle the projections are clearly visible. The

distance between the front coxae is about the width of a coxa. On some specimens

parts of the ynder surface and of the legs, in addition to the tarsi, are obseurely

reddish, On many the clothing of the upper surface is uniformly sooty or almost

so, occasionally it is fawn-coloured; but on one of the Gippsland males there is

a distinet whitish spot on the thickened base of the third interstice on each

elytron, and five fairly distinct pale spots on the pronotum,

MANDALOTUS HOPLOCNEMUS sp. nov.

Figs. 78, 1; 80, r.

é Black, antennae and tarsi more or less reddish. Densely clothed with

muddy-brown scales, interspersed with suberect setae; under surface sparsely

rlothed. |

Rostrum stom, and strongly curved; median carina not traceable. Antennae

rather long and thin. Prothorax as long as wide, sides strongly rounded; with

vlose-set granules, distinet before abrasion. Elytra fecbly trisinuate at base,

posthumeral prominence very feeble, alternate interstices feebly elevated; with

vows of large punetures, appearing much smaller through clothing. Basal

segment of abdomen feebly depressed in middle towards base. Front coxae very

widely separated, the middle ones much closer together; front tibiae with a

distinet tooth on immer side at basal third. Length, 3 mm.

Hab. South Australia: Mount Lofty Ranges, in moss (N. B. Tindale).

Type, I. 15970.

LEA GENUS MANDALOTUS 187

The armature ol the front tibiae is nearer the base than in WW. avenaceus,

with which the species could be associated in the 1914 table, and the front coxae

are more than twice as widely separated as the middle oues, an unique feature in

the subfamily. The timicle is deeidedly paler than the rest of the antennae.

A smaller (2-5 mm.) specimen is evidently immature, as it is (except for the

elothing) entirely flavous, the tooth on its front tibiae is present, but smaller

than on the type, wid one of its deciduous matidibular processes is present.

MANDALOTUS IMPONDEROSUS sp. nov.

Pale castaneous. Moderately clothed with muddy-grey slightly variegated

scales, inlerspersed with suberect setue; muder surface sparsely clothed,

Byes very large. Rostrinm short and curved, median carina not traceable,

Prothorax moderately transyerse, sides strongly voided; granules normally

in¢onspicuons, Elytra conjointly arcuate at base, without posthumeral promi-

nenees, alternate interstices not elevated; with rows of large punctures, appearing

much smaller through cloflime. Basal segment of abdomen shining and slightly

convex in middle, Front coxae almost touching, tibiae fecbly spurred. Length,

1-) min,

Hab. Queensland: Mount Tambourine, from fallen leaves, in January

(A, M. Lead. Type (unique), L 15976.

The type is probably a female, as | eannot find any distinctly masculine

features on it, and the abdomen is slightly convex. Lt was described, however,

as its minute size should prevent its bemg coufounded with any previously named

species. Df is decidedly smaller even than MW. microscopicus, wider in proportion,

and with inuch larger eves; the distance between these at their nearest approach

is less than the diameter of one of them. Although its derm is entirely pale, it

is by no menus certain that the type is immature, as its eyes are black, and the

deciduous mandibular processes have been shed. Only a slight part of the pro-

notvin was abraded, bit (his indicates that the granules are less evident than on

most species of the genus.

MANDALOTUS COLLARIS sp. nov.

3 Black, some parts obscurely reddish, funiele and tarsi paler. Densely

clothed with muddy-brown scales, somewhat variegated in parts; with stout and

not very dense setae seatiered about, and becoming longer and more numerous

on legs.

Rostrum short and stout, apparently without median carina, with an elevated

subtriangular space commencme at the inter-oewar fovea and dilated to insertion

of antennae. Antennae rather lone and thin; seape somewhat curved; seeond

188 Records OF THE S.A, MusEUM

joint of frmiele longer than first. Prothorax moderately transverse, sides ani

dise irreenlar. Elytra wider thai prothorax, surface very uneven, shoulders

produced; with very irregular rows of not very large punctures, Front coxae

widely separated; femora stout; tibiae rather long. Length, 5-6 mm.

§ Differs in being somewhat wider, (wo basal segments of abdomen gently

convex in middle (instead of flat), and legs somewhat shorter,

Hab, Lord Howe Island (A, M, Lea and wife). Type, L. 5802.

In the 1914 table of the genus this species could be associated with WM. irrasis

and M, ferrugineus;: Wut the sides of its prothorax and shoulders readily dis-

tinguish it from all previously deseribed species. On some specimens the paler

scales are but litthke in evidence, but on others they are very distinet and

stramineous, with a taint golden gloss; ou several the paler scales are conspicuous

on the middle of rostrimu [rom apex to base, and are continued on to head, where

they form a conspictiously bilobed basal patch, on the prothorax they form

fourteen small spots (four at the apex, four in the middle, two on each side, and

two at the base, and four at the hase of elytra. Hach side of the prothorax is

irregularly bilohed, the posterior lobe being usually feebly semi-double; between

it and the base the side is strongly ineurved to allow room for the projecting

shoulder, the surface is irregularly elevated, rather than distinctly grantlate or

subtuberenlate, and the median line is shallowly impressed. The elytra are

supplied with numerous rather large, obtuse tubercles, of which there are

usually four on the third interstice, three on the fifth, and four or five on Lhe

seventh; the hraneral projection is oblique and usually semi-donble; the suture

is thickened at the summit of the apical slope; the rows of punetures are all

deflected by the tnbercles. Seven specimens were obtamed from fallen leayes.

MANDALOTUS BILOBICOLLIS sp, nov.

Fig, 79, £.

§ Blackish-brown, some parts obscurely reddish; funicle and tarsi paler.

Densely clothed with muddy-brown scales, interspersed with stouf setae.

Rostriun short and stout. Antenne long and thin. Prothorax moderately

transverse, sides conspicuously bilobed, Elyiva somewhat as mm preceding species

Bront coxae touching, Length, 4°25 min.

Hab. Gord IWowe Island (A. M. Lea and wile), Type, 1. 5804.

Strikingly close in general appearance lo the preceding species, but with

front coxae touching, instead of widely separated; the intercoxal process of the

mesosternum is somewhat rounded, and about as long as wide: on the preceeding

species it is fully twice as wide as long. ‘lhe prothorax is somewhat flatler than

LeaA—GENUS MANDALOTUS 189

on M. collaris, with the subiuberenlar elevations loss pronounced, and sides eon-

spicuously bilobed, the posterior lobe is more acute than the other, and not

gemi-double, between it amd the base the side is more largely seooped out than

ou callaris, so that the projecting shoulder bas more room; the elytra are more

narrowed posteriorly, the tuberenlar elevations are inore obtuse, and the rows

of punctures are less conspicuously deficeted by them. The rostrum at a glance

is much as me collars, but the elevated inter-antennary space is parallel-sided

instead of triangular, and the apical plate is larger; the antennae are slightly

thinner, but otherwise nich the same. Two speciinens were obtained from fallen

leaves, and there is another, from Monnt Ledgbird, in the Australian Museum.

MANDALOTUS SQUAMOSUS sp. nov.

6 Blackish-brown, some paris obscurely reddish. Densely elothed with

light brown or slaty-grey scales, on the uniter surface and appendages mixed

with fine setae.

Eyes small, each encircled by # farrow but rather deep impression. Rostrum

stot, dilaled to Year apex, transversely impressed at hase, feehly bicarinate on

upper stu‘face. Antennae lone but not very thin, second joml of funicle much

longer than fivsh. Prothorax almost as long as wide, sides moderately rounded,

seulptire more or less concealed. Elytra wide, shoulders. feebly produced and

oblique: with semi-double rows of large, partially concealed punctures, Legs

stout; front coxae shebtly separated. Length $-5-6-5 num.

9 Differs in being wider, shoulders less prominent, two basal segments of

abdomen convex in middle instead of flat, and legs somewhat shorter.

Ilab. Lord Howe Island (A. M. Lea and wile). Type, I. 5803.

The front ecoxae, although close together, are not touching, consequently in

the 1914 table of the genus the species could be assouiated with A. spurceus; bul

it is in fact very distinet [rom all previously described species of the genus.

‘The oenlar lobes ave feeble but quite distinct from below. ‘The claw-joints and

the funicle ave redder than the other parts, but are not brightly castaneous as

on most species. The scales are of almost even colour throughout, but vary in

shade amongst the individuals; on the prothorax (here are no sctac, and on the

elytra but few, and those confined to the apical slope. The flanks of the prothorax

are covered with deuse and rather large punetures quite distinct before abrasion,

bit the dise through the clothing appears covered with very [veble tubercles,

on abrasion, however, inauy laree punetures are in evidence; the median line

is Yather feeble, The elytral punctures before abrasion appear to be narrower

than the interstices, but after abrasion are seen to be wider; ihe imterstices are

hot separately couvex, except on the apical slope, where the alternate ones are

feebly clevated above their fellows; the sides are vather suddenly narrowed

190 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MuskuM

behind the shoulders on the male, hit Jess conspieuonsly so on the female, and

the shoulder of the male from helow appears subtnberculate. Three specimens

were obtamed, one from the sea-beach at melt.

MANDALOTUS HOWENSIS sp. nov.

é Reddish-brown, some parts (including the antennae and tarsi) paler.

Densely Clothed with stramineous or helt brown scales, obscurely mottled with

paler and darker spots and patches; with stout, depressed setae on upper surface,

and longer and more iuverous ones on under surface ancl legs,

Rostrum short and stout, median carina not traveable through clothing.

Seape stout: first jot of funiele shgbtly longer and thieker tha second. the

Others subelobular, but seventh distinetly transverse. Prothorax not much wider

than long, sides and base rather strongly rounded, Elytra subovate, base arcuate,

shoulders rather strongly roquded aud widest at basal fourth; with regular rows

of rather large pumetiures, appearing very small before abrasion; iMmterstices

searcely separately convex, and not alternately elevated, Legs rather stout. front

eoxae almost touching. Length, 4-7)-5-25 mm.

9 6Piffers in being somewhat wider, two basal segments of abdomen slightly

vonyvex (instead of quite flat in middle) and legs somewhat shorter,

ITab. laavd Howe Island (A.M. Lea and wife), Type, 1. 5828.

In some respects close to M2 anmophilus, but with elothing more variegated

and setae less conspienous, rostrum not suddenty cleyated above head at base,

although gently separately coiver (as viewed from the side), and seape somewhat

thinner. In colour of clothing it approaches WW. erassicorni’s, but that species

has the seape almost twice as stout, atid with a distinet median line on prothoray,

of which, (at any rate before abrasion) there is not a trace on the present species ;

there are also many other differences; M. herbivorus has also the scape stouter,

and different prothoracie and rostral sculpture. The scape is certaimly of con-

siderable thickness, hut is less so than any of the species standing under A iw

in the 1914 table of the genus. The general appearance of the prothorax and

elytra is that of some of the more vusty-looking specimens of M7. sterilis, with

which, however, it has seareely anything else in common, On the elytra the

darker spots are fairly numerous and cistinet; on two speeimens there is it

conspicnons dark pateh on each side of the prothorax aboni the base. and

rendered more conspicuous by a dark pateh on each side of it; on these two

specimens also the abdominal scales ure mostly dark rusty-brown, becoming paler

at. the sides. On the elytra the setae form a more or less regular row om each

interstice. On abrasion the prothorax is seen to be closely covered with small

punctures, and with many of larger sizes granules are absent, Four specimens

were obtained, ineluding two from fallen leaves.

LeEA—GENUS MANDALOTUS 191

MANDALOTUS MICROPS sp. nov.

@ Dark brown (sometimes almost black), appendages and tip of abdomen

reddish. With dense muddy-brown clothing, interspersed with stiff, recurved,

yellowish setae; moder surface much more sparsely clothed, and in places almost,

or quite, glabrous.

Eyes very small, cach enclosed by a narrow, deep impression, opening in

front dito the serobe. Rostrum short, with an obscure median line; apieal plate

hot triangular, Seape stout, moderately curved; first joint of funicle rather

stout, as long as second and third combined. Prothorax almost as long as wide,

sides obliquely taereasing in width from base to apical third, and then oblique

to apex ; with four very obtuse elevations across widest part, aud feeble granules

(coneealed before abrasion) elsewhere. Elytra moderately long and sriboyate,

hase trisinuate, widest shehily beyond the aviddle; with rows of large ponctures,

almost or quite concealed before abrasion ; interstices feebly and almost regularly

elevated in places. Abdomen with a basal row of large punctures. Front coxae

touching: femora rather stout: tibiae thin; claw-jommt long and thin. Length,

2-24 mm.

@ Differs in having the prothorax more transverse, elytra larger, abdomen

larger and more couvex, and legs somewhat shorter.

Hab. Lord Mowe Island (A, M. lea and wife). Type, [. 9800.

The slight inequalities of the elytra could hardly be regarded as tuhereles,

bit treating them as such the species, in the 1914 table of the genus, could be

associated with WM. canpylocneniis, whieh is a much larger and otherwise very

different species, Some specimens appear to have no part of the derm black,

aud these, regarding the elytra as nonfiubereulate, could be associated with

M. pallidus (a much larger and otherwise different species); the others could

be associated with O 7/, all small species, but all very different from the present

one, Some speeimens have the derm almost entirely pale vastaneous, the under

surface and appendages conspicuously so, on aecount of their sparser clothing.

The general appearance of specimens is Frequently altered by an imerustation

of mud, bit on clean ones, nnder a lens, the upper surface appears to be densely

squamose, rider a eoinpomtid power, however, ii is seen to be densely vovered

with fine setae, with considerably stouter ones scattered about; under a compo

power also the abdomen is seen to he densely covered with small punctures anil

fine golden setae, but under a lens it appears shagreened, and the setae have

an appearance as of short pieces of fine, spirally twisted silk. The rostrum has

its basal two-thirds densely clothed, with the median carina of other species

replaced by a narrow impressed line. Fifteen specimens were obtained from

fallen leaves.

192 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

MANDALOTUS NODIPENNIS sp. nov.

@ Dark reddish-brown, appendages and tip of abdomen paler, With dense

muddy-brown, variegated with ashen, clothing; and with a few stout setae

scattered about.

Head and its appendages and the legs much as on preceding species. Pro-

thorax rather strongly transverse, sides fecbly dilated in width from hase to

near apex; surface somewhat uneven, bit derm coneealed Ly clothing. Blytra

subovate, base trisinuate, sides rather strongly rounded; proietires normally

woncealed ; interstices with regular series of small nodes. Length, 21 mm.

Hab, Lord Howe Island (A, M. Lea and wife). Type, 1.5667,

A single specimen was obtained, and for some time was mixed with members

of the preceding species, from which, however, it differs in havine the prothorax

more transverse, with the sides more rounded, the elytra shorter, with numerous

small but distinet nodes, a few of whith have stout setae (differently coloured

from those of the preceding), but the majority of which have not; the seape is

stouter and the two basal joints of funicle are thimner and longer (the others

are missing). As its abdomen is ¢listinetly convex the type appears tu be a

female, but as the species is certainly different from the preceding one, and is

an island form, extremely unlikely to oceur on the mainland, it has been named,

On the type the clothing, which has nowhere been abraded, has a somewhat

spotted appearance, owing to that on the elevated parts being ashen: as on the

preceding species, it consists of fine setae, but with a squamose appearance wader

a lens, the stouter setae are sparse, even on the legs.

MANDALOTUS NORFOLCENSIS sp. nov.

4 Blackish; antennae (elnb infuseated), legs, and tip of abdomen reddish.

With dense, muddy-brown clothing, interspersed with iumerous stout setae,

thinner but not longer on legs than on elytra,

Rostrum short, median carina not traceable. Scape moderately long and

rather thin, distinetly curved; first joiml. of fnnicle as loug as three following

combined. Prothorax slightly transverse, sides obliquely dilated from base to

apical third; surface uneven. Elytra distinctly wider than prothorax, surface

very uneven. Front coxae touching; femora rather stout; tibiae rather long

and thin. Length, 2:25-2-4 mm.

Hab. Norfolk Island (A. M, Lea). Type, 1. 5806,

This was the only species of the genns T obtaimed ou Norfolk Island, although

they were keenly searched for, and much sieving was done. Tis nearest allies

are M. microps and M. nodipennis, from Lord Howe Island, but it differs from

LEA—GENUS MANDALOTUS 193

them in its rougher sculpture, and differently setose elytra; the claw-joint is also

shorter, In the 1914 table of the genus the species could be associated with

M. campyloenemis, which is a very much larger and otherwise different species.

The elytral setae are confined to the elevated parts, and are more conspicuous

on the apical half than on the basal; on the under surface many of the scales

have a metallic-green gloss, The eyes are small but distinctly larger than on

microps; on one specimen the base of the rostrum is conspicuously impressed at

its junction with head, and the inter-ocular fovea appears narrow and deep, and

continued on to base of rostrum, but on the other the inter-ocular fovea is not

traceable through the clothing. The prothorax has numerous small granules,

and four of larger size across the middle, with numerous punctures, but all more

or less concealed by the clothing. Seen from in front the base of the elytra

appears to be arcuate, from behind rather strongly trisinuate; there are numerous

subtubercular elevations, but these appear to be in oblique rather than longi-

tudinal series, and the punctures are large, but both punctures and elevations

are greatly obscured by the clothing. Two specimens were obtained from fallen

leaves.

STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN AQUATIC HEMIPTERA

NO. VII

BY HERBERT M. HALE

Summary

Although the word “aquatic” may be legitimately applied to insects which live on the surface of the

water, or which frequent the margin of waters, forms living in such situations are often referred to

as having a “semi-aquatic” habit, in contradistinction to species which swim beneath the surface

film.

The types of the species herein described as new have been placed in the Museum.

STUDIES in AUSTRALIAN AQUATIC HEMIPTERA

No. VIL"!

By HERBERT M. HALE.

Text figures 81-90.

AurHouaH the word ‘‘aquatic’’ may be legitimately applied to insects which live

on the surface of the water, or which frequent the margin of waters, forms living

in such situations are often referred to as having a ‘‘semi-aquatic’’ habit, in

contradistinetion to species which swim beneath the surface film.

The types of the species herein described as new have been placed in the

Museum.

GYMNOCERATA.

The members of the five families placed in this division are semi-aquatic in

habit; representatives of three of the families have been previously described

from Australia, and a member of each of the others is herein recorded. The

families are readily separated as follows:

KEY TO FAMILIES.

a. Form not linear; head shorter than thorax,

b. Claws placed at end of tarsi, the last joint of whieh

is entire.

Body robust; tarsi two-jomted. (Antennae

five- jointed in our genus) nan Naeogeidae.

ec. Body rather slender; tarsi three- jointed and

antennae four-jointed : .. Mesovelridae.

bb. Claws of front tarsi (at least) not apical, but

inserted in a yee or cleft in the terminal

tarsal joint.

d. Rostrum three-jointed . . ot a .. Veltidae.

dd. Rostrum four-jointed .. Ae a. .. Gerridae.

aa. Form linear; head as long as thorax .. ses bs, ITydrometridae.

Some authors reduce the last four families to the status of sub-families of

the Hydrometridae; and some exclude the family Naeogeidae from the Gerr oidea,

placing it elsewhere in the Gymnocerata.

Famity NAKOGEIDAE.

The tiny bugs belonging to this family are found near water, but rarely

(1) No. y in Archiv f. Zool., K, Svenska Vet.-Akad., xviiA, 1925, No. 20; No. vi in

Proe, Linn, Soe, N.S. Wales, xlix, 1924, p. 461 to 467.

196 RECORDS OF THE S,A, MUSEUM

venture ou the surface film. Four genera are known, and the various species

have been taken beneath leaves or in tufts of vegetation bordering the water,

on ro¢ks in mid-stream, and walking on the walter. In the members of this and

the next family the tarsi are not so perfectly modified for walking on the surface-

film as in those of the Veliidae.

[ have followed Horyath (*) in placing the Naeogeidae in the superfamily

Gerroidea; Jaczewski (ut (ufra) considers that the structure of the male genital

seginents ma N. ruficeps Thoms, indicates that the family is more nearly related

to the Myodochidae (Lygaeidae) and Pyrrhocoridae.

NAEOGEUS Laporte.

Nueogeus Laporte, Essai. Hémip., 1832, p. 34; Jaezewski, Bull. Ent, Pologne, i,

1922, p. 13.

Hebrus Curtis, Ent. Month. Mag., i, 1833, p. 198; Amyot & Serv., Hem., 1843,

p. 294; Fieb., Europ, Hem., 1861, p. 32 and 104.

Type, Lygaeus pusillis Fallen (Naeogenus erythrocephalus Laporte).

The body is plump, and the legs are stout and placed widely apart on the

sternum ; the tarsi bear curved, terminal claws. The antennae are five-segmentate,

with an auxiliary jointlet af the base of the flagellum (third to fifth segments)

and a tiny, collar-lke jointlet between the first and second flagellal segments,

As far as is known the adults are always winged.

NAEOGEUS LATENSIS sp. noy.

¢ Form broad, not narrowed posteriorly, about two and one-fonrth times

Jonger than greatest width. TLead, pronotum, and seutellum dark brown, shot

with metallic ble and green reflections, finely pilose, Tlead about as long as

first Lwo joints of antennae, Antennae testavcous. im parts darkened » as long as

head and pronotum together; first segment longer than second, and as long as

third without basal jointlet; second and fourth, and third and fifth seements

subequal. Pronotum less than twice as wide us its median length, much longer

than head; humeral angles tumid, prominent. and rounded: a diseal fovea

marained with a few coarse punctures: a line 6f punctures bordering the posterior

edge and extending wowards along the inner side of the humeral tiumidities.

Keel of sentellum very distinet, not extending quile to posterior angle, Flemelytra

almost reaching to termination of abdomen; eclaviis and corium velvety brownish-

black, elothed with bright golden hairs; inner anterior angle of clayns with a

large, elongate, sub-triangular spot; membrane greyish-brown, dull, with four

(2) Hory., Aun, Mus, Nat. Hunyarici, xiii, 1915, p. 535-586,

HALE AUSTRALIAN AQUATIC LIEMIPTERA 197

indistinel pale spots. Rostrum testaceous, extending to level of posterioy

acetabula. Underside black, shining, clothed with dense pubescence between

posterior coxae, but with sparse hairs on rest of sternum; ventral surface of

abdomen with rather lone, dense, golden pubescence. Lees testaccons, with the

ipices of femora and tarsi, and basal third of tibiae, darkened, Anterior femora

equal in length to the tibiae, which are about two and one-half times as long as

Sl. Naeogeus latensis, male.

tarsi. Intermediate femora a little shorter than tibiae, which are almost three

times as long as tarsi, Posterior tibiae longer than femora and more than three

limes as lone as tarsi.

¢ A little more robust than the male.

Length, 1:8 mm, fo 1-95 mm,; width, -6 mm. to -85 mm.

TTab, South Australia: Adelaide (type loc.) and Myponga Swamps (TL M.

Hale) ; Tasmania: Devonport (A. M. Lea); New South Wales; Glenfield (A.M,

Lea).

This beautiful little lug is the first of the family to be recorded from

Australia; it somewhat superficially resembles N. bombayensis Paiva, but differs

in the proportions of the antennal segments,

N. latensis may be found im numbers at the base of grass tufts bordering our

erceks, and is easily obtained by shaking tussoecks over a white sheet.

198 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

In perfect examples the sculpture of the pronotum is almost or quite hidden

by the pubescence, and the head, pronotium, and seutellhom appear metallic

bluish-green; the underside is sometimes sprinkled with tiny spots of similar

colour.

Famity MESOVELIIDAR.

Most of the representatives of this small family run on the surface film of

quiet waters, but a species from New Guinea, Phrynovelia papua Horvath (°).

was not found on water, but on fallen leaves in the forest.

No Mesoveliae ave ineluded in the material [ have examined from the Aus-

(ralian museums, although, at least in certain localities, the species deseribed

below is anything but rare.

MESOVELIA Mulsant and Rey.

Mesovelia Moils. & Rey, Ann. Soc. Linn. Lyon, 1852, p. 138; Horv., Ann. Mus.

Nat. Mungarici, xii, 1915, p. 543 (refs. ).

Fieberia Jak,, Trudy Russk. Ent. Obshtsh.. vii, 1874, p. 32.

Type, M, fureata Mulsant and Rey.

MESOVELIA HUNGERFORDI sp. nov.

Apterous ¢@. Form narrowly sub-oval, widest at metathorax, three and

two-thirds times longer than wide. Head greenish, with a black marking

anteriorly, with a brown, longitudinal, median line, and with three pairs of

setiferous black dots, two pairs in front of eyes and one pair near posterior

margin; clothed with black hairs over greater part of dorsum, and with whitish

liairs anteriorly; an outstanding black seta in front of each eye; medial length

ereater than width, including eyes. Antennae brown, pilose, reaching back to

posterior margin of sixth abdominal segment ; first seement with two setae not far

from apex; about one-third as long again as second, and nearly as long as third,

which is subequal in length to fourth segment. Nottm greenish, in parts faintly

marked with brown; clothed with short black hairs; pronotum with a very

shehtly oblique, shallow fovea on each side; medial leneth of mesonotum greater

than that of pronotum and twice the medial length of metanotum, Abdomen

green, with lateral margins of connexivum and sutures brown; clothed with

short brown hairs, which merge inio longer and denser hairs on genital segments;

sutures of first two segments not well defined, but nevertheless distinctly visible,

Connexivum sub-horizontal. Rostrum greenish-ochraceons, with apical fifth

(3) Horv., loc, cit., p. 535, 555, fig. 9,

HALe—AUSTRALIAN AQUATIC HEMIPTERA 199

black; reaching to between anterior margins of hind coxae. Underside pilose,

erecmsh-oechraceous, the abdomen in parts darkened; first genital segment with

two large, slightly oblique ridges, each elevation about one-half as long as the

seginent and bearing short brown spines. Legs long, pale beneath and brownish

above, with tarsi and apices of femora and tibiae brownish-black; eloiled with

Fig. 82, Mesovelia hungerfordi; a and b, apterous male and female; ¢, macropterous male

with mutilated hemelytra; d, front view of lead of macropterous male; e, ventral view of

venital seyments of male; ¢', one of the ventral elevations further enlarged; f and g, antenna

and posterior leg of male,

short, stiff, brown hairs. Anterior femora with two setae on upper side near

apex and several on underside; one-fourth longer than tibiae, which are about

two and one-half times as lone as tarsi; second segment of tarsi slightly shorter

than third. Intermediate feniora with two setae on upper side near apex and

a row of setae on underside; subequal in length to tibiae, which are more than

two and one-half times as long as tarsi; second tarsal segment a little longer than

third. Posterior femora with two setae on upper side and none below; with

200 RECORDS or THE S.A, Museum

apices reaching well beyond tip of abdomen; tibiae one-titth as long again as

femora and more than three times as long as tarsi, the second joint of which is

nearly half as long again as third,

Length, 3°12 mm.; width, -8 ma,

Apterous 9. Form mneh wider, lees and antennae relatively shorter and

with segments of slightly different proportions than in male, Sub-ovate, two and

one-half times longer than greatest width. Antennae reaching hack nearly to

level of fifth abdominal segment and apices of posterior femora extending to tip

of abdomen, Second segment of posterior tarsi more than half as long again as

third segment, Connexivum mueh wider than in male.

Length, 3-72 mim.; width, 1-4 min.

Matropterous ¢. Pronotam a little wider than its median length: anterior

lobe greenish-ochraceous, with two shallow impressions as in apterous form:

tumid posterior lobe brown, with four indistinet spots and a longitudinal median

line, pale, Sentellim greenish-yellow, with a brown marking on each side. Veins

of hemelytra black; clavus, covium. and anterior part of membrane white, tinge!

with smoky brown; corium with a distinet apical cell,

Macropterous @. Width of pronotum at bumeral angles about one-third

ereater than medial lenyth.

Hab, South Australia: Adelaide (type loc.), Myponga and River Murray

(H. M. Hale); New South Wales: Svdnev (A.J, Nicholson).

It gives me much pleastire to associate with this species the name of Dr.

W. B. Himgerford, by whose courtesy T have been able to examine the species

of Mesovelia, and other aquatic and semi-aquatie bugs from North Ameriea.

M. hungerford? helougs to the group of species in whieh the male has a pair of

elevated (ifts of brownish-black spines on the venter of the first wenital sewer

(M. thermalis Hory., M. mulsanti B. White, and M. subvittata Horv.); the

‘leyations, however, are much larger, more elongate, and are more widely separated

in MW. hungerfordi than in the other species in which they are present. WM. wulsants

is of ahout the same size as the Australian species, but is more slender in form,

The type specimens of M. subuittata (two maeropterous males) were collected

in New Guinea; this species has no apieal cell in the corium. In M. thermalis

the pronotinn of the macropterous form has no pale longitudinal, median line:

aud the metanotum of the apterous form is relatively Joneer than in M.

hungerfordy.

Our species at times occurs in great numbers on the backwaters and iriga-

tion drains of the River Murray, particularly when the surface of the water is

vovered with floating water-plants (Lewna and Azolla). Winged adults are

comparatively rare, and in such as | have, the membrane of the hemelvtra is

HALE—AUSTRALIAN AQUATIC HEMIPTERA 201

mutilated. Macropterons examples of M, mulsanti have been observed to rip

the membrane off the wings with the hind tibiae, and so expose the genital

segments—presimably to facilitate copmlation ('). Torre Bueno notes this habit

in several American Gerrids ("),

Faminy VELIIDAR.,

The species of two Veliid genera, Trochopus and MHulovelia, are marine,

but the remainder inhabit fresh water; Kirkaldy (%) nites Trochopus with

Khayovelia, int the two-jointed intermediate aud posterior tarsi of the former

separate them,

Struclhire, The hedy is plump, and the general shape in dorsal view is

sub-oval, oboyate, or sub-fusiform. The head is narrower than the pronotum,

and the eves are prominent, not very large, and exserted. The antennae are

Wiv 8a. a, Anteriov tibia andl tarsus of Mierevelia dubia, male (100 diams.). b, Anterior

tibia of Mierovelia howensc, male (100 (liams.). 0°, portion of tibial comb (315 diams.) ;

i" tooth of tibial comb (1,000 diams.). ¢, Anterior tibia of Miererelia oceaniea (235 diams,),

a, Terminal segment of intermediate tarsus of Microvelia melaneholica (100 diams,).

e, Terminal segment of intermediate tarsus of Alagevelia australiea (40 diams.).

(1) Hungerford, Psyche, xxiv, 1917, p. 80,

(*) Bueuo, Ohio Nat. ix, 1908, p. S8o-392,

(4) Wirk., Boll. Mns, Torino, xiv, 1899, p. 3.

202 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

four-segmentate, and, in at least the Australian representatives, there is a Liny

jointlet at the base of the flagellum (third and fourth segments). This joimtlet

allows the two-segmented flagellum greater freedom of movement ; in the deserip-

tions it is included in the length of the third segment of the antennae. In

Hulovelia and the species of Mierovelia now examined, a rake or comb, marcel

resembling an ordinary hair-comb, is developed on the inner side of the anterior

face of the fore tibiae in the male (fig. $38. ¢ to ¢, and fig 84,6). Tn this sex the

apex of Lhe inuer side of the tibia is forwardly produced bevend the level of

the articulation of the tarsus; the rake extends along the distal part of the immer

marein of ihe tibia, and is more or less curved over the apex of the produced

part. The tibia is not apivally produced, and the comb is absent in the female,

The leneth and shape of the comb varies in the species, and is therefore a

¢haracter of specific Importance: it is probably present in many other represen-

tatives of the family. The tarsi are modified to support the bugs on the surface

film of water; the claws are not terminal, bid are inserted in a eleft or nick

before the apex, which is bluntly rounded and pilose (fig. 83. a4 and d). Tn

Trachapus and Rhuyovelia the long terminal joint of the intermediate tarsi is

deeply split, (fig. 88. e), and accommodates a san-like arrangement of pimnute

hairs; this fan, when expanded, assists in supporting the insects on the surface

film, and enables them to run rapidly, even wpen swiltly-nioving waters. La

many forms the hind legs are longer than the intermediate or anterior pair, while

in others, as for instance Rhagovelia, Mulovelia, Trochopus, and some species. of

Velia, the middle Timbs are longest, Species of most of the genera are iniown

from both apterous and winged adults, although it seems that apterous midividials

are most commonly met with. It is probable that, as in Jldlobules, wines ate

never developed in the aforementioned marine genera,

ITubits. Feeding is predatory, but the anterior legs are not raptorial,

Small animals living on floating vegetation are speared by the long rostral stylets,

and thus held at the tip of the rostral sheath while their juices ave ingested by

their captor; tiny aquatic animals whieh approach closely to the surface are

similarly transfixed,

KEY TO AVSTRALIAN GENERA.

a, Intermediate and posterion tarsi theee-jointed; ultimate

seament of intermediate tarsi longitndinally split from

UpEx As At le A. ¥ Lg! .. Rhigovelia,

ja. Intermediate and posterior tarsi two-jointed; ultimate seg-

ment of intermediate tarsi not split,

b. Intermediate legs markedly longer than posterior

pair TTalowelin,

bb, Titermediate legs not markedly longer than pos-

terior pair .. ts et + re .» Mierovelia.

HALE—AUSTRALIAN AQUATIC HEMIPTERA 203

RHAGOVELIA Mayr.

Nhagovelia Mayy., Verh, zool-bot. Ges. Wien, 1865, p. 445; Sign, Ann. Soe. Ent.

France, 1877, p. liv,

Buecula Stal, Hem. Afy., iii, 1865, p, 167.

Neovelia B, White, Jow', Linn, Soe., xiv, 1879, p. 487.

Type, &. nigricuns Burmeister.

The characters given in the key to the Veliid genera serve to distinguish

this genus. Only one species is recorded from Australia.

RHAGOVELIA AUSTRALICA Kirkaldy.

Rhagovelia australica Kirk,, Proc. Linn, Soe., N.S. Wales, xxxii, 1907, p. 783.

I have seen two examples, with mutilated antennae, collected by Dr. Mjoberg,

Hab. Queensland: Kuranda (type loc), Malanda | Mjoberg:),

HALOVELIA Bergroth.

Halavelia Berg., Ent. Month. Mag., xxix, 1893, p. 277.

Type, J7, maritima Bereroth.

In this genus the body is densely pilose, and in dorsal view the form is

widely oval or ovate. The pronotum is very short and transverse, while the

mesonotum is greatly enlarged and posteriorly is produced oyer the anterior part

of the abdomen, The intermediate legs are markedly longer than the others;

the tarsi of the intermediate and posterior limbs are two-segmented, and the

elaws of the middle pair are inserted very close to the apex.

Halavelia differs from the allied American genus Trochopus in not having

the intermediate tarsi split and finished with a fau of hairs, and in haying the

mesonotum very much larger, and the visible portion of the abdomen consequently

smaller. The members of both genera are of marine or estuarine habit.

HALOVELIA MARITIMA Bergroth.

Halovelia maritima Berg. loc. eit,

é Form sub-oval, one and two thirds times lonver than wide, and broadest

at about middle of mesonotum, Head black, marked with brown on basal third:

densely clothed with pale pubescence, intermixed with a few long hairs; large

and prominent, incliding eyes slightly wider than anterior margin of pronotum.,

Eyes reddish-black, relatively small. Anteunae black, with rather long, whitish

pubescence; almost two-thirds as long as total length of insect; first seement

thickened on distal half, curved, almost half as long again as second, and with

bulbus small; fourth very slightly shorter than the first, stout and thick, elliptical

204 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MusEUM

in shape; third segment shorter than fonrth and longer than second, Pronotim

black, brownish towards posterior margin: basal width five times medial

length, whith is little more than one-third the length of the head; anterior and

posterior margins slightly enrved. almost straight; lateral margins very obliqne.

Fig. 84. Halovelia maritima; a, adult inale; b, antenna; c, anterior tarsus adil portion ot

tibia, showing comb; d, third (?) instar nymph; ¢, female of last nymphal instar, Co, a, aud ¢

re drawit to same seale.)

Mesonotuin black, clothed with short, pale pubescence; very convex, and wider

than long. Abdomen black above, densely and palely pubescent: subtruneate

posteriorly ; exposed portion slightly inore than one-half as long as mesonotiuin ;

eonmexryum thick, with long pubescence on edges; slightly and obliquely elevated,

(Mnderside brown, merging into black laterally; clothed with whitish hairs, whieh

HALF—AUSTRALIAN AQUATIC HEMIPTERA 205

are dense and moderately lonw towards lateral margins, but are sparse on ise

of sternmm and abdomen, Basal joints and distal half of apical joint of rostrum.

blaek; remainder brown; apex reaching beyond anterior coxae, Legs brown,

elothed with yellowish hats; coxae of intermediate and posterior limbs widely

separated. Anterior legs a little shorter, but stouter than last pair, which are

but half as lone as the intermediate pair, Anterior femora subequal in length

to tibiae; distal end of outer side of tibiae closely set with stout, short setae;

inner inferior marein apically produced, and, with a comb, consisting of about

seventy teeth, ocenpying three-sevenths of its length; apex of tibiae bifvreate,

and on outer part slopme obliquely away from articulation of tarsus; anterior

tarsi less than one-half as long as tihae; composed of three segments, the first

ninnte and almost invisible, the second short and one-third as long as the stout

terminal segment. Intermediate and posterior fulehra conspienous, curved,

projecting well beyond body, Lntermediate tibiae scarcely shorter than femora

and two-fifths longer than tarsi, the first joint of which is one-third longer that

second, Posterior tibiae almost as long as femora and twice as long as tarsi, The

secoud segment of which is nearly three-fourths longer than the first.

Leneth, 1-4 mm.; width, -85 min. to -87 inm,

? Form widely ovate, not widest at middle of mesonotum, Size larger

and eonunexivim wider than in male,

Leneth, 1-96 mm.; width, 1-2 mm.

THIRD (?) INSTAR NYMPH.

Fig. 84, d.

Form somewhat ovate, a little less than half as long again as wide; broadest

behind mesonotim, Antennae stout, four-fifths as long as total length of inseet :

proportions of segments much as in adult, but basal joiutlet of flagellum not

apparent. Anterior legs very stom: tibiae not apically produced on inner side,

less than twiee as long as the sinele-jointed tarsus. Intermediate femora and

tibiae equal in leneth; tibiae about one-third longer than tarsi, whieh (when

cleared and mounted) appear somewhat obscurely two-jointed, the hyo segments

subequal in length. Posterior legs short and moderately stout; femora scarcely

longer than tibiae, which are more than half as long again as single-jointed tarsi,

Clothing comparatively sparse.

Length, -85 mm.; greatest width, 575 mm,

FINAL NYMPHAL INSTAR.

Fig. 84, e.

9 Form ovate, more than half as long again as greatest breadth: widest

206 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MuskuM

behind mesonotum. Antennae moderately stout, slightly more than two-thirds

as long as total length of insect; basal joimtlet of fagellum very tiny. Anterior

legs stout, tibiae not apically produced; tarsi nniseementate, thickened towards

apex, less than half as long as tibiae. Intermediate femora slightly longer than

tibiae, which are one-third longer than tarsi; tarsi two-jointed, the first joint a

little longer than second. Posterior femora longer than tibiae; tarsi sinele-

jointed, more than one-half as long as tibiae. Clothing much more pronounced

than in nymph previously described, but hairs of legs and antennae not so dese

as in imag,

Length, 1:44 tmm.; greatest width, -925 mi,

Hab. Timor Sea; Cartier Island (type loc.); Western Australia; Pelsart

Islands (A. M. Lea).

The type specimens of this interesting species were taken “Sunder blocks of

voral, below high-water mark’? (7), Cartier Island is nearer to Timor than to

Australia, being 175 miles from our north-western coast. Bergroth remarks

that H, maritima ‘is probably the only insect of Cartier Island.’* The Hout-

mans Group is quite close to the mainland of Western Australia, and Mr. Lea

captured the examples deseribed above, wider stones on a Pelsart reef, many

years ago; four adult males, a damaged adult female, and two nymphs were

preserved. The imagoes agree well with Bergroth’s deseription, excepting thert

the segments of the posterior tarsi cai scarcely be said to be *'longitudine sub-

aequalibus’’, The sex of ihe type is not stated, but in length (2 anu.) it agrees

with the female now examined,

MICROVELIA Westwood.

Wierovelia Westw., Anu, Sov. Ent, France, iii, 1834. p. 647; Amy. & Sery., Hem,,

1843, p. 421; Doug. & Seott, Brit, Hem,, 1865, p. 574; Sahil., Medd. Soe. Fann.

Fl. Fenn., i, 1876, p. 88.

Hydroessa Buri, Uandh.. ii, 1835, p. 218; Fieh., Europ. Hen, 1861, p. 33,

104; Stal, Ilem. Afr., iii, 1865, p. 167.

Type, Mierovelia pulchella Westwood,

These small black bugs are taken on quiet streams and backwaters, or on

isolated pools, rather than on the surface of rapidly moving water. They have

not been extensively collected in Australia, indeed few specimens ave to be found

in our museums, In 1916 Bergroth deserihed M. wustralieu, taken twenty years

before by the Horn Expedition in Central Australia; this is the first vecord of

the genus for our region, [ have examined specimens taken by Dr. Mjobere in

the northern half of the continent, others captured by Mr. Nicholson in New

(T) See also Wilker, Mat, Month, Mag, xxix, 1898, p. 229.

HAlLE—AUSTRALIAN AQUATIC HEMIPTERA 207

South Wales, a few collected by Mr. A. M. Lea, anc those taken by inyself im

South Australia, Seven species ave now listed for Australia.

Food. Bueno (*) fed Mieravelia americana with flies, aid Hungertord (")

deseribes in interesting detail the manner in whieh another American species

(M. borealis) impales Ostracods by thrusting the beak between the hard valves

of the crustaceans, Butler (1) suggests that, in the case of the European J/.

reticulata, ** Pond water may possibly be sufficiently charged with organi¢e matter

to vield all the sustenance such minute inseets need’’. This author notes the

observations of Bueno and Hungerford, but remarks that ‘*. americana is much

larger than our species”. There is little doubt, however, that all species are

camnivorous, and capable of subduing animals as large as themselves. Some notes

on feeding are herein given for the two South Australian species, one of which,

like WM. borealis, is no larger than the aforementioned European species,

The Australian species may be separated by the structure of the antennae;

also, as mentioned aboye, the anterior tibial comb of the male is a specific

character of some interest. These are the main differeuces utilized im the follow-

ing key, The *‘hulb of insertion’? is not ineluded in the length of the first

segment of the antenmae, aud the basal joimtlet of the third segment is ineluded

in the length of that sevment,

KEY TO AUSTRALIAN SPECIES.

a. First segment of antennae distinctly longer than second,

b. First segment of antennae longer than third,

«¢. Fourth segment of antennae long, more than

twice as long as second; anterior tibial comb

of male less than one-fourth the length of

inner margin of tibiae .. . =a L. Ocean.

ee. Fourth segment of antennae short, less) than

one-third longer than second; anterior tibial

comb of male one-half the length of inner

marein of tibiae = .. howens?,

bb. First ee nt of antennaé not longer ‘than third.

d. Fourth sewuent of antennae more than two-

thirds as long again as second segment ;

anterior tibial ¢comb of male at least one-half

the length of inner margin of fibiae.

Form elongate; antennae long and slen-

dev: anterior tibial comb of male

almost two-thirds the length of inner

marein of tibiae oe a. -. miobergi.

(4) Bueno, Can, Ent., xlii, 1910, p. 176,

() Hungerford, Bull, Univ, Kansas, xxi, 1919, p. 188,

(10) Butler, Biol. Brit. Hem,-Wet,, 1928, p. 239.

208 NHCORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

eo. Form stout; antennae shorter and

stouter; anterior tibial comb of male

little more than one-half the leneth of

inner margin of tibiae : ms

dd. Fourth segment of autennae less than one-

third ays long again as second seement;

anterior tibial comb of male less than one-

third the leneth of inner margin of tibiae .. dubia,

wa. Kirst segment of antennae shorter than, or subequal in

length to, second,

f First and second segments of antennae subequal in

leneth; hemelytra whitish; vostriun searcely

passing prosternum ros ick ae .. austratiea.

ff. First seoment of antennae shorter than second: hem-

elytra black; rostrum extendimeg to middle of

mesosternun al ty bs ir -. melaneholtow.

PeCrUNLOena,

MICROVELIA OCEANICA Distant,

Mierovelia oceanica Dist., Nova Caledonia, Zool, i, 1914, p. 383, pl. xii, fie. 10-11,

Macropterous &. Narrow, widest across humeral angles of pronotium,

Head black, dull, sparsely clothed with whitish pubescence, and with a patch

uf bluish pubescence alongside inner margin of each eye; obsoletely carinate,

finely punctate, ancl with seyeral large punctures forming a sub-marginal line

Wig. 85. Microvelia oeranica: macropterous male. and apterous male and female,

om each side, Antennae brown, darkened at apives of first to third segments

aud paler on proximal half of first; short and slender, not as long as head and

pronotum together; first seement nearly one-fourth longer than second, subequal

in length to third and about three-fifths as long as the fourth, which is move than

Iwiee as long as the second. Pronotum black, with posterior margin narrowly

HALE—AUSTRALIAN AQUATIC HEMIPTERA 209

hbordercd with davk oehraceous, and with an anterior sub-amairginal fascia, nol

reaching to lateral margins, of same eolour; clothed with pale pubescence;

distinetly wider than long, and with an obsolete median carina and prominent

litumeral angles: surface dull, finely punctate, with a line of large pimetures

al hinder edge of anterior faseia, and another series subanurginal and parallel

fo the posterior margin of pronotum. Ilemelytra brownish-black, with a pair

of luteous curved markings within central areole, a prominent milk-white spot

within apical area, and a more or less distinet hiteous streak within cach remaining

areole; not quite reaching to outer edges of connexivum and extending beyond

apex of abdomen. Apical seement of rostrum almost black; face dark ochraceous.

Rostrum reaching to between hinder edges of anterior coxae, Sternum and

underside of abdomen black, with a bluish tinge; dull, clothed with very short,

whitish prbescence, Legs slender; acetabula, eoxae, and fulehra ochraceous.

Anterior femora ochraceous, with apex brown; a little less than one-fourth longer

{han tibiae, which are one-half as long again as tursi; tibial comb very short,

oeeupying less than one-fourth of loneth of inner margin of tibiae. Intermediate

and posterior femora ochraceous, with apiees and a streak on distal two-thirds

of upper and lower margins dark browns rest of lees dark brown, Titermediate

libiae sliehtly shorter than femora amd about half as long again as tarsus, the

second seament Of which is nearly half as lon@ again as first. Posterior femora

not nearly reaching to apex of abdomen, about one-seventh shorter than tibiae,

which ave a little more than twiee as lone as farsi; seconcl seoment of tarsus

one-third longer than first.

Macropterous @. Form slightly more robust than im male. Anterior pibiae

about one-third as long again as tarsi.

Leneth, 1-7 mm. to 2-4 nim.; width, -7 mm. to -96 mm

The hemelytra are very pale brown or whitish i some specimens, while

in others they are almost wholly black with but fait indications of areolar

markings.

Apterous ¢. Form sub-fusiform. Pronotum about twice as wide as medianly

long. One or two genital segments visible; Conmexivim more or less erect,

Apterous @. Form wider than in male. Connexivum horizontal, ereet or

infolded over dorsi of abdomen, sometimes meeting over seventh abdominal

seymeril,

Colour, Head as in winged form. Pronotum black, with posterior margin

yellow or orange and with an anterior yellow or orange fascia, whieh in some

specimens reaches to lateral margins, in others is narrow and medianly inter

rupted. and is oecasionally covered with silvery pubescence, First dorsal

abdominal segment black, brownish or (rarely) red, with av wilhort bliush bloons

on median line and posterior margin. Dorsnm of each of remaining abdominal

210 RECORDS Of THE S.A. Musrkum

segments wholly black, or with dise brown, varyinely marked with bliish bloom

segments five to seven sometimes with velvety black bloom on dise, Connexiviam

ranging from black to lemon-yellow with sutures brown: with or without bluish

hloom. Sternmn and underside of abdomen wholly black (often wholly coyered

with bluish bloom) or lemon-vellow with a bluish streak on sides and the

sutures brown,

Length, 1-66 mm. to 2 mm.; width, 68 num. to +55 1mm.

Hab. New Caledonia (type loe.). South Austvalia: Adelaide, Myponga

Swamps, Murray River, Port Wilhinga, and Northern Flinders Ranges (1, M.

Hale); Queensland : Cairns (A, M. Lea) ; New South Wales: Myall Lakes (A.J.

Nicholson), Broken Till (#. W. Shepherd), Dorrigo; Tasmania: Devonport

(A. M. Lea); Lord Howe Island (A. M. Lea); New Zealand: Nelson, etv.

(J, G. Myers).

The distribution of the species is imteresting, As indicated above, the

colouration is considerably variable in a long series Of the apterous forme; the

shape in dorsal view is variable in the female (less markedly so in tle mule),

owing to the different angles assumed by the connexivum.,

This species is apparently very closely allied to M. maegregor? Kivk. (1),

but the specimens before me differ from Kirkaldy’s description of that species

in the velative leneths of the seements of the antennae and lees; in W. vecanrea

the first and second segments of the antennae are not subequal in length and the

first tarsal seement is nof subequal in leneth to the second i either the iter

inediate or posterior legs. Distant deseribes a single winged specimen, and states

that he examimed a series of the apterous form; he figures the macropterous

example (whieh appears to be a female) and an apterous female. The colows:

markings of some of the Australian speciinens are as in these ilastrations.

M, oceanien is the commoner of the (wo species occurring in South Australia,

As with other members of the family, it is gregarious, aud is o¢vasionally found

in very considerable mumber ; it commonly inhabits pools with abimdant surface

vegetation, but also favours the quieter eveeks, in which it keeps close to the

shore, never venturing far out into the stream. At the Myponga swanips are

any permanent pools, closed in by dense sernh, and erowded with » dense

growth of Myriuphyliiin in summer, Sueh pools contain a variety of stib-aquatie

bugs, inseet larvae, Ostracods, ete, and on the surface of many of them this

little species oecnrs abundantly, The winged form has heen fale on water

standing in buckets and other receptacles.

M. oceanic, in company with Mesovelia hungerfordi, appeared regularly

each summer, for some years. upon an artificial pond containing Pofamageton and

(17) Kirk., Rev, d’Ent., xviii, 1899, p91, and Troms. N. Zeal, Tust., x1, 1907, p. 109,

HALE—AUSTRALIAN AQUATIC HEMIPTERA 211

water-lilies, Green aphids lived upon the Jeaves of the waterilies, and, while

the sun was shining on the pond, the Wicroveliae were repeatedly seen to spear

the ‘*plant-lice’’, A yietim is held at the tip of the beak, with no other support

than that of the vosiral stvlets, the beak beina held straight out in front of the

head. On one oceasion a tiny bug transfixed an aphid fully as large as itsel!!

and, at the first attempt io lift the captive, overbalanced and fell on its back on

the surface of the lily leaf; the aphid was not released. The Mieravelia quickly

righted sell, and commenced to feed in the usual way.

Bueno cleseribes the toilet preparations of M. mnericana: doubtless all species

are of necessity equally cleanly. MW. oceanica oeeupies a considerable part of its

tine in combing the hairs of the body, legs, and antennae,

In wating, the male approaches the female from the rear and, with a sudden

little hop, jumps on to her back. Pairs were observed in copula in July, with

ihe walter at a temperature of 60° F., and in Jannary, on a tiny pool, with the

water at 90° BF.

MICROVELIA HOWENSE sp. nov.

Apterons ¢. Form narrowly obovate, taperiny, widest at prothorax, three

limes longer than wide. Heacl brownish-black, dull, with a shining, black median

carina, a raised, shining, black spot near mtevo-lateral angles of eyes, and a few

black punetae; with long, pale yellow pubeseenee alongside inner mareins of

Mig 86. Mierovelin howense; apterous male and female,

212 RkcORDS OF THE S.A. Museum

eyes, and stiff, black hairs towards apex; sparsely pubescent on cise; large and

prominent, well produced sub-conically in front of eyes; medial length about

equal to width, including eyes. Antennae brown, vlothed with dense, pale

pubescence intermixed with longer hairs; rather stout, aud abont as long as

abdomen, first segment shehtly eurved, one-fourth longer than second, a little

Jouger thai third (whieh is the most slender) and equal in length to fourth.

Pronotum black, with an almost interrupted, anterior, yellow fascia; surface

doll; dise with very sparse and short yellowish puheseenee, and some stout,

hlaek hairs, whieh are thickly set laterally; medial length a little more than

one-half humeral width: a very obsolete median carina; posterior margin events

vonvex and lateral mareins slightly sinnate. Dorsum of abdomen black, each

segment brownish on centre of disc; surface dull, clothed with pale. yellow

pubescence; a patch of shining, silvery pubescenee and a few black hairs near

posterior angles of metiuotum; seventh segment longer than wide, posterior

arin emareginale, Genital segments brown, shining, prominent, the first

medianly earinate, Connexivum dark ochraceous, clothed with stiff, black hairs ;

sub-eveet. Race yellowish-brown, Ttostrum brown, black af apex; reaching 10

posterior margin of prosternum. Underside drown, it parts blaek, with

pubescence almost absent on disc. Surface of stermum sub-nitid, of abdomen

dull. Lees long, with coxae, filehra, and basal third of femora, ochraceous ;

remainder brown. Anterior femora a little longer than tibiae, which are more

than twice as long as tarsi; tibial comb ocenpying the anterior half of the length

of inner side, and curving over the apex of the prodaced portion. Datermediate

tibiae as long as femora and nearly twice as lone as tarsi. the secoud seement of

whieh is one-third longer than first, Posterior femora reaching almost to apex

of abdomen: tibiae more than one-fourth longer than femora and scarcely inmore

than twiee as long as tarsi, the second joint of whieh is about one-third longer

than first.

Length, 2:8 mm.; width, 9 mm.

Apterous @. Pubescence on dorsum of abdomen extremely sparse. Con-

nexivyum bent inwards over abdomen, sub-erect. converging for greater part of

length and almost meeting at middle of sixth seement; on posterior half of this

sepment the two sides of the comexiviun Form a ip, from whiel) enanates a

bunch of setae.

Length, 3 mm.; width, 1:1 mm,

Hab. Gord Howe Island; Erskine Valley, Mount Gower (A. M. Lea).

A series was taken from fresh water in ‘Srockboles’’. This and the previous

species are seareely typical representatives of Mieronelia. The long legs are

distinctive; the teeth of the tibial comb are very closely set towards the recurved

apical portion; in all, there are about ei@hty to ninety teeth in the comb,

TALE —AUSTRALIAN AQUATIC HEMIPTERA 213

MICROVELIA MJOBERGI Hale.

Vievovelia mjoberg?’ Hale, Arkiv f Zool, K. Svenska Vet-Akad., xvii A, 1925

p. 6, fie. 4,

This species is known only from the apterous form, It is allied to AZ,

peranoena, but differs in having the antennae longer and more slender, the formu

Fig. ST. Wierorelin iijaherdis apterous orale and female,

more elongate, and the legs and antennal segments of shehtly different propor.

tions; also, the anterior tibial comb of the male is relatively longer, ocenpying

nearly two-thirds of the length of the imier marein of the tibiae.

Length, 3 mm.: width, 1 mm.

Hab, Queensland: Herherton (type loc).

MICROVELIA PERAMOENA Hale.

Wicravelia peramoena Hale, loc, cit.. p. 8, fix. 5,

The following characters separate this from other Australian species :

Form robust; macropterous male less than two and one-half times as long as

epeatest width; apterons male Jess than three times longer than broad; females

i little stonter. Antennae rather short, little more than one-half the total leweth

of the insect; first seoment euvryed, one-sixth lon@er than second, a little shorter

than third and slightly more than three-fourths as long as fourth. Anterior

(ibial comb of male occupying about one-half the length of inner marein of

tibiae. Posterior femora not nearly reaching to apex of abdomen, Rostrum

extending almost to middle of mesostertiun,

214 RECORDS OF THE S.A. Museum

Macropterous form: Length, 2-35 mm, to 2-55 mm.; width, 1 nun. to 1-3 mm.

Apterous form: Length 2-35 mm, to 2-55 mm.; width, -96 mm. to 1:15 mm.

Hah. 1 have examined specimens from various localities in South Australia,

Queensland, New South Wales, Victoria, Western Australia, and Tasmania.

This species, and the much smaller and more slender M. oeeaniea, ave the

only members of the genus so far met with in South Australia. Tn this State

M, peramoena overs commonly in both winged and apterous state, wingless

examples being the more plentiful. It is found in greater number on elear,

slowly mmning, weedy streams than in any other sittiation, but has also been

Big, 88, Mierovelia peramouid; maeropterons mak ond apterous male and female,

obtained from (lams, horse troughs, and other staenant waters. | have taken

hoth winged and apterous examples from the surface of rainwater retained in

smooth pot-holes worn in rocky cliffs near the coast, these temporary pools being

destitute of vegetation or shelter of any kind.

During a recent visit to the Northern Flinders Ranges this species was

observed on the surface of deep, clear, reed-lined pools at the bottom of the

heautifol gully through which the Wilpena Pound is entered. The bugs were

congregated in little groups wherever a tiny larva had fallen on to these quiet

waters from the tall, overshadowing cucalypts, and were busily cneaged in

extracting the juices of the caterpillars, As many as nine Mieravelive were

observed feeding at the same time npon a caterpillar only 9 mm. in length,

MICROVELIA DUBIA sp. nov,

é Form sub-fusiform, two and three-fourths times longer than wide,

Head black, with brownish collum; dull, and clothed with pale pubescence,

Antennae brown, with golden pubescence. about as long as abdomen: first segment

HALE —-AUSTRALIAN AQDUATIC HEMIPTERA 215

a little longer than second and slightly shorter than third ov fourth. whieh are

subequal in length, Pronotum sparsely elothed with whitish and black pubes-

cence mined; nearly five times as wide as medianly long; ochraceous and sub-

nitid on dise, blaek on sides, with posterior marein sinnate: mesonotiam blaels,

dul, with hinder margin convex. Dorsal abdominal sewments one to six brownish:

blaek, dll, and clothed with sparse, pale pubescence and some stiff black hairs:

dorsum of seventh segment brownish-black on anterior two-thirds, ochraceous

aud sub-anitid posteriorly, clothed with conspicuous black hairs; wider than lone.

Dise of genital seeinent oeliraceous. shining; sides blackish. Connexiyton rediist-

Wig. SO, Mierorelia dabias aplorius male aad femate.

brown, with clothing as on dorsum of abdomen; sub-ereet. Rostriun oehraceors,

with a broad median stripe and whole of terminal sexment blaekish-browu,

Steruim brown, and underside of abdomen dark lvown; clothed with very short

and sparse, pale pubescence, and with black hates on sides. Coxae, fulelia, aid

proxtmal hall of femora ovhracvous; remainder of lees dark Drown. Anterior

femora stout, subequal in deneth to tibiae, whieh ave about twice as long as tarsi:

tibial comb narrow, less than one-third the length of immer maven of tibiae,

litermediate femora subequal in leneth to tibiae, which are about twiee as long

as tarsi, Posterior femora a little shorter than tibiae, which are lwo atid one-half

times as long’ as tarsi. Intermediate and posterior tarsi will) second segment

twice as lone as first.

Length, 2-5 nan.; width, -96 mm.

216 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MusEUM

2 Form oval, about two and one-third times lonver than wide, Seventh

dorsal abdominal segment short, posteriorly sub-trumeate.

Leneth, 2-5 mm.; width, 1:1 mm, to 1-25 mm.

Hab, Tasmania: Devomport (type loc.) (A. M. Lea); New South Wales;

Mount Kosciusko (A. J. Nicholson).

Tn females from Mount Kosciusko the tip of the abdomen is bent down and

the coumexiviio is uot at all erect, so that the insects are sub-ovate in form. Mr.

Nicholson distovered these specimens ‘‘skatine on the surface of still water

amongst the vegetation at the edge of a mountain stream’,

Presuming that the speciinens deseribed above represent a phase somewhat

similar to that stated by Bergroth to oecur in some apterous Gervids, L have

referved this species to Mierovelia. Writing of the thorax of the Gerridae,

3ergroth (1°) remarks, ‘*In the same species it is possible to find two apterous

forms, both with well-developed genitalia; one with the pronotiun more or less

fused with the mesonotum . . . the other with the mesonotum distinetly

separated from the prouotum’’.

MICROVELIA AUSTRALICA Bergroth.

Microvelia austratica Berg., Proc. Roy. Soc. Viet.. xxix, 1916, p, 38.

This small species is evidently very nearly allied to M. oceanied Dist. and

M, macgregor Kirk, Bereroth states that the second joint of the antennae is ‘tas

long as the first” (as in iW. waegregori), while Distant, in deseribing the antennae

of MW. oceantea, says, ‘first joint... slightly longer than secoud’’, Accor.

ing to the descriptions this seems the only character of importance separating

M. custraliea from M. aeeanien.

MICROVELIA MELANCHOLICA Hale.

Microvelia melancholicw Hale, loc. cit., p. 5, fig. 3.

Maeropterons 4. Borm slender, nearly three times as lone as 2reutest

breadth, Antennae about one-half of total length of insect; first seement curved,

ad little more than three-fourths as long as second and two-thirds as long as

fourth, which is slightly longer than third segment. Anterior tibiae a. little

shorter than the stout femora and two and one-third times as long as the tarsi,

with a comb occupying about one-third of leneth of inner marein, Litermedinte

libiae subequal in leneth to femora and one-eighth as long again as tarsi, the

first segment of which is one-fourth longer than seeond. Posterior tibiae one-

tenth longer than femora and one-half as long again as tarsi, the first sewment

(14) Berg., Ent, Mouth. Mag., xxxvili, 1908, p. 259,

HALE -AUSTRALIAN AQUATIC FLLEMIPTERA 217

ef which is nearly one-third longer than second. Rostrum reaching nearly to

middle of mesosternum.

Length, 2°75 mm. to 2-9 mm.; width, -95 mm, to 1 mm,

Macropterous ¢. Form stouter and size larger than in male: abdomen

swollen,

Z S

Fig. 80. Microvelia melancholic; macropterous male; a and b, dorsal view of abdomen of

male and female,

Leneth, 3:4 mm. to 3-65 mm.; width, 1-2 mm, to 1-25 min.

Mab. Queensland: Malanda and Herberton (type loe.).

The ihistration shows the differences in the abdomen of the sexes, This

(distinct species is readily recognized by the dark colouration, slender form, and

the proportions of the segments of the legs and anteunae, 1H is known from the

winged form only.

PUBLIC LIBRARY, MUSEUM, AND ART GALLERY

OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA

RECORDS

OF THE

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

Vol. III, No. 3

Published by the Board of Governors, and edited by

the Museum Director

EDGAR R. WAITE, F.L.S., C.M.Z.S.

Direcror

ADELAIDE, JUNE 30, 1927:

PRINTED AT THE HASSELL PRESS, 104 CURRIE STREET

THE TAVAU OR COIL FEATHER CURRENCY OF SANTA CRUZ ISLAND

BY EDGAR R. WAITE, F.L.S., C.M.Z.S., DIRECTOR, SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

Summary

Under the above title, the late Robert Etheridge published a paper, wherein he reviewed the

literature of the subject dealt with, and also supplied a lengthy description, so that with one

exception apparently little remains to be written.

Tue TAVAU or COIL FEATHER CURRENCY or

SANTA CRUZ ISLAND

By EDGAR R, WAITE, F.L.S., C.M.Z.S., Direcror, Sours Ausraattan Museum.

Text fig. 91.

Unper the above title, the late Robert Etheridge (*) published a paper, wherein

he reviewed the literature of the subject dealt with, and also supplied a lengthy

description, so that with one exception apparently little remains to be written,

Fig. 1, Tavau, with Triad,

(1) Btheridge, Rec, Aust. Mus,, iv, 1902, p. 289, pl. xliy.

22 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

he exception referred to is, however, somewhat important, and forms the subject

of the present note,

Early this year the Sonth Australian Museum reeeived from Dr. C, Mervyn

Deland, of Vanikoro, Santa Cruz Growp, a small bird accompanied by the follow

ing note: 1 am sending you a small Toney-cater, the bird that is used to make

‘feather-smouey’ in these islands; they are quite common, **

At the time Etheridge’s paper was written T also was engaged at the

Australian Museum, Syduey, and remembering the article, and the mention

therein of lorikeets” feathers, J again referred to it. The point at issue is the

statement that the red feathers used are those of *‘a lorikeet (Trichaglossus

massend Bonpt.)."' T+ would appear, however, that the feathers were uot critic.

ally examined, but that the statements of the Rev. Dr. R. H. Codrington (7) were

simply accepted and quoted as follows: ** Feather-money is peculiar to Santa

Crug: it is made of the red feathers from under the wings of a parrot, Tricho-

glossus massena. . . .’*° Edge Partington (*), whose note is also referred to

by Etheridge, probably likewise accepted Codrington’s statement, for in deserib-

ing his figure of davan in the vollection of the Rey, Alfred Penny he wrote:

‘Native money: made of a band of wood with parrot feathers sewn on to the

outer surface.’

The statement of Dr. Deland, supported as it was by an actual bird, led us

to examine the specimen of tayau preserved in this Museum, and Dr. A. M.

Morgan, our Hon. Curator in Ornithology, says that the feathers composing ou

example are certainly those of a Honey-eater, and quite similar to those of the

bird sent, which is probably Myzomela boiel.

Just at this time I received a letter from another old colleague, Mr. W. W,

Thorpe, now Ethnologist at the Australian Museum, drawine attention to the

cirenmstanee that an example of the rave featheranoney currency of Santa Cruz

liad come into his hands for disposal, and snegesting that if our Museum did not

possess an example we might embrace the opportunity afforded of acquiring one.

With the previously mentioned information before me, [ wrote to Mr. Thorpe,

and asked him to be good enough to examine the specimen originally deseribed by

Etheridge, and also that now offered, in order to ascertain the bird of origin of

the red feathers used, His reply embodied the following; *‘ Mr. Kinghorn

(ornithologist) identifies the fe athers in both examples as of Myz amela, but is

uneertain whether to ascribe them to M, borei ov MM. pulcherrima; at all events

they are not the Trichoglassus.”’ 5

When previously writing to Dr, Deland, and pr esumming that the feathers of

(2) Codvington, The Melanesians, 1891, p. 824.

(*) Partington, An Album of Weapons, ete., i, 1890, pl, 165,

WAITE—THE TAVAU OF SANTA CRUZ ISLAND 221

the tavauw in the Australian Museum were those of Trichoglossus, as stated, {

suggested (o him that it would be interesting to learn if feathers of both the

Parakeet and Honey-eater were utilized in making tavau, or if, say, the former

had become searee, and that the feathers of the Houey-eater were now being

substituted, or viee verse, TL had inclined to the former Trichoglossus, later

Myzomela, view because in his letter Mr. Thorpe states that ‘‘the coil under offer

is probably the last obtainable, as it was reluctantly made to diseharee a debt ly

an old native, the last feather-worker on Vanikoro,’’ who would naturally vise

the feathers then obtainable, Seeing that all the three tavaus that have been

critically examined with a view to ascertainmg the source of the component

Feathers, show that those of Myzomela were used, it will be interesting if

Museums or individnals possessing examples will similarly publish the results

of examination,

The late Sir Edward Stirling, my predecessor in the directorate of this

Museum, was aware with what feathers the tavan in the South Australian

Museum is decorated, as shown by his label thereon, which reads: ‘*Coil of

Feather Money, made of pigeons’ feathers and the ved breast feathers of a

Honey-eater fixed to a foundation of vegetable fibre similar to that used for

making the Santa Cruz fishing lines, The birds providing the red feathers are

caught alive, plucked, and veleased.’’ This information was supplied by the then

Bishop of Melanesia, the Rt. Rey. Cecil Wilson, who also donated the example

of tavau to the Musenm.

On writing to His Lordship, now Bishop of Bunbury, Western Australia, for

further details abont the tavau, he very kindly sent me the following information ;

‘A coil of the Santa Cruz feather-money, which has largely lost the red feathers,

corresponds to or copper coins. A new red coil is to Cruzians what gold is to

vs. T onee offered £2 for a new ved coil, hut the man refused it. Later T found

that a small Berkshire pig would buy one, and T imported one for the purpose.

“A man buys a wife with one or two red coils and perhaps fifty worn ones.

Ata dance, coils of money ave lung on the coral slabs that surround the dancing

ground by the man who gives the danee, T saw a min on his deathbed, with his

money hanging on the walls of the house; probably it had been divided for legacy

purposes.

“This feather-money is made by the men; on a wooden spatula, about the

width of a coil, pigeon feathers ave glued together and tipped with red. When

a sufficient number of these layers have been made, they are bound together with

string in such a way that only the red tips of the layers show.

“On the card you sent me’’ (wide note on label above), ‘it is stated that

the foundation is vegetable fibre: T think this is wrong, for, as far as I remember,

222 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

the only foundation is the pigeons’ feathers. Ls the ‘triad’ of which you write

the same as what I have called a spatula? The latter was not triangular, but

more a square with a handle.”

In response to my further letter, His Lordship supplied the following

additional information, which has probably not been previously published :

“*T understand now what the ‘triad’ is, but I do not remember ever having

seen one, but this must be because these coils of money are more stored than

current. They are brought ont on ereat oceasions. A rich man keeps his money

over the fire in the middle of his house to keep it dry. On one oceasion, when a

fire destroyed a village, every man left his own house to be burnt, in order that

he might save the chief's house, where there was a vast store of this money.

‘The coils are unwound, and the money is hung vertically on the walls

round the body of the sick or dead man. Red is the colour of importance: at the

nose-boring of infants, and at nostril-boring a little later, at marriage, and at

death. A Cruzian is painted red when he dies, and he lies with all his ornaments,

nose ring, earrings, ete., a red body with red money all round if.”’

Etheridge coneludes his paper by remarking that this feather currency

appears to be comparatively rave in collections, and he cites knowledge of the

depositories of three examples only. The ‘‘money’? has been twice figured, first

by Edge Partington, whose pen sketeh shows it partly uncoiled and as dissociated

from the ‘‘three-armed piece of wood (ent out of the solid) invariably found

with the ‘parcel’ of feather-money.’’ The second illustration is a photographic

reproduction by Etheridge; in this picture the tavau is also partly uneoiled, and

it shows the various accessories deseribed in the text, but lacks the three-armed

piece of wood. Under these cireumstauces a third figure may not be out of place,

and the illustration new supplied is from the specimen referred to by Mr, Thorpe,

whom I have to thank for kind permission to reproduce the photograph he sent

to me, In this picture the tavau is fully coiled; there are no accessories, such as

Jobs’ tears (Coir luchryma), nautilus or mussel shells, but the three-armed piece

of wood is present, also a long length of sinnet, which, after passing through a

hole in the meeting place of the three arms, is secured hy a knot. This is not

shown in Partington’s illustration, and indication of the hole, if present, was

omitted. It will be noticed that in both illustrations of the triad it is not a

tri-symimetrical, but a Y-shaped object.

SUPPLEMENT TO THE CATALOGUE OF THE FISHES

OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA

BY EDGAR R. WAITE, F.L.S., C.M.Z.S., DIRECTOR, SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

Summary

Having been asked to supply a check-list of the marine fishes of South Australia for publication in

the Journal of the Pan-Pacific Research Institution, it seems advisable to first record here

information published since the issue of the Catalogue. Matter contained in one paper, dated eleven

days in advance of the date of publication of the Catalogue, could not be recorded therein, and is

therefore entered here.

SUPPLEMENT

To THE CATALOGUE or rue

FISHES or SOUTH AUSTRALIA

By MDGAR RK. WAITE, F.L.S., C.M.Z.S., Direcror, Sourn Ausrratian Muskum,

Plate wiii.

Havine been asked to supply a cheek-list of the marine fishes of South Australia

for publication in the Journal of the Pan-Pacifie Research Institution, it seems

advisable to first record here information published since the issue of the Cata-

logue (1). Matter contained in one paper, dated eleven days in advance of the

date of publication of the Catalogue, could uot be recorded therein, and is

therefore entered here,

The supplementary notes are, for the most part, recorded under the follow-

ing titles in the publications indicated, and the letter appended to cach entry

refers to the paper bearing such letter. The inelusiou of supplementary notes

in the Handbook (*) which was based on the Catalogue is indicated by the

letter ‘6G.

The numbers prefixed to cach entry show the approximate position of the

species in relation to those in the Catalogue, as determined by the figures beneath

the illustrations, The letters a, b, or e following a number indicate family

relationship to the species bearing such number; the letters wc, vy, or 2, on the

other hand, merely indicate the approximate position of the species in the list,

without implying close relationship,

A, 1921, MeCulloch, Studies in Australian Fishes, Ree. Aust. Mus. xii,

p. 123.

B. 1921, MeCulloch, Notes on and Deseriptions of Australian Fishes,

P.L.S., N.S.W., xlvi, p. 457,

C. 1922, Waite, Deseription of a New Australian Fish of the 2euus

Congiopus. Tee. S.A. Mus., ii, p. 215.

D. 1922, Waite, Studies in Australian Sharks. Ree, S.A. Mus.. ii, p. 219.

H. 1922, MeCulloch, Cheek-list of the Fishes of New South Wales. Ais-

tralian Zoological Handbook No. 1 (originally issued in 3 parts).

BF, 1923, Waite, Fishes of Nuyts Archipelago, Trans. Roy. Soe. S.A., xIvii,

p. 95.

(1) Waite, Ree, S. Aust, Mus., ii, 1921, p. 1-208, pl. i, text fig. 1-832.

(7) Waite, Handbook to the Fishes of South Australia, 1923, p. 1-243.

224 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

G. 1928, Waite, Handbook to the Fishes of South Australia. (See foot-

note 7.)

H. 1924, Waite, Illustrations of and Notes on some Australian Fishes.

Ree. S.A, Mus., ii, p. 479.

I. 1926, McCulloch, Biological Results. F.I.S. ‘‘Endeavour,’’ v, p. 157.

J. 1926, Norman, Biological Results, F.I.S. ‘* Endeavour.’” v, p. 219.

IX. 1926, Norman, Proc. Zool. Soe., p. 941.

As an carly mentor, in Tehthyology, of the late Allan Riverstone MeCulloch,

I take this opportunity of briefly expressing my grief at his early demise and of

adding my testimony to the excellence of his work on Australian Fishes with both

pen and brush, Dr. Charles Anderson, Director of the Australian Museum,

Syduey, has published an obituary notiee with portrait and bibliography (*).

Corrections and Additions.

8. CARCHARHINUS MACRURUS Ramsay & Ogilby.

Carcharias macrurus Rams, & Ogil., Pu.S., N.S.W. (2), ii, 1887, p. 163.

According to MeCulloch the species represented by the names (. brachyurus

and C. maerurus ave not identical, and that the South Australian representative

should be designated as above; he also prefers the correeted spelling of the genus

to the original form Carcharinus (B).

13. MUSTELUS ANTARCTICUS Giinther.

The figure is imperfect, lacking the anal fin; an illustration by McCulloch

is substituted (G).

19. PARASCYLLUM FERRUGINEUM McCulloch,

A young example, 168 mm, in length, is deseribed and figured (D).

2). HALAELURUS VINCENTI Zietz.

Regarded as congeneric with JZ. analis Ogil. (GQ),

APTYCHOTREMA Norman, 1926 (boueainvillii).

38. APTYCHOTREMA BANKSII Miiller & Henle.

Rhinobatus banksu Mull. & Henle, Plagiost., 1838, p. 128, 192.

Aptychotrema banksti Norman, Proce, Zool. Sov., 1926, p. 978, fig. 30.

(4) Anderson, Ree. Aust. Mus., xv, 1926, p. 141, with 2 plates.

WAITE—FISHES OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA 225

Norman suggests that R, philippi is a synonym of Rh. grunulatus Cuvier,

from India and China; both Australian members being referable to the new

genus, hence Aptychotrema bougainvillit and A. banksti, the latter only recog-

nized from South Australia (I<).

42. RAJA AUSTRALIS Macleay,

Raia australis Mael,, P.L.S., N.S.W., vii, 1884, p. 461,

The Tasmanian R. lemprieri differs from the Australian form, which was

named as above (GQ).

44. DASYATIS BREVICAUDATUS Hutton.

The illustration was from a New Zealand example; that substituted is by

McCulloch, from an Australian specimen (@).

NEMATALOSA Regan, 1916 (nasus).

54. NEMATALOSA RICHARDSONI Castelnau.

Plate xii.

Chatoessus richardsowi Cast., P.AS., Viet., ii, 1873, p. 144; Ogil. Kdib. Fish.

N.S.W., 1893, p. 178.

It becomes evident that the Australian species of Nenataulosa require to be

critically exanuned, with a view to determining the synonomy, According to

McCulloch (2), N. come and N. ereb/ ave distinet species, the former being

marine and the latter of fresh water habit, Five names have been bestowed, as

follows: Chatoessus come Richardson, 1846, Western Australia; C. erebi Giinther,

1868, Queeusland and New South Wales; @. richardson Castelnau, 1873, Murray

River; C. elongautus Macleay, 1883, Mary River, Queensland; and (. horn{ Zietz,

1896, Central Australia. The case is further stated by Mr. Gilbert P. Whitley,

of the Australian Museum, Sydney, who in a recent letter writes: ‘*The name

Nematulosa. come may evidently be restricted to the Western Australian form,

Chatoessus erebi may perhaps be regarded as a substitute name for C. come

Richardson (not diame Russell), in which case it would become a direct synonyii

of it, or, as generally accepted, C. erebi may be considered a distinct species

deseribed from Hastern Austealia, with Richardson’s species apparently ervou-

cously included as a synonym.’’ Mr, Whitley says he prefers the latter interpre-

tation, as Giinther made no reference to Richardson's type in his catalogue. He

adds: ‘‘Nemalalosa richardsont Cast. seems to me to be distinet from N. erebi,

as one might expect from the distance apart of the type localities. Ciinther says

226 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

of C. erebi, ‘Origin of the dorsal fin... . behind the base of the ventrals,’

whilst in Castelnau’s (. richardson the ventrals are placed a little behind

the vertical from the imsertion of the dorsal’?; and further: ‘The New South

Wales species, called Nematalosa come in MeCulloch’s Cheek-list (p. 17), may be

distinct from NV. come Richardson; if it is not N. nasis Bloch it evidently requires

a ney name.’ Mr. Whitley says that, not haying a representative series of

specimens, his remarks ave largely based upon a review of the literature.

Ogilby (vide supra) has furnished a careful description of a Murray River

specimen, aud this will suffice; attention may, however, be drawn to an apparent

diserepaiey: he writes: “Nostrils approximate, piereed in a lateral groove

midway between the tip of the snout and the orbit; the anterior small, elliptical,

and vertical; the posterior large and subcirentar.”’ tn our examples from near

the mouth of the River Murray the anterior nostril is nearly circular, the

posterior one a long, vertival slit,

Under N. erebe Giinth. MeCulloch placed Chatoessius horn’ Zietz as a prob-

able synonyvin, remarking that it is apparently merely a slender yariety of that

Spucies.

Apart from the outline figure of C. fern, supplied by Zietz, and whieh

species may not be vouspecifie with N. richardsoni, no illustration of the latter

species bas hitherto been published; the accompanying picture is from a Murray

River specimen, taken in this State, Length, 320 mm, The Bony Bream attains

fo over 400 mm.

Castelnau (4), Klunzinger (*), and Ogilby (loc. eft.) all refer to a paper

by W. Blandowsky ("), from which, however, four pages, containing two plates,

were deleted. My. Whitley, who has seen the original plate, says that C. riehard-

soni is depicted there as fig. 2 on plate lex; he has furnished me with some

interesting notices of the paper, but as he announces his intention of supplying

bibliographical accounts of seyeral obscure writers on Australian Natural

History, more cannot here be written. IT may, however, reprint Castelnau’s

explanation of the withdrawal of the pages from Blandowsky 's paper: ‘‘ A rather

curious anecdote is told me of this production, The author had, avcording to

the custom of naturalists, dedicated several of the sorts to leading members of

the Society ; bnt some of these gentlemen are said to have taken as an insult what

was probably intended as a compliment, and the letterpress and plates already

engraved were withdrawn and destroyed before distribution, To must own that

T cannot say much for the scientific value of the paper, but T have found in it

(4) Castelnau, P\Z.8, Viet,, i, 1872, p, 31.

(5) Klonzinger, Sitab. Akad. Wiss. Wien, xxx, 1879, p. 327.

(8) Blundowsky, Trans. Phil. Cust. Viet., ii, 1857 (1858), p. 124-157, sens je 141-134 inel.

WAITE—FISHES OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA 227

a few observation on the habits of several sorts of the interior rivers.’’ Nine

papers by Blandowsky, of which that here noticed is the sixth, are recorded in

the *‘ Royal Society Catalogue of Scientific papers,’’ 1800-1863, 1, p. 417.

Faminy ALEPOCKPHALIDAE.,

ALEPOSOMUS Gill, 1884 (copei).

56x. ALEPOSOMUS SQUAMILATERUS Alcock.

Nenodermichthys squamiluterus Aleock, Ann. Mae, Nat, Hist. (7), ii, 1898,

p. 148.

Aleposomus, Rouleina, squamnilaterus MeCull, Endeavour Res., v, 1926, p. 168,

pl. xliv, fig. 1 (syn.).

The first known Australian examples were taken by the ‘*Endeavow’’ in

390 to 450 fathoms in the Australian Bight, south of Eucla (1).

DIAPHUS Eigenmann & Higenmann, 1891 (eneraulis).

66a. DIAPHUS COERULEUS Klunzinger,

Scopelus coeruleus Klunz. Verh. K. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien, xxi, 1871, p, 152.

Diaphus coeruleus (Gilbert) MeCull., Endeavour Res., v., 1926, p. 160, pl. xliii,

fig, 1, 2 (syn.). .

The specimens recorded were taken in the Australian Bight, south and

south-east from Eucla, at depths ranging from 200 to 450 fathoms (1).

Famity GONOSTOMIDAE.

POLYMETME McCulloch, 1926 (illustris).

66x. POLYMETME ILLUSTRIS McCulloch.

Polymetme illustvis MeCull., Endeavour Res., v, 1926, p. 167, pl. xly., fig. 1.

Specimens were taken in the Australian Bight in 200 to 450 fathoms, also

off Gabo Island Victoria (1).

ARGYRIPNUS Gilbert & Cramer, 1897 (ephippiatus).

66y. ARGYRIPNUS IRIDESCENS McCulloch.

Argyripnus ividescens MeCull., Endeavour Res., v, 1926, p. 169, pl. xly, fig. 2.

Taken in the Australian Bight in 200 to 450 fathoms (1).

RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Orpver LYOPOMI.

Famity HALOSAURIDAE.

HALOSAURUS Johnson, 1863 (owen).

66z, HALOSAURUS PECTORALIS McCulloch.

Halosaurus pectoralis MeCull., Endeavour Res., vy, 1926, p. 171, pl. xliti, fig. 3.

Two specimens taken in the Australian Bight, south from Huela, in 350 to

450 fathoms (1).

67-69. For Faminy SILURIDAE read PLOTOSIDAE (G).

73, ANGUILLA REINHARDTII Steindachner.

A new figure is published in the ILandbook (G),

75. MURAENICHTHYS BREVICEPS Giinther.

No complete figure being available, an example, 545 mm. in length, was

photographically illustrated in the Ilandbook (G).

76-95. Orpver SOLENICHTHYES

In 1902 Boulenger (*) proposed the name Selenichthyes as a division of

the Catosteomi to include only the family Lamprididae, which he regarded as

being sub-ordinal with the Hemibranchii (stieklebacks, ute mouths, bellows

fishes, ete.), Lophobranchii (pipe fishes and sea horses), and ILypostomices

(Pegasidae, sea moths), Later Regan (*) used the very similar name Solen-

ichthyes (for the Centriscoids, but afterwards added the Aulostomoids anid

Lophobranchii) to designate an order embracing some of the families of

3oulenger’s Hemibranchit and Lophobranchii.

This inter-velationship ander two sueh similar names is confusing, and a

statement from Mr. Regan, more clearly defining the position, would be wel-

cvomed by systematists.

PHYCODURUS Gill, 1896 (eques).

9), PHYCODURUS EQUES Giinther,

The illustration of this remarkable fish is from a photograph taken by my

colleague, Mr. H. M. Hale (G).

(7) Boulenger, Ann, Mag, Nat, Hist. (7), x, 1902, p. 147.

(8) Regan, Ann, Mag, Nat. Ilist. (5), iii, 1909, p. 84.

WalITE—FISHES OF SouTH AUSTRALIA 229

LEPIDORHYNCHUS Bleeker, 1879 (villosus).

100. LEPIDORHYNCHUS DENTICULATUS Richardson.

The generic name Lepidorhynchus has precedence over Optonurus. La his

paper Mr, MeCulloch inadvertently credits the generig name to Richardson (1).

COELORHYNCHUS Giorna, 1805 (laville).

100a. COELORHYNCHUS FASCIATUS Giinther.

Macrurus fasciatus Giinth., Ann, Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), 1, 1878, p. 24.

Coelorhynchus Paranacrurus fasciatus MeCull, Endeavour Res., v, 1926, p. 177.

Not uncommon off the eastern slope of Bass Strait; taken in the Australian

Bight in 190 to 450 fathoms (1).

MALACOCEPHALUS Giinther, 1862 (laevis).

100b. MALACOCEPHALUS LAEVIS Lowe.

Maerurus laevis Lowe, P.Z.8., 1848, p, 92.

Malacocephalus laevis MeCull., Endeavour Res., v, 1926, p. 181, pl. xvii.

Taken in the Australian Bight im 350 to 450 fathoms (1).

LIONURUS Giinther, 1887 (filicauda).

100c. LIONURUS NIGROMACULATUS McCulloch.

Lionurus nigromaculatus MeCull., Endeayour Res., v, 1926, p. 182.

Macrourus mgromaculatus MeCull, Ree, Aust. Mus., vi, 1907, p. 846, pl. beiii,

fig, 1.

Also known off New South Wales and Victoria; the ‘‘ Endeavour’? trawled

examples in the Australian Bight in 350 to 450 fathoms (1).

103. PHYSICULUS BACHUS Forster.

A substituted figure, showing the ¢haracteristic black spot at the upper base

of the pectoral fin (G).

EUCLICHTHYS McCulloch, 1926 (polynemus).

1031. HUCLICHTHYS POLYNEMUS McCulloch.

Buelichthys polynenus MeCull., Endeavour Res., v, 1926, p. 174, pl. xliv, fig. 2.

Numerous specimens taken in the Australian Bight in 190 to 450 fathoms (1).

120a, ATHERINA MICROSTOMA Giinther,

Atherina microstoma Giinth., Cat, Fish, Brit. Mus., 111, 1861, p. 401.

The figure in the Handbook is after MeCulloch (G).

230 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

125. MUGIL CEPHALUS Linnaeus.

Mugil cephalus Lann., Syst. Nat,, ed. x, 1758, p. 316.

Mugil dobula Giinth, 1861, is regarded as a synonym of M, cephalus (G).

APOGONOPS Ogilby, 1896 (anomalus).

150a, APOGONOPS ANCMALUS Ogilby,

1896, p. 24.

Specimens collected at Kangaroo Island in 1926 constitute a new record for

South Australia.

Apogonops anomalus Ogil., P.L.8., N.S.W., xxi

TEMNODON Cuvier, 1817 (heptacanthus).

159. TEMNODON SALTATOR Linnaeus.

In the ‘*Genera of Fishes’? Dr. David Starr Jordan (*) gives reasons for

replacing Pomatomus with Temnedon (GQ).

Many of the nomenclatorial changes here made are the result of consulting

this most useful work and its supplement (1°),

171. SCORPIS GEORGIANUS Cuvier & Valenciennes.

Our form, which is frequently banded, is referable to the type species from

King George’s Sound, Western Australia (G).

172, Delete in favour of 171 (Gj,

MELAMBAPHES Giinther, 1863 (nigroris)

175, MELAMBAPHES ZEBRA Richardson.

This species is not congenerie with Crenidens tephracops Rich, (G).

177. CHELMONOPS TRUNCATUS Kner.

The figure supplied is from the original illustration of Kner (G@).

Famiry APLODACTYLIDAE.

DACTYLOSARGUS Gill, 1862 (aretidens).

185a. DACTYLOSARGUS ARCTIDENS Richardson.

Aplodactylus arctidens Rich., P.Z.S., 18389, p. 96.

Aun addition to the known fauna of South Australia; a specimen described

and figured (HH).

(9) Jordan, ‘*Genera of Fishes,’? i (with Evermann), 1917; ii (1919); iii (1919); iy

(1920).

(10) Jordan, ‘*Classifiention of Fishes’? (1923).

WaAITE—FISHES OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA 23)

189. THREPTERIUS MACULOSUS Richardson.

Refigured from a specimen collected at Pearson Island (F, G).

206. ODAX SEMIFASCIATUS Cuvier & Valenciennes.

Odax semifasciatus Cuy. & Val, Hist. Nat. Poiss., xiv, 1839, p. 299, pl. eccevil.

O. richardsonti Giinth. is a synonym (G).

SCARUS Forskal, 1775 (psittacus).

212. SCARUS MODESTUS Castelnau ((G).

Dr. Jordan says, ‘‘Searus of Forskal must give way to Callyodon of Gronow

if the names of Gronow are to be adopted, This is unfortunate, as Callyedan has

been used by most authors as the name of another genus in the same family.”’

213. SCARUS DUMERILIT Castelnau.

See note above, No. 212 (G).

PARAPERCIS Bleeker, 1863 (cylindrica).

The below-mentioned species are apparently congenerie with P. eylindried.

Being preocenpied, the name Parapercis Steindachner was replaced by Neopercis

Steind., of which P. ramnsayt is the type.

216. PARAPERCIS RAMSAYI Steindachner ((*).

217. PARAPERCIS HAACKEI Siteindachner ((:).

218. PARAPERCIS ALLPORTI Giinther (G).

221. PSEUDAPHRITIS URVILLII Cuvier & Valenciennes.

Refigured from a Tasmanian example (HH).

2234. CALLIONYMUS APRICUS McCulloch.

Callionymus apricus MeCull, Endeavour Res., v, 1926, p. 209, pl. liv, fig. 2.

Deseribed from a single specimen taken in the Australian Bight mm 350 to

450 fathoms (1).

225. SCOMBER COLIAS Gmelin.

Delete the note under the figure (‘‘Correetions’’ and @),

228. GOBIUS BIFRENATUS Kner.

A different figure, after Kner, is supplied (G).

232 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

232. GOBIUS FILAMENTOSUS Castelnau.

Believed to he a synonym of No, 228, @. bifrenatus (G).

CALLOGOBIUS Bleeker, 1874 (hasseltii),

234. CALLOGOBIUS HASSELTII Bleeker, var. MUCOSUS Giinther.

See note under ‘ Corrections’* and G.

239. NEOBLENNIUS FASCIATUS Castelnau.

This fish is so contradictorily defined that it is eliminated (G),

245a. OPHICLINUS AETHIOPS McCulloch & Waite.

Ophiclinus aethiops MeCull. & Waite, Rec. S.A. Mus., i, 1918, p. 57, fig. 29.

Specimens of this and the following species have heen taken at Kangaroo

Island, and constitute additions to the fauna of South Australia (G).

245b, OPHICLINUS VARIUS McCulloch & Waite.

Ophiclinus varius MeCull. & Waite, Rec. S.A. Mus., i, 1918, p. 57, fig. 80.

See note under foregoing species (CG).

253-255. Sus-Orper OPHIDIOIDEA.

This heading, to embrace the Families Brotulidae and Ophidiidae, was

inadvertently omitted from the Catalogue (G),

ARNOGLOSSUS Bleeker, 1862 (arnoglossus).

2561. ARNOGLOSSUS MUELLERI Klunzinger.

Pseudorhombus maellert Klunz., Arch, fur Naturg., 1872, p. 40.

Arnoglossus nuelleri Norm., Endeavour Res., v, 1926, p. 245 (syn.).

An addition to the known fauna of the State. Specimens were taken in the

‘“Hndeavour’’ off St. Francis Island in 35 fathoms (J).

256hb. ARNOGLOSSUS BASSENSIS Norman.

Arnoglossus bassensis Norm., Endeavour Res., v, 1926, p. 246, fig. 6.

A young example taken in Investigator Strait; if of this species, it consti-

tutes a new record for South Australia (1).

257. RHOMBOSOLEA PLEBEIA Richardson.

Delete from the South Australian list (G),

WAITR—FISHES OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA 233

258. RHOMBOSOLEA TAPIRINA Hutton,

Rhombosolea tupirina (part) Giinth., Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., iv, 1862, p. 409; and

Norm., Endeavour Res., v, 1926, p. 284.

In the paper quoted Mr, Norman has published the results of investigations

on the Flatfishes of Australia and straightened out the intricate synonomy of the

croup. P. vietorive Cast. is believed to be a synonym of RK. tapivine (J).

261a. AMMOTRETIS BREVIPINNIS Norman.

Ammotretis brevipinnis Norm., Endeavour Res., v, 1926, p. 268, fig. 11.

A new species, deseribed from a single small specimen taken in St. Vincent

Gulf (J).

AZYGOPUS Norman, 1926 (pinnifasciatus),

261h. AZYGOPUS PINNIFASCIATUS Norman.

Azygopus pinnifaseiatus Norm., Endeavour Res., y, 1926, p, 262, fiz. 10.

South Australian examples of this new species were trawled in from 100

to 450 fathoms in the Australian Bight. It was also taken off Gabo Island,

Victoria (J).

Faminy CYNOGLOSSIDAE.

CYNOGLOSSUS Hamilton-Buchanan, 1822 (lingua).

262x. CYNOGLOSSUS BROADHURSTI Waite.

Cynoglossus broadhursti Waite, Ree. Aust. Mus., vi, 1905, p. 73, pl. viii, fig. 2.

Two specimens taken off the mouth of the River Murray bring this species,

first described from Western Australia, into the South Australian list (J),

279, CONGIOPUS LEUCOPOECILUS Richardson.

The tail in the figure of this species is obviously incomplete, and probably

approximates to that of C, leucometopon.

2791, CONGIOPUS LEUCOMETOPON Waite.

Congiopus leucometopon Waite, Rec, S.A. Mus., ii, 1922, p. 216, fig. 353.

Known only from two beach-driven specimens taken at Glenelg, South

Australia (G).

28). GNATHANACANTHUS GOETZEEI Bleeker.

A new figure and description are supplied (H).

285, PLATYCEPHALUS HAACKEI Steindachner.

It is suggested that No. 286—P. semermis De Vis—is identical with Stein-

dachner’s species (CG).

234 RECORDS OF THE §.A. MUSEUM

291. PARATRIGLA VANESSA Richardson,

This species is removed from the genus Lepidotrigla on account of its

spinigerous lateral line (G).

292. PARATRIGLA PAPILIO Cuvier & Valenciennes.

Trigla papilio Cuv. & Val., Hist. Nat. Poiss., iv, 1829, p. 80, pl. Lxxiii,

McCulloch said that he was unable to find characters to distinguish 7. pleura-

canthica and 7, papilio (BK and G).

307. CANTHERINES BROWNII Richardson.

The figure under this name to be fransferred to No. 310, C. guntheri

Macl. (@).

310. CANTHERINES GUNTHERI Macleay.

The figure under No, 307 is of this species, MeCoy’s identification beme

incorrect (Gr),

SPHEROIDES Lacepéde, 1798 (tuberculatus).

325, SPHEROIDES TETRAGONUS Forster.

The genus Spheroides differs from Tetraodon in having the nasal tentacles

perforate (GQ).

326. SPHEROIDES PLEUROGRAMMA Regan.

Tetrodon pleurogramma Regan, P.ZS., 1902, p. 300, pl. xxiv, fie. 2.

Delete Tetrvaodon richer and illustration, and substitute the above, of which

S. lacriinosus Waite is a synonym, Tlhistrations of S. plewrogramma have been

published by both Regan and Waite (IT).

327. SPHEROIDES LIOSOMUS Regan.

See note under No. 325 (@).

ALLOMYCTERUS McCulloch, 1921 (jaculiferus).

330, ALLOMYCTERUS JACULIFERUS Cuvier.

The genus differs from others of the Family in having all the spines fixed

and three-rooted. MeCulloch’s figure is reproduced in the Handbook (G).

INOSCYVHOlIA VSOTVLVYNAN ‘Top SALIVA “YE AVERT

‘IIIX S3LVIg ‘III “104 ‘WOASOIW ‘W'S ‘O4Y

AUSTRALIAN OPOSSUM SHRIMPS (MYSIDACEA)

BY W. M. TATTERSALL, D.SC., PROFESSOR OF ZOOLOGY, UNIVERSITY COLLEGE, CARDIFF

Summary

In response to my request for Australian material belonging to this group of Crustacea, Mr. Edgar

R. Waite, Director of the South Australian Museum at Adelaide, was good enough to submit to me

for examination the small collection available in that Museum. Mr. Herbert M. Hale has kindly kept

a special look out for specimens, and has forwarded from time to time additional material for

examination. To both these gentlemen I am very much indebted for the trouble they have taken to

obtain Mysids for me. As a result of their efforts I am able to record here ten species of the group

from South Australian waters, of which no fewer than seven species are new to science.

AUSTRALIAN OPOSSUM SHRIMPS (MYSIDACEA)

By W. M. TAT'TERSALL, D.Sc.,

Proressor of Zoorocy, Universiry Coniecr, Carpirr.

Text figs. 94-105.

In response to my request for Australian material belonging to this eroup of

Crustacea, Mr, Edgar R. Waite, Director of the South Australian Museum at

Adelaide, was good enough to submit to me for examination the small collection

available in that Musetm. Mr. Herbert M. Hale has kindly kept a special look

out for specimens, and has forwarded from time to time additional material for

examination, To both these wentlemen I ain very much indebted for the trouble

they have taken to obtain Mysids for me. As a result of their efforts [ am able

to record here ten species of the group from South Australian waters, of which

no fewer than seven species are new to science,

T have ineluded in this report records of specimens kindly viven to me by

the late Professor 8. J. Johnston, of the University of Sydney, in 1914, and

material collected by myself in Tasmania in the same year,

Practically no attention has been paid to the Mysidacea of Australia. No

species are recorded in Haswell’s catalogue. The Challenger Expedition col-

lected three species in Port Phillip, all new to science, described by Sars under

the following names, Psendomma australe, Anchialus angustus, and Mysidopsis

incisa. The only subsequent record of any species from Australia is by Zimmer

(8), who described Anisomysis australis from Port Phillip. Siriella thompsonit

(M. Edw.) has been recorded from Australian waters both by Sars (5) and

Colosi (2), but as this is a widely distributed, truly oceanic species it can hardly

be regarded as properly belonging to the Australian marine fauna.

The number of Australian species of Mysidacea hitherto known amounts,

therefore, to four, and as these were all collected in the same locality, Port Phillip,

some indication is given of the amount of work which still remains to be done

before the Mysid fauna of Australia can be said to be at all adequately known.

All but one of the known Australian species of Mysidacea, Psendomma australe,

are included in the small collection received from the South Australian Museum,

so that this report may be considered as covering all that is at present known of

the Mysidacea of these waters.

There is nothing yery peculiar or distinetive about the Mysid fauna of

Australia as revealed by the present collection. Tts affinities, as far as can be

236 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

eleaned from this material, lie with the Indian Ocean and Western Pacifie fauna.

The genera Siriella, Leptomysis, Anisomysis, and Heteromysis are represented

in hoth areas, and the species are closely allied. The genera Paranchialina and

Australomysis are so far peculiar to Australia.

The most striking fact in the collection is the absence of the genus Tenago-

mysis, which is so characteristic of New Zealand waters. Six species of the genus

were collected off New Zealand in considerable quantities by the ‘‘Terra Nova’

(Tattersall, 6), and altogether nine species of the genus are known, all from

these seas; its absence from Australian waters is therefore somewhat remarkable.

Famity MYSIDAE.

Sup-Famity STRIELLINAE.

SIRIELLA Dana.

This genus already includes a large number of species, but none of them

has up to now heen recorded from Australia, if we except the oceanic species,

S. thompsonii, recorded by the ‘‘Challenger’’ on its voyage from Sydney to

Wellington.

In the collection submitted to me by the South Australian Museum there

are three species of this genus, all of which appear to be new to science. They

may be distinguished by the following key :

1. Large; rostral plate hardly produced in the mid-dorsal

line, but produced into prominent pointed shoulders over

the eyes .. it * js = .. halei sp. nov,

2. Small; carapace not produced into shoulders over the eyes.

(a) Rostral plate broadly rounded in the mid-dorsal

line and hardly produced at all, Telson broadly

linguiform in shape, with three pairs of spines on

the apex. Sixth joint of the thoracie limbs un-

divided. Spines on inner uropod not in series .. vincent? sp. Tov.

(b) Rostral plate produced into an acute triangular

plate. Telson narrowly lingniform in shape, with

only two pairs of spines at apex. Sixth joint of

the thoracic limbs divided into two sub-joints.

Spines on inner uropod in series or groups .. australis sp. nov.

SIRIELLA HALEI, sp. nov.

Carapace short, leaving the last thoracic somite uncovered ; front margin of

the carapace hardly produced into a rostral plate, broadly rounded in the mid-

dorsal line, produced into quite prominent shoulders over the outside margins

TATTERSALL—AUSTRALIAN OPOSSUM SHRIMPS 237

of the eyes, these shoulders quite as long as and much more acute than the median

rostral plate; antero-lateral corners of the carapace rounded. Below the median

broadly rounded rostral plate is a prominent acute spine, forming a conspicuous

Big.95,. Siriella halei; a, dorsal view of anterior end of female (32 diam.); b, antennal

seale and peduncle (39 diam.) ; ¢, telson and uropod (39 diam.) ; d, endopod of first thoracic

limh of female (39 diam.).

pseudo-rostral process. Hyes of moderate size, shorter than the first joint of the

antennular peduncle, one and two-thirds times as long as broad, cornea occupying

the distal third of the eye, pigment black. Antennular peduncle with the first

joint very nearly as long as the second and third combined; third jomt twice as

long as the second, with a row of nine or ten long, plumose setae on the inner

238 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

marein; a single long, plumose seta on the inner distal corner of the second joint.

Antennal scale not extending anite so far forwards as the antennular peduncle,

three times as long as broad, outer marginal spine very prominent, terminal lobe

Wig. 96. Siriella halei; a, b, and c, second, third, and eighth thoracic limbs (89 diam.).

second joint one and a half times as long as the third; a prominent spine on the

outer distal corner of the joint from which the scale arises. The thoracic limbs

are best described by reference to the accompanying figures. They are robust in

build, much stouter than in any other species known to me, The sixth joint of

shorter than broad, slightly over-reaching the marginal denticle, a small distal

joint marked off by a distinct suture; antennal pedunele shorter than the scale,

TATTERSALL —AUSTRALIAN OPOSSUM SURIMPS 239

the endopod of the third to the eighth pair ts divided by an articulation into a

short proximal and a long distal portion, The basal plate of the exopods is

acutely pointed at the outer distal corner, and the flagellum of the exopod is

composed of eleven or twelve joints, Sixth abdominal somite at least one and a

half times as long as the fifth. Telson slightly longer than the last abdominal

somite, about as long as the proximal portion of the outer uropod and t wice as

Jong as broad at the base, with eighteen spines on its lateral margins, three al

the proximal end being larger than the remainder aud separated from them by a

short unarmed interval. The remaining fifteen increase more or less regidarly

in size to the terminal spines, which are about one-ninth of the Jength of the

telson; there is only a single pair of spines at the apex, and between them are

three small subequal spinules and a pair of plumose setae. /iner wropods one

quarter longer than the telson, with a closely set row of spines on the lower inner

margin from the statocyst to the apex; these spines are arranged in series of two,

three, or four, the distal five or six spines very large and slightly recurved, with-

out smaller spines between them, Outer wropods half as long again as the telson,

the distal joint about one-quarter of the whole and one and a half times us long

as broad; distal third of the outer margin of the proximal joint with a row of

nine graded spines. Pseudobranchial rami of the second to the fourth pleopods

of the male spirally coiled; distal setae of both rami of the third and fourth

pleopods unmodified,

Length, Immature females with the brood pouch just developing, 12 1m. ;

apparently mature male, 12 mm.

Loc. South Australia: Gulf St. Vincent, 6 miles off Semaphore, 6-7 fathoms,

and 5 miles off Semaphore, 5 fathoms (H. M. Hale). Syntypes im South Ails-

tralian Museum, Reg. No, C. 1614.

Two immature females and one apparently mature male were collected.

This species is evidently a large one, probably veaching 16 mim. when fully

grown, In general habitus it recalls such large littoral species as S. armala and

N, froutatis, but it is quite distinet from any species known to me in the form of

the front margin of the carapace and by the robust character of the thoracic

limbs.

I have pleasure in assoviating this very wellanarked spevies wilh the name

of Mr. H, M. Hale, who has himself collected’ nearly the whole of the material on

which this report is based, and who has spared no pains fo meet my request for

Australian Mysidae.

SIRIELLA VINCENTI sp. nov.

Carupace short, leaving the last thoracic somite nucovered; frout margin

only slightly produced as a short, evenly rounded rostral plate wot completely

240 RECORDS OF THE $.A. MUSEUM

covering the eye-stalks; a prominent pseudo-rostral spine below the rostral plate

and projecting in front of the latter. Hyes of moderate size, as long as the first

joint of the antennular peduncle, one and a half times as long as broad, cornae

Fig. 97. Siriclla vincenti; a, dorsal view of anterior end of female; 6b, antennal scale

and pedunele; ec, d, and ¢, first, second, and third thoracic limbs; f, telson and uropods (39

diam.).

occupying about one-third of the whole eye, pigment black, Antennal scale very

nearly as long as the antennular peduncle, three and a quarter times as long as

broad, marginal spine prominent, terminal lobe about as long as broad, consider-

ably over-reaching ihe marginal spine, no distal articulation marking off a

terminal joint. Antennal peduncle shorter than the seale, second joint two and

a half times as long as the third; a prominent spine on the outer distal corner of

TATTERSALL —AUSTRALIAN OPOSSUM SHRIMPS 24)

the joi from which the seale arises. The theracie linbs ave best deseribed by

reference 10 the acconipanying figures. The first and second pairs are moderately

robust and short, the second being considerably shorter than the corresponding

limb in S, ausiralis (see p. 254, fig, 99). The remaining limbs are moderately

slender, with the sixth joint undivided, as far as [ can see. The basal plate of

the exopod is acutely pointed at the outer distal corner, and the flagellum ts

composed of nine to twelve joints, Sixth abdomine! somite one and a half times

as long as the fifth. Telson as long as the last abdominal somite and twice as lony

as broad at the base, broadly linguiform in shape, apex rather bvoadly voanded

and about one-sixth of the length of the telson in breadth; lateral margins with

three large, stout spines proximally, followed by a short unarmed portion, then

a series of fifteen spines on each side, increasing generally in size to the apex, Uh

last three spines on each side actually on the apex, larger than the rest, the ventral

pair about one-eighth of the telson in length; three sub-equal spinules and a pair

of long plumose setae, longer than the terminal spines, between the central pale

of spines of the apex, Laner wrepeds one-third longer than the telson, with a row

of prominent spines on the inner margin, nereasing regularly in size towards the

apex, and not arranged in series or groups, Quéer wropads half as long again as

the telson; distal joint one and a half times as long as broad; distal end of the

outer marein of the proximal joint with a group of five graded spines. Pseudo-

bronchial rami of the second to the fourth pairs of pleopods of the male spirally

twisted; none of the distal setae of the third and fourth pleopods modified,

Length. Three males and eight females; up to 8 mm. for adults of both sexes.

Loe. South Australia: Gulf St. Vincent, 6 miles off Semaphore, 6-7 fathoms

(UL. M. Hale). Syntypes in South Australian Museum, Reg, No, C. 1615.

Compared with the following species (S. australis), 8. vineenti shows the

following points of difference :

(1) Rostral plate shorter and bluntly rounded.

(2) Antennular peduncle and eye longer and less robust.

(3) First and seeond thoracic limbs, especially the second, with the endopods

shorter and stouter,

(4) Sixth joint of the endopod of the third to the eighth thoracic limbs

unjointed.

(5) Telson broadly linguiform im shape.

(6) Spines on the inner uropod not arranged in groups or series,

Among the large number of species of the genus already deseribed, 8, vin-

venti approaches very closely to 8. quaedrispinasa Hansen (3). The telson has

the same broadly linguiform shape and a similar armature, except that ins,

vincenti there are three pairs of spines on the apex, the central pair of which

242 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

are the longest, whereas in 8. quadrispinosu there are two pairs of spines on the

apex, the outer pair of which are the longer. WS. vineenti, however. differs from

8S. quadrispinosa in the shorter and bluntly rounded rostral plate, in the unjointed

antennal scale and sixth joint of the thoracic limbs, in the arrangement of the

spines on the inner uropod, and in the fewer number of spines on the outer

uropod. SN. vincenti is perhaps still more nearly related to S. hansent Tattersall

(6), but has a longer telson and more spines on both inner and outer wropods.

In both species the scale is unjointed, and the sixth joint of the thoracic limbs

undivided.

SIRIELLA AUSTRALIS sp. nov.

Carapace short, leaving the last and part of the penultimate thoracic somites

exposed; front margin produced into an acutely triangular rostral plate covering

the eve-stalks; no pseudo-rostral process observed. Eyes shorter and broader

Wig. ¥8, Siriella australis: dorsal view of anterior end of female (22 diam.).

than in 8. vineenti, nearly as broad as long, cornea occupying nearly one-half of

the eye, pigment black. Anfennular peduncle with the third jomt as long as the

first; a long, stout seta on the dorsal surface of the second joint near the inside

of the front margin; this seta is as long as the third joint and move robust in the

male than in the female, Aztennal scale extending about half-way along the last

joint of the antennular peduncle, three times as long as broad, marginal spine

prominent, terminal lobe slightly broader than long, and considerably over-

reaching the marginal spine, no distal articulation, Antennal peduncle shorter

than the seale, second joint three times as long as the third. The thoracic limbs

are best described by reference to the acecompauying figures, The first limb is

moderately robust and short, but the second limb has the endopod relatively

TATTERSALL—AUSTRALIAN OPOSSUM SHRIMPS 243

mueh longer and slenderer than in S. vineenti, chiefly owing Lo the clongation of

the fifth and sixth joints. The remaining limbs are slender and long, with the

sixth joint divided into two, the proximal portion slightly shorter than the distal.

The uail is relatively long, with a prominent spine on the inner margin. The

basal plate of the exopod is acutely pointed at the outer distal corner, and thw

flagellum is composed of from nine to twelve joints. Sheth abdominal sonute one

and a half times as lone as the tifth. Zelson slightly longer than the last abdom-

inal somite, narrowly linguiform in shape, two and a half times as long as broad

at the base, apex rather narrow and equal in breadth to one-third of the hase,

lateral margins with two prominent spines proximally at the base, followed by a

short unarmed portion and then a series of fourteen spines increasing generally

in size towards the apex, the last spine the longest and about one-eighth of the

telson in length; between the central pair of spines at the apex are situated three

equal spinules and a pair of plumose setae as long as the terminal spines. Jner

wropod one-third longer than the telson, with a row of prominent spines on the

immer margin arranged in series, particularly towards the apex. Oxley wropod

only shghtly longer than the inner and about one and a half times as long as the

telson, distal joint one and three-quarter times as long as broad, proximal joint

with a group of four to six graded spines at its distal end. Lseudo-branchial

rami of the second to the fourth pair of pleopods of the male spirally twisted ;

none of the setae on the male pleopods modified.

Length. Adult male 10 mm. ; adult female 8 mm.

Loe, South Australia: Gulf St. Vincent, 6 miles off Semaphore, 6-7 fathoms,

and 5 miles off Semaphore, 5 fathoms (TH. M. Hale). Syntypes in South Aus-

(ralian Museum, Reg. No, C. 1616.

Four examples of cach sex were taken. 8. australis may be distinguished

from 8. vineenti by the folowing characters :

(1) The longer and more acute rostral plate and the absence of a pseudo-

rostral spine,

(2) The shorter and stouter eyes and antemmular pedinele.

(3) Sixth joint of the endopod of the thoracic limbs divided into two sub-

joints.

(4) Spines on the inner urepod arranged in groups.

(5) Telson rather longer and more narrowly linguiform in shape.

Among desevibed species of the genus S. austrelis appears to be most nearly

related to S. wiadgarts and S. affinis, described by Hansen from the waters of the

Kast Indian Archipelago. It differs, however, from both of these species in the

imjointed antennal scale, The telson has the same narrowly linguiform shape in

all three, and the spines arming its lateral margins increase regularly in length

244 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

towards the apex, and are not arranged in groups. WS. australis agrees with

8. vulgaris in the character and arrangement of the spines on the inner wropod.

Fig. 99. Siriella australis; a, antennal scale and pedunele (39 diam.); 6 and e, first and

second thoracie limbs (39 diam.) ; d, endopod (distal joints) of third thoracie limb (50 diam.) ;

e, telson and uropod (39 diam.).

A specimen of Siriella from the following locality, Kingscote, north coast of

Kangaroo Island, South Australia, + fathom (H. M. Hale), is probably to be

referred to this species, but the telson has been broken off, and its identity must

therefore remain doubtful.

Some years ago the late Professor 8. J. Johnston gave me some specimens

of a Siriella obtained by tow-netting at Port Hacking, New South Wales. The

TATTERSALL—AUSTRALIAN OPOSSUM SHRIMPS 245

specimens are in poor condition, but appear to agree in the main with S. australis,

except that the spines on the lateral margins of the telson are more numerous

(twenty-two as against fourteen ),

Sur-Famiry GASTROSACCINAE Norman,

PARANCHIALINA Hansen.

Anchialus (pars.) G. O. Sars, 1888, 1885.

Paranchialing Hansen, 1910, p. 51.

Hansen (3) established this genus for the species, Anchialus angustus G, O.

Sars, found by the Challenger Expedition at the entrance to Port Philip,

Victoria. Tt is distinguished from Anchialing by the following features: Body

is slender, carapace leaving wneovered the whole of the last thoracie somite and

part of the preceding somite, first thoracic limb (maxilliped) with a prominent

Jobe from the second joint, second and third thoracic limbs withont sexual

differences, first three pleopods of the female normal and styliform, last two

pairs in the form of transverse lamellae, no pseudo-hbranchial lamellae on the

pleopods of either sex, uropod with only two spines near the middle of its outer

margin, proximal portion of this margin unarmed. distal portion setiferous.

PARANCHIALINA ANGUSTA G. 0. Sars.

Anchialus angustus G. O. Sars, 1883, p. 39, and 1885, p, 197, pl. xxxv, fig. 1-18.

Paranchialana angusta Hansen, 1910, p. 51.

A male and female, and two adult females with brood lamellae and young in

the brood pouch are before me. The male is 7 mm. in length, the females are each

8 mm. in length.

Loc. South Australia: Gulf St. Vincent, 6 miles off Semaphore, 6-7 fathoms,

and 5 miles off Semaphore, 5 fathoms (H. M. Hale),

Sars’ description and figures are adequate for the identification of this

species, The body is minutely hispid all over, most markedly on the eye-stalks

and along the lateral portions of the abdomen.

Sars gives the number of spines on the lateral margins of the telson as fram

twenty to thirty, in specimens of 10 mm, The present specimens, 8 mm. in length,

have only about thirteen to fifteen spines.

The pleopods of the male have been deseribed by Sars. He was, however,

in error in stating that the exopod of the fourth pair is elongated. Hansen has

correctly noted that it is the exopod of the third pair which is clongated. The

first and fifth pleopods of the male have only the endopod present, while the

second and fourth pairs have both exopod and endopod present and more or less

equal in length,

246 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

Prior to the specimens here recorded, the ‘‘Challenger’’ material of two

adult females and one broken male, from the entrance to Port Phillip, comprised

the whole of the known specimens of this species. Ti is, therefore, as far as

present knowledge goes, only known from Australian waters,

Sun-Fammy MYSINAR,

LEPTOMYSIS G. O, Sars.

LEPTOMYSIS AUSTRALIENSIS sp. nov.

Carapace short, leaving the last thoracie somite completely uncovered, from

margin produced between the eyes into a triangular, bluntly pointed rostral plate,

extending about one-quarter along the basal joint of the antennular peduncle,

covering the eye-stalks but leaving the eves themselves exposed; antero-lateral

corners rounded, Hyes large, as long as the first joint of the antennnular peduncle,

rather longer than broad, cornea oceupying rather more than half the eye.

pigment black. Amtennal serie very long and narrow, extending foy quite half

its length beyond the anternmular pedunele, eight times as long as broad, setose

all round, apex narrowly rounded, a small terminal joint marked off hy a distinet

suture. slLntennal peduncle about one-third as long as the seale, second jomt

longer than the third. The thoracic limbs are best described by reference to the

accompanying figures. They are robust in build. The sixth joint of the endopodl

of the third to the eighth pair is divided into three or four sub-joints, the whole

joint about as lone as the fifth, nail long and slender, ‘The basal plate of the

exopods is acutely pointed af its onter distal corner, and the flagellum is com-

posed of eight or nine joints. Sixth abdominal somite one and a half times as

Jong as the fifth, Telson slightly shorter than the sixth abdominal somite, entire,

narrowly linguiform in shape, gradually narrowing to a bluntly rounded apex,

distal part not expanded as in L. /ingaiora, ubout twiee as long as broad at hase,

lateral margins armed with about fifty closely-set spines, not arranged in series,

gradually increasing in size distally, the terminal pair of spines at the apex about

one-ninth of the telson in length, no plumose selac, Jnner wroped one and a

quarter times as long as the telson, with a prominent spiniform, blimt projection

on the dorsal face of the statoeyst, near the postero-lateral outer commer, visible

in dorsal view; inner ventral margin of the uropod with a row of seven spines,

increasing in length distally, four of them on the statoeyst, the remaining three

distal to the statocyst and widely separated, the last spine lone and stout, and

situated about the centre of the lower inner margin; a series of small spinules

round the inner margin of the statocyst. Owler wropods about one-third longer

than the inner, Pleopods of the characteristic form met with in the genus. The

TATTERSALL—AUSTRALIAN OPOSSUM SHRIMPS 247

exopod of the fourth pair in the male is longer than the endopod, and has

modified setae on the last four joints. On each of the third and fourth joints

from the apex there is a single very powerful seta, with the distal half trans-

versely striated. On the penultimate joint there is a single stout plumose seta,

Fig. 100. Leplomysis australiensis; a, anterior end to show rostral plate and eyes (39

diam.); b, antennal scale and peduncle (21 diam.); ¢ and d, first and second thoracic

limbs (21 diam.); e, endopod of third thoracic limb (21 diam.); f, fourth pleopod of male

(21 diam.); g, distal joints of exopod of fourth pleopod of male (180 diam.) ; fh, telson

(39 diam.).

while the terminal joint ends in two moderately long and stout setae, which are

sparsely plumose.

Length. Adult specimens of both sexes, 12 mm,

Loc. South Australia; Gulf St. Vincent, 6 miles off Semaphore, 6-7 fathoms,

and 5 miles off Semaphore, 5 fathoms (H. M. Hale). Syntypes in South Aus

tralian Museum, Reg. No. C, 1617.

248 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

This is a characteristic species of the genus, distinguished from deseribed

species by fhe vombination of characters provided by the extreme length and

narrowness of the antennal scale, the shape and armature of the telson, the sixth

joint of the endopod of the third to the eighth thoracic limbs, anid the fourth

pleopod of the male,

L have reecived several specimens from Mr, Hale, taken at various points in

Gulf St. Vincent, in 5-6 fathoms of water. The species appeara to be quite

commou in the Gulf.

AUSTRALOMYSIS gen. noy.

Mandible with a well-developed molar process; second maxilla with the

setiform lobe on the second joint well developed; antennal scale Janceolate-oval

in shape, setose all round, with a distal articulation; first thoracic limbs with a

large lobe from the second joint and a well-developed lobe from the third, second

and third joints not coaleseed; sixth joint of the endopod of the third to the

vizhth thoracic limbs divided by one or two articulations; telson eleft, the cleft

armed with teeth, but without phimose setae; inner uropods with a row of spines

on the immer margin; pleopeds of the male as in the genus Leptomysis, exopod

of the fourth pair larger than the endopod, with modified setae on the last three

joints; three pairs of brood lamellae in the female,

Type. Mysidopsis incisa GQ. O, Sars.

The single type specimen, and up till now the only reeorded one, of Mysid-

opsis incisa was taken by the Challenger Expedition in Port Philip, Victoria. It

was not dissected by Sars, and was referred on other characters to the genus

Mysidopsis. In the material forwarded to me from the South Australian Musewm

are several specimens which are clearly referable to Sars’ species, but on dissec-

tion prove to differ widely from Mysidopsis in the character of the mouth parts

and to approach much more ¢losely lo Leptomysis, Tn Mysidopsis the mandible

lacks a molar process, the lobe from the second joint of the maxilla lacks the broad

setiferous expansion, and the second and third joints of the endopods of the first

thoracic limbs are fused. In all these points WM. ineise differs from Mysidopsis and

agrees with Leplomysis. Vt is clear that the species cannot remain in the genus

Mysidopsis. The species differs from Leptonysis m the form of the telson, which

is cleft, the cleft armed with teeth, whereas in Leptemysis it is entire. The

fourth pleopods of the male differ slightly from those of Leptomysis, and the sixth

joint of the endopod of the third to the eighth thoracic limhs has but one or two

articulations. These characters combined appear to be of generic yalue, and T

therefore propose this new genus to include Mysidopsis incisa G, O. Sars and a

second species found in the present material. The genus is not unlike Doxemysis,

but lacks plumose setae at the apex of the telson, [t differs from Mysidetes in

the characters of the pleopods of the male.

TATTERSALL—AUSTRALIAN OPOSSUM SHRIMPS 249

AUSTRALOMYSIS INCISA G. 0. Sars.

Mysidopsis sneise G. O. Sars, 1884 and 1885, p. 202, pl. xxxv, fig. 21-23.

Thirteen females and five males, up to 7 mim, in length, were taken in

January of last year.

Loe. South Australia: Vivonne Bay, south coast of Kangaroo Island, 3-34

fathoms (H. M. Hale).

Sars’ deseription is adequate for the recognition of this species. A few notes

on certain features are added for comparison with the new species described

helow. The antennal scale is four times as long as broad, with a well-marked

distal articulation. The proximal portion of the eye is minutely spiniutose, and

the whole eye is broader and more flattened than in the next species. The rostral

Fig. i101. aAustralomysis incisa; a, dorsal view of anterior end of male; }, telson and

uropods (38 diam.),

plate is short and bluntly rounded, and there is a short pseudo-rostral process

beneath, The antero-lateral corners of the carapace are rounded. The articula-

tions dividing the sixth joint of the endopod of the thoracie limbs are transverse,

and not oblique. There is a short but distinet gap between the proximal three

and the remaining spines arming the lateral mareins of the telson. The spines

on the inner uropod are arranged in series of two or three, except towards

the apex.

AUSTRALOMYSIS ACUTA sp. nov.

Carapace with the front margin produced as a conspicuous acutely pointed

rostral plate not covering the eye-stalks; antero-lateral corners of the carapace

acutely pomted; below the rostral plate there is a conspicuous pseudo-rostral

process tipped by a single seta. Eyes about twice as long as broad, not flattened,

cornea occupying the distal third; eye not hispid, Anlennel scale four times as

250 RECORDS OF THE $,A. MUSEUM

long as broad, with a distal joint. Thoracic limbs with the endopods having the

sixth joint divided by a single oblique articulation into a longer proximal and a

shorter distal portion; nail short, with a short spime on the inner margin. Telson

Fig 102. Australomysis acuta; a, dorsal view of anterior end of male (89 diam.) ;

b, mandible (50 diam.) ; ¢, first maxilla (180 diam.) ; d, second maxilla (50 diam.) ; ¢ and f,

endopod of first and second thoracic limbs (50 diam); g, distal joints of endopod of third

thoracic limb (50 diam,),.

one-quarter longer than the sixth somite of the abdomen, nearly twice as long as

broad at the base, narrowing to an apex, which is only one-third of the width at

the base, apex cleft. the cleft about one-fifth of the total length of the telson, and

armed with teeth on each margin but no plumose setae; lateral margins of the

telson armed with about eighteen spines, distributed throughout the entire

TATTERSALL—-AUSTRALIAN OPOSSUM SHRIMPS 951

length of the margins, without any unarmed interval, the terminal spine one-

ninth of the length of the telson. Jnner urepod only slightly longer than the

telson, with a row of twenty-two spines on the lower inner margin from the

statoeyst to quite near the apex, these spines becoming longer and more distantly

placed distally, but not arranged in groups or series. Outer uropoed one and a

half times as long as the telson. P/leopeds of the male essentially as in the genus

Leptomysis, Exopod of the fourth pair longer than the endopod, with a powerful

plumose seta on the antepenultimate and penultimate joints, the terminal joint

with two long, equal, slender, smooth, spiniform sctae.

Length. Adult male and female, 8 mm.

Loc. South Australia: Gulf St. Vineent, 6 miles off Semaphore, 6-7 fathoms

(H. M. Hale).

Fig. 108. Australomysis acuta; a, telson and uropod (39 diam.); b, fourth pleopod of

male (39 diam.) ; ¢, distal joints of exopod of fourth pleopod of male (180 diam.).

In its other features this species agrees essentially with A. incisa. The

figures of the mouth parts which are given to illustrate the characters of the

genus are taken from appendages of A. aevta. The mouth parts of A. incisa are

252 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

substantially the same. The main differences between the two species are best

summarized in tabular form :

A, incisu. A, acuta.

(a) Rostral plate short, bluntly rounded. well developed, acute.

(hb) Antero-lateral angles — rounded. acutely pointed.

of the carapace

tened dorso-ventrally. rower and not flat-

tened,

d) Telson with a short unarmed — spines of the later mar-

portion of the lateral gin forming a con

margins. tinuous series.

fe) Inner uropod spines arranged in spines not grouped.

groups of two or

three. ;

‘{) Sixth joint of the divided by two trans- divided by one obliqne

endopods of thoracic verse articulations. articulation.

limbs

The last of these differences is interesting and peculiar. Hansen (3) says

that oblique articulations are known only in the tribe Hrythropini, but 1 have

already noted them in a species of Doromysis, which also belongs to the tribe

Leptomysini.

Tree MYSINAE.

ANISOMYSIS Hansen.

ANISOMYSIS AUSTRALIS Zimmer.

A. australis Zimmer, 1918, p. 22, text figs. 27-32.

There are before me one female from South Anstralia, and thirteen females

and five adult males from New South Wales. [ have nothing to add to Zimmer’s

description, with which these specimens agree completely. Port Phillip is the

type locality.

Length. Both sexes, 5 mm.

Loc. South Australia: Vivonne Bay, south coast of Kangaroo Island (H. M.

Hale). New South Wales: Port Hacking, in surface tow-net (S. J. Johnston).

TATTERSALL -AUSTRALIAN OPOSSUM SHRIMPS

Trbe HE TEROMYSINL

HETEROMYSIS 8S... Smith.

HETEROMYSIS WAITEI sp. nov.

Carupuce vorpletely covering the thorax, with the front margin produced

into a. bluntly triangular rostral plate, not extending beyond the eyes, and in

part occluding the eye-stalks. Ayes small, longer than wide, Gornea oveupying

less than one-half of the eye in dorsal view, a prominent, acute spine on the upper

distal border overhanging the cornea; surface of the eve, except the coruea,

spinulose. Anlennulir peduncle with a single stont spine on the inner distal

corner of each of the second and third joints. Antennal scule as long us its

pedunele, extending half-way along the last joint of the antennular peduncle,

two and a half times as long as broad, setae all round, a small distal portion

divided off by a suture, Third thorucie bs with the endopod moderately short

aid robust, merus rather more than twiee as long as broad, without a provess at

the distal end of the inner margin, carpus robust, shorter than the merus, twice

as long as broad, immer margin armed with two stout spines in the female and

four in the male, each spine with a seta inserted near the tip and a row of minute

tubercles on distal margin; propodal joint very short and without spines or

processes; dactylus half as Jong as the carpus, aud strongly curved. Remaining

thoracic Lintbs with the sixth joint of the endopod divided into nine sub-joints, ol!

which the first is the largest; sixth joint equal to the fifth and shorter than the

fourth; nail short and curved; outer distal corner of the basal plate of the

exopods acuminate. Sicth abdominal somite only slightly longer than the fifth,

Telson one and a half times as lone as the sixth abdominal somite, and one anid

a half times as long as broad at the base; apex one-third as broad as the hase,

eloft one-fifth of the total length armed with eleven or twelve teeth on each side,

extending throughout the entire edges; each lobe of the apex with two spies, the

outer about one-eighth of the length of the telson and three times as long as the

immer; lateral margins of the telson with fifteen to seventeen spines extending

throughout the entire margin, an interval of yarying leneth between the last

marginal spine and the terminal spines on the apical lobe. Saner wrapad one-

quarter longer than the telson, with three ov foru spiues on the inner margin near

the statocyst. Outer uroped half as long again as the telson,

Length. Adult female, 9 mm,; adult male, 11 min.

Loc, South Australias Gulf St. Vincent, Outer Harbour (type loe.), and

9 miles off Semaphore, 5 fathoms, and 6 miles off Semaphore, 46 fathoms (H. M,

Hale). Type in South Australian Museum, Ree, No. C. 1618.

254 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

The type female, two males (8-11 mm.), and two immature specimens, were

secured. The young examples, 3-5 mm. and 5 mm. in length, differ from adults

in the armature of the cleft of the telson, The teeth on the cleft are fewer in

Fig. 04. Heleronysis waitei; a, dorsal yiew of anterior end of female (82> diam.) 3

Ul, third thoracic limb of female (38 diam.); ¢, endopod of fourth thoracie limb of female

(33 diam.); d, distal extremity of endopod of fourth thoracic limb of female (180 diam.) ;

¢, telson and uropod (32 diam.).

number, and do not extend along the entire margin, the distal portion of which

is smooth and unarmed.

This species is distinguished from the following one by the spine over the

eye, the armature of the telson and inner uropods, and the form of the endopod

of the third thoracic limb.

‘TATTERSALL—AUSTRALIAN OPOSSUM SHRIMPS 255

LH. waite: belongs to the sane group of the genus as J/. odentops Walker and

HW, aeylunion Tattersall, both of which have spinitorm provesses over the eyes.

li; is distinguished from the latter by the armature of Lhe telson, the fewer spines

on the inner uvopod, and the larger number of sub-joints in the sixth jot of

the endopod of the thoracic limbs. The carpal jonit of the midopod of the third

thoracic limb in J/, waited is shorter than in HZ. zeylaniea, and the whole limb

is relatively more robust,

In the light of the young specimens of 2. wailed in this collection, it seems

possible that iny description of J/. zeylanicd is based on young specimens, and

the differences between the telson in the two species may mot hold for adults, Lu

HU, zeylaniea the teeth arming the cleft are confined to the proximal halt of its

Margins, and the spines arming the lateral margins are arranged in two groups,

aw proximal and a distal, with a short warmed interval between. From the

present observations on //, weitei the former character is certainly juvenile, and

it seems not wilikely that with increase in size the unarmed interval on the lateral

margins will become oveiipied with spines,

HETEROMYSIS TASMANICA sp, nov,

Carapace completely covering the thorax, with the front margin produced

into a pointed, triangular rostral plate, rather more acute than in //. waife), Lol

extending beyond the eyes, aid partly covering the cye-stalks, 2yes small,

longer than wide, cornea occupying about one-third of the eye, to acute spine

overlapping the cornea, surface of the eve smooth, pigment black. Antennal

sealé nearly three times as long as broad, setose all round, almost as long as the

antennular pedunele, a small distal portion marked off by a suture, Third

horacio limbs with the endopod large and robust, merns more than two and a

half times as long as broad, without a process af the distal end of the inner

margin, carpus robust, longer than the merus and somewhat broader, nearly

three times as long as broad, the inner margin armed with a row of ine or ten

spines, each wilh a barbed seta arising from its base, the spines increasing: ut

length and stoutoess distally, the last two or three with a blunter apex and one

or two subsidiary tubercles on the distal margin, propodal joint small, nail long

and curved, with three or four long, barbed setae, as long as the nail, arising at

its base. Reniadwiag theracie lambs with the sixth joint of the endopod divided

into seven sub-joints; sixth joint shorter than the fifth, whieh in turn is

shorter than the fourth; the whole limb rather more slender than in J/. waiter;

outer distal corner of the basal plate of the exopod vounded, Sirth abdominal

somite one and a third times as long as the fifth. Telsom one and a quarter times

as long as the sixth abdominal somite, and as broad as the latter is long at

the base; apex one-third as broad as the base; felson cleft for one-fifth of

256 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

its length, the cleff armed with about twelve teeth on each margin, extending

the whole length of the margins; each lobe of the apex armed with two spines,

the outer about twice as long as the inner and about one-twelfth of the

Pig. 105. Heteromysis tasmaniea; a, dorsal view of anterior end of male (32 diam.) ;

b aud ¢, third thoracie limb, and endopod of fourth thoracie limb of male (22 diam,) ;

d, velson and uropod (32 diam,).

length of the telson; lateral margins of the telson armed with about thirteen to

fifteen spines on the distal two-thirds only, the proximal third being unarmed.

Tnner uropod slightly longer than the telson, with a row of about sixteen spines

on the inner margin, extending from the statocyst nearly to the apex. Outer

uropod about one-quarter longer than the telson,

Length. Adult males, 12 mm.

Loc. South Australia: Gulf St. Vincent, 5 miles off Semaphore, 5 fathoms

(H. M. Hale). Tasmania: D’Entrecasteanx Channel (type loc., W. M. Tat-

tersall).

TATTERSALL—AUSTRALIAN OPOSSUM SHRIMPS 257

Three males were secured in Tasmania and one in South Australia, In all

these specimens there is a median sausage-shaped process on the sternum of the

thorax, attached between the bases of the third thoracic limbs and projecting

backwards between the bases of the remaining limbs. There is nothing similar

in H. waitet, and in the absence of females I am wnable to say whether it is a

secondary sexual character.

This species belongs to the /7, harp group of the genus, and Gomes nearest

to HW. proxima Tattersall, from Cevlon, from which it is distinguished by the

larger number of spines on the inner uropod, by the larger number of sub-joints

in the sixth joint of the endopod of the thoracic limbs, and by details of the

endopod of the third thoracic limbs. The type specimens were collected by

myself when ona yisit to Tasmania in 1914. Lt was therefore not without interest

to find a specimen in the collection from South Australia which, though smaller

in size, agrees very closely with the Tasmanian specimens, except in the fewer

niwnber of spines on the inner uropod (eight) and the fewer teeth in the cleft

of the telson (six), characters which vary with age.

List of Literature.

1. Colosi G. 1918. Nota preliminare sui Misidacei raccolti dalla RN,

‘Liguria’ nel 1903-05, Bull, Soe, Entom. Ital,, ann. xlix, 1917, p. 1-11.

2. Colosi G. 1920. Raccolte planctoniche fatte dalla R. Nave ‘*biguria,’’ ii,,

Fase, UX, Crostacei-Parte iv, Misidacei, p. 224-260, pl. 18-20.

3. Hansen H. J. 1916.) The Schizopoda of the Sihoga Expedition, Siboga

Reports, No. xxxvii.

4. Sars G. 0, 1883. Preliminary notices on the Schizopoda of H.M.S, ** Chal-

lenger’’ Exped,, Forhandl. Vidensk, Selsk., Christiania,

5. Sars G. O. 1885. Report on the Schizopoda collected by H.M.LS. **Chal-

lenger’* during the vears 1873-76, ** Challenger”* Reports, Zoology, xii.

6. Tattersall, W. M. 1922. Indian Mysidacea, Ree. Ind. Mus., xxiv, pt. ivy,

p. 445-504, 28 text figs.

Walker A. O. 1898, Crustacea collected by W. A. Tlerdman in Puget

Sound. Pacifie Coast of North America, September, 1897, Proc. Trans.

L’pool Biol. Soe., sii, p. 268-257,

-l

8 Zimmer C, 1918. Neue und wenig bekannte Mysidaceen des Berliner

Zoologischen Museums, Mitt. Zool, Mus. Berlin, ix, Hft. I, p. 15-26.

ON THE STAPHYLINIDAE COLLECTED BY

MR. A. M. LEA IN FIJI AND NEW CALEDONIA

BY MALCOLM CAMERON, M.B., R.N., FE.S.

Summary

The collection of Staphylinidae here dealt with was recently made in Fiji and New Caledonia by

Mr. Arthur M. Lea, Entomologist of the South Australian Museum, and was sent to me by the

Director (Mr. Edgar R. Waite) of that institution, in which all the types are deposited. Levuka,

Moturiki, Ovalau, Savu Savu, Taveuni, Viti Levu, Wakaya and Yanuca Lili are Fijian localities, and

Noumea is New Caledonian.

On ror STAPHYLINIDAE cortecrep py Mr. A. M. LEA IN

FIJI ann NEW CALEDONIA,

By MALCOLM CAMERON, M.B., R.N., F.E.S.

Tue collection of Staphvlinidae here dealt with was recently made in Fiji and

New Caledonia by Mr. Arthur M. Lea, Entomologist of the South Australian

Museum, and was sent fo me by the Director (Mr. Edgar R, Waite) of that

institution, in which all the types are deposited. Levuka, Moturiki, Ovalau,

Savu Savu, Taveuni, Viti Levu, Wakaya, and Yanuea Lili are Fijian localities,

and Noumea is New Caledonian.

Sup-Faminy OXYTELINAE.

ELEUSIS HUMILIS Er.

Hab, Ovalau. Widely distributed through the tropics.

ELEUSIS APICIPENNIS Fairm.

Hlab. Tavenni, Moturiki, Viti Levu, Ovalan, Savu Savi.

PARALISPINUS LEAT sp. nov.

Shining rufo-testaceous, the fore-parts very finely and very sparingly pune-

tured, strigose. Head bifoveate, Antennae and legs reddish-testaceous. Leneth,

2 mm.

Closely allied to P?. exiguus Er., and of similar colour, but smaller, the eyes

less prominent, the antennae not quite so stout but similarly constructed, thorax

longer and iarrower, less deeply sinuate before the posterior angles, median

impressed line finer, the ground sculpture less fine. Head impressed on either

side within the antennal tubercles, the impressions with a coriaceous ground

sculpture, on the dise with a finer longitudinally strigose ground sculpture and

with a few very fine punetures. Thorax wider than the head, searcely broader

than long, the sides for the auterior three-fourths almost straight and parallel,

the posterior fourth gradually contracted and arcuate, foveate near the rect-

angular posterior angles; dise with a fine median impressed line posteriorly,

and with a few very fine punctures, longitudinally strigose. Hlytra as broad as

but longer than the thorax, much longer than broad, each with a setigerous

puneture on the dise, and with a similar ground sculpture to that of the thorax.

Abdomen ¢oriaceous, each segment with a setiferous puncture on either side of

the middle, otherwise impunetate.

Hab. Taveuni, Type, 1. 16424. Ovalau. Two examples.

260 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

LISPINUS SULCIPENNIS Blackb,

Hab. Ovalau, Viti Levu. Also in Australia.

LISPINUS IMPRESSICOLLIS Motsch.

Hab, Ovalau. Widely distributed throughout the tropics.

LISPINUS SPECULARIS Bernh. (SHARPI Cam.),

Hab. Taveuni. Also in the Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Seychelles.

LISPINUS CASTANEUS Fauv.

Hab. Savu Savu, Taveuni, Viti Leyn, Also in Java, New Guinea, Samoa,

Seychelles, Australia.

LISPINUS SUBOPACUS Kr.

Hab. Viti Levu, Ovalau. Also in Ceylon, Sumatra, ete,

LISPINUS CURTICOLLIS Fauy.

Tab. Noumea.

OXYTELUS SEMIRUBER sp. nov.

Ilead and thorax ferruginous, subopaque, elytra and abdomen more shining,

vellowish-brown, the base of the former and posterior margins of the segments

lighter. Antennae with the first four joints testaceous, the rest blackish. Lees

testaceous. Length, 1-8-2 mm.

8 Near O. raffrayt Fauv., of the same opacity, but more brightly coloured,

head of the same shape but narrower, antennal tubercles much more elevated,

front more deeply excavated, the shining frontal impression narrower, eyes

smaller, in the middle with an impressed line reaching from the polished frontal

impression to the base, the curved postocular line scarcely visible, antennal

tubercles and vertex entirely coriaceous, the sides of the vertex without oblique

striae, postocular region irregularly wrinkled; antennae as in O. raffrayt but

differently colonved; thorax less transverse, longer, and narrower, as broad as thie

head, the posterior angles broadly rounded, less coarsely rugulose, the dorsal

sulci more defined; elytra more finely sculptured; abdomen vet more sparingly

punctured. In female the head is narrower than in the female of O. raffrayi,

scarcely as wide as the thorax, the frontal impression less shining, more or less

wrinkled, eyes smaller, postocular line absent, vertex with median impressed line

extending throughout, the whole surface coriaceous,

Hab. Taveuni. Five examples. Type, L. 16425.

CAMERON--STAPHYLINIDAE FROM Fijl AND NEW CALEDONIA 261

Sup-Paminy EVAESTHETINAE.

EDAPHUS SUMATRENSIS Schauf.

Hab. Viti Levu, Ovalau, Sumatra, Timor.

Suv-Famimy PAHDERINAE.

PALAMINUS LATERALIS sp. nov.

Shining reddish-testaceous, the ahdomen dark eastaneous, the whole breadth

of the reflexed margin of the elytra (except immediately below the shoulder and

against the postero-external angle) black, each dise with an oyal ill-defined brown

spot in the middle, not extending to the suture on the lateral ma rein, occasionally

absent. Antennae and legs pale yellow. Length, 5 mm,

A slender species, easily recognized by the black reflexed margin of the

elytra. Head slightly broader than the thorax, the eyes very large, the whole

surface with a rather laree, close, and regulary puncturation, Antennae with all

the joints longer than broad, the third a little longer than the second, the eleventh

longer than the tenth. Thorax a little transverse, the sides evenly rounded from

baxe to apex, in the middle of the base with an impunetate keel and a short,

narrow impression on either side of it, the pnneturation not quite so coarse as

that of the head. Elytra longer than broad, about half as long again as the

thorax, rather coarsely and closely punetaured, Abdomen with the usual imbri-

eate sculpture, and the whole inseet clothed with long, sparing, yellow pubescence.

Hub. Viti Levu, Type, 1. 16427. Tavenni. Three examples.

PALAMINUS DIFFICILIS sp. nov,

Rufo-testaceous, abdomen castaneous. Antennae and legs pale testaccons.

Leneth, 4 mm.

Closely allied to P. pennifer Fauy., of the same colony, but differing in the

broader build of the head and thorax, the latter is shorter and broader, the

median keel less pronounced, aud both being more finely punctured; the elytra

are longer and more voarsely rugulose.

Hab. Viti Levu, Type, T. 16427. Taveuni. Three examples.

PALAMINUS FIJIENSIS sp. nov.

Shining reddish-testaceous, the abdomen castancous, the postocular region

of the head, the side margins of the thorax, and the postero-external angles of

the elytra black. Antennae and legs pale yellow, Length 3 mm,

A small, sleuder species, readily distinguished hy the colouration, Head a

little broader than the thorax, the eves very large, the whole surface with rather

laree, dose puneturation. Antennae slender, the third joint a little longer than

262 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

the second, fourth to seventh elongate of equal length, eighth and ninth shorter

but distinctly longer than broad, tenth shorter and stouter than ninth, eleventh as

long as the preceding. Thorax transverse, the sides evenly rounded and sharply

and narrowly black, the epipleura testaceous; in the middle with an impunctate

keel, extending from the base almost to the anterior border, and longitudinally

impressed on either side, with a rather large and moderately close puncturation.

Elytra broader than and about twice the length of the thorax, the postero-

external angle with a black spot, which, however, does not extend on to the

reflexed margin; sculpture rather coarse and transversely rugulose. Abdomen

with the usual sculpture. Pubescence long and yellow.

Hab, Taveuni. Three examples. Type, I. 16428.

STILICOPSIS BREVICEPS Fauv.

Hab. Ovalau, Also in Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, ete.

OPHIOMEDON INCOMPTUS Shp.

Hab. Moturiki, Viti Levu, Hawaii.

ACANTHOGLOSSA QUADRATICEPS sp. nov. (Bernhauer in litt.)

Moderately shining, the head and thorax red, the elytra reddish-testaceous ;

abdomen brown, the posterior half of the fifth segment testaceous. Antennae and

legs reddish-testaceous. Length, 3-3-5 mm.

Near A. testaceipennis Kr. Very similar in colour, but broader, the head

larger, with less marked posterior angles, eyes a little larger, sculpture coarser,

antennae a little longer, the penultimate joints less transverse, thorax broader,

sculpture coarser and more or less longitudinally confluent, elytra more asper-

ately punctured. Head as broad as thorax, quadrate, eyes small, sculpture close

and umbilicate, with a tendency to confluence at the sides of the disc. Antennae

with second and third joints subequal, fourth to seventh moniliform, ninth and

tenth transverse. Thorax widest at the rounded anterior angles, the sides almost

straight, and converging behind to the broadly rounded posterior angles, with

or without a very fine, shining median line in the posterior half, sculpture

umbilicate, and more or less longitudinally confluent on the disc. Elytra a little

broader and longer than the thorax, longer than broad, rather finely, closely,

asperately punctured, finely pubescent. Abdomen finely and rather closely

punctured, with rather long, close, yellowish pubescence throughout.

Hab. Savu Savu, Type, I. 16429, Taveuni, Ovalau. Three examples. In

the British Museum a specimen from Lautoka hearing the manuscript name of

Bernhauer.

CAMERON-—STAPHYLINIDAE FROM FIJI AND NEW CALEDONIA 263

LITHOCHARIS VILIS Kr.

Hab. Taveuni. Widely distributed in the tropics.

CALLIDERMA INDICA Kr.

Hab. Viti Levu. Also in India.

Sus-Famiry STAPHYLININAK.

METOPONCUS SEMIRUBER Fauv. var. ?.

Hab. Ovalau.

PACHYCORYNUS RUFOTESTACEUS sp nov.

Depressed, shining rufo-testaceous, elytra testaceous, more or less infuscate

posteriorly. Antennae and legs testaceous. Iength, 3-4-5 mm.

Much smaller and narrower than P. dimidiatus Motsch., but of similar

build, the head and thorax much more closely and less finely punctured, the elytra

more closely punctured. Head quadrate, a little longer than broad, the temples

parallel, the posterior angles briefly rounded, the base truncate; median grooves

short, parallel, much shorter than in P. dimidiatus, the lateral obsolete ; the space

between the frontal grooves and an area of equal width extending to the base,

impunctate, the rest of the surface moderately coarsely punctured, the temples

more finely but equally closely, the punctures umbilicate; ground sculpture

distinct, more or less transverse and wavy. Antennae with third to tenth joints

transverse, the penultimate ones three times broader than long. Thorax elongate,

narrower than the head, widest at the rounded anterior angles, narrowed behind,

the sides not sinuate; the whole of the surface, except for a moderately broad

space extending the whole length in the middle and the anterior angles, moder-

ately finely but not closely, somewhat serially punctured ; the ground sculpture as

on the head, but much less distinct. Elytra a little wider, but as long as the

thorax, longer than broad, finely and rather closely punctured. Abdomen very

finely and very sparingly punctured, with a fine transverse ground sculpture.

Hab. Viti Levu. Three examples. Type, I. 16430.

PACHYCORYNUS DELICATULUS sp. nov.

Very near P. analis Fauv. Of the same size and colour, and differing only

in the following respects: The head is shorter, scarcely longer than broad,

whereas in analis it is distinctly longer than broad and the puncturation is finer,

the thorax more finely and less closely, the elytra very finely but less obsoletely

punctured.

Hab. Ovalau, Taveuni, Moturiki, Viti Levu. Eleven examples, Type,

I. 16430.

264 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

CTENANDROPUS NIGRICEPS Cam,

ITab. Moturiki, Taveuni. Four examples. Also in India and Sumatra.

CAFIUS NAUTICUS Fairm.

Hab. Wakaya, Noumea, Widely distributed on South Pacifie and Indian

littorals.

CAFIUS CORALLICOLA Fairm.

Hab. Yanuea Lili, Noumea. Widely distributed in South Pacifie, Indian

Ocean, and Red Sea.

Susp-Faminy TACTHYPORINAE.

COPROPORUS IMMATURUS Bernh.

Hab. Viti Levu, Widely distributed in the Oriental region.

COPROPORUS ALUTACEUS Fauv.

Hab. Taveuni, Savu Savu, Ovalan, Viti Levu, Moturiki, Numerous

examples. Also in New Guinea, ete.

COPROPORUS CINCTIPENNIS Fauv.

Ilab. Noumea.

Sup-Faminy ALHOCHARINAE.

BRACHIDA DENSIVENTRIS sp. nov.

Near B. crassiuscula Ky. Similarly coloured, but smaller, the head narrower,

thorax narrower and less punctured, elytra much more finely punctured, the

abdomen finely and densely punctured. Antennae brown, the first three joints

and the last testaceous, fifth to ninth joints longer than broad, gradually decreas-

ing in length, tenth as long as broad. Length, 2-4—-2-75 mm,

@ Seventh dorsal segment with a tuberele in the middle line near the

posterior margin; eighth narrowed, the posterior margin with a semilunar

excision and a tubercle in the middle line on the margin.

Hab. Viti Levu, Three examples. Type, I. 16452.

BRACHIDA NIGRA sp. nov.

Minute, black, shining, the posterior border of the seventh and whole of the

eighth abdominal segments obscure testaceous. Antennae testaceous, the last two

joints blackish. Legs testaceous. Length, 1-1-3 mm.

Head finely and not closely punctured, finely pubescent, Antennae short,

first and second joints subequal, third narrower and about half as long as second,

CAMERON—STAPHYLINIDAE FROM FIJI AND NEW CALEDONIA 265

fourth to tenth transverse, gradually increasing in width, the penultimate about

twice as broad as long, the eleventh short, oval, quite as long as the two preceding

together. Thorax strongly transverse, widest behind at the obtuse posterior

angles, the sides narrowed and rounded towards the front, the base finely mar-

gined and sinuate on either side, finely, asperately, but not very closely pune-

tured, and with a stiff, rather coarse pubescence, the sides before the base with

aseta. Elytra a little broader and longer than the thorax, transverse, rather less

finely and more closely asperately punctured than the thorax, and with a similar

pubescence, at the sides with three setae. Abdomen narrowed from base to apex,

finely and not very closely punctured, and finely, sparingly pubescent, at the

sides with a few setae.

8 Suture of the elytra anteriorly with a small tubercle on either side;

seventh dorsal segment with a keel in the middle line from the base to beyond

the middle; eighth with a long, sharp, incurved spine on either side, in the middle

with a shorter and more slender spine.

Hab. Viti Levu, Type, I. 16433. Moturiki. Two examples.

BRACHIDA ELEVATA Fauv.

Hab. Noumea.

STERNOTROPA BREVICORNIS sp. nov. (*).

Shining, black, the head in front and the disc of the elytra more or less

reddish, abdomen searcely reddish at the base, the apex obscurely testaceous.

Antennae testaceous, the last joint infuseate. Legs testaceous. Length, 1-75 mm,

(in extended examples).

Near 8. nigra Cam., but a little longer, the puncturation of the thorax dis-

tinetly closer, the elytra much shorter and more sparingly punctured, abdomen

less closely punctured. Head practically impunctate. Antennae with third joint

shorter than second, fourth shghtly longer than broad, fifth as long as broad,

sixth to tenth transverse, slightly increasing in width, the penultimate joints

about half as broad again as long, eleventh stout, oval, about as long as the two

preceding together. Thorax strongly transverse, convex, widest a little behind

the middle, the sides rounded, more narrowed in front than behind, the posterior

angles rounded, finely, asperately, moderately closely punctured, with a fine

decumbent pubescence. Elytra a little broader and as long as the thorax,

strongly transverse, with a less fine puncturation than that of the thorax, asperate,

and with a similar pubescence, on either side with three moderately strong out-

standing setae. Abdomen gradually narrowed from base to apex, finely, moder-

ately closely punctured and pubescent, and with a few longer black setae, the

(1) This genus is closely allied to Brachida, but is at once distinguished from it by the

carinate mesosternum, i

266 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MuSEUM

sides also with setae. The colour of the elytra is variable, sometimes entirely

black, sometimes reddish with the sides infuseate,

$ Kighth dorsal segment with a crescentic emargination.

Hab, Viti Levu, Type, T. 164384. Taveuni, Ovalan. Several examples.

STERNOTROPA LONGICORNIS sp. nov.

At once distinguished from the preceeding by the longer antennae, but in

other respects extremely similar, The antennae have the second and third joints

elongate and equal, fourth to eighth distinctly longer than broad, gradually

decreasing in length, ninth and tenth as long as broad, eleventh conical, as long

as the two preceding towether. In the male the emargination of the eighth dorsal

segment is rather deeper.

Ilab. Ovalau, Tavenni, Viti Leyu. Type, 1. 16485,

GYROPHAENA DISCOIDALIS Fauv.

Hab. Wakaya.,

GYROPHAENA FIJIENSIS sp. nov.

Entirely black, shining. Thorax with four quadrately placed punctures.

Antennae and legs testaceous. Length, 1-1-2 mm.

Very near G. discoidalis Fauy., but entirely blaek and of smaller size, the

antennae hot so stont, the seulpture of the elytra more sparing, the abdomen

practically impunetate, the fifth and sixth segments without other sculpture than

the usual fine coriaceous ground sculpture and the male characters (7). Head

bipunctate in front, otherwise practically impunctate, and with scarcely visible

ground sculpture, Antennae stout, the fourth fo tenth joints transverse, the

penultimate about twice as broad as long. Thorax with four fine quadrately

placed punctures on the disc and a few very fine ones towards the sides; ground

sculpture very indistinct, Elytra impressed laterally, and with a sparing

scabrous seulpture, yet more sparing in the female. Abdomen less shining than

the fore-parts, practically impunctate, and with a very fine coriaccous ground

sculpture.

8 Seventh dorsal segment before the posterior margin or either side of the

middle line with a tubercle; eighth produced on either side into a broad tri-

angular process with rounded apex, the outer border and apex thickened and

upturned, the margin between the processes truncate,

Hab. Taveuni. Seven examples. Type, T. 16436.

(2) Tn G, discoidalis Pauv., the male has the eighth dorsal segment narrowed and produced

on either side into a short, stout, triangular, bluntly pointed process (somewhat as in G. furcata

Motsch), the margin between truneate, The seventh segment without tubercles.

CAMERON—STAPHYLINIDAE FROM FIJI AND NEW CALEDONIA 267

GYROPHAENA QUADRIPUNCTULA sp. nov.

Very near G. quadra Fauy.; of similar build, and with four quadrately

placed punctures on the dise of thorax. The female, however, differs in the

blacker colouration, the rather less sparing (but similar) sculpture of the elytra,

and especially in the last three segments of the abdomen, having a fine, close,

scabrous sculpture (in both sexes), whereas in G. quadra these segments are

practically smooth.

é Elytra more coarsely sculptured; on either side of the suture anteriorly

with a tubercle. Eighth dorsal segment on either side produced into a stout,

pointed process, the outer margin of which is curved and the inner straight

(much as in G. furcata Motsch.), the narrow posterior margin of the segment

between the processes truneate.

Hab. Viti Levu, Wakaya. Three examples.. Type, I. 16435,

DIESTOTA ALTERNANS sp. nov.

@ Greasy lustrous; head black, thorax and abdomen reddish; the fourth

(visible) segment black; elytra pitchy narrowly rufescent at the base. Antennae

blackish, the first three joints and apex of the last testaceous. Legs testaceous.

Length, 2:2 mm.

Smaller, narrower, and less shining than D. testacea Kr., with less thickened

antennae, much more closely punctured head and thorax, and finely, closely, and

asperately punctured elytra and rather more finely punctured abdomen. Head

finely and rather closely punctured. Antennae with third joint a little shorter

than second, fourth as long as broad, fifth to tenth transverse, the penultimate

joints about half as broad again as long, eleventh conical, as long as the two pre-

ceding together. Thorax widest at the middle, the sides evenly rounded and a

little more narrowed behind than in front, the posterior angles obtuse, in the

middle before the base with a small fovea; puncturation similar to that of the

head, but rather closer, finely pubescent. Hlytra a little longer and broader than

the thorax, scarcely transverse, finely, closely, and asperately punctured, finely

pubescent. Abdomen finely and rather closely punctured in front, more spar-

ingly behind, finely pubescent.

Hab, Viti Levu. Three examples. Type, I. 164387.

APHELOGLOSSA INSULARIS sp. nov.

9 Of the build and colour of Diestota testacea Kr., but narrower, the pro-

sternum without a keel, the antennae shorter and less thickened but similarly

constructed, the head and thorax more finely punctured, the latter on either side

of the median fovea with a row of larger punctures curved outwards and for-

wards before the basal margin, the elytra are a little more closely punctured, and

268 RECORDS OF THE S.A. Museum

m addition along the suture and on the posterior part of the dise are a few

larger pnnetures. The abdominal segments at the base similarly coarsely pune-

lured to). testacea, but the rest of the surface obviously more closely punetured,

(he cighth segment closely and asperately. Leneth, 2°75 mm.

Tub. Ovalan, Type, 1, 16438. Viti Levu. Two examples.

APHELOGLOSSA PACIFICA sp. nov.

Reddish, a ttle shining, with distinet yellow pubescence, the elytra largely

mfuseate on the dise; abdomen more shining, the fourth segment often infusecate.

Antennae blackish, the first three joimts and apex of the last testaceous. Legs

testaceous. Length, 2 mm.

Head broad but narrower ihan the thorax, rather coarsely, closely, and

deeply punctured. Antennae short, searvely reaching the posterior angles of the

thorax, second and third joints subequal, fourth to tenth transverse, gradually

increasing in width, the penultimate about three times as broad as long. Thorax

strongly transverse, widest a little before the obtuse posterior aneles, the sides

rounded, more uarrowed in front than behind, the base sinnate on either side

and broadly produced baekwards in the middle, with a small transverse (lepres-

sion, from which emerge a pair of yery obsolete diverging impressions, within the

posterior angles obliquely impressed, the whole surface with a fine, close, granular

sculpture. Elytra a little longer and broader than the thorax, transverse, wilh a

superficial but rather large and close puncturation. Abdomen finely and moder.

ately closely punctured in front, more sparingly behind, finely pubescent, and

with some longer black setae, the sides distinetly setiferous.

Tab, Taveuni, Type. 1. 16439. Savu Savu, Viti Levu. Hleyen examples,

PSEUDOPHAENA LUCIDA sp. nov,

Very shining; head brownish-red, thorax black, elytra and abdomen pitehy-

hlack. Antennae blackish, the first three joints testaceous. Less testaceous,

Length, 2 mm.

A shining, rather robust species, differing from P, castanea Cam. in the larger

and more robust build, longer and thinner antennae, and almost impunetate

thorax. Head extremely finely, and very sparingly punietured, narrower than

jhe thorax. Antennae extending to the posterior angles of the thorax, (he third

joint shorter than the second, fourth, fifth, and sixth about as long as broad,

seventh to tenth transverse, the latter about twice as broad as long. ‘Thorax

strongly transverse, widest a little behind the anterior angles, the sides rounded

in front, more narrowed and almost straight to the obtuse posterior angles, before

the seutelluam with a deep transverse impression, from which arises on either

side a short diverging sulcus; the puncturation is extremely fine and very sparing,

CAMERON—STAPHYLINIDAE FROM FIJI AND NEW CALEDONIA 269

Elytra distinetly broader and a little longer than the thorax, transverse, the sides

rounded, with a rather coarse but not very close puncturation. Abdomen at the

bases of the anterior segments with a transverse row of rather coarse punctures ;

elsewhere very finely and very sparingly punctured.

§ Eighth dorsal segment on either side with a slender spine, between those

with four small teeth; on either side of the middle before the posterior margin

with a fine keel.

Hab. Ovalau. Two examples. Type, I. 16440.

HETAIROTERMES LEAT sp. nov.

Head, thorax, and elytra shining black, abdomen less shining, pitchy, the

apex brownish-testaceous. Antennae and legs testaceous. Length, 2-3 mm,

Near I. latebricola Lea, but differently coloured, the thorax longer and less

transverse, the sides straighter, and antennae longer. Head much narrower than

the thorax, on either side of the dise with five or six moderate punctures, other-

wise impunctate and glabrous. Antennae pointed, the joints oblong and com-

pressed. Thorax about one-fourth broader than long, convex, the sides nearly

straight, and gradually narrowed from the rounded posterior to the rounded

anterior angles, with fine, very sparing punctures, each with a short, erect, black

seta. Elytra slightly narrower and much shorter than the thorax, strongly

transverse, with a similar setiferous puncturation to that of the thorax. Abdomen

gradually pointed from base to apex, with an exceedingly fine and close punc-

turation, very finely and shortly pubescent, with a few long setae.

Hab. Taveuni. Four examples with a termite. Type, I. 16441.

CHELDOPHILA ANNULARIS Cam.

Hab. Viti Levu, Taveuni, Ovalau.

HOMALOTA ANGULARIS sp. nov.

Black, greasy lustrous, the elytra testaceous, with the postero-external angles

infuseate; abdomen brown, the fourth (visible) segment black. Antennae black,

the first two joints reddish-testaceous. Legs testaceons. Length, 3 mm.

Seareely differing in size, build, and colour from J/. ecribrum Fauv. (dentieu-

lata Cam.), but the antennae are shorter and rather less thick, the thorax is

without puncturation, but similarly coriaceous, the puncturation of the elytra

a little less close, the abdomen is very much less densely punctured.

@ Eighth dorsal segment with the posterior margin gently rounded, and

furnished in the middle with a short, blunt tooth.

Hab. Ovalau. Two examples. Type, I. 16442.

270 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

ANOMOGNATHUS DEBILIS sp. nov,

Linear, parallel, searcely shining, the head and elytra pitchy-black, the

thorax and abdomen reddish-brown, the fourth (visible) segment blackish.

Antennae black, the first two joints brownish-testaveous. Legs testaceous.

Length, 1-75 mm,

A little larger than A. brunneicollis Cam. Very similar in build and colour,

but much less shinine, the head more finely punctured, the anteuuae a little

longer and different male characters, TLead quadrate, the eves rather large and

moderately prominent, the temples rather longer, their posterior angles brietly

rounded, vather finely, superficially, and rather closely punctured except in

front, and with distinet coriaceous ground seulpture. Antennae with the third

joint shorter than the second, fourth to tenth transverse, the penultimate fully

three times broader than long. Thorax a little wider than the head, slightly

trausverse, widest a little before the middle, the sides feebly rownded and

navrowed to the anterior angles, more strongly and more straightly narrowed

behind to the rounded posterior angles; in the middle longitudinally impressed,

scarcely punctured, but very distinctly coriaceous, Elytra as long as but broader

than the thorax, as long as broad, very indistinetly punctured, but distinetly

coriaceous, like the thorax. Abdomen longer than the fore-parts, very finely,

moderately closely punetured, finely pubescent.

é Highth dorsal segment with three equal teeth, the lateral ones separated

from the median on either side by a deep rounded excision,

9 WBighth dorsal segment with a stout tooth on either side, truncate between

the teeth.

Hab. Taveuni, Type, I. 16448, Ovalau, Savu Savu.

SILUSA (sstr.) BIPLAGIATA sp, nov,

Scarcely shining, ihe head and thorax brown, with lateral margins narrowly

rufescent; elytra blackish, the base more or less broadly, the suture and apical

margin reddish; abdomen black, the apex obscurely pitehy-testaceous, Antennae

with the first two and the last joints testaceons. Legs testaceous., Length,

2-7) mm.

Var. Uniformly reddish-ochraceous, the elytra more or less infuseate

posteriorly.

Head finely and closely punctured, finely pubescent. Antennae with second

and third joints subequal, fourth as long as broad, fifth to tenth transverse,

eradually inereasing in breadth, the penultimate joints about twice as broad as

long, the eleventh conical, longer than the two preceding together. Thorax

strongly transverse, widest about the middle, the sides evenly rounded but more

CAMERON—STAPHYLINIDAE FROM FIJI AND NEW CALEDONIA 271

narrowed in front, the posterior angles obtuse; before the seutellum with a short

transverse impression, finely and closely punctured and pubescent like the head.

Elytra a little longer and broader than the thorax, transverse, finely, closely,

asperately punctured and finely pubescent. Abdomen rather coarsely punctured

at the bases of the segments, more finely elsewhere, the seventh segment scarcely

more sparingly than the preceding, pubescence rather long and stiff, especially

at the sides.

é Seventh dorsal segment with a tubercle on the posterior border in the

middle; eighth feebly, broadly emarginate, and furnished with about six small,

blunt teeth, which are continuous with six small keels; in the middle with a

tubercle.

Hab. Viti Levu (Type and variety), Ovalau. Several examples. Type,

T, 16444.

TACHYUSA INSULANA Fairm.

Hab. Viti Levu, Wakaya, Moturiki, Taveuni, Ovalau. Also in Samoa.

ATHETA (METAXYA) FIJIANA sp. nov.

Black, shining, elytra pitchy, with the base and apical margin rufescent.

Antennae black, the first three joints testaceous. Legs testaceous. Length, 3 mm.

In facies resembling Gnypeta caerulea Sahlb. Head broad, but narrower

than the thorax, very finely and moderately closely punctured, more sparingly in

front. Antennae long and slender, reaching a little beyond the base of the elytra,

the third joint distinctly longer than the second, fourth to ninth all distinetly

longer than broad, gradually decreasing in length, tenth as long as broad,

eleventh as long as the two preceding together. Thorax slightly transverse,

widest before the middle, the sides rounded in front, more narrowed and sinuate

behind, the posterior angles obtuse, very finely and rather closely punctured.

Elytra scarcely as long as but a little broader than the thorax, transverse, more

finely and rather more closely punctured. Abdomen very finely and rather

sparingly punctured on the first three segments, yet more sparingly on the

following, with a stiff and scanty pubesence.

Hab, Viti Levu, Type, I. 16445. Ovalau. Several examples.

ATHETA (s.str.) BICINCTA sp. nov.

Fore-parts greasy-shining, abdomen shining. Head black; thorax red;

elytra pitchy, seareely rufescent at the shoulders; abdomen red, the third, fourth,

and base of the fifth (visible) segments black. Antennae brown, the first two

joints testaceous. Legs testaceous. Length, 2°75 mm,

About the size and build of A. coriaria Ky., but with broader head. Head

272 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

lransverse, rather large, finely and rather closely punctured, and finely pubeseent,

Antennae with the third joint searcely longer than the second, fourth very

slightly longer than broad, fifth as long as broad, sixth to tenth transverse, the

penultimate about one and a half times broader than long, eleventh vonieal,

longer than the two preeeding together. Thorax strongly transverse, widest

about the middle, the sides evenly rounded, the posterior angles rounded; in the

middle before the base with an impressed line, very finely and rather closely

punetured, finely pubescent. Elytra searcely longer, but a litthe broader than

the thorax, transverse, less finely and rather more closely punctured than the

thorax, finely pubescent, Abdomen very slightly narrowed towards the apex,

the first three segments very finely and rather sparingly pinetured and

pubescent, the following yet more sparingly.

¢ Wighth dorsal segment on either side with a long, slender spine, the

inarein between crennlate, and separated from the spine by a rounded

onmargination,

lub. Wakaya. Two examples. Type, I. 16446.

THAMIARAEA INSIGNIVENTRIS Fauv. (MIRIVENTRIS Cam.).

Zlab. Motuviki. Widely distributed in the Oriental region,

PARACYPHEA (*) NOUMEANA sp. nov.

Fore-paris greasy-shining, brownish-red, elytra pitehy, obscurely lighter at

the base; abdomen shining black, the first two (visible) se@ments reddish, the

posterior half of the filth and whole of the sixth reddish-testaceous, Antennae

pitehy, the first three joints testaceous. Legs testaceous. Length, 2 mm,

Head narrower than the thorax, finely and closely punctured anc pubescent,

Antennae with the third joint shorter than second, fourth as long as broad, fifth

to tenth transverse, the penultimate twice as broad as lone, the eleventh stout,

oval, larger than the two preceding together. Thorax strongly transverse, widest

Ht the middle, the sides evenly ronnded and equally narrowed in front and

behind, finely bordered, the posterior angles rounded, the base finely bordered,

very finely and rather closely punctured and pubescent. Elytra longer, but

as broad as the thorax, very slightly transverse, the puncturation slivhtly less

fine, but as elose as that of the thorax, Abdomen a little narrowed towards

the apex, the first three segments very finely but not very closely punctured,

the following yet more sparingly.

& Wiehth dorsal segment with three equal triangulav teeth, separated from

each other by a rounded cmargination.

Hab. Noumea. Three examples. Type, 1. 16447,

(%) So far as can be seen without complete dissection, this insect appears to have the

sleucture of the genus Parceyplea,

DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW STAPHYLINIDAE FROM FIJI

BY ARTHUR M. LEA, F.E.S., ENTOMOLOGIST, SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

Summary

In addition to the Staphylinidae dealt with by Dr. Cameron in the preceding paper, a few species

represented by single specimens were examined by him and returned as new; the more distinct ones

are described herein.

Descriptions or NEW STAPHYLINIDAE rrom FIJI.

By ARTHUR M. LEA, F.E.S., Enromotocisr, Sourn AusrraLian Museum.

In addition to the Staphylinidae dealt with by Dr. Cameron in the preceding

paper, a few species represented by single specimens were examined by him and

returned as new; the more distinct ones are described herein.

TETRAPLEURUS SEMIOPACUS sp. nov,

Of a rusty red and opaque, but abdomen shining.

Head with two large but shallow depressions. Eyes prominent. Antennae

not very long, three or four apical joints forming a loose club. Prothorax

slightly wider than long, slightly wider than head across eyes, parallel-sided to

basal third and then strongly narrowed to base, which is about half the width

of apex; with three longitudinal depressions, of which the median one occupies

about one-third of the width, and is divided into two parts by a curved ridge,

each lateral depression also interrupted in middle. Elytra slightly longer than

wide, and slightly wider than prothorax, sides parallel; with six regular ridges

on each, alternating with deep grooves. Length, 1-75 mm.

Hab. Taveuni. Type, I. 16455.

Dr. Cameron returned the type as a new species of Tetrapleurus (7). In

general appearance it is much like a small form of two Australian species of

Thoracophorus (sculptus and myrmecophilus, originally referred to Glyptoma).

The abdomen, antennae, and legs are of much the same colour as the other parts,

but as the latter are opaque they appear differently coloured. Under a com-

pound power the opaque parts appear to be rather coarsely shagreened or

granulate-punctate, and even the abdomen to be finely reticulate.

PALAMINUS TRIVITTIPENNIS sp. nov.

Pale reddish-castaneous, abdomen, except at apex, somewhat darker,

antennae, palpi, and legs flavous; sides of prothorax, sides and suture of elytra

with narrow blackish vittae. Moderately clothed with whitish pubescence, longer

on abdomen than elsewhere.

Head rather strongly convex, with strong punctures. Prothorax about as

long as the apical width, sides rounded and diminishing in width to base, with a

median ridge on basal half; punctures more crowded than on head. Elytra

considerably longer than wide, sides gently rounded, punctures more even than

(1) Bernhauer, Verh, z. b. Ges. Wien, 1914.

274 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

on pronotum. Abdomen more than half the total length; four basal segments

and part of the next with the nsual eranulate-reticulate sculpture, apex with two

long spines and a shorter median one. Length, 4-5 mm.

Hub, Vaveuni. Type, T. 16481.

About the size of P. difficilis, but prothorax and elytra with conspicuous,

although narrow, markings. P. vitiensis appears to he a slightly larger species,

with darker abdomen, and with markings on head and middle of pronotum.

SCOPAEUS MYRMECOCEPHALUS sp. nov.

Dull reddish-eastaneous, legs slightly paler, basal half of abdomen, except

fips and sides of the segments, deeply infuscated on upper surface, Rather

densely clothed with very short, depressed pubescence,

Head longer than wide, sides gently rounded behind the eyes, base evenly

iueurved to middle. Antennae extending almost to base of prothorax, second to

tenth joints monilitorm, Prothorax distinctly narrower than head, widest near

apex, and then strongly narrowed to apex itself. Elytra about one-fourth longer

than wide, slightly longer and distinctly wider than prothorax, Length, 2-4 mm.

Tab. Yanuea Lil, Type, L. 16460,

In general appearance close to the Australian S. ovieollis, but larger, and

apex of elytra and basal half of abdomen differently coloured. 8, flanocastaneus,

also from Australia, is larger and more uniformly coloured, The apex of the

elytra is very little paler than the preceding parts, and the two shades are not

sharply limited. The shape of the head strongly resembles that of many small

ants of the genus Jredomyrmex. The whole of the upper surface is finely

shagreened,

METOPONCUS HOPLOCEPHALUS sp. nov.

Head, prothorax, scutellum, and antennae of a rather dingy red, tarsi paler,

elsewhere deep black, the elytra with a slight bluish gloss. A few hairs on the

sides becoming longer about the apex of abdomen,

Head (including mandibles) about twice as long as wide, moderately convex,

sides parallel from antennae to basal angles, which are rounded off; with four

short oblique grooves in front, the inner ones very short, and between them a

thin, conspicuous projection about half the length of the basal joint of antennae,

and truncated at apex; punuetures small in front, heeoming smaller and sparser

posteriorly. Antennae searcely extending to base of head, most of the joints

strongly transverse. Prothorax almost as lone as head, and in front almost as

Wide, punctures sparse and mostly small, Elytra slightly longer and wider than

head, almost impunetate. Length, 7-5 mm,

LEA—NEW STAPHYLINIDAE FROM FIJI 275:

Hab. Viti Levu, in July. Type, I. 16463.

Readily distinguished from all other species known to me by the armed head;

in general appearance it is close to M. semiruber, but the elytra and abdomen are

entirely dark.

METOPONCUS PLATYCEPHALUS sp. nov.

Black, abdomen and tarsi reddish-flavous, antennae and palpi more reddish.

With sparse hairs scattered about, becoming longer on sides, and more numerous

at apex of abdomen than elsewhere.

Head very flat, distinctly longer than wide, angles rounded off; with two

short oblique grooves on each side in front, and with a faint median line; pune-

tures numerous but not crowded, and rather coarse, with a tendeney to become

longitudinal. Antennae rather stout, Just extending to apex of prothorax.

Prothorax slightly shorter and narrower than head, widest near apex, all angles

rounded off; with an impunctate median line, bounded on each side by a row of

distinct punctures, near each side an irregular row of punctures, and a few

irregularly scattered. Elytra about as long and as wide as head, sutural striae

well defined; with fairly numerous well-defined punctures, becoming small on

sides. Abdomen with sparse, distinct punctures. Length, 7-5 mm.

Hab. Viti Levu, in July. Type, I. 16464.

Readily distinguished from M. semiruber by the wider and very flat head,

with very different punctures. Hach puncture of the upper surface contains an

erect seta or hair.

METOPONCUS ERYTHROCEPHALUS sp. nov.

Black, head, antennae, palpi, and tarsi reddish, basal two-fifths of elytra

flavous. With a few marginal hairs, becoming more numerous about apex of

abdomen.

Head flat, almost twice as long (including mandibles) as wide, parallel-sided

behind antennae, hind angles rounded off, neck very narrow; with a fairly long

and oblique groove on each side in front, and a shorter and straight one behind

each antenna; with numerous small punctures, and very finely strigose.

Antennae just extending to. prothorax. Prothorax shorter and narrower than

head, widest near apex, all angles rounded off; with four punctures of moderate

size in pairs, and numerous minute ones. Elytra slightly longer and wider than

prothorax, with remnants of sutural striae only near base; punctures sparse and

ill-defined. Abdomen almost impunctate. Length, 5-5 mm.

Hab. Viti Levu. Type, I. 16465.

Considerably smaller than all the other Fijian species, and very differently

276 RECORDS OF THE S,A. MUSEUM

coloured; the head is not quite as flat as in the preceding species, and its pune-

tures are very different. At first glance the head appears to have a few small

punctures only, but on close examination in certain lights its whole surface is

seen to be very finely strigose. The flayous part of the elytra is somewhat tri-

angularly adyanced about the suture; the prothorax at first appears to be as

black as the abdomen, but in some lights its Front part is seen to be slightly

diluted with red.

PACHYCORYNUS PALLIDUS sp, nov.

Pale flavo-castaneous, apical half of elytva infuseated. A few short hairs

or setae seattered about, and becoming longer at tip of abdomen.

Tead rather large and flat, excluding the jaws about one-fourth longer than

wide; a small fovea touching each eye; two short medio-frontal grooves;

punetures numerous but not crowded, of moderate size, and sharply defined.

Antennae about as long as the head, including mandibles, most of the joints

transverse. Prothorax distinetly longer than wide, apex almost semicirenlarly

rounded; punctures sharply defined, but smaller and sparser than on head, and

absent from a rather narrow median line. Elytra slightly longer and wider than

prothorax, almost parallel-sided; a distinct stria on each side of suture; punctures

slightly more numerous than on head, but smaller and less sharply defined.

Abdomen with five basal segments almost parallel-sided. Legs rather short and

stout. Length, 3-5 mm.

Hab. Viti Levu. Type, 1. 16466,

The abdomen and femora are somewhat paler than the head, but even this is

not very dark. The head has a median impunctate line, which in front appears

asa slight ridge between the frontal grooves,

COPROPORUS MORULUS sp. nov.

Black; muzzle three apical segments of abdomen, and lees of a rather diugsy

brownish-flavons, antennae somewhat darker, apex of elytra obscurely reddish.

Sides of abdomen sparsely setose,

Head with a few inconspicuous punctures, Antennae about as long as the

prothorax is wide. Prothorax fully twice as wide as long, base much wider than

apex, outlines continuous with those of head and elytra; ahnost impunctate.

Elytra slightly longer than the apieal width, and shorter than the basal; pune-

tures minute but fairly dense, Abdomen with five strong apical spines. Length,

1-75 mm.

Hiab, Ovalau, in June. ype, 1. 16473.

A strongly convex species, structurally near C. cinetipennis, but prothorax

LEA—NEW STAPHYLINIDAE FROM FIJI 277

black; the colours are much as in C. alutaceus, but that is a smaller and much

flatter species. About one-third of the elytra is obscurely diluted with red, but

the shades are not sharply limited, and even the tip from some directions appears

almost black. The abdomen of the type is much contracted,

LEUCOCRASPEDUM CRYPTOCEPHALUM sp. nov,

Dark piceous-brown, head, sides, and apex of prothorax, tips of abdominal

segments (the two apical ones more widely than the others), and legs paler,

antennae still paler, the apical joint shghtly infuscated. Densely clothed with

short, depressed pubescence, the sides of the abdomen with numerous black setae

or bristles, becoming longer and more numerous about apex.

Prothorax semicircular, twice as wide as long, hind angles slightly clasping

elytra, punctures scarcely visible. Elytra slightly longer than prothorax along

middle, and their outlines continuous with those of that segment, apex gently

ineurved to middle; with crowded and small punctures. Abdomen about three-

fifths the total length, punctures much as on elytra. Length, 2 mm.

Hab. Viti Levu. Type, I. 16475.

In general appearance very close to the Australian L. sidniense (some speci-

mens of which have the body parts similarly coloured), but antennae thinner

(thinner than on all the described Australian species), only the eleventh joint

infuseated, and that but slightly, and abdomen with longer setae. The head is

completely covered by the prothorax, but as the apex of the latter is semi-

transparent, part of it is vaguely traceable from above. The prothorax and

elytra, except that the latter are more abbreviated, are strongly suggestive of

Sericoderus of the Corylophidae.

DIGLOTTA MARITIMA sp. nov.

Of a dingy brownish-flavous, legs paler, most of fourth segment of abdomen

blackish. With very short, depressed whitish pubescence.

Head with hind angles rounded off. Eyes small and lateral. Antennae

almost extending to base of prothorax, second joint slightly shorter than first,

distinctly longer than eleventh, and about twice the length of each of the others.

Prothorax slightly transverse, almost parallel-sided. Elytra distinctly trans-

verse, and distinctly shorter than prothorax. Length, 2 mm.

Hab. Wevuka. Type, I. 16476.

A small, depressed, dingy species, the only specimen of which was taken

under a stone well below high tide; the base of its head was crushed at the time

of capture, and there is a median depression on the pronotum, which is probably

278 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

also accidental. The head is slightly wider than the prothorax, and about the

width of the abdomen near the apex (where it is slightly wider than elsewhere),

but at first glance the insect appears (except for its extremities) parallel-sided

throughout. Under a compound power the whole of the upper surface appears

finely shagreened.

ON A NEW GENUS OF WATER BEETLES (DYTISCIDAE)

BY ARTHUR M. LEA, F-.E.S., ENTOMOLOGIST, SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

Summary

During a recent visit of Australian ornithologists and other naturalists to Dungog, in New South

Wales, Mr. Charles Barrett obtained some small and singularly interesting water beetles. They have

sharply-defined pairs of geminate striae on the elytra, such as are common on many Melolonthides

of the scarabaeidae, but an approach to a structure of a similar nature does not appear to be known

in water beetles from any part of the world. In many characters, however, they are allied to

Antiporus. Subsequently specimens were obtained from Mr. H. J. Carter and Mr. John Hopson.

Two species were taken, readily distinguished, inter se, by the front tibiae of the males and by the

spots on the elytra. They were obtained when searching for Dryopidae, and of them Mr. Hopson

wrote: “The eight-spotted ones are rather plentiful in the cracks of wood lying in still water; the

four-spotted ones are not so plentiful”.

On a NEW GENUS or WATER BEETLES (DYTISCIDAE)

By ARTHUR M. LEA, F.E.S., Enromonocisr, Sourn AUstratian Museum.

Text fig. 106.

Durine a recent visit of Australian ornithologists and other naturalists to

Dungog, in New South Wales, Mr. Charles Barrett obtained some small and

singularly interesting water beetles. They have sharply-defined pairs of geminate

striae on the elytra, such as are common on many Melolonthides of the Scara-

baeidae, but an approach to a structure of a similar nature does not appear to

be known in water beetles from any part of the world. In many characters, how-

ever, they are allied to Antiporus. Subsequently specimens were obtained from

Mr. H. J. Carter and Mr. John Hopson. Two species were taken, readily

distinguished, inter se, by the front tibiae of the males and by the spots on the

elytra. They were obtained when searching for Dryopidae, and of them Mr.

Hopson wrote: ‘‘The eight-spotted ones are rather plentiful in the cracks of wood

lying in still water; the four-spotted ones are not so plentiful.’’

BARRETTHYDRUS gen. nov.

Each elytron with five pairs of geminate striae.

This character alone is sufficient to distinguish the

genus from all others recorded from Australasia, and all

of those described or figured by Sharp. The under parts

approach those of Necterosoma and Antiporus, near which

the genus should be placed. From the former (apart from,

the elytra) it is distinet by the fourth tarsal joint of the

front legs not passing beyond the lobes of the third,

although fairly distinct, despite its minute size; the claw

joint is also decidedly shorter. The tarsi are much like

those of Antiporus. The short basal striae of the pro-

notum, the intercoxal process of the prosternum and other

parts of the under-surface denote an approach to Bidessus.

Fig. 106. B. geminatus. ‘

1g. 10 x he « Type of genus, B. geminatus.

BARRETTHYDRUS GEMINATUS sp. nov.

6 Black, shining; antennae, palpi, tarsi, knees, and trochanters reddish;

elytra with three series of flavous spots.

280 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Head with crowded small prnetires, with two feeble oblique impressions

ending in shallow impressions near eyes. Antennae thin, extending to about

widdle of metasternum. Prothorax move than thrice as wide as long, sides finely

margined; with dense punetures, somewhat Jarger than on head, and Usually

sharply defined, but becoming irregular about hase, Elytra widest at about basal

fourth, each with five well-defined pairs of geminate striae, punctures crowded

and small, only sharply defined near sides: epipleurae sharply defined. Pro-

sternum with a narrow, lanceolate intereoxal process, shallowly depressed along

its middle, aud meeting a raised prosternal process. Tiees moderately long, front

tibiae moderately evurved, with a small tooth at the basal third, middle pair rather

wide, bisinuate on lower edge; front tarsi with three basal joints inflated, fourth

minute, fifth almost as long as first and seeond combined; hind tarsi with joints

regularly deereasing in length, but the fifth almost twice the length of the fourth.

Twneth, 3-38-25 mm.

2 Differs in being slightly more robust, front tibiae simple, middle tibiae

thinner, and tarsi not dilated,

Hab. New South Wales: Dungog in October (C, Barrett and H. J. Carter):

Allyn River (H. J. Carter and J. Hopson),

On the elytra the markings consist of an irregular basal fascia, interrupted

before the suture, and not touching the sides, a series of four rather small post-

median spots each usually longer than wide, and two subapical spots somewhat

larger than the postmedian ones, The tip of the abdomen is usually obsenrely red-

dish. On the base of the prothorax the punctures are irregular, and at one-third

from each side there is a feehle basal stria, fairly well defined on some specimens,

scarcely traceable on others, many of the adjacent punetures are more or less

longitudinally confluent. The under-surface has a shagreened appearance, owing

to the small size, and crowded and irregular punctures. The tooth of the front

tibiae of the male is small and acute, but being at the position where the incurva-

tire is strongest, is concealed from most directions.

BARRETTHYDRUS TIBIALIS sp. nov.

4 Blaelk; antennae, palpi, most of legs, and tip of abdomen reddish, elytra

with four Havous spots.

Head with several fecble impressions. Prothorax with crowded punctures

becoming longitudinally confluent about base, with a moderately distinct basal

atria slightly nearer each side than the middle. Elytra with five pairs of

veminate striae. Front tibiae suddenly bent (almost at right angles) in middle,

where there is a deep notvh, bounded by a strong tooth; front tarsi moderately

dilated; middle tibiae rather wide and flat, except close to hase. Length, 3-5 mm.

LEA—A NEW GENUS OF WATER BEETLES 281

9 Differs in having front tibiae simple, the middle pair less dilated, and

all the tarsi thinner.

Hab. New South Wales: Allyn River at Eeeleston (H. J. Carter and J.

Hopson).

In general appearance much like the preceding species, and with very

similar punctures, antennae, and under-surface, but somewhat narrower, and

with different front legs, etc. Of the elytral striae the first and second pairs are

conjoined near apex, also the third and fifth, but of these the fifth pair vanish

before the middle; on the preceding species the fifth is well defined throughout,

except that it is rather weak posteriorly. Of the elytral spots there are two large

humeral ones; the others are about half their size, and placed at the apical third,

midway between the suture and sides, their positions being intermediate between

the postmedian and subapical spots of the preceding species. The middle tibiae

are more flattened and less bisinuate on the lower surface, and the front tarsi

are less dilated.

ON SOME SAWFLIES FROM THE AUSTRALIAN REGION

(HYMENOPTERA TENTHRIDINIDAE)

BY DR. RUNAR FORSIUS, FREDRIKSBERG (FINLAND)

Summary

This paper begins with a general view of the Sawflies belonging to the South Australian Museum,

Adelaide, and, in addition, descriptions of some new or little known species in the collection of the

same Museum are given. The material upon which the paper is based was submitted to me for study

by the kindness of Mr. Edgar R. Waite, Director of the Museum. All the types of the new species

have been returned to that institution.

On some SAWFLIES rrom tHE AUSTRALIAN REGION

(HYMENOPTERA TENTHRIDINIDAE)

By DR. RUNAR FORSIJUS, FreperksperG (Fintanp).

THIS paper begins with a general view of the Sawflies belonging to the South

Australian Museum, Adelaide, and, in addition, descriptions of some new or

little known species in the collection of the same Museum are given. The

material upon which the paper is based was submitted to me for study by the

kindness of Mr. Edgar R. Waite, Director of the Museum. All the types of the

new species have been returned to that institution.

The genera and species treated in this paper are mainly arranged according

to Rohwer’s (6) proposed classification of the group.

The Australian fauna, though very interesting, is so far only incompletely

known. It is therefore to be hoped that Australian entomologists, especially

collectors in the western and central districts, will in future collect more material

of this group. The author of this paper will be only too pleased to work on other

collections from the Australian regions.

A LIST OF THE TENTHREDINOIDEA IN THE SOUTH AUSTRALIAN

MUSEUM, AND THEIR LOCALITIES.

Famity XIPHYDRIDAE.

Xiphydria leai sp. nov. Queensland: Cairns district.

Famity ARGIDAE.

Trichorhachus australis Westw. W. Aust.: Capel River (W. D. Dodd).

Famity TENTHREDINIDAE.

Caliroa limacina Retz. Tasm.: Hobart and Launceston.

Famity PERREYIDAE.

Philomastix macleayi Westw. N.S. Wales: Dorrigo (W. Heron).

P. nancarrowi Froge. N.S. Wales: Dorrigo (W. Heron).

284 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Famity PTERYGOPHORIDAE.

Pterygophorus uniformis Kirby. N.S. Wales: Clarence River (A. and FP. R.

Aietz).

P. analis Costa. Tasm.: Launeeston; S. Aust.: (FW. R. Zietz), Balhannah (4.

Guest).

P. cygnus Kirby. N.S. Wales; Clarence Rives (A. and F. R. Zietz).

P. cyaneus Leach. Queensl.: Bowen (A. Simson) ; N.S. Wales: Sydney UA. M,

Lea), Wentworth (Miss Cushman), Cook’s River; 8. Aust.

P. interruptus King. §. Aust.: Lucindale (F. Secker and B. A. Feuerheerdt),

Victor Harbour, Adelaide GJ. G. O. Tepper), Keith, Tintinara (G, Karraud ),

Bull Island; N.S. Wales: Lindfield, Galston (D, Dumbrell), Sydney (A. M.

Lea), Colo Vale (W. W. Froggatt), Wentworth Falls (A. Simson) ; Tasm.

(A. Simson), St. Helens (FP. M, Littler); N, Queensl. (Blackburn's collec-

tion).

P, cinctus Klue. ‘Tasm.; Kelso, Launceston; N.S. Wales: Sydney, Lawson,

Tlurstville, Eden.

P. cinctus, yar, insignis Kirby. Queensl.: Rockhampton (A. M. Lea), Brisbane

(R. Midge) ; Tasm, (A. Simson).

Phylacteophaga eucalypti Frogg. N.S. Wales: Sydney, bred from eucalyptus

leaves (W. B. Gurney).

Diphamorphos apicalis sp. noy. S. Aust.: Mount Lofty, Adelaide.

Polyclonus atratus Kirby. Queensl.: Mount Tambourine.

Eurys laetus Westw. Tasm.: (A. Simson); 5. Aust. (Rev. A. P. Bureess) ; Viet, :

Mount Buffalo (Rev. T. Blackburn).

Neoeurys caudatus Morice. Tasm.: Cradle Mountain (H. J. Carter and A. M.

Lea),

N. tasmanicus Roh. Tasm.: Cradle Mountain (H. J. Carter and A. M, Lea).

N. ventralis sp. nov. Tasm.: Cradle Mountain,

N, scutellaris sp. noy.: Tasm.: Hobart.

N, affinis sp. nov.: 8. Aust.: Port Lincoln,

N. leai sp. noy.: 8. Aust.: Ooldea,

N. pusillus sp. noy.: 8. Aust.: Mount Lofty Ranges.

N. sp. nov. 7. S. Aust.: Kangaroo Island (J. G. O. Tepper).

N. sp. nov. 7. Tasm.: Swansea (A. M. Lea).

Clarissa carbonaria sp. noy. N.S. Wales: Forest Reefs.

CG. variabilis sp. noy.; S. Aust.: Mount Lofty ; Queensl.; Brisbane.

C. variabilis var. collaris noy.: S. Aust.: Melrose and Kangaroo Island.

C. variabilis var. obscurus noy. 8S. Aust.: Melrose.

FORSIUS—SAWELIES FROM THE AUSTRALIAN REGION 285

Famity PERGIDAE.

Cerealces scutellata Kirby. S. Aust.: Adelaide; N.S. Wales: Sydney.

Perga dorsalis Leach. S. Aust.: Mount Lofty, Blakiston, Nairne, Adelaide,

wy td

Reynella; Tasm.; N.S. Wales: Blue Mountains, Sydney.

schiodtei Westw. W. Aust.: Warren River.

kirbii Leach. S. Aust.; N.S. Wales: Sydney.

brevitarsis Morice. S. Aust.: Yeelanna, Ardrossan (J. G. O. Tepper), Dow-

lineville (— Willis) ; W. Aust.: Beverley (Ff. H. du Boulay), Badgebup.

. brevipes sp. nov. S. Aust.: Yeelanna, Kangaroo Island.

. polita Leach. S. Aust.: Balhannah (E. Guest), Adelaide, Darke’s Peak,

Nairne, Mount Lofty Ranges (S. H. Curnow), Maclaren Vale (Miss Mor-

gan), Roseworthy (A. Rohin) ; Queensl.: Coen River (W. D. Dodd), Bowen

(A. Simson).

. castanea Kirby. N.S. Wales: Wentworth Falls.

. esenbecki Westw. W. Aust.: Beverley (E. F. du Boulay), Badgebup.

. mayrii Westw. Queensl.: Bowen (A. Simson).

. lucida Roh. S. Aust. (Rev. A. P. Burgess); W. Aust.: Beverley (EB. F. du

Boulay).

. moricei sp. nov. W. Aust.: Boulder.

.cressoni Westw. W. Aust.: Beverley (HE. F. du Boulay), Badgebup; 8. Aust. :

On mallee.

. christii Westw. W. Aust.: Boulder (A. Bethune).

. waitei sp. nov. S. Aust.: Murray River.

. guerinii Westw. N.S. Wales: Wentworth Falls; 8. Aust.: Kangaroo Island

(J. G. O. Tepper).

. ferruginea Leach. N.S. Wales: Sydney (A. M. Lea).

. latreillei Leach. S. Aust.: Lucindale (B. A. Feuerheerdt).

. bella Newm. S. Aust. (Rev. A. P. Burgess), Mindarie, Ardrossan, Kangaroo

Island (J. G. O. Tepper), Adelaide, Balhannah (HE. Guest), Burnside (Prof.

Tate) ; Tasm. (A. Simson).

bella var. rubripes Roh. 8. Aust.

rugiceps sp. nov. S. Aust.: Ardrossan and Kangaroo Island.

sp. nov. ?. W. Aust.: Badgebup.

Xyloperga halidaii Westw. S. Aust.: Nuriootpa (J. G. O. Tepper).

X. amenaida Kirby. 8. Aust.: Kangaroo Island.

X. sp. nov. ?. 8S. Aust.

RECORDS OF THE $.A, MUSEUM

DESCRIPTIONS OF AND REMARKS ON NEW OR

LITTLE KNOWN SPECLES.

XIPHYDRIA LEAT sp. nov.

3 Head globose, about as broad as the thorax, not shinine; vertex and

posterior orbits finely trausversely striated and edged behind with a thin

carina; face and front reticulate; ocelli in a low triangle well below the supra-

orbital line; postocellar line a little longer than the ocellocular line; ocell-

oceipital line about six times as long as the ocellocnlar line; middle fovea

small and continued downwards as a narrow medial furrow, which disappears

just above the antennae; antennal ¢rest inconsiderable; the anteunae 21-jointed,

distinetly tapering towards the apex; intra-autennal space about four times as

long as the antennovular space; scape as long as the third joint, which is as long

as 4 + 5; pedicel half as long as the third joint; malar space evidently shorter

than the width of the mandibles at the base; clypeus not extending over

base of mandibles, broader than long, above not distinctly separated from the

face, with fine longitudinal furrows, and with a small mediau tooth; thorax

above finely reticulate, not shining; middle of the pronotum and the frontal part

of the middle lobes of mesonotum move sparsely sculptured and somewhat

shining; thorax beneath sparsely sculptured, shining: the mesopleurae, however,

above more closely seulptured and not shiniue; abdomen very finely striated

across, shining, without bunches of bristles on the sternites; apical sternite pos-

teriorly broadly rounded.

Head fulyous; antennae, tips of mandibles, and a large spot on the vertex

and front dark piceous; this spot is laterally deeply incised with a pale stripe,

which reaches nearly to the hind margin of the head; a little above the antennae

the spot suddenly becomes narrower, and extends forwards as a narrow stripe to

base of elypeus; thorax and legs entirely ochraceous; wings hyaline; costa yellow,

stigma and other nervures piceous; abdomen ochraceous, genital armature

concolorous,

Long. corp., 95 mm,; antenna, 4 mm.; exp. alar., 14 10m.

Queensl:; Cairns district. A single specimen collected by Mr, A, M. Lea,

after whom the species is named.

This interesting new species seems to me to be nearest to VY. flavepicta Smith

(10,11) from New Zealand, and to VY. testucea Mocs. (4) from New Guinea,

which [ only know from Kirby's figure (1) and from the very brief descriptions.

But the new species has entirely piceous antennae and ochraceous thorax and

abdomen.

FoRSIUS—SAWFLIES FROM THE AUSTRALIAN REGION 287

CALIROA LIMACINA Retz.

This species was no doubt imported to Australia from America or Eurasia,

and is a serious pest on Pyrus, Prunus, and other fruit trees in all parts of

p ; ;

the world.

PTERYGOPHORUS CINCTUS Klug.

Morice (5) was of the opinion that P. distinctus Roh., P. insigms Kirby,

and P. zonalis Roh. are only aberrative specimens of P. cinctus Klug, and | think

his opinion is correct.

DIPHAMORPHOS APICALIS sp. nov.

g Robust; head as broad as the thorax, behind the eyes a little enlarged,

finely and closely punctured, with fine and short hairs, slightly shining, behind

not carinated; vertex about four times as broad as long, laterally lmited by

distinet and deep furrows, and in the middle parted by a fine longitudinal

furrow; posterior orbits moderately broad; eyes slightly converging down-

wards; postocellar furrow superficial ; ocelli in a low triangle, the anterior one

in the supraorbital line; postocellar line about as long as the ocellocular and

ocelloccipital lines; frontal area distinct, but not much elevated, in the middle

slightly depressed and laterally limited by not very deep furrows; below the

anterior ocellus a fine impression which reaches to the median fovea; the

median fovea is small and rounded; frontal crest moderately developed;

antennae as long as the abdomen, 14-15-articulated, tapering towards the apex,

and inserted close to the elypeus; pedicel as long as the scape; third joint as

long as 4 + 5; the intermediate joints thickened apically, about as long as

on the apex broad; clypeus apparently short, above and laterally separated

from the front by distinct furrows; anterior margin nearly truncate, but, how-

ever, apparently rounded; labrum long, semicircular ; malar space very narrow ;

thorax dorsally almost flat, thinly covered with some fine, short, and pale hairs,

finely and closely punctured, shining; parapsidal furrows not deep; middle

furrow almost wanting, and only in front manifest; scutellum moderately

elevated, with some scattered punctures; front wings with the costa a little

thickened before the stigma; stigma moderately broad, apically pointed; radial

cellule with a very inconsiderable appendice; the first transversocubital

nervure obliterated in the middle; legs with the hind tarsi shorter than the

tibiae, and hind basitarsus as lone as the three following joints together ;

abdomen very finely sculptured, shining ; sheath (from above) short, triangular,

apically with long, curved hairs, from the side broadly rounded with nearly

straight apex.

288 RECORDS OF THE $.A. MUSEUM

Head dark piceous: labrum, base, and middle of the mandibles and palpi

whitish yellow; thorax piceous; the angles of the pronotum, tegulae, the hinder

sides of the middle lobes of the mesonotum, hind margin of the scutellum, and

superior part of the pleurae more or less pale brownish; wings hyaline; base

of the costa yellowish, stigma aud nervures piceous; tip of coxae, trochanters,

und lees pale yellow, femora below (hind femora with the exception of the

over-side dark), and tips of hind tibiae and tarsal joints brownish; abdomen

dark piceous, with the hinder parts of the seements more or less paler brown.

§ The antennae are as long as the body, 20-articulated; the hincd ocelli

it the supraorbital line; hypopygium areuately emarginated apically.

Thorax dark piceous, nearly black; on thorax only the upper part of the

pleurae pale brown; abdomen wholly dark piceous, only the genital armature

pale brown; otherwise as in the female,

Long. corp.: @ 4:5-5-5 mmm, ¢ 40 mm. Exp. alar.: @ 11-13 um.,

é 10 mm.

8. Aust.: Mount Lofty (J, G, O. Tepper), Adelaide, 1.5.18 (H. TL. D.

Griffith). One female (paratype) from Monnt Lofty in my own collection.

N.B.—The specimeus from Adelaide are more pallid (the pallid markings

heing larger) on the infolded margins of the abdominal dorsal plates.

D. tibialis is near allied to D. niyrescens Rok., but is hardly identical with

ihis species, judging from the brief description. The clypeus of the new species

is not quite truneate, the yertex is parted by a manifest furrow, and the hind

tibiae and tarsal joints are dari apically.

POLYCLONUS ATRATUS Kirby.

Rolower (8) says that the antenna of the female of this species, beyond the

second joint, has a ramus like Plerygopherus, This remark is not sufficient,

heeause the antennae of Plesygophorus ave differently constructed. The antenna

of the Females is 18-15-jointed, and the rami are about as long as the width of the

joint (ef. Morice’s fie. 9, pl. xii, Pterygophorus uniformis) ; besides, the colour

uf this species is otherwise not quite black, but of a visible dark green tinge.

According to Konow (3), dneylonewa Cam, and Cludomeeru Smith, are

congeneric with Polyelonus Kirby, but this opinion, as far as concerned to Aneyla-

neura, is vertainly wrong (the antennae of the male of Aneyloneura ave simple,

without rami), and the antenna of the figure by Kirby (1) is so differently drawn

that, according to my opinion, (ladomacra cannot possibly be a Polyclonus,

CLARISSA Newman and NEOEURYS Roh.

The differences between the genera Clarissa and Neoeurys are so insignili-

vant that these, | think, in future ought to be treated as one and the same genus,

FORSIUS—SAWELIES FROM THE AUSTRALIAN REGION 289

but may be divided into some subgenera. Rohwer (7) primarily separates them

by the numbers of antennal joints, but Morice (5), having stated the variability

of the antennal joint in this group, Rohwer (9) attempts to use the differences

in the length of the clypeus to separate Neoeurys from Clarissa, with little success,

however, and the thickness and length of the antennae and legs also vary very

much, Most species of Clarissa are without metallic colour in contrast with the

metallic coloured Neoeurys, but C. anomocera Roh. and C. inconspicua Kirby

are, among others, distinctly of metallic colour. In this paper the author

separates both these ‘* genera’? principally on account of the length and thickness

of the antennae and legs. See otherwise remarks on the different new species

deseribed by him later on.

CLARISSA CARBONARIA sp. nov.

2 Head about as wide as the thorax, viewed from the front as long as

broad, narrower behind the eyes, finely reticulated, with fine and short hairs, and

slightly shining; vertex very short, about four times as broad as long, with

distinct lateral furrows, but without postocellar furrow, in the middle parted by

a superficial longitudinal impression; posterior orbits narrow; eyes slightly con-

verging downwards; the ocelli in a low triangle, the anterior one just below the

supraorbital line; ocelloccipital line about half as long as the ocellocular line;

postocellar line about one and a half times as long as the ocellocular line; antennal

furrows manifest, but not very deep; frontal area moderately narrow, tapering

downwards, the sides shghtly elevated from the lateral ocelli to the not very high

frontal crest; below the anterior ocellus a broad but shallow impression, which

is downwards continued as a shallow furrow to the moderately developed, round

median fovea; antennal grooves deep; antennae as long as the thorax, 12-jointed;

the third joint is somewhat longer than the fourth, the seventh and the following

ones broader than they are long, and on the under-side slightly serrated; supra-

elypeal area convex; clypeus short, about three times as broad as long, almost

flat, in the front slightly depressed, the anterior margin in the middle truncated,

but the side-corners slightly rounded; labrum rounded; malar space moderately

short; thorax rather convex, finely and closely reticulated, finely and sparsely

hairy, slightly shining; parapsidal furrows feeble, being only deeper in front;

middle furrow in front deep, posteriorly almost wanting; seutellum slightly

convex; the radial cellule in the front wing's not appendiculated; stigma narrow

and strongly pointed; in the hind wings the radial cellule with a distinet appen-

dix; legs normal; the hind tarsi apparently shorter than the tibiae; hind )asi-

tarsus as long as the two following joints together; abdomen with very fine

transverse striae, sightly shining; sheath from above short, not very broad, and

290 RECORDS OF THE $,A, MUSEUM

backwards tapering, but apically not inueh pointed, and with some long hairs,

viewed from the side longer than the hind tibiae, uarrow, and behind rather

narrowly rounded,

Wholly black; only the lowest part of the face with a slight green tinge, the

palpi brown, and the tips of the femora and bases and spurs of the tibiae dirty

whitish-yellow ; wings infuscated with a darker shade below the stigma; abdomen

wholly black.

Long. corp,, 6 mm. Exp. alan, 12 mm. Antenna, 2-5 mm,

N.S. Wales: Forest Reefs (A. M. Lea).

Probably nearest to C. atrata Turner (12), but the abdomen ts wholly blaek,

and also elypeus and trochanters, without pale markings. (C. amomacera Roh. is

a smaller species, with a manifest metallic green tinge on the body.

CLARISSA VARIABILIS sp, nov,

? Head a little narrower than the thorax, narrowed behind the eyes,

posteriorly not carinated, very tinely and superficially sculptured, very shining,

and with fine and short hairs; vertex about three times as broad as long, laterally

limited by furrows oecurring distinetly only in front, and in the middle divided

hy a shallow longitudinal furrow; postocellar furrow wanting; posterior orbits

rather narrow; eyes converging towards the clypeus; ocelli in a low triangle, the

lateral ones in the spuraorbital line; ocelloceipital line abont as long as the

ovellocular line and the postocellar line; antennal furrows broad and moderately

deep; frontal area somewhat clevated, and their edges rounded aud tapering

downwards: below the anterior ovellus a shallow impression, which is downwards

continued as a fine furrow to the oblong and not very great median fovea s

between (he antennae a very obtuse and low frontal crest; autennal grooves deep ;

antennae 10-11-jointed, the third joint about as long as the fourth and fifth

together, the following shorter, but longer than broad, and on the tnder-side only

very slightly serrated; supraclypeal area long and apparently convex; clypeus

nearly as long as broad, fat, above separated from the front by a manifest

furrow: tentorial foveae small; anterior margin of the clypeus in the middle

Iruneate, but the side-corners are rounded; labrum apically broadly roundedt;

malar space nol very narrow; thorax moderately convex, very finely reticulated

and finely hairy, shining; parapsidal furrows in front deep, but posteriorly very

shallow; middle furrow also im front deep, but posteriorly wanting; sentellum

slightly convex; radial cellule in the front wings without appendicnlar cellile;

xtigma narrow and strongly pointed; the first recurrent neryure interstitial or

nearly so; radial cellule in the hind wings truneate and with an appendicular

cellule; legs normal: hind tarsi a little shorter than the tibiae, and hind basi-

farsi about as long as the two following joints together; abdomen with fine

FORSIUS—SAWEFLIES FROM THE AUSTRALIAN REGION 29]

transverse striae, slightly shining; sheath from above very short, broad and

backwards broadly rounded, with long curved hairs apically, viewed from the

side long and narrow and with narrowly rounded apex.

Head black, sometimes with a slight shifting of metallic green tinge; labrum,

palpi, and front part of the clypeus more or less pale brown; thorax black, with

sight green shifting on the mesonotum; prothorax reddish; on mesothorax the

sides of the lobes of mesonotum and the pleurae reddish; mesosternum. black;

metathorax black, and only the metapleurae above reddish; tegulae hrown; wines

hyaline; nervures piceous, the base of the costa and the middle of the stigma a

little paler; coxae and trochanters more or less reddish; legs reddish, the fore

femora on their base and the tips of the tarsal joints blackish; on the hind legs

the femora, the extreme third of the tibiae, and the tarsi almost black; abdomen

reddish, without apparent metallic tinge; the propodeum black, the following

segments in the middle more or less blackish, the last segment above and the

sheath black; the black spots on the dorsum of the abdomen are sometimes very

small or wholly wanting.

6 Head more narrowed behind the eyes, and the vertex also narrower than

in the female; antennae somewhat shorter and thicker, and the sutures between

the two last joints hardly visible; the apex of the hypopygium broadly rounded.

Head black, with metallic blue or blue-green shiftings; apex of the clypeus

and also labrum and palpi pale brownish; thorax black with metallic blue shift-

ings; coxae, trochanters, and femora for the most part blackish; abdomen black.

Long. corp.: 9 5-6mm., ¢ 44:5 mm. Exp. alar.: 2 11-14 mm., ¢ 10-12

mm. Antenna, about 2 mm.

S. Aust.: Mount Lofty, taken with sweep net (A. M. Lea and J. G. O.

Tepper) ; Queensl.: Brisbane (A. M. Lea).

This species is probably nearest to C. atruta Turner, but is very different

in colour, See remarks on the described presumptive varieties of this species.

CLARISSA VARIABILIS var. COLLARIS nov.

@ Head black with a slight green or aeneous tinge; clypeus, labrum, base,

and middle of the mandibles and palpi pale brown; thorax black, more or less

shifting in metallic green or aeneous; prothorax reddish; the sides of the lobes

of the mesonotum and the upper part of the meso- and metapleurae reddish;

abdomen wholly black; antennae 11-jointed; otherwise as in variabilis m.

S. Aust.: Melrose, October (A. M. Lea), Kangaroo Island (J. G. O. Tepper).

CLARISSA VARIABILIS var. OBSCURA nov.

@ Apex of the clypeus, labrum, and palpi pale brown; angles of the pro-

notum and tegulae reddish ; coxae and trochanters for the most part black; front

293 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

femora on the basal half black: ou the posterior femora only the extreme apex

pale; abdomen black; otherwise as in variabilis 10,

4 Coloured as in the male of C. varjabilis m. type,

Long. corp.; 9 5mm, § 44:5 mm. Exp. alar.: @ 12 mm., ¢ 10-11 mn.

S. Aust.: Melrose, Ovetober (A, M, Lea), probably together with var.

vollaris Mm,

3oth these yarieticy could perhaps be different species, but | cannot find any

distinct difference in their structure, and the males collected in company with

pariabilis type and var. abseura ave similarly coloured, C. atrata Turner, which

| know only from Turner's deseription (12), may probably belong to the same

species, but is differently coloured. It is still impossible to clear this question

without comparison between typical specimens. C. carbonaria m, is, anong other,

jess shining, and the praeapic¢al joints of the antennae are broader than lone,

NEOEURYS PUSILLUS sp. nov.

2 Head viewed from above short and broad, posteriorly moderately

emarvinate, narrowed behind the eyes, finely retieulate, very finely and shortly

airy, moderately shining; vertex short and broad, about four times as broad

as lone, almost flat, and without median furrow, amid Jaterally not yery dis-

jinetly limited: postocellar furrow distinct, but not very deep; posterior orbits

moderately developed; eyes long oval, a little cony ergine towards the elypeus ;

ocelli ina very low triangle, the lateral ones in the supre aorbital line; postocellar

line a little shorter than the ocellocwar line, which is about ome and a half times

as long as the ocelloecipital line; the front apparently broad and conyex, and

the lateral furrows curved; below the anterior ocellus a shallow but noi very

narrew furrow whieh downwards is conneeted with the moderately deep,

elongate median fovea; frontal crest low; inter rantennal space about twice as

loug as the antennocular space; autennae 11-jointed, about as long as the

fhorax, towards the apex a very little thickened; the seape as long ail broad

us the pedicel; third joint about as lone as the two previous joiits together

and only a little longer than the fourth; the following joints are longer than

their breadth, but diminish by degrees in length, aud are at little broader on

their apical parts, and their lower corner is a little prominent, the antennae

hot being distinctly serrate, however; the suprachypeal area very convex aud

moderately long, laterally rather sharply limited by the deep teutorial foveae ;

elypeus almost flat and in the front depressed, about twice as broad us long,

front margin moderately vounded, and the clypens well defined above by the

distinet snpraclypeal furrow; labrum moderately short, apically broadly

rounded; malar space about as long as the seape; cheeks moderate ; thorax mot

FORSIUS—SAWFLIES FROM THE AUSTRALIAN REGION 293

very convex, very finely reticulated, with fine and short hairs, moderately

shining; parapsidial furrows distinet, but only on front deeper; middle lobes

of the mesonotum only in front distinetly separated, very little convex; sentel-

lum flat. the praeseutellar furrow slightly eurved: seutellum behind a little

tapering; wings moderately long; stigma strongly tapering to apex; radial

cellule without appeudice; the first recurrent neryure interstitial with the first

transversocubitalis; nervyulus very near the middle of the cell; radiellan cellule

trineate and followed by a distinet appendicular cellule: legs lone and slender ;

hind tarsi about as long as the tibiae, hind basitarsus a little shorter than the

following joints, and the immer spur of the hind tiiae about half as lone as the

basitarsus; abdomen elongate, posteriorly compressed from the sides anil

pointed, very finely transversely striated, very finely hairy, rather shining;

sheath viewéd trom above exserted moderately far, very narrow, still narrower

towards the base, behind almost truneate. viewed from the side moderately

Jong and narrow, below slightly emareinated, with rather broadly rounded

apex, and furnished with some very short hairs.

Head above towards the antennae with a distinet, metallic-cupreous tinge ;

below the antennae, however, black, lat chypeus, labrum, mandibles, and malar

space fulveus; palpi ereyish, and antennae blaek with vellow scape; tips of

mandibles brownish; prothorax and tegulae fulyous; thorax otherwise c¢up-

reous; Goxae, trochanters, and legs fulvons; the lower part of hind femora, the

posterior part of the hind tibiae, and the tavsi more ov less erevish infuseated ;

wings almost hyaline, nervures pale brown, stigma pale testaceous; abdomen

above black, without visible metallic tinge: the two last tergites more or less

and the sheath basally fulvous: the infolded mareins of the tergites and the

venter fulvous.

Loug. corp.. 3-5-4 mm, Exp. alar., 8 mm.

S. Aust.: Mount Lofty Ranges.

This species is probably nearest to ‘Clarissa’? ineonspiena Kirby. whieh |

know only from Nirby’s (2) and Turner’s (12) very brief deseriptions, but is,

among other features, yery differently coloured, and is nearly allied to the

hitherto known Neoeiurys species, but has shorter and a little thieker antentiae

and longer elypens.

NEOEURYS LEAT gp. nov.

Q Head a little narrower than the thorax, finely reticulate, finely and

shortly hairy, shining, viewed from above short and broad, behind the eves

moderately narrowed and behind slightly areuately emareinated, viewed from

the front wu little broader than long; vertex about four times as broad as long,

laterally well limited by the distinet and divergent vertical furrows, and in the

204 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

middle divided by a very shallow longitudinal farvow; postocellar Prrrow want

ing; ocelli ina low triangle, the lateral ones i the supraorbital line; ocelloeeipital

line about half as lone as the oeelloeular line, and postocellar line a very little

longer than the ocelloeular line; ocellar basin rather distinet ; eyes oval, shghlly

converging towards the clypeus; frontal area broad and moderately convex;

middle fovea long, oval, moderately deep, and continued ipwards as a shallow

furrow to the ocellar basin; lateral furrows distinct; froutal cvest not developed :

mterautewnal space about three times as long as the antennocular space; antennae

about as lone as the thorax, 9-jointed, not distinetly thickened towards the apex,

and only slightly serrated below; scape about as long as broad; pedicel a little

longer and broader than the seape and a little longer than broad; third joint

about one and a half times as long as the fourth; all joints longer than broad ; last

joint twice as long as its breadth at the base; conie; supraclypeal area moderately

long and convex; tentorial foveae small, but deep; clypeus about fone times as

broad as long, almost flat, its front margin straight; labrum short ancl broadly

rounded: mandibles rather snill; inalar space about as long as the seape: thorax

moderately convex, finely refiewlate, finely and sparscly hairy, shining: parap-

sidal furrows and median furrow only in front distinet: praeseutellar furrow

slightly curved; seutellum nearly teiangnlar, with a fine longitudinal erest

hehind; legs moderately Jong; hind tibiae about as long as the hind tarsi; hind

basitarsus about as long as the three following joints together, wings rather long

and narrow; stigma long and acuminate; radial cellule withont appendientar

eellmle; first and second enbital cellules equal in length and only a very little

shorter than the third: first and second recurrent nervures veceryed in the basal

fourth of the second and third eubital cellnles; nervulus a little before the middle

of the diseoidal cellule: radiellan cellule not closed on the outer end; abdomen

moderately long, apically compressed from the sides, finely reticulate, very finely

and shortly hairy, somewhat shining; sheath viewed from ahove long, exserted,

very narrow, slightly thickened backwards, rounded on the apex, and with some

not very long and eurved hairs, viewed from the side rather long. not very

narrow, on the apex helow somewhat roundly exeised, and the npper end conse-

quently rather actuminated.

Black with manifest ereenish-cupreous shiftings on head and thorax; front

part of the clypens, labrum, base of the mandibles and palpi pale brownish ; legs

blackish, with knees, tibiae, and tarsi yellowish; the hind femora nearly wholly

Waek, and the tips of the hind tibiae and tarsal joints blackish» wings hyaline ;

stigma and nervures brown; base of the stigma and costa yellowish; abdomen

black, without evident metallic colour.

Long. corp. 3 mm. Exp. alar., 8 mm,

8. Aust.: Ooldea (A.M. Lea). Unique.

FoRS IUS -SAWFLIES FROM TITE AUSTRALIAN REGION 295

Apparently uearly allied to Neoeurys lasmanicus Roh, but the antennae

are Y-jointed, the ovelloceipital tine only half as lone as the ocvelloenlar line, the

basal half of the stigma pale, the sheath wot concave above, but viewed from the

side slightly excised behind and on the head and thorax more metallic coloured,

and besides shorfer and more robust.

NEOEURYS AFFINIS sp. nov.

9 Head viewed from above short and broad, and behind arcuately

emarginated, behind the eves moderately narrowed, viewed from the front about

as broad as long, but towards the clypeus very converging, finely reticulate, finely

and sparsely hairy and somewhat shining; vertex short, about three times broader

than long, slightly convex, in the middle not divided; lateral furrows indistinct

and postoeellar furrow wanting; posterior orbits rather narrow; ocelli in a low

triangle below the supraorbital line; ocellocilar line about one-half longer than

the ocelloccipital line, and a little shorter than the postocellar line; eyes large,

long oval, towards the elypens somewhat converging; below the anterior ocellis

a semicivenlar impression; frontal area broad, rather convex, with broadly

rounded sides; lateral furrows only near the antennae deep; median fovea rather

small and longitudinal; frontal erest not developed; interantennal space about

twice as long as the antennoevlar space: antennae §-jointed, about as long as

the thorax, not thickened towards the apex, and not serrate; seape short, nearly

as broad as long, a li{tle shorter and smaller than the pedicel, which is a little

longer than broad; third joint about one and a half times as long as the fourth;

all joints longer than broad; last joint about three times longer than broad ;

supraclypeal area long and convex; clypeus only about twice as broad as long,

basally somewhat convex, but apically depressed, front margin straight, and the

side-corners obtuse; supraclypeal furrow indistinet; tentorial foveae rather

small; labrum moderately long and apically broadly rounded: mandibles not very

robust; malar space a little longer than the seape; thorax moderately convex,

very finely striate, finely and sparsely hairy, somewhal shining; parapsidal

furrows moderately deep: middle furrow of the mesonotum in front moderately

deep; behind wanting; sentelliam very slightly convex, shining; praeseutellar

furrow semicirenlar; seutelliam behind from (he sides a litthe compressed and

somewhat angulated: legs moderately lone; hind tibiae a little shorter than the

hind tarsi, and the hind bhasitarsi abont as lone as the three following joints

together; the inner spur of the hind tibiae about half as long as the basitarsus ;

wings rather long and slender; stigma oval, moderately long and aente; radial

cellule in the forewings without appendix; the two first enbital eelliles equal in

length, the third nearly veetangular and a little longer than the second; the first

296 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

yecurrent neryure nearly interstitial, the second received im the basal fourth of

the third enhital cellule; netynlus before the middle of the discoidal cellule:

abdomen long oval, on the apey compressed from the sides, finely reticulate, finely

and very sparsely hairy, somewhat shining; sheath viewed from above rather

long, on the base moderately broad, and narrowed backwards by degrees, and

acriminate, and with some not very lone and eurved hairs on the apex, viewed

from the side lone, the lower margin nearly straight, and the apex rather

narrowly rounded,

Black with a slight blue-green shifting on the upper part of the head and

thorax; apex of the elypeus, labrum, base of the mandibles and palpi pale

brownish; legs testaceous with coxae, trochanters, the base of the front femora,

two-thirds of the hind femora, tips of the hind tibiae, and the tarsal joints more

or less blackish; wings hyaline, nervures and stigma brownish, but the base at

the stigma and costa pale vellowish,

Long. corp., 3-5-4 mm. Exp. alar,, 7-5 mm.

S. Aust.: Port Lincoln (A. M, lea).

The §-jointed antennae are, in this genus, mncommon, but 1 hesitate to

ereate a new genus or snbgenns for this species only on account of this, perhaps

hot constant character. Clarissa anomecera Roh, which also has 8-jointed

antennae, is perhaps the same species, but is larger, the antennae according to

Rohwer (8) thiekened apically, the seventh joint with length and width subeqnal.

stigma dark brown withont paler base, and bind tibiae without blackish tips,

NEOEURYS SCUTELLATUS sp. nov.

2 Head a little narrower than the thorax, viewed from above short,

behind the eyes apparently narrowed, yiewed from the front longer thau broad

and downwards tapering; head finely retielate, finely and shortly hanry, shining ;

yertex about four times as broad as long, laterally limited by distinet furrows,

and in the middle divided by a shallow longitudinal furrow; postocellar furrow

distinet, in the middle a little enrved forwards and on the outsides of the lateral

ocelli strongly bent and wnited with the lateral foveae; posterior orbits narrow ;

eves long oval and converging downwards; ocelli in a low triangle, the lateral

ones immediately above the supraorbital lines; ocelloceipital line about twice as

long as the ocellocular line, which is about as long as the postocellar line; frontal

urea broad and apparently convex, with broadly rounded sides; below the

nnterior ocellus a slight longitudinal furrow, which connects downwards with

the loug aud deep wedge-shaped median fovea; lateral furrows very distinet ;

frontal crest vot distinetly developed; interantennal space about three times as

long as the antennociular space; antennae moderately long, apically not distinethy

Forsius--SAWFLIES FROM THE AUSTRALIAN REGION 297

thickened and not distinetly serrated Che left with eight, the right with only two

joints, all the vest broken off) ; seape about as broad as long: pedicel a little

longer than the scape; third joint about one and a half times as long as the

fourth; all the others distinctly longer than broad; supraclypeal area moderately

long, convex; tentonal foveac rather small but deep; elypeus abont three times

as broad as long, slightly convex, and in the front a little depressed, with straight

front margin, and with blunt side-corners; supraclypeal furrow distinet ; labrum

moderately long, apically broadly rounded; mandibles vather robust; inalar space

about as long as scape and pedicel together; thorax rather convex, finely

striate, finely and shortly hairy, shining; parapsidal furrows distinet, but not

very deep; middle furrow only distinet in front, posteriorly wanting; prae-

seutellar furrow easily enrved; seutellum posteriorly uarrowed, and behind

nearly angular, almost flat, very shining, legs Jong and slender: hind tibiae a

little shorter than the hind tarsi; hind basitarsus as long as the three following

joints together; front wings with the radial cellule without appendix; stigme

rather long and not very mueh acuminate, broadest on the middle, and with

broadly rounded wnder-margiv:; second enbital cellule, about as long as the first,

and only a little shorter than the third: first reenrrent nervure received near the

first transversocubital nervure, the second received in the basal fourth of the

third eubital cellule; nervulus received in the first third of the discoidal cellile ;

abdomen rather long, from the sides apically compressed and somewhat aciimin-

ated; finely reticulate, shining; sheath viewed from above broad and long,

exserted, tapering backwards by degrees, and apically acuminate, and with some

not yery long, almost straight hairs, viewed from the side long and narrow, with

slightly excised under-margin, backwards rather narrowly rounded, bul obliquely

excised on the apex; saw apparently long and enrved, narrow, and acuminute,

Head blackish with slight aeneous shiftings; front part of the elypeus, the

two first jonits of the antennae, malar space, base of the mandibles, labrum, and

palpi fulvoius; prothorax and tegulae fulvous; mesonotum blackish with acneous

shiftings, and with a fulvous spol on the sides of the front part of the middle

lobes and on the side lobes near the wings; mesopleurae and mesosternam

brownish: seulellam on the sides spotted with fulvons; cenehri brownish » meta-

pleurae pale brownish: legs more or less pale brownish, and with yellowish

{rochanters and knees; wine's hvaline; stigma and nervures brownish; base of

(he stigma and nervures basally pale yellowish; abdomen fulvous; the dorsim,

exeept the last segment, blackish; the extreme point of the sheath black.

Long. corp., 5 im, Exp. alar., 17 mim,

Tasm.: Hobart (A. M. Lea), The type is not in good condition, Inu is no

doubt a distinet species.

298 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MuskUM

NEOEURYS VENTRALIS sp. nov.

@ Head about as wide as the thorax, viewed from above short and broad,

seen from the front a little broader than long, behind the eves a little narrowed,

finely reticulate, and besides with sore very fie and sparse pumettiires, finely

and sparsely hairy, very slightly shining; vertex very short, abont four times as

broad as long, laterally distinctly limited by not very deep lateral furrows, in

the middle with a very slight longitudinal iinpression; postocellar Turrew want-

ing; posterior orbits moderately developed; ocelli in a low triangle; the lateral

ovelli just below the supraorbital line; ocellocular line about as long as the

postoeellar line and about twiee as lone us the ocelloceipital line; eves moderately

large, oval, conversing towards the elypeus: frontal area above the median fovea

elevated, and with rounded, broadly declivons sides; lateral furrows distinet ;

below the anterior ocellus a narrow and moderately deep, longitudinal, ancl

shining furrow which downwards is connected with the stall and not very deeply

impressed median fovea; front below the median fovea almost flat; frontal crest

not developed; antennae 14-jomted, slender, about as long as head and thorax

together, not eonspiciously thickened towards the apex, and not serrated; scape

somewhat longer than the pedicel and a little longer than broad; pedicel about

as Jone as broad; third joint longer than the fourth; the following joints

diminishing by degrees; last joint obtuse and only very little longer than broad ;

supraclypeal area convex and rather long; tentorial fovea deep, bunt nof very

large; elypeus about three times as broad as long, almost flat, with rounded sidoe-

eorners, and with a very small rounded iieision in the middle of the front

margin: supraclypeal furrow indistinel; labrum moderately long, and with

hroadly rounded apex; malar space about as Jong as the seape; cheeks not very

robust; thorax moderately convex, finely reticulate, and with some hardly notice.

alle punetures, finely and sparsely hairy, somewhat shining; parapsidal furrows

moderately deep: middle lobe of the mesonotum im front with a deep middle

furrow, missing behind; seutellum behind a little compressed from the sides,

slightly convex, shining’; mesostermiian iinpunetate, very shining: lees long and

slender: hind tarsi a little longer than the hind tibiae, hind basitarsus a Tittle

shorter than the following joints together: wings long and proportionally slender ;

stigma long and acuminate: radial vellnle in the forewings without appendix ;

the twa first evbital cellules about equal in leneth; the third reetangular and a

little longer than the second; first recurrent nervure veceived in the basal fifth

and the second in the basal fourth of the cubital cellules: nevvulus hefore the

middle of the diseoidal cellule; abdomen finely tranverse-retientated, and with

some moderately small remote prmetiures, somewhat shining; sheath viewed fron

ahove short, moderately broad, tapering backwards, and with obtusely pointed

FORSIUS—SAWFLIES FROM THE AUSTRALIAN REGION 299

apex, and with some long and curved hairs, viewed from the side moderately

long, slightly emarginated below and rounded behind.

Head metallic, with more or less intense cupreous or golden gleams; antennae

black; scape, labrum, and palpi fulvous; thorax metallic-green, with cupreous

gleams on the mesonotum; legs fulvous, their hind femora more or less black

with a slight metallic gleam; the tips of the hind tibiae and the tarsal joints

slightly infuscated; wings almost hyaline; nervures and stigma pale brownish,

with the base of the stigma and costa pale yellowish; abdomen on the base of the

dorsum black, with a slight greenish tinge, apically and underneath with the

sheath fulvous.

Long. corp., 5 mm. Exp. alar., 10-11 mm.

Tasm.: Cradle Mountain (H. J. Carter and A. M. Lea).

The scape in one specimen is black and the femora more fulvous.

Nearly allied to N. tasmanicus Roh. and N. caudatus Morice, but differently

coloured. This species cannot be only a colour variety of those, because the

sheath and the saw are differently shaped. Hitherto the males of these species

could not be distinguished one from the other with certainty. See Morice’s (5)

remarks on the males.

CEREALCES SCUTELLATA Kirby.

The female of this species and genus was hitherto unknown, and may be

described as follows:

Robust; head a little narrower than the thorax, behind the eyes apparently

dilated, coarsely and very densely punctured, with very short and feeble hairs,

slightly shining, only on the posterior orbits more sparsely punctured ; vertex a

little broader than long, laterally defined by manifest furrows, but postocellar

furrow almost wanting; eves small, oval, parallel; posterior orbits moderately

broad; ocelli in a low triangle, the lateral ones just below the supraorbital line

and a little elevated, but the anterior ocellus a little impressed in the front;

postocellar line about as long as the ocellocular line and somewhat longer than

the ocelloccipital line; frontal area not very apparent, in the middle a little

depressed; median fovea rounded and moderately deep; frontal crest very high;

antennal furrows manifest; antennae low, inserted near the clypeus; anten-

nocular space about a third of the interantennal space; antennae shorter than

the thorax, dilated apically and somewhat elnb-like, 10-jointed, hut the three last

joints not very distinctly separated ; the third joint a little shorter than the fourth

and fifth together; the third to seventh dilated on their ends; the three last joints

as broad as long; face below the antennae short, in the middle depressed, laterally

elevated and limited by the deep tentorial foveae; clypeus about three times as

300 RECORDS OF THE S,A, MuskUM

hvoad as long, above limited by a distinet supraclypeal furrow, almost flat, im

front moderately excised; labrum small, apically rowneed; anardibles robust;

malar space Tnear; thorax coarsely and densely punetured, very finely and

sparsely hairy, slightly shining, moderately convex ; pronotum in front depressed,

in the middle transverse striate, behind cleyated and posteriorly deeply emargin-

ated; parapsidal furrows moderately deep, the middle furrow deep and only

wanting behind: mesonotum marginated behind; scutellum almost plain, in the

middle divided by a deep longitudinal furrow, the anterior furrow deep and a

very little curved; the seutelluam is behind sharply margined, and on the sides

produced into sharply-pointed lobes; hind tibiae apparently long, slightly

§-curved, at the base and apex thickened, with a small Inot behind between the

first and middle third, and with a middle spur in front between the middle and

last third; the apical spurs only a little shorter than the basitarsus; hind tarsi

half as long as the tibiae; basitarsus shorter than the two following joints

together: claws simple; front wings with a small appendicular radial cellule; the

second recurrent mervure nearly interstitial; propodenm sharply transversely

striated, dull; abdomen nearly eyvlindrie and finely transversely reticulated,

slightly shining; sheath from above apparently short and hardly visible, broad,

posteriorly rounded, and with some long hairs, viewed from the side moderately

Jone and apically strongly rounded,

Head black; a small spot on the hind angles of the vertex, a long stripe on

the posterior orbits, a small spot above and below the antennae, a little larger spot

hetween the antermae and the eyes and the hind part of the clypeus yellow; the

hase of the mandibles and palpi brown; thoras black; the lateral and hind

margins and the angles of the pronotum, the lateral margins of the side-lobes of

the mesonotum, as well as a small spot on the middle of the mesopleurae, and the

parapterum, the epimera of the mesopleuvae all yellow; tegnlae pale brown;

seutellum brown with paler margins; coxae on their tips and the troehanters

more or less pale yellow; femora blaek; the intermediate femora above with a

pale stripe and the hind femora broadly striped with yellow above, but the knees

black: tibiae and tarsal joimts yellowish, with brownish tips on the hind legs;

wings slightly yellowish; neryures and stigma dark piceous; the basal half of

the costa and base of some other nerynres yellowish; abclomen piceous; the second

and sixth tergites bebind broadly margined with yellow, and the other tergites

in front and behind a little paler brownish; venter more or less pale brown;

sheath posteriorly brown.

Long. corp., 14mm, Exp. alav., 25 mm,

The single female was collected at Sydney, is much more robust than the

inale, and reminds one of some species of Pergé,

orsSTUS—SAWFLIES FROM THE AUSTRALIAN REGION 301

PERGA DORSALIS Leach.

erga uffins Wirby is certainly not a distinet species, rather only a variety

of P. dorsalis Leach.

PERGA SCHIODTEI Westw,

The Jemale deseribecl by Westwood (13) in his monograph is apparently

not the trne female of this species, as Morice (5) bas already stated. He describes

the true female briefly, giving information only concerning its colour.

Head a little narrower than the thorax, from above short, and behind the

eyes not dilated, above coarsely and densely punctured, dull, below more sparsely

punctured and shining, sparsely and very finely hairy; vertex nearly as Wide as

long, slightly convex, on the sides sharply limited, in front defined by a slight

postocellar furrow, and im the middle divided by a slight longitudinal furrow;

posterior orbits moderately developed; eves rather large, slightly oval, parallel;

ocelt in a moderate low triangle, the lateral ones just below the supraorbital

line; postocellar line about as long as the ocellocular line, and somewhat shorter

than the orelloceipital line; the anterior ocellus impressed in the front, and the

lateral ocelli pressed outwards by a sharply-edwed crest, which begins m the

middle of the front margin of the vertex, these being downwards broader, higher,

and obtuse, and passing to the antennae; below the anterior ocellus is a not very

deep groove, downwards continued as a narrow furrow, which traverses the

moderately convex face to the clypeus; antennal furrows manifest ; antennae about

as long as the interoenlar space, G-jointed; the intermediate joints longer than

broad; elypeus about four times as broad as long, in front truneate, with some

moderately great but remote punctures, very shining; labrum about semi-

cireular; malar space yery short; thorax coarsely and densely punctured, almost

dull; seutelhin with some large but remote punetures, shining, and without

middle furrow ; forewings with the third cubital nervure strongly curved and the

first not obliterated ; the hind tarsi of the male about as long as the tibiae, of the

female apparently shorter (o : 6-5); abdomen with some fine punctures, on the

propodeum very finely reticulate, shiniug, sheath from above short and uol very

broad, behind nearly truneated, with dense, but moderately lone hairs, viewed

from the side strongly curved, but apically truncated; hypopyginn of the mate

trumeated behind.

The metallic gleams on the side lobes of the mesonotim and the dorsum of

the abdomen are ouly evident in some aspects. The figure in Westwood’s paper

is very wood, Inthe female the hind tibiae on their last third are blackened.

Does this species in fact oeeur at Adelaide, in South Australia, as West-

wood writes?) The South Australian Museum possesses no specimens from

302 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

South Australia. The aboye described specimens were collected in Western

Australia (Warren River), and all the specimens deseribed by Morice were from

Western Australia (Swan River).

PERGA BREVIPES sp. nov.

9 Head from ubove short, from the front depressed and about as long

as wide, behind the eyes a little dilated, with remote but large prnetires, very

shining, moderately hairy; vertex large, a little broader than long; lateral

furrows distinet, postovellar furrow slightly impressed, median Furrow not

developed; posterior orbits moderate; eyes not yery large, oval, not converging

downwards; ocelli in an apparently low triangle, well below the supraorbital lie ;

postocellar line a little longer than the ocelloewlar line, but ovelloceipital Line

ubout one and a half times as long as the postocellar line; below the anterior

veellus a distinet furrow, which below the interantennal space is enlarged to au

ulimost plain triangular area; antennal crest wanting, but above the antennae i

moderately broad and high crest upwards, being enlarged, and by degrees dis-

appearing below the lateral ocellus ; antennal fnrrows moderately deep; antennae

a very little longer than the distance between them, G-jointed, inserted near the

vlypeus; scape broad, and about twice longer and distinctly broader than the

pedicel, which is much broader than long; the following joints are short, but the

ihird and fourth distinctly longer than their width; the fifth about as long as

the width of the apex; the sixth elub-like and as lone as the three previous jolts

together; tentorial foveae not very deep; clypeus about four times as broad as

long, almost plain, in frout not yery deeply emarginated; labrum moderately

long, apically broadly rounded; cheeks robust; malar space linear; thorax broad

and apparently convex, largely and densely punctured, very slightly shining,

sparsely hairy; parapsidal furrows moderately deep, median furrow in front

deep, but wanting behinds side lobes of the mesonotum with two longitudinal

furrows, and on the sides somewhat carinated; seuteltum large, almost flat,

largely but not very closely punetured, and more shining than the rest of the

notum, without middle furrow; forewings with the third cubital nervure strongly

eroved ; hind tarsi short, shorter than the half of the hind tibiae; hind basitarsus

a little longer than the three following joints together; abdomen almost broad, a

little depressed, and behind a Little compressed from the sides: propodeum

voarsely and densely punetured, and with apparently dense hairs; abdomen

otherwise with very fine reticulae and shining; sheath viewed from above moder-

ately narrow, short, with nearly parallel sides, posteriorly truncate, and with

lone and emrved hairs, from the sides not very loug, strongly curved, but on the

apex straightly excised.

FORSIUS—SAWFLIES FROM THE AUSTRALIAN REGION 303

Head pale brownish-ycllow; mandibles on the apex piceous; front with a

blackish spot round the oeelli; the prothorax, the posterior corner of the middle

lobe of the mesonotum, the margins of the lateral lobes, the seutellum, and the

upper parts of the plewrae all yellowish; meso- and metasternum blackish, and

the hind coxae more or less piceous; wings yellowish, nervures yellowish-brown,

the stigma in the middle darker brown; abdomen pale yellowish brown; in some

specimens the dors of the abdomen almost entirely blackish, with violaceous

gleams in certain lights; in other specimens this spot is more or less reduced,

sometimes to a marrow dark line in the middle of the abdomen; the middle of the

venter more or less infuscated; the base of the sheath piceous.

Long, corp., 17-21 mom. Exp. alar., 86--40 min.

S. Aust.: Yeelanna (W. J. Spatford), Kangaroo Island (J. G. O. Tepper).

In Morice’s table of the genus Perga this new species runs to belinda Kirby

or to the klugii group. P. belinda Kirby is very differently coloured, the hind

tarsi are long, and the first cubital nervure is nearly obsolete. In the klugit

eroup the antennae are longer in all species. 2. Klugdi besides has the seutellum

impunctate, P. Airbie Leach has a dense and rugose punctured scutcllum, which

also is bisected by a distinet longitudinal impression, P?. brevitursis Morice like-

wise has the seutellim in the middle bisected and with only very few and hardly

noticeable punctures, and P. agnata Morice, as the last, has the hind tarsi of

normal length,

PERGA MAYRII Westw.

In some specimens of this species the seutelliun is wholly black.

PERGA CRESSONI Westw.

The abdomen of this species is sometimes more or less blackish.

PERGA CHRISTII Westw.

The antennae of this species, which, according to Morice hitherto not

described, are very short and pale yellow, with infuseated seape and pedicellum,

PERGA WAITEI sp. nov.

@ Head from above short, considerably more slender than the thorax, wad

behind the eves a little narrowed, viewed from the front about as broad as lone,

sparsely and shortly hairy, coarsely, but more or Jess remotely punctured,

shining; vertex large, a little broader than long, moderately convex, in the middle

divided by a distinet longitudinal furrow, aud with some coarse punetures;

vertical furrows deep; postocellar furrow laterally distinet, but in the middle

304 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

wanting; posterior orbits narrow; eyes large and parallel; front more densely

punetiured; ovelli ina low triangle well below the supraorbital line; the anterior

ovellus impressed in the front and surrounded by a distinet furrow, which is

forwards continued as an invonsiderable, clongate median fovea; the frontal area

is in the middle impressed and laterally edged with vot very high bnt forwards

dilated crests; ocelloceipital line about twite as long as the ocellocular line, and

about equal in length with the postoecllar line; frontal crest not very distinetly

developed, and in the middle broadly interrupted; anternmal loveae not very

apparent; the antenime are G-jointed, very short, and only about as loug as the

inferuitennal space; scape evidently longer and broader than the short pedicel;

the third joint twice as long as its width, the two following joints broader that

long, and the sixth joint as long as the three previous joints together; supra-

clypeal area short, in the middle coneaye, and laterally Limited by moderately

high urests; tentovial foveae deep; clypeus short, flat, about four times broader

than long, in the front nearly truneate, but in the middle with a short incision,

and with obliquely truncated side-corners, and basally limited by a sanifest

supraclypeal furrow; labrum moderately long, apically rounded ; mandibles

robust; malar space very short; thorax broad and high, coarsely anc elosely

punetured, almost dull, sparsely hairy; pronotum short, vertical, behind deeply

excised, with an apparent obtuse side-bump, amd on the side-angles more

remotely punctured and shining; parapsidal furrows deep; middle furrow cleep,

but posteriorly wanting: side lobes of the mesonotum on the sides with a distinet

Jouwitudinal furvow and laterally sharply edged; seutellim almost flat, in the

middle with a very short longiludinal impression, and with some eoarse and

remote punctures, besides some fine and hardly visible ones, it is very shining,

wid has small hind lobes; mesopleivae with coarse and remote punetiires, shining ;

forewings with dhe stigma long and acuminate, and with the unterior Margit

apparently curved; the first (ransversoenbitalis only in the middle a little paler,

and the third nevvure strongly eurved; hind tarsus distinetly shorter than half

of the hind tibia, and the hind basitarsus longer than the three following joints

logether; abdomen sparsely bairy and finely transversely striate, with some

remote and coarse, but uot very deep, punctures, very shining; sheath viewed

from above short, broad, narrowed backwards, but on the apex truncated, with

close but moderately long hairs, viewed from the sides moderately long, strongly

murved, but on the apex obliquely truneated.

Head, antennae, and palpi sulphurcous; oeciput partly, a large spot which

eovers the yertex, a part of the posterior orbits, the Front, (he face to somewhat

below the anterior ocellus, a stripe to the ¢lypens and the sapraclypeal lnrrow,

blackish with a faint bhie tinge; tips of the mandibles piccous; thorax black with

yellow markings; prothorax in the middle black, the margins yellow; tegulae

yellow; mesouotim black, the hind corner of the middle lobe yellow, ancl the sides

FORSIUS—SAWFLIES FROM THE AUSTRALIAN REGION 305

of the lateral lobes marked with yellow; seutellum and hind-corners yellow;

mesopleurae yellow, but meso- and metasterna black; metapleurac marked with

vellow; wives hyaline, with a slight yellowish tinge; costa and bases of the other

nervures yellow, but stigma and the rest of the nervures brownish; legs yellow ;

bases of the middle and hind coxae blackish; coxae and trochanters otherwise

yellow; abdomen dorsally and ventvally broadly black, with bluish gleamus; base

of the sheath blackish,

Lous. corp,, 12 mm, Exp, ular, 36 mim,

5. Aust.: Murray River (H. 8. Cope). Unique.

In Morice’s key this species runs to 2, ehristti Westw., but is very differently

eoloured and punetured, aud besides is larger and more robust,

Named in honour of Mr. Edgar R. Waite, Director of the South Australias

Museum.

PERGA MORICEI sp. nov.

9 Head a little narrower than the thorax, behind the eyes not narrowed,

densely and coarsely punetured, with moderately dense and short hairs, almost

cull; vertex large, slightly convex, about as broad as long, in front a little broader

than behind, iu the middle with a moderately deep longitudinal furrow ; lateral

furrows and postocellar furrow deep; hind orbits moderately developed ; lateral

ocell) just below the supraorbital line: occlloccipital line about one and a halt

times as long as (he ocellocular and the postocellar lines; the anterior ocellus a

little impressed in the front, and surrounded by a distinet but not very deep

furrow, whieh is continued forwards as a broad but moderately deep furrow,

and reaches the clypeus; frontal crest high, but not very sharp; in the middle

broadly and deeply interrupted; lateral foveac distinet; eyes oval, moderately

large; antennae G-jointed, very little longer than the interantennal space; the

seape is longer but not much broader than the pedicel, which is broader than

long, the last joint a little longer than the three previous joints together; supra-

elypeal area moderately short and Jaterally limited by longitudinal crests;

elypeus almost flat, about three times as broad as long, with some remote pune-

tures, in front broadly, but shallowly emarginated, and with a shallow, little

curved transverse Fnpression, aid with rounded side-corners; basally limited by

a distinet furrow; labrum moderately long, apically broadly rounded; matar

space short; mandibles robust: thorax moderately convex, densely and rugosely

punctured, sparsely and shortly hairy, almost dull; pronotum short, behind

deeply cmarginated, on the side lobes in the middle impressed; parapsicdal

furrows distinet, but not deep; median furrow distinet, bit behind wanting, and

the hind corner of the middle lobe without punctures, anc shining; lateral lobes

laterally sharply mareined; sertellain almost flat, with some remote ut coarse

306 RECORDS OF THE $,A. MusSEUM

punetures, and in the middle with a shallow longitudinal furrow, shining; meso-

pleurae anc mesosternnum with course but not very dense punctures, shining;

forewings with a moderately large radial appendicular cell, long and acumimate

stigma, the first trausversoeubital nervure not really abseut, but pale; the third

lervure not very strongly curved; hind tarsi somewhat shorter than the hind

tibiae, and the hind metatarsus as long as the two following joints together ;

abdomen very finely reticulate, and the tergites besides with remote prunetures

on the hind margims, sparsely and finely hairy, and very shining; the abdomen

on the apex a little compressed trom the sides; sheath viewed from above small,

but dilated backwards, and behind slightly tromeated, and furnished with some

moderately long and curved hairs, viewed from the side long, ancl strongly

curved apieally.

Head pale chestnut-brown; the antennae dark brown, aud the tips of the,

mandibles piceous; the middle of the vertex, lateral parts of the lateral orbits,

supraclypeal area, elypeus, and labrum yellowish; thorax pale chestuut-brown ;

the pronotum and tegulae, the hind corner of the iwiddle lobe of mesonotum,

seutellum, postseutellum, and pleurae yellowish; forelegs, trochanters, and coxac

yellowish; the hind lees dark chestnut-brown; wings slightly yellowish, stigma

and neryures more or less brownish; abdomen dorsally pale brownish, ventrally

yellowish,

Long. corp., 17-18 mm. Exp. alar., 24-26 min.

W. Aust.: Boulder, Jan, 24, 1899 (A. Bethune).

This new species is probably nearest to P. belinda Kirby, but is larger, the

thorax paler yellowish, and the head behind the eyes with blackish spots. Morice

(5) states that the hind tarsi are pale, but Kirby (1) deseribes them as reddish-

chestnut. The saw of the new species differs very much from the saw of

LP. belinda (according to Morice’s photograph), and is more like the saw of

P. esenbeeki Westw.

Named in honour of the Rey. F. D. Morice, who by his type-studies of the

Australian sawflies has very much contributed to the knowledge of these imter-

esting insects.

PERGA RUBRIPES Roh.

1 think Perga rubripes Roh. is only a colour variety of the conumon species

P. bella Newm,

PERGA RUGICEPS sp. nov.

¢ Head broad, nearly as broad as the thorax, behind the eyes somewhat

dilated, above wholly coarsely rngose, dull, on the lateral orbits and below the

antennae more remotely punetured and shining, with short remote hairs; vertex

large, somewhat conyex, about as broad as loug, in the middle withont manitesi

furrow; vertieal furrows distinet, but not very deep; postocellar furrow shallow ;

FORSIUS—SAWFLIES FROM THE AUSTRALIAN REGION 307

posterior orbits large; lateral ocelli a little elevated in the supraorbital line; the

anterior ocellus impressed in the front, and surrounded by a distinct furrow,

which is continued forwards as a moderately broad furrow; ocelloccipital line

considerably longer than the ocellocular line, which is about equal in length with.

the postocellar line; frontal area narrow, moderately depressed, and laterally

limited by not very high crests; lateral foveae distinct; eyes oval, moderately

large, parallel; antennae 6-jointed, low inserted, a little longer than the inter-

antennal space; scape evidently longer, but not much broader than the short

pedicel; the three following joints very little longer than broad, and the sixth

about as long as the three previous joints together; frontal crest not very

distinct, and incised by a moderately broad furrow; supraclypeal area short;

tentorial foveae moderately deep; clypeus short, about three times broader than

long, in the middle of the anterior margin slightly incised, almost flat, and with

rounded side-corners, basally Limited by a deep furrow; labrum short, apically

broadly rounded ; mandibles robust ; malar space rather short; thorax moderately

convex, coarsely rugose, dull; pronotum short, and behind deeply emarginated ;

parapsidal furrows distinct, moderately deep; middle furrow deep, but pos-

teriorly wanting; posterior corner of the middle lobe shining; lateral lobes

shallowly furrowed and laterally sharply margined; seutellum almost flat, with

some coarse, remote punctures, and in the middle with a shallow longitudinal

impression; hind-corners moderately small; mesopleurae rugose; mesosternum

remotely punctured and shining; forewings with an apparently large appen-

dicular cell; the first transversocubital nervure distinct, the third strongly

curved; stigma moderately long and acuminate; hind tarsi longer than the half

hind tibia; hind basitarsus as long as the three following joints together; abdomen

a little depressed from above, backwards acuminate and compressed from the

sides, very finely transversely reticulate, and with some shallow and remote pune-

tures on the hind margins of the tergites; sheath from above apparently short,

narrow, rather acuminated backwards, moderately hairy, viewed from the sides

long and rather strongly curved.

Head dark chestnut-brown, the middle of the vertex, lateral orbits, antennal

crests, antennae, and the face below the antennae paler yellowish; thorax chestnut-

brown, the tegulae, hind corner of the middle lobe of the mesonotum, seutellum,

and mesopleurae paler yellowish; legs yellowish; the apices of the hind femora,

tibiae, and tarsal joints infuscated; forewings somewhat yellowish, with pale

brown stigma and nervures; hindwings almost hyaline; abdomen above pale

brownish, below paler yellowish.

6 The forewings are more curved near the stigma, the stigma is a little less

acuminate, the abdomen is more depressed, and the last ventral-segment is

moderately long, behind broadly rounded, but in the middle slightly sinuated.

The dark spot on the head is more blackish, but the vertex wholly pale, the middle

308 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

and side lobes of the mesonotum in the middle blackish; otherwise as in the

female,

Long. vorp., Ib-18 mm, Exp. alar,, 80-31 mm,

5. Aust.: Ardrossan and Kangaroo Island (J. G. O. Tepper).

This species seems to be nearest to P. belinda Kirby, but the antennae are

not black, the tips of the posterior femora, tibiae, and tarsal joints are distinctly

blackened; the third to fifth joints of the antennae are as long as broad.

Works referred to.

1, Kirby W. B.: List of Hymenoptera in the British Museum, t (1882).

2. Kirby W. F.: Descriptions of One New Genus aud Six New Species of

Hymenoptera Terebrautia from Queensland. Aun. Mag. Nat, Hist. (6), xiv,

1894, p. 45-47.

3. Konow Fr, W.: Uber die Gattung Ancylonenra Cam. Acitschr. syst. Hyni.

Dipt., vii, 1907, p. 174.

4. Movsary A.: Siricidarnw species duae novae, Termés. Fiizet., xxii, 1900,

p. 127.

od. Morice F. D.: Notes on Australian Sawtlies, especially the ‘* Authors’ Types”

and other specimens in the British Museum of Natural History anc the

Hope Colleetions of the Oxford University Museum; with diagnostic

avnopses of the Genera and Species, aud photographs ilustrating their

structural characters. Trans, Ent. Soe. London, 1918 (1919), p. 247-333.

6, Rohwer S. A.; A Classifivation of the Suborder Chalastogastra of the

Tlymenoptera, Proc. Ent, Soe. Washington, xiii, 1911, p. 215-226.

Rohwer 8S. A.: Some Australian Sawflies. Entomol, News., xxi, 1910,

p. 467-474.

8. Rohwer 8. A.: Notes on and Deseriptions of some Sawflies from the Aus-

tralian Revion. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (9), ii, 1918, p. 454-440.

9, Rohwer 8. A.:; Notes on Sawflies of the Tribe Huriini, with descriptions of

two new species. Bull. Brookl. Ent, Soc., xvii, 1922, p. 91-94.

10. Smith F.; Deseriptions of New Species of Hymenopterous Itsects of New

Zealand, collected by C. M. Wakefield, Esq., principally in the neighbour-

hood of Canterbury. Trans. Ent, Soc, London, 1876, p. 473-487.

11. Smith F.: Deseription of New Species of Hymenopterous Insects from New

Zealand, collected by Prof, Hutton, at Otago. Trans, Ent. Soc. London, 1875,

p. 1-7.

12. Turner G.: Two New Species of Phytophagous Ilymenoptera belonging to

the Families Oryssidae and Tenthredinidae, with Notes on other Sawrflies,

Prov, Linn. Soe. N.S. Wales, xxv, 1900, p. 514-518,

13. Westwood J. G, O.: A Monograph of the Sawflies composing the Australian

Genus Perga of Leach, Prove. Zool. Soe., 1880, p, 359-379.

NOTES ON AND DESCRIPTIONS OF CHALCID WASPS (CHALCIDIDAE)

IN THE SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

BY A. A. GIRAULT, ASSISTANT GOVERNMENT ENTOMOLOGIST, QUEENSLAND

Summary

The following is based upon material kindly loaned to me for study by the Director of the South

Australian Museum at Adelaide. Descriptions of a few new forms collected by other than members

of this Museum are included. All of the types are deposited at Adelaide, cotypes in the Queensland

Museum, Brisbane.

NOTES on anp DESCRIPTIONS or CHALCID WASPS

(CHALCIDIDAE) tn rue Soutn Ausrratian Musrtum

By A. A. GIRAULT, Assistant Government Enromotoaisr, QuEENSLAND.

Tor following is based upon material kindly loaned to me for study by the

Director of the South Australian Museum at Adelaide. Deseriptions of a few

new forms collected hy other than members of this Museum are included. All of

the types are deposited at Adelaide, cotypes in the Queensland Museum, Brisbane.

Socn-Faminy MYMARINAE.

STETHYNIUM Enock.

STETHYNIUM POEMA sp. nov.

Runs to 8. cinetiventris, but golden, abdomen except more or less of margins,

phragma, axillae except hind margins, cephalic half parapsides, sclerites between

axillae, seutum except distal | and lateral margins narrowly, black. Tibiae 2-3

dusky, so flagellum. Fringes half wine width; hind wings 5 lines diseal cilia, 3

cephalic ; 24 lines fine discal cia on fore wing, the ciliation extending to opposite

hase of marginal. Funicles, except last two, eylindrical, | twice longer than wide,

equal pedicel, 2-8 longest, not thrice longer than wide, distal two oval, equal,

shortest.

Male black, centre of vertex and face, lateral pronotum widely and scutellium

laterad of lateral suleus, silvery-golden, legs as in female, but femur 3 also dusky :

joints flagellum (excluding pedicel) twice longer than wide,

S. Aust.: Melrose (A, M, Lea). Two males and one female, October.

Sup-lramimy TRICHOGRAMMATINA KE.

JAPANIA Girault,

JAPANIA TRISTIS Girault.

One female with the above Stethynium. The antennae were missing, The

first pair of tibiae above bear weak teeth,

Sup-Faminy ENCYRTINAR,

TACHINAEPHAGUS Girault.

TACHINAEPHAGUS AUSTRALIENSIS Girault.

Many specimens of both sexes from Dipterous puparia, Adelaide, Also

310 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

from a puparium taken from an opossum’s nest, Adelaide. Evidently widely

distributed,

PARANUSIA Girault.

PARANUSIA LONGISCAPUS Girault,

One female reared from ants, Liverpool, N.S. Wales (A. M. Lea). This

specimen was entirely black,

EPANUSIA Girault.

EPANUSIA BEENLEIGHI Girault.

A female, Sydney, N.S. Wales (A. M. Lea).

HEXANUSIA Girault.

HEXANUSIA SANGUINITHORAX sp, nov,

Differs from the genotype: Stigmal, postmarginal equal, cistinctly shorter

than marginal, latter two and a half times longer than wide and nearly twice the

stiomal. Frons a bit narrower. Abdomen short, depressed, triangular, smaller

than thorax. In male stigmal a bit shorter than postmarginal.

Red, wings clear, head, abdomen purple, also face of prothorax and apical

seutellum; pedicel above, club aeneus, funicle more or less dusky. Funicle 1 a

bit longer than wide, a bit shorter than pedicel, G6 somewhat wider than long.

Vertex punctate, two rows punctures along frons on each side; lateral ocellus

barely separated from eye, equidistant. Upper thorax densely setose, scape long.

Male wiih prothorax, seutellum, cephalic margin scutum across meson

widely, seutum at meson candal margin, lateral propodeum, flagellum except

apex pedicel, basal half scape, purple, also coxae 1-2 in front, much of femora

1 and 3 on dorsal edge. Club solid, funicles a bit longer than wide, 1 a half

longer than wide, shorter than elub, pedicel shorter than funicle 2, hairs dense

and longer than in female, but not long.

Has veneral appearance of Tachinaephagus custratiensis Girault. The

hairless Jine has four lines of cilia on the basal side of if in pairs, separated

except caudad, where joining, the whole curves toward base,

Queensl.: Innisfail, from syrphid puparia (J. L. Froggatt), July, 1926.

Host: Syrphus balteatus.

ANUSOIDEA Girault.

ANUSOIDEA VARIA sp. nov.

Differs from A. auretsevtellum in that mesopleurum, prepectus, coxa 3,

femur 1 except silvery base, tibia 1 at base (vest yellow). rest of legs, purple;

GIRAULT—CHALCID WASPS 311

apex tibia 2, tarsi, yellow, The postmarginal vein is pale and not half as long

as the marginal; the straight elongate stigmal somewhat exceeds the marginal,

N.S. Wales: Stanwell Park (A.M. Lea). One female.

TANEOSTIGMODES Ashmead.

TANEOSTIGMODES UNIFASCIA sp. noy.

Ti the table of species as follows: la. Scape the same; pedicel and ring-joints

black. (Apex seape’s dilation truncate and with a scooped-out margin, this

emargination not great.) Kuniele 1 shehtly longer than wide, larger but mot

longer than the pedicel. Hairs of elub not longer than those of funicle. Three

loose Lites ciseal cilia between marginal vein and the rather obseure hairless line.

Wings lightly embrowned between bend of submareinal and apex of stigmal,

Dull black; dilation of seape, venation, head except vertex, upper side

occiput, lower genae and a narrow line (aud ridge) across joining the lower end

of the eyes and passing just inder aniennae; proplenrum, tarsi, knees, tibia 1

more Or loss, tibial tips, tegulae, cephalic | mesopleurum, golden, Abdomen sealy,

thorax finely retienlated, Distal funicle much wider than lone.

S. Aust.: Mount Lofty (A. M. Tea). One female,

Sup-Faminy EUPELMINAR.

EUPELMUS Dalman.

EUPELMUS UNIPUNCTIPENNIS sp, nov.

In my revised table of this large Australian genus, rus to EB. lvtheri, and

isa typical member of the genus with approaching axillae,

Kutirely blne except knees 1-2, tibial tips, and tarsi. Ovipositor half length

of abdomen. Wings clear, but with a distinet, large, rounded, brown spot

appended from costa near apex postmarginal vein, latter nearly twice the long,

evrved stigmal. Lateral ocellus a bit closer to eye than to median, Cheeks with

longish hairs. Mesopleurum with only sparse hairs cephalo-ventrad. Hairs from

proventer not long,

Funicles 2-4 twice longer than wide or nearly, longest, longer than pedicel,

others shortening (last 5 antennals missing). Scape with a distinct, rectangular

foliaceous ex pansion.

Tasm.: Mount Arthur, Dee., 1915 (F. M. Littler). One example,

312 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Sur-Faminy CLEONYMINAE.

MESAMOTURA Girault.

MESAMOTURA KEATSI sp. nov.

Like M. corticis, but femur 3 aeneus except basal 4, base tibia 8 shortly

black; basal thick part of ovipositor not 4 ovipositor, which exceeds length of

hody ; leg 2 more or less purple; base of dilation of tibia 3 proximad of middle,

Queens!.: Kuranda, Nov., 1919 (A. P. Dodd). One female,

MESAMOTURA AESCHYLI sp. nov.

As M. keatsi, but in femmr 3 only distal Y; ved, tibia 8 with no black at base,

ovipositor shorter than body, basal thick part not a half; base of the dilation

of tibia 3 slightly proximad of middle; leg 2 except coxae and ihe paler tarsi,

red; tarsus 3 not white, black after joint 1.

Queensl,: Nelson, July, 1920 (A, P. Dodd). One female.

The species are to be collected from the trunks of dying trees, and are

doubtless associated with wood-inhabiting Coleoptera.

SCHIZONOTELLA gen. nov.

Legs simple, third femur a bit thickened. Habitus of Eupelmus. Middle

of propodeum with an erect column, two black hair tufts on forewing, one off

base of bend of submareinal vein, the other on base of marginal. Prothorax

long, obeonieal, a bit exceeding length of scutum; furrows complete, widely

separated, Propodeum with distinct lateral carinae and a carina laterad of

the subcentral, small, round spiracle, Petiole quadrate, rest of segments (2,

4-7) large, 3 very short, ovipositor $ abdomen, Lateral ocellus twice closer to

median than to eve, near median. Hind tibial spurs small, the smaller minute,

Postmarginal elongate, twice the stigmal. Antennae 11 jointed, club solid,

below eyes,

SCHIZONOTELLA EUPELMOIDEA sp. nov.

Orange; apex coxa 3, base femur 2 and of tibia 3, ovipositor except distal 4

plus, tarsi, white; seutellum between its 4 bristles, base to apex, abdomen, pro-

notum caudad more or less, leg 3, axillae, coxa 2, trochanter 2, tibia 2 at base,

purple; apex ovipositor black, also club and distal two funicles; funicle 1 a ring-

joint, stout, 2 four times longer than wide, 8 twice longer than wide, 2 equal the

elongate pedicel, Sealy, frons cephalad of ocelli, glabrous; sculpture coarser

on scutum.

GIRAULT—CHALCID WASPS 313

Forewing infuscated from first hair tuft nearly to apex and with four

hyaline spots in pairs at opposite margins, second pair apex stigmal vein.

Queensl.: Kuranda, Oct., 1919 (A. P. Dodd). One female.

ALIGHERINIA Girault.

ALIGHERINIA ANGUSTIFRONS sp. nov.

As genotype, but scutellum but slightly convex, not mound-shaped, ovipositor

extruded for length equal that of abdomen, or nearly, the frons back of ocelli

narrow, lateral ocelli barely separated from eye and closer together than either

is distant from median. Frons where narrowest more than diameter of an

ocellus. Eyes closely pilose. Spiracle round, the propodeum with a median

carina, fuzzy laterad and behind. Segment 2 subequal 5, largest, 3 and 4 each

shorter by a bit. Femur 1 somewhat swollen and slightly excised beneath at

apex. Frons-vertex long, wedge-shaped, cephalic margin carinate. Scrobes

short. Pedicel elongate, equal funicle 2, which is four times the quadrate 1 and

also equal to the solid club ; funicle 3 twice longer than wide, rest shorter, Femur

3 beneath with edges carinate but quite straight.

Entirely aeneus; tarsi except joint 5 and tarsus 3, joints 2-5, white; dorsal

aspect tibia 3 ivory white. Forewing brown across from all of marginal and

stigmal veins. Dorsal thorax densely shagreened (except propodeum only),

scutellum without median carina.

Queensl.: Kuranda, Dee., 1919 (F. P. Dodd). One female.

The narrow ivory on dorsal tibia 8 is not always present. Sometimes femur

2 bears a yellow-white spot at apex on one side.

EPISTENIA Westwood.

Differs from Thaumasura in that the antennae are inserted on a level with

the ventral ends of the eyes, or a bit lower. The two hind tibial spurs, though

unequal, are not elongate, and the prothorax is longer than wide, the axillae

somewhat advanced. Lateral margins of abdomen carinate.

EPISTENIA SPECIOSISSIMA sp. nov.

Brilliant aeneus and finely punctate. Tegulae, legs (except a large blotch on

ventral half, lateral aspect femur 3 between middle and apex, an annulus on

tibia 8 less than its width from base and a lesser one same place tibia 2, also the

aeneus proximal half of coxa 3) and basal half of scape, golden. Funicles 5-7

white. Somewhat resembles Thauwmasura pulchripes. Forewing with infusea-

tion as in Thawmasura, but the loop distinetly broken at middle and at base,

314 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

leaving the basal part an isolated, middle spot. Pedivel elongate, exceeding

funicle 2, which is twice longer than wide, 1 wider than lone, & quadrate, club

exeeeding pedicel, Postmareinal vein elongate, shorter than the marginal, over

twice the stigmal.

Eyes densely pilose; prepectus finely punectulate; cheeks bordering genal

suture elabrous; ocelli equidistant, lateral a bit closer to eye than to median,

Abdomen flat above, conical, exceeding thorax, last segment stylate ancl

half as lone as the ovipositor, which is $ abdomen, segments large, 6 largest,

loneer than wide, 3 very short, surface finely wrinkled or reticulated, 2 glabrous,

7 hairy.

Differs from EF. miripes: Two marks on forewing, fore femur distinetly more

swollen and distinetly excised beneath at apex, the basal end of the excision

enarded by an aente tooth; funicle 5 is white (usually dark in other); fore leg

usually without blotches (except on distal tibia beneath).

Queensl.; Kuranda, Noy. and Dee,, 1919 (F. P, Dodd).

THAUMASURA Westwood.

THAUMASURA MARMORATIPENNIS sp. nov.

As T. dentatitibia, but hair of cheek sparse, short, short on back of vertex

and on tibia 3; most of posterior margim of eye except above fringed densely

with long, appressed silyery hairs. Eyes naked, Teeth above on tibia 3 pale.

Serobes not reaching, by far, to the cephalic ocellus (reaching to ocellus in

other); clypeus glabrous (punetate in other). Ocelli equidistant from each

other, Ovipositor $ abdomen, Funicle red, joint 2 not quite as long as pedicel.

Loop of wing distinet, complete, basal area as large as distal, latter with two

hyaline crescents side by side in its middle. Funicle § longer than wide, shorter

than club. Femur 1 excised beneath at apex, 3 convexly swollen. Hind tibial

spurs short, equal.

Tarsi, bases of femora, knees 1-2, tibia 1 except beneath distad, 2 except not

quite proximal half and distal 4 exeept beneath, and tibia 3 at little over distal 4,

volden. Propodeum with two large foveae af meson, Prepectus densely punctate.

Thorax coppery, with dark velvety areas, four of these on seutelhim. The male

is very similar, but its propodeium is longer, and bears a median carina.

Queens]: Kuranda, Dee. (F. P. Dodd). One female.

THAUMASURA PULCHRIPES sp. nov.

Ovipositor not extruded, abdomen nonstylate, 7 nonearinate. Seape and

legs mostly pale whitish blotched with aeneus, funicles 3-5 whitish, also apex of

GIRAULT—CHALCID WASPS 315

2 (and 4-6 slightly). Forewing with distinct loop, at each end of the loop the

infuseation continued across the wing; apex of wing dusky. Diseal cilia extended

to base on cephalic half, but only after a wide space of nearly colourless cilia

against submarginal; funicle 1 longer than wide, 2 not as long as the elongate

pedicel. Club over twice the length of the distal funicle. Propodeum with

median carina only, spiracle round, smaller than usual. Excision beneath at

apex of femur 1 great. Hind tibial spurs small. Lateral ocelli closer to each

other than either is distant from median.

Queensl.: Redland Bay, Feb., 1926. Two females from trunk of dead gums.

Cotype in Queensland Museum,

THAUMASURA AURITEGULA sp. nov.

As T. arenae Girault, and small, the ovipositor somewhat more prominent ;

abdomen, however, brilliant coppery, and with golden (silver at base) fuzz along

upper sides, conspicuous on 7 and dorsad there also. Wings clear.

Blue, legs except coxae and funicles 1-3 red. Funicle 1 longer than wide,

2 over twice longer than wide, but shorter than pedicel. Scrobes of the long,

narrow, deep kind, and to median ocellus. Venation, tegulae golden.

Differs further from 7. arenae: Propodeum short at meson, without a distinct

carina there, spiracle not rounded, segment 7 bears a strong median carina, and

femur 1 is excised beneath at apex.

Ocelli equidistant, lateral closer to eye than to median. Eyes pilose. Frons

wide. No long hairs on head. Hind tibial spurs short, equal.

Queensl.: Nelson, Dee., 1919 (A. P. Dodd). One female.

THAUMASURA BELLA Girault.

Tasm.: Bridgeport (F. M. Littler, No. 2669).

This species differs from 7. brevistylus in having only funicles 2-4 red, and

the ovipositor is half the length of the abdomen, tibiae 1-2 aeneus above. The

frons is wide.

There are two females in the Macleay Museum collection from South

Australia.

THAUMASURA DENTATITIBIA sp. nov.

Hind tibia with a long, spiralled dorso-lateral ridge, which bears 4—5 stout

teeth, the latter increasing in size. Hairs from caudal vertex long, black; those

from tibiae 2-83 dorsad long, white; cheeks with long greyish hairs. Pattern of

wing not solid. Eyes naked. Lateral ocelli closer than. either is to median.

316 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Ovipositor equal abdomen. Legs partly aeneus on femora and tibiae. Tegulae

black, funicles 2-4 red, hind tibial spurs shorter and stout. Coxae aeneus.

Vict.: Mooroopna, Dec., 1923 (KF. E. Wilson). One female; Queensl: Chin-

chilla (A. P. Dodd), cotype in Queensland Museum.

WESTWOODIANA Girault.

WESTWOODIANA PURPUREIPES sp. nov.

Differs from the genotype: Scape purple, ovipositor a bit longer, neck of

stigmal vein equal to shortest diameter of knob. The same otherwise, but base

femur 1, leg 2 except tarsi, knee and base widely of tibia and lee 8 except tarsi

and base of tibia, purple.

Queensl.: Kuranda, Oct., 1919 (A. P. Dodd). <A cotype female in Queens-

land Museum and two more from same source examined. Compared with type

of the genotype.

SYSTOLOMORPHELLA Girault.

SYSTOLOMORPHELLA SILVIFILIA sp. nov.

Forewing with a cross stripe from stigmal vein and proximal half post-

marginal, the stripe widening at middle. Club without spicule, merely obtusely

pointed at apex; ring-joint present; scape clavate and roughly sculptured above

at apex; extension of distal funicle not attaining apex club.

Antennae reddish, club black; more or less infuseation about bend of sub-

marginal vein and opposite on caudal margin. Hind femur moderately swollen,

serrulate beneath and slightly excised at apex; spiracle round, moderately large.

Lateral ocelli closer to eye than to median ocellus, but distinctly further

apart than either is distant from median. Legs except coxae 3 and tegulae red.

Tasm. (A. Simson, No. 3407).

One female compared with types of all allied forms, from which it is

separated by bearing unifasciate wings.

DINOURA Ashmead.

The antennae in this genus are 13-jointed, with two ring and three club

joints. The axillae are much advanced, and the postmarginal and stigmal veins

short, equal.

DINOURA PULCHRA gp. nov.

Characterized by the comparatively short ovipositor, which is only equal in

length to the abdomen, Basal half of abdomen, more or less, red-yellow. Hind

GIRAULT—CHALCID WASPS 317

femur red except basal half and distal sixth (in mesal aspect, however, with

much more red, only extreme apex purple); tibia 3 white at base and apex;

segments 2-5 of abdomen, except apex of 5, red,

S. Aust.: Adelaide (R. L. Barringer). One female.

There ave tive members of this genus.

EPISYSTOLE gen. nov.

Characterized by the teeth on the hind femir being as in Chalcis, by the

pilose eyes, and the enlarged femur 1. Serobes joined above, forming a triangle

whose apex is distant from cephalic ocellus, latter thrice farther from lateral

than they are from eye, Densely punctate and pilose. Meson propodeum widely

long striate, a patch of silvery hair caudad of spiracle. Hairs longer from back

of cheek and side of femur 1 and upper metapleurum.

Antennae 13-jointed, club with a long, conspicuous spicule whieh is more

or less hooked at apex. Scape dilated below at apex; pedicel elongate, twice

funiele 1, which is twice longer than wide. Ring-joimt twice longer than wide,

The male is similar, but antennae acneus, 3 equal segments abdomen, funicles

shorter.

Entirely metallic; basal } tibiae 3 ivory.

1. Funicles 1-3 dark red; an ivory spot at dorsal base tibiae

1-2; funicle 1 shorter than pedicel, twice longer than wide,

or less. Joints 1-3 of tarsi 2-3, 1-2 of tarsus 1, white.

Wings lightly infuseated from marginal and stigmal veins.

Distal joint maxillary palpus sometimes white. Punctures

of face coarser than those of vertex (genotype) ». poete sp. moy.

2. Antennae all metallic, so tibiae 1-2; funicle 1 a Jittle

exceeding the pedicel, four times longer than wide.

Larger. The samme .. Yt ins ok .. meteora sp nov.

The genotype was captured from the bark of a dead Acacia, Morningside,

Queensland, Feb., 1926, and the types are in the Queensland Museum. The

species E. meteora was vaptured at Chinchilla, Queensland (A. P. Dodd), The

type is in the South Australian Museum. A paratype of the first species is also

in the last-mentioned Museum.

Sup-Famiry PERILAMPINAE,

PERILAMPUS Latreille.

PERILAMPUS BRISBANENSIS Girault.

Tasm.: Tillwood, Feb., 1915 (F. M. Littler, No. 2637). One female.

318 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

PERILAMPUS CAPENSIS Girault.

A female, Meadows, S. Aust.

The sculpture of segment 3 of abdomen is not a glaze, since the puncturation

has spaces between.

PERILAMPUS AQUILONARIS Girault.

A female, Melrose, 8. Aust., Oct. (A. M. Lea).

Segment 3 of abdomen bears 3 rows of pale hairs. Differs from P. salecus

Walker in its pale venation, red flagellum (minus pedicel), longer stigmal vein,

the more sculptured mesal margin of parapside and: the pale tegulae. The

abdomen is green, and the thorax is bronze-brassy.

I have the species P. saleius Walker from Queensland, where it was reared

in connection with a lepidopterous pest of cotton, Biloela, Queens]. (EK. Ballard).

PERILAMPUS CUPREOVARIUS sp. nov.

Head with upper half of face coarsely striate, lower entirely densely punc-

tate (except sclerite between clypeus and antennae) ; cheeks and occiput striate,

Tibiae concolorous. Median ocellus a bit advanced, at apex of scrobes, shghtly

closer to lateral than latter is to eye. Scutellum emarginate at apex.

Coppery, segment 3 green, venation black, knees, tibial tips (both narrowly)

and tarsi red. Postmarginal shorter than marginal. Parapside all punctate,

except a small glazed area, cephalad of middle. Segment 2 4 surface, cephalic,

glabrous, 3 largest, densely glazed, pin-punctulate, nearly rest of surface, its

apex shining coppery; 4 short, glazed, brilliant coppery at apex, prepectus

glazed. <A long, feebly cross-striate area across middle of mesopleurum (down

from beneath tegula). Propodeum densely punctate laterad (margin to spiracle).

Facial margin eye fringed with lashes, these short.

Tibia 1 reddish along one side at apex.

S. Aust.: Melrose, Oct. (A. M. Lea). Type female. Cotype female, 8. Aust.

(Rey. A. P. Burgess, No. 1792). Paratype female, Tasm. (A. Simson, No. 2709).

The cotype has been deposited in the Queensland Museum.

SYSTOLOMORPHA Ashmead.

SYSTOLOMORPHA THYRIDOPTERYGIS Ashmead.

Many pairs from galls on Casuarina quadrivalvis. 8S. Aust.: Belair,

Sep., 1885 (J. G. O. Tepper).

This species differs from S. nassaw mainly in that the legs have more black,

the hind femora always black to apex, and femur 1 is always widely black from

GIRAULT—CHALCID WASPS 319

base. The flagellum is more brownish. The wings are usually hyaline, but may

bear a cloud, as in S. nassau. However, the two species are easily separated by

the colour of the oral cavity and palpi, yellow in this species, and black in

S. nassau.

Very likely this species has no connection with the insect after which it is

named. The species is one of the gall-forming Perilampinae, and S. nassawi was

also reared from galls on the same genus of plants. Both species vary in colour

and infuscation of the wing.

EURYTOMOMMA Girault.

EURYTOMOMMA ATRICOXA sp. nov.

As the genotype, but venation black and the distal veins less unequal

(stigmal and postmarginal, latter distinetly shorter than marginal, yet of good

length) ; cheeks and entire margins eye golden (all of head so, except occiput

and vertex). Funicles gradually increasing in size from the smallest (ring-joint)

to the largest (8), latter much wider than long; legs marked with black streaks

along cephalo-dorsal aspect of femora 1-2 and basal 3 of mesal aspect of femur 3;

first five flagellar joints of antennae except apex of pedicel, blackish, distad only

suffused yellow, scape lemon.

Thorax: Pronotum lemon; distal 4 parapside, cephalic half lateral margin

scutum, middle lateral margin scutellum and of caudal margin axilla, post-

scutellum, golden.

Minute punctures all over lower face; no median carina on scutellum, but

one on propodeum, which forks at middle, and a lateral sulcus instead of lateral

carina, spiracle oval.

Lateral ocellus twice closer to eye than to median. Tibiae armed above with

short and stiff spines.

S. Aust.: Ooldea (A. M. Lea). One female.

Sup-Famiry EURYTOMINAR.

EURYTOMA DESCARTESI Girault.

A female, Gawler, 8. Aust. (A. M. Lea).

This is a widely distributed species in eastern Australia.

EURYTOMA SEMIFUSCICORNIS Girault.

Many females and one male reared from Doratifera longerans, Nov., 1891,

Adelaide.

320 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

EURYTOMA EYLANDTI sp. nov.

Runs to &. welsonia and allies. Abdomen ovate, rounded above, petiole wider

than long, entirely blood-red, except petiole and apex (distal 7 of 7), Femur 3

blood-red, Flayous of proplencum upper half cephalic margin (rather widely ).

Legs and antennae black, except base of scape, knees, tibial tips, base tibia 3,

fibia 1 (except a mark on one side near base, rest red, paler above and at tip),

femur 1 beneath, these dark red or paler (tarsi and apex of tibiae white). Fore-

wing with a brown half-complete cross stripe from marginal and stigmal veins.

Lateral ocellus midway between median and eye. Tegulae dark red. Vena-

tion brown, postmarginal shorter than marginal, exceeding stigmal. Segment 5

longest, but not much longer than either of 2-4, abdomen reticulated. Pro-

pleurwn finely reticulate, femoral furrow cross-striate. Funicle 1 thrice longer

than wide, much exceeding the short pedicel. Coxa 3 above with a distinct

triangular tooth near apex. Moderately robust.

N. Terr,: Groote Bylandt (N. B. Tindale).

EURYTOMA SILVIPUER sp. nov.

In my table of Australian species follows 2. cressom lonont Girault under

the heading ** Lees red except coxa 3.°" Tarsi, tibial tips, knees, pale.

The same, but median basin of propodeum rather flat, triangular, bounded

by an oblique varina on each side of meson (from half-way to spiracle and con-

verging to apex), two shallow foveae at base, and ho channel; fine, wrinkled

rugae run through the area, with interspaces punctulate. Apex pedicel, scape,

tegulae, and yenation yellow-ved.

Abdomen red except 2-4 dorsad, tip and segment 7 except base, acutely

ovate, seement 5 over twice 4, distinctly largest. Femoral furrow punctulate.

Postmarginal vein exceeding the stigmal, Fumnicle 1 exceeding the small pedicel,

but only a bit longer than wide, Lateral ocellus distinctly closer to eye than to

median. Pubeseence rather abundant and noticeable. Otherwise usual,

S. Aust.: Mount Lofty (A. M, Lea). One female.

EURYTOMA SALTINATUS sp. nov.

Runs to BB. dianasi, but coxae 1-2 yellow-red. Moderately robust. Pro-

podenm with an almost rectangular, finely punctulate median basin, petiole short,

yenation yellow, postmarginal a bit exceeding stigmal, both shorter than marginal.

Frniele 1 quadrate, much exceeding the globular pedicel, 2 wider; seutelluin with

distinct, scattered pubescence, the punctures wider apart than usual.

Antennae, ovipositor except tip, tegulae, legs exeept coxa 3, red-brown,

GIRAULT—CHALCID WASPS 321

Segment 5 equals 2-4 united, abdomen ovate, pointed at apex. Lateral ocellus

closer to eye than to median. Propleurum, femoral furrow, punctulate. Tarsi

white.

S. Aust.: Mount Pleasant, Feb., 1896. Two females from lerp galls.

EURYTOMA FILISILVAE sp. nov.

As E, aequalivena Girault, but legs red except coxae and femur 3, antennae

short, clavate, funicle 1 subquadrate, exceeding pedicel, rest wider than long,

scape red-yellow except above for distal } or except base, club (and often distal

funicles) yellowish. Petiole longer than wide, segment 5 equals 2-4 united,

shining, with a cross-row of short setae just beyond middle, 5 over twice 4.

Postmarginal slightly exceeding stigmal. Femoral furrow punctulate. Lateral

ocellus a bit closer to eye than to median.

(Channel unifoveate. Propleural spot slightly visible from above. Venation

yellow. Abdomen ovate. Tegulae dark.)

S. Aust.: Mount Pleasant. Many females with E. saltinatus.

DECATOMA Spinola.

I consider Ludecatoma Ashmead to be the same as this genus.

»DECATOMA SIDNICA sp. nov.

Differs from D. persephone (described later) as follows: Smaller, body all

black except cephalic margin prothorax; mesal area of propodeum not rugulose,

much smaller but of same shape (its sides are short and nearly straight, oblique),

it does not attain apex, but ends obtusely before apex, giving off a perpendicular

carina to apex from each side of its apex; the carina forming its base (two oblique

sides), is continued to the spiracle, and a lateral carina is given off from it near

the spiracle; the surface of the propodeum is much smoother; the abdomen is

only suffused with yellowish. From D. medioimpunctus: In colour, in having

the apex margin (here obtuse apex) of mesal area of propodeum much shorter

than the basal; the substigmal spot nearly reaches centre of the wing.

Legs except coxa 3 and femur 3, tibia 2-3, antennae, yellow-brown. Scutum

except cephalad, scutellum except median line and pronotum umbilicately

punctate.

N.S. Wales: Sydney (A. J. Coates). A female reared from Port Jackson

fig (Ficus rubiginosus).

DECATOMA PERSEPHONE sp. nov.

As D. medioimpunctus, but wing marking longer, cheeks except above, face

down from antennae, vertex and pleurum of thorax (save latter above), abdomen

322 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

except 6 (suffused yellow), petiole, propodeum, hind legs except tarsi, tibial tips

and knees, coxae 1-2, and more or less of leg 2, black. Segment 5 somewhat

exceeding 4. The lateral margin of mesal area leaves base mesad of the spiracle

and is straight; the apical margin is shorter than the basal. Smoother median

line of scutellum wider, not markedly distinct.

Queensl,: Bowen, Nov. (H. Tryon). Types, two females reared from Ficus

fruit. Cotypes in Queensland Museum.

Sup-Faminy CHALCIDINAE,

CHALCIS Latreille,

CHALCIS RUSKINI Girault.

Two females, Mount Lofty; a third at Ardrossan, 8. Aust. (J. G. O. Tepper).

CHALCIS REGINA Girault.

A female, Lucindale, 8. Aust. (B, A, Feuerheerdt); two females, Bowen,

Queens]. (A. Simson, No, 2272).

CHALCIS POMONAE Cameron, EDNA var. nov.

Like the typical form, but tibia 3 black at base, tibia 1 narrowly yellow along

oue cephalie aspect. Black cinetus of tibia 3 about equal distal yellow, basal

yellow barely shorter and much exceeding black at base. Tibia 3 black at base,

S, Aust.: Adelaide (J. G. O. Tepper). Two females.

CHALCIS RUBRIPES Girault.

A female, Launceston, Tasm., Feb., 1914 (Ff. M. Littler, No, 2668),

CHALCIS RUBRIPES VERGILII Girault.

A male and female, Launceston, Tasm., Feb., 1911, No, 2255 (KF. M. Littler).

In the male, tibia 1 dorsad was entirely black.

CHALCIS CALLIPHORAE Froggatt & Froggatt.

A male, Ardrossan, 8. Aust. (J. G. O. Tepper).

CHALCIS CALLIPHORAE SANGUINIVENTRIS Girault.

Differs from the typical form in havine tibiae 1-2 red, 2 black above. Apical

4+ femora 1-2 golden, red of tibia 3 much exceeding golden at base and apex.

GIRAULT—-CHALCID WASPS 323

There were one male and three females in the collection from Adelaide

(J, G. O. Tepper).

CHALCIS JUNO sp. nov.

Runs to C. minerva (deseribed later), but tibia 8 black, so tarsus 3. Leg 1

except coxa and base of femur, 2 except base of femora and all of tibia 2 except

each end, red. Tegula yellow, abdomen beneath red, so coxa 3. Tibia 3 suffused

with red. Hight femoral teeth, 1, 5-7 largest.

8. Aust.: Owieandana, Northern Flinders Range (TH. M. Hale and N, 3B,

Tindale). The type specimen only.

CHALCIS MINERVA sp. nov,

Runs to C. dipterophaya, but hind tibia all black except for a dull yellow

ellipse, this lony, at apex above; leg 1 except coxa, proximal half femur and base

of tarsus, knees 1-2, each end and beneath narrowly, tibia 2, tarsus 2 except at

base, dull golden, Femur 8 all red. Tegula yellow. Abdomen beneath more

or less red, also entire side of 2. Segment 3 densely punctate dorso-laterad,

3-4 of the lines joined across meson on cephalic half, rest of dorsum beyoud

densely pin-punetate.

S. Aust.: Owieandana, Northern Flinders Range (H. M. Hale and N, B.

Tindale). Two females.

CHALCIS SCHUBERTI Girault, MARIANA var. nov.

‘

As typical form, but tegulae all yellow, basal yellow spot tibia 3 distinctly

exceeding basal black, the distal long and to apex. Punctures seutellum uniforim ;

segments 4-6 also ved except on dorsal meson widely ; abdomen red beneath.

S. Aust.; Port Augusta, Dee., 1904 (M. Schultz). One female.

CHALCIS RUFICORNIS Girault.

A female, Bowen, Queensl. (A. Simson, 1940/4681).

CHALCIS PUELLA sp. nov.

Follows C. shellyi. Lees and tegulae golden but coxae black, femur 3 and

base narrowly of tibia 3 above, red; apex femur 3 at distal 4 (lateral aspect)

except narrowly dorsad, yellow. Punctures seutellum coarser than those of

seutum. Lateral ocelli closer to eye than to median, Extreme base of femur 1,

basal half femur 2, red, Normal.

324 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Queensl.: Kuranda (A. P. Dodd). Type and paratypes in South Australian

Museuin, one female, one male, and two females respectively. Cotype and pura-

types in Queensland Museum.

CHALCIS ALIGHEREI sp. nov.

To follow C. aureus, Black, with a distinct pubescence which is yellowish in

places; the following crimson: Scape, tegulae, tibiae, femur 3, distal 4 femur 1,

apex femur 2. The following golden: Tarsi 1, knees, apex upper side femur 3,

two spots above on tibia 3, basal much exceeding red proximad of it, distal at

apex. Tarsi 2-5 white. Rest of lees black, including middle narrowly of ventral

edge of side of tibia 3. Hind femur with 10 teeth, 2 and last two smallest.

Ventral meson abdomen more or less reddish, segment 2 glabrous. Middle red

tibia 3 exceeding basal yellow. Lateral ocellus somewhat closer to eye. Small

species.

Queensl.: Nelson, Dee., 1920 (A. P. Dodd). One female.

CHALCIS POEMA sp. nov.

Black, the following golden: Tegulae, tibiae, tarsi, knees, distal 3 femur 1,

distal 4 femur 2; in lateral aspect, extreme base (except dorsad) of femur 3,

distal 44 of same, The following dark red: Upper side more or less of sezment 2,

lower sides more or less of rest, all of mesal aspect of femur 3 except the distal

yellow and central black; of lateral aspect femur 3, all dorsad to the distal

yellow, and around the black to the narrow basal yellow, On femur 3 lateral aspect

a large rounded black area at middle from ventral edge up %; way to dorsal

edge (this area smaller on mesal aspect). Normal. A dozen femoral teeth.

Segment 3 with 4-5 lines distinct thimble punctures across meson.

Queensl.: Nelson, May, 1920. Type female, Cotype from maize, Cairns

(A. P. Dodd). ,

PHASGONOPHORA Kirby.

PHASGONOPHORA MILTONI sp. nov,

Seutellum with an entire plate at apex, As Yenurretoceru genotype, but

femur 3 with (7) large teeth, postmarginal and stigmal veins distinct, stigmal

with knob and longer, abdomen at apex produced into a short, compressed, pune-

tate, hairy, subquadrate (lateral aspect) stylus. Antennae at middle of face.

Black with yellow pubescence, but this is not profuse; tezula, tarsi, tibia 1,

2 save above proximal 4, mesal aspect femur 2, apex of femur 3, distal 4 tibia 3,

volden-red; distal 4; forewing smoky; from this rums a midlougitucinal arm,

GIRAULT—CHALCID WASPS 325

expanding into an arrow-head, which is appended from stigmal knob; cephalic

margin also infuscated from postmarginal vein distad; apex wing 2 infuscated.

Punctate. Lateral ocellus much closer to median than to eye. Funicle 1

somewhat longer than wide, much exceeding the cup-shaped pedicel, the ring-

joint large but smaller than pedicel. Abdomen truncate and carinate across base,

also at lateral margin at base; segment 2 half surface. Propodeum rugulose, a

coarse pair of median rugae.

The male is similar, but the antennae are filiform, funicles longer.

Neither of the two Australian members of this genus has any marked pro-

podeal prominences; they agree in all essential details, differing in colour, and

greatly in the length of the abdominal stylus. The flagellar joints are not long.

Queensl.: Kuranda, Nov., 1919 (A. P. Dodd). Type, a pair. <A cotype

female in Dee., same place, in the Queensland Museum.

The species P. rufinotum was formerly placed in Megalocolus.

METARRETOCERA gen. nov. (Haltichellini).

As Xenarretocera genotype but facial margin of eye distinctly carinated as

in Stomatoceras, segment 2 glabrous, 4 plus surface, with four carinae at base,

one each side of meson (wide apart), others at lateral margin, all short (4 length

of the segment); other segments short but 7-8 longer. Postmarginal slight.

Seutellum simple.

METARRETOCERA BURNSI sp. nov.

Black, the wings deep brown except costal cell and longitudinal streaks;

knees 1-2, tarsi, tibial tips, apex seape, pedicel, and the short funicle 1, red-

brown; distal 4 wing 2 dusky. Funicle 2 equal pedicel, longest, half longer than

wide; lateral ocellus at apex facial carina, closer to eye than to median.

Punctate, coarser on scutellum. Propodeum with six longitudinal rugae,

two median, others interlacing. Teeth hind femur on about distal half, on a long,

slight convexity. Pubescence not great.

Queensl.: Nelson, Oct., 1920 (A. P. Dodd). Two females,

XENARRETOCERA Girault.

This genus belongs to the Haltichellini.

XENARRETOCERA TRICARINATA sp. nov.

Lees except coxae red. Tegulae black. Segment 2 half surface, 3 large but

not half of 2, latter at base with three straight carinae along about basal 4, one

326 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

at meson, others not quite at lateral margin (latter carinated at base). Antennae

red, club darker. Wing's clear,

Femoral teeth commencing at distal 4 in an acute point, then to apex in a

concaye line, Abdomen above finely reticulated, more coarsely proximad.

Wunicles subquadrate, Lateral ocellus a bit closer median than to eye.

Queensl.: Nelsou., Oet. and Dee., 1920 (A. P. Dodd). Two females, type

and paratype.

PARENIACA Crawford.

PARENIACA EMERSONI sp. nov.

Abdomen without fine, close striae above at hase, but with three short, well-

separated carinae on each side of meson. Lateral margin propodeam “‘biden-

tate.’? Propodeum with a pair of curved median rugae which join well before

apex, and a long, strong rugia between these and the carinmated, ivreenlar lateral

margin. Petiole usually longer than wide, with six coarse rugae, Pedicel sub-

clongate, exceeding funicles, of which 1 is smallest. rest more or less quadrate.

Wings lightly embrowned, Lateral oeelli distinctly closer to eye than to each

other. Postmarginal absent, knob of stigmal sessile and nearly parallel with

costa. Area of Garinae on segment 2 much wider than long. Seutellam uniformly

punctate.

Antennae, lees 1-2 save coxae and middle lateral aspeet femur 1, tarsi, red.

Pubeseence golden, Distal funicles wider than long,

A species showing considerable variation in length of petiole and in qumnber

of striae or carinae at base of seement 2,

Queensl.: Babinda, Feb., 1920 (A. P. Dodd). Type female; cotype female,

Nelson, Jan,, 1920 (same collector),

PARENIACA ATRICORNIS sp. nov.

Striae of abdomen at base, 8, the area quadrate, its distal margin a bit con-

eave and far before middle, seement 2 nearly the whole surface. Wines slightly

dusky, Disk of seutellum with a glabrous area, Tegulae, legs, and antennae

black except tarsi, knees 1-2 narrowly, tibial tips 1-2. Two teeth beneath in

front coxa 3. Lateral oeelli slightly closer to each other than to eye, yet closer

to median. Pubeseence grey, Petiole quadrate. Propodeum as in P. boussin-

gaulti, and the earinated lateral margin is subparallel with the long lateral

carina. The short carina from ‘‘cirele’’ of median cavina to the lateral carina

originates a bit distad of the centre of the ‘circle,’ which is oval. Apex pedicel,

of scape (rarely flagellim more or less), reddish,

8. Aust.: Adelaide (A, M. Lea). From females reared from striatiomyiid-

like larvae. Paratypes in Queensland Museum.

GIRAULT—CHALCID WASPS 327

STOMATOCERAS Kirby.

STOMATOCERAS CARLYLEI Girault, SALTI var. nov.

As deseription of the typical form, but of pedicel only apex, ved, tegulae all

red, and coxa 1 is black; rectangle from marginal vein produced into the dise,

and therefore nearly as lone at longest point as wide (or nearly as deep as wide).

Segment 2 4 surface. Teeth hind femux on about distal half in two crenulations,

the first the shorter.

Male, antennae all black, so segments 3-4 above, wings clear. The same as

female elsewise. Small.

Coxa 1 is invariably black in all species of the genus, and it is seement 7 of

the abdomen which is rngoso-punctate (not 8).

S. Aust.: Mount Lofty (7. G.O. Tepper), Two males, six females.

STOMATOCERAS SALTENSIS sp. nov.

As 8. faseiatipennis Bingham, but a distinet space exists between the eye

and the acute margin of the serobes, the postmarginal distinctly exceeds the

marginal, and the stylus is twice longer than wide. Moreover, the tegula is black

except at apex, and fimicle 1 is shorter than the pedicel but distinetly longer

than wide.

Lateral ocelli not twice closer to eye than to median. Femoral teeth on first

a long, shehtly wavy line, then a short, distinct eonyeyity.

Tasm.: Georgetown, Noy., 1914 (F. M. Littler, No. 2668). One female.

STOMATOCERAS LUCI sp. nov.

Runs to 8. ralzeburgei, but distal } abdomen 2 above, 8 and base of 4,

tegulae, legs except coxa 1, first 4 antennals, red. Loop of forewing complete,

Funicle 1 quadrate, 2 equal pedicel. Lateral ocellus twice closer to eye, Post-

marginal vein slightly exceeding the marginal. Teeth of femur 3 on distal 3, two

equal parts, first nearly straight, second a distinct convexity.

W. Aust.: Mullewa (Miss J. F. May). One female,

Colouration appears to be the specific characteristic in this genus, which,

like Chaleis, is viech in species; many of these are diffienlt to define,

CHALCIDELLIA Girault.

CHALCIDELLIA GUTTATIPENNIS sp. nov.

Black, yeins black, the forewing with a large blackish mark from distal halt

marginal vein, postmareinal and stigmal; this extends half-way across, and then

328 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

becomes diffused to hind margin (for a distance in either direction). Flagellum

except pedicel and club, red, also sides and venter of abdomen more or less, tarsi,

knees, and tibial tips narrowly.

Differs from genotype also in the following particulars: Funicle 1 is some-

what shorter, also the abdomen, the pubescence is more distinet, especially on

lateral pronotum, where it is visible and golden.

The seutum in both species is spinose cephalad.

Queensl.; Kuranda, Noy. (A. P. Dodd), from tree trunks. Three females

from tree trunks; type, cotype, and paratype.

IRICHOHALTICHELLA Cameron.

This is a very distinct group, in spite of what [I have published to the

contrary, The following species have been found in the collections of the South

Australian Museum, and are tabulated with the two species already known, The

antennae are 11-jointed.

T. Segment 2 distinctly over half the surface and over

thrice longer than 3 (dorsal aspeet at meson).

a. “Femur 3 red, Antennae black, Tibiae red.

Wings clear. Segment 3 much convexed at

apex. Coxae and basal % femora 1-2, tegulae

save distal edge, black wa Zi pilosella Cameron

aa. “Femur 3 black except mesad; scape, pedicel

red. Tibia 1 red, 3 black, 2 so at base. Wings

smoky. Segment 3 only somewhat convex at

apex, reticulated dorsad. Eyes naked. Base

of femora, femur 2, tarsi, mesal aspect except

dorsad at distal $ of femur 8, knees, tips tibiae,

red. Funicles 2-8 half longer than wide, not as

long as pedicel “4 se bad, .. multistriata Girault

II. Segment 2 not quite $ surface, 8 over half 2 (or less

and deeply coneaved).

b. “Seement 3 with apical margin shehtly concave,

surface densely pin-punctate, Femur 3 black,

antennae black; tibiae, tarsi, knees, tegulae red.

Wings smoky (light), Thorax pilose. Hyes

hairy. Coxae, femora 1-2 save ends, black;

apical pedicel red; funicle 1 wider than long, 2

quadrate, Punetures seutellum much coarser

GIRAULT—CHALCID WASPS 329

than those of cephalic seutum. Segment 3

dovsad, nearly entirely densely pin-punctate.

Lateral ocellus midway between eye and median,

Lateral wnarein propodeum stronely bidentate.. — si/vae sp nov,

bh, “Seement 3 with apical margin deeply concave,

surface glabrous with scattered punctures, dense

laterad (and widely so on apex). Wings almost

black, tegulae black. Hives naked. Funicles and

pedicel longer. Thorax shining, hairs longish.

Twice larger, Tibiae save red ends, black. Legs

black, karees, tibiae reddish, Segment 4 glabrous,

hairs just before apical edge. Striae segment 2

coarse 7 rs “a .. stlvifilia sp. nov,

IRICHOHALTICHELLA SILVAE Girault.

S, Aust.: Mount Lofty Range (N. B. Tindale). The type is a female,

IRICHOHALTICHELLA SILVIFILIA Girault.

N.S. Wales: Liverpool (A. M. Lea), A single female.

CHALCITELLOIDES Girault.

CHALCITELLOIDES I0 Girault.

S. Aust.: Mount Lofty Range (N. B. Tindale), A female.

Coxa 2 was red-brown and the petiole more or less reddish beneath,

Sun-Famiry CALLIMOMINAE,

MACRODONTOMERUS Girault.

MACRODONTOMERUS TRIANGULARIS Girault.

This is a very common species, and the following specimens have been

identified from this collection:

Sinele females, Mount Lofty (J. G.O. Tepper), Tareoola; five females hy

use of the sweep-net, Mount Lofty, 8. Aust. (A. M. Lea); Tasmania, two fray-

ments and one from same locality,

MACRODONTOMERUS ALIGHERINI sp. nov.

Seape yellow exeept above. As M. friaqngularis, but seulpture more rough

and pilosity of head and upper thorax much more evident; femur 1 usually

widely yellow dorsad apically.

330 RECORDS OF THE §.A, MUSEUM

Type a female, Macleay Museum, labelled, ‘Sydney, N.S. Wales.’? Three

cotypes in Macleay Musetm same locality, and paratypes in Queensland Museum

and South Australian Museur.

In the South Australian Museum collection were also seven females, Melrose,

S. Aust., Oct, (A. M. Lea), and these are designated paratypes.

DITROPINOTELLA Girault.

DITROPINOTELLA COMPRESSIVENTRIS Girault.

The following specimens of this common species: A female, Adelaide, May 5,

1913 (H. H. D. Griffith), and another reared from galls or lerp, Mount Pleasant,

8, Aust. (Loveday), Feb., 1897.

In the first specimen femur 3 bore some metallic,

PODAGRIONELLA Girault.

PODAGRIONELLA SPILOPTERION Cameron.

Three females, Lawmeeston, Tasm., Nov. 1914 (F, M. Littler, No, 2283).

The segmentation of the club is distinct.

PODAGRIONELLA JULIA sp. nov.

Wings hyaline. Ovipositor twice the length of the body.

Coxae, femur 3, tibia 3, femur 2 laterad, femur 1 above more or less, aenens.

Flagellim black, scape rufous, aeneus at apical 3. Abdomen with segments 2-4,

apex widely of 5 (latter long, equal 2-4 united) and 7 and 8 (or distal 2) at sides

beneath, reddish or rosaceous (the basal red equals middle acnenus or nearly).

Cross-suture seutelium very distinet, glabrous distad of it. Apex tibia 3 normal,

1-2 of tarsus 3 equal, longest. Funicle 1 quadrate, shorter than pedicel, 7 dis-

tinetly wider than long. Postmarginal twice the stigmal. Lateral ocellus closer

to eye, thrice closer to it than to median and farther apart than each is from

median. Propodeum with meson widely foveate, rest finely punetate-sealy,

foveate part terminating heyond middle in a sort of cross ridge.

S. Aust.; Adelaide (N. B. Tindale). By sweeping.

MEGASTIGMUS Dalman.

MEGASTIGMUS QUADRISETAE sp. nov.

Seutellum with four bristles, 1-3 equidistant, 4 half closer to 3 (No. 3 absent

ov one side); no eross-suture, Ovipositor # body. Thorax with a wide median

stripe to apex seutellum, wider on seutellum., Antennae black except scape and

GIRAULT—CHALCID WASPS 331

pedicel beneath somewhat, club a bit yellowish. Funicle 1 half longer than wide,

exceeding pedicel; last subquadrate.

Flavous; seutum, scutelliom, and mesopleurum orange, the following black:

Upper occiput, ocellar area widely, cephalic margin seutum except lateral corner,

thorax surrounding axillae, dorsal sutures, thoracic venter, propodetm nearly to

spiracle and its spiracular suleus and cdorso-lateral suleus (continued in a wide

stripe down cephalo-lateral aspect of coxa 8); cephalic margin mesopleurum, a

stripe along middle of side of femur 1, and an elongate mark on distal middle

side of femur 8, Abdomen with conspicuous jet encircling bands, fainter beneath

(6, these equally distributed over the surface, 1 and 2 near base, dorsal and more

or less suffused). Ocelli in a curved line. Jaws tridentate. Seulpture of

seutam fine.

Tasm.: Cradle Mountain (TW, J. Carter and A. M, Lea), One female,

MEGASTIGMUS SEXSETAE sp. nov.

Seutellam with six bristles (on one side only 4, 1 and 6 absent), with the

exception of 2-3, nearly equally spaced, 6 just bevond a distinet eross-suture,

Jaws bidentate, 2 widely truneate. Cross-striation of seutum ruder than usual,

and there is a single slender, fine bristle ou disk caudad towards meson and

nearer middle than to apex. Oeelli in a eurved line. Ovipositor equal body.

Funicle 1 longer than wide, exceeding pedicel distinetly.

Orange, caudal margin pronotum widely and much of face lemon. Black:

Antennae exeept seape (exeept above), pedicel beneath, upper oeeiput, ocellar

area narrowly, spot at side neck prothorax, suture between pro- and meso-

pleurum, a triangle on prosternium (lines only), rest of sternum, notum laterad

of sevtellum and axillae ineliding lateral margin of latter, propodeum to spiracle

and nearly to apex; apex segment 2 widely, 8-7 widely except apex of each,

Tasm.: Launceston, Dee, 1915 (FL M. Littler).

NEOMEGASTIGMUS Girault.

NEOMEGASTIGMUS ATER sp. nov.

Similar to N. poeta, but the ovipositor nearly as long as body, and the

antennae are suffused with vellow, the cheeks, face to mouth, venter and apex

abdomen (and base more or less), golden; also coxae 1-2. Funicle 1 a bit longer

than wide, equal pedicel, Lateral ocells midway between eye and median; hincl

femur with faint, outer middle blotch. Propodetm without median carina, or

this very weak. Last two bristles (2 and 3) of seutellium closer together. Seuatum

without discal setac, finely cross-striate.

Male black except orbits on vertex, hind margin pronotum, mesal margin

332 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

axilla, tibiae, tarsi, most of femora (sometimes ax female, and even with pronotum,

caudal sertum and dise seutellum yellow). The male coxa 3 may even be yellow

in variations toward yellow.

S, Aust.: Blakiston,

From specimens labelled ‘‘From valls on leaves of Muealyptus oabliqua,

April, 1888. Emerged in May, Smeaton.””

PSEUDIDARNES gen. noy. (Idarnini).

Antennae in middle of face, 13-jointed, 2 ring-, 8 club-joints; jaws 3-dentate,

3 ipuncate, wide, but not very wide; elypeus with two wide (wider than long).

truncate teeth at meson; lateral ovelli distinctly closer to eye than to median,

not near eve; marginal vem more or less | submarginal, somewhat exceeding the

long postmareinal, which is a bit shorter than the well-developed, enrved stigma,

Parapsidal furrows complete, distinct, Seutellum with a lateral groove,

ivuneated behind by a line of foyeae, snbquadrate, and a bit convex. Propodeum

with a median carina, convex, spiracle minute, round. Petiole quadrate, 2

1 surface, longest, ovipositor as long as body, Tlind tibial sprrs double, unequal,

larger sput curved. Abdomen ovate, no longer than tliovax.

A genus characterized by the distinctly petiolate abdomen and the shortuess

of the latter.

PSEUDIDARNES MINERVA sp. nov,

Aeneus, sealy, wing's clear, veins brown; scape, tip tibia 3, other tibiae,

knees, tarsi, dull yellow, Funicles short, 1 quadrate, exceeding the pedicel, rest

a bit shorter, Seape short, equal short club. Joint 1 of tarsus 3, elongate, half

the tarsns. Mesopleurum with a deep, oblique cross-suttve through it, dorso-

yentrad. Abdomen somewhat compressed. Discal cilia absent proximad of base

of marginal vein.

N.S. Wales: Sydney (A. J. Coates), A female from Ficus rubiginosus.

KOEBELEA Girault.

KOEBELEA FUSCA Girault.

Two females, Cairns district (A. M. Lea).

KOEBELEA FUSCA Girault, FLAVA var. nov.

The same as the typical form, but light yellow, no mark on axilla, and only

the first three stripes are present npon the abdomen, and these are abbreviated

(across mesou only). The seutellium appears a bit shorter.

N. Terr.: Roper River (N. B. Tindale), A female reared with Blastophaga

aiveipes trom Mieus glomeratus,

(Bs)

Les)

GIBRAULT—CHALCID \Wasps

GONIOGASTRELLA Girault.

GONIOGASTRELLA CAUDATA Girault,

A female, Cains district, Qneensl (A.M. Lea). Another reared from Ficus

dlomeratus, Roper River, N. Tere. (N. B. Tindale). Associated with Blastophaga

ni veLpes.

Sup-Fawmy PTEROMALINAR,

ORMYROMORPHA Girault.

ORMYROMORPHA TRIFASCIATA Girault.

A female, Hughes; also three from Melrose, S. Aust., Oet. (A.M. Lea),

ORMYROMORPHA SILVIFILIA sp. nov.

The following description is extracted from my table of species of this genus:

“Seutim and seuteliian with only two setac, the distal pair of seutellum. As

petiolata, but petiole only 4 length of propodeum, a bit wider than long, Larger,

hyaline cross-stripe narrower than uynal, 2 barely exceeding distal dark stripe,

1 wider than 2 and greatly curved, due to the unusual conical projection of the

bind margin of dark stripe 1; the cephalic curve of this is longer and wider than

the caudal; moreover, hyaline 2 is just beyond apex stigmal, not at it. Fringes

usual. Hind wing widely dusky at apex. Size usual, stout, Funicles 1-2

subequal.

Lateral ocellus nearly twice closer to eye than to mecian; abdomen 2 without

dorsal pilosity, Propodeum with longitudinal rugae. Pilosity of seutellum at

base only. Tibia 1 except sides, tarsi 1-2, yellow-brown, so flagellum, scape so

at distal 4 or less,’?

N.S. Wales: Dorrigo. One fermale.

ORMYROMORPHA AENEISCAPUS sp. nov.

As QO. frifasciqtipennis, but antennae entirely metallic, (distal) bristles of

scutellim (on suture) with a distinct seta behind it. Hyaline 1 exceeding 2 and

much exceeding Fiscous stripe 1,

S. Aust.: Kangavoo Island (A.M. Lea). One female.

TOMOCERA Howard.

TOMOCERA VIRIDIVERTEX sp. nov.

This description is taken from the table of species:

“Apical margin forewing ¢lear; postmarginal shorter than stigmal, Hairs of

sentum long, bristles; abdomen green, Postmarginal much shorter than stigmal,

As T, glabriventris, but vertex and clypeus metallic; forewing with two fuseous

marks, 1 across from base of marginal vein, 2 half across from apex stigmal;

334 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

No. 1 is straight. Fimicle above, pedicel above, club black. Lateral ovellus

midway between eye and median. Legs and other parts head red-brown.”

S. Aust.: Melrose, Oct. (A. M. Lea). Two females.

TOMOCERA GLABRIVENTRIS Girault.

A female, Cornwallis Island, Torves Straits (C, T, McNamara).

OPHELOSIA Riley.

OPHELOSIA ALIGHERINI sp. nov.

Deseription taken from fable of species; ** Thorax above nommetallic or only

washed with metallic, Funiele pale or dark in part only. Thorax washed with

metallic in places. Abdomen yellow, darker above beyond the long segment 2;

club yellow at basal 4; bristles of scutellum pale; second eross-stripe barely

touching marginal. Red-brown, scutum washed metallic. Funicles 1-2 and

pedicel above, black.”

Tasm.: Waratah (A, M. Lea and H. J, Carter). One female.

OPHELOSIA CRAWFORDI Riley,

Three females reared from a white-fluffy coveid, Launceston, Tasm, (4. M.

Littler, No. 2383).

OPHELOSIA KEATSI sp. nov.

Runs to O. viridithorar, but head except ocellar area, prothorax except

notum, sides and ventum thorax, legs, seape, abdomen beneath, segment 2 above

except spots at middle and apex of margins, base and apex, veddish-yellow.

Flagellum black. Scutum pilose, scutellum glabrous or nearly, with four bristles,

axilla with oue laterad. Forewing with a large, fuscous area from the whole of

stigmal and distal part of marginal, this projecting distad of the vein, A narrow

stripe across from bend of submarginal vein. Post inarginal equal stigmal.

Propodeum longitudinally rugulose.

S. Aust.; Hughes (A, M. Lea).

PSEUDIPARELLA gen. nov. (Diparini).

Habitus of Lelaps, but hind tibial spwr single, short. Antennae in middle

of face, 11-jointed, with a short ring-joint aud a solid club; jaws 3-dentate,

maxillary palpi 4-jointed, Parapsidal furrows short, obtusely joined just before

apex seutum. Scutellum with a cross-suture at base of distal 4. Propodeum

with a median carina aud short neck, petiole quadrate. Segment 2 half of

surface, twiee 3, which is large; ovipositor not extruded. Wings abbreviated,

reaching base of abdomen, clavate, trumcate at apex, brown, naked except for

GIRAULT—CHALCID WASPS 335

4-5 very elongate, gross setae from the venation, which extends nearly to apex

and terminates in a sessile, globular stigmal vein.

PSEUDIPARELLA EMERSONI sp. nov.

Reddish-brown, the coxae and scape paler, cheeks below eyes dusky; flagel-

lum except pedicel beneath, parapsides, dorsum (yellowish towards base) and

upper sides abdomen, black. Seutellum with four bristles, the caudal pair farther

apart and on the cross-suture; scutum with scattered short setae and a pair of

short bristles caudad in dise. Pedicel subelongate, fumicles subquadrate, 7 wider,

A pair of stout bristles from upper occiput, these wide apart.

Tasm.: Wilmot (A. M. Lea and H. J. Carter). One female.

PACHYNEURON Walker.

PACHYNEURON KINGSLEYI Girault.

A female from Tasmania.

ISOPLATOIDES Girault.

ISOPLATOIDES QUADRIPUSTULATUS sp. nov.

As I. tripustulatus, but parapsidal furrows complete, first two spots on wing

united, and there is a fourth spot farther distad than 3, nearly midway between

apex of stigmal and apex of wing. Antennae red, tegulae yellow, trochanters,

tarsi, knees, tibial tips white, also all of tibia 1 above. Ring-joint 3 equal the

others; funicle 1 twice longer than wide, distinetly exceeding pedicel. Clypeus

somewhat produced, concaved widely across apex. Propodeum as in named

species. Jaws 4-dentate, 4 obtuse at apex and shorter.

The complete parapsidal furrows in J. tripustulatus are more apparent than

real (so often the case in these small metallic Pteromalinae and Miscogasterinae),

so that the species differ, so far as known (all jaws have not been seen), only

in colour and marks on wing. ‘he parapsidal furrows in this genus are at

first strongly oblique, but after middle they suddenly turn almost to the

perpendicular.

N.S. Wales: Barellan (A. M. Lea). One female.

Sus-Famiry MISCOGASTERINAE.

SYSTASIS Walker.

SYSTASIS KEATSI sp. nov.

Wing with a midlongitudinal fuscous stripe from opposite base marginal

vein. Head umbilicately punctate. Spaces between jaw teeth 2-8 serrate. Knees

and tibiae red, antennae black, knees 1-2 widely red.

336 ReEcORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Bronze. Scutum, lateral parapsides umblicately punctate, seutellim with a

longitudinal Line of these punctures on each side of meson (not close to median

line) ; elypeus with a fovea on each basal corner; a line of slender ciliae under

marginal vein. Propodeum strougly 8-carinate. Tegulae red. Funieles quad-

rate. Lateral ocelli closer to eye than to median, Nerobes deep, very short.

S. Aust.: Mount Lofty (A, M. Lea). One female by sweeping,

EROTOLEPSIELLA Girault.

EROTOLEPSIELLA NEMORUM sp. nov.

Seutellum with ouly the apical bristles, these gross, scutium pilose,

Metallic; knees 1-2, tibia 1, also 2 exeept out from base above, tarsi, red-

yellow; tibia 3 at base ivory. Second stripe forewing large, Convex on each

marein (from most of postmarginal yein) ; first widens eaudad, and is front a

loose hair pateh at base of bend of submarginal. Larger hind tibial spur

shorter than tarsus 1 (latter equal 2-8). Lateral oeelli nearly twice closer to

eye than to median, vertex pin-punetate, Abdomen coarsely scaly, segments 4-9

longest. Sceutellum with a distinet vross-suture before apex, distad of this finely

long-striate, this part equal the glabrous postseutellumi. Apex of segments and

propodewm (nearly) smooth. latter triecarinate, but lateral carina obscure, a

distinet spiracular suleus and a collar-like neck, Lonegish setae on cistal segment ;

(antennae missing). Pavapsidal furrows complete.

Tasmania. One female.

Sup-Faminy KULOPHINAE,

CLOSTEROMYIIA Girault.

CLOSTEROMYIIA SPECIOSA sp. nov.

As the genotype, but stripe at base of marginal vein oblique; the second

stripe is [rom a little distad of middle of marginal, and forms a crooked Y with

the oue from the stigmal and postmarginal veins; the tail of this Y is the thickest

part. No distal arm from this, and no byaline dots in the middle stripe; a small

streak of brown in middle of wing between first stripe and the Y. A line of

slender diseal ciliae along marginal,

Legs yellow except coxae, femora 2-5, dorsal edge femur 1 at base. Other-

wise the same. Seutellum with four bristles.

The head, autennae, aud hind wings were missing frou (his specimen,

Tasm.: Strahan (A.M. Lea and H. J. Carter), An apparent female.

Although the sex of this specimen is not known with certainty, and the

antennae ave missing, it has all the other characters of the genus, and P oarust

eonfess that the striking and beautiful marking of the forewing has been my

eyide in assigning if its position, The genotype also has a heavily marked and

beatiful wing, characteristic of some genera, ee. Closteracerus.

GIRAULT—-CHALCID Wasps 337

ENTEDONELLA Girault.

ENTEDONELLA AEREISCAPUS sp. nov.

Aeneus, venation black, wings clear; knees, tibial tips, sides of tibia 1, joint 1

of first two pairs of tarsi, paler, Kumicle 1 half longer than wide, subequal

pedicel; club acute, no terminal spicnde. Densely sealy-punetate. Lateral

acellus somewhat closer to eve than to median. Pavapsidal furrows ending in a

shallow depression; two bristles on apical scutellum. Spiracle round, on a plain

surface, an impression mesad of it; caudal margin propodenm suleated. Petiole

very short, abdomen equal vest of body. Postmarginal oxeeeding stigmal. As

genotype. Very close to nest, The venera here have sinee been carefully revised

and this difficult group better ordered,

5S. Aust.: Mount Lofty Ranee ON. B. Tindale). One female.

PELOROTELOPSELLA Girault,

PELOROTELOPSELLA AUSTRALIENSIS Girault.

As description of genotype, but scape metallic except at base, tibia white ai

tip (not distal 4), tibia 1 entively white narrowly dorsad. The groove alony

each side of median carina is deep and with acute lateral mareius. The lateral

suleus also has acute lateral margin. Venation dark.

Abdomen sessile, longer than wide, Parapsidal furrows ‘interrupted?’

behind middle. Densely scaly punctate. Bristles sentellum gross.

S. Aust.: Melvose, Oet. (A. M. Lea). One female.

Sup-Paminy AGAONITINAE.

' PLEISTODONTES Saunders.

PLEISTODONTES NIGRICAPUT sp. nov.

Differs from ?. imperialis in having the underside of femora, the seape, the

tibiae, and tarsi yellow, wines hyaline; and from P. fraggatti in having the seape

short and convexly dilated, and in other ways; from P, nigris in the colour of

the femora, and perhaps in the mate.

Male: Head black, rest of body white; the hind margin of head convex and

entire, club notably short, almost quadrate and truncate at apex.

Female: Head nearly twice longer than wide, jaws at least 4-dentate, funicle

? cup-shaped, a bit longer than wide and distinetly smaller than 3, latter halt

longer than wide, equal 4, pedicel globular, small. The seape bears a distinet

{uberele just before middle, but this is on the shaft, and is covered by the regular

vonvex expansion.

Ss. Aust.: Adelaide: Many specimens from Piews rublyinosus. Also six

females from same host, N.S. Wales, Sydney (A. J. Coates).

338 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

PLEISTODONTES FROGGATTI Mayr.

A female of this species taken at light, Cairns, Queensl. (A. M. Lea).

Lt agrees with Grandi’s figures, but. funicle 2 was distinetly shorter in pro-

portion to 3, only half longer than wide, and only about 4 of 3. Ovipositor 3

abdomen.

BLASTOPHAGA Gravenhorst.

BLASTOPHAGA NIVEIPES sp. nov.

As B. insularis, but black, scape (brown-yellow), funicle 1, and lees dusky

snow-Wwhite, thorax beneath and a quadrate area centrally on face just above

antennae, pallid; club solid, scape with the tubercle beneath, wiiformly, con-

vexly dilated. Pedicel thickly beset with stout spines, exceeding all funicles, of

which 1 is wider than long, 2 cup-shaped and smaller than the rest, which are

a bif longer than wide. The sheath is as in B, jnsularis, but terminates in a

stout, colourless spine, aud attains apex of 3.) The head narrows u bit cephalad,

and is somewhat longer than wide. Postmarginal shorter than marginal,

exceeding stigmal,

N. Terr.: Roper River (N. B, Tindale). From Ficus glomerutus.

A comparison of the type of B. insularis shows these differences ; The pedicel

is not thickly beset, as above, but its spines are longer and less dense, the head is

smaller, with less obvious setae, the club sewmented distinctly, the legs are dark,

seutellim with a cross-row of only a few (4) dots, many in other; tibia 1 is not

heavily armed at apex, the postmarginal vein is faint and shorter, and there is

no distinet pateh of ciliae on caudal margin near base as in the other. Thus the

two species differ in a number of structural details,

BLASTOPHAGA SEMIAURICEPS sp, nov.

Differs from B. insularis and B. nigriseapus im having the lower part of

head and face up to middle yellow; from the former: ovipositor ouly 4 abdomen,

funicle 1 shorter than 2, which is shorter than pedicel, entirely black except parts

mentioned, tibiae, tarsi, much of femur 1, red-browu; no tuberele on ventral

scape, club joints distinet, subquadrate. Scape with a rather large bulge beneath

centrally.

From B. yghigit: Tibia 3 aboye without long hairs, 1 of tarsus 3, 22 times

longer than wide and exceeding 2 plus 8 (in other only 4 longer than wide and

equal 2 and 3 united, the latter wider than long); the antennal foyea is quite

different, being a deep circular excision, and there is no median suture from it

(males).

S. Aust.: Adelaide, Dec., 1913 (1. HH, D. Griffith). Many specimens of

both sexes. Cotwvpes in Queensland Mnsenm,

The sheath ends in an weute pale spine, and does not attain to apex of 3.

A NEW BUTTERFLY OF THE GENUS PAPILIO FROM ARNHEM LAND

BY NORMAN B. TINDALE, ASSISTANT ENTOMOLOGIST, SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

Summary

Probably few large butterflies remain to be taken on the mainland of Australia, therefore the

discovery of a well-defined race of Papilio leosthenes in the Northern Territory was unexpected.

A NEW BUTTERFLY or tHe GENUS PAPILIO

FROM ARNHEM LAND.

By NORMAN B. TINDALE, Asstsranr Enromotoaisr, Sourn Ausrratian Museum.

Fig. 106.

PropabLty few large new butterflies remain to be taken on the mainland of

Australia, therefore the discovery of a well-defined race of Pupilio leosthenes in

the Northern Territory was unexpected.

PAPILIO LEOSTHENES GEIMBIA subsp. nov.

Fig. 106, A.

6 Forewings above white, faintly greenish-yellow at base, with four oblique

broad black bands; the first two in basal third reaching from costa to dorsum ;

the third subtriangular, with apex truneated, reaching from costa to vein 2;

the fourth similar in shape, reaching from costa opposite apex of cell to base of

vein 5; apical third of wing broadly black, a subterminal dusky white band from

costa, becoming obsolete near vein 2; traces of an inner band. Hindwings white;

apical third black; a series of obsolete discal spots whitish, at tornus bluish-erey ;

a black band parallel to dorsum from costa near base to the tornal spot; another

from one-third costa to vein 2 bordered outwardly beyond cell by two orange

spots; a large tornal spot and a smaller one in area 2 orange, margined outwardly

with black, inwardly with white; a small whitish suffusion in apical fourth of

area 2; tail black, tipped whitish.

Forewings beneath with markings as above, greyish-black instead of black.

Hindwing as above; with two additional orange spots outwardly margined with

black in areas 6 and 7, Expanse, 74 mm.

@ Markings as in male. Expanse, 72-86 mm.

Hab. Northern Territory: Alligator River, on the sandstone tableland

(D. D. M. Campbell). One male and two females were examined. The type, a

male, I. 14867, is in the South Australian Museum; the allotype female (fig.

106, A), 86 mm. in expanse, is in the Auckland Museum. There is a fourth

example in the Auckland collection which has not been examined. We are in-

debted to Mr. J. A. Porter, of Darwin, for our type example, and to Mr. Campbell

for the loan of one of the specimens he presented to the Auckland Museum. The

name chosen is derived from that of a tribe of natives (Geimbia) inhabiting the

Alligator River tableland.

340 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

ig. 106. A, Papilio leosthenes geimbia subsp. noy. allotvpe female; B, P. leosthenes leosthenes

g ’ . y q

Doubleday, female, Brisbane,

TINDALE—A NEW BUTTERFLY 341

P.1. geimbia differs from typical P. 1. leosthenes in its larger size, relatively

broader hindwings, and longer tail. The black areas on both wings are more

extensive, and the subterminal white markings are obscured. The four dusky

orange spots on the hindwing are strongly developed, and the tail is without the

posterior white border.

PAPILIO LEOSTHENES LEOSTHENES Doubleday.

Fig. 106, B.

Doubleday, Ann. Nat. Hist, xviii, 1846, p. 372; Gray, Cat. Lep. Ins. British

Museum, i, 1852, p. 80, pl. ii, f. 1; Waterhouse and Lyell, Butt. of Aust., 1914,

p. 165, pl. xxix, f. 553.

No more definite locality than that of ‘‘ Australia’? was given in the original

description, and no subsequent author has fixed a type locality. As southern

Queensland examples agree perfectly with the description and figures, | nominate

Brisbane as the type locality, and have figured a female specimen from that

locality, taken in November, for comparison with the new race. Forty-four

examples have been examined, including two in the collection of Dr. G. A. Water-

house, from Cape York.

IIab. New South Wales: Sydney, Dorrigo, Richmond River; Queensland :

Brisbane, Esk, Mackay, Cape York.

ADDENDA.

Several alterations and corrections appear to be necessary in one of my

previous papers (7).

Hulepis pyrrhus sempronius Fab., p. 342. IT wrongly followed Kirby’s

correction, which was made in error; the name FH. p. canomaculatus Goeze, which

is a svnonym of typical #. p. pyrrhus Linn., from Amboina, cannot be applied

to the Australian race,

Delia ennia theodora nom. nov. in place of D. e. dorothea (p. 349), whieh

name has previously been used by Mitis.

By the omission of portions of two lines in my list of the butterflies of Groote

Hylandt (p. 353, line 8), Lycaenesthes emolus affinis W. and li. appears in a

wrong genus, and Catochrysops platissa Herrich-Schaeffer is omitted. Vphthima

arctous Fab., taken on Groote Eylandt in February and April, was also omitted

from the list.

(1) Tindale, Trans. Roy. Soc. South Australia, xlvii, 1923, p. 342-354,

PUBLIC LIBRARY, MUSEUM, AND ART GALLERY

OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA

RECORDS

OF THE

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

Vol. Ill, No. 4

Published by the Board of Governors, and edited by the late Museum

Director (Edgar R. Waite) and Prof. T. Harvey Johnston

AbELAIDE, May-9,- 1928 :

~-PRINTED AT THE HASSELL PRESS, 104 - CURRIE STREET

OBITUARY AND BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MR. EDGAR R. WAITE

BY HERBERT M. HALE, SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

Summary

Edgar Ravenswood Waite was born in May, 1866, in Leeds, both his parents being Yorkshire

people. His father was for forty years foreign correspondent for a Leeds bank, and entered his son

Edgar Waite, as a youth, in the Borough Accountant’s Office at Leeds, where he acquired business

habits which proved useful later. Early in life Mr. Waite envinced a keen interest in natural science,

and received a grounding in biology by taking a course at the Victoria University, now the

University of Manchester. In 1888, at the age of 22, he was given his first scientific appointment,

that of sub-curator of the Leeds Museum, and three years later was made curator of that institution.

At this early period he aws mainly interested in ornithology, but also familiarized himself with

Museum work, visiting the principal museums of Britain, and also many of the continental ones,

including those of Berlin, Dresden, Prague, Brussels, Antwerp, Rotterdam, Leyden, and

Amsterdam. While curator at Leeds he was co-editor of the “Naturalist” (London), Joint Honorary

Secretary of the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union, and Honorary Librarian of the Conchological Society

of Great Britain and Ireland.

Rec. S.A, MUSEUM.

MR. EDGAR RAVENSWOOD WAITE, F.L.S., C.M.Z.S.

Director of the Museum - - - 1914-1928

Editor of Records of S.A. Museum - 1918-1928

Born May 5, 1866. Died Jan. 19, 1928.

OBITUARY anp BIBLIOGRAPHY

or Mr. Epncar R. Watre.

By HERBY RT M. HALE, Seourn Ausrranian Musrun.

Epngar Rayenswoon Warre was born in May, 1866, in Leeds, both lis parents

being Yorkshire people. His father was for forty years foreign correspondent

for a Leeds bank, and entered his son Kdear Waite, as a youth, in the Borough

Acecountant’s Office at Leeds, where he acquired business habits which proyed

useful later, Warly in lite Mr. Waite evineed a keen interest in natural science,

and received a grounding in biology by taking a course at the Victoria University,

now the University of Manchester. In 1888, at the age of 22, he was given his

first scientific appointment, that of sub-curator of the Leeds Musemim, and three

vears later was nade enrator of that mstitution. At this early period he was

inainly interested in ornithology, but also familiarized himself with Musennt

work, visiting the principal yuseums of Britain, and also many of the continental

ones, including those of Berlin, Dresden, Prague, Brussels, Antwerp, Rotterdam,

Leyden, and Amsterdam. While curator at Leeds he was co-editor of the

‘Naturalist’? (London), Joint Honorary Secretary of the Yorkshire Naturalists’

Union, and Ionorary Librarian of the Conchological Society of Great Britain

and Ireland.

In 1892 the Trustees of the Australian Museum, Sydney, required an Assist-

ant in Zoology to take eharge of Mammals, Reptiles, Wishes, and General Oste-

olowy. Myr. Waite was selected for this post, and on coming to Australia com-

menced his career as a research worker; thereafter bis life was occupied in the

study of the Australasian fauna and in the work of Australasian Museums.

Ile published his first taxonomie paper in 15938, when he described some Ats-

tralian blind-snakes aud, in the succeeding years during which he worked in the

Austeunlian Museum, he studied mammals, reptiles, and amphibians, and paid

particular attention to fishes, a group in which he was becoming increasingly

interested. Important collections from other Australian Museums were entrusted

to him for investization and idemtification, the Muridae obtained by the Horn

Expedition to Central Australia, and the fishes trawled by the Western Australian

Government. In February aud March, 1898, he actecl as naturalist to a trawling

expedition condnueted in TL,M.C.S. ‘Thetis.’ when marine material was collected

at 59 stations off the eoast of New South Wales, and wrote the scientific report

thereon,

In 1906 he sueeeeded the late Capt. Iutton as Curator of the Canterbury

Museum, Christchurch, New Zealand; for eight years he devoted the whole of

346 RECORDS OF THE S,A. MUSEUM

his energies to the work of that institution, effecting many additions and improve-

ments during his tenure of office. He recovered, at Okarito, one of the largest

recent mammal skeletons in the world, that of a stranded Blue-whale 87 feet in

length, and supervised the mounting of this in a specially constructed building.

He introduced the method of exhibiting fishes by means of coloured casts, a pro-

cedure which proved far superior to the older stuffed skins, which almost invari-

ably became shrunk and distorted. Later he extended the process to Cetaceans

also, the largest aquatic mammal east being a strap-toothed Whale, 18 feet in

length. He found time to continue his assiduous researches, extensively studying

the fishes of New Zealand, and becoming recognized as one of the leading Aus-

tralasian ichthyologists. A year after his arrival in New Zealand he was instru-

mental in inaugurating the Records of the Canterbury Museum, a publication

for the purpose of recording observations and investigations of the staff of the

Museum. He edited the four parts of volume i, and the first part of volume ii of

that periodical, and himself wrote much of the matter comprising each part.

While in New Zealand Mx. Waite had opportunities of extending his field

experience very considerably, and was connected, as zoologist, with the following

important expeditions. In 1907 he accompanied Ilis Excelleney the Governor,

the late Lord Plunket, to the Southern Islands of New Zealand; was in charee of

the investigation department of a Government Trawling Cruise; and studied the

vertebrates during the Canterbury Philosophical Institutes’ Expedition to the

subantareti¢ islands of New Zealand. In 1908 he led a Museum expedition among

the northern Maories; a year later went to the West Coast Sounds to study the

vertebrates of that region; and in 1910 was a member of an investigation eom-

mittee which visited the New Zealand lakes. He was on board the ‘‘ Aurora’?

during the first subantarctie cruise of Sir Douglas Mawson’s Australasian Ant-

aretie Expedition in 1912, and next year aecompanied the G.S. ‘‘Tutanekai’’

when she proceeded to Macquarie Island for the purpose of reprovisioning

the scientific party stationed there by the expedition. After almost all of his

excursions Mr. Waite published the results of his investigations and collections,

and as these papers are referred to in his bibliography no further comment is

needed: in fact his published contributions to science convey to posterity much

more lasting records of his capabilities than these brief biographical notes.

From the beginning of 1914 until the time of his death he oceupied the

position of Director of the South Australian Museum. When he took charge

here the installation of exhibits in the New Wing was just commencing; he oecu-

pied himself enthusiastically with this work and, as a result of his twenty-six

years’ experience of museums, was able to introduce many innovations. He de-

signed the grouping of many of the cases in the mammal and bird galleries, and

HALE—OBITUARY OF EDGAR R. WAITE 347

also re-arranged some of the material in the older portion of the Museum. ‘he

new wing was officially opened in December, 1915, but the eases and exhibits

were voutinually augmented, under his supervision, until the close of last year.

Soon after his arrival in South Australia Mr. Waite commenced work on the

Anturetie fishes collected by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition, the first of

the investigations in which the writer of this notiee, as his personal assistant at

the time, was privileged to participate. On account of his assoviations with this

expedition Ma. Waite was ereathy interested in the fauna of the cold southern

seas, and in 1927 arrauged an Autareti¢c case, whieh stands at the western end of

the old museum. He designed and painted the greater part of the backeround

of this ease; fhe scene is set near Cape Royds, and shows Mt. Erebus in eruption

largely obscured by a snowstorm. Antaretie manunals and birds, and some of the

gear used by Sir Douglas Mawson anc his companions, are exhibited. Two dous

are included in the group; one of these was used by Sir Douglas Mawson, and

the other, a Siberian dog named *Serai.”’ belonged to the expedition organized by

Capt. Robert F. Scott. After this ill-fated expedition ‘‘Serai’’ was presented to

Ar. Waite, and for some years the dog was the most treasured of the numerous

pets he kept at his home. ‘‘Serai’’ eventually died of old age, and was mounted

in the Antaretie case,

When Mr, Waite came to Sonth Australia the Museum already possessed a

series of casts of animals, but he at once arranged for the preparation of further

reproductions of fishes, whieh were painted by the late Mr. Gustave Barnes.

With the co-operation of fishermen and others, he greatly inereased the mumber

of exhibited fish casts, the most noteworthy example being that of a Basking

Shark 25 feet in length whieh, it is said, had the distinetion of being the largest

cast of a fish hitherto attempted.

When a large Blue Whale, equal in size to the aforementioned Okarito

Whale, was stranded at Corvisart Bay in 1918, Mr. Waite was insistent that

arrangements should be made for securing its skeleton. Ife made visits to the

locality, and later described the gigantic mammal in detail, The iwacerated

skeleton is now stored, Mr. Waite not livine to see it mounted for exhibition,

Ofher smaller whales cast ap on our shores were examined by him, and he re-

covered the skeletou of a youn Straptoothed Whale, now on exhibition in the

Museum.

Mx. Waite was ever desirous to advance the status of institutions with which

he wes associated, and with this end in view he earnestly recommended that the

South Australian Museum should publish its own journal; the first part of the

“Records of the Soath Australian Museum’? appeared in 1918, and each sue.

cooding year a number was produced under his editorship.

348 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

As shown in the Bibliography, Mr. Waite published forty papers during his

fourteen years of activity in our State: in them he deals with mammals, birds,

fishes, reptiles, amphibians, and some ethnological objects. His most useful

ichthyological contribution was a catalogue of the South Australian fishes, which

he enlarged later to form one of the British Science Guild Handbooks. At the

time of his death he had almost completed a second handbook dealing with our

reptiles and amphibians, and this will be published posthumously.

' Mr, Waite made numerous official excursions in South Australia, and took

charge of three important ventures. Shortly after his appointment he made a

eruise to the Great Australian Bight in the Government Trawler ‘‘Simplon’’; in

1916 in company with Capt. 8. A. White he led a Museum expedition to Central

Australia; and in 1918 went to New Guinea, New Britain, and New Ireland in

search of material for the Museum, On two oceasions he accompanied Professor

Wood Jones on trips organized for the biological survey of the Nuyts Archipelago

and the Investigator Group.

For years Mr. Waite was looking forward with happy anticipation to a visit

to America and to Hurope, where he hoped to renew old acquaintances and. to

familiarize himself with modern requirements of museums. He spent the latter

half of 1926 on this tour, and made many observations, particularly in the

American Museum of Natural History, where he worked for three weeks planning

the arrangement of two cases which contain groups illustrating phases of Aus-

tralian zoology. On his return he confessed that the trip was a disappointment

in many ways; he was ill during the voyage to England, and after the following

seyen months of stientious travelling and research, returned to Adelaide tired

and rather dispirited. He then stated that much of the glamour of early associa-

tions at home had vanished after more than thirty years’ absence, and that he

considered his surveys in the United States had been too brief owing to the time

occupied in travelling.

At the age of fifty Mr. Waite contracted malaria in New Guinea, and in

subsequent years numerous attacks of fever, with its concomitant disorders, did

much to undermine his health. The photograph here reproduced was taken in

Berlin only eighteen months before his death, and is a faithful representation of

his appearance during the last few years. Those who knew him earlier cannot

fail to note the changes effected by suffering, which he bore uncomplainingly with

fortitude and courage. In January of this year he was to have attended confer-

ences in Tasmania in regard to Marine Biological stations and Museum matters :

he developed typhoid fever early in the month and shortly became seriously ill,

but, confident that he was suffering from an unusually severe bout of malaria, he

struggled to Tasmania, fighting against great disabilities, and hoping each day

HALE—OBITUARY OF EDGAR R. WALTER 349

{hat the attaels would abate, He became rapidly worse, however, and on January

Wth passed away in Hobart, where 700 colleagues were gathered at the Seience

Conyress,

Por the greater part of his life Mr. Waite was a Fellow of the Linnean So-

ciety of London, to whieh he was elected in 1890, and was at one time a councillor

of the Linnean Soeiety of New South Wales. Tn South Australia he took great

inferest in the Royal Society, was a couneil member for five years, and this year

Was Senior Viee-President. As already indieated, from an early period in his

vareer socloties whieh in any way eheourage the study of natural history claimed

his attention. In our State he attended the meetings of the Field Naturalists,

the Anglers’ Association, and yarious clubs, and each year clelivered addresses

at some of these gatherings. Ten years ago he was one of a small meeting of

anmatenr aquarists who founded the Sonth Australian Aquarium Society (whieh

now bas a menbership of forty) and was president for six years of the existeies

of the Soutety. Te was a meniber of the Fauna and Flora Board, a councillor of

the Zoologieal Society (South Australia), and, more recently, was appointed a

corresponding member of the Zoological Society of London. He aceupied a seat

vn (he handbooks committee of the local branch of the British Science Guild, aad

was cditor of the Ilandbooks, now in course of publication, dealing with the

fauna and flora olf South Australia. ILe took deep interest in the Flinders Chase

Reserve on Kangaroo Lsland, and, as a member of the Fauna and Flora Board,

made several trips to the Island for the inspection and stocking of the Reserve

aud for the eollecting of specimens in order that a complete knowledge of the

fauns thereon might be gleaned, He was a member of the Anthropologieal So-

viety of South Australia, which was founded in 1926,

Brom his youth onwards Mr. Waite undertook considerable editorial work

in connection with scientifie and natural history publieations. Im this direction

he was punctilious and keenly critical, even of bis own work. demanded from

those with whom he was associated concisely worded statements incapable of mis-

construction, and discouraged the publieation of theories not built upon a firm

foundation of fact. Unselfishly, he was always ready to give time and thought.

to the perusal of manuseript subinitted to him for eritieism, and much of his

editorial work was executed anonymously.

Mir. Waite spent forty years in his chosen field, Museum management, ancl

was in every respect an ideal musewn officer. Ile derived great pleasure From

ihe preparation of publie exhibits and the display of groups, and was justly

prond of the cases arranged by him. He encouraged research on the reserve col-

lections, not the least important function of a museum, and was fastidiously

earctul in replying to enquiries regarding natural science, often spending much

350 KECORDS OF THE $,A. Muskum

Lime in order to be able to furnish complete information or to make identifiea-

tious. His activities in the various Societies mentioned did much to increase the

collections of the Institution.

In his private life Mr. Waite was rarely idle, as he had several hobbies

which oeeupied much of his leisure. He was an ardent motor eyclist, his experi-

enee dating back to the days when a non-stop run of ten miles was au achieye-

ment. While at the Australian musenm be became interested in wyuarium keep-

ing, aud for more than thirty-five years maintained private aquaria and ponds.

‘hese were almost all made by hinself in his own workshop. A yeur after his

arrival in New Zealand he exhibited aquaria in the New Zealancl exhibition, and

was awarded a gold medal for «a marine installation. In 1922 some of us

attempted to stimulate public interest in a proposal to crect au Aquarium for the

State, and in this project Mr. Waite was a prominent worker, ILe collected post-

age stamps, but his interest in philately was, in the main, limited to those stamps

on which animals are depieted, or on which animals are the motif of the design.

Te had artistic talents and made many sketches in the field, while bis ability lo

execute pictures in oils, wash, or line, was a ereat advantage to bim in his re-

searches. Tle was also an experienced photographer. Tle was very ford of music,

and derived much enjoyment from lis Ante. Tis interest in this instrument dated

from his boyhood when he and his brother, in ransacking some boxes at their

home, discovered two old flntes. The father found the boys attempting to master

these and forthwith arranged for them to receive professional instruction. In

South Australia he and the late Mr. Commissioner Mitchell, who was also a

flaniist, Spent many evenings together rendering the classical selections which

appealed to them both. Mr. Waite was an original member of the South Aus-

iralian Flute Club, which was inaugurated in 1926, and took part in two of the

coneerts arranged by the Cluib.

My. Waite was a member of most of the camping parties arranged by natur-

alists’ societies, and on these informal eatherines could be as happily irresponsible

us the youngest participant, He was of a retiring disposition, heartily disliked

social funetions., and did not readily make close acquaintances; those who were

privileged as such, however, know how lasting were the friendships he made.

He was a ieiber of the Yorkshire Society of South Australia, and took

pride in his ability to speak and recite in the Yorkshire dialeet. Like all good

Yorkshiremen he was somewhat conservative, but when convinced of the wisdom

of a particular course of action he followed it with patience and enthusiasm, and

(ict all in his power to forward any proposal of which he approved,

Mr. Waite was uv valued colleague in the laboratory and a happy companion

in the field. One eannot quote a more fiiiing tribute to his personality than that

HALE—OBITUARY AND BIBLIOGRAPHY OF EDGAR R. WAITE 351

furnished by Professor F, Wood Jones, F.R.S.. now of Honolulu, but formerly

of Adelaide, when expressing deep sorrow at the loss of an esteemed friend:

“Under all the varied conditions in which 1 came into contact with Waite |

found about him that charm which, inherent in a gentle nature, was in him so

much enhanced by his high ideals and love of real scientific work. In spite of the

faet that | am far away from Adelaide, indeed perhaps because of that fact, I

realize how very great a loss Adelaide has sustained. Waite was a museum

direetor aud an extraordinarily good one, Ile was an ichthyologist and herpet-

ologist of international reputation, but he was far more than that. Ile was a

gentle soul who lived a brave life, and did that best thing that anyone ean do, be

gave to life far more than he asked from it.”’

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

Papers published in collaboration are placed at the end of the Lst.

1891.

1. Vertebrates of the Western Ainsty. The Naturalist, 1891, pp. 81-114.

1892.

2. Trout Hatching at Knaresborough. The Naturalist, 1892, pp. 147-143.

3. Remains of Fallow Deer from Goole Moor. The Nafiralist, 1892, pp.

167-169.

4. ‘*Escapes,’’ with a Note on the Magellanie Goose in Yorkshire. The Natwr-

alist, 1892, pp. 251-253.

1893.

5, Notes on Australian Typhlopidae. Jéec, Austr. Mus., ii, 1895, pp. 57-62,

pl. xv.

1894.

6. Notes on Australian Typhlopidae. Proc, Linn. Soc., NS. Wales, (2) ix,

1894, pp. 9-14, pl. i.

New or Rare Fishes from Maroubra, N.S. Wales. Proc. Linn. Soe., NN.

Wales, (2) ix, 1894, pp, 215-227, pl. xvii.

8. Observations on Dendrolugus bennettianus. Proc. Linn, Soc., N.S. Wales,

(2) ix, 1894, pp. 571-582, pls. xlii-xliii.

-~]

9. Re-deseription of Aspidiles ramsayi. Proc. Linn. Soc., N.S. Wales, (2) ix,

1894, pp. 715-717, pl. L

1895.

10. On the Egg-cases of some Port Jackson Sharks. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zaol.,

xxv, L895, pp. 325-329, pl. xi.

11. Waltzing Mice, Natural Science, vii, 1895, pp. 101-102.

19.

20.

RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

The Skull of Dendrolagus dorianus. Rec. Austr. Mus., ii, 1895, pp. 85-87,

pls, xvili-xix,

1896.

A Museum Enemy—Dust. Ree. Austr. Mus., ii, 1896, pp. 95-98.

Muridae of Horn Expedition. Rep. Horn Bap. Cent. Aust., pt. ti (zool.),

1896, pp. 393-409, pls. xxv-xxvi.

Nidifieation of Phascogale flavipes. Proc. Linn. Soc., N.S. Wales, (2) xxi,

1896, pp. 349-550.

The Range of the Platypus. Proc. Linn, Soc., NWS. Wales, (2) xxi, 1896,

pp. 900-502.

1897.

The Fauna of New South Wales, Wealth and Progress, N.S. Wales, 1897,

pp. 3-16.

The Mammals, Reptiles, and Fishes of Bunatuti. Mem. Awusir. Ifus., iii,

1897, pp. 165-201, pl. viii.

Notes on Australian Typhlopidae, Trans, Roy, Soe., S. Austr., xxi, 1897.

pp. 25-27, pl. i.

On the Habits of the Sydney Bush-rat (Wis arboricola). Proc. Zool. Sac.,

1897, pp. 857-860.

A New Blind Snake from the Duke of York Island. Ree. Austr. Mus., iii,

1897, pp. 69-70, figs. 1-3.

1898.

Observations on Muridae from Central Australia. Proce. Roy. Soc., Viel.,

(u.s.) x, 1898, pp. 114-128, pls. v-vi.

Mammals, Reptiles, and Amphibians. Zandbook Sydney and County of

Cumberland, 1898, pp. 58-67 (Austr. Assoe. Ady, Science).

Report on Fishes of ‘‘Thetis’? Expedition. Seca Pisheries Rep. H.M.CWS,

“Thetis,’? 1898, pp. 28-62, pls. i-xii, 1 map.

1899.

Deseription of a Ring-tailed Opossuin regarded as a variety of Pseudochirus

herberlensis. Ree. Austr. Mus., iti, 1899, pp. 91-98.

The Nest or Drey of the Ring-tailed Opossum, Pseudochirus peregrinus.

Rec. Austr. Mus., iii, 1899, pp. 93-94, pl. xix.

Observations on Testudo nigrita. Ree, Austr, Mus., iti, 1899, pp. 95-108,

pls. xx-xxii, 2 text figs.

Notes on Snakes. Rec. Austr. Mus., ili, 1899, pp. 104-105, 2 text figs.

Stegosloma ligrinum. An Addition to the Fauna of New South Wales

Ree, Austr. Mus., iii, 1899, pp. 183-154.

a0.

HaLE—BIBLIOGRAPHY OF Epcar R. WAITE 353

The Fishes of Funafuti (Supplement). Mem. Austr. Mus., 11, 1899, pp.

539-546, fig. 58.

Regulecus ylesne. An Addition to the Fauna of New South Wales. Hee.

Austr. Mus., iii, 1899, pp. 168-165,

Lompris lund, its recurrence in New Zealand Waters. Rec. Austr. Mus., iti,

1599, pp. 166-167,

Scientific Results of the Trawling Expedition of LLMLC.S. **Thetis.”? Intro-

duction and Fishes. Mem. Austr. Mus., iv, 1899, pp. 1-132, frontispiece,

pls. i-xxx and text figs. 1-10.

1900.

Australian Fishes and the Fishing ludustry. Wragge'’s Almandae, 1900,

pp. 296-501.

The Card-catalogne System adapted to Museum Requirements, Ree, Austr.

Mus., 111, 1900, pp. 217-218.

An extended Description of Mus fuscipes. Rec. Austr. MWus., iii, 1900, pp.

190-193, text figs. 1-4.

Notes on Fishes from Western Australia, and Deseription of a New Species,

Ree, Ausir., Mus., iii, 1900, pp. 210-216, pl. xxxvii.

Recurrence of Megaderma gigas. Ree. Austr. Mus., 11, 1900, pp. 188-189.

Additions to the Fish Fauna of Lord Lowe Island. Ree. Auslr. Mus., iii,

1900, pp. 198-209, pls, xxxy-xxxvii, and text figs. 1-2.

Lygosomea fragile. Ree, Austr. Mus., ii, 1900, p. 220.

1901.

Our Common Snakes. Wragge's Almunae, 1901, pp, 183-187.

Additions to the Fish Fauna of Lord Howe Island, No, 2. Rec. Austr.

Mus,, iv, 1901, pp, 86-47, pls. v-vili, and text fig. 12.

Studies in Australian Sharks, with Diagnosis of a New Family. Ree. Ausir.

Mus., iv, 1901, pp. 28-35, pl. iv, fig. 1, and text fie. 9.

Notes on Fishes. Ree. Austr, MWus., iv, 1901, pp, 53-54.

A Deseription of Wacropus isabellinus. Ree. Austr, Mus., iv, 1901, pp. 131-

134, pls. xvili-xix.

Uronyecleris cephaloltes. Ree. Austr. Mus., iv, 1901, p. Ie.

1902.

Studies in Australian Sharks, No. 2. Ree. Austr. Mus., iv, 1902, pp. 175-

178, text fie. 19.

Notes on Fishes trom Western Australia, No. 2. Rec. Austr. Mus., iv, 1902,

pp. 179-194, pls. xxvii-xxxi, and text fig. 20.

52.

65.

66.

67.

68.

RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

New Records or Recurrences of Rare Fishes from Kastern Australia. Ree.

Austr. Mus., iv, 1902, pp. 263-273, pls. xli-xliii.

Skeleton of Luvarus imperialis. Rec. Austr. Mus., iv, 1902, pp. 292-297,

pls. xlv-xlvi, and text fig. 22.

1903.

Notes on the Zoology of Paanopa or Ocean Island, and Nauru or Pleasant

Island, Gilbert Group. The Reptiles and Fishes. Rec. Austr. Mus., v,

1903, pp. 1-3.

Additions to the Fish Fauna of Lord Howe Island, No. 3. Rec. Austr.

Mus., v, 1903, pp. 20-45, pls. iii-v, and text figs. 1-2.

A Fresh-water Turtle (Pelochelys cantoris) from New Guinea. Rec. Austr.

Mus., v, 1903, pp. 50-52, text fig. 4.

New Records or Recurrences of Rare Fishes from Eastern Australia, No. 2.

Rec. Austr. Mus., v, 19038, pp. 56-61, pl. vi.

Chersydrus granulatus, A Snake New to Australia. Rec. Austr. Mus., v,

1908, p. 74.

Sympathetic Song in Birds. Nature, lxviii, 1903, p. 74.

1904.

Description of a new Phascogale from North Western Australia. Ree.

Austr. Mus., v, 1904, pp. 122-124.

The genus Dromicia in New South Wales. Rec. Austr. Mus., v, 1904, p. 134.

Additions to the Fish Fauna of Lord Howe Island, No. 4. Rec. Austr. Mus.,

v, 1904, pp. 135-186, pls. xvil-xxiv, text fig. 32.

Catalogue of the Fishes of Lord Howe Island. Rec. Austr. Mus., v, 1904,

pp. 187-230.

New Records or Recurrences of Rare Fishes from Eastern Australia. Rec.

Austr. Mus., v, 1904, pp. 231-244, pls. xxv-xxvi, and text figs. 33-34.

A Synopsis of the Fishes of New South Wales. Mem. N.S. Wales Nat. Club,

No. 2, 1904, pp. 1-59.

A Review of the Hleotrids of New South Wales. Rec. Austr. Mus., v, 1904,

pp. 277-286, pls. xxxiv-xxxvi.

The Breeding Habits of the Fighting Fish. Rec. Aust. Mus., v, 1904, pp.

293-295, pl. xxxviil.

1905.

The Breeding Habits of the Paradise Fish. Rec. Austr. Mus., vi, 1905,

pp. 1-4.

An Addition to the Lacertilian Fauna of the Solomon Islands. Rec. Austr.

Mus., vi, 1905, pp. 18-16, text fig. 2.

Climbing Habits of an Australian Snake. Rec. Austr. Mus., vi, 1905, p. 38

4 4]

76.

SO,

81.

82.

ve]

pe)

aoe

HALE— BIBLIOGRAPHY OF EDGAR R. WAITE 355

Pseudaphritis urvillii, a Fish New to Western New South Wales. Ree.

Austr, Mus., vi, 1905, pp. 88-39.

Notes on Hishes from Western Australia, No. 3. Rec. Auslr. Mus., vi, 1905,

pp. 55-82, pls. viil-xvii, and text fie. 23.

The Osteology of the New Guinea Turtle. Carettachelys inseulpta, Ree.

Austy. Mus., vi, 1905, pp. 110-118, pls. xxiv-xxvii, and text figs, 30-52.

1906.

Deseriptions of and Notes on some Australian and

Tasmanian Fishes. Fee.

Ausir. Mus., vi, 1906, pp. 194-210, pls. xxxiv-xxxvi.

Studies in Australian Sharks, No. 38.) Ree. Austr. Mus., vi, 1906, pp. 226-

229, pls. xxxix-xli, and text fig. 38.

1907.

The Generie Name Crepidogaster. Rec. Ausly, Mus., vi, 1907, pp. 1-39.

A Basie List of the Fishes of New Zealand. Rec. Cant. Maus., 1, 1907,

pp. 1-89.

1908.

Notes on the Breeding Habits of the Red-bellied Newt (Wolge pyrrho-

gastra). Proc. Linn, Soc., N.S, Wales, xxxiil, 1908, pp. 66-67,

Large Blue Whales. Nature, Ixxxix, 1908, p. 98, 1 text fig.

1909.

Scientific Results of the New Zealand Government Trawliny Expedition,

1907. Introduetion. Rec. Cant. Mus., i, 1909, pp. 45-64, pls. i-vi, and

Chart. (Also issued simultaneously as a New Zealand Government pam-

phlet, pp. 1-20, pls. i-vi, and Chart.)

Scientifie Results of the New Zealand Government Trawling Expedition,

1907, Pisces; part 1. Ree. Cant. Mus., i, 1909, pp. 131-156, pls. xili-xxiii.

(Also issued simultaneously as a New Zealand Government pamphlet,

pp. 1-26, pls. xiii-xxiii.)

Vertebrata of the Subantaretie Islands of New Zealand. Saubant. Islands

N. Zeal., 1909, pp. 548-598, text fies, 1-24.

1910.

A. List of the Known Fishes of Kermadee and Norfollc Islands. Trans.

N. Zeal. Inst., xl, 1910, pp. 370-383, pls. xxxv-xxxvi.

Notes on New Zealand Fishes. Trans. N. Zeal. Inst., xlii. 1910, pp. 384-391,

pls. xxxvli-xxxviii, and 8 text figs.

Additions to the Fish Fauna of New Zealand. Proc. N. Zeal. Inst, pt. i,

1910, pp. 25-26.

356

84.

89.

90.

91.

93.

O+4.

oo.

RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

1911. ;

Scientific Results of the New Zealand Government Trawling Expedition,

1907. Pisces; part ii, Ree. Cant. Mus., i, 1911, pp. 157-272, pls. xxiv-lvii,

and text figs. 1-3. «

Antaretie Fishes. Brif. Antarctic Bxp. 1907-9. Rep. Sci. Invest., ii, part 2,

1911, pp. 11-16, pl. i,

Additions to the Fish Fauna of the Kermadee Islands. Proc. N. Zeal. Insl.,

pt. i, 1911, p. 28.

Additions to the Fish Fauna of New Zealand, No. ii. Proc. N. Zeal. Lnsi.,

pt. ii, 1911, pp. 49-41.

1912.

Notes on New Zealand Fishes, No. 2. Trans, N. Zeal. Inst., xliv, 1912, pp.

194-202, pls. x-xii.

Fauna of New Zealand. N, Zeal., its Hist., Commerce, and Indust. Re-

sources, 1912-1913, pp. 518-525, 14 fies.

Additions and Corrections to the Basie List of the Fishes of New Zealand.

Rec. Cant. Mus., 1, 1912, pp. 318-822.

Notes on Three Notable New Zealand Whales. Ree. Cant. Mus., 4, 1912,

pp. 323-328, pls. lix-Lxiii.

Guide to the Maori Tomb in the Canterbury Museum, 1912, pp. 1-7, pls. i-vi.

19138.

Notes on New Zealand Fishes, No. 3. Trans. N. Zeal. Inst., xlv, 1915, pp.

216-224, pls. v-ix.

Fishes of the genus Tripleryyion and Related Genera in New Zealand.

Ree. Cant. Mus., 11, 1918, pp. 1-16, pls. i-v.

Results of an Examination of some Drawings of New Zealand Fishes. Ree.

Cant. Mus., ii, 1918, pp. 17-21, pl. vi.

A Supposed Oecurrence of the Bottle-nosed Whale (Hyperoodon) im New

Zealand. Ree. Cant. Mus., i, 1918, pp. 28-26, pls. vii-viil.

1914.

Notes on New Zealand Wishes, No. 4. Trans. N. Zeal. Inst., xlvi, 1914,

pp. 127-181, pls. iii-vi.

Scientifie Notes on an Expedition into the Interior of Austrata carried ont

by Capt. 8S. A. White. Mammalia. Trans. Roy, Soc. 8, Austr, xxxviii,

1914, pp. 418-419.

Scientific Notes on an Expedition into the Interior of Australia carried out

by Capt. 8. A. White. Ophidia, Amphibia, and Pisces. Trans, Roy. Soe.

S. Ausir., xxxviii, 1914, pp. 445446, text fies. 1-2.

100.

101.

102.

115.

HALE—BIBLIOGRAPHY OF EDGAR R. WAITE 357

1915.

A Supposed Incidental Occurrence of a Sucker Fish (Hcheneis australis)

in Australian Waters. Trans. Roy. Soc. 8S. Austr., xxxix, 1915, pp. 340-

3438, pl. xi.

Fishes of the Australasian Antarctic Expedition. Aust. Ant. Exp. Sci.

Rep., series ©, iii, 1915, pp. 1-92, pls. i-v, text figs. 1-16, and maps 1-ii.

1916.

A List of the Fishes of Norfolk Island and Indication of their Range to

Lord Howe Island, Kermadee Island, Australia, and New Zealand.

Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Austr., xl, 1916, pp. 452-458, pls. xliv-xlvi.

1917.

Note on the Finding of the Nest and Eges of the Desert Chat (Ashbyia

lovensis). The Emu, xvi, 1917, pp. 167-168, pl. xxxvii.

Results of the South Australian Museum Expedition to Strzelecki and

Cooper Creeks, 1916. Trans. Roy. Soc., S. Austr., xli, pp. 405-440, pls.

xxi-xxx, and text figs. 1-7; and loc. cit., pp. 472-475, text figs. 1-2.

Museum Aquaria. Aquatic Life, i, 1917, pp. 151-152, 2 figs.

Notes on the Nesting Habits of Two Labyrinth Fishes. Aquatic Life, 111,

1917, pp. 57-59, 4 figs.

1918.

Review of the Australian Blind Snakes (Family Typhlopidae). Rec. 8.

Austr. Mus., i, 1918, pp. 1-84, pl. 1, charts 1-9, and text figs. 1-24.

Description of a New Blind Snake from the Solomon Islands, with a List of

Species from the Austro-Malayan and Polynesian Sub-regions. Rec.

S. Austr. Mus., i, 1918, pp. 35-38, text fig. 25.

The Optimum of Water. Aquatic Life, 11, 1918, p. 97.

Aquarium Biochemistry. Aquatic Life, 11, 1918, pp. 139-140.

Breeding Habits of the Asiatie Red-bellied Newt. Aquatic Life, 11, 1918,

pp. 159-160.

A Bloated Axolotl Aquatic Life, iv, 1918, pp. 41-42, 1 fig.

1919.

Two Australasian Blue Whales, with Special Reference to the Corvisart

Bay Whale. Ree. S. Austr. Mus., i, 1920, pp. 157-168, pls. xxi-xxvi.

1920.

The Artificial Production of Albinism. Aquatic Life, v, 1920, pp. 48-44.

Notes on Radiographs of Two Mice. Rec. S. Austr. Mus., i, 1920, p. 291,

pl. xxxiil.

358

128.

129.

130.

11.

RECORDS OF THE S.A. MusEUM

1921.

Pipe Fishes and Sea-horses. Aqualie Life, vi, 1921, pp. 3-4 and 6, 1 fig.

Illustrated Catalogue of the Fishes of South Australia. tec. 8. Austr,

Mus., ii, 1921, pp. 1-208, pl. i, and 293 text figs.

1922,

Notes on the Sense of Sight of Fishes. Aqualic Life, vi, 1922, pp. 25-26.

Two Ziphioid Whales, not Previously Recorded from South Australia.

Rec. S. Austy. Mus., ii, 1922, pp. 209-214, pls, ii-ni.

Description of a New Australian Fish of the Genus Congiopus. Ree, 8,

Austr. Mus., ii, 1922, pp. 215-217, text fig. 333.

Studies in Australian Sharks, No. 4. Ree. S. Austr. Mus., li, 1922, pp.

219-220, fig. 334.

Blind Snakes. S. Austr. Nat., ui, 1922, pp. 49-52, 1 pl.

Notes on the Sense of Smell of Fishes. Aquatic Life, vi, 1922, pp. 57-59.

1923.

An Aboriginal Girdle. Rec. 8. Austr, Mus., ii, 1923, pp. 331-882, pl. v, and

text fig. 351.

The Fishes of South Australia. Adelaide, pp. 1-248, 325 figs. Handbook

issued by the British Science Guild (8S, Aust. Branch), 1923.

The Flora and Fatna of Nuyts Archipelago and the Investigator Group.

No. 7: The Fishes. Trans. Roy. Soe. 8. Austr., xlvii, 1923, pp, 95-96,

pl. iii.

The Flora and Fauna of Nuyts Archipelago and the Investigator Group.

No, 10: The Snakes of Francis Island. Together with a Note on the Name

of the Geographical Group. Trans. Roy. Soc., 8S. Austr., xlvii, 1928, pp.

127-128, text fig. 1.

1924.

Dummy Mourning Caps of the Murray River Natives. Hee. S. Austr. MWaus.,

ii, 1924, pp. 471-478.

Illustrations of and Notes on Some Australian Fishes, Rec. 8. Austr. Mus.,

ii, 1924, pp. 479-487, pls. xxix-xxxi, and text figs. 379-380.

1925.

Field Notes on Some Australian Reptiles and a Batrachian. Ree. 8. Aws!r.

Mus., iii, 1925, pp. 17-82, text figs. 1-15.

1926,

A Young Blue Whale. Ree. S. Austr. Mus., iii, 1926, pp. 155-144, text

figs, 66-76.

HALE—BIBLIOGRAPHY OF EpGar R. WAITE 359

1927.

132. The Tavau or Coil Feather Currency of Santa Cruz Island. Ree. 8. Austr.

Mus., ti, 1927, pp. 219-222, text fig. 91.

183. Supplement to the Catalogue of the Fishes of South Australia, Ree. 8.

Austr. Mus., iii, 1927, pp. 223-2384, pl. xii.

134. The Fauna of Kangaroo Island, South Australia. No. 3: The Reptiles and

Amphibians. Trans. Roy. Soc., S. Austr., li, 1927, pp. 326-829.

IN COLLABORATION.

MeCULLOCH, Allan R.

1. The Fishes of the South Australian Government Trawling Cruise, 1914.

Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., xxix, 1915, pp. 455-476, pls. xii-xv, and

text fig. 1.

2. A Revision of the Genus Aracana and its Allies. Trans. Roy. Soc. 8, Ausir.,

xxxix, 1915, pp. 477-498, pls. xvi-xxv.

3. Additions to the Fish Fauna of Lord Ilowe Island, No. 5. Trans. Roy. Soc.,

S. Austr., xl, 1916, pp. 487-451, pls. xl-xlii.

4. Some New and Little-known Fishes from South Australia. Rec. S. Austr,

Mus., i, 1918, pp 89-78, pls. ii-vil, and text figs. 26-31.

Deseriptions of Two New Australian Gobies. Rec. S, Austr. Mis., 1, 1918,

pp. 79-82, pl. viil.

STIRLING, Sir Edward.

6. Deseription of Toas, or Australian Aboriginal Direction Signs. Rec. 8.

Austr. Mus., 1, 1919, pp. 106-155, pls. xi-xx, and 1 text fig.

LONGMAN, Ieber A.

7. Descriptions of Little-known Australian Snakes. Pee. S. Austr. Mus., 1,

1920, pp. 173-180, pl. xxvii, and text figs, 32-38.

HALE, Herbert M.

8. Review of the Lophobranehiate Fishes of South Australia. dec. S. Austr.

Mus., i, 1921, pp. 293-324, text figs. 39-56.

JONES, Frederic Wood.

9. The Fauna of Kangaroo Island, South Australia. No. 2: The Mammals.

Trans. Roy. Soc., 8S. Austr., li, 1927, pp. 822-825,

THE SEA-LILIES, SEA-STARS, BRITTLE STARS AND SEA-URCHINS

OF THE SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

BY HUBERT LYMAN CLARK, MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY, CAMBRIDGE, USA

Summary

The collections dealt with in this report are the property of the South Australian Museum, Adelaide,

and were sent to me for study by Mr. Edgar R. Waite, the late Director of that institution, to whom I

extend my heartiest thanks. My thanks are also due, for opinions and helpful suggestions, to my

colleagues, Mr. A. H. Clark (of the United States National Museum), Dr. W. K. Fisher (of Leland

Stanford Junior University), and Dr. Th. Mortensen (of Copenhagen). All holotypes are in the

Museum collection.

Tue SEA-LILIES, SEA-STARS, BRITTLE STARS anp

SEA-URCHINS of THe

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

By HUBERT LYMAN CLARK, Musrum or Comparative Zoonocy,

Campringr, U.S.A,

Text fivs. 108-142.

Tae collections dealt with in this report are the property of the South Australian

Museum, Adelaide, and were sent to me for study by Mr, Edgar R. Waite, the

lute Director of that institution, to whom [ extend my heartiest thanks. My

thanks are also due, for opinions and helpful suggestions, to my colleagues, Mr.

A. IL Qlark (of the United States National Museum), Dr. W, K. Fisher (of

Leland Stanford Junior University). and Dr. Th. Mortensen (of Copenhagem).

All holotypes are in the Museuni collection,

This is the sixth considerable collection from Australia which has been

entrusted to me for study, apart from my own collection from Torres Strait,

and it is in many particulars the most notable. As the holothurians of the

South Australian Museum were studied and reported on by Joshua and

Creed (7), no holothnrians were sent to me, but in spite of that, far more

specimens are in this collection than in all the other five combined, The

number of forms represented is much larger than even in the notable

‘Andeavour’’ collection, and although the new species are not quite so niumerous

ax in that ereat series, they are equally interesting as a contribution to our

knowledge of the echinoderm fauna of Australia. Moreover, while the

“Endeavour” collection contained one form so extraordinary as to require a

new genus for its reception, the present collection contains two such, one a

brittle-star, the other a sea-urechin; fortunately both are represented by a large

series of specimens.

The South Australian Museum collection contains 2,937 specimens, repre-

senting 140 species and five varieties. Of these, forty-one representatives of

twenty species are non-Anstralian, and, as most are common Huropean or

Ameriean forms, it seemed best not to elude them in their normal systematic

position, but to devote the report wholly to the Australian fauna. Nevertheless,

in the introductory paragraph to each class I have listed these species in order

to make the report on the collection complete.

(1) Lrans, Roy, Soe, S. Aust., xxxix, 1915, pp. 16-24, pls, ti-iv,

362 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

There are then 2.896 specimens, representing 120 species and five varieties

of Anstralian echinoderms, If is unfortunate that a number of specimens have

no labels showing the locality whence they came, and a larger number have

labels with the somewhat indefinite information, “Spencer and St. Vincent

Gulfs.” As a result there are cases where the origin of the specimen is very

uncertain, but in many of the most important species the locality labels are

sufficiently detailed to meet our requirements.

The bulk of the collection comprises material collected by Sir Joseph

Vereo in the course of his extensive dredging and searehing for molluses. As

aresult of his indefatigable efforts noteworthy series of many rare and remark-

able echinoderms are preserved in the Museum. At least seventy-five of the

125 species and varieties in the collection were taken by him, and material

of twenty-one new forms, ineluding the two aforementioned new genera, was

accumulated by him.

Nine of the 125 forms are erinoids, thirty-nine are asteroids, thirty-nine

are ophinrans, and thirty-eight are echini. Tt is noteworthy that so large a

proportion are echini, for there are at least twiee aS many ophiurans now

known as there are eehini, and probably at least three times as many sea-stars.

No fewer than thirty-one new species and two new varieties are here deseribed.

Tn addition a sea-star and a brittle-star alsa probably represent undeseribed

species; there is only a single specimen of each, in a condition which does not

warrant detailed description, At least six species are here recorded from

Australia for the first time, so that practically one-third of the forms in the

collection are additions to the list of Australian echinoderms.

Of the 125 forms, thirty are from the coasts of northern, north-western,

or north-eastern Australia, and hence belong to a tropical fauna quite unlike

that of the southern coasts of the continent. No fewer than sixty-four of the

remaining ninety-five forms are confined to the coasts of Australia south of

latitude 33°, and as these make up the characteristic fauna of South Australia,

if seems worth while to list them here;

CRINOIDS.

Comatula brachiolata Campsometra incommoadit

Comanthus trichoptera Kuquledon pauciciria

Ptilometra macranena

ASTEROIDS.

Astropecten pectinatus Nectria ocellata

7 preissit Pentagonaster ditbeni

- syntomaus Tosia australis

Nectria multispina. re ‘ var. astrologer

CLARK—SEA- LILIES, SEA-STARS, BRITTLE STARS, AND SEA-URCHINS 363

Anthaster valvulatus

Austrofromia australis

Petricia vernicina

Asterina atyphoida

Plectaster decanus

Allostichaster regularis

Smilasterias irregularis

Uniophora granifera

Patiriella calear i gymnota

4 gunn A multispina

Nepanthia grandis s obesa

Echinaster glomeratus _ sinusoida

. 3 var, extremus a uniserialis

OPHIURANS.

Ophiomyxa australis

Astroconus australis

Ophiacantha brachygnatha

Ophiocomina australis

Amphiura trisacantha

Ophiactis tricolor

Ophiothria albostriata

F, caespitosa

‘, hymenacantha

a lineocaerulea

Ophiocoma canaliculata

5s 53 var. pulchra

Ophiurodon opacum

Pectinura assimilis

Ophiarachnella ramsayi

Amphiophiura colleta

Ophiomusium anisacanthum

+, aporum

5 stmplex var. australe

Ophiocrossota heteracantha

KCHINI.

Genocidaris imeerta

Temnopleurus australis

Microcyphus annulatus

- cOnipsUs

54 pulchellus

4 21g2ag

Amblypneustes ovum var. pachistus

Holopneustes inflatus

Pachycentrotus australiae

Anmmotrophus cyclius

3 platyterus

Echinocyamus platytatus

Fibularia plateia

The following fifteen species are also characteristic of the southern

Australian region, but occur north of lat. 33° at least on the West Coast, where

some range as far north as Shark Bay, between 24° and 28°:

Astropecten vappa

Luidia australiae

Hehinaster arcystatus

Astroboa ernae

Anphiodia mesopoma

Ophiothrix spongicola

Gomocidaris gerantoides var. tubaria

Amblypneustes formosus

Fe ovum

or » var. grandis

3s pallidus

Holopneustes porosissimus

ITeliocidaris erythrogramma

Peronella peroni

Protenaster australis

364 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

No doubt some (perhaps many) of the species on the first list will be

found to belong to the second, when the fauna of Western Australia is better

known, but the two lists together give an excellent indication of the echino-

derm fauna of the coast of South Australia. Other species are known from

the last-named, but we are not yet in position 10 attempt a complete summary

of the echinoderm fauna of that interesting region,

We ave still very ignorant reeardiny the fauna of the coast of the Northern

Territory, the munber of species actually known from Port Essington and

Port Darwin being insignificant. The material in the present collection is of

little assistance, as it rarely has definite locality labels, and in not a few cases

it merely is assumed that the specimens came from the northern coast. As an

interesting contrast to the lists already given of South Austrahan species, it

may be well, however, to list the twenty-five species which are probably from

that region:

Telioerinus monarthrius Ophiarachnella gorgonia

Comanthus parvicivra 7 inferualis

Laumprometra protecta Ophiolepis superbus

Oligometra carpenters Ophioplocus imbricatus

alychaster typicus Privnocidaris bispinasa

Anthenen flavescens Stomopueustes variolaris

by buberculosa Salmacis virgulata var. alerandre

Asterinu coronata fuscieularis Tripneustes gratilla

a Crussispinul Parasalenta pahla

Nepanthia brevis Echinometra mathaer

Astrochaleis tuberculos us Ileterocentrotus menunillat es

Ophiothrix longipeda Peroncilla lesweuré

3 neartenst daostralis

The complete difference between the faunas of the two coasts which formerly

formed part of South Australia, viz., that of ihe Northern Territory and that

of the present State, is well emphasized by the fact that although there are

twenty-one genera in the above list, and forty-nine genera in the lists given of

southern Australian species, there are only hal! a dozen wenera which occur

ou both lists, and these are, for the most part, Jarge and ill-defined, as, for

instance, Asterina, Comanthus, Ophiarachnella, and Ophiothriz.

Tt is hoped that the publication of this report will serve as a stimulus to

more intensive collecting of echinoderms on both the coasts referred te, and thi

a study of this interesting list will lead to the solution of some of its many

problems connected with the marine fanna. Such study can be pursued to

vreater advantage by local investigators (who can collect and observe the living

animals), than by one who is handling preserved material in a museum on the

other side of the globe.

CLARK—-SEA-LILIES, SEA-STARS, BRITTLE STARS, AND SEA-URCHINS 365

CRINOIDEA

There are 149 crinoids in the collection, representing nine species, of

which two are new to science. Nearly half the specimens are the common

Comanthus of the southerm Australian coast, and more than half of the rewainder

are the common Plilonetra of the same region, Three of the nine species are

from the coast of the Northern Territory, and hence belong io quite a distinet

fauna trom that of the other six, Hach new species represents a genus new to

the fauna of Australia.

Orver ARTICULATA

Faminry PENTACRINITIDAE.

TELIOCRINUS A. H. Clark.

TELIOCRINUS MONARTHRUS (°) sp. nov.

Portion of stem present, 69 mm. long, only 8-5 mm. in diameter; there are

only four or five developed internodes, cach with from nine to thirteen seements,

which are of very unequal thickness (i.e., height). Cirri over 50 nnn. long, each

with sixty or more segments, of which the fourth to eighth are longer than broad,

all exeept the basal ten-twelye with a projecting tooth which is very conspicuous

on the distal half of the cirrus.

Calyx G mm. to 8 im. in diameter, but just above ihe IL Br series the

diameter is nearly 20 nun, Arms 27, 100 mm. to 120 mm. long, unequal in size;

IL Br series, + (3--4); TEL Br series, 1 only; TY Br series, present once, also

1 only; elements of division series and brachials little everted; basal brachials

slightly everted and with an overlapping point on each pinnule-bearing brachial,

this point being on the same side of the arm as the pinnule; on opposite side is

a much less conspicnous point; these points gradually become less evident and

disappear distally; first syzyey between two and three and first brachial bears

a pinnile. Colour in aleohol, nearly white.

Iloloty pe: Reg. No. BE. 3591.

A single specimen in aleohol, with no locality label, is all the material

available of this attractive species. 1 is obviously nearly related to 7. lilinecus

(A.ILC.), from the eastern side of the Bay of Bengal, 419 to 463 fims., but

differs from that species in having fewer internodals, much more spiny cirri,

and only a single seement in the TIL Br series. This last feature would seem

to be very characteristic, provided, of course, that further material shows it to

(2) povapbpov having one joint, in reference to the composition of the IIT Br. series.

366 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

be reasonably constant. Probably the present specimen was taken off the coast

of the Northern Territory. It would be quite surprising and very interesting

if it proves to have been taken off the coast of South Australia proper.

ig. 108. Teliverinus monarthrus; side view of holotype (nat, size).

Famity COMASTERIDAE.

COMATULA Lamarck.

COMATULA BRACHIOLATA.

Lamarek, Anim. s. Vert., ii, 1816, p. 535.

This characteristically South Australian species is represented by eleven

specimens, of which one is without a locality label, while the others are from

CLARK—SEA-LILIES, SEA-STARS, BRITTLE STARS, AND SEA-URCHINS 367

either Spencer or St. Vincent Gulf. The specimen without locality is dry,

and has the flat centrodorsal, 5 mm. across, with a single marginal series of

fourteen stout cirri; the best of these cirri have thirty segments, and the distal

halt is bright rose colour, which fades out basally into very pale brown; the

arms were evidently over 50 mm. long in life, and are 3 mm. wide near base.

The specimens from the gulfs are in alcohol, and are not very diverse in size

or appearance ; no one of them has the terminal portion of the cirri rose colour,

but in some individuals there is a pink tinge; the largest specimen has the

centrodorsal 6 mm. across and the arms fully 90 mm. long; all the specimens

have ten arms, but the cirri show considerable diversity, ranging in number

from thirteen to twenty-one, and in number of segments from thirty to

forty-one.

COMANTHUS A. H. Clark.

COMANTHUS PARVICIRRA.

Alecto parvicirra J. Miiller, Arch. £. Naturg., vii, 1841, p. 145.

Comanthus parvicirra A, H. Clark, Smithson. Mise. Coll, li, 1908, p. 203.

‘northern

‘

There are two small, broken specimens of Comanthus from the

coast of Australia’? which I am referring to this species because of the small

number of arms (twenty-three to twenty-seven) and the presence of twelve to

fifteen cirri, each with about fourteen segments. The arms are about 125 mim.

to 140 mm. long, and are noticeably slender. The general appearance of the

specimens is more like that of C. annulatwm than it is like that of C. parvicirra,

but if the two species are really distinct on the bases of number of arms and

of cirri, then these must be regarded as representing the older species.

COMANTHUS TRICHOPTERA.

Comatula trichoptera J. Miller, Monatsb. k. preuss. Akad., 1846, p. 148.

Comanthus trichoptera A. H. Clark, Mem. Aus. Mus., iv, 1911, p. 755,

This is another of the species characteristic of southern Australia, and is

represented by sixty-nine specimens from Encounter Bay, Spencer Gulf, Tumby

Bay, St. Vincent Gulf, and one or more unknown localities. The largest specimen

has twenty-one arms, exceeding 100 mm. each, but most of the specimens are

very much smaller than this; they have twelve to twenty arms, and measure

35 mm. to 85 mm. across. There are commonly twenty to thirty cirri with

fourteen to seventeen segments, but in the largest specimen there are forty-two

cirri with seventeen to twenty-one segments.

los

joa)

RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Famity MARIAMETRIDARE.

LAMPROMETRA A. H. Clark.

LAMPROMETRA PROTECTA.

Antedon prolectus Liitken, li P, WH. Carpenter, Trans. Linn. Soe. Zool. (2), ti,

1879, p. 19.

Lamprometra prolectus A, 1. Clark, Proc. Biol. Soe. Wash., xxvi, 1913, p. 14.

There are seven specimens from the “northern coast of Australia,”

uniformly dark brown, lightest on the centrocdorsal and nearly black at the

tips of the pinnules and ou the disk; when cry the colour is much lighter, almost

pale fawn-colour dorsally. The smaller spechnens have the arms about 60 mm.

long, while the larger ones have them more than 90 mm, There are thirty-five

to forty cirri, with about twenty-five segments. Ps is very long, especially on

the outer sides of the arms, with as many as thirty-five segments in some cases.

There are about forty arms in the smaller speennens, but in the large ones there

are forty-seven and forty-cight.

Famity COLOBOME TRIDAE,

OLIGOMETRA A. H. Clark.

OLIGOMETRA CARPENTERI,

Antedon carpenteri Bell, Zool. ‘*Alert,’’ 1884, p. 157.

Oligomelra carpentert A. TH. Clark, Proce. Biol, Soe, Wash., xxi, 1908, p. 126.

There is a single specimen of this well-marked species “from cable, off

Northern Territory, November, 1890." Tt has the e¢alyx about 4+ am. in

diameter, and the arms were 30 min. to 40 mm. lone; there are fifteen cirri

with sixteen or seventeen segments, The dorsal side of the animal, including

the pinnules and cirri, is very light fawn-colour, while the oral surface, inelud-

ing the inner side of the pinnules, is dark brown.

Faminry THALASSOMETRIDAE.

PTILOMETRA A. H. Clark.

PTILOMETRA MACRONEMA.

Comatula macronema J. Miller, Monatsh. k, preuss. Akad., 1846, p. 179.

Ptilometra macronema A. HW, Clark, Smiths. Mise. Coll, 1, 1907, p. 358.

This, the commonest Australian crinoid, is represented by forty-seven speei-

mens from Eneounter Bay, St. Vincent Gulf, Spencer Gulf, off Althorpe Island

CLARK—SEA-LILtés, SEA-STARS, KRITTLE STARS, AND SEA-URCHINS 369

(Verco coll. 1892), aud at least oue wiknown locality. The largest specimens

have twenty-five to thirty-one arms, abont 70 mm. to 80 mm. long, and more

than sixty irri, which may be 57 mm. long, and have civhiy-seven segments.

There are seven yery small specimens, with ten arms, eighteen to twenty cirri,

each nearly or quite as long as arms (20 mm, +), with forty or more segments.

Comparison of these specimens with the deseription and figures of Miuerometra

pacdophora TL. L. Clark confirm my scepticism as to that species being the

young of Ptilometra, as maintained by Mr, A. H. Clark. The differences in the

ventrodorsal, the cirri, and the pinnules seem to me too great and too important

to be ignored. But | grant that none of the Ptilometras in the present collection

are small enough to enable one to reach a positive conclusion. More light is

still needed on the problem.

Kaminy ANTEDONIDAE

COMPSOMETRA A. H. Clark.

COMPSOMETRA INCOMMODA.

Anfedon incommoda Bell, Ann, Mag. Nai. Uist. (6). ii, 1888, p. 404.

Compsomelra ineommoda A, LW. Clark, Mem, Aust. Mus, tv, 1911, p. 792.

There are two small, dry specimens of this little species from an unknown

locality. In ove the arms are about 25 mm, long; the other is yet smaller. There

are twenty-eieht aud twenty cirri, each with about ten segments.

EUANTEDON A. H. Clark.

EUANTEDON PAUCICIRRA (‘) sp. nov.

Centrodorsal low, hemispherical, about 2.5 mm. in diameter, slightly conves ;

cirrus sotkets closely crowded, arranged roughly in two or three irregularly

horizoutal series. Cirri XXY, seventeen to twenty-six (usually about twenty),

10 mim. in length, more or less; three basal segments broader than long, but

remainder longer than broad; sixth to tenth nearly, or quite, twiee as long as

the thiekness at middle; in profile, the seements except basally and distally are

concave om the dorsal side, much less so ventrally; distal margin of longer

scements oblique, the ventral side being considerably longer ihan dorsal; cirri

compressed distally: terminal claw, short, curved, very sharp; opposiug spine,

small, but sharp and conspicuous.

Radials nearly or quite concealed by centrodorsal; | Bry oblong, aboni four

times as wide as lone, lateral edges straight, parallel, a trifle everted; | Bra,

(4) Pouei=few+eirus, in reference to the relatively small number of cirri,

370 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

low, twice as broad as long, pentagonal with lateral margins, about half as long

as those of I Bry; distal angle a right angle; anterior sides little if at all concave.

Arms ten, about 40 mm. long; first brachial wedge-shaped, twice as long exter-

nally as internally, just in contact internally with its fellow of the adjoining

Fig. 109. Huantedon paucicirra; side view of holotype (x 2).

arm; second brachial, wedge-shaped, larger than first; third and fourth brachials

united by syzyev, the pair about twice as long as wide; next four brachials

somewhat wedge-shaped, two or three times as broad as long; succeeding brachials

very obliquely wedge-shaped, about as long as broad, distally becoming elongate

and little wedge-shaped. Syzygies oceur between brachials three and four,

nine and ten, fourteen and fifteen, and then at intervals of three muscular

articulations.

P,, 5 mm. to 7 mm. long, rather stiff, tapering, much stouter than sueceed-

ing pinnules; it has ten to twelve segments, of which the basal is twice as broad

as long; the second, longer than broad; following, twice, and distally thrice,

as long as broad; third and following segments with distal edge on outer side,

somewhat prominent. P., 3-5 mm. long, with seven segments, slightly more

elongate than those of Py, with somewhat more prominent ends. Ps» slightly

shorter than Py, somewhat more slender, less stiffened, and with a gonad.

Colour (dry) nearly white.

Holotype: Reg. No. KE. 399,

There are two specimens of this delicate little comatulid, labelled St. Vineet

Gulf. It is very closely allied to HL. tahitiensis, but is distinguished by the fewer,

smaller cirri. The genus was hitherto known only from Tahiti, the Moluceas,

and perhaps the coast of China, so that its occurrence in St. Vincent Gulf is

indeed notable.

CLARK—SEA-LILIES, SEA-STARS, BRITTLE STARS, AND SEA-URCHINS 371

ry. 7h ~

ASTEROIDEA

There are 766 sea-stars in the collection, representing forty-four species

and two varieties, but twenty-one specimens, representing the following seven

well-known species, are non-Australian in origin:

Psilaster andromeda (M. & T.) Echinaster eridanella M. & T.

Pentagonaster pulchellum Gray Crossaster papposus (Fabr.)

TTippasteria phrygiana (Parelius) Asterias rubens L.

Patiriella reqularis (Verrill)

No further reference will be made to these species.

Of the remaining thirty-nine forms, ten species and one variety are

deseribed as new, while one more species, a Coronaster, is probably new, but

the only specimen in the collection is too young to permit a satisfactory deserip-

tion. One other species, Anthenea flavescens, is now recorded from Australia

for the first time.

Of the thirty-nine forms, thirty-three are from the southern coasts of South

Australia, while six are from the waters of the Northern Territory; one of these

six, an Asterina, is new.

Nearly half of the 745 specimens represent the common Australian forms

of Tosia and Patiriella, while more than a hundred of the remainder are the

common Coscinasterias calamaria and Allostichaster polyplax.

A new species of Nectria has justified giving an artificial key to the species

now known of that characteristic Australian genus. Kyven more desirable is a

key to the species of Uniophora, another very characteristic genus of the southern

Australian and Tasmanian coasts, of which forty-eight specimens, representing

apparently half a dozen forms, are in the present collection. Whatever may

be the actual status of these forms, as determined by future research, the key

will be useful in making clear the grounds upon which I have recognized them.

OrpveR PHANEROZONIA

Famity ASTROPECTINIDAE.

ASTROPECTEN Gray.

ASTROPECTEN PECTINATUS.

Sladen, Jour. Linn. Soe. Zool, xvii, 1883, p. 251.

There is a very small Astropecten (R13 mm.) from Petrel Bay, St.

Francis Island, South Australia, which I think must be referred to this species.

372 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

There is also a larger specimen (R—=40 mm.) taken by Dr. Vereo in either

St. Vineent or Spencer Gulf, and three little ones (R= 10 mm. to 15 mm.) from

St. Vineent Gulf, which are also best treated as young A, pectinatus.

ASTROPECTEN PREISSII.

Miiller & Troschel, Arch. & Nature., ix, 1848, p. 119.

This would seem to be the common «sfropeci(en of southern Australia, as

there are sixteen specimens in the present collection, from Spencer Gulf,

St. Vineent Gulf, north coast of Kangaroo Island (April, 1888), and one

or more unknown localities. More than half the specimens were collected

by Dr. Vereo. The smallest specimen has R = 12 mm., the largest

R— 102 non, The change in proportions with inereasing size is quite notable;

in a specimen with R—15, r—T, so that R is little more than 2 r but in the

largest specimen, r= 17 mm., so that R =6r. Most of the specimens are nearly

white, dnl yellowish, or pale brown, but one lot of four specimens from an

unknown locality is rich red-brown; these specimens look as though they had

vetained their colour in life more or less perfectly, but there are no notes to

indieate what the colony in te may have been.

ASTROPECTEN SYNTOMUS (") sp, nov.

R=39 mm., vr — 12 mm., br = 14 mnm.; R— more than 3v but less than

3 br; form very markedly stellate; rays tapering steadily to attenuate tips, but

no superomareinals meet in the midradial line proximal to the terminal plate,

which is large, about twice as long as wide, apparently bare except at middle

of proximal end, Supermuareinals twenty-fonr, covered with granules, of

which median ave largest. marginal becoming filtform; on plates six to nine

several of these eranules are larger than the rest, and on plates ten to eighteen

the central one of these becomes a small, thick, blunt spine, placed on outer,

(listal corner of plate. Paxillae small, abont fifteen longitudinal series at base

of arm, with ten to twenty thick, blunt spinelets, of which marginal tend to he

slender and central tend to be granules. Madreporie body large, bare, less than

its own width from mareinal plates.

Interradial areas each with about thirty plates, forming four series on each

side; the first extends to the sixteenth or seventeenth adambulaeral plate, the

second to the seventh, the third to the fifth; these plates carry tufts of spinelets,

the central one larger than others, much longer, flattened, somewhat spatula-

like, wanting on first series. Lower marginal plates with numerous, filiform

spinelets around margin, and fifteen to eighteen more or less flattened spines

(4) wlvreposeul short, brief, in reference to the relatively short arms.

CLARK—SEA-LILIES, SEA-STARS, DRITTLE STARS, AND SEA-URCHINS 373

on surface; these vary much in size, but four form a series obliquely across

upper end of plate, with uppermost adoral, anc lowest, most distal; two wpper-

most about equal in size, the two lower a trifle shorter and three about equal to

’

four; these spines are about 3 mm. long, seareely $ mm. wide, somewhat flat-

tened, acuminate; they form, of course, a conspienons marginal fringe; above,

Fig, 110. dAstrepeeten syntonues; a, uboral view; b, oval yiew of holotype (nat. size).

increasing the density of the fringe, are four similar but smuller spines. Adam-

bulacral armature made up of a marginal or furrow spine, and several spmes

in irregular pairs on sturface of plate. Oral plates well covered with spines.

eighteen to twenty on surface of each half; they are blunt, distal ones small,

proxunal two or three, especially immermost, rather large; there are seven mar-

winal spines on each side, of whieh the innermost is much the largest. Colour

(dry), pale yellowish-brown,

Holotype: Ree. No. HE. 409.

There is only a single specimen of this well-marked species, and it has no

locality label, [1 is obviously allied to the Tasmanian species, 2b. sehayeri

Déderlein, but is easily distinguished by the charaeter of the armature on the

marginal plates, both upper and lower; the arms are also more attenuate than

in wl. schayeri, with more superomarginals; there are many wore actinolaterals

and there are fewer surface spines on the adambulaeral plates.

ASTROPECTEN VAPPA.

Miiller & Troschel, Arch, & Naturg., tx, 1843, p. 119.

There is a small sea-star, with R= 14 non., from an unknown loeality,

whieh T think may well be considered a young example of this species, Déderlein,

374 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

in his admirable monograph on the genus Astropecten (1917), has cleared up

the confusion between this species and A. pectinatus Sladen. Both species occur

on the coast of south-eastern Australia, and in both my “Thetis” and

”)

‘“Hndeavour’’ reports I failed to distinguish them, as no adequate description

or figure of A. vappa was then extant.

Famity LUIDIIDAE.

LUIDIA Forbes.

LUIDIA AUSTRALIAE.

Doderlein, Siboga Rep., Ixxxviii, Mon. 46 b, 1920, p. 266.

There are seven specimens, each with seven arms, all adult. All but one

are typical of this southern species, recently separated from the long-known

L. maculata M. & T. of Asiatic coasts, and this one shows the distinctive species

character clearly. Déderlein (1.c.) suggests that L. australiae may be regarded

as only a local form of L. maculata, and gives in his key (p. 235) two points

of difference, one in the form of the arm, the other in the character of the

paxillae near the tip of each arm. Examination of all the adult specimens avail-

able to me (eleven from Australia and three from Hong Kong) has satisfied

me that the Australian species is well established, but I do not see any differ-

ence in the form of the arm between it and L. maculata. In the character of

the paxillae on the distal part of the arm, however, L. australiae stands out well,

the median paxillae being larger and of markedly unequal size, while the series

of lateral paxillae are much less regular and conspicuous than in L. maculata.

Tt is worth noting further that all recorded Australian specimens have seven

arms, while most specimens of L. macaulata seem to have eight or nine, though

seven-armed specimens are not rare.

Of the specimens in the South Australian collection, five are without

locality labels, and one is from St. Vineent Gulf. These specimens have

R = 150 mm. to 210 mm., and show Httle diversity, except that some are much

browner than others. The seventh specimen is from between Trowbridge Light-

house and Kangaroo Island, and was collected by Dr. Vereo. All of the arms

have been broken at some time, and four have regenerated from 5 mm. to 18 mm.

of new arm. On these regenerated tips the colour is the variewated dull yellow

and blackish usually shown, but elsewhere the whole dorsal surface is uniformly

brown; moreover, the paxillae in this individual are noticeably smaller than

usual, but the distal part of the arm shows the characteristic inequality of size.

CLARK—SEA-LILIES, SEA-STARS. BRITTLE STARS, AND SEA-URCHINS 375

Famity ARCHASTERIDAE.

ARCHASTER Miiller & Troschel.

ARCHASTER TYPICUS.

Miiller & Troschel, Monatsb. k. preuss. Akad. Wiss, 1840, p. 104.

A single specimen, with R65 mm., nearly white, dry, but in fine con-

dition, is from Port Essington, Northern Territory.

Famitry GONIASTERIDAE.

NECTRIA Gray.

NECTRIA MULTISPINA (°) sp. nov.

R—80 mm. to 85 mm.; r= 30 mm. to 32 mm.; br (at very base of arm)

— 35mm. R=2-7r-+. Disk covered with large tabulate plates, having four

to six sides, though the angles may be rounded; these plates are largest on the

radial areas of disk, where they may be as much as 7 mm. across; upper surface

of arms covered with smaller, lower, nearly circular plates of diverse sizes, the

larger separated from each other by the smaller; all plates more or less convex

(largest with rather flat tabulum), and covered by swollen, hemispherical or

polygonal granules of unequal size; on the smaller plates one or more of the

eranules are very much larger than those around the margin, while on the larger

plates there is a series of small marginal granules, and the rest of the plate is

covered by six to twenty large, closely appressed, polygonal, convex eranules,

of which one to six at centre are much the largest, and may be 1:5 mm. to 2 mm.

across. Marginal plates distinct, about thirty-two or thirty-three in each series,

on each side of ray; proximally the plates are higher than long, and covered

with fifty or more coarse granules, subequal in size, but distally they become

squarish, and some of the central granules become enlarged, polygonal,

appressed.

Actinal intermediate areas moderate, with more than one hundred _ plates,

but half of these are in the series adjoining the adambulacrals, extending out

about two-thirds the length of the arm; remainder arranged in three or four

series, of which the first extends out to the seventh inferomarginal or further,

and the last is confined to the vicinity of the first two marginals; all these plates

are covered with coarse granules (few and very coarse on distal plates) ; on

(5) Multispinus=having many spines, in reference to the adambulacral armature,

376 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

several of the proximal plates of the first series a conspicuous, very stout, erect

pedicellaria is present, with two to four, usually three, wide, blunt or truncate

jaws; pedicellariae were not detected elsewhere.

Fig. 11a, Neetria multispina, aboral view of holotype (4 nat. size).

Adambulacral plates with six furrow spines, becoming five and even only

four distally, and three short, stout, prismatic spines on the surface of each

plate; middle furrow spines longest, 2-5 mm. or more; adoral spine decidedly

shortest, flattest, and widest; all furrow spines more or less prismatie, with

angles and tips rounded. Oral plates with nine marginals, innermost very stout;

CLARK—SEA-LILIES, SEA-STARS, BRITTLE STARS, AND SEA-URCHINS 377

on surface of each plate four low, stout, prismatic buf round-tipped spines; on

distal part of each plate are several similar but much smaller spines. Colour

(dry), brown,

Vig. Wb. Neelria wullispina, oral view of holotype (45 nat. size).

Holotype: Reg. No. W. 413.

There are three paratypes, which show uo important differences, except

such as might be expected from their smaller size, as R=—57 mm. to 65 mm.

The adambulacral armature shows only five furrow spines proximally, four

distally, while on the surface of the plate there are three or more smaller spines

378 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

as well as the three large ones; proximally the three smaller spines stand in

a series back of the three larger, and both are parallel to the furrow series, but

distally the arrangement is less and less regular. In the smallest specimen the

oral plates have their spines very regularly arranged (it is less easy to make

out in the larger specimens) ; there are eight spines on each proximal margin,

innermost largest; back of these is a series of four (on one side, five on the

other) short, very stout spines; running along distal margin of plate is a series

of similar but much smaller spines, five on one side, four on other; these series

converge, of course, so that the distalmost spines of the two series are side by

side; within the area enclosed by these regular series are two to four, usually

three, small, blunt spines, like the distal marginals.

There is no locality label with these specimens, but as they are said to have

been taken by ‘‘Dr. Verco, February, 1891,’’ it seems almost certain that they

were collected in either Spencer or St. Vincent Gulf. They differ strikingly

from the other species of Nectria in the character of the dorsal tabulae, in the

adambulacral armature and oral plates, and in the pedicellariae.

NECTRIA OCELLATA,

Perrier, Arch. Zool. Exp., v, 1876, p. 4.

There are twenty-eight specimens of this well-known species, from Spencer

and St. Vineent Gulfs, from Granite Island, Victor Harbour, and from unkhown

localities. They have been of great value in enabling me to understand the

specific limits in the genus. They range in size from young ones with R only

6-5 mm., to large adults, in which R= 90 mm. and more. In all, regardless

of size, the dorsal tabulae are more or less nearly cireular, only very rarely

sufficiently near together to become somewhat polygonal through mutual pres-

sure, and are covered by more or less hemispherical granules, which are rarely

so crowded as to be in contact; in a few cases granules at or near the centre of

the tabula are conspicuously larger than those nearer the margin, but they are

never so crowded, so sharply polygonal, or so large as in N. nulfispina. In the

smallest specimen there are three adambulacral furrow spines on the most

proximal plates, and there are no more in the largest specimen; this seems to

be a very constant specifie character in NV. ocellata.

In order that the specific characters of the five forms of Nectria now known

may be made clear, I venture to offer the following key. I cannot agree with

Fisher that my Mediaster monocanthus is better placed in Nectria, and hence

I do not include it.

CLARK—SEA-LILIES, SEA-STARS, BRITTLE STARS, AND SEA-URCHINS 379

KEY TO THE SPECIES OF NECTRIA.

a. Furrow-spines ot adambulacral armature, two to four,

usually three; no conspicuous pedicellariae on actinal

plates near mouth.

b. Disk large, R = 2-5 to 3 r or br; rays wide at base

tapering rapidly to tip; actinal plates with

rounded granules, not usually so crowded but

that the series of plates are easily seen.

¢. Dorsal tabulae with rounded or polygonal gran-

ules, often crowded, the marginal ones

thiek, not flattened.

d. Pedicellariae few or wanting; when pre-

sent on adambulacral plates, they

have three or four wide, blunt (or

truneate) jaws .. .. ,

dd. Pedicellariae numerous; those on adam-

bulacral plates with four to six

pointed, spine-like jaws .. .. pedicelligera

ee. Dorsal tabulae with flat ‘‘granules’’ of very

irregular shape and unequal size, not

at all crowded; the marginal ones con-

spicuously flat and seale-like, forming a

ocellata

regular, radiating, marginal fringe .. ocellifera

bb. Disk smaller, R = 8-5 to 4r or br; rays narrower at

base, less tapering; actinal surface covered

with crowded, coarse, prismatic granules,

obscuring the series of actinal, intermediate

plates... na at ia .. macrobrachia

aa. Furrow-spines, five to six; conspicuous pedicellariae present

on first series of actinal intermediate plates

proxunally; dorsal tabulae covered by large, closely

appressed granules, of which one to six at centre are

much the largest, 1 mm. to 2mm. across... on multispina

In reference to section a of the above key, | may say that it is not clear

from Mortensen’s (°) description and figures whether such pedicellariae are

present in the New Zealand species, pedicelligera, or not, but the other pedicel-

lariae of that species are surely distinctive. In addition to the peculiarities of

the pedicellariae, the adambulacral armature of the New Zealand form indicates

that Mortensen is right in regarding it as a separate species, but the dorsal

plates and their covering granules, and the size and number of the marginal

plates are not essentially different from some Australian specimens of the same

size. Attention must be called to the striking difference in covering of the dorsal

tabulae as described by Mortensen, and shown in his figure 9b (p. 298), and as

revealed in his photograph (pl. 18, fig. 5). Different specimens from Australia

(6) Mortensen, Vid. Med., Ixxix, 1925, pp. 291-293,

380 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

show a similar diversity, but how the unique holotype of the New Zealand species

can have such tabulae as shown in fig. 9b without their showing thus in the

photograph, is quite incomprehensible.

PENTAGONASTER Gray.

PENTAGONASTER DUBENI.

Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1847, p. 79.

This typically Australian sea-star is represented by fourteen specimens,

of which twelve have no locality labels and two are from Spencer and St.

Vincent Gulfs, Vereco collection. They range in size from R=—9-5 mm. to

R = 67 mm., and in colour from white to deep purple-brown; one specimen is

nearly vermilion-red, as in life. In the smallest specimen r= 6-5 mm., hence

R = less than 1:5r; when R=15 mm, r=8, or R= a trifle less than 21;

when R = 32, r= 14, or R= 2-251; when R = 65 mm. to 67 mm., r = 25 to 28,

or R = 2-32 to 2-71; the typical proportion in adult specimens seems to

be R=2-5r. Pedicellariae are abundant, especially in the large specimens.

In the smallest specimen there are four superomarginal plates on each side of

each ray, the interradial largest, the distalmost smallest, but in specimens with

R= 15 mm. and 25 mm. respectively, although there are still only four plates

on each side, the distalmost is as large as the interradial, or even larger. In

specimens with R — 30 mm. to 35 mm. there are five or six plates on each side

of a ray, but the distal are smaller than the interradial, and if six are present

the sixth is much the smallest. A specimen with R = 40 mm. has five plates on

each side of every ray, with the penultimate the largest, while a second specimen

of the same size has six plates on each side of a ray, except in one case where

there are but five; in this specimen the interradial plates are the largest. A

specimen with R — 50 mm. has six plates on six sides, and seven plates on four,

with interradial plates largest. A specimen with R= 54 has seven plates on

each side of a ray, with interradials largest. When R exceeds 60 mm. there are

likely to be eight plates on a side, with the interradials decidedly the largest.

The inferomarginals in the youngest specimens correspond in number and

position with those of the upper series, but after R = 30 mm. there are gener-

ally (but not always) one or two more plates in the lower series; the additional

plate (or plates) is (or are) at the tip of the arm, the distal superomarginat

or two overlying two, three, or even four inferomarginals.

The adambulacral armature changes little during growth; there are two

(rarely three) furrow spines, and two or three in the series immediately back

of the margin, while in the largest specimens there are three (rarely two)

furrow spines and three or two spines in the following: series.

CLARK—SEA-LILIES, SEA-STARS BRITTLE STARS, AND SEA-URCHINS 381

Pedicellariae are not usually common on the oral side; there are none in

the smallest specimen, and only one in one of the big ones; the specimen with

the most has sixty-cieht, or an average of thirteen or fourteen to each inter-

racial avea. In small specimens there are many pedicellariae dorsally, but there

are none on the eleyen primary plates; in large specimens practically every

dorsal plate has from one to six pedicellariae, a total of more than six hundred.

The dorsal plates are often, if not usually, quite flat, but they may be

somewhat convex; particularly the primary plates and the proximal carinals

tend to be somewhat couvesly elevated. In one specimen the dorsal plates are

all more or less convex, while the first carinals and the large imterradials are

so warkedly elevated that it would be brit a step to low tubercles. Possibly

specimens ocenr with such tubercles (as in 2. slibarus), Int none are recorded,

so far as [ know.

Mortensen (7) suggests that my Pentugonaster stibarus from Western

Australia is identical with s(ragonium crasstimanin Mobius. While this is

possible, there ave three differences at least that must be reconciled before P,

slibarus is abandoned, In the Westeru Australian species the primary plates,

particularly the central one, tend to carry tubercles, or at least to be quite

convex; nothing of this sort shows i Mobins’s species. In P. siibarus there ave

many more plates both dorsally and ventrally, partieularly on the rays and in

the actinal interradial areas, Finally, in P. sliharws, even in the young speei-

mens, there are three adambulacral spines in both ithe furrow series and the one

back of it, while in A. crassimanus there are but two.

TOSIA Gray.

TOSIA AUSTRALIS,

Gray, Ann. Maw. Nat. List. (1), vi, 1840, p. 251,

The large niuuber of Tusies in the collection has been a source of diftienlty,

because of the difference in appearance of the two extremes of the series, and

the completeness of the intergradation between those extremes. On the one hand

are those which have the marginal plates only slightly convex and the terminal

pair on each ray not at all swollen, On the other hand are those with strongly

convex marginals, and baving the terminal pair conspienously swollen. There

does not seem to be any other citference worthy of note between the two extremes.

The first extreme is evidently typical 7. australis, while the other is surely

Astragontun astrologerum Miiller & Trosehel, Atter a careful examination of

the whole series, if seems to me worth while to retam the name ustrvologum for

(7) Mortensen, Vid, Med., bexix, 1925, p. 285,

382 REcORDS OF THE S.A. Museum

those individuals with conspicuously convex marginal plates, but | am vonfident

jhat they are merely a variety, and by vo means a valid species,

I am referring to typical 7. australis 107 specimens, ranging in size from

S mm. aeross (R= 4 mm. =) to 72 min, (R=—3S mm.). There is a reasonable

amount of constancy in the number of stiperomarginals, as eighty-two specimens,

including all the very small ones, have just thirty, six ou each side of the body,

and thirteen others have six on cach of four sides. There are three speeimens

with eight on each side, another has eight on each of four sides, and another hus

tight on each of three sides. There are seven specimens with only five plates ou

one side, but there is no case of five plates on more than one side, and twenty-nine

supero-marginals is the smallest number noted in any specimen, save one extreme

aberrant deseribed later. The speciinens with only five plates on one side are

tll less than hal! grown, The three specimens with eight plates on each side

are perfectly symmetrical; one is 26 mm. across, and has only eight or nine

inferomarginals on each side; another is 39 nun, aervoss, and has twelve infero-

marginals on each side; the third is 63 am. across, and bas fourteen iufero-

imatginals on cach side, and the additional marginal plates in both sevies are

distal, small, and symmetrically placed, obviously a normal addition with the

increased size.

While there are several cases of half-plates, or still smaller fragments

inserted In the marginal series, there are only four aberrants that eall for special

comment. In one there are six plates ou each of four sides, while on the fifth

side there are nine plates, with a half-plate and a still smaller fragment just

below the antepenultimate plate; this specimen also has a nearly circtlar wadre-

porite about G mm. across, double the normal size. Another specimen has one

side badly deforined, with ten and a half supero- and fifteen and a half infero-

iarginals, Then there is au individual which is hexagonal in outline, with six

superomarginals on each of three sides, five on a fourth side, four on a fifth,

and only three and a half plates on the sixth side; seen from below, there are

only five ambulacral furrows at the mouth, but 4 mm. ont, one of these forks,

giving rise thus to the hexagonal form. Finally there is an extraordinary speel-

men, about 50 mm. aeross, in which the marginal plates are greatly reduced in

number, In interradins 1 (Loven’s system) there are two superomarginals,

three inferomarginals, and three marginals which may belong to either series,

but only two inferomarginals lie below superomarginals; in 2 there is one

superomarginal with an inferomarginal below it, one distal marginal (hat from

its size and form evidently belongs in the upper series, three large plates that

may helong in either series, and three, or perhaps four, small distal plates, of

Which only one is an inferomarginal; in 38 there are only fave laree marginal

CLARK—SEA-LILIES, SEA-STARS, BRITTLE STARS, AND SEA-URCHINS 383

plates, of which one is a distal superomarginal, the other doubtful, but there are

three or four plates which are probably small marginals, and two of these belong

to the lower series; in 4 there is one superomarginal, three subjacent infero-

marginals, and five large marginals that may be either series; in 5, there are

two superomarginals with four subjacent inferomarginals, three plates of

uncertain position, and two or three small distal plates, of which one is probably

an inferomarginal. In this specimen, then, there are not more than forty-five

marginal plates, instead of the ninety that it should have.

Orienting the specimen, according to the madreporite, calling the ray

opposite that plate anterior, or orienting according to the Loven system for

echini, calling the ray to the left of the madreporite anterior, we do not find

that there is any evident correlation between variations in the marginal plates

and the anteroposterior axis; there are eight variations in one area, nine in a

second, eleven in each of two others, and fourteen in the fifth. The fewest are

in interradius one of Loven, the most in interradius three.

In the smallest specimen the distal marginals of each ray are the smallest,

and the terminal plate is relatively large; there are six inferomarginals on each

side, and each one corresponds exactly to the superomarginal above it. With

growth, however, the distal superomarginal becomes the biggest, and this is

indicated in a specimen only 11 mm. across, but the inferomarginal series has

added another plate at each end, so we now have forty inferomarginals to thirty

in the upper series. In a typical half-grown specimen, 36 mm. across, there

are fifty inferomarginals, the distal three on each side of each ray underlying

the large terminal superomarginal; the four median plates of the two series

corresponding to each other in position exactly as they did in the youngest

specimens. In typical full-grown specimens there are sixty inferomarginals,

four distal ones underlying the distal superomarginal, and in those cases where

there are fourteen inferomarginals on a side, five distal ones are overlain by the

very large distal superomarginal. All these facts go to show that growth is

provided for in the case of the superomarginals by increasing the size of the

plates, especially the distalmost, while in the case of the inferomarginals,

although the median ones make some inerease of size, so as to maintain their

relation with the plates above them, growth is chiefly provided for by additional

plates distally.

Obviously Tosia australis is a common sea-star on the South Australian

coast, and the following localities are represented in the present collection; St.

Vincent Gulf, Spencer Gulf, Kangaroo Island, Port Lincoln, off Althorpe Island,

Wallaroo.

38+ RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

TOSIA AUSTRALIS var. ASTROLOROGUM.

Astrogonmwun ustrolagorum, Miller & Troschel, Sys. Ast., 1842, p. 54.

1 am labelling with this varietal name thirty specimens whieh are reeorniz-

able by their swollen distal supcromarginal plates and their correspondingly

less pentagonal form. This is best illustrated by comparison of two specimens

in which R=3O0 ni. In the typical 7. australis y= 24 mim., and the distal

superomarginals ave hardly 6 mm. long and less than 4 man. high; in 7. astro-

logorum v= 20 mm., and the distal superomarginals are 8 mim. long and over

4mm. high. Of course these two individuals look very unlike, but there are all

degrees of intergradation, so 1 cannot believe they are essentially different. 1.

is doubtful whether the use of even a varietal name is justifiable, for it

is certain that specimens of 7. us/rologorum occur in the same lots with typical

7, australis, but. the question must be settled at the shore and not in the niseum.

Of the thirty specimens called T. aslrolagorum, the smallest is 14 mm,

across, and has thirty supero- and forty inferomareinal plates; the largest is

d8 mm. across, and has thirty-two supero- and fifty-seven inferomarginals. Only

nineteen of the thirty have thirty superomarginals; four have thirty-one, four

have thirty-two, and three have thirty-seven; those with thirty-seven have eight

on each of two sides, and seven on the others. Not a speeimen shows ouly five

supcromarginals on one side, In several specimens the median superomarginals

(i.e., those not terminals) are so elevated as to appear as though they bore a

blunt tubercle.

The localities represeuted are Spencer and St. Vincent Gnilfs only, though

one lot has the label, ‘*Port Willunga, St. Vincent Gulf.’’

ANTHENEA Gray,

ANTHENEA FLAVESCENS,

Hosiu flavescens Gray, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (1), vi, 1840, p. 278.

Antheneu flavescens Perrier, Arch, Zool. Exp., v., 1876, p. 92.

A single Anthenea, beariny the label ‘t North Australia,’

seems to be the

adult of this httle-known species. Lt resembles Déderlein’s var. muda (*) iu the

deficiency in dorsal pedicellariac, but T believe that the number and arrange-

ment of the dorsal pecicellariae are subject to great individual cliversity, and

are also influenced by age, so 1 doubt the validity of muda as a constant variety,

The present specimen has R=59 mm. and r—27mm., and hence is much

larger than any specimen available to Déderlein, yet the number of marginal

plates is practically the same, thirteen or fourteen in the upper series and fifteen

(#) Déderlein, Jahrb, Nassau. Ver. Naturk,, beyiii, 1915, p. 42,

CLARK—SEA-LILIES, SEA-STARS, BRITTLE STARS, AND SEA-URCHINS 385

or sixteen in the lower. On only three or four of the superomarginals is there

a pedicellaria, but each one carries a conspicuous tubercle or low capitate spine,

and the distal ones have two or even three such tubereles, though they are

smaller than those on the proximal plates. Each inferomarginal, except the

distalmost one or two in each series, carries a large pedicellaria, besides fifteen

to twenty coarse granules and three or four times as many very small ones;

many of the plates carry a second smaller pedicellaria, and rarely there is a

third; the distalmost plates have only three to ten coarse granules and prae-

tically none of the very small ones. The dorsal plates are not easily made out,

except on the distal half of each ray. Nearly all of the carinal plates carry

small tubereles, but very rarely is there more than one to a plate, and on many

plates, especially on the ray opposite the madreporite, even one is wanting.

Similar but smaller tubercles, or more properly granules, replace pedicellariae

on a large proportion of the adradial and other dorsolateral plates. The actino-

lateral plates each carry two to seven coarse granules and a large pedicellaria ;

here and there the pedicellaria is wanting. The armature of a typical adambu-

lacral plate consists of a furrow series of five spines, the middle three subequal,

the other two much smaller, and three very stout, blunt spines on the oral

surface of the plate, two adjoining the furrow margin, and one behind them;

this third spine is often wanting; of the marginal pair the distal one is usually

the larger, and near the tips of the rays is the only one present. On some of

the adambulacral plates near the mouth a pedicellaria is present on the adoral

side. It is evident that the adambulacral armature in the present specimen is

much more like that given, by Déderlein for typical A. flavescens than it is like

what he found in his variety nuda,

It seems to me fair to conelude that the present specimen is an adult,

though not necessarily a full-grown, example of A. flavescens (Gray), and that

Déderlein’s variety nuda is within the limits of the normal variation of the

species.

ANTHENEA TUBERCULOSA.

Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc., xv, 1847, p. 77.

This paper of Gray’s was also printed verbatim in the Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist,

xx, 1847, p. 198 (not vol. x as given by Déderlein, 1915, op. cit.). The Royal

Society Catalogue gives precedence to the P.Z.S. paper; in fact, in this particular

instanee no reference is made to the publication in the Annals.

There are four specimens of this common North Australian species, but

only one has a locality label, and that one is merely from ‘‘North Australia.”’

Although they range in size from R= 50 mm. to R= 90 mm., they show very

little diversity, but agree well with Déderlein’s (1915, op. cit.) description and

figures.

386 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

ANTHASTER Doderlein.

ANTHASTER VALVULATUS.

Oreaster valvulatus Miller & Troschel, Arch. Naturg., ix, 1843, p. 115.

Anthaster valvulatus Doderlein, Jahrb. Nassau. Ver. Naturk., Lxviii, 1915, p. 30;

pl. iii.

This remarkable sea-star has been known hitherto only from the holotype,

which is in Berlin, and was collected by Preiss in ‘‘South-west Australia.’’ It has

R=107mm., and has been admirably redeseribed and figured by Déderlein.

The presence of thirteen specimens in the collection before me is therefore of

great interest, and some notes upon them will be of interest. While they agree

in the main with Déderlein’s description and figures, they show some differences

in the dorsal and marginal tubercles and in the adambulacral armature.

The smallest specimen, labelled ‘‘ Gontodiscus seriatus M. & T., Kangaroo

Island,’’ has R= 42mm. and r=—21lmm. A second specimen with it from the

same locality is only a trifle larger. The pedicellariae show that they are not

Goniodiscus seriatus, but are young Anthasters. In the smaller individual the

only dorsal tubercles are five, placed one at the base of each ray on the most

proximal plate of the carinal series; in the larger specimen there are some

additional tubercles on other carinal plates, two to four on each ray, but only

three or four of these are big enough to be at all noticeable. There are twelve

superomarginal plates on each side of each ray, and only the four or five distal-

most have tubercles large enough to mention; nearly every plate has a pedicel-

laria, and often there are two. The inferomarginals are essentially the same as

the upper series in number, size, and general appearance, but their pedicellariae

are somewhat larger though scarcely equal to those occurring on nearly all of

the actinolateral plates. In the adambulacral armature there are eight spines

in the furrow series, though the first and last are very small; there are three

short, wide, blunt spines in the second series, and two or three much smaller

ones in the outermost row; there is usually a pedicellaria on the adoral margin

of each plate.

The largest specimen has R= 112, r= 52, and breadth of arm at middle

about 40 mm. There are fifteen superomarginals in each series, and the

same number in the lower series. In appearance and tuberculation they are

like those of the smallest specimens. Dorsal tubereles rather numerous, occur-

ring on most of the carinal plates, most of the disk plates, and on many other

plates at the base of the rays, but they are rarely present on the distal part of

the rays. The adambulacral armature is similar to that found in the smaller

specimens, but there are often nine spines in the furrow series. All the spines

CLARK—SEA-LILIES, SEA-STARS, BRITTLE STARS, AND SEA-URCHINS 387

are stouter, particularly those on the oral surface of the plate, where there are

often three series, thongh the outermost may consist of only a single spine.

The specimens of intermediate size are very similar to the others. The chief

diversity is in the munber and conspicuousness of the dorsal tubercles, for there

is very little diversity in the armature of cither the marginal or adambulaeral

plates. One speeimen with R=80mm. has only nine or ten dorsal tubercles,

while another with R—77 mm. bas about 180. In all eases the five primary

tubercles are the largest, but they are seldom more than 3 mm. high, and their

basal diameter is about equal to the height. They are thus much smaller than

jn Miller & Troschel’s type.

All of the specimens are ‘‘munserm colour’? dull yellowish or brown of some

shade, but there are two plaster casts in the collection which were evidently

painted to show the colour in life. These are both a deep violet-red above, but

one is pure white Gmpainted) on the oral surface, while the other is coloured

a fine salmon-red alouge the ambulaera, with a slight violet tinge to the red of

the iuterradial areas. It is possible that there is considerable diversity in the

colouring of the oral side, but it is not at all likely that it is ever pure white.

The species is apparently common on the South Australian coast, but the

only definite localities indicated besides Kangaroo Island are St. Vincent Gulf,

Althorpe Island (Dr. J.C. Vereo), Glenelg (Ma. A. 'T. Beaumont), and South

Australian coast (W. J. Conroy).

Kamiry OPHIDIASTERIDAE.

AUSTROFROMIA H. L. Clark.

AUSTROFROMIA POLYPORA,

Fromia polypora UH. L. Clark, Endeavour Res., iv, 1916, p. 51; pl. xiv, figs. 1

and 2.

Austrofronvia polypora HU. 1a. Clark, Dept. Mar. Biol, Carn, Inst,, X, 1921, p. 43.

There are three specimens of this imperfeetly known species, but unfortu-

nately not one of them has a locality label. The smallest has R == 65 mm., and

the colour (in aleohol) is reddish-butl, sugeesting that the speeies is more or

less red in lite. The other specimens are dry, and much larger than any

previously known. In one R=%5mm., r—19 mim., and br=—19 mim., hence

R=5r or br. The other has R= 1121nm,., r—22mm., and br=27 mm.,

hence R=Ar but only 4 br. In the smaller specimen the rays are very hitle

flattened, but are quite terete, while in the Jareer there is a little more indica-

tion of flattening, but it is not at all marked. Jn each specimen the actinal

interbrachial areas are so large that there are five, and possibly six, series of

388 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

actinolateral plates, but owing to the close granulation of all plates it is not easy

to make out the various series, and even the marginal plates are much obscured.

The colour of these dry specimens is bright brown, with a yellowish tinge; in

the larger one the disk and bases of the rays on the upper surface are almost

black, and this dark colour extends orally on three rays almost to the ambulacral

furrow, but it does not approach very near to the mouth; in the smaller specimen

this dark area is only faintly indicated on the upper part of the bases of the

rays, the greater part of the disk being quite free from it. After careful

examination I am led to believe that this dark colour is not normal, but is due

to some oily material, perhaps the stomach contents or a secretion from the

hepatie glands, which has stained the specimens.

Famiry ASTEROPIDAE.

PETRICIA Gray.

PETRICIA VERNICINA.

Asterias vernicina Lamarek, Anim. s. Vert., ii, 1816, p. 554.

Petricia vermicina Fisher, Zool. Anz., xxxili, 1908, p. 357.

A fine series of thirty-four specimens ranges in size from R= 30mm. to

R=58mm. There is considerable diversity of form, aside from the differences

caused by preservation. At one extreme is a specimen with R = 50 mm., r = 25

mm., and br at 3R = 24mm.; at the other is a specimen with R=55mm.,

r= 25mm., and br at $R = 18 mm.; most specimens are intermediate between

these two extremes. Most of the aleoholie specimens are dull red-brown in

colour, but a few are light yellowish-brown, or even a dirty cream-colour; dry

specimens are dirty white, yellow-brown, red-brown, or very dark red-brown.

As regards the big pedicellariae characteristic of the genus, there is the

greatest diversity; there should be one in each actinal interradial area, near

mouth, and one at the base of each ray, on each side dorsally, fifteen in all, five

oral and ten aboral. But this symmetrical condition is very rare, and is shown

by only one of the thirty-four specimens. Only one other specimen has five

oral pedicellariae, and fifteen specimens lack them altogether; four specimens

have four, four have three, five have two, and four have a single one; thus the

thirty-four specimens average only one and a half oral pedicellariae apiece,

There are six specimens which have ten aboral pedicellariae, one has eleven, and

one has twelve; two haye nine, two have eight, three have seven, three have SIX,

two have five, four have four, six have three, one has two, two have but one,

and one specimen has none at all; thus the thirty-four specimens average only

CLARK—SEA- LILIES, SEA-STARS, BRITTLE STARS, AND SEA-URCHINS 389

six aboral pedicellariae each. The individual with twelve aboral pedicellariae

is symmetrically six-rayed, with R43 mm., but it has only two oral pedicel-

Jariae. It is interesting, though probably not significant, that five individuals

have no oral and only three aboral pedicellariae. It must be said, however, that

twenty-eight of the thirty-four Petricias are in alcohol, and many of them are

more or less distorted; hence, owing to the thick, fleshy skin which covers the

whole animal, the aboral pedicellariae are often difficult to detect, and it is not

unlikely that some have been overlooked. Their presence does not seem to be

correlated in any way with size; in the smallest specimen there are two oral

and seven aboral pedicellariae, while in the largest there are no oral and only

four aboral; there is, however, no indication that the pedicellariae tend to

decrease or disappear with age.

Unfortunately there are no locality labels with any of the specimens except

the smallest, which was taken by Dr. Verco in Spencer or St. Vineent Gulf.

Orver SPINULOSA

Famiry ASTERINIDAE.

ASTERINA Nardo.

ASTERINA ATYPHOIDA.

Hf. L. Clark, ‘‘Endeavour’’ Res., iv, 1916, p. 57,

There is a fine series of thirty-nine specimens of this little-known but easily

recognized species; the smallest are about 12 min. aeross, while the largest are

22 mm., and thus somewhat bigger than the original specimens. One of the

22 mm. specimens has R = 11mm. and r—11mm., and is thus almost circular

in outline, but another has R= 11mm. and r—10mm., and is distinetly pen-

tagonal. There is little diversity in the appearance of the upper side, but some

individuals have more than others of the pointed granules along the proximal

margins of the plates. Orally there is very little diversity, the species characters

seeming to be remarkably constant. There is no hint as to the colours in life,

all of these specimens being ‘‘museum colour,’’ ranging from nearly white to

pale brown, usually yellowish, occasionally reddish.

Most of the specimens (twenty-three) are from ‘‘Spenecer or St. Vincent

wulf,’’? but eight are from ‘‘between Trowbridge Light House and Backstairs

”)

Passage,’’ seven have no locality label, and one is from ‘‘between Backstairs

Passage and the Pages, 1888.’’

390 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

ASTERINA CORONATA FASCICULARIS.

Fisher, Bull. 100, U.S. Nat. Mus., iii, 1919, p. 414.

There are three dry, dull-coloured specimens of this little-known species,

bearing the labels, ‘‘N. Territory’? and ‘‘North Australia.’’? Fisher (/.c.)

lists an Asterina from Port Essington as of this subspecies. The present speci-

mens have five rays each, and R ranges from 20 mm. to 30 mm. There are

about fifteen to twenty-two enlarged abactinal plates on each ray, but these are

conspicuous more for their elevation than for their size. There are six to eight

oral (marginal) spines, usually six furrow spines (oceasionally one or even two

more), and four to six, usually five, pointed spinelets in a group on each actinal

intermediate plate, of which one or two are distinctly larger than the others.

Pedicellariae such as Fisher describes and figures for the subspecies ewerces

occur in the largest specimen, and are common in one of the smaller ones, but

T do not find them in the third, which is, however, rather poorly preserved.

These specimens are thus intermediate between the subspecies ewerces and

fascicularis, but on account of the actinal intermediate spinelets and the

geographical origin I refer them to fascicularis. 1 confess to some doubt, how-

ever, as to whether the various subspecies of coronata will prove to be recogniz-

able when a considerable amount of material is available for study.

ASTERINA CRASSISPINA (”) sp. nov.

Rays five, rounded into bhint tips; R = 20 mm., r= 11mm., br. = 12 mm.

General form stellate; dorsal plates not imbricating, and with the exception of

a few near base of ray, not crescentic; covered with blunt spinelets, scarcely

twice as long as thick, forming a rather uniform granular coat all over dorsal

side. Papulae rather numerous; a double row along midradial line (7.e., a series

on each side of the row in carinal plates), and three or four rows, on each side

decreasing in length outwardly, so that the outermost has only two papulae.

Madreporite, small, triangular but rounded, very near centre of disk.

Oral surface with rather large interradial areas; actinal intermediate ‘plates

each with one or two, usually two, wide, blunt, flattened spines, a millimetre

long or less, and almost half as wide as long. No pedicellariae. Adambulacral

plates with furrow comb of four subequal spines about 1-25 mm. long and

rather slender; on surface of plate are two blunt, heavy spines, like those of

the actinal intermediate plates, but somewhat larger. Oral plates with six

(9) Crassus=heayy, thick+spina—=a thorn, spine, in reference to the very stout spines of

the oral surface,

CLARK—SEA-LILIES, SEA-STARS, BRITTLE STARS, AND SEA URCHINS 391

marginal spines, innermost longest ; on each oral plate is a huge suboral spine,

1-75 mm. lone, 60 mm. to +75 mm. wide, squarely truncate, flattened, Colour

(dry), dull yellowish,

Pip. 112. visferiva crassispinas a, abboval view (uat. size): b, oral view of holotype (x5).

Holotype: Ree. No. H. 425.

The unique type bears the label ‘“N. Australia,’ indicating that the coast

of the Northern Territory is the locality whence it came. It is in rather poor

condition, but its distinetive characters are well marked.

PATIRIELLA Verrill.

PATIRIELLA CALCAR.

Asterias calear Lamarek, Anim. s. Vert., ii, 1816, p. 557.

Asterina caleav Gray, Ann. Mae. Nat. Tlist., vi, 1841, p. 290.

Pativiells ealear Verrill, Amer, Jour. Sei., xxxv, 1915, p. 484.

392 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

There is a good series of twenty-six specimens of this wellanuarked species,

ranging from R=16 mm. to R—Stmm. All have eight rays. The colour

ranges from nearly white to dark brown, but there is no hint of the fine colours

of life. The localities represented are: New South Wales: Bondi, Zietz coll.

1906, November; South Ausiralia: Guichen Bay, Mr. A. Zietz, 1889, Mareh;

Hneounter Bay, Dr. R. HW. Pulleine, 1886; St. Vineent Gulf, Dr. Vereo, 1889;

St. Vincent and Spencer Gults.

PATIRIELLA EXIGUA,

Astertas exigua Lamarek, Anim, s. Vert.. ii, 1816, p. 554.

Asterina exiqua Pervier, Arch. Zool, Exp. y, 1876, p. 222 (302).

Patirviella exigua Vervill, Amer, Jour, Sei., xxxv, 1918, p. 484.

This well-known species is represented by twenty-five specimens from: New

South Wales, Bondi, 1906, November, A, Zietz coll. (ten); South Australia, St.

Vineent and Spencer Gulfs (twelve); Kangaroo [slind (two); and North

Australia (one). The two specimens from Kangaroo Island and one of those

from Bondi haye but four rays, while one from Bondi has six rays. ALL of the

specimens are small, ranging from R——4+mm. to R= 11inm.; thus the largest

is little more than half the size of fully-grown specimens. None show any trace

of the colour possessed in life. The species is readily distinguished from P.

requiaris, and, when six-rayed, from small specimens of P, (nan, by the bare,

smooth area back of the oral plates in the aetinal interradii; this bare area may

reich half-way to the margin, and is very characteristic.

PATIRIELLA GUNNII.

Asterina quanti Gray, Ann, Mag. Nat. ist. (1), vi, 1840, p. 289,

Patiriella guint Verrill, Amer, Jour, Sei., xxxv, 1913, p. 484.

The large series of this characteristically Australian sea-star contains 163

specimens, which range in size from R—T7mm. to R—T01mm. An equally

eveat diversity is shown in form, in part due to difference in the proportion of

R to vr, but chiefly dne to difference in preservation. In rare eases + — R, and

the outline is thus approximately cireular; more commonly R=1-16r, and the

outline is hexagonal; but often the rays are more prolonged, and R= 1-20 to

1-551; in extreme cases R=1-5r. Dried specimens are often very flat, the

vertical diameter not exceeding -06 of the horizontal; more commonly it is

‘10 to -20, and in some well-preserved specimens rises to -30 or more, in extreme

cases to 40. Of the 163 specimens, 140 (859) have six rays, and sixteen (or

about 10%) have seven, while there are five with eight rays aud one with only

five. One specimen bas an ambulacral furrow forked halfavay between mouth

CLARK—SEA-LILIES, SEA-STARS, BRITTLE STARS, AND SEA-URCHINS 393

and tip, so that there are six and a half furrows; seen From above the specien

has seven sides, but two are shorter than the other five. Eight-rayed specimens

with long rays might be confused with P. calear, but the paired spines on the

actinolateral plates distinguish them at once. Small specimens nught be con-

fused with P. caigue, especially if there were only five rays, but the absence

of the large suboral spine on the mouth plates always distinguishes P, gaan.

saneine frou dirty-whitish

All of the present series are “‘musenm colour,’

to very dark brown; one or two show distinetly reddish shades. The localities

represented are all in South Australian waters, but most of the specimens lave

no locality labels; there are specimens, however, from Port Lincoln, St. F nANGIS

Island, Althorpe Island, Kangaroo Island, and St. Vincent and Spencer Gulfs,

Vereo coll, One specimen is labelled ‘Asterina regalaris Verrill, New Zealand” ;

it is, however, a typical hexamerous South Australian P.-grenniZ, aid we must

interpret the ‘*New Zealand’? as merely an indication of the region inhabited

by P. vegularis, with which species this specimen was wrongly identified.

NEPANTHIA Gray.

NEPANTHIA BREVIS.

Asterina (Nepanthia) brevis Perrier, Arch. Zool. Exp, v, 1876, p. 241 (3821).

Nepanthic brevis Sladen. ‘* Challenger’? Rep., xxx, 1589, p. 357,

There is # single specimen of this fine species from ‘* North Austvalia.’’ It

is fully grown, R equalling 43 mm, It is “'museum colour,” and shows no trace

of the handsome markings possessed when living.

NEPANTHIA GRANDIS ('") sp. nov.

R=40mm to 452m, r= 23 min to 25.0m,, br = 251mm, to 29 mm.; R=

1-751 ov 1:6br.: form more or less markedly stellate; margins, especially in

interradii, more or less extended, flattened, and apparently flexible in life. Disk

vnd median portion of rays well arched ; oral surface very flat. Rays five (of the

twenty-six specimens, three are six-rayed), tapering gradually toa rounded and

‘ather wide dip. Disk and median portion of rays covered by irregularly

arranged plates of several sizes, their elevated eentres roundish, elliptieal, or

crescentic, and densely covered with very delicate, glassy spinelets; the elevated

part of the plate which carries the spinelets is nearly as high as the length of

the spinelets themselves; scattered among these plates are the papulae, often

single, especially along margin, but proximal to each of the larger plates on

hase of rays they are in pairs or gronps of three, aud on the disk there are

from four fo seven in a group; in the interradial areas and aloug the margins

(10) In reference to the size as compaured with other members of the genus,

394 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MuskuM

of the rays the plates are much smaller, the elevated portion is more or less

cirewar, and they are arranged in regular, crowded, longitudinal series, among

which there are no papulae; in small specimens there are five or six such series

on each side of each ray, but in the large specimens the niunber rises to nine

or ten, and the contrast between them and the median area of irreeularly

arranged plates may be very marked, although, like them, they are densely

covered with fine spinelets. Terminal plate rather small and eovered with

spinelets. Madreporite small, near centre of disk; often overshadowed by its

neighbouring plates, and not easy to see.

Wig, 11a. Nepanthia grandis; a, aboral yiew and hh, oral view of holotype; e¢, aboral view and

d, oral view of juyenile (24 nat. size).

Oral surface entirely covered by rhombic plates. the outlines of which are

indistinet; the centre of each plate is elevated into a cireular knob, densely

covered with spinelets just like those of the aboral side; the plates are largest

just back of the oral plates, and become very small at the margin; they are

arranged in definite transverse series, which are, of course, oblique on the inter-

radial areas, but come to be at right angles to the ambuilacral furrow on the rays.

Adambulaeral plates with a furrow series of six to eight blint, relatively long

and stout (actually they are slender) spines, back of which is an equal number

of somewhat smaller ones, and back of them, covering the rest of the plate, are

niunerous slender spinelets, like those of the actinolateral plates. Oral plates

very similar to the adambulaeral, but the eight marginal spines are lareer,

especially those at tip of jaw; surface of plate well covered with spinelets,

Jolour ranges from nearly white to deep reddish-brown, but there is no indi-

cation of what it may have been in life.

CLARK —SEA-LILIES, SEA-STARS, BRITTLE STARS, AND SEA-URCHINS = 395

Holotype: Reg. No, E. 430,

There are twenty-six specimens at hand of this somewhat perplexing fori,

which L have placed in Nepanthia, in spite of its relatively large interradial

ureas, because ihe skeleton, the covering of spinelets, and the adambulaeral

armature all seem to indicate its position in that genus. The smallest specimens

have R only 7 mn, or 8 mm., and are very Asterine-like in appearance, but

careful examination shows they are essentially like the adults. The largest

specimen has R = 60mm, and v= 25 mm., hence R= 2-4-r; there are eight to

eleven furrow spines on the adambulaeral plates, Of the six-rayed specimens

two are very smnall, but one has R40 mm.; it is fairly, but not perfectly,

symmetrical. All of the specimens are apparently from the South Australian

coust, chiefly Verco collections from Spencer and St. Vincent Gulfs; one small

speeien bears the label **Tumby Bay.’?

Paminry KCHINASTERIDAE.

ECHINASTER Miiller & Troschel.

ECHINASTER ARCYSTATUS.

LL, L. Clark, Ree. W. Aust. Mus. i, 1914, p. 148.

This species, hitherto known only from the holotype, fake on the Western

Australian coast, is apparently not rare in South Australian waters, for there

are four specimens in the present collection. Unfortunately only one has a

definite locality label; this reads, ‘‘ Between Dackstairs Passage and the Pages.

Dredged in 25 fathoms. Field Nat. Exp., April, 1888.7’ This specimen has

R= 65 mm., and is very well preserved, while two others of about the same

size are in less satisfactory condition. The fourth specimen is a very large one,

with R =172 mm. and r = 22, so that R is almost equal to Sr. In the smaller

specimens, and in the original holotype, R= 6:5r. The arms are very slender

on the bie individual, with br 24mm. at base of arm and only 16 imi. at

middle, heuce R=7br at base, and almost 11 br at middle of arm; in the

smaller specimens R == 4 or 5 br at base and only 6-5 br at middle, ALL of the

specimens are dull brown in their dried condition, but there are indications

that the colour in life is deep ved or red-brown.

ECHINASTER GLOMERATUS.

il. L. Clark, ‘‘ Endeavour’’ Res., iv, 1916, p. 62.

There ave three dry specimens of this species, originally found near Kan-

varoo Island; two are without locality labels, while the third was taken

‘Between Backstairs Passage and the Pages. Dredged in 25 fathoms. Wield

396 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Naturalists’ Exe., April, 18887’; it is thus from the same place, and taken at

the same time as the specimen of EF. arcystatus, referred to above. Like the

latter it is in excellent condition, being admirably preserved; it has R = 100

mm., r= 20mm., and br = 20 mm.; the heaps are very conspicuous, and the

spinelets taller and sharper than in the holotype. The colour is a bright yellow-

brown, not at all suggestive of a red colouration in life. The other two specimens

are not in such good condition, as they are crusted over with some foreign

material, having apparently dried with the evaporation of the spirits in which

they were preserved; one was, in life, evidently much lke the speeimen froin

Backstairs Passage, but the arms are relatively wider at base (R= 97, but

br = 25mm.), and more tapering; the other has R=90, br =18mm., and

arms tapering little, but its chief peculiarity is that the ‘‘heaps’’ bear more

numerous, shorter, and blunter spinelets; this specimen thus approaches the

variety extremus, described beyond.

Besides the dry specimens there are four in aleohol, two without loeality

labels, and two from the Vereo collections in Spencer and St. Vincent Gults.

The two without locality are in rather poor condition, and are of such a light

brownish-yellow there is little doubt that they have been bleached by the

alcohol; in one, R = 80 min., br = 19 mm., and the arms are flat and tapering,

while in the other, with R = 75 mm. to 80 mm., and br = 17 mm. to 18 min., the

arms are stouter, more cylindrical, and less tapering. The Vereo specimens are

smaller and in better condition; one has R= 55 mm. to 60mm., with br. = 11

mun. to 12 mm., and is bleached to a very pale brownish-yellow; the other has

R= 65 num. to 75 mm., with br =15 mm. to 16mm., and the colour is yellow-

brown; both specimens are quite typical.

ECHINASTER GLOMERATUS var. EXTREMUS ('') var. nov.

RK = 60 mmn., r= 12 mm., br = 12 mm., R=

or or br. Rays nearly eylin-

drical, tapering bit little. Heaps of spinelets, numerous, very large, in seven

to nine longitudinal series, with four to twenty or more short, stout, blunt

spinelets or coarse granules; three to nine papulae in each area. Colour, yellow-

brown.

Holotype: Reg. No. H. 432.

This specimen has no locality label, but there is no reason to doubt that

it came from South Australian seas, probably from St. Vincent or Spencer Gulf.

The general appearance is so striking it seems desirable to give the form a

name, though it probably intergrades completely with the typical form.

(41) In reference to the extreme development of the heaps of spinelets.

CLARK—SEA-LILIES, SEA-STARS, BRITTLE STARS, AND SEA URCHINS 397

Mig, 114. Kehinoster glomeratus var. eclreuues; aloral view of holotype (aat, size).

PLECTASTER Sladen.

PLECTASTER DECANUS.

Hehinaster decanus Miiller & Troschel, Arch. f. Nature, ix, 1844, p. 114.

Plectaster decanus Sladen, ‘‘ Challenger’? Rep., xxx, 1889, p. 535.

There are seven specimens of this typically Australian sea-star, bit none

ave in very good condition, and only two haye locality labels; these two are

from Speneer and St, Vineent Gults. The size ranges from R=50 mm. to

R= 105 mun., while the breadth of the arm ranges from -25 to -838 R. The

only one of the individuals which offers anything of special Interest is one

without loeality, in which R=93 mm. on two rays, while the other rays are

less than 70 min, Careful examination shows that one of these was broken (or

bitten?) off, and has not regenerated, while the other two were evidently broken

long ago, and have regenerated 33 mm. to 34 nm. (or more). The remarkable

feature is that on the regenerated portion of these arms the typical network of

ossicles is lacking, and is replaced by isolated elevations bearing spinelets or

granules, much as in Lehinasler glomeratus, clearly indicating the stock whence

Plectaster has sprung, There is no corresponding imodification on the oral

surface.

398 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Famity ASTERIIDAE.

CORONASTER Perrier.

CORONASTER sp.

A single small sea-star without locality has given me much difficulty, and

it is only with great hesitation that I have decided to place it temporarily in

Coronaster. Its distinctive features are so many and so striking that additional

specimens will be readily recognized, and it is to be hoped that adult specimens

will soon be found. It is probable that this specimen was taken by Dr. Verco

in his dredging in Spencer or St. Vincent Gulf.

The present individual is obviously young. There are six rays, 12 mm. to

19 mm. long; madreporite large, close to margin of the very small disk; abactinal

skeleton a very open mesh-work, as usual in Coronaster, with a carinal series

of eruciform plates and a superomarginal series on each side; near base of ray

there may be one or more dorsolateral plates. Hach plate carries a single slender

spine encircled with a wreath of pedicellariae, but on the smaller spines there

are few pedicellariae in each wreath. There are some very small scattered

pedicellariae on the disk, but there do not seem to be any on the rays. In spite

of the large naked areas left between the skeletal plates, there are very few

papulae, often only one to each area, occasionally as many as four.

The inferomarginal plates adjoin the adambulacral series; there is about

one to each millimetre of the ray; the single spine is slender, acute, 1 mm. to

1:3 mm. long, not very much longer than the spines of the superomarginal

series. Hach inferomarginal spine bears a conspicuous wreath of pedicellariae.

Adambulacral plates about three times as numerous as the inferomarginals,

conspicuously and consistently diplacanthid, with long, slender, but not acute

spines, the outer one a trifle longer, stouter, and blunter than the inner. There

are no pedicellariae in the furrow or on the adambulacral spines.

In each actinal interradial area, just back of the oral plates, is a huge

major pedicellaria, strongly unguiculate, similar to those of C. volsellatus, but

with the ‘‘wrist’’ shorter and stouter. No other major pedicellariae are to be

found. Pedicels biserial throughout.

The small number of rays and the scareity of major pedicellariae make me

hesitate to call this little sea-star Coronaster, but the form of the major pedi-

eellariae, the abactinal skeleton, the marginal and adambulacral armature, all

indicate a close relationship to that genus.

CLARK—SEA-LILIES, SEA-STARS, BRITTLE STARS, AND SEA-URCHINS 399

COSCINASTERIAS Verrill.

COSCINASTERIAS CALAMARIA.

Asterias calamaria Gray, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (1) vi, 1840, p. 179.

Coscinasterias calamaria Perrier, ‘‘Travailleuwr et Talisman’? Eeh., 1894, p. 106.

There are fifty-one specimens of this common and characteristic Austral-

asian species, ranging in size from R==15mm. to R = 225 mm., and in number

of rays from seven to fourteen. Apparently eleven is the normal number, as

thirty have that many rays, while only four have twelve, one has thirteen, and

one fourteen; in this last the rays are evidently of three, and possibly four,

different age-sets. Symmetry is rare, but one specimen with eleven rays has

them approximately equal and about 120 mm. long. All sorts of combination

of large and small rays occur, and it is difficult to see any indication of method

or sequence in the addition of new rays.

Most of the specimens have no locality label, but several very fine ones are

from Kangaroo Island, and there are also good ones from Althorpe Island,

collected by Dr. Verco. A number of small ones are from Port Vincent, St.

Vineent Gulf.

ALLOSTICHASTER Verrill.

ALLOSTICHASTER POLYPLAX.

Asterias calamaria Gray, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (1) vi, 1840, p. 179.

Allostichaster polyplax Verrill, Harriman Alaska Exped.: Starfishes, 1914,

p. 368.

This well-known species, common to both Australia and New Zealand, is

represented by fifty-two specimens, ranging from R=—%9mm. to R= 3d mm.

Of these, twenty-seven have eight rays, twenty-three have seven, and two have

nine. More than half (twenty-eight) have the rays so unequal as to indicate

the autotomy so characteristic of the species; usually there are two sets of rays,

three or four large and three or four small, but in five cases one notes three sets,

either one large, two smaller, and four quite small, or two, two, and three, or

two, two, and four, or two, three, and three; in one case there are four sets,

one, three, one, and two.

Most of the specimens have no locality label, but the three largest ones are

from Coobowie, Yorke Peninsula, January 31, 1885, two are from Tumby Bay,

two are from Guichen Bay (A. Zietz coll., March, 1889), one is from ‘‘ between

Trowbridge Light and Backstairs Passage,’’ and most of the remainder are from

either St. Vincent or Spencer Gulf, and are largely from the Vereo collections.

There are no indications as to habitat or as to the colours in life.

400 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

ALLOSTICHASTER REGULARIS ('°) sp. nov.

R= 30mm., r—6mm., br—8-2inm.; R—5r but not quite 4 br; form

regularly pentamerously stellate, with equal (or subequal) rays, which are

relatively high, and taper gradually to a blunt tip, where a large terminal plate

is more or less concealed by granules or low spinelets; disk rather high but

more or less flat, covered by a coarse network of skeletal plates, between which

lie the rather large papular areas, but there are only one to three papulae in

each one. Madreporite moderate, half-way between centre and margin, sur-

rounded by a circle of a dozen or more somewhat capitate spinelets. All the

dorsal plates carry such spinelets in considerable numbers and a few scattered,

small pedicellariae.

Fig, 115. Allostichaster regularis; a, aboral view; b, oral view of holotype (nat. size),

Superomarginals about twenty-two, higher than long, somewhat oblique,

the surface more or less ‘‘beaded’’ at least dorsally, aborally; each plate carries

about five small, somewhat capitate spinelets, of which one is rather by itself

near the lower end of the plate, the others are on the adoral part of the plate,

dorsally, and form an irregular oblique line; there are also eight to twelve

pedicellariae on each plate. Carinal plates correspond in number with the

superomarginals, and lie opposite their distal ends; each plate is wider than

long, more or less triangular, at least on proximal half of ray, with an adoral

anele; distally the lateral angles reach the superomarginals, but on the basal

part of ray there is a single series of dorsolateral plates of rather considerable

size; all the dorsal plates carry the small capitale spinelets and minute

(12) In reference to the constancy in number and appearance of rays as contrasted with

polyplax.

CLARK—SEA-LILIES, SEA-STARS, BRITTLE STARS, AND SEA-URCHINS 401

pedicellariae; on the basal carinals are about ten spinelets and rather fewer

pedicellariae, but distally there are only six or seven spinelets and four or five

pedicellariae ; each dorsolateral plate carries two to six spinelets and about half

a dozen pedicellariae. Papular areas moderate with one to three papulae,

usually only one.

Inferomarginals, corresponding in number and position with the supero-

marginals, form a very distinet angular margin to the ray, the oral surface

being quite flat; each inferomarginal carries, except at very base of arm and

close to tip, four spines, dorsal to whieh are half a dozen pedicellariae; these

spines are flattened and widened at the end, the largest about a millimetre long

and not quite half so wide at tip; on the basal half of the arm one of the spines

is distinctly by itself on the oral surface of the plate, on its aboral margin,

while the other three form an oblique comb, of which the adoral member is the

most dorsal; distally as the plates become smaller the oral spine comes to lie

in line with the others as the most distal and most oral member of the comb;

occasionally it is quite wanting, especially on the distalmost plates; at the very

base of the arm the adoral member of the comb is usually wanting. <Actino-

lateral plates wanting, as are oral papulae, and pedicellariae are few and

insignificant. Adambulacral plates regularly diplacanthid; the two spines are

subequal, moderately stout, only a little flattened, but slightly widened at tip,

scarcely a millimetre long. Oral plates with four spines each, of which the

innermost are smallest and most wide-apart, so that the mouth angles appear

to be actually widest at the tip and narrowest at the distal end; the two distal

spines agree with adambulacral spines in size and form. Colour (in alcohol or

dry), light yellow-brown (‘‘museum ecolour’’).

Holotype: Reg. No. E. 487.

There are sixteen specimens of this species, of which the holotype is the

largest, while one with R= 9 mm. is the smallest. In the little specimens the

rays are relatively shorter and much stouter, there are no dorsolateral plates,

fewer spinelets and pedicellariae, and only two or three marginal spines on the

inferomarginal plates. In two specimens there are but four normal rays and

one small one, but even in these cases it does not look as though autotomy occurs

in this species (at any rate it must be infrequent), a very striking character

which makes it easy to distinguish A. regularis from A. polyplax. In other

respects the two species are much alike, but A. polyplax has smaller and more

numerous dorsal spinelets, scarcely more than granules, and the papular areas

are smaller and the dorsolateral plates more numerous.

All of the specimens of A. regularis at hand were taken in Spencer and St.

Vincent Gulfs, but there are no exact locality labels.

402 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

SMILASTERIAS Sladen.

SMILASTERIAS IRREGULARIS ('*) sp. nov.

Rays five, but two are broken off and one is missing; no two are even

approximately equal; they measure 16 mm., 37 mm., 40 mm., and 49 mm.;

vr =5 mm. and br = 6 mm. for the large arms, but only about 8 mm. for the smatl

one; R= 9 to10r and about 8 br. Rays high at base, higher than wide, tapering

slowly to a rather wide, blunt, slightly flattened tip. Dorsal surface of disk

and rays covered with a closely reticulated skeleton, the longitudinal rows of

which are not conspicuous basally, but distally the carinal series is fairly distinct ;

apparently there are two, and possibly three, rows of dorsolaterals on the basal

part of the ray. All the plates carry a few widely-spaced, low, blunt (but not

Fig. 116. Smilasterias wrregularis; a, aboral view; b, oral view of holotype (nat. size).

at all capitate) spinelets and more numerous, but seattered, pedicellariae.

Papular areas rather large, with two to six papulae in each.

Superomareginal plates, in the largest ray, about thirty, much wider (or

rather higher) than long, clearly on the sides of the rays; each carries two or

three small, blunt spines, well spaced, in an irregular vertical series, and a

number of scattered small pedicellariae. Inferomarginal plates correspond in

number and position with the superomarginals, but they are low, decidedly

longer than high, and form a distinct, angular margin to ray; each one carries

two flat, square-cut spines, side by side, or placed shghtly obliquely ; near base

of ray these spines are 2 mm, long and -60 mm. to -70 mm. wide. No actinal

intermediate plates and no oral papulae.

Adambulaecral plates rather numerous, seven or eight to each trio of infero-

marginals on basal part of ray, diplacanthid; at base of ray the two spines are

subequal, nearly 2 mm. long, moderately stout, blunt, and slightly flattened, but

the outer spine tends to be the larger, and may become distinctly longer aad

(18) In reference to the inequality of the rays.

CLARK—SEA-LILIES, SEA-STARS, BRITTLE STARS, AND SEA-URCHINS 403

stouter than the inner one distally, although, of course, both spines are much

smaller there than proximally. Within the furrow are small, straight pedicel-

lariae, one or none on inner face of each adambulacral plate; no other actinal

pedicelariae, except one stout one in one interradial area. Oral plates each with

three big, wide, flat marginal spines, and none on surface of plates; these oral

marginal spines are as large as the inferomarginal spines, or nearly so. Tube-

feet in four series at base of ray, but very soon passing into two normal series,

Colour yellow-brown (‘‘museum ecolour’’), dry.

Tlolotype: Reg. No. E. 488.

This specimen is said to be from Spencer or St. Vincent Gulf, but there is

no definite locality label, and there is no other specimen in the collection or in the

Museum of Comparative Zodlogy at all like it. It seems to belong in Smilasterias,

but is easily distinguished from the other species of that genus by the armature

of the inferomarginal plates, for in them there are three or four inferomarginal

spines set very obliquely on the plate, and in S. scalprifera, the genotype, more-

over, the adambulacral plates are triplacanthid.

UNIOPHORA Gray.

The considerable series of specimens of this genus has been the source of

ereat perplexity to me, and I am not at all positive that the following treatment

is the best possible, but it represents my earefully considered judgment on the

material available. The specimens of Uniophora in the Museum of Comparative

Zoology are few and of little service in this connection; none of them are from

South Austraha. While I am recognizing no fewer than six species of Uiiophora

in the present collection, and have already deseribed ('*) a seventh from Western

Australia, | am quite prepared to believe that extensive collecting and compara-

tive study on the South Australian coast would show that some of these supposed

species are merely local forms—or worse. But it seems better to deseribe and

figure them, and thus brine to the front the question of their validity, than to

obscure the situation by placing apparently distinct forms under a single name.

UNIOPHORA GRANIFERA.

Asterias granifera Lamarck, Anim. s. Vert., 11, 1816, p. 560.

Uniophora granifera Bell, Proc. Zool. Soe. London, 1881, p. 497.

Uniophora globifera Gray, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., vi, 1840, p. 288.

There are three specimens that I refer to this species with little hesitation.

The largest, of which I am giving a figure, has R = 55mm. and r= 15 mm. The

other two are much smaller (R = 24mm. and 29 mm.), and do not have nearly

(14) H. L. Clark, Jour. Linn, Soce., Zool., xxxv, 1923, p. 244.

oF THE S.A, MUSEUM

IRDS ¢

ECO

404

at, size).

iow

ow; by, om

pay aboral v

era

qranit

“we

Uniophay

ge. 11

CLARK—SEA-LILIES, SEA-STARS, BRITTLE STARS, AND SEA-URCHINS 405

so many of the characteristic globiferous spines on the dorsal surface. These

three specimens have no locality label; they agree with each other, and differ

from all the other Uniophoras in the collection in their deep reddish-brown

colouration, [ am following Fisher (1) in considering Gray’s long-used name,

a synonym of Lamarek’s earlier but less familiar one.

UNIOPHORA GYMNONOTA ('") sp. nov.

R= 42 mm., r =13 mm, br = 14 mm.; R = more than 3r but just about

8 br; disk small, rays five, stout. Abactinal skeleton coarse, with large, irregular

meshes; madreporite large, about half-way between margin and centre of disk.

Jarinal series of plates, conspicuous, closely united in a longitudinal series,

a x ok

Fig. 118, Uniophora gymnota; a, aboral views b, oral view of holotype (5¢ nat. size).

which distally becomes zigzag and irregular; superomarginals very similar but

regular clear to tip of ray; ‘‘beading’’ on the superomarginals wanting proxi-

mally, well-marked only on the most distal plates; dorsolaterals in an irregular

series, which is more or less clearly double proximally, and becomes obsenre

distally. Dorsal surface devoid of spines, except for a few small ones close to

madreporite and at the tips of the rays, where two or three of the distalmost

earinals carry single, low, thick spines. Small pedicellariae oecur in abundance

all over the dorsal surface, more especially on the laree papular areas, and

particularly near the tips of the rays.

(15) Fisher, Ann, Mag. Nat. Hist. (9), xii, 1923, p. 597.

(16) yupvdsssnaked-+-verov =the hack, in reference to the absence of spines dorsally.

406 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Lateral portion of ray nearly vertical, the superomarginals forming a con-

spicuous boundary to the rather flat dorsal surface. Inferomarginals about as

large as superomarginals, tending to be oral in position, especially proximally,

entirely free from spines. Actinal plates in three series at base of ray, but the

innermost series is insignificant, consisting of but few, small plates; the second

series is better developed, extending about half the leneth of the ray; the third

series is clear enough, and extends nearly to the tip of ray. There are no spines

on the inferomarginals or actinal plates, except that a few of the distal actinal

plates carry single short, stout ones, but these are very irregular in size and

position, Adambulacral armature regularly diplacanthid; the two spines on

each plate are subequal, 2 mm. to 8 mm. long, stout, blunt, and nearly eylindrieal.

Within the furrow are rather numerous, small pedicellariae; these are also

numerous on the sides of the ray, especially distally, but are infrequent orally.

Oral plates narrow, square-cut at the inner end, each with two or three, rarely

four, stout, blunt spines along the margin, which when directed inward overlap

and completely cover the plates. Colour, dull yellowish or yellow-brown

(‘museum colour’’), whether in alcohol or dry.

Holotype: Reg. No. E. 440.

There are half a dozen specimens of this form in sufficiently good condition

to consider as type material. They range in size from R=19 mm. to R = 75

mm, One of the small specimens has R = 25 mm.,, and the rays taper regularly

to a blunt tip; there is a spine at centre of disk, and several carinal plates in

each series carry similar but even larger spines; orally there is only one series

of actinal plates, but most of them earry a single stout spine. The other small

specimens, with R = 19 mm. to 82 mm., have the rays very stout and blunt, not

at all tapering, the width at middle of ray being much more than a third of R.

Some of the carinal plates carry conspicuous spines, and a large number of the

actinal plates carry heavy spines. In the largest specimen, and also in the

smallest, there are no dorsal spines, except for one or two small ones near tips of

rays, while the actinal spines, although much more numerous than in the holo-

type, are scattered and irregular. It is clear that the deficiency in spines is

more a matter of individual diversity than it is of age, but it certainly gives

the form a very distinctive appearance. Alcoholic specimens show that in life

the animal is covered with a thick fleshy skin, which more or less conceals plates

and spines (except the adambulacrals and ovals), and that the papulae are fairly

numerous but not excessively so; the pedicellariae on the papular areas are

numerous, and have fleshy bases, in which they are more or less sunken.

The holotype was dredged in ‘‘Backstairs Passage, near the Pages, about

25 fathoms; April, 1888; Field Naturalists’ Exeursion.’’? Of the other speci-

mens two are from Spencer or St. Vineent Gulf, while the remainder have no

locality labels at all.

CLARK—SEA-LILIES, SEA-STARS BRITTLE STARS, AND SEA-URCHINS 407

In addition to these type specimens there are sixteen individuals im such

poor condition as to make their identification uncertain. They are dried flat,

without care to prevent distortion. They range from R= 25 mm. to R = 100

mm., and have no locality label. They were in the same lot with eight specimens

of U. obesa (q.v.), but are recognizable by the lack of armature on the marginal

plates. One of them has two rays (R = 50 mm, to 55 mm.), much smaller than

the other three (r = 83 mm. to 88 mm.), suggesting autotomy, but it is more

likely the fission was artificial and accidental.

UNIOPHORA MULTISPINA ('") sp. nov.

R=82 mm., r—17 mm., br = 22 mm. to 23 mm.; R = almost 5r but

hardly 4 br; disk rather large, not at all elevated; rays five, rather flat, tapering

to a more or less blunt point. Skeletal plates arranged as usual in the genus,

with large papular areas both on disk and rays. Madreporite conspicuous but

Fig. 1198. Uniophora multispina, aboral view of holotype (4 nat. size).

(17) In reference to the numerous spines all over the animal.

408 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

inoderate in size, balfavay between centre and marein of disk, with a surround-

ing circle of about a dozen laree, unequal spines. Carinal, dorsolateral, and

superomarginal plates practically all with spines, the carinals often with two

and occasionally with three or four; spines very unequal, usually cylindrical

and blunt; on the earinals, often conspicuously capitate, but not to the exter

Fig. 119), Uniophoara woltigpina, oral view of holotype Cy nat. size),

shown in U. grenifera; superomarginal spines erect, not so capitate; “beading”?

on superomarginals very well-marked, even near base of ray. Many disk plates

also with spines, but they are smaller than on the rays. Still smaller spines are

found seattered here and there on the dorsal surface, as well as large numbers

of pediecllariae.

Inferomarginal plates conspienous, cach with a prominent spine, whieh is

short and somewhat capitate on the distal plates, but becomes longer, flattened,

and widened at tip, proximally, Actinal plates in three series at base of ray,

but the innermost series is short, the second reaches to about the middle of the

CLARK—SEA-LILIES, SEA-STARS BRITTLE STARS, AND SEA-URCHINS 409

ray, and the third approximates the tip. Every plate carries a large spine,

which is more or less flattened and widened at the tip; these spines may be

3 mm. long and over a millimetre wide at tip. Adambulacral armature dipla-

eanthid, the inner spine on each plate is shorter, more slender, and more

cylindrical than the outer, which is 2:5 mm. long, somewhat flattened, especially

at tip, where it is also widened. No pedicellariae on any spines, but many small

ones within the furrow and on the oral surface of rays, at least near tip. Oral

plates narrow, compressed, each with three large, flattened spines, somewhat

widened at tip, and one or two big, straight pedicellariae at the oral end.

Colour (dry), very light yellowish or dirty white.

Holotype: Reg. No. E. 441.

There are five dry specimens of this form, all adult, and showing little

diversity in size or form. R ranges from 52 mm. to 82 mm. The chief diversity

shown is in the spines, which range from low and distinetly capitate to long,

cylindrical, and pointed. The contrast between this species and U. gymnonota

is most striking, not merely because of the spines, but because the skeletal plates

in U. multispina are so much more delicate and numerous.

The holotype and the smallest specimen were taken in November, 1890, at

“Henley Beach,’’ near Adelaide, by C. B. Adeoek; two specimens have no

locality label; and one very good, large specimen is labelled, ‘‘Port River, Field

Nat. Exe., Deer., 1901.’’

UNIOPHORA OBESA ('*) sp. nov.

R= 62 mm., r= 16 mm. to 18 mm., br = 18 mm. to 20 mm. at base of ray,

about 23 mm. near middle, and 12 mm., 10 mm. from tip; R=3-5r, but only

3 br; disk large, nearly flat, with large papular areas; rays five, more or less

swollen, but flat or nearly so on the upper surface, with a very wide, blunt tip.

Madreporite rather small, about half-way between centre and margin. Skeletal

plates arranged as usual in the genus, about as heavy as U. multispina, but with

larger papular areas; these latter are very conspicuous even on the oral surface

of the rays. Carinal plates in a somewhat irregular series, which is quite

zig-zag distally; many of these plates are very stout and high, in marked con-

trast to the neighbouring plates. Superomarginal series nearly as notable as

the earinals, but hardly forming the margins of the ray, since the inferomarginals

project more or less beyond them. Most. of the dorsal plates carry small eapitate

spines, usually only one on each plate, but on the carinal plates they are distinctly

larger, and there may be three or even four on a plate; the most conspicuously

capitate have the ‘‘heads’’ 1-5 mm. in diameter; the smallest spines, and some

(18) Obesus—=fat, in reference to the short, stout rays.

410 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Fig. 120. Uniophora obesa; a, aboral view; b, oral view of holotype (nat. size),

CLARK—SEA-LILIES, SEA-STARS, BRITTLE STARS, AND SEA-URCHINS 411

of the larger ones, are not capitate. Beaded areas on superomarginals very

small, sharply defined. and easily seen when plates are clean, but very hard to

distinguish in the normal condition when covered with thick skin.

Inferomarginals very similar to superomarginals, and forming the true

margin to the ray; each carries a spine about a millimetre long, cylindrical,

blunt, scarcely capitate. Actinal plates very similar and similarly armed; more

numerous than in other Uniophoras, even the innermost series extending beyond

the middle of the ray; these innermost plates often carry two spines instead of

one. Adambulacral armature diplacanthid, but there is an evident tendency for

the inner spine to be smaller than the outer; often it is much smaller, and

distally there are a good many plates from which it has disappeared; proximally

the outer spine is more than 2 mm. long, flattened shehtly at tip, and sometimes

widened there. There are no pedicellariae on the adambulacral spines, but

within the furrow small ones are plentiful, and they are very numerous all over

the oral surface, sides, and back of rays, and on the disk. Oral plates as usual,

with three pairs of stout spines, and a big

o, straight pedicellaria on each inner

corner; the spines are 3 mm. long, flattened and more or less widened at tip.

Colour (dry), brownish-yellow (typical ‘‘museum colow:’’).

Holotype: Reg. No. E. 442.

There are two fine dry specimens from ‘‘Rocky Point, Eastern Cove,

Kangaroo Island. October 2, 1901.’ The paratype is almost exactly like the

holotype. There are also eight specimens without locality labels, in very poor

condition, which I refer to U. obesa with some hesitation. They have R = 60

mm, to 100 mm., and all are dried quite flat, so that it is impossible to say

whether the arms had the plump appearance of typical U. obesa. Oddly enough

these specimens intergrade so with U. gymnonota, from the same lot and dried

in the same way, that faith in the validity of the two species is sadly shaken.

I am separating them in this particular lot, chiefly by the appearance of the

marginal plates; those with unarmed marginals are, of course, U. gymnonota,

while those with conspicuous spines on the marginals | am ealling U. obesa.

Probably in fresh or well-preserved material there will be little difficulty in

distinguishing the two forms, typical specimens are so unlike. One of the poorly

preserved specimens has six rays; it is the only non-pentamerous Uniophora Lb

have seen.

UNIOPHORA SINUSOIDA.

Asterias sinusoida Perrier, Arch. Zool. Exp., tv, 1875, p. 338.

Uniophora sinusoida Fisher, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (9) xii, 1923, p. 597.

There are five examples which seem to represent this species, and as it has

never been figured, | am giving figures of the largest specimen, which has

412 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

R=75 mm. This specimen has no locality label, but the others were taken by

Dr. Verco in Spencer or St. Vineent Gulf. The type locality is Hobart,

Tasmania. The present specimens show very little diversity, but all have the

distinetive characters of the species well developed. The zig-zag carinal series,

Fig. 121la. Uniophora sinusoida, aboral view (slightly reduced).

the marked contrast between the capitate dorsal spines and the flattened, termin-

ally widened spines of the inferomarginal and actinal plates, and the small

number of actinal plates, combine to give this species a very characteristic

appearance. It may also be noted that there are distally often, if not usually,

two spines on each inferomarginal, the distal one generally much smaller than

the other. The smallest specimen has R = 30 mm., but is lke the larger

specimens in all essentials.

CLARK—SEA-LILIES. SEA-STARS, BRITTLE STARS, AND SEA-URCHINS 413

Fig. 121b. Uniophora sinusoida, oral view (slightly reduced).

UNIOPHORA UNISERIALIS ("") sp. nov,

R=65 mm, r—13 mm., br =18 mm. at base, 20 mm. nearer iniddle,

R=5r or 8:5 br. Rays five, broad, somewhat tapering, flattened above; disk

moderate, rather flat; skeleton rather stout, especially the carinals; madreporile

moderate, half-way from centre to margin, surrounded by about ten stout but

pointed spines; similar but larger spines are scattered about on the disk.

Carinal series with stout but conically pointed spines; not one on every plate,

but about fifteen in all on each ray. Superomarginals similar to carinals, form-

ing the margin of the ray, every other one more or less regularly with a spine

(1%) Uniserialis=haying a single series, in reference to the practical absence of dorsolateral

spines.

414 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

similar to those of earinals; beaded areas conspicuous; dorsolaterals incon-

spicuous and practically without spines; there are, however, a few small spines

here and there. Small pedicellariae abundant all over dorsal surface.

Fig, 122a, Uniophora uniserialis, aboral view of holotype (nat. size).

Inferomarginals smaller than superomarginals, and beyond the basal four

or five each one (with few exceptions) carries a somewhat flattened spine,

rounded at the tip, Actinal plates in only two series, and of these the one next

the adambulacrals extends only a little more than a third of the arm-length ;

each plate carries a conspicuous spine, like those of the inferomarginals, but

somewhat more flattened and usually wider at the tip. Adambulacral spines

more or less eylindrieal and bluntly pointed, but with a good many of the outer

series enlarged, flattened, and widened at tip to a greater or less extent. Oral

plates, as usual in the genus, but with only two spines on each one, and a big,

straight pedicellaria on the inner corner. Numerous small pedicellariae in the

CLARK—SEA-LILIES, SEA-STARS, BRITTLE STARS, AND SEA-URCHINS 415

ambulaeral furrow, and on the oral surface of the ray. Dry specimens ‘‘museum

colour’’; alcoholic material not essentially different.

Holotype: Reg. No. EH. 444.

There are only three specimens to be referred to this species; the holotype

deseribed above from St. Vineent Gulf; a similar specimen without locality

label; and a young individual, with R= 23 mm., from Dr. Vereo’s collections

Fig. 122b. Uniophora uniserialis, oral view of holotype (nat. size).

in either St. Vincent or Spencer Gulf. The small individual has only one series

of actinal plates. The form and distribution of the abactinal spines, the

practical lack of dorsolateral spines, and the small number of actinal plates

combine to give this species a distinctive appearance,

In view of the notable additions here made to the genus Uniophora, it is

desirable to give a key to the nine species which are now known. Besides the

six listed above, I believe Perrier’s Asferias nuda and A. fungifera (7°) belong

(29) Perrier, Arch, Zool. Exp., iv, 1875, pp. 335 and 337.

416 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

in this genus, and my own Western Australian species, U. dyscrita (71) must be

included. These various forms may be distinguished from each other as follows,

but of course isolated specimens, especially if young or poorly preserved, may

give trouble. Moreover, as remarked before, it is very probable that some,

perhaps several, of the nine forms here called species are merely varieties or

local races, and intermediate specimens will often occur.

KEY TO THE SPECIES OF UNIOPHORA.

Large, straight pedicellariae rare or wanting, except on inner

end of oral plates.

b. Dorsal spines conspicuously capitate, globose, or fungi-

form.

¢. Dorsal, lateral, and actinal spines fungiform, the

dorsal spines erowded .. a4 .. fungifera.

ce. Spines more or less globose or capitate . . . granfera.

bb. Dorsal spines of diverse forms, often capitate, but not

conspicuously so, and never fungiform.

d. Spines more or less numerous on dorsal sur-

face, as well as on marginal and actinal

plates.

e. Carinal series of plates and spines con-

spicuous and well defined.

‘arinal series more or less zigzag at

least distally; dorsolateral plates

generally with spines.

e@. Carinal series conspicuously zigzag,

except near disk, its spines

capitate, particularly the large

ones; carinal and dorsolateral

series forming a double series

of large » polygonal areas . sinusoida.

go, Carinal series migzage only distally,

or if zigzag proximally its

spines not capitate; no double

series of large polygonal areas

on dorsal surface of rays, but

two series of smaller areas on

each side of carinals.

h. Arms relatively short and stout ;

most dorsal spines small and

capitate As .. obesa.

hh. Arms longer, tapering; dorsal

spines ntunerous, long, not

capitate ae mullispina.

ff. Carinal series nearly or quite straight,

not more than one spine to a plate; 7

dorsolateral spines practically

wanting ae fe .. uniserialis.

(21) H. L. Clark, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., xxxv, 1923, p. 244.

CLARK—SEA-LILIES, SEA-STARS, BRITTLE STARS, AND SEA-URCHINS 417

ec, Carinal series meonspieuous and incom-

plete; spines of inferomarginal and

actinal plates flattened, with tips

chisel-shaped, or deeply channelled

on upper surface, or eyen divided

into iwo or three short branches =... dyserila.

dd, Spines relatively few, wanting dorsally and

on marginals except near tip of ray; more

or less numerous, but often nearly want-

ing, on actinal plates .. hes .

aa. Large, straight pedicellariae, numerous both in the ambu-

facral furrow aud external to the adambulacral spines anda.

guirnonota,

Perrier gives ‘‘Port Lincoln (détroit de Torres)’’ as the locality for

Uniaphora nuda, of which I haye never seen a specimen. No doubt Port Lin-

eoln, South Australia, is the correct locality, for not only is there no Port

Lincoln in the Torres Strait region, but no sea-star of the family Asteriidae

occurs on the northern coast of Australia.

OPHIUROIDEA

There are 503 brittle-stars in the collection. representing forty-one species

and one variety, but three specimens, representing the following three species,

are non-Australian :

Gorgonocephalus caputmedusae (li).

Gorgonocephalus lamarcki (M. & T.).

Ophioderma longicaudum (Retz).

No further reference will be made to these species.

OF the remaining thirty-nine forms, thirteen species and one yariety are

described as new, while oue more species, an Oplhioscolex, may prove to be new,

but the only specimen in the collection is in such poor condition that no satis-

factory distinctive characters ean be made out. Three other species, Astrochalcis

fuberculosus, Ophiura oéplac, and Ophiozonclla elevata, ave now recorded from

Australia for the first time. One of the new species represents a very striking

new genus, of the family Ophiolepididae, and shows aborally features reminding

one of the West Indian genus Ophiolhyreus, but is entirely different orally.

Of the thirty-nine forms, thirty-one are certainly from the southern coasts

of South Australia, while eight are probably, in spite of labels to the contrary

or entire lack of labels. from the waters of the Northern Territory; all but one

of these are well-known tropical species, and there is no probability that any

one of them oecurs on the southern side of the continent.

Nearly a third of the 503 specimens represent the ubiquitous and perplexing

418 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

genus Ophiothrir, while more than half the remainder belong to Ophiomyza,

Ophionereis, Pectinura, or the new genus Ophiocrossota. Seven species, of

which five, and possibly six (if the Ophioscolex already referred to is included)

are new, are represented by only a single specimen each.

The occurrence of a new species of Ophiocomina, a genus hitherto mouno-

typie, and known only from European and neighbouring seas, has enabled me

to take up anew the question of the affinities of that genus, hitherto regarded in

Europe as one of the Ophiocomidae. There can be no longer any doubt, I think,

that it is not a representative of that family, but is almost certainly one of the

Ophiacanthidae.

OrpveR PHRYNOPHIURIDA

Famitry OPHIOMYXIDAE.

OPHIOMYXA Miiller & Troschel.

OPHIOMYXA AUSTRALIS.

Liitken, Add. ad Hist. Oph., pt. i, 1869, p. 45.

There are forty-eight specimens of this well-known species, chiefly from St.

Vincent and Spencer Gulfs. A few have more definite localities: Yorke Penin-

sula, Salt Creek, Coobowie, March 31, 1885, Mrs. E. Davie; Port Willunga;

Port Vincent, and Tumby Bay. The smallest specimens are 10 mm. to 12 mm.

across the disk, and the largest are 23 mm. to 25 mm. Apparently there is

considerable diversity of colour in life, for even the alcoholic specimens are

more or less unlike each other. The arms are often conspicuously banded, and

oceasionally the disk is adorned with large dark spots, 1-5 mm. to 2 mm. across.

There are five arm-spines, or frequently only four in small specimens, and five,

six, or rarely seven in the large ones.

OPHIOSCOLEX Miiller & Troschel.

OPHIOSCOLEX sp. ?

There is an Ophioscolex with disk about 6 mm. across, and three arms about

20 mm. long, which resembles the European O. glacialis M. & T. so closely that

J am unable to find a single character by which it can be distinguished. It is

in such poor condition, however, that I am unwilling to identify it with a species

whose occurrence in South Australian waters is so highly improbable. This

specimen was collected by Dr. Verco in Spencer or St. Vincent Gulf.

CLARK—SEA-LILIES, SEA-STARS, BRITTLE STARS, AND SEA-URCHINS 419

Famity GORGONOCEPHALIDAE.

ASTROCONUS Doderlein.

ASTROCONUS AUSTRALIS.

Astrophyton australe Verrill, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., iii, 1876, p. 74.

Astroconus australis Déderlein, Jap. Euryalae, 1911, p. 36.

Fifteen specimens of this characteristic species are chiefly without locality

labels; some are from St. Vineent and Spencer Gulfs, and there is one from

Kneounter Bay and one from Kdithbure, gift of J. G. MeDougall. The smallest

speennen is only 8 min. across the disk; there is a prominent knob at the inner

end of each pair of radial shields, and two or three smaller ones near the outer

margins; no knobs have yet developed on the arms. The largest specimen is

39 nun, across the disk, and the arms probably exceed 125 mm. There are rela-

tively few knobs or tubercles on the radial ‘‘wedges’’ of the disk, but a good

many on the basal portion of the arms. The colouration is very handsome, the

depressed areas and lines on the disk and between the joints of the arms being

dull purplish-brown in contrast with the pale yellowish-brown ground colour.

One of the other specimens shows a tendeney towards the same type of colour

pattern, but the rest are uniformly whitish or light yellow-brown or red-brown.

There is the greatest diversity, quite apart from size, in the development

of the tubercles, and also in the approximation of the radial ribs to each other,

‘wedges.’’ At one extreme are

with the consequent development of radial

specimens with very few and small tubereles and narrow, widely separated

radial ribs; at the other are individuals with numerous tubercles, often very

large on the disk, and thick, approximated radial ribs, which so nearly monopo-

lize the upper surface of the disk that the interradial areas are practically

wanting, being reduced to mere furrows between the radial ‘‘wedges.’’? Only

the presence of many connecting forms convinces one that the two extremes

really belong to a single species. While the extreme with radial ‘‘wedges”’

approaches Conocladus, the tubercles are very different from those of that

genus, and the distinction between disk and arms is never wholly lost.

This Euryalid seems to find a congenial home on various sponges. Half

a dozen of the present specimens are preserved in close association with the

sponge upon which they were living, and apparently at least four species of

sponges are represented among the six specimens.

ASTROBOA Déiderlein.

ASTROBOA ERNAE.

Doderlein, Jap. Huryalae, 1911, p. 82.

It is interesting to find this Western Australian species occurring on the

420 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

coast of South Australia. While three of the six specimens in the present

collections have no locality labels, the others are designated as from Kangaroo

Island, Edithburg, and Victor Harbour. The Kangaroo Island specimen was

presented in 1885 by Mr. Mollineux, that from Edithburg in 1897 by Mr. W. W.

Cothell, and that from Victor Harbour, January 26, 1903, by Mr. George

Jeffrey, harbour master. This Victor Harbour specimen is about 50 mm. across

the disk, and the arms are about 200 mm. long. In colour the disk is reddish-

brown, the radial ribs and the arms of a lighter ereyish-brown. The other

specimens are the usual ‘‘museum colour.’’

ASTROCHALCIS Koehler.

ASTROCHALCIS TUBERCULOSUS.

Koehler, Siboga Rep., Mon., xlv b, 1905, p. 180.

It is unfortunate that neither of the two specimens in the present. collec-

tion has a locality label, for this is an East Indian species, and has not been

recorded from Australia. While it is not impossible that these individuals were

taken in Spencer or St. Vincent Gulf by Dr. Vereo, it seems more likely that

they are from the coast of the Northern Territory.

The two specimens are superficially quite unlike, but it is probable that

their differences come within the range of diversity in the species. One specimen

is light yellow-brown, with a disk 40 mm. across, and the upper surface of disk

and arms out to the fourth or even the fifth fork bears numerous, big, hemi-

spherical, smooth tubercles, 2 mm. to 4 mm. in diameter. The other individual

is a much brighter brown in colour, and the tubereles are much less numerous

and mostly smaller, particularly on the arms, where they are small and low,

and extend little, if at all, beyond the second fork.

Famity OPHIACANTHIDAE.

OPHIACANTHA Miiller & Troschel.

OPHIACANTHA BRACHYGNATHA (**) sp. nov.

Disk 6 mm. in diameter; arms 40 mm. to 45 mm. long. Disk covered with

minute scales, nearly all of which bear a single stump or crochet, terminating

in two to five (usually four or five) acute glassy thorns, more or less flaring,

and only elearly visible under considerable magnification. Radial shields com-

pletely concealed. Upper arm-plates widely separated, bell-shaped, longer than

even the distal width, with distal margin markedly convex.

22 paxvs—=short-+ yviGos—jaw, in reference to the unusually short, wide jaws.

f Y J w , *

CLARK—SEA-LILIES, SEA-STARS, BRITTLE STARS, AND SEA-URCHINS 421

Interbrachial areas below covered with plates a trifle larger than those of

the disk; near the oral shields these plates are bare, but near the margin each

carries a thorny stump, as on the upper surface of disk; in the holotype few

of the plates carry the stumps, but in the paratype nearly all do so. Genital

slits conspicuous, reaching nearly to margin. Oral shields mode rate, wider than

Mig, 123, Ophiacantha brachygnatha; a, aboral view; b, oral view of holotype (x 2).

long, with a strongly convex distal margin and a sharp proximal angle; the two

inner sides are very slightly concave. Adoral plates large, curved, three times

as long as wide, meeting widely within, but separated distally by the first under

arm-plate; oral shields, adoral plates, and basal under arm-plates with a rather

coarsely granular surface, Oral plates very small, each with three oral papillae

and an unpaired one at the median line; the outer one on each side is flattened,

wide, and rounded at tip; the others are about as wide as thick and are pointed ;

under the microscope they are finely thorny; the unpaired one is stoutest, the

one next to the outermost is most slender. There are four flat, rounded teeth,

uppermost widest; no tooth papillae.

First under arm-plate small, rounded pentagonal, outer portion much

narrower than inner; second plate large, triangular, wider than long, with

convex distal margin; sueceeding plates decreasing in size and relative width,

becoming more and more pentangular, with proximal angle less and less evident ;

all are widely separated from each other. Side arm-plates large, longer than

high, especially distally, flaring at distal end, where each carries six or five

slender, opaque, pointed spines, the uppermost longest, and equal to rather less

than two arm-segments, the lower ones successively shorter; under high magnifi-

cation the spines are very finely thorny, but they appear smooth to the unaided

eye. Tentacle-seale small, rough, pointed. Colour (dry), nearly white.

Holotype: Reg. No. E. 453.

There are only two specimens of this new little brittle-star, and the para-

type is only 4 mm. across the disk. They were taken in Spencer or St. Vincent

Gulf by Dr. Vereo. The disk covering, concealed radial shields, very short

and wide jaws with spiniform oral papillae, and five or six opaque, pointed,

422 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

apparently smooth arm-spines make a combination of characters that will serve

to distinguish this species from any other member of the genus, and especially

from any other Australian brittle-star.

OPHIOCOMINA Koehler.

OPHIOCOMINA AUSTRALIS (*") sp. nov.

Text figs. 32, 33.

Disk 12 mm. in diameter; arms 50 mm. to 60 mm. long. Disk completely

covered by a coat of very fine granules, one hundred to one hundred and fifty

or more per sq. mm., which conceals the underlying covering of delicate scales,

and even extends out a little on to the bases of the arms. Upper arm-plates

fan-shaped, with distal margin more or less convex, lateral margins strongly

diverging distally, proximal margin about one-third of distal; plates wider than

lone near base of arm, but becoming longer than wide distally, in contact

throughout, except at very tip of arm.

Interbrachial areas below completely covered with fine granules, like those

of disk. Oral shields somewhat diversified in form in different individuals. [1

large typical specimens they are wider than long, rhombic, or with distal angle

somewhat truneate, making them pentagonal, all the angles, except the proximal,

more or less considerably rounded; in other specimens, especially small ones,

the leneth more nearly equals the breadth, and the shape is oval or more like

a spear-head. Adoral plates long and narrow, typically meeting within, some-

what enlarged at outer end, where the first mmder arm-plate separates them.

Oral plates large, each with five or sometimes six oral papillae, of which the

innermost is the narrowest and most pointed, the outermost is widest, flattest,

most rounded, and seale-like. At the tip of the jaw is an unpaired (rarely

paired) papilla, like the innermost oral papillae, but smaller ; above (below with

the specimen upside down, of course) this is a pair (very rarely three) of

similar but larger papillae, and above these come the narrow teeth, in the usual

single column; rarely another pair of papillae, or possibly a pair of teeth, side

by side, oceur between the lowest tooth and the oral papillae.

Under arm-plates not peculiar ; basally the width tends to exceed the length,

but distally the reverse is true; distal margin and corners rounded ; lateral

margins usually more or less stronely coneave ; plates broadly in contact through-

out. Side arm-plates rather small, but each carries, five, six, or near base of

arm seven, long, delicate, blunt, hollow arm-spines, the lower ones equal to about

two arm-segments, the upper ones nearly or quite equalling three; uppermost

(23) Australis=southern, in reference to the distribution, the other species of the genus

being European.

CLARK—SEA-LILIES, SEA-STARS, BRITTLE STARS, AND SEA URCHINS 423

spines often, if not always, slightly widened at tips; all the spines are more or

less flattened, especially at the tip. Tentacle-scale single, oval, flat, rather large,

its length about half that of an under arm-plate.

Colour of holotype nearly white, without any distinctive tint or markings;

it is probably bleached. The largest paratype is similar, but has a rosy tinge;

in two other specimens the disk is distinetly rosy or pinkish, and the arms are

variegated with shades of grey, giving the impression of an indefinite banding ;

the upper arm-spines are lightly ringed or spotted with a dusky shade. In

other cases the disk is light brown, usually somewhat mottled with a dull

ereenish shade, and the arms are pale brown, with more or less evident indiea-

tions of banding. It is evident, therefore, that there is considerable diversity

of colour in life.

Big. 124. Ophiocomina australis; a, aboral view; b, oral view of holotype (mat. size).

Holotype: Reg. No. E. 454.

The paratypes are all considerably smaller than the holotype, the largest

being 10 mm. across the disk, with arms less than 40 mm. long; the others range

from 6 mm. to 8 mm. across the disk. In most specimens the outline of the

disk is cireular, but in several it is distinetly pentagonal. Aside from this and

the diversity of colour, the sixteen specimens are all very much alike. All were

taken in Spencer or St. Vincent Gulf, two near Trowbridge Island, five between

Trowbridge Lighthouse and Backstairs Passage, and three at Port Vincent.

There is a superficial resemblance between this interesting species and young

individuals of Ophiocoma canaliculata, but the latter has two tentacle-scales, a

group of dental papillae at the tip of each jaw, and (in young individuals) only

five arm-spines.

The occurrence of Ophiocomina in the waters of southern Australia is of

424 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

exceptional interest. The genus was established by Koehler in 1921 (24) for a

Kuropean species long known as Ophiocoma nigra. In 1915 (2°) IT placed this

ophiuran in Ophiacantha, as it is evident enough that it is not an Ophiocoma;

I also re-established its earlier name of O. sphaerulata. In his fine report of

1922 Koehler (*°) gives a more detailed account of his new genus, and points

out its essential characters. In 1920 Mortensen (°7) had already adopted

Koehler’s name in a vigorous attack on my position. THe holds very strongly

to the old name, O. migra, and is very sure the genus is related to Ophiocoma

rather than to Ophiacantha. This is not the place to diseuss the proper name

of the European species; | must, however, say, that I do not find Mortensen’s

argument convineing; as T have no doubt that Pennant refers to the species

under discussion, [ must use his name, since it is the earliest.

But the question of the position of the genus is much more important, and

neither of my good friends has really given serious consideration to the most

important points with reference to Ophiocomina. The first of these is the

character of the arm-spines, heavy and solid in all the Ophiocomidae, but fragile

and hollow in Ophiocomina, as in many Ophiacanthidae; in faet, arm-spines

like those of Ophiocomina are not known among brittle-stars anywhere except

in the Ophiaecanthidae. Again, the mouth-parts of Ophiocomina are not at all

like Ophiocoma, as both Mortensen and Koehler persist in asserting; there are

no dental papillae, but only a few oral papillae at the tip of the jaw, just as

happens in some ophiacanthids; moreover, as Mortensen himself has pointed

out, the teeth of Ophiocomina are not broad and hyaline-tipped, as in Ophio-

coma, but are narrow and rounded, without a peculiar tip, just as in most

ophiaeanthids. Finally, Ophiocoma and all its allies are strictly littoral,

tropical forms, and the occurrence of a member of that family in cool water, at

more or less considerable depths, on the north European coasts, would be most

extraordinary; on the other hand the Ophiacanthidae have a world-wide distri-

bution in waters of all depths and temperatures. It is perfectly incomprehen-

sible to me how any zoologist, and particularly such experienced and competent

students of echinoderms as my highly regarded European friends, could compare

Ophiocomina with the Ophioecomidae on the one hand, and the Ophiaeanthidae

on the other, and not readily see the ophiacanthid affinity of the genus.

Comparison of the new species from Australia with the European species

of Ophiocomina reveals but .one important difference; in O. australis there is a

single tentacle seale, while in O. sphaerulata there are two. The European

(24) Koehler, Faune de France, 1912, p. 93.

(25) Hi. L. Clark, Mem. M.C.Z., xxv, 1915, p. 205.

(26) Koehler, Bull. 100 U.S. Nat. Mus., v, 1922, p. 316,

(27) Mortensen, Vid. Med., Ixxii, 1920, p. 50.

CLARK—SEA-LILIES, SEA-STARS, BRITTLE STARS, AND SEA-URCHINS 425

species is much the larger, but has only six arm-spines, while the Australan

has seven at the base of the arm. The colour of O. sphaerulata seems to be in

general much darker than that of O. australis, but light, and even bright,

coloured forms are known. On the whole the resemblance between alcoholic

specimens of the two species, when of approximately the same size, is quite

striking, except for the tentacle-seales.

OrveR GNATHOPHIURIDA

Famity AMPHIURIDAE.

AMPHIURA Forbes.

AMPHIURA TRISACANTHA (°*) sp. nov.

Disk 9 mm. in diameter; arms all missing save for the basal part of one,

which is 20 mm. long and 1-5 mm. wide, not including the spines. Disk covered

with coat of very fine overlapping scales, among which the primary plates can

be distinguished only with difficulty; scales coarsest near radial shields, which

are 2 mm. long but not -5 mm. wide, separated from each other throughout but

more widely so proximally, some of the intervening scales being remarkably

elongated and narrow, and lying more or less parallel to radial shields. Upper

arm-plates twice as broad as lone, or broader, narrower proximally, fully in

contact, outer margins rounded, but tending to form an angle at distal corners.

Interbrachial areas below with exceedingly numerous, fine, crowded seales.

Oral shields more or less rhombic, length and breadth about equal, angles trun-

cate or rounded; madreporite somewhat larger than others. Adoral plates small,

narrow, not in contact at either end; radial end wider and rounded; inner end

(28) tpis—=thrice+ dkav6a—spine, in reference to the number of arm spines.

426 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

pointed. Oral plates well developed, each with two oral papillae; inner block

like as usual in Amphiwra, outer large, oval, like the tentacle-scales, but twice

as big. Second pair of oral tentacles very large.

Under arm-plates squarish or a trifle longer than wide, with rounded

corners, and even distal margin, fully in contact. Side arm-plates small, but

each carries three opaque, narrow arm-spines, tapering, but blunt and a little

flattened; lowest longest, uppermost shortest, but there is no striking difference

between them. At very base of arm there may be four or even five spines, but

the upper ones are very small. Tentacle-seale single, moderate, flat, oval.

Holotype: Reg. No. HK. 455,

The unique holotype of this species was taken by Dr. Vereo in either

Spencer or St. Vincent Gulf. It is very different from any other Australian

Amphiurid, and the curious sealing of the disk, combined with the characters

shown by the arm-plates and spines, gives the species a very characteristic facies,

even in this large and widespread genus.

AMPHIODIA Verrill.

AMPHIODIA MESOPOMA.

H. L. Clark, Mem. M.C.Z., xxv, 1915, p. 247.

It is not surprising to find nine specimens of this species in the present

collection, although the type came from Torres Strait, for the Museum of

Comparative Zoédlogy has a number of specimens taken at Westernport, Victoria,

by the late Mr. J. Gabriel in 1914-15 (°°). The South Australian specimens are

all either from the Verco collections in Spencer and St. Vincent Gulfs, or they

have no locality label. One has the interesting note with it: ‘‘Caught at night,

trawling. Sept., 85 (blue light).’’ The smallest individual is 4 mm. across the

disk; the largest is 7 mm., or equal to the holotype. Compared with that Torres

Strait specimen, the disk scaling is somewhat less coarse, and the middle arm-

spine less truncate, but the specimens from Westernport are almost exactly

like the type, so I do not think there can be any doubt about the Torres Strait

specimen and those from the southern coasts of Australia being actually iden-

tical. The arms in the holotype were broken, and I over estimated their length,

I believe, for it is probable that they are usually six or seven times the disk

diameter, hardly eight times, as stated in my original description. Some of the

South Australian and Victorian specimens retain enough of their original colour

to show that the arms are often, if not always, banded and marked more or less

irregularly with yellow. The disk is grey.

(29) H, L. Clark, Bull, M.C.Z., Ixii, 1918, p. 287.

CLARK —SEA-LILIES, SEA-STARS, BRITTLE STARS, AND SEA-URCHINS 427

OPHIACTIS Liitken.

OPHIACTIS RESILIENS.

Lyman, Bull. M.C.Z., vi, 1879, p. 36.

This well-known Australian brittle-star is represented by seven specimens

from the Vereo collections in Speneer and St. Vincent Gulfs. They are all

adults, 6 mim. to Tamm, across the disk. Their chief interest Hes in the fact that

in several (one in particular) the interbrachial areas below are more or less

conspicuously naked, and are not covered with plates, as is usually the case im

the species. This raises the question whether this particular feature is not more

or less seasonal, associated with breeding. At any rate, too nich stress uust

not be laid on it as a character distinguishing species from each other,

OPHIACTIS TRICOLOR (*") sp, nov,

Disk 7 nun. in diameter; arms about 25 mm, lone, Disk covered with coarse,

overlapping scales, but without spinelets or granules of any sort. Maclial shields

small, their width about one-half their length, which is itself less thau one-half

the disk radius; they are well separated proximally, but distally are in contact

ov ouly a little apart, Upper ari-plates more or less fan-shaped, with distal

marvin straight or nearly so, and distal corners rounded; they are broadly in

contact on the basal part of the arm, but distally become less and less so, and

at tip of arm are yuite separate.

Interbrachial areas below covered with scales, much smaller than those of

the disk; especially near the mouth they are yery fine and crowded. Genital

slits lone and moderately conspicuous. Ora! shields triangular or pentagonal

with rounded angles, or more or less oval, elliptical, or cireular, according to

the degree to which the angles are rounded; madreporite usually conspicuots,

about as long as wide; the other shields are commoiuly wider than long. Adoral

plates not very large, more or Jess triangular, in contact radially, separating

the first aud second under arm-plates, not in contact in front of oral shield;

distal angle separates oral shield from side arm-plate. Oval plates very small,

each one completely overshadowed by the huge flat, fan-shaped, oral papilla,

which is larger than the first under arm-plate. Teeth three or four in each

series, thick and massive, lowest (outermost) smallest, uppermost (innermost )

largest.

Under arm-plates squarish or slightly pentagonal with rounded angles,

more or less in contact throughout, as wide as long (or wider) exeept distally

(near tip of arm), and often the most proximal two or three; first plate very

(30) Tn reference to the red, white, and bluc colouration,

428 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

small, separated from the second by the adoral plates. Side arm-plates rather

large, each with three, or at very base of arm four, short, thick, bluntly pointed

arm-spines; lowest smallest, others subequal, but uppermost often slightly

largest. Tentacle-scale single, oval, moderately large, its length about one-third

that of under arm-plate. Colour: disk, pale grey; arms, pinkish-white, with

irregular, ill-defined bands of rosy-red and dull blue; blue is all on basal half

of arm; red bands show on oral side of arms, and may be quite distinct there,

especially distally.

Fig. 126. Ophiactis tricolor; a, aboral view; b, oral view of holotype (x 2).

Holotype: Reg. No, E. 458.

There are eleven specimens from Dr. Verco’s collections in St. Vincent and

Spencer Gulfs. The smallest is 38 mm. across the disk, while the holotype is

largest. There is little diversity in the structural features, but there is much in

the colouration. The amphiurid-like disk, the dense sealing of the interbrachial

areas, and the single, huge, oral papillae are very characteristic, and distinguish

the specimens at a glance from O. resiliens. The relationship indeed is closer

with the O. plana—O. luteomaculata group, but O. tricolor is very different from

any of them.

CLARK—SEA-LILIES, SEA-STARS, BRITTLE STARS, AND SEA URCHINS 429

One of the larger specimens has the upper arm-plates somewhat wider than

in the holotype, but even when widest they are still ‘truncated fan-shaped”’

rather than elliptical. The specimen is further peculiar in its lack of distinctive

colouration, the whole animal being dirty-yellowish, the arms showing only the

faintest traces of banding, but it is quite likely that alcoholic bleaching is the

explanation of this condition. The other specimens all show arm-handing more

or less conspicuously, but the amount of blue on the basal parts of the arm is

subject to great diversity. In most cases the blue has a greyish tinge, but now

and then it is greenish, and in one specimen would be more naturally called dull

green, Occasionally the red markings are tinged with purple, but usually they

are very distinctly rosy. Usually the disk is unmarked, but in one specimen

it is conspicuously spotted with dull blue. It is probable that the colours in

life are much brighter than those exhibited by the present specimens.

Famity OPHIOTHRICHIDAE.

OPHIOTHRIX Miiller & Troschel.

OPHIOTHRIX ALBOSTRIATA (*') sp. nov.

Disk 10 mm. in diameter; arms 50 mm. to 55 mm. long. Disk covered,

except radial shields, with blunt, opaque, thick spinelets, only two to three times

as long as thick, nearly smooth, and not at all thorny. Radial shields large,

close together, but not in contact, nearly twiee as long as wide, rounded

triangular, perfectly bare and smooth. Upper arm-plates pentagonal at base of

arm, and nearly as long as wide, but rapidly becoming oval or elliptical or

rounded triangular, broadly in contact.

Interbrachial spaces below well covered with spinelets like those of the disk.

Oral shields large, rounded pentagonal, about as long as wide. Adoral plates

rather large, not meeting within, but lying one against each inner side of oral

shield. Oral tentacles huge. Teeth and tooth-papillae not peculiar. First three

basal under arm-plates elongated, narrow, markedly channelled longitudinally ;

beyond the third the plates become wider than long, with rounded corners, in

full contact. Side arm-plates moderately large, each with nine or ten long arm-

spines, the uppermost four or five longest and more or less subequal; all are

slightly flattened, rough and transparent at tip; some are quite thorny, while

others are nearly smooth. Tentacle-scales minute, spiniform, often wanting on

the basal pores. Colour very light; disk yellowish-white, with radial shields

bluish-white in definite contrast ; upper surface of arm with a broad longitudinal

(81) Albus=white-+striatus=streaked, in reference to the conspicuous line on the arms.

430 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

white stripe, faintly bounded with pale yellowish-brown, or distally with grey ;

this line is probably a conspicuous feature in life, but it may not be white then.

Holotype: Reg. No. E. 459.

Fig 127. Ophiothrix albostriata; aboral view of helotype (nat. size).

A single specimen, said to be from the ‘‘Great Australian Bight,’’ is the

unique representative of this new species, which is well defined by the character

of the disk covering and the curious colouration.

OPHIOTHRIX ARISTULATA.

Lyman, Bull. M.C.Z., vi, 1879, p. 50.

There are two fine specimens of this handsome brittle-star from Palmerston,

Northern Territory, where they were taken in November, 1890. They are about

21 mm. across the disk, and the arms must have been about 125 mm. long. The

colour, when dry, is almost pure white. These specimens are the first, I think,

to be taken on the north Australian coast.

OPHIOTHRIX CAESPITOSA.

Lyman, Bull. M.C.Z., vi, 1879, p. 53.

There are sixty-five small specimens of Ophiothriz which I am referring

to this species. They range from 2 mm. to 7 mm. in disk diameter, and show

very great diversity in colour and in the disk covering, as well as in the form

of the upper arm-plates. Several seem to be referable to the form to which

I gave the name acestra (3) some years ago, but I am so uncertain now as to

the validity of that form that I hesitate to use the name. The question as

to whether there is more than one small Ophiothrix, having the disk covered

with thorny stumps, with or without sharp spines among them, on the southern

(82) H. L. Clark, Mem. Aust. Mus., iv, 1909, p. 544.

CLARK—SEA-LILIES, SEA-STARS, BRITTLE STARS, AND SEA-URCHINS 431

Australian coast ean, I think, only be settled on the spot. Nearly all of the

present specimens were taken by Dr. Verco in Spencer or St. Vincent Gulf

(some are labelled “Trowbridge Island” and some “between Trowbridge Island

Light and Backstairs Passage”), but a few have no locality label. The most

conspicuous variety is a form, nearly uniform brown in colour, with a very

large number of long, pointed, thorny spines on the disk. While like 0. acestra,

in some ways these individuals have the upper arm spines rather decidedly

different, and moreover they seem to intergrade with typical O. caespitosa,

with which they apparently occurred. The only way in which the actual

relationship of these forms can be determined is by careful study of freshly

collected material, the actual habitat and ecological conditions of which are

known to the investigator.

OPHIOTHRIX HYMENACANTHA (*") sp. nov.

Disk 8 mm. in diameter, the flattened arms 45 mm. to 50 mm. long and

nearly 2 mm. wide at base, apart from the spines. Disk perfectly bare; radial

shields large, bare, occupying most of the upper surface; radial seales, between

shields, elongated ; other scales small but centrodorsal evident. Upper arm-plates

Kig, 128. Ophiothrix hymenacantha; aboral view of holotype (x2).

elliptical, becoming rounded pentagonal distally, much wider than long,

especially near base of arm, where width is more than twice the length, broadly

in contact.

Interbrachial spaces below covered with minute, thorny spinelets. Oral

shields wider than long, but in no way distinetive. Lower arm-plates

bak at » ‘ : . : ie ,

(33) vzqv=a membrane+- axavéa =a thorn or spine, in reference to tie uniting of some

arm-spines by a membrane.

432 KECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

wider than long, at least on proximal part of arm, with rounded corners,

broadly in contact. Side arm-plates moderate, each with seven or eight spines ;

lippermost spine (at very base of arm, uppermost two) small, acicular; the next

three as long as two and one-half arm-segments, the upper one pointed, the

others with thiekened, thorny tips; lowest three spines very small, the lower-

most merely a serrate hook; on basal joints of arm the uppermost three or four

spines in each series are united to each other by a definite transparent membrane

like that in Ophiopleron. Tentacle-scales insignificant. Colour pale greyish-

white; disk scales, arm-spines, mouth parts, ete., yellowish-white.

Ilolotype: Rew, No, BE. 462.

There is a single dry specimen of this peeuliar species, labelled ‘Great

Australian Bight.’’ Tis gonerie position is open to question, for the disk is

strikingly like Ophiatrichoides, while the basal arm-spines are distinctly sugges-

live of Ophiopteron, In the redefining of these two genera in the break-up of

Ophiothrir, which is bound to come before long, it is possible that this isolated

Australian species may be found to belong in one of them. It is certainly not

atypical Ophiothria.

OPHIOTHRIX LINEOCAERULEA (*') sp, nov,

Disk $ min. in diameter; arms 45 mim, to 50 mm, or more. Disk, except for

radial shields, sparsely covered with blunt, opaque spinclets, which are not

themselves thorny. Radial shields very large and bare, covering most of disk,

Upper arm-plates broadly in contact, oblong or somewhat pentagonal, wider

than long, with convex disial margin, and a shorter, straight or concave proximal

one. Oval shields and adoval plates much as in O. ulbostridta, the adorals lying

close 10 the inner margins of the large, rhombic shields. Under ari-plates

broadly in contact, tending to be longer than wide, the basal one or two some-

what channelled. Side aru-plates rather large, each with seven (often only

six) long, slender, more or less glassy arm-spines, which are rough at tip, thonyh

the upper ones are more or less pointed; the longest equal three sezments of the

arm or more.

Colour, dirty-whitish; inner (advradial) margin of each radial shield deep

purplish-blue; distal margin with a more or less incomplete line of the same

shade, and a triangular spot of the same colour is more or less in evidence on

distal half of each shield, but this may be very faint; apparently continuous

with the blue of immer margin of radial shields, two parallel lines of blae run

out on dorsal side of cach arm, extending to the tip; these are yery clistinet ancl

well defined. Oral shields, adoral plates, and basal under arm-plates, blue;

(41) Dineu=line+ caerulens=bluie, im reference to the conspicuous markings on the arm,

\ ’ >

CLARK—SEA-LILIES, SEA-STARS, BRITTLE STARS, AND SEA-URCHINS 433

beyond disk, most under arm-plates have a central area of whitish, so that the

under side of the arm seems to have a double line of blue like the dorsal side ;

these lines, however, are not well separated, but tend to widen and run together

on every joint.

Fig, 129. Ophiothria lineocacrulea; aboral view of holotype (x2).

Tlolotype: Reg. No. E. 463.

There is only a single specimen of this handsome Ophiothrix, but the colour-

ation is so very distinetive I have no doubt of the validity of the species. In

this large and perplexing genus the colour pattern often gives the only reliable

species character. Unfortunately there is no locality label with this unique

specimen, and hence we cannot be certain that it is from South Australia, but

it has the appearance of being from Dr. Vereo’s collections from Speneer or

St. Vincent Gulf, and I feel very little doubt about its locality.

OPHIOTHRIX LONGIPEDA.

Ophiura longipeda Lamarck, Anim. s. Vert., 11, 1816, p. 544.

Ophiothrix longipeda Miller & Troschel, Syst. Ast., 1842, p. 113.

There are seven typical specimens of this well-known species, having disks

12 mm. to 14 mm. in diameter and arms 175 mm. long, more or less. Only one

has a loeality label, ‘‘Tumby Bay, South Australia, 28/x/1896.’’ This exainple,

except for being dry, is like the other six, and was probably of the same lot

originally, but I very much doubt if any of them came from Tumby Bay.

434 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Probably they are from the Northern Territory, where the species almost

certainly oecurs, as it is common everywhere on the north-eastern coasts of

Australia. It is not known from south of Port Curtis, Queensland, and it is

hard to believe that so large and conspicuous a brittle-star could have been over-

looked if it occurs along the southern coasts of the continent.

OPHIOTHRIX MARTENSI AUSTRALIS.

H. L. Clark, Dept. Mar. Biol. Carn. Inst., x, 1921, p. 111.

There are nine specimens of this characteristic Australian subspecies,

ranging from 6-5 mm. to 9 mm. aeross the disk. Aside from the fact that two

or three of the alcoholie specimens are very markedly bleached, all are distinctly

of the subspecies australis. One is labelled as from the Northern Territory,

where one would expect the species to oceur, five alcoholic specimens have no

locality label, and three dry specimens are said to be from ‘‘Tumby Bay.’’ It

seems to me very unlikely that any form of O. martensi occurs on the southern

coast of the Australian continent, hence I believe that all these specimens are

from the Northern Territory.

OPHIOTHRIX SPONGICOLA.

Stimpson, Proce. Acad. Nat. Sei. Philadelphia, vii, 1855, p. 385.

There is a fine series of this typically Australian Ophiothrix, consisting of

seventy-six specimens, ranging from 4 mm. to 19 mm. across the disk. They

exhibit a considerable diversity of colour, and the growth changes are important.

How much the colour differences are due to preservation it is hard to say. One

specimen is very pale brown or dirty-whitish, with deep purple spots on the

interbrachial spaces below, and a hint of a similar spot between the radial shields

of each pair; otherwise there are no indications of colour, though there are faint

traces of marks on the arms. The smallest specimens are very light-coloured,

whitish or pale brown, with conspicuous blue or purple marks between the

radial shields of each pair, and extending more or less on to the shields, and

irregular markings of the same shade at regular intervals on the arms; the

intervals are of three segments, which may be all light or only the middle one

wholly light, the others more or less included in the coloured areas. In large

specimens the blue may completely cover all the upper arm-plates, but usually

indications of banding are distinct. The lighter areas of the arms are usually

tinged with red, and may be quite red, the arms then being distinctly banded

with red and deep purplish-blue. The shade of blue varies greatly from light

greyish-blue to almost black. Stimpson’s deseription says the colours are black

and red, and it is probable that this is the impression given by many large

specimens in life.

CLARK—SEA-LILIES, SEA-STARS, BRITTLE STARS, AND SEA-URCHINS 435

The specimen with the disk only 4 mm. across has no spinelets on the disk,

except at the very margin, where a few occur; the interbrachial areas below

lack seales as well as spinelets. The arms are only about 20 mm. long, or five

times the disk diameter. A specimen about 6 mm. across the disk has arms about

40 mm. long, or nearly seven times the disk. Minute spinelets are beginning

{o appear on the disk seales. In the largest specimen the arms are over 160 mm.

long, more than eight times the disk; the latter is rather thickly covered with

thorny spinelets, whieh are even erowded in between the radial shields of a

pair; the radial shields themselves are, however, quite bare. As a rule the disk

is well covered with low, blunt spinelets, but it is not uncommon to find specimens

in which these are wanting, execpt near the interbrachial margins. In spite of

all this diversity in spinulation and colour, the species is easily recognized, at

least among the Australian members of the genus,

These specimens are chiefly from the Vereo collections, largely from

Spencer and St. Vincent Gulfs. <A few are from near Trowbridge Island, or

between Backstairs Passage and Trowbridee Lighthouse, There are two from

Tumby Bay. and several have no loeality label. The species is known to range

from the Abrolhos Islands on the west coast of Australia, along the whole

southern eoast, to Broken Bay on the eastern coast of New Sonth Wales,

Orver CHILOPHIURIDA

Famiry OPHIOCHITONIDAR.

OPHIONEREIS Liitken,

OPHIONEREIS SCHAYERI.

Ophislepis schayeri Miller & Trosehel, Arch. Nature. x, 1844, p. 182.

Ophionereis schayert Liitken, Add. ad Hist. Oph., pt. 2, 1859, p. 110.

There is a fine series of twenty-nine specimens of this well-known species.

ranging from 7 mm. to 21 mm. across the disk. The diversity in colour is eon-

siderable, but is probably in large part artificial, Thus the lightest individual

is eream-colour, with faint indications of any markings, even the bands on the

arms being indistinct, but it is quite probable that the specimen has been

bleached in preservation. Again, the darkest specimen is a rich red-brown, with

the usual markings evident but cull; this individual has apparently at some

tine been in a rusty container, though it is not impossible that the colon is

natural, Normally, dry specimens are pale and dark grey of various shades,

while aleoholic specimens haye a very evident brownish-yellow appearance.

436 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUsEuUM

One of the present series, a young specimen 7 mm. across ihe disk, is labelled

'Ophionereis fasciata Hutton’? There is no locality given, but the label is in

every way sinilar to the labels on certain New Zealand speeimens in the collec-

lion, and I have little doubt that this specimen came from New Zealand.

Mortensen (*°) is very sure that the New Zealand and Anstralian forms repre-

sent two different species, and he retains the name QO. faseiota for the New

Zealand form. But the differences whieh he emphasizes are by no means as

constant as could be desired, and | am yery much in doubt whether the New

Zealand Ophionereis is veally so recognizable as Mortensen thinks, While I

have a considerable series of Australian specimens at hand, | have only a few

from New Zealand, so [| am not ready to reach a final conelusion. Mortensen

holds that the Jnan Fernandez Ophionereis is also different from that oeenrring

in New Zealand. There is but one Juan Fernandez specimen at hand, and i

is only half-erown, but it does not incline me towards Mortensen’s view, One

point to which my esteemed Danish colleazue refers demands a careful inyesti-

eation, namely, the size of the eves, It is an open question in my mind whether

this has the significance whieh he attributes to it, and T very much donbt its

eonstaney and importance. Certainly the very close relationship of the forms

of Ophionercis oecurring in Australian seas, at New Zealand, and at Juan

Fernandez. is beyond question. One striking feature whieh they have in

vommon, evident even in youu specimens, is the ocenrrence of four arm-spines

on the basal arm-segments. This is very constant, and enables one to separate

them from the Indo-Pacific species O. parrecta very readily. Whether we call

them O. schayeri, or cousider the New Zealand and Juan Fernandez forns sul-

species, or even full-fledged species, seems to me relatively unimportant, but,

nevertheless, the correct solution of the problem will be interesting, The

Ophionercis trom the Abrolhos Islands, W.A., which 1 published as porreeta (°°),

ure tndoubtedly small specimens of sehayeri, as a re-examination shows.

Henee this southern form is one of the few typieally Australian echinoderms

which have reached the Albrohos Islands.

Most of the present specimens were taken in either Spencer or St. Vincent

Gulf, but two are from Tumby Bay, and seven very fine ones are trom Port

Wilhimga, Zietz collection. There are two specimens labelled ‘'N. Australian

eoast’’? which resemble these Port Willunga specimens so closely [ have little

doubt they are from the same place, if not actually the same lot. There is also

i small specimen labelled ‘‘Northern Territory’? which is undoubtedly from

{he southern coast of Australia.

CM) Mortensen, Vid. Med., Ixxvii, 1924, p. 164,

(M6) TT, L, Clark, Tour, Linn. Soe., Zool, xxxv, 1928, p. 247.

CLARK—SEA-LILIES, SEA-STARS, BRITTLE STARS, AND SEA-URCHINS 437

OPHIONEREIS SEMONI.

Ophiotriton semoni Déderlein, Jena. Denkschr., viii, 1896, p. 288.

Ophionereis semont Koehler, Siboga Rep., Mon., xlv b, 1905, p. 54.

It is a matter of great interest to find this little brittle-star common on the

coast of South Australia, for it was hitherto recorded in Australia only from

the Torres Strait region and Green Island, off Cairns, Queensland. I have

already discussed (**) the relationship of this species to O. dubia, but IT may

add here my more recent conclusion that the genus Ophiocrasis (8) is not worth

maintaining, as O. semoni is such a complete connecting link between it and

Ophionereis; but a comparison of semoni with the two Japanese species of

Ophiocrasis shows that both are quite distinct from O. semoni, which is readily

distinguished from all its allies by the skin-covered oral surface, as already

described by me (°*).

The present series of twenty-two specimens of semoni, with disks 2-5 mm.

to 7-5 mm. across, were all taken by Dr. Verco in St. Vincent and Spencer Gulfs.

As they are in five different lots, there does not seem to be any room for doubt

about the general locality. Compared with Queensland specimens, the only

difference is in the more generally green colouration of those from the north

whieh are distinctly green (more or less of an olive tint) and white, while the

southern individuals are brown and white, though the markings on the arms

are, in young specimens at least, distinctly greenish. The disk is brown with

a white reticulation (curved lines), or white with a brown reticulation of the

same character, or dark brown reticulated with a light shade. When dry all

the tints become greyish, and there is no indication of green. One striking

feature of the colouration, evident in both northern and southern specimens, is

found in the white oral shields, surrounded by a greenish or brownish circle.

Tf more abundant material shows that the northern specimens are typically

green and white, and the southern brown and white, with a very definite con-

staney, the latter might well be designated by a subspecifie name.

Famity OPHIOCOMIDAE.

OPHIOCOMA Agassiz.

OPHIOCOMA CANALICULATA.

Liitken, Add. ad Hist. Oph., pt. 3, 1869, pp. 46, 99.

A good series of fourteen specimens of this rare species shows that it is

not infrequent on the coast of South Australia. There are two specimens

(87) H, L. Clark, Dept. Mar. Biol., Carn. Inst., x, 1921, p. 118.

(88) H, L. Clark, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., Ixxv, 1911, p. 175.

438 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

without locality labels and one specimen from Edithburg; all the others are

from Spencer or St. Vincent Gulf, and for most of them we have to thank

Dr. Verco. The smallest individual is little more than 6 mm. across the disk,

and the arms are only about 22 mm.; the colour is dark grey with a slight

purplish tinge; on the upper side of the arms are a few, irregular, widely

scattered white marks; the under side of the arms is grey, with a broad, median

white band, and the arm-spines are pale grey; for the most part there are but

four arm-spines, but basally there are five, and on one or two joints there are

six. Another specimen 7 mm, across the disk, with arms 30 mm. long, also has

four and five arm-spines; it is pale brown in colour, with distinet but faint

indications of dusky bands on the arms; the under side of the arms shows the

broad median white band of the darker specimen. Both these young indi-

viduals have the granulation of the disk much finer and denser than in adults;

there are at least 80 to 100 granules per sq. mm., but the interbrachial areas

below are as bare and free from granules as in the adults.

Fig, 180. Ophiocoma canaliculata; a, aboral-view; b, oral view (nat. size).

The largest specimen is 21 mm. across the disk, but all the arms are broken;

the longest is 52 mm., and was probably well over 60 mm., but it was certainly

not over 70 mm.; the colour is a light blackish-brown, with the arm-spines a

much lighter yellow-brown; the under side of the arms shows the longitudinal

white band on the first two or three segments distinetly, but further out it is

much less evident; the specimen is probably somewhat bleached, The other

large specimens are all darker, the colour ranging from brown to black, the

arm-spines lighter than the disk, especially at their tips; in some cases they are

reddish, and in one specimen very conspicuously so on distal part of arms. The

CLARK—SEA-LILIES, SEA-STARS, BRITTLE STARS, AND SEA-URCHINS 439

longitudinal white band on the under side of the arms is a characteristic feature,

ustially conspicuous at least at the base of the arms; in the blackest specimen

it is well marked on the first five or six segments, and then fades away and

becomes very indistinct. In no specimen is there any indication of banding on

the arm-spines.

OPHIOCOMA CANALICULATA var. PULCHRA (*") var. nov.

There are half a dozen Ophiocomas which agree well with O. canaliculata

in everything but colour, and their striking appearance warrants desienating

them by a varietal name, As they probably intergrade with the typical form,

and seem to oceur with it, it is not likely they represent a different species. The

two constantly characteristic features are found on the arm-spines and_ the

Fie 131. Ophiocoma canaliculata var. pulehra; a, aboral view; b, oral view of holotype

g i ’ vd

under arm-plates. The arm-spines are beautifully banded with light and dark;

the exact shades differ in the different specimens; the ground colour ranges

from nearly white to pale brown; the darker bands range from light brown,

light red, or light greenish-brown to brown, red, and grey; the bands are

narrow, well defined, especially at tips of spine, and numerous (five to ten). The

under arm-plates, instead of showing a white median band, are, even from the

first, prettily mottled with purplish-brown, bright brown, or grey and whitish

or very pale brownish. The colour of the disk and upper surface of the arms

shows considerable diversity; in typical specimens it is very Hght, almost white,

the upper armplates being ornamentally marked with some light shade of brown

or grey. In other specimens the disk is darker, and in one specimen it is the

same shade of brown shown by small specimens of typical O. canaliculata. But

(39) Pulcher=beautiful, in reference to the ornamental colour pattern of the arm-spines,

440 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

regardless of the disk, the arm-spines and under arm-plates are absolutely

distinetive.

Tlolotwpe: Ree. No, EB. 470.

The specimens at hand range from 7-5 mm. to 18 mm. across the disk.

The two largest have no loeality label, bitt ihe others are all from Dr, Vereo’s

collecting in Spencer or St. Vineent Gulf.

Famity OPHIODERMATIDARF.

OPHIURODON Matsumoto,

OPHIURODON OPACUM (*") sp. nov.

Disk 7:5 mm. in diameter; arms all broken, but no doubt more than 20 min.

long. Disk completely covered by a coat of fine but well-spaced spherical

granules, about 150 to a square millimetre; these are somewhat coarser near

the margin of the disk than at the centre; the coat of grantles completely covers

an underlying layer of rather delicate seales. Upper arm-plates, except for one

or two at base of arm, longer than wide, at first broadly in contact, but becoming

less and less so distally, until near tip of arm they are small and quite separate ;

distal margins curved, broadly so at base of arm, but becoming more and more

semicirenlar distally; the plates are thiek, dull, and without striations or other

ornamentation.

Interbrachial areas below, oral shields, adoral and oral plates completely

covered with a fine granulation like that of the disk, but coarsest on the jaws;

the tips of the mouth angles are oceupied by a group of six to nine granules,

somewhat set apart from the rest, and occupying the space between the two

lines of oral papillae. Oral papillae four on each side, placed somewhat on

edge and overlapping, excepting the outermost, which is the smallest and least

flattened; the other three are subequal, distinetly flattened, with rounded margin,

Teeth very conspicuous, wide, with hyaline margin; there are apparently four

in each cohimn, but the lowest (outermost) is yery short and broad, with au

insignificant margin, while the next has a very conspicuous more or less serrate

margin; in the holotype the median serrations are enough more conspicuots

than the others to give the appearance of a triserrate tooth, but in the paratype

this is not the case,

First under arm-plate small, wider than lone, the second much lareer, about

as lone as wide; succeeding plates becoming more and more evidently

longer than wide, broadly in contact at first, but becoming less and less so, until

(40) Opaens=in the shade, obscure, in reference to the uncertainty as toe the relationships,

CLARK—SEA-LILIES, SEA-STARS, BRITTLE STARS, AND SEA-URCHINS 441

at the tip of the arm they are well separated; the distal marein is markedly

rounded, the proximal is narrower and truneate or (distally) pointed, and the

lateral margins are more or less concave. Side arm-plates rather large pro-

portionately, especially distally; each plate carries six or, on basal segments

of arm, seven, opaque, solid but delicate, blunt, somewhat flattened arm-spines,

about as long as the segment or a trifle longer; they show a tendency to he

appressed to the arm, but obviously are not normally so in life; the upper ones

(except uppermost, which may be quite small) are longest, and are somewhat

widened near but not at the tip. Tentacle-scales two, large, the inner the larger

and more elliptical; the outer overlies the base of the lowest arm-spine, and

distally tends to be quite pointed. On the first pore there are five scales, two

of which guard the distal side; on the second pore are four seales, of which one

is on the distal side; on the third pore are three proximal scales, but the distal

seale is reduced or wanting; on the following pores a distal scale may be more

or less indieated for several segments.

Fig. 132, Ophiurodon opacum; a, aboral view; b. oral view of holotype (x 2).

Colour of holotype very pale grey, the disk mottled with a darker shade;

arms with five or six darker bands at irregular intervals; these bands are more

than one segment wide, and the outer portion is darkest; lower surface nearly

white. Paratype very pale brown or dirty-whitish, without any indications of

bands on arms or of mottling on disk.

Holotype: Reg. No. E. 471.

There are only two specimens of this interesting brittle-star, one from Port

Vincent, the other (holotype) being from the Vereco collections from St. Vincent

Gulf. The paratype is not quite 7 mm. across the disk, and the arms are about

23 mm. long; the arms are thus longer relatively than in the holotype, the arm-

spines are a trifle longer and narrower, and the teeth are a trifle narrow and

less evidently triserrate. This Australian Ophiurodon differs from the other

members of the genus in the presence of two tentacle-scales and in the dull,

unstriated arm-plates; indeed, the matter of the tentacle-scales has made me

442 RrcokpDs OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

hesitate to put the speeies in Ophinrodon, but in view of the disk covering, niouth

parts, and arm-plates and spines, if seems unnecessary to erect a new genus

for it, especially as Ophiurodon is itself so imperfectly known and its relation-

ships so uncertain,

PECTINURA Forbes.

PECTINURA ARENOSA.

Lyman, Bull. M.C.Z., vi, 1879, p. 48.

There are nineteen speciniens of this species from Tumby Bay; Ardrossan,

Yorke Peninsula; between Trowbridge Lighthouse and Baekstairs Passage; and

the Vereo collections in Spencer and St. Vineent Gulls. They are all achults,

with the disk 7 mm. to 11 mm, across; the arms are 3-5 to 4 times the diameter

of the disk. There are eight or rarely nine arm-ypines on the basal part of the

arm of the smallest example, and ten or cleven in the case of the largest. A

number of the specimens are uniformly very pale brown {or dirty eream-

eolour), withont markings of any sort, but if is, of course, possible that these

individuals have been move or less bleached in preservation. In other cases the

disk is unicolour, brown, or erey of some shade, but the arms are more or less

eross-handed, either light with dark bands or dark with light ones. The largest

specimen has the disk dark erey mottled with light grey, and the arms dark with

light bands, but the light and dark bands are of about equal width; oral surface

of body nearly white, of arms mostly duli greyish-purple, with much less marked

handing than on jhe upper surfaee.

PECTINURA ASSIMILIS,

Ophiopeza asstivilis Bell, Proce. Zool Soe., 1888, p. 282.

Peetinura assimilis UW. Ll. Clark, Bull. M.C.Z., lit, 1909, p, 118.

There are fifteen specimens of this species from Tumby Bay and from the

Vereo collections m Speneer and St. Vineent Guilfs. Although obviously

different from the preceeding species, no one character will serve to constantly

distinguish them. The present species is decidedly the larger (with disks up

to 21 mm. in diameter), with stouter but not shorter arms; in specimens of

the same size the arm-spines are fewer in P. assinvilis than in P. arenosa, but in

large specimens there are eleven and even twelve arm-spines; the spines axe

longer in P. assimilis, nearly equalling the segment, while in P. «@renosa they are

only about half as long as the segment; the upper arm-plates in P. arenosa have

a markedly eurved (convex) distal margin, while in P. assimilis the plates are

shorter and wider, with a nearly straight distal margin; in P. assimilis the

penultimate oral papilla in each series is conspicuously the largest, but in

P. arenosa this is not noticeable; finally, and most obvious if not most important,

CLARK—SEA-LILIES, SEA-STARS, BRITTLE STARS, AND SEA-URCHINS 443

in P. arenosa supplementary oral shields are usually present distal to the oral

shields, but in P. assimilis these are usually wanting. In one large P. assinuilis

in the present series, supplementary shields are present in every interradius,

but they are wide and low, closely appressed to the oral shield, and four of the

five are divided, three into two and one into three pieces,

In colour the two species must be quite unlike in life, for the best specimens

of P. assimilis show a distinet rose-purple colour in markines on disk or arms,

or at least on the oral shields and basal under arm-plates. The most highly

coloured specimen is pale yellowish-brown, with the centre of the disk and about

five indefinite bands on each arm, rose-purple; orally the general tint is dull

eream-colour, but the interbrachial areas, oral shields, and basal under arm-

plates show more or less evident markings of rose-purple. At the other extreme

is a nearly white specimen, with disk 16 mm. across, and arms about 60 mm.

long, which shows no markings on the upper surface, but is very evidently rose-

purple on the oral shields and basal under arm-plates; it is impossible to say

whether this specimen has been bleached or not, but it does not give that impres-

sion. On the other hand, the only specimen with no trace of rose-purple is a

large one (disk, 21 mm.), with lower surface cream-colour and upper surface

dull light erey and yellowish intermingled with little contrast; this specimen

has probably had its colours altered by exposure to heht and dust.

In my key to the species of Pectinura (41) I have said of P. assimilis: ‘anus

not at all spotted or marked with purple. Arm-spines sub-equal; oral shields

rather wider than long.’’ Evidently this is wrong in the matter of the colour,

and it is also unreliable as regards the oral shields, for sometimes the oral shields,

in small specimens, are longer than wide. The differences between P. assinvilis

and P. maculata of New Zealand are, however, very evident, for P. maculata

has the arms more than four times the disk diameter, and the upper arm-plates

are conspicuously spotted with purple; in P. asstmalis the rose-purple is more

like a ground tint irregularly mottled with the lighter shade. If the single

specimen of P. assimilis, long in the M.C.Z. collection, and said to be from South

Australia, has not had its colours artificially altered in some way, the species

shows considerable diversity, for there is no trace of rose-purple anywhere, but

that colour is replaced by a bright brown, in contrast with the very pale

yellowish-brown ground colour.

OPHIARACHNELLA Ljungman.

OPHIARACHNELLA GORGONIA.

Ophiarachna gorgonia Miller & Troschel, Sys. Ast., 1842, p. 105.

Ophiarachnella gorgonia LW. L. Clark, Bull. M.C.Z., li, 1909, p. 125.

(41) H. L, Clark, Bull, M.G.Z., lii, 1909, p. 116.

444 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

There are two dry, bleached specimens labelled ‘‘N. Australian Coast’’; as

the species is common there, there is no reason to doubt the label. One specimen,

8 mm. across the disk, still shows plainly half a dozen light brown bands on

each arm. The other is 11 mom. in disk diameter, and the cross bands on the

arms are very faint.

OPHIARACHNELLA INFERNALIS.

Opliarachna mfernalis Miller & Trosehel, Sys. Ast., 1842, p, 104.

Ophiarachnella infernalis H, L. Clark, Bull. MLCLZ., lii, 1909, p, 124.

This is another tropical species, of which three typical specimens, § min.

to 12 mm. a¢ross the disk, are in the present collection, from *'N. Australi

Coast.’’ Their naturally dull colours have undergone little change.

OPHIARACHNELLA RAMSAYI.

Pectinura ramsayt Bell, Proc. Zool, Soc, 188s, p, 281.

Ophiarachnella ramsayi H. L. Clark, Mem. M.C.Z., xxv, 1915, p. 30a.

One of the four specimens of this species (whieh was first deseribed from

Port Jackson) was taken by Dr. Verco. Tt is from either Spencer or St. Vineet

Gulf, and, although dry, is well preserved; the colour is cream-colour and pale

erey irregularly and indefinitely mixed, with three or four dark grey bands on

upper surface of each arm, and many dark grey spots both on disk and arms;

under surface pale cream-colour; it is probable that these colours are more or

less faded; the disk is 23 mm. across, and there are eleven arm-spines on the

basal segments.

The other specimeus are obyiously old and somewhat deteriorated. One

with the label: ‘‘ Presented by Rumball, Esq., Queensehitf, Kangaroo Island,

December, 1901,’ has the disk 80 mm. across and the arms 150 min. lone; there

are thirteen arm-spines on some basal segments; the colour is a yariewation of

light and dark yellow-brown, with many dark spots or dots on the lighter areas,

aud the arms more or less conspicuously banded. The other two specimens are

labelled, ‘‘ Presented by J. G. MeDougall, Esq., Bdithburgh, December, 1587."’

One has only four arms, as one has been broken off close to the disk, which is

29 min, across; the point where the arm was lost has apparently healed, but

there is no indi¢ation of regeneration; there ave thirteen arm-spines. The other

has the disk 32 mim. across, but the arms are only 125 mm. long; there are

thirteen, rarely fourteen, armu-spines. The colour of these Hdithburgh specimens

is essentially the same as in the individual from Kangaroo Island, but the arms

are less distinetly banded.

CLARK—SEA-LILIES, SEA-STARS, BRITTLE STARS, AND SEA URCHINS§ 445

Famity OPHIOLEPIDIDAE.

AMPHIOPHIURA Matsumoto.

AMPHIOPHIURA COLLETA.

Hl. L. Clark, ‘‘ Wndeavour’’ Res., iv, 1916, p. 93.

It is interesting to find this species in the collection, but most disappointing

to find only one specimen, and that but half-grown. This individual was taken

by Dr. Vereco in either Spencer or St. Vincent Gulf. The disk is 8 mim. across,

and the arms were about 24 mm. long, as far as ean be estimated, since all are

broken. In the arrangement of disk-plates and arm-spines this specimen is like

the holotype, but the upper and under arm-plates reveal its immaturity, since

very few proximal plates are wider than long and fully in contact. The oral

papillae too are immature, and not so distinctive as in the original specimen.

The colour is not at all yellowish, but is greyish-white.

OPHIURA Lamarck.

OPHIURA KINBERGI.

Ljungman, Ofv. Kongl. Vet.-akad. Féhr., xxii, 1866, p. 166.

This brittle-star was previously known from Port Jackson and Port Phillip,

but its occurrence in the Vereco collections from Spencer and St. Vincent Gults

is a considerable extension of its range westward. There are seven specimens

at hand, ranging in disk diameter from 5 mm. to 9 mm.; the arms are slender

but short; it is doubtful if they ever exceed three times the disk diameter.

OPHIURA OOPLAX.

Ophiocten odplax UH. L. Clark, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., xxv, 1911, p. 99.

Ophiura odplax Matsumoto, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sei. Philadelphia, Ixvii, 1915, p. 81.

The discovery of this Japanese species in the Verco collections from Spencer

and St. Vincent Gulfs is most surprising. It is so well marked a species that

there is no danger of mistaken identification, nor ean I find any notable differ-

ences between Japanese and South Australian specimens. There are nine

specimens in the Verco collection, and they range from 4 mm. to 8-5 mm. across

the disk; the colour is uniform, grey or nearly white. In Japanese waters this

brittle-star is common at depths of 94 fathoms to 614 fathoms, and has not been

taken in shallower water. It would be very interesting to know at what depths

the South Australian specimens were taken. No records of O. odplax between

Japan and South Australia exist.

46 ReEcoRDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

OPHIOMUSIUM Lyman.

OPHIOMUSIUM ANISACANTHUM ('*) sp. nov.

Disk 13 mm,, arms broken, but apparently about 50 mm. long. Disk covered

with a very smooth coat of closely appressed plates; at first there are a central

plate, five radials, ten radial shields, ten plates in pairs, smaller proximal to

larger, both long aud narrow, lying in the interradii, separating the pairs of

radial shields from each other, aud ten plates in pairs, the distal much the smaller,

Iving in the radii, and separating the two radial shields of each pair; thirty-six

plates in alls but with growth smaller plates come in at the angles where the

jarger plates meet each other, until 75 to 90 seales and plates may be counted

on the disk of a full-grown specimen. Radial shields moderate, not much longer

than wide, roughly rounded triangular, fully separated from each other both

radially and interradially. All disk plates are apparently quite smooth, but under

sufficient maynification are found to be very finely granular. Upper arm-plates

present only basally; ihe first is large, pentagonal, almost twice as wide as lone;

jhe second is yery much smaller, wider thin long, triangular with the angele

proximal ; suceeeding plates similar but smaller, aud decreasing steadily tn sixe

front segment to segment, disappearing eutirely at the tenth segment (or there-

abouts) in Jaree specimens, nearer to disk in sinaller ones.

Loterbrachial areas below completely covered by one huge marginal plate,

the two genital plates, and the oral shield; the marginal plate is about twice as

wide as lone, Oral shields somewhat pentagonal, with distal side longest and

perfectly straight; outer lateral margins about one-half of distal, yervy shyebtly

convex; inner lateral margins slightly coneave distally, a trifle convex proxi-

wally, meeting in a sharp angle. Adoral plates very large, nearly three times

as lone as wide, uieeting fully within, wider without than within, Oral plates

smaller than adorals; each carries four subequal squarish oral papillae, while

a fifth one, considerably Jarger, is half on the oral and half on the acoral plate;

at the tip of the jaw is a large wumpaired, somewhat triangular papilla,

Under arm-plates, except first three, insignificant, triangular, wicler than

long, practically wanting after the first six or eight segments; second aud third

are practically (lie seme shape as the oral shields, but are longer than wide, the

second being velatively longer than the third; first under arm-plate not half as

large as second, slightly hexagonal, a little wider than long, with proximal angle

minch larger and more acute than distal, Side arm-plates very large, composing

practically the whole segment; each plate carries near the lower distal corner,

but well back from the margin of plate, two arm-spines, placed close together,

(42) dvuros—unequal+ dxarda—syine, in reference to the striking inequality of the arm-

epines.

CLARK—SEA-LILIES, SEA-STARS, BRITTLE STARS, AND SEA-URCHINS 447

the lower cylindrical, blunt, almost half as long as a basal arm-joint; upper,

peg-like, minute, not half as long as lower; on basal joints, a third, even smaller

peg-like spine may be found near margin, well up on the plate, and occasionally

a fourth, still smaller, is present between the lower pair and the upper single

spine. Tentacle-pores in two pairs, beside second and third lower arm-plates,

with a long, narrow, elliptical scale on the outer side, and a very much narrower

and less noticeable one on the inner side. Colour, nearly white.

Ophiomusium anisacanthum; a, aboral view; b, oral view of holotype (nat. size).

Holotype: Reg. No. EK. 480.

There are five specimens of this well-marked species in the Verco collections

from Spencer and St. Vincent Gulfs. The smallest is somewhat more than

9 mm. across the disk, while the arms (broken now) could not have much

exceeded 30 mm. The species may be recognized at once among those with only

two pairs of tentacle-pores by the combination of a single huge interbrachial

plate orally, with only one arm-spine large and well developed enough to be

called a spine.

OPHIOMUSIUM APORUM (**) sp. nov.

Disk 9 mm. in diameter; arms about 30 mm. long. Disk covered by about

thirty-one large plates, including the radial shields, and many, small, triangular,

ill-defined plates at their angles; all the plates are covered by a thick, wrinkled

skin, but it looks as though the skin on each plate had dried and wrinkled by

448 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

itself. Radial shields small, separated. Upper armn-plates ten to twelve, but

only the first two are worthy of mention; they are small, triangular, about as

loug as wide, the first the larger.

Mig. 184, Ophioniusinn (EPOVUNLS a, aboral views by orul view of holotype (xB),

Interbrachial areas below covered by a laree median and two smaller

marvinal plates, the two genital plates, and the oral shield; these plates are like

those of the disk in appearing as though each were covered by wrinkled skin.

Oral shields rounded pentagonal, with an angle proximally, about ax long as

wide. Adoral plates relatively large, short, and wide, meeting broadly within.

Oral plates small and mdistinet. Oral papillae apparently four or five, but

difficult to distinguish separately, as they are more or less concealed in skin,

Kirst under arm-plate small, nearly square, seeond and third somewhat larger,

roughly triangular; no under arm-plates present further ont. Side arm-plates

large, somewhat flaring distally; each carries three subequal, small, peg-lilse

arm-spines not one-third as long as arm-segment; those near base of arm are

more blunt and peg-like than distally, where they are quite acute, Tentacle-

pores very difficult to make out, but present beside second under arm-plate, and

probably also beside third; tentacle seales small, elliptical, difficult to make out

on most pores. Colour pale greyish, nearly white.

Holotype: Reg. No, E. 481.

There are but two individuals of this curious species in the collection, both

having been taken by Dr. Vereo in Spencer and St. Vineent Gults, The para-

type is obyiously young, and shows some notable peculiarities. The disk is only

4 om. in diameter, and the arms could hardly have exceeded twice that. There

seem to be neither upper nor under arm-plates, and as a ride only one or two

arm-spines are to be found on a side arm-plate. AIL over the plates of the disk

CLARK—SEA-LILIES, SEA-STARS, BRITTLE STARS, AND SEA-URCHINS 449

and those of the interbrachial areas below are minute, pointed granules; appar-

ently these are worn down with growth, and more or less wholly disappear.

There is no trace of tentacle-pores. It is not likely that this species will be

confused with any other in the genus, as the apparent absence of tentacle-pores

is quite unique.

OPHIOMUSIUM SIMPLEX var. AUSTRALE, var. nov.

Disk 14 mm. in diameter; arms probably about 50 mm. long. Differs from

typical adult O. simplex (O. sanctum (Koehler) in having more numerous,

rounder, flatter disk plates, less swollen marginal plates, and fewer interbrachial

plates orally. There is but a single specimen, and it is possible that it is only an

Fig. 1385. Ophiomusium simplea var, australe; a, aboral view; b. oral view of holotype (x2).

individual variant, but as it was taken by Dr. Verco in either Spencer or St.

Vincent Gulf, while the typical form is known only from the East Indian region,

it seems best to regard it as a southern variety until sufficient material is

accumulated to determine its status accurately. Reg. No. EH. 482.

OPHIOZONELLA Matsumoto.

OPHIOZONELLA ELEVATA.

Ophiozona elevata H. L. Clark, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., lxxv, 1911, p. 31.

Ophiozonella elevata Matsumoto, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Lxvii, 1915,

p. 82.

450 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

It seems very extraordinary that this Japanese species should oceur in

South Australian waters, but there are two specimens, taken by Dr. Verco, in

the present collection. They came from either Spencer or St. Vincent Gulf.

They agree with a Japanese paratype of O. elevata in all essentials, except that

the arm-spines are longer and the upper arm-plates are more fully in contact

and have a more convex distal margin. The length of the arm-spines is striking,

as the upper one is nearly as long as two joints, but I cannot refer these speci-

mens to O. bispinosa Koehler, as would seem natural, the difference in the upper

arm-plates is so great. Koehler (*) thinks the shape of the oral shields may

be an aid in distinguishing O. elevata and O. bispinosa, but I find enough

diversity in O. elevata, where the shields may be longer than wide, as in O.

bispinosa, to convince me this feature will not help us. Should further material

show that O. bispinosa and O. elevata do not have the marked difference in upper

arm-plates which Koehler’s figures and description lead me to suppose, then

O. elevata becomes a synonym of O. bispinosa, and both the Japanese and South

Australian specimens must be referred to Koehler’s species.

OPHIOCROSSOTA (*°), gen. nov.

Disk covered with large smooth plates and seales, very regularly arranged

and with primary plates conspicuous. Radial shields broadly in contact proxi-

mally but separated distally by a large triangular plate; outer margin of this

plate and inner margin of distal half of radial shields provided with minute,

crowded but distinet papillae, in a single series; the series on the radial shield

is virtually (but not actually) continuous with the series of similar but larger

papillae on the adradial margin of the genital plates. Upper arm-plates wider

than long on basal part of arm and broadly in contact there. Oral shields very

large occupying most of interbrachial areas below. Second pair of oral papillae

opening outside of mouth slits guarded by tentacles scales on both sides. Under

arm-plates somewhat swollen, separated from each other, on basal part of arm by

a distinet pit. Arm spines numerous. Tentacle-pores very large, protected by a

tentacle-scale and the lowest arm-spine, which are virtually side by side.

Genotype: Ophiocrossota heteracantha sp. nov.

This is a very remarkable genus, showing a combination of characters

quite unique. The papillae on the radial shields suggest at once the West

Indian genus Ophiothyreus, but in that ease the radial shields are wholly

separated, and distally by a pair of plates, lying side by side. Orally the

(44) Koehler, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., 100, v, 1922, p, 422.

eel . WE ; : ‘ ;

(45) odis—snake+ kpooowros—fringed, in reference to the papillae on the radial shield

margin.

CLARK—SEA-LILIES, SEA-STARS, BRITTLE STARS, AND SEA-URCHINS 45]

Australian genus is utterly unlike Ophiothyreus, but reminds one very much

of Stegophiura, from which, however, the character of the tentacle-pores

instantly separates it.

OPHIOCROSSOTA HETERACANTHA (*°) sp. nov.

Disk 11 mm. in diameter; arms broken, but probably about 40 mm. lone,

broad and stout at base, but tapering rapidly to a very slender tip (as shown

by other specimens). Disk covered by twenty-six large, smooth plates, besides

many small ones at their corners, the radial shields and five large mareinal

plates, one in each interradius. Radial shields large, nearly twice as long as

wide, meeting broadly within, separated distally by a large triangular plate;

Fig, 186. Ophiocrossota heteracantha; a, aboral view; b, oral view of holotype (x 2).

on the margins of this plate and the distal inner margin of the radial shields

are the fringes of minute papillae so distinctive of the genus. Upper arm-plates

broadly in contact proximally, but distally they become small, triangular, anc

separated; first one very short and wide, as wide as the triangular plate that

separates the radial shields, its length about one-fifth of its width; second plate

not so wide, but twice as wide as long, with convex distal margin and moderate

lateral angles; succeeding plates becoming more and more triangular,

narrower, longer, but smaller.

Interbrachial areas below almost covered by the huge oral shields, which

are more than twice as lone as broad, sharply pointed proximally, but rounded

(46) eTE POS -(lifferent—-- axavdu—=spine, in reference to the dissimilar arm-spines,

452 RECORDS OF THE S,A, MUSEUM

distally ; besides the shield, the only plates in the interbrachial areas are the

broad genitals, the conspicuous marginal, and two or three small plates just

distal to the oral shield; genital plates with «a conspicuous fringe of ten to

twelve papillae, the lower ones rather long, the uppermost much like those on

the adjoining radial shields. Adoral plates rather small, but swollen, meeting

broadly within, Oral plates conspienous, swollen, larger than the adorals.

Oral papillae small, about four on each side of each jaw, the distalmost largest,

low, flat, and seale-like. Teeth about three, or possibly four, in a coli,

narrow, pointed.

First under arm-plate laree, tetragonal, about as long as wide, but wider

distally than proximally; second plate peitagonal with a sharp proximal

angle, and rounded lateral margins and angles, much wider than long, some-

what swollen, separated trom first plate by a large pit, and from third plate

by a smaller one; next three plates similar but siecessively smaller; following

plates about as long as wide, widely separated from each other, not swollen,

and not separated by pits, becoming very small and nearly cirewlar distally.

Side arm-plates not very large, but thiek at the oral end, not flaring; each

carries a series of twelve or fewer spines, of diverse sizes; the third from the

bottom is largest, cylindrical, blunt, about half as long as urm-segment; the

uppermost and the lowest come next, and are abont three-fourths as large;

the next to lowest and the one above the largest are next in order, while the

others passing from below up become successively smaller, the next to wpper-

most being smallest and hardly a quarter the size of the uppermost, First

fentacle-pore (second oral) opens outside month-slit, and is protected by two

low, broad, flat seales on cach side; sueceeding pores very large, with a single,

thick, rounded seale on the side arm-plate, and on the first fwo or tliree pores

minute seale in the angle where the distal margin of the under srm-plare

touches the side arm-plate; the lowest arm-spine stands beside the tentacle-

seale, and it and the one above it apparently function as tentaecle-scales.

Colour pale brown or nearly white, with radial shields and sometimes the

central plates a distinetly darker shade; groups of from one to four upper

arni-plates are also a darker brown, so that the arms appear banded; lower

surface uniformly white, whitish, or pale brown, the variegated upper surface

is more or less strikingly ornamental.

Holotype: Reg. No. E. 484.

This is a pretty and interesting brittle-star, apparently common in St,

Vineent and Spencer Gulfs, where fifty-three specimens were collected by Dr.

Vereo, i is remarkable that so striking a form should have so long “one

undeseribed, Tt cannot possibly be confused with any other Australian brittle-

star, and, indeed, there is nothing like it to be found clsewhere. Lt is unfor-

CLARK—SEA-LILIES, SEA-STARS, BRITTLE STARS, AND SEA-URCHINS 453

tunate that we do not know at what depth it oceurs; it does not look like a

deep-water form.

OPHIOLEPIS Miiller & Troschel.

OPHIOLEPIS SUPERBA.

Ophiwa annulosa Blainville, 1834, not Lamarck, 1816,

Ophiolepis superba 1. i. Clark, Spolia Zeylaniea, x, 1915, p. 89.

There are twenty adult specimens in the colleetion, all dry. There are no

locality labels for fourteen, but six are said to be from ‘Spencer Gulf.’ This

is almost certainly a mistake, as the species is a strietly tropical one. Probably

all the specimens are from the coast of the Northern Territory. The smallest

is 15 mm. across the disk, and the arms are rather more than 40 mim., while the

largest has the disk diameter 25 mm,, and the arms exceed 80 mm,

OPHIOPLOCUS Lyman.

OPHIOPLOCUS IMBRICATUS.

Ophiolepis imbricata Miiller & Troschel, Syst. Ast., 1842, p. 93.

Ophioplocus imbricatus Lyman, Proe, Boston Soe. Nat. Tlist., viii, 1861, p. 76.

There are four specimens of this easily recognized species, but they have no

locality label. There is little doubt, however, that they are from the coast of

the Northern Territory, as it is highly improbable that the species oceurs on the

southern coast of Australia, he present speciniens measure from 11 mm. to

16 mm. across the disk.

KCHINOIDEA

There are 1,519 sea-urchins in the collection, representing forty-six species

and two varieties, but seventeen specimens, representing the following ten well-

known species, are non-Australian in origin:

Psammechinus microluberculatus ITeterocentrotus trigonarius (Taam’k.)

(Blainville) Arachnoides zelandiae | Gray )

Hehinus esculentus L, Dendraster excentricus (Bsch.)

Paracentrotus lividus (lam’k,) Mellita quinquiesperforata (Leske)

Kvechinius chlorotious (Val.) Brissus lutecarinatus (Leske)

Strougylocentrotus purpuratus

(Stimp.)

No further reference will be made 10 these species,

454 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Of the remaining thirty-eight forms, six species are deseribed as new, and

one of these represents an extraordinary new genus in the family A rachnoididar,

which has hitherto contained but a single genus. This new form looks, at first

glance, like a scutellid, and particularly like the common sand-dollar (2 clinar-

achnius), but more eareful examination shows that it is really quite close to

Arachnoides. There are two species, Phyllacanthus irregularis and Apalopygus

recens, which are here recorded from Australia for the first time.

Only twenty-five of the thirty-eight forms are certainly from the southern

coast of the continent, while three are from the western and ten from the northern

or north-eastern coasts, One of the west coast species is known from the

southern coasts and Tasmania, while the other two are extremely rare forms,

whose presence in this collection is particularly noteworthy ; one (Apatopygus

recens) is a New Zealand species of a monotypie genus, and the other (Goni-

marelia interrupta) has been known hitherto only from the unique holotype in

the Berlin Museum, whieh came from Western Australia; unfortunately the

present specimen has no locality label. The ten northern or north-eastern species

are well-known tropical forms, though one Arachnoides placenta, has a peculiar

distribution, the limits of which are not yet well marked out.

More than two-fifths of the specimens beloug to three species of the

family Fibulaviidae, while nearly half the remainder are Temnopleurids. There

ure fen species, whieh have 1,294 specimens, or am average of almost 130 for each,

while on the other hand there are thirteen species represented by only one

specimen cach, and two of these are hitherto undescribed: species.

Horizontal diameter is abbreviated to ‘‘l.d.’’ in the following pages, while

‘vd. vefers to the vertical diameter.

Orver CIDAROIDA

Famity CIDARIDAER.

PHYLLACANTHUS Brandt.

PHYLLACANTHUS IRREGULARIS.

Mortensen, Vid. Medd. Dansk, Naturhist. Forening, Copenhagen, Ixxxy, 1928.

There are five laree individuals of Phyllacanthus which Dr. Mortensen has

examined and found to belong to his new species, Unfortunately they haye no

locality labels, so that it is impossible to say from what part of the Australian

coastline they come, As no specimens of Phyllacanthus have been recorded from

Australia sonth of Port Hacking, on the east, and Fremantle on the west, it seems

CLARK—SEA-LILIES, SEA-STARS, BRITTLE STARS, AND SEA-URCHINS 455

probable that the present speeimens are from the coast of the Northern Territory.

They range from 71 mm. to 101 mm, in diameter, and in four of the specimens

the primary spines are less than 50 mm, long. Im the fifth individual, however,

they are nearly 60 mm. long, and are conspicuously more tapering and pointed

than in the others; their surface is also smoother, the coarse granules having the

appearance of bee flattened or eround down by friction, and the whole spine

more or less overlaid by a deposit of some sort. But as the primaries are rust-

eolour, and the whole animal is dull and orally quite rusty, there can be little

doubt that some misfortune in preservation accounts for this colouration and

for the appearance of the primaries.

The character of the secondary and miliary spines distinguish P. ¢rreqularis

from P. dmperialis or its variety parvispinus very easily. for they are pointed

and narrow, and show great diversity of size, instead of being blunt, wide, and

seale-like, as in the long-known forms. [1 is worthy of note also that P. irregu-

luris has nine or ten coronal plates in a column in all fhese specimens, wheres

P. imperialis and var. parvispinus very rarely indeed have more than seven, eyen

in the largest individuals,

PHYLLACANTHUS sp. ?

A. defeetive, but large, bare test of a Phayllqacanthus, which measures 80 ium,

in diameter, bas but seven coronal plates in a column. Tt is probably P. parw-

spinus, but may be P. dmperialis, As it lacks distinctive characters as well as

locality label, its identification must. be left unmade,

PRIONOCIDARIS A. Agassiz.

PRIONOCIDARIS BISPINOSA.

Cidarites bispinosa Lamarck, Anim. s. Vert., iii, 1816, p, 57.

Prionocidaris bispinosa Déderlein, Abh. Senck. Nat. Ges., xxxiv, 1911, p. 240.

There are five specimens which [ refer to this beautiful northern Australian

species. There are no locality labels, but probably all came from the Northern

Territory. The finest individual is 40 mm, in hl, and has magnificent primaries,

some of which are more than 90 mm. lony. Of the five specimens, two are bare

tests. 20 mm. and 37 mm. h.d., lacking their apieal disks.

GONIOCIDARIS Agassiz & Desor,

GONIOCIDARIS GERANIOIDES var. TUBARIA,

Cidarites tubaria Lamarek, Anim. s. Vert., ili, 1816, p. 57.

Goniociduris yeranioides var, tubaria II, L. Clark, Cat. Ree. Ech. Brit. Mus.,

1925, p. 31,

‘56 RECORDS Or THE S.A. MuskUM

There is a notable series of this common sea-wrebin, aid if is interesting to

find that all are of the variety fubaria; there is not a typical CG. gerinioides in

the collection. The smallest specimen is 7 mm. in diameter, and has only five

plates in eaeh interambnlacral column; the largest is 58 mm, hod. ane 38 mm,

wid. and has thirteen such plates. So far as | ean ascertain, this is the largest

specimen of either G, geraniaides or its variety fubaria that hay been recorded,

Large specimens visually have ten or eleven plates in eaeh eolumim, Init there is

erveat diversity in {he relative height of the test; a specimen 20 mm, in diameter

is only 11mm. high, another is $4 mm. by 18 mm. and another is 39 mm. by

20 mm.; on the other hand a specimen 4d oram, hed. is 34 anim. high, and another

S4amm. dud. is 8Tanm,. beh; thus the relative height of the test runs from about

93 to OL he. But the ereatest diversity is foruid in the eharaeter of the primaty

spines; so extraordinary is this that one is tempted to find some sort of distine-

tive characters in these primaries. But Tam eonvineed this is a vain quest, so

abundant and so conplete ave the intergracations. 11 is not diffienlt to group the

specimens roughly into those with relatively slender, tmexpanded spines with

few, small prickles or none; those with moderately stout or slender spines, with

few or no prickles, but with the tips of some, at least, of the dorsal spines, con-

spicuously expanded into shield-like tips; and those with short, stomt, and very

prickly or coarsely thorny spines. Most of the specimens fall into the third sec-

lion, but there are all sovls of mixtures of the various characters. so that none of

(he sections are well-defined. As a representative of the first seetion is a specimen

48 mm. b.d., in whieh the primary spies ure 25 mm. to 30 am. lone, 2 min. to

2-5. mm. in diameter, and little or not at all expanded al tip. A specimen of the

second section is 25 mm. in diameter, the spines in the mid-zone are about

8 & 2-5 mm. with more or less couspicious prickles, and the aboral spines ave

7 nun. to 8 mm. long and about 5 mm. across the expanded tips. An individual

20 mm. in diameter is an extreme illustration of the third seetion, for its prin-

cipal primary spines are about 16 mm, long, G mm, or more wide, and mary

ot the thorns they bear are 2 nun. long, In many individuals with thorny spines

these become the points of attachments for barnacles, worm-tubes, bryozoa, and

sponges, which are frequently large ¢noneh or mimerous enough to give the

animal a curiously bizarre appearance.

The most interesting and valuable of all the specimens in the colleetion is

the one which has already been mentioned as measuring 31 mm. high, although

it is only 84 mm. in diameter, Tn addition to its exeeptional height, this indi-

vidual is almost perfectly tetramerous; only on the peristome is there any

evidence of a fifth area. This eurious specimen has been fienred and fully de-

seribed in a paper by Dr. Robert 'T. Jackson (47), dealing with non-pentmuerous

variants amoug echini.

(AT) Mem. Boston Soe. Nat. Hist., viii, 1927, pp. 507-509, figs, 48, 49, 49a,

CLARK—SEA- LILIES, SEA-STARS, BRITTLE STARS, AND SEA-URCHINS 457

Very few of the specimens have any locality label. There is one from

Queenschff, Kangaroo Island, and two young ones from off Cape Jaffa in 90

fathoms. From off Cape Marsden, in 17 fathoms, Dr. Vereo collected four very

young bare tests, and there are some additional specimens from Dr. Verco’s col-

lecting in Spencer and St. Vincent Gulfs. Finally, the remarkable tetramerous

specimen and a somewhat larger but notably high individual are from ‘‘South

Melbourne, Victoria, 1889. Presented by J. W. Syke, Esq.’’

OrveR CENTRECHINOIDA

Sus-OrperR STIRODONTA

Famity STOMOPNEUSTIDAE.

STOMOPNEUSTES Agassiz.

STOMOPNEUSTES VARIOLARIS.

Echinus variolaris Lamarck, Anim. s. Vert., ili, 1816, p. 47.

Stomopneustes variolaris Agassiz, Mon. Eeh. Anat. Echinus, 1841, p. x.

A single bare test, 80 mm. in diameter, pale drab in colour, is the only

representative of this species. As there is no locality label, its origin is unknown,

but the species occurs on both the eastern and northern coasts of Australia.

Sus-OrpER CAMARODONTA

Famity TEMNOPLEURIDAE.

GENOCIDARIS A. Agassiz.

GENOCIDARIS INCERTA (#5) sp. nov.

Test 6 mm. h.d.; 3 mm. v.d.; the height of test runs from -50 to -60 h.d.

Coronal plates, and ambulacral plates, each nine or ten in a column. Ares

of pores just enough curved so that the adradial margin of the poriferous

area is not perfectly straight. Abactinal system about 8 mm. across; oculars

all exsert, especially II, II], and IV; I is nearest insert. Periproctal plates

wanting. Madreporie plate not enlarged (genital three is just as big) and

madreporie pores few. Genital pores evident, but ocular pores more difficult

to find. Ocular and genital plates rough, with a few, low, indistinct tubercles.

Seulpturing of test visible only under high magnification, of little significance.

Primary tubercles large, smooth, imperforate, several times larger than any

(48) The poor condition of the material is the cause of uncertainty as to the status of

this new form,

458 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

of the secondaries. Peristomal membrane and bueeal plates wanting. Gill-

slits barely indicated. Colour greenish and whitish or very pale yellow.

Holotype: Reg. No. E. 623.

There are sixty-three specimens of this little urchin at hand, ranging in

size from less than 3 mm. to more than 8 mm. h.d. As only two have an

oculogenital ring, and not one has the periproctal plates or the buccal mem-

brane present, it is obvious that even the genus is uncertain. The reason for

calling it Genocidaris is the very close resemblance to G. maculata, of the West

Indies. It is so similar in form, tuberculation, and colour that it is only when

specimens of the same size are examined critically side by side under a lens

that the difference becomes clear. The Australian form has the sculpturing

reduced to a minimum (one might very naturally call it wanting), the adradial

margin of the poriferous areas is not so sharply cut as in G. maculata, and

most obvious, the primary tubercles of @. incerta are very much larger both

actually and relatively. Apparently the abactinal system is smaller in G@.

incerta, but this difference may not be constant, and certainly cannot be

expressed in figures. Of course, it cannot be certain that the Australian form

belongs in Genocidaris until specimens with periproctal plates and peristomal

membrane are taken and studied.

Big. 187. Genocidaris incerta; a, aboral view of holotype (x 4); b, oral view, and e, side view

of paratype (x3).

All of the sixty-three specimens are bare tests, nearly all with no oculo-

genital rmeg, They were taken by Dr. Vereo in his dredging at the following

places: off Cape Borda, Kangaroo Island, 60 fathoms; off Cape Jaffa, 90 to

300 fathoms; off Beachport, 110 to 200 fathoms.

TEMNOPLEURUS Agassiz.

TEMNOPLEURUS AUSTRALIS (*) sp. nov.

+, tae Sy . F :

Test 20 mm. h.d., 10-5 mm. v.d., rather flat, with ambitus circular, or

rounded pentagonal in some large specimens, and peristome little or not at all

(49) Australis=southern, in reference to its being the southernmost species in the genus.

CLARK—SEA-LILIES, SEA-STARS, BRITTLE STARS, AND SEA URCHINS 459

sunken, In some individuals the dorsal flattening is very marked, in others the

abactinal surface is distinetly conical, though low. Coronal plates seventeen or

eighteen m a4 column, with distinet but not large triangular pits at each of the

lower corners, except in the case of the two or three uppermost and one or two

of the lowest; above anibitus each plate carries near its centre a large, iuper-

forate, non-erenulate, primary tubercle, one or two secondaries near its ier

end, and two or three small secondaries near the outer margin; at ambitus ana

below, excepting only the lowest two plates, cach plate carries a horizoutal series

of three primaries, ahove whieh is a well-spaced series of half a dozen simnall

secondaries or qiliaries. Aambulacral plates also seventeen or eighteen im a

cohimn, with relatively large pits at the miner lower corner (exceptiny only the

oldest and youngest plates), smaller ones at the outer corners, and a yery small

pit halfavay between cach pair of larger ones; there are two or more sinall

tubercles on each plate, especially below the ambitus. Poriferous areas nearly

straight, but the middle pair of pores in each are is set out a little further from

the mid-radius thay are the other two; pores large, almost as large as the largest

pits, set near together, the distance between them mueh less than diameter of

a pore,

ig. 188. Temnoplearus austratis; a, aboral view of holotype Cit. sive); by aberal view,

¢, oral view, and dy side view of paratype (x2).

Abaetinal system laree, about G mm. across; oeulars all completely exsert ;

genitals with five secondary tubercles set side by side alony the inner margin,

and no other tubercles on the plates; madreporite conspicuous, but not larger

than venital three; genital pores large, at centre of each plate; ocular pores smail,

horizontal slits, distal to eentre of plate, overhung by a small swelling, back of

which is a small secondary and a munber of miliary tubercles, Periproct large.

about 3 min. across. covered by numerous small polygonal plates, among which

a suranal ean he easily distinvuished ; anus exeentrie near ocular I. Peristome

460 RECORDS OF THE $,/\. MUSEUM

about 7 win. across, with very shallow and insignificant gill-cuts; membrane

thin ancl bare, save Jor Lhe five paivs of very small Dueeal plates and a few

minute, seattered plates proximal to them, Primary spines 8 mm. (dorsally)

10 Omi. (orally) long, slender, pointed. Pedicellariae of all four kinds present ;

the globiferous resemble very closely those of 7. reevesii, while the tridentate

are much like those of 7. forcumaticus; ueither the ophicephalous or triphyllous

show any distinctive features. Spicules seem to be yery searce; 1 found none

in the heads of the globiferous pedicellariae which | examined, and only a few

in the tube-feet; all that were seen were bihamate, Colour of test grey, a darker

shade usually somewhat variegatecl with a paler one; often there is a more or

less evident green tinge, especially on the periproet; primary spines dull red-

violet or purplish-red, more or less markedly green-tipped, and in long spines

ihe ereen may fade into whitish al the extreme tip; secondary spines white, and

oveasionally some of the oral primaries ave white.

Tlolotype: Reg. No, E. 464.

There are one hundred and forty-eight specimens of this little Tenao-

pleurus, ranging in size from 4-5 >¢ 81mm. to 22% 12 mm. There is considerable

diversity in the forin of the test, some individuals being so flattened that the

height is little more than balf the cliameter, while others are more elevated, with

the height exceeding two-thirds of the diameter. In one case the diameter is

16 mm. and the height 12 mimn.. but this specimen is somewhat deformed as a

result of lateral pressure. ‘Chere is considerable diversity in the abaetinal

system and in the pits and tubercles of the test; the oeular pores are not always

slit-like, and may be quite evident; there is usually a pit at the proximal angle

of cach ocular plate, and this may be very conspicuous, but it is often entirely

wanting; in one specimen, 194 non. in diameter, ocular [ reaches the periproet,

but | have found no other specimen in which it even approaches such a condi-

tion; the pits in the test vary very much in size in differeut specimens, and there

is also some diversity in the size of the primary tubereles. Diversity in colour

ig shown, due to the number of siuall spines and the purity of their whiteness ;

age is also a factor, for in small specimens the primaries are quite red at buse,

with no trace of violet, and there is no indieation of green; these light-coloured

little urehins, with nearly white tests and whitish spines, the larger ones with

redoon the basal half, look quite unlike the duller and darker adults, with their

violet-red and green spines.

There is no doubt that thik species is nearly allied to 7. reevesii, but

apparently the differences are constant. With the spimes on, the colonr alone

‘listinguishes them easily. The bare tests may be distinguished by the smaller

tubercles in 7. a@us/ratis, especially in the ambulacra in the midzone, and the

wore symmetrical abactinal system with the more completely exsert ocular 1,

CLARK—SEA-LILIES, SEA-STARS, BRITTLE STARS, AND SEA-URCHINS 461

It is noticeable in many specimens of 7. australis that the primary tuberele on

an ambulacral plate in the midzone is of approximately the same size as, or not

much larger than, the secondary tubercle at the inner end of the same plate,

whereas there is a marked contrast in the sizes of the same tubercles in 7’. reevesii.

This species is apparently common on the coasts of South Australia, for

while most of the specimens have no locality label, the following localities are

represented: Spencer and St. Vincent Gulfs (Vereo); Port Lincoln; Investi-

gator Strait, 14 fathoms; Wallaroo Bay, 15 fathoms (Vereo); Yankalilla Bay,

20 fathoms (Verco) ; St. Vineent Gulf; Backstairs Passage, 22 fathoms (Vereo) ;

between Trowbridge Lighthouse and Backstairs Passage. It is probable that

australis extends its range to Western Australia, for there is very little doubt

that the bare tests of a Temnopleurus which I recorded in 1914 (°°) from

Fremantle Beach are to be referred to this species; these tests are more brightly

coloured than in any of the specimens before me, but that may be in part

artificial.

SALMACIS Agassiz.

SALMACIS VIRGULATA var. ALEXANDRI.

Salmacis alexandri Bell, Zool. ‘‘ Alert,’’ 1884, p. 118.

Salmacis virgulata var. alexandri H. li. Clark, Cat. Ree. Ech. Brit. Mus., 1925,

p. 88.

There are two specimens of this variety, one a bare and somewhat broken

test, 57 mm. h.d., and the other a fine specimen, 47 mm. h.d., with primary spines

10 mm. long. The bare test is labelled ‘‘N. Territory,’’ the other ‘‘N. Hast

Australia.’? The two agree in the colouration of the test, and in the deep

horizontal furrows so characteristic of the variety. The test is fundamentally

white, and in the fine specimen is predominantly so; the spines too are pure

white (possibly more or less bleached); the margins of all the horizontal

furrows are light yellow-green, and the whole of the abactinal system and the

adjoining coronal plates are of the same shade. In the bare test the green is

more plentiful, and below the ambitus the general colour is light green with

white tubercles.

MICROCYPHUS Agassiz & Desor.

MICROCYPHUS ANNULATUS.

Mortensen, Dansk. Selsk. Skr., (7) 1, 1904, p. 101.

There are fifteen specimens of this lovely little sea-urchin, all taken by

Dr. Verco; one is from Investigator Strait, 14 fathoms, while all the others are

(50) Rec. W.A. Mus., i, 1914, p. 164.

462 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

from Spencer or St. Vincent Gulf; in only one case, however, is the depth given,

and that one is from 20 fathoms. The specimens range in size from 12 x 10 min.

to 19 x 16 mm. or 19 x 17-5 mm.; the lowest specimen is 13 x 9-5 mm. Some

of the specimens are darker than others, the test and basal part of the small

spines being of a deeper shade, but on the whole the colouration is very constant.

The primaries are pure white distally, a less pure shade basally; the coloured

ring on the proximal half of the spine is very bright red distally, but is more

or less dull, and often brownish or even greenish proximally.

MICROCYPHUS COMPSUS.

H. L. Clark, Mem. M.C.Z., xxxiv, 1912, p. 322 (as a substitute for M. elegans

Mortensen, preoccupied).

There are five bare tests of a Microcyphus which seem to represent this

species. Of these, one from Spencer Gulf is 15 mm. h.d., and rather more than

13 mm. high; it is perfectly symmetrical, with a circular ambitus, and is in fine

condition; the colour is dull rose-red, becoming dusky brown on the tubereled

portion of the plates, while the tubercles themselves are a dirty greenish-white ;

this specimen is labelled M. zigzag. Another specimen, from St. Vincent Gulf,

is similar in colour, but is duller; it is 11 x 9 mm., and lacks the entire abactinal

system. Specimens dredged in 60 fathoms off Cape Borda, Kangaroo Island,

and in 130 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, by Dr. Verco, are a trifle larger than this,

lack the abactinal system, have holes in the test, and are so light coloured, with

only a rosy tinge on the bare portions of the plates, that they are probably much

bleached. The smallest specimen, 8 x 6 mm., dredged by Dr. Verco in Backstairs

Passage, 23 fathoms, is in good condition, and is notable for its colouration; the

> and the tubereled part of the plates is much lghter

red is not at all ‘‘rosy,’

(instead of darker, as usual) than the red bare portion. On the whole this

individual raises the question whether compsus and zigzag may not intergrade

in colour, at least when young.

MICROCYPHUS PULCHELLUS ("') sp. nov.

Test 12-5 mm. in diameter, 11 mm. high; abactinal system, 2-75 mm. across,

with periproct about 1-50 mm.; peristome, 4:5 mm. in diameter. Test wholly

bare, with no trace of spines, pedicellariae, or buccal membrane. Oculars all

exsert; genitals each with two large tubercles on inner margin, excepting the

rather conspicuous madreporite, which has only one, and that at the corner;

periproct with numerous small, round plates (mostly missing) ; one, adjoining

genital 3, is noticeably the largest of those present. Coronal plates seventeen

(51) Pulchellus=beautiful in reference to the very fine colouration.

CLARK—SEA-LILIES, SEA-STARS, LRITTLE STARS, AND SEA-URCHINS 463

or eighteen in a column, commonly with one large primary tubercle and four

or five small secondaries, of which three are on the outer half; the bare inter-

ambulaeral space is narrow, and the uppermost plates have a small tubercle

located in it. Ambulacral plates twenty-seven or twenty-eight in each column,

each with a primary tuberele near middle, and some seyen or eight very small

tubercles in two horizontal series on outer balf of plate; inner half of plate bare

and smooth in midzone, but rarely with a very small tubercle near upper marein ;

poriferous areas broad (narrow at peristome), equalling half the plates; inter-

poriferous tubercles so small as to be insignificant, Interambulacra are nearly

4:5 mim. wide in midzone; ambulacra scarcely + mm.

Hig. 1S, Microenphas pulchetliss: a, aboral view; ), side view of holotype (x2).

Margins of all test plates, except near peristome, broadly white; entire

surface of all the uppermost coronal plates white with a reddish tinge; lower-

most plates and central portion of the others (except uppermost) rich reddish-

brown; upper ends of ambilacra dull reddish-brown, merging into the greyish-

brown of the abaetinal system,

Ilolotype: Ree, No. EE. 628,

There is but a single specimen of this striking form, a bare test from

Spencer Gulf. Its colouration is so cifferent from that of any other Mirro-

cyphus | have ever seen, | do not doubt that it represents a distinet species.

But it must be admitted that large series of specimens of Microcyphus may show

that the colour differences, which with our scanty material seem so useful, are

really neither so important nor so constant as could be desired.

MICROCYPHUS ZIGZAG.

Agassiz and Desor, Ann. Sei. Nat. (3), vi, 1846, p, 358.

A little, bare fest of a Microcyphus, 10 mm. h.d. and 8-5 mm, high, seems

to be a young individual of this species. The inner half of the plates in both

ambulacral and interambulacral areas is dark yellow-brown, while the outer

half is light fleshed; the tubercles in both areas are a light, dingy cream-

colour, This specimen was taken by Dr. Vereo in 23 fathoms of water in

Backstairs Passage.

+64 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

AMBLYPNEUSTES Agassiz.

AMBLYPNEUSTES FORMOSUS.

Valenciennes, Voy. “Venus,” Zooph., 1846, pl. ii, fig, 2.

There are four small Amblypneustes, whieh must be referred to this species,

but they do not make its validity any more certain. They range in size from

7x9) non. to 16 x 15 mm, and agree in haying bright ved primary spines.

small, white periproctal plates, carrying no spinelets, and dark brown rhom-

boidal areas at the outer ends of the coronal plates. The ground colour of the

test ranges from light fawn-colour to brown. The characteristic zigzag lines

are more or less well developed on the bare interambuwlacral areas. The speci-

mens are all from Dr. Verco’s collections in Spencer and St. Vineeut Gulls,

AMBLYPNEUSTES OVUM.

Echinus ovwmn Lamarek, Anim. s. Vert., iii, 1816, p. 48.

Amblypneustes ovwn Agassiz, Mon. Ech. Anat. Eehinus, 1841, p. ix.

There are thirty-six specimens, either without locality labels or from the

Vereo collections in St. Vineent and Spencer Gulls, whieh [ am referring to the

typical form of this species, and few of them give any cause for hesitation. A

specimen 31 mm, bed. is only 25 mm, v.d., its height beine thus only -S8O of its

diameter, but the tuberculation and the general colouration and appearance

do not warrant assigning it to either of the varieties. The specimens range in

size from 11-5 x 10 wm. to 62 x 57 uim.; aside from the one just mentioned the

lowest is 87 x 3lamm,, or -84, while the highest is 40 x 47-5 mim., or 1-19.) In

nearly every specimen, whether dry or alcoholic, the test is greyish-ereen, the

spines more or less pale green or greenish-white, and the tube-feet darker than

the test. Even in the smallest specimens, spinelets (at least one or two) ean

be found on the thiek, periproctal plates. One specimen, 20 x 13 mm., is

curiously deformed, resembling Lehinastrephus in its rounded pentagonal

ambitus, which if not actually above ihe equator is nearly so; the periproct is

also unnaturally elevated.

After repeated study of all the Aumblypneusies in this collection, I am

tunable to improve on the grouping adopted in the British Museum catalogue (52),

but | do not for a moment suppose that that grouping expresses the true inter-

relationships of the various forms. Only iuch larger collections, with exaet

field-notes, can give us the light we need,

(62) BH. L. Clark, Cat. Rec, Eeh. Brit. Mus., 1925, p, 28.

CLARK—SEA-LILIES, SEA-STARS, BRITTLE STARS, AND SEA-URCHINS 465

AMBLYPNEUSTES OVUM var. GRANDIS.

Aimblypneustes grandis IL. L. Clark, Mem. M.C.Z., xxxiv, 1912, p. 329.

Amblypneustes ovwn var. grandis H. L. Clark, Cat. Ree. Heh, Brit. Mius., 1925,

p. 99.

There are iwo fine specimens from St. Vincent Gulf which certainly repre-

sent this variety, 1[n one the height (62 mm.) is -82 of the diameter (75 mm.),

but in the other, whieh measures 89 x 61 mm,, it is only -69, This specimen is

the largest Amblypneustes recorded. It has the test dark grey-brown (darkest

near abacfinal system), and the primary spines are pale red. The smaller

specimen is somewhat lighter coloured, with the primaries a very pale rec,

AMBLYPNEUSTES OVUM var. PACHISTA.

Amblypneustes pachistus HW, L, Clark, Mem. M.C.Z., xxxiv, 1912, p. 327.

Amblypneustes ovum var, puchista H. L. Clark, Cat. Ree, Eeh. Brit. Mus., 1925,

p. 99.

This is a heterogeneous lot of eighteen Ainblypneustes, vanging in size From

7x 4°59 nun, to 41 x33 mm., and in colour from the green and erey shades of

typical AL. ovwm to the brown and red shades of A. formosus. To be sure, no

specinen has the colour markings of A, formasus, nor are the spines so deep a

red, but the red is sufficiently conspicuous to make the contrast with A. ovum

striking. The only features that these specimens have in conunon are a relatively

low test, coarse tuberewlation, and spinelets ou the periproctal plates. A speci-

men 20 mm. in diameter is only 12-5 mm. high, while another 21-5 nun. lid. is

17 mm, high; this range of height from -62 to -79 h.d. is illustrative of the

heterogeneity of the variety. A specimen 8 x 5-5 mm. has the priinary spines

bright violet, and there is room for doubt as to whether it ever had spinelets

ou the periproet, but it is certainly much nearer A. pachistu in form and general

appearance than it is to any other deseribed variety. It is not unlikely that

some of the specimens here referred to wl. pachista are really young A. grandis,

but at present we know too little about growth changes and local varieties in

the genus to enable us to determine that. Hence the variety A. pachisia becomes

a dumping place for all Amblypneustes whieh have spinelets ou the periproct

and the height less than «80 hc, and a colouration unlike typical enw.

Practically all of the present lot lack locality labels, but a few are undoubtedly

from Spencer or St. Vincent Gulf.

AMBLYPNEUSTES PALLIDUS.

Echinus pallidus Lamarek, Anim. s. Vert., iii, 1816, p. 48.

Anblypneustes pallidus Valeneicnnes, Voy. ‘‘ Venus,’* Zooph., 1846, pl. ii, fig. 1.

+66 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

There are sixty-line specimens of this species, usually recognizable with

vase, but thirty-nine are very small (2:5 mm. to Gum. hid.). These little ones

were dredged by Dr. Vereo in St. Vineent aud Speneer Gulls. and are of 10

little interest beeause of their form and colour; all are relatively low (y.d.

equalling -02 to -59 hid.), which seems to indicate that the tendency to a

spherical form so noticeable in Aimblypneustes and Tolopnenstes is uot at all a

retention of a primitive condition, brit is a recently aequired specialization.

The colour of these young individuals is like that of the adults, either pale green

or purple of some shade; twety-fwo of the thirty-nine are predominantly green,

eleven are predominantly purple (violet or deep lavender), and six are iuiter-

mediate. In both adults and young the small spines are generally lavender, even

when the primaries are purple or layender, but oceasionally they are pale green;

primaries are usually unicolour, either green or purple, but oecasionally they

are green becoming violet at tip.

The adult specimens are all without locality labels, and twelve of them

are bare tests. They do not show auch diversity of form, for the lowest Is

28 x 25 mm., and the highest is 48 x 50 num.; y.d. is thus from -90 to 1-04 hid.

In several large specimens the ambitus is distinetly above the equator, giving

the test an ege-like form that is very noticeable.

HOLOPNEUSTES Agassiz & Desor,

HOLOPNEUSTES INFLATUS,

A. Agassiz, Bull. M.C.Z., iii, 1872, p. 56.

There are fourteen clry specimens of this species, of which nine are bare

tests; none of the other five is fully covered with spmes. [i size they range

from 17 x 15 mm. to 648 x Glam. In the largest specimen the ambulacra are

17 mm. wide, and the interaimbulacra are 2Z1ouom., bit iu auother individual

with aimbulacra 17 mun. wide, the interambulacra ave only 18 mm. There is

not a great deal of diversity in the form of the test, for it is notably high, even

in the small specimens, and one 32 im. in dimmeter is actually 34-5 mm. high,

with the ambitus aboye the equator, In colouration there is considerable range,

the tests being Lieht greenish-grey, or blnish-grey, or dll reddish (with

poriferous areas dull but light yellowish-green), or dull violet. The pronary

spines are usually violet of some shade, but they may be dull rose or pale red,

or even dingy white. Apparently no two of the specimens are exactly alike.

There ave no locality labels for any of the spevimenis.

HOLOPNEUSTES POROSISSIMUS.

Agassiz & Desor, Aun. Sel. Nat. (3), vi, 1846, p. 36-4.

Only four of the sixteen dry specimens representing this species have a

CLARK—SEA-LILIES, SEA-STARS, BRITTLE STARS, AND SEA-URCHINS 467

locality label, and that reads ‘'St. Vincent Gulf’? These four are the smallest

ones; three are still clothed with thei brilliant red spines; the fourth and

smallest is nearly bare, and measnres 27 x 27 mm., but it is not spherical, for

the oval surface is flattened and the ambitus is above the equator; in these

specimens the test is dull erey-ereen, the small spines and the basal part of a

few primaries ereen, and the cried tube-feet white im marked coutrast.

OF the other specimens five are still more or less clothed with spines; the

fests are dark ervey, more or less stronely tinged with green; the small spines

are ercen, greenish, or pale ervey sometimes tipped with red; the primarics are

more or less bright red, with the basal part often more or less green; as a rule

the spines of the oral surface are most nearly completely red. One of these

specimens is 75 mm. hd., but only 56 mm. y.d.; it is thus unusually low, with

val. only -74 ld. A second specimen, 75 mm. Iud., is 66 mm, high, while a

specimen 69-5 im. ld. is 68 mm. high. One speeimen is markedly conical,

while several are nearly spherical. The bare tests call for little comment but

7 x 70 mm. The excess of width of the ambulaera over the inter-

ambulaera inereases with age; in the small specimens we find the proportions,

one is 7

mubulaera 8-5 mm., interambulaera & mom., and amb. 11-5 mm, int. 10 mim.; in

lareer specimens, with anih. 21 wm, across, inf. is 15 or 16 mim.; in the largest

speeimens ainb, is 27 ww. to 28 nan, and int, is 20 mm,

Pawiny KCHINIDAF.

TRIPNEUSTES Agassiz.

TRIPNEUSTES GRATILLA,

Eehinus grotifia Linné, Sys. Nat., ed. X, 1758, p. 664.

Tiipneustes gratilla Loven, Bih, Svensk, Vet-Akad. TTandl., xiii, 1888, p. 77.

A single, bare test, 120 x 658 mm., labelled ‘Hast Australia,’’ is the only

representative of this species in the collection,

Kaminy STRONGYLOCENTROTIDAE.

PACHYCENTROTUS H. L. Clark.

PACHYCENTROTUS AUSTRALIAE.

Sphaerechinus itusivahiae A. Agassiz, Bull. M.C.Z., iti, 1872, p. 55.

Pachyeentrotus mustratiae WW. Ta, Clark, Mem. M.C.Z., xxxiv, 1912, p. 349.

A very nice series of this little-known sea-urchin contains eighteen speci-

mens, ranging from 11x 6 mm. to 38 x 24 mm.; there are five bare tests, but

the remaining thirteen specimens are in fine condition. The largest individual

468 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MuSEUM

is from the north Coast of Kangaroo Island, the others are all from either St,

Vineent or Spencer Gulf. In the smallest specimen ocular 1 is fully insert,

but oeular VY is barely so. In all the others both | and V are fully insert, and

in two eases (individuals 88 mm, and 35 mm. in diameter) ocular IL is also

insert. It seems probable that having 1, V, J] insert is the normal progressive

variation for Puchycentrotus, but it is not frequent enough to make it the speeies

character for australiae.

In the matter of colouration there is a most interesting parallelism between

the sea-urehin and the quite unrelated Amblypneustes pallidus, for just as in

that species, some individuals are wholly green, others are wholly purple or

violet, and others are partly green and partly violet. At one extreme in P,

dustraliae we have speciinens with the test grey above, becoming whitish orally,

more or less markedly shaded with violet, primary spines bright violet, darkest

at base, white-tipped, with one or more narrow vings of a darker violet faintly

indicated or sometimes well marked, and small spines wholly white or white

with a violet base; there is no ereen indicated anywhere. At the other extreme

are specimens with the test grevish green, primary spines dull green, darkest at

base, white-tipped, with one or more narrow rines of a dusky green faintly

indicated or sometimes well marked, and small spines whitish, more or less ereen

at base, and usually tinged with greenish; the only traces of violet are on the

basal part of some small spines near the mouth. In both violet and green

specimens the tubercles and the plates on the buccal membrane are white. Most

specimens are intermediate between these two extremes; often the primary

spines are more or less violet, with the basal part dull green, the tip white, and

the eneireling rings dark violet, dusky, or greenish; violet tends to be more

in evidence orally and green aborally. In some specimens the predominating

tone is brown, with a more or less evident greenish tinge, and some small indi-

viduals look quite brown and white; such specimens, however, when critieally

examined show traces of either violet or green, ar both.

This is one of the most distinctive sea-urchins endemic on the southern

coast of Australia, and if is a pleasure to note that it is apparently rather

common in St. Vincent Gulf.

HELIOCIDARIS Agassiz & Desor.

HELIOCIDARIS ERYTHROGRAMMA.

Fehinus cruthrogranmmis Vilencicnnes, Voy. ‘*Vennus,’’ Zooph., 1846, pl. vii,

fie. 1,

Helioridaris erythrogramma Agassiz & Desov, Amu Sei. Nat., (3) vi, 1846,

p. 371.

CLARK—SEA-LILIES, SEA-STARS, BRITTLE STARS, AND SEA-URCHINS 469

This common species is represented by forty-three specimens, of which

thirty-five are bare tests. he smallest are 2-75 mm. to 3 mm. in diameter, with

seven coronal plates in a series, and the diameter of the peristome is considerably

over half the test diameter. The largest is almost twenty-nine times as large

(h.d. = 79 mm.), but it has only seventeen or eighteen coronal plates in a series,

and the diameter of the peristome is only 24 mm., less than one-third h.d. Some

smaller specimens have twenty coronal plates in a column, and the peristome

but little more than one-fourth h.d. As for colour, we find the tendency to be

either violet or green that Pachycentrotus and Amblypneustes pallidus show,

but most specimens that are predominantly green have the basal portion of the

spines more or less extensively violet or at least livid with a hint of purple.

One specimen, 67 mm. in diameter, is labelled H. armigera, and is certainly

suggestive of that form; the primaries are only 20 mm. to 25 mm. long, but as

they are less than 2 mm. in diameter they are not stout enough for H. armigera,

which, however, is probably not a valid species, but only an extreme form of

H. erythrogramma.

While many of the specimens are without labels, the following localities

are represented in the present series: Wallaroo Bay, 15 fathoms; Investigator

Strait, 14 fathoms; St. Vincent Gulf; ‘‘south-east coast of Australia’’; ‘‘Outer

Harbour,’’ St. Vineent Gulf.

Famiry ECHINOMETRIDAE.

PARASALENIA A. Agassiz.

PARASALENIA POHLII

Pfeffer, Verhandl. Ver. Naturw. Unterh. Hamburg, vi, 1887, p. 110.

With the specimen of Hchinometra mathaei, from Cairns, Queensland, there

was a test of a Parasalenia, which is better referred to this species than to P.

gratiosa, for there are no tubercles on the abactinal system, and the spines left

around the peristome are pale violet with faint dusky bands. But genital three

is not shut out from the periproct, and there is no red in the colouration. The

abactinal system is greenish, but each genital plate is purple at the centre. .The

test is 16 mm. long, 13 mm. wide, and 7 mm. high. The colour of the test is

nearly white, with some green next to the genital plates; the larger tubercles

are pale lavender. There are five subequal anal plates, each one opposite an

ocular. It is not altogether unlikely that this peculiar Parasalenia represents

an undeseribed species.

470 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

ECHINOMETRA Gray.

ECHINOMETRA MATHAKEI.

Eehinus mathaet de Blainville, Diet. Sei. Nat., xxxvil, 1825, p. 94,

Hehinometra mathaei de Blainyille, Diet. Sei. Nat., Ix, 1830, p. 206.

There is a single small specimen of this common sea-urchin from Cairns,

Queensland, The primary spines are pale olive at base, becoming darker dis-

tally and then abruptly white-tipped. The species belongs, as does Parasalenia,

in the North Australian fanna.

HETEROCENTROTUS Brandt.

HETEROCENTROTUS MAMMILLATUS,

Echinus mammillalus Linné, Sys. Nat., ed. X, 1758, p. 667,

Heterocentrolus mammillatus Brandt, Prod. dese. Anim., 1835, p. 266.

There is a single small but handsome specimen from north-east Australia.

The primary spines are short aud very stout, with two broad but ill-defined

white bands near tip; the ground colour is light grey-brown or fawn-colour,

becoming dark brown distally, though the actual tip is brownish-yellow; a

typical spine ix 60 mm, long, 6 mm. thick at base, and 12 mm. near tip; orally

the primaries are flattened and broadly tipped with orange-red or brownish-

orange: secondaries deep chocolate-brown.

Orver EXOCYCLOIDA

Sus-Orper CLYPEASTRINA

Famity ARACHNOIDIDAE.

ARACHNOIDES Leske.

ARACHNOIDES PLACENTA.

Echinus placenta Linné, Sys. Nat., ed. X, 1758, p. G66.

Arvachnoides placenta Agassiz, Mon, Heh. Mon, Seut., 1841, p. 94.

There are five specimens of this well-known ‘‘sand-dollar,’’ of which one,

34 x 34 mm., and water-worn, is from an unknown locality, while four are from

Townsville, Queensland, ‘‘ presented by Clement lL. Wragge, August 5, 1886.’’

These are all small specimens. 35 mm. to 48 mm, across; the largest is bare and

broken.

CLARK—SEA-LILIES, SEA-STARS, BRITTLE STARS, AND SEA URCHINS $471

AMMOTROPHUS ("") gen. nov,

est diseoidal, its height less than -15 of its diameter. Ambulaera wider

than interambulacra at margin of test. Petals short, wide; poriferous areas

divervent, the outer margin rounded, so that they appear curved inward at tip.

Genital pores four, Periproct rather large, on oral surface, some distanee from

margin. Peristomal membrane heavily plated. Anricles entirely distinet, mneh

more widely separated than in Arachnoides, Pedicellariae with three valves,

Genotype: Ammotrophus cyclius sp. nov. (vide infra).

There is no doubt that this is the most interesting new genus of Hehino-

derms that has been discovered for some time, since it is not only so well

characterized, but is obviously a member of a family which has always con-

sisted of but a single genus. The character of the auricles, the plated hiteeal

membrane, the four genital pores, the form of the test, and the character of the

ambulacra leave no room for questioning the relationship to Arachnoides, while

the form and position of the periproct, the pedicellariae, and certain details of

the petaloid area serve to separate if well from that genus. Tt is noteworthy

that the new genus is South Australian, while Araehnoides oceurs from New

Zealand and the north-eastern coast of Anstralia northward to the Malay

Peninsula.

AMMOTROPHUS CYCLIUS ("*) sp. nov.

Test 54 mm. long, 54 mm. wide, and 7-5 mm. high, but the outline is not

perfeetly eirenlar, for there is a slight indentation at the margin in each

ambulaerum, and also in the posterior interradius; if measured throngh T1-4

or TV-1, the diameter is only 53 mm. Petals approximately 15 mm. long by

8-5 mm. wide near the widely open tip; IT and TV are a trifle longer than T and

V, and TIT is, by an insignifieant margin, the largest of all; there are about forly

pore-pairs on a side in TIT Abactinal system small, with the four genital pores

close together. Ambulacral furrows conspienons and very straight. Peristome

irregularly cirenlar, less than 8 mm. in diameter. the membrane filled with

narrow, thick, curved plates: centre of peristome is 27 mm, from anterior

margin of test. Periproct, 3-25 mm, long, 2:5 mm. wide, its membrane heavily

plated, ifs centre 7 mm. from posterior margin of test.

Test covered with a dense coat of small spines, like those of Arachnordes,

bit not nearly so diversified ; those of the dorsal side are relatively short ( about

1 millimetre long), with the distal end swollen, slightly curved, and more or less

(M1) dupdrpopos=growing in sand, in refercnee to the habit indicated by the very flat teat.

(M41) «txdtosrireular, in reference to the ambital outline,

472 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

asymmetrical, one side being often flattened to some degree; on the oral side

the spines are longer, especially about peristome and periproct, not swollen at

tip, but generally blunt, though near test-margin they may be pointed; they

are usually curved, but may be perfectly straight; there is no essential difference

hetween those of different areas, except in size, the largest being near the margin

in the interambulaera, the smallest alone the sides of the ambulacral furrows;

the latter do not in any seuse ‘‘roof over’’ the furrows.

Bie, 140, Ammolrophus eyelias; a, aboral yiew; b, oral view of paratype (nat. size).

Pedicellariae so small, so few, and so hard to find that they can be of little

service as a species character, but they are of great interest because so entirely

different from those of Arachnoides. After prolonged search, T found six, of

which one may be ealled triphyllous and the others tridentate; but the tridentate

are of two quite distinct sorts. AIL the pediecllariae seen liad three valves,

The triphyllons had valves searcely -10 mm. long, with blades nearly straight,

narrow, with nearly parallel sides, ending in a conspicuous sharp, inwardly

curved, unpaired tooth. The tridentate have the heads about as lone as the

stalks, but only about -20 mm. in leneth; the largest was about -25 mm,; in one

form the head is stout, lone pyramidal, blunt, with valves somewhat flattened

on the back, espeeially basally, and closely appressed to each other, along the

finely serrate margins throughout their entire length; in the other form the

heads are also stout and about -20 mm. in length, but the yalyes are somewhat.

curved, and meet only for about the distal third; they thus resemble somewhat

the tridentate pedicellariae of some Clypeasters; both kinds of tridentates in

Ammotrophus thus seem to be of a relatively generalized type.

CLARK—SEA-LILIES, SEA-STARS, BRITTLE STARS, AND SEA-URCHINS 473

Colour of all (he specimens, whether dry or alcoholic, is a rather bright

vellow-browu, sometimes with a more or less evident reddish tinge.

Holotype: Reg. No. E. 644.

There are eighty-four specimens of this interesting sand-dollar, some of

whieh had been identified as" Helimarachwius parm? and some as ‘* Peranella

decagonilis’; (here is an obvious vesemblance to HLehinarachnius, and it is

possible that the records of that genus from Australia ave based upon specimens

of Amuoatrophus. Most of the specimens before me are from Encounter Bay,

but a considerable number were dredged by Dr. Verco in St. Vineent anid

Spencer Gulfs. There is remarkable uniformity in the shape and proportions

of the test; the smallest is 15 x 15 mm., with a height of less than 2 mm., while

the largest is 69 x 59x85 imm. The indentations in the margin in the posterior

inforradius and in the ambnilaera are about equally evident in youne and old,

bid the smallest specimens have the periproet relatively nearer the margin than

do the adults. Genital pores are not usually present until the individuals are

tearly SO nin. in diameter. The alimentary canal rons forward i ambalaerin

ILt for a short distanee (abont to the end of the petal), then passes to the left

ito interambulaerum three, and vuns around the body, in the vicinity of the

petal tips on the left-hand side, bat distal to them on the right-hand side, to

the meht-hand margin of TL, where it bends abruptly inward, anc then vins

backward under the petal tips in IL and | to V, where it bends outward, and

passing over the outer loop joins the periproct. [ts course is easily traced,

through the test, in youne, aleoholic specimens,

Examination of a perfeetly clean bare test shows that the ambyilaeral

furrows of the oral surface extend up over the margin, and run abnost to the

upieal system, diminishing rapidly after they enter the petals, just as in “lpach-

nodes, but quite different from any of the Neutellidae. The ambulaera at test-

Margin are about twice as wide as the interambulaera; ambulacra I and V ave

23 mm, wide, ina test 0 mm, in diameter, {he others 19 mm. ta 20 mm.; inter-

ambulacra 1 and 4 are 9 min. wide, the others 10 mm. to 11 mm, The primor-

dial inferambulaeral plates are all in place around the peristome, as in Ayaeh-

nodes, Dut just as in that genus the second series of ambulacral plates form a

vlosed| ting, separating the other interambulaeral plates from the basicoronal

series. The succeeding ambulaeral plates ave much smaller and widely separ-

ated interradially, so that there are three pairs of interambulaeral plates in

each interambulacrum on the oral side of the test; oecasionally there are only

two pairs in addition to the marginal plates, but much more commonly so much

of the marvinal plates is visible orally that we might say there are four pairs

of oral interambilaeral plates. This condition is interesting. because in Ardell.

notes placenta there is only one sueh pair, and in cl, zelandiae there are two

474 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

(sometimes three), so that Ammotraphus is apparently less specialized than

Arachnoides. At the other end of the interambulacrum, where it touches the

apical system, the plates are very small and more or less coalesced, so that it is

almost impossible fo make out the sutures, but in young specimens they are

detectable, and it is certain there is not a single adapical plate, as in the

Laganidae,

Examination of the interior of the test shows that the oral and aboral

surfaces are quite separate to the very margin, but the onter third of the

interior space is well filled by concentric circles of caleareous pillars, which may

coalesce more or less laterally. In each ambulaerum, just at the enc of the

petals, are two stonter sets of such pillars, also more or less coalesced, aud in

the interradii (on the large ambulacral plates of the second series) are. still

larger pillars, the innermost of which are just back of the auricles. The ambu-

lacral plates of the hasicoronal series, on whieh the auricles stand, may or may

not be in contact to some extent at the peristomal margin of the interior of the

fest; in other words, the primordial interambnlaeral plates, which are fairly

wide on the outer surface of the test, have bevelled lateral margins, and their

inner surface may be so redueed proximally that they no longer separate the

ambulacral plates there.

AMMOTROPHUS PLATYTERUS (*") sp. nov.

Test 27 mm. long, 29-5 mm. wide, and 3-5 mm. high. Petals about 6 mm.

long, nearly 4 mm. wide, with about thirty pore-pairs on each side; If is slightly

the largest, Tl and 1V the narrowest. Abaectinal system very small, with four

genital pores, the posterior pair much further apart than the anterior. Ambu-

lacral furrows very well marked, except in [T1, where it is rather indistinet: the

fnrrows run up on to the aboral side, as in A. eyelius; furrows TT and TV are

nearly straight, with only a slight eurve near peristome, but furrows T and V

are much curved: they run ont from the peristome at nearly a right angle to

the median line, and then bend downwards to the margin. Peristome posterior,

2-6 mm. long, 2 mnt. wide; its centre is only 12 mm. from posterior margin of

test. Periproct rounded diamond-shape, about as long as wide. 1-75 mm. in

diameter; its centre is 3-5 mm. from posterior margin of test. In arrangement

of plates in fest and proportions of ambulacra und interambulaera, not essen-

tially different from A. cyclins. Test perfectly bare, white.

Holotype: Ree. No, KB. 645,

There is but a single specimen of this species from St. Vineent Gulf. Tt

is superficially qnite different from A. cyclins, and probably represents a distinet

(49) rAurirepos—broader, in reference te the shape of the test as compared with 4. eyclias.

CLARK—SEA-LILIES, SEA-STARS, BRITTLE STARS, AND SEA-URCHINS 475

Species, but it is possible that it is only a ‘freak’? A. cyclins. It is even possible

that with larger series of A, cyclius available greater diversity in test-form will

be discovered, and this specimen will prove to be only an unusually wide indi-

vidnal of the common species. [1 seems better to treat it as a distinct species

until more abundant material determines its true status.

Fig, 141, Amimotrophus pletyterus; a, aboral view; b, oral view of holotype (* 2).

Famiry LAGANIDAE.

PERONELLA Gray.

PERONELLA LESUEURI,

Laganwwn lesveuwt Agassiz, Mon. Beh.: Mon. Seut., 1841, p. 116.

Peronella lesueurt A, Agassiz, Rey, Ech., pt. 1, 1872, p. 148.

There is only a single, bare test, 112 1mm. lone by 110 mm, wide, from an

unknown locality.

PERONELLA PERONII.

Lagann peranit Agassiz, Mon. Ech.: Mon. Sent., 1641, p. 125.

Laganwn (Peronella) perowi Gray, Cat. Ree. Eeh. Brit. Mus., 1855, p. 1s.

Peronclla peroniit A, Agassiz, Rev, Beh, pt. 1, 1872, p. 149.

Although there are 132 specimens of this charaeteristically Australian

species in the colleetion, not a quarter of them haye their normal coat of spines

and more than two-thirds are dead, bare tests, often damaged. Specimens,

living when taken, are from Dr. Verco's collections in Spencer and St, Vincent

Gulfs, but there are dead tests from the following localities, most of which were

476 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

dredged by Dr. Verco: Off Beachport, 110-200 fathoms: Kangaroo Island, off

Cape Borda, 62 fathoms; K.L., off Point Marsden, 17 fathoms; K.L., off American

River, 8 fathoms; off Yankalilla Bay, 20 fathoms; 35 miles south-west of Neptune

Island, Investigator Strait, 104 fathoms; Backstairs Passage, 20-22 fathoms;

off Cape Jaffa, 90 fathoms; 60 miles west of Eucla, Great Aust ‘alian Bight.

The specimens range in size from less than 2 mm, in length to something

over 22 nn, Genital pores are evident in some specimens 12 mm. long, but there

is great individual diversity in this matter; in one specimen 6 mun. long the four

venital pores are conspicuous while in another almost 12 mm, long there are none

visible. Madreporie pores usually begin to appear when the test is 5-6 mm.

long, but they are never very miumerous or conspicuous, and the oculo-genital

mass (the apical system) is more completely obscured than in any other echinoid

[ have examined.

Faminy FIBULARILDAE,

ECHINOCYAMUS Leske.

ECHINOCYAMUS PLATYTATUS.

HW, L. Clark, Mem. M.C.Z., xlvi, 1914, p. 63.

Although there are 168 specimens of this species at hand, not one was alive

wheu taken so far as can be told from present appearances; only four show any

spines at all and in these, the indieations are that the tests were dead ancl the

spines were falling off when they were dredged. The largest specimen is fo x8

mun,, while the smallest are about 2mm. long. There is great variation in form,

some individuals being as wide as long and practically circular in outline while

others are only three-fourths as wide as long, and the anterior end is narrower

and bluntly pointed. The height ranges from abont +25 of length to over -82,

but usually it is well under +30. There is great diversity also mm the matter of the

genital pores, which may be very large or moderate or sinall; there is no correla-

tion between the size of the test and the size of the pores; some very small

specimens have big pores and some of the largest specimens have small pores;

there is probably a sex correlation but that is at present a pure assumption,

There are normally four pores but if is not uncommon to find but three anid one

individual, uearly 6 mm, long, has but two, one in interradius 1 and one in hy

they are relatively very large.

This large series of specimens is from the following localities : Of Cape

Jaffa, 130 fathoms; off Beachport, 110-200 fathoms; Backstairs Passage, 17-22

fathoms: off St. Franeis Island, 1520 fathoms; St. Vincent Gulf; King George's

Sound, 12-25 fathoms; beach at Hopetown, West Australia. Practically all the

specimens were collected by Dr. Vereo.

CLARK—SEA-LILIEs, SEA-STARS, BRITTLE STARS, AND SEA-URCHINS 477

FIBULARIA Lamarck,

FIBULARIA CRANIOLARIS.

Hehinocyumus craniolaris Leske, Add. ad Klein, 1778, p. 150.

Pibwlaria craniolaris de Blainville, Diet. Sei, Nat. xvi, 1820, p. 512.

There ‘ave 305 fibularias, which 1 am ineluding under this name but their

diversity of form is very great, as is also the diversity of size. They were taken

at the following places, chiefly by Dr. Vereo: Yankalilla Bay, 20 fathoms;

Liuvestigator Strait, 20 fathoms; Backstairs Passage, 17-22 fathoms; off Point

Marsden, Kangaroo Island; off Cape Marsden, 17 fathoms; St. Vincent Gulf;

east of North Neptune, 45 fathoms; Spencer and St. Vineent Gults; King

George’s Sound, 12-25 fathoms. Ouly nine or ten still carry their spines.

The smallest are about 2-5 mm. long and less than 2 mm. wide, only

moderately well-arched, and with bluntly pointed ends, especially antertorly.

Larger specimens Show an increasing variety of form and the large ones are

often strikingly unlike; thus one specimen is 9 mm. long, aliwost 8 mm, wide and

7mm. high, while another is 11-9 mm, long, almost 8 ain. wide and 6-5 min, high.

some individuals ave somewhat fattened dorsally while others tend to be con-

spicuously elevated in ambulacrum ILL in front of the apical system. In spite of

this diversity of shape there is such complete agreement im the small periproet

placed close behind the peristome, the small genital pores and the large ambu-

lavral pores, forming short petals with few pore-pairs, that I do not hesitate to

eall all of the specimens 2. craniolaris.

FIBULARIA PLATEIA ("") sp. nov,

Test G25 mm. long, 4-8 mm, wide and 2-35 mm. high, somewhat higher

auteriorly than posteriorly, Petaloid area about 3-25 mim. long by 2.5 mm, wide;

pores of petals big, as large as genital pores, two very oblique pairs on each side

of each petal but in petal TV, the two pairs in the anterior area each lacks one

pore so there are but six pores in petal; in petal IL one of posterior pairs

lacks a pore so there are but seven pores in petal; there are thus thirty-seven

pores in the whole petaloid area instead of the forty that there should be,

Genital pores four, large. Ocular pores not detectable, Madreporic pore single.

Peristome 1:25 mm. in diameter, its centre 3 mm, from posterior margin of test.

Periproet -80 nim, in diameter, its centre 1-25 mm. from posterior margin of test ;

the piece of test between peristome and periproct is thus only a trifle ever half

a millimeter wide. Test perfeetly bare, whitish,

Ilolotype: Reg. No, K. 630.

(a6) wAareia flat, in reference tu the low Behinoeyamus—ke test.

478 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

The holotype is the only adult individual among the 159 specimens of

Fibularia that I am referring to this species. The others range from less than

two to a little over four mm. in length, There is not much diversity in the shape

of the test which is always flattened but there is much diversity in the number of

pores in the petaloid area, ranging from thirty-one to thirty-nine in the larger

specimens and being much fewer than thirty in the small ones. The genital pores

are often much larger than the ambulacral pores. There is no trace of dividing

Mig, 142. Fibuleria plateia; a, aboral view; b, oral yiew; e, side view of holotype (x 4).

partitions im the interior of the test, the species being a true Fibularia in spite of

its flattened test. It is nearest, perhaps, to the Hast Indian species #. eribellwn

but the differences in the form of the test and in the petaloid areas seen fo nie

too great to permit considering them identical. But | have never seen FP.

cribellum and it may be comparison of specimens will show that 1 am wrong in

making a new species of the South Australian form. Nearly all of this large

series of J”, plateia we owe to Dr. Verco, They were taken at the following places

and it will be noticed that this Mibularia ovcurs, apparently, with F. craniolaris

and Echinocyamus plalyfaulus: Of Beachport, 40-110 fathoms; DBackstairs

Passage, 17-22 fathoms; seven miles south-west of Newland Mead, outside Back-

stairs Passage, 20 fathoms; Wallaroo Bay, 15 fathoms; St. Vineent Gulf; off St.

Francis Island, 15-20 fathoms; off Cape Borda, 55 fathoms; off Cape Jaffa, 130

fathoms ; east of North Neptune Island, 45 fathoms; off Bunbury, West Australia,

22 fathoms, All the specimens are bare, dead tests,

Sus-Orper NUCLEOLITINA

Famitry NUCLEOLITIDAE.

APATOPYGUS Hawkins.

APATOPYGUS RECENS,

Nucleoliles recens Milne-Edwards, Cuvier’s Ree. Anim.; Zoophytes. 1836, pl.

xiv, fig. 3.

Apatopyyus recens Tawkins, Geol. Mag., lvii, 1920, p. 396.

CLARK—SEA-LILIES, SEA-STARS, BRITTLE STARS, AND SEA-URCHINS 479

One of the most interesting specimens in the collection is a young

Apatopygus taken by Dr. Vereo in 22 fathoms off Bunbury, West Australia.

The specimen is 10 num. lone, 8 mm. wide and 4 mm. high, aud is covered with a

complete coat of spines and pedicellariae, showing that it was living when taken.

The genus is known at present only from New Zealand, though it has been

recorded also from Madayasear, This specimen which is undoubtedly from West

Australia makes the Madagascar record more eredible. I have no specimen from

New Zealand small enough to make a satisfactory comparison with the present

spechnen possible but fortunately Mortensen (°7) has given so full aud clear an

account of the New Zealand species (cl. recens) that it is not diffienlt to sce

wherein the West Australian resembles or differs from it. The resemblances are

mauy, the differences few and trivial. The only difference that is worth men-

tioning is in the pedicellariae which are fairly abundant and in generul

correspond to Mortensen’s description and figures. There are about fifty globi-

ferous pedicellariae present chiefly along the sides of the test and as the glandular

tissue on the heads of these has dried black (or nearly so), each pedicellaria

appears as a blaek spot among the pale yellowish spines. The valves of these

pedicellariae ave not exactly like those of the New Zealand form, as the blade is

a little longer, more constricted and has but four terminal teeth. The tridentate

pedicellariae also show some slight differences due to the greater thiekness of the

basal part: the valves seem to be distinetly wider basally. Although these differ-

ences seem trivial, they at least suggest the possibility that the West Australian

Apatupygus is not identieal with the New Zealand species but represents a new

species. In yiew however of the scantiness and youthfulness of the material, it is

best to call it A. recens until abundant material shall solve the problem.

Sus-Orper SPATANGINA

FPaminy HEMIASTERIDAE.

PROTENASTER Pomel.

PROTENASTER AUSTRALIS.

Desoria australis Gray, Aun, Mag. Nat. Hist. (2), vii, 1851, p. 132.

Prolenaster australis Pomel, Class. Meth, Beh., 1883, p, 36.

A small, bare test, 21 mm. long, 18 mm. wide, and 13 mon. high, of this

species is of interest because of its locality. It bears the label: ‘‘Colleeted ou

beach at Ellensbrook, w. coast of W. Australia, south of Cape Naturaliste, Dr,

Verco.”’

(57) Mortensen, Vid. Med., Ixxiti, 1921, pp. 184-192, pl. viii.

+80 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Faminy SPATANGIDAE.

GONIMARETIA H., L. Clark.

GONIMARETIA INTERRUPTA.

Lonchophorus interruptus Studer, Monatsh. Berlin Acad. Wiss., 1880, p. SSO,

Gontmarclio inlerrupta HL di. Clark, Mem. M.C.Z., xlvi, 1917, p, 20.

A specimen of this rare species is in the collection, but has no loeality label.

The only specimen previously known is the unique holotype in Berlin, whieh

was taken in ‘'30 fathoms, West Australia.’? Presumably, therefore, the present

specimen is from the western coast of the contment, Ut is 26 mm. long, 22 1m.

wide, and 12 mm. high; the abactinal system is only 11 mm. from the anterior

cud, and the test is highest there. In side view, therefore, the form of the test

looks very different from that of G. fylofa, the most nearly allied species of

(Gonimaretia. The specimen is an interesting non-pentamerous yariant, ws there

is no petal in ambulacrum 1; ocular I seems to be absent, and ambulacrum I

ends just above the ambitus in the zone where the petal, if present. would begin.

Interambulacra 1 and 5 are both present, clear to the apieal disk, but columa 2

of avea 5 just fails to reach the disk. Petals Ll, 1V, and V are each about

Samm. long. The specimen is peutamerous ventrally. It belongs in Jaelkson’s

Group 16, and is discussed by that author in his recent memoir ("S).

The pedicellariae of this species have never been deseribed, so it is of interest

(oO compare them with those of G. fylofa. Globifterous pedicellariae are cominon

on the ambulaera orally, as in G. ¢ylola, but they are conspicuously different,

for the valves are much shorter and less slender, and the tips are not coloured ;

in the present specimen the valves are nearly or quite closed, not spread wide

open, as in the specimen of (. fyfola examined, but this is, of eorrse, a matter

of preservation, or at least of physiological condition. 'Tridentate pedicellariac

are all of the narrow-valved type of @. tyleta; none resembling a rostrate type

were seen; the valves are shorter and broader than in @. fy/ofu, but are not very

distinctive. Ophicephalous pedicellariae of normal form are present, but seem

tu be rare; uo triphyllous pedicellariae were seen.

In only one respect does this specimen difter essentially froin Stucer’s

original description and figures, aud that is in the presenee of primary spines

on the aboral surface. Studer’s specimen seemed to have none, bit in the present

individual there are four in interambulacrum 2, near the apical system, close

to the boundary of ambulaerim If, and two, or perhaps three, in the same

relative position in interambulacrum 3. These primaries are not so large as in

G. tylota, and their position is entively different from those of that species.

(98) Mem. Boston Sov, Nat. Hist., viii, 1927, p. 536.

CLARK—SEA-LILIES, SEA-STARS, BRITTLE STARS, AND SEA-UURCHINS 48]

There can be no doubt that the species is a typical Gonimerelia, and it is a

vreat pity that we have no information as to when and where the present

specimen was taken.

BREYNIA Agassiz & Desor,

BREYNIA AUSTRALASIAE.

Spulaniis custralasive Leach, Zool, Mise., 1, 1815, p. 68.

Breynia vustralasive Gray, Cat. Ree. Beh. Brit. Mus., 1855, p. 46.

There are seven bare tests of this common Australian spatangoid, of which

four are from Port Essington, Northern Territory, and the others are without

labels, The smallest specimen is 45 mm. long, 39 mm, wide, and 28 mun. high;

the largest is 75 x 62 x 38 mm,

ECHINOCARDIUM Gray.

ECHINOCARDIUM CORDATUM.

Behinus cordalus Pennant, Brit. Zool, iv, 1777, p. 69.

Behinocurcdiun cordatus Gray, Brit. Rad., 1548, p. 6.

There are eighty-cight specimens of this cosmopolitan species, but the great

inajorily are small and of little interest. Those which have locality labels were

volleeted at the following places: Off American River, Kangaroo Island; Port

Willunga, S.A., A. Zietz coll.; Warooka, Yorke Peninsula; off Yankalilla Bay,

20 fathoms; St. Francis Island, 15-20 fathoms; St. Vineent and Spencer Gulls,

Verco collection. The specimen from Warooka is a bare test, 53 mim. lone,

45 wom. wide, and 33 mm. hieh, while that from American River, whieh. is cont

pletely bleached and considerably broken, is 57 x 52 x 37 mm, ‘These two

specimeus are considerably larger than any non-European indiyiduals of this

species that have been recorded. On comparing them with European specimens

of similar size | was at once struck by three differences, and for a time [ thought

| had found tangible characters by which to distinguish 2. aus/rale as a species

distinet from #. cordehon. The three points were first the size and width of

the area comprised within the internal fasciole; second, the number of pove-pairs

enclosed within the subanal fasciole; and third, the form of the periproel, The

South Australian specimens have the area within the internal fasciole relatively

small and narrow; the specimens with which L first compared them have it large

and notably broad. The Australian specimens have four pore-pairs on each side

of the subanal plastron, the Kuropean specimens ouly three. The Australian

specimens have the periproct as wide as high, the European specimens have it

much higher than wide. But further comparison of specimens convineed me

that individual diversity is so great in the form and size of both internal

482 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

fasciole and periproct that those characters cannot be relied on. There is also

intergradation in the number of subanal tube-feet, but here the difference

between the northern and southern forms is worth noting. Many, perhaps most,

Australian specimens over 25 mm. long, have four such tube-feet, and in one

specimen there are five on each side. In European specimens I have only found

one which had four, and occasionally there are only two, as in young specimens

from everywhere. Japanese specimens have only three, so far as my observa-

tions go. Of five New Zealand specimens two have two, two have three, and

one has four, Evidently we cannot distinguish a species on so yariable a

vharacter, but | have not sufficient material to enable me to decide whether we

might not wisely recognize a southern variety or subspecies. However, it looks

as though the Australian form was as different from that found in New Zealand

waters as it is from the Huropean species.

A NEW AND VERY LARGE CRIOCERATID AMMONOID

FROM THE CRETACEOUS OF CENTRAL AUSTRALIA

BY PROFESSOR WALTER HOWCHIN AND DR. F. W. WHITEHOUSE

Summary

The South Australian Museum is indebted to Mounted Constable T. Jury, at one time stationed at

Oodnadatta, for a very fine example of an ammonoid shell which he discovered in the Cretaceous

argillaceous limestone of the interior of the continent. The specimen was found in the banks of the

Arkeringa Creek, forty-eight miles south-westward of Oodnadatta, and situated on the north-eastern

flanks of Stuart’s Range, between Giddi-Giddinna Creek and Oolgelima Creek (Pastoral Plan, Sheet

No. 14). See map in text (fig. 143).

A NEW anvd VERY LARGE CRIOCERATID AMMONOID

FROM THE CRETACEOUS or CENTRAL AUSTRALIA

By PROFESSOR WALTER HOWCHIN anv DR. F. W. WHITEHOUSE

Text figs. 149-145.

Tar South Australian Museum is indebted to Mounted Constable T. Jury, at one

time stationed at Oodnadatta, for a very fine example of an arnmonoid shell which

he discovered in the Cretaceous argillaceous limestone of the interior of the

continent. The specimen was found in the banks of the Arkeringa Creek, forty-

eight miles south-westward of Oodnadatta, and situated on the north-eastern

flanks of Stuart’s Range, between Giddi-Giddinna Creek and Oolgclina Creek

(Pastoral Plan, Sheet No, 14). See map in text (fie. 143),

In the first instance Mr, Jury forwarded to Adelaide only a portion of the

shell that had fallen free from the matrix. The specimen was of such evident

scientific interest that under the courteous permission of the Commissioner of

Police (Brigadier-General Leane), Mr. Jury was requested to obtain, if possible.

the remainder of the fossil. This work was varefully executed, and with the

exception of the primordial whorls, whieh were broken off prior to its entomb-

ment, the specimen is in perfect condition, and is the largest example, and one

of the most complete, of its kind known.

REFERENCES TO TITE LITERATURE OF THE AUSTRALIAN

CRIOCERATIDS.

In 1867 Professor MeCoy obtained a specimen from the head of the Flinders

River, Queensland, which he named Ancyloceras flindersi (4). This very

imperfectly known species is of enormous size, MeCoy did not figtre the holo-

type, the necessary figure being given in 1909 by Etheridge (18, pl. 39, fie. 1).

Crioceras australe was founded by Moore in 1869 (5, p. 257) on a specimen

from Wallumbilla Creek, Queensland. The type specimen, which was very

incomplete, was destroyed in the Sydney Garden Palace fire of September 22,

1882. Owing to the loss of the type, much confusion has arisen as to the inter.

pretation of the species, One of us (Whitehouse, 21, p. 214) has lately chosen

a neotype of the species, which was then referred tentatively to the genns

Tropaewn.

484

RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

“i A ounha DATTA

Zt 8

WALGE BUCKINA

Ry She

coy rr

oe es" coor

ase

b=)

By oaseanr

find

Fig. 143. Shows locality where the fossil was found.

HowcHIN AND WHITEHOUSE--A NEW CRIOCERATID AMMONOID 485

In 1875 Waagen (6) recorded and figured trom Rortch, in tidia, a portion

of a large crioceratid as Crivecras australe Moore. This specimen has been

examined by one of us (E.W.W,), Though belonging to the genus Austriliceras.

so typical of the Australian Aptian, if represents a species as yet wnknowa i

Australia, and for which a new specific name is required.

The name Crioeeras jiehii was evected in 1880 by Etheridge (7) for a Walsh

River (Queensland) specimen, This species was selected later by Whitehouse

as the genotype of Anstraliceras (vu. inf.).

In 1883, Etheridge (8) vecorded further ¢rioceratid fragments from North-

West Queensland,

Tn 1888, Tenison-Woods (9) gave the name (yrioceras irregulare lo a ew

form from the Palmer River (Queensland). The specific name was abandoned

by Mtheridge in 1892, but re-crected by Whitehouse in 1926, and placed in the

genus Austraticeras,

Ratte in 1886 published a note (10) on a large fragment referred by him to

Crioceras australe, The specimen bas not been examined by either of us; an

front the fizmre it is not quite clear to whieh of the speetes, into whieh Criaceras

qustrale tas been split, this form belongs.

At the first meeting of the Australasian Association for the Advancement

of Science (1887). the late Professor Ralph Tate (12) supplied a ** List of

Cretaccous fossils of the Lake Eyre Basin,’ in which Crigcenits mustrale finds a

place: but the author @ives no particulars as to the locality where it was found

ov to the name of the diseoverer. The specimen to which he referred is probably

(lat presented to the Adelaide University by Mr. J. J. East, and mentioned by

him in 1889 in a paper on the geology of Central Australia (13).

In 1892, Etheridge (14), in his revision of the fossil floras and faunas of

Queensland, reviewed the Cretaceous ammonoids. He deseribed and referred to

the erioveratid species already named ax Aneyloceras flindersi MeCoy, Crioceras

qustrale Moore, and Crieceras sp. ind, As new species were erected ITamites (7)

laqueus, Aneyloceras taylori, and Criocerus edkinsi, the name Crivceras jachit

ith. fil. was abandoned, it being recorded in the synonyiny of Crioceras australe,

Many new locality records were given,

In the veport of the Horn Expedition, 1896, Tate and Watt acknowledge

the wift of “examples of Crioceras australis’ from Charlotte Waters (15, p. 63),

but no further notices of the specimens are available,

In two papers published in 1902 (16 and 17), Etheridge recorded the

Cretaceous ammonites known from New South Wales and South Australia, but

no additions were made to the species.

Tn 1905, Etheridge (18) took the opportunity, in deseribing a collection of

fossils from Dalhousie Springs, to add still further notes on the Australian

486 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

crioceratids. Crioceras australe Moore, C. jackii Eth. fil. and C. irregulare

Tenison-Woods were regarded as identical and placed wnder the name (. australe.

Further record was made of Crivceras (Ancyloceras) flindersi, aud a new species,

Aneyloceras cordycepoides was erected, Anisoceras (2) sp. was recorded,

Etheridge’s main revision (20) of the erivceratids appeared in 1909, In this

very important and magnificently iustrated paper a vast wealth of material was

deseribed, At that time confusion existed in all countries on the relation of the

loosely coiled ammonoids. Etheridge saw that the accepted classifications were

unsatisfactory, and, in placing the species in such accepted genera, saw that

future generic revision would be necded, He desevibed and figured the following

species: Crioceras (2) leptus; Crioeeras sp. nov.; C. sp.; C. jackii Eth. fil,

(synonym: C. irregulare Tenison-Woods) ; C. naufiloides sp. nov.; C. aronaides

sp. noy.; (. ammuonoides sp. nov.; C. plectoides sp. nov.; C. flindersi MeCoy sp. ;

(, lampros sp. nov.; C. cordycepoides Eth. fil.; C. laqueus Eth, fil; CL laylari

Eth. fil. sp.; @. (2) sp.; and Leptoceras (2) edkinsi Eth. fil. sp.

The name Crioceras australe was abandoned,

In 1926 Whitehouse revised the whole of the ammonoid faunas of Eastern

Australia. A number of new species were erected, and all names previously

‘bestowed were retained, ‘“Crioceras’’ australe Moore and ‘€."" irregulare

Tenison-Woods heing reinstituted. The Australian species were placed in the

genera Austlraliceras®, Tropaeum, Towaceratoides, Hamites, Labeceras*, Appur-

diceras*, Anisaceras, Aleteceras*, Myloceras* and Flindersttes*, the genera

marked with an asterisk being new, Of these Austruliceras, Tropaewm and

Toxocerqtaides belong to the Roma Series, the remaining genera coming from the

Yambo Series, (In this paper the old ‘*Rolling Downs formation’? was divided

into three series: The Morven Bed, the Roma Series, and the Tambo Series in

ascending order. )

Famity ANCYLOCERATIDAR Hyarr (emMenn Wuirrrouse).

This family includes the lineage Ancyloceras, Australiceras, Tropaeum, and

Ammonitoceras. Avstraliceras, which has trituberculation on the initial and.

final stages of the shell, but not on the intermediate stages, passes to Tropacum

hy the eonrplete loss of tubercles. On the speeimen deseribed below weak

tubereles are faintly suggested on the final stage (the coarse costac of the body-

chamber), but the initial whorls are not preseryed. It is advisable, however, 10

retain the species in Tropaewn rather than in Ausiraliceras,

HOWCHIN AND WHITEHOUSE—A NEW CRIOCERATID AMMONOID +87

TROPAEUM IMPERATOR sp. nov.

Fie, 14.

Coiling erioceratid; earliest whorls unknown, later whorls simply costate ;

while the costae of the body-chamber are coarse, widely spaced, aud have very

faint tri-tuberculation, in the intermediate stages the costae are reclined, slightly

flexed, and number about 75 to 80 per whorl; the costae, which occasionally

Fie. 44. Tropaeum imperator sp. nay.

iB I

458 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

bifureate near the umbilical shoulder, are separated by sulei of equal or greater

width,

Densiseptate ; septal suture 1.U.L.E., the various elements highly indented ;

septal saddles prominently and deeply bifid; septal lobes regularly trifid

(fie. 145).

This form, as mentioned below, agrees perfectly with Australiceras lampros

(Etheridge fil,) in details of ribbing, septal sutures, dimensions, and whorl-

section. In two features, however, it is clearly distinet: the size is very mueh

larger and the tuberculation is practically absent, thongh famtly suggested on

the body-chamber, This undoubtedly represents a further example of a species-

lineage changing from Austruliceras to Tropaeum by the orthogenetic loss of

{ubereulation.

The specimen is of particular interest on account of its enormons size, Lt is

hy far the largest erioceratid known, though, of course, not the largest of the

ammonoids. That distinction belongs to the well-known Pachidiseus seppen-

radensis Landois, from the Turonian of Westphalia, which reaches a diameter

of 2 metres.

Very large size was attained in ammonoid stocks at various times. The

Lower Lias, with Coroniceras, Vermiceras, ete., the Portlandian with Gigantites,

and the Turonian with Pachydiseus, Austeniceras, ete., are particularly notice-

able,

Among heteromorphie forms the Ancyloceratidae in particular specialize in

megalomorphs; for, as recently restricted by Whitehouse (23), the family is

comprised of four genera, Aneyloceras, Australiceras, Tropaeum, and Animeoni-

foceras, each of which is made up almost wholly of species of gigantie size, The

earliest of these genera, Ancyloceras, is the least remarkable in this regard,

although forms like A. mafheronianum d’Orbigny and A. variante d’Orbigny

are outstanding. All four genera are represented in the Roma Series of the

‘Rolling Downs Formation’ by large forms; while in other commtries they are

just as remarkable for their megalomorphs. In Europe, e.g., Australiceras gigas

(Sowerby, 1, vi, p. 188, pl. 593, fig. 2), Trepaenm howerbanki (Sowerby, 3,

p. 410, pl. 34, fig. 1), 7. dillsi (Sowerby, 2, p. 389, pl. 15, figs. 1, 2), ad related

forms comprised a group, which, until the discovery of the Australian forms,

contained probably the largest known heteromorphs. See, ¢.g., some of the forms

figured by Sinzow (19). Ainnonitoceras has correspondingly large species, e.2.,

A. tovilense Crick (22).

Genera belonging to other families which contain megalomorphs include

Crioceras (sensu slricto), Distoloceras, Hamites, Anisoceras, and Flindersites.

The three genera last mentioned are represented in the Tambo Series of the

ITIOWCHIN AND WHITEHOUSE-—A NEW CRIOCERATID AMMONOID 485

Septal suture of Trapacum imperator sp. nov.

Fig, 145,

490 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Rolling Downs by species of very considerable size; indeed, when the complete

shell of Flindersites flindersi MeCoy (see 18, pl. 39, fig. 1) is found, it will prob-

ably rank among the largest known heteromorphs.

Tt is thus of interest that, in both the major divisions of the Rolling Downs,

megalomorphs of outstanding size are represented; the particular significance of

this is not yet apparent.

The shell was extracted from the matrix in thirteen pieces, which together

measure 10 feet 3 inches. The following table gives the length of each fragment,

the diameter of the whorls in two directions; the number of costae to the inch

in the earlier whorls; and the width of the sulci, in inches, in the later,

Diameter of Whorl Coste,

Lougth of Fragment in inches, Number to the

No. of Fragment, jn inches. Vertien, Transverse, inch.

] 24 18 1% 8 «. to 1 ineh

2 104 23 2 ieto3

3 124 4 34 1le. tod ,,

4 64 4Y 43 Se. tod

5 124 54 43 d4$e.tod ,,

6 54 a _ 5etod .

7 84 6 54 5a too,

8 4 53 4} 3¢@to4 ,,

9 15 G4 63 2 in, apart

10 14 7 63 2-3. ,,

11 Gs 8 7 4tin.

12 16 83 7 4 in. ,,

13 9 84 8 4 in. ,

NOTES ON AUSTRALICERAS LAMPROS (ETHERIDGE Fil).

In 1909 Etheridge (20, p. 157, pl. 48) deseribed as Crioceras lampros, then

a new species, the hody-chamber of a huge erioceratid. This specimen is in the

collection of the Geological Suryey of Queensland, and at that time the locality

whenee it came was not known. Previously, in 1886, Jack (11, p. 75) had

recorded a large erioceratid from the Walsh River, fifteen miles above the Tele-

graph Station. Some time after Etheridge’s paper had appeared it was found

that the body-chamber forming the type of A. lampros fitted exactly on the end

of this other specimen, the join leaving no doubt that the two forms were but

fragments of the one individual.

This reconstructed holotype of A, lampros measures 540 mm. in diameter,

its dimensions, given according to the usual conventions, being 540, 30, 32, 7b.

The early whorls were trituberculate, though the portion of the shell anterior to

HoOWCHIN AND WHITEHOUSE--A NEW CRIOCERATID AMMONOID 49]

the penultimate tuberculate costa is missing. Tuberenlation ceases at « whorl-

diameter of 165 mim., the succeeding costae being non-tuberenlate. At a diameter

of 355 mm. the costae become coarse and flange-like, and theneeforth are again

trituberculate.

In 1926, Whitehotise (21) figured a British Museum specimen from the

Upper Flinders River|as Australiceras lampros. The specimen was one of a

number examined from the same locality and collection, but none had either the

initial or the final stage preserved, It was obvious, however, that the early

trituberculation was lint, in this respect differine from the holotype. Both

forms agreed in dimensions, whorl-shape, in the course of the ribs, and in having

about 80 costae per whorl on the non-tubereulate portion,

The present specitnen differs from 4. lampros, as mentioned above, in the

tubereulation having practically disappeared, so that the Flinders River speci-

mens are thus morphologically, and apparently genetically, interniediate

between Australiceras lampros and Tropaeum imperator.

Recently one of us) (F.W.W., 23), in discussing the ammonoids of the Roma

Series, pointed out that three divisions were palacontologically possible, namely, in

descending order: Beds with 1. Sanmartinoceras, 2. Tropaeun, 3. Australicerus,

but that the ranges of the two general Avstraliceras and Tropuewm probably

overlapped to a slight jextent. The holotype of Australiceras lampros, with its

prominent tubercles, is! no doubt from a horizon well down in the Aystraliceras

beds; on Trepacum iniperatar, however, tubereulation is so indistinet that the

form has apparenthy just crossed the border-line between Anstraliceras und

Tropacum, It is suggested, consequently, that the specimen was derived from

the base of the beds with Trepaeum, The lineage of A. lampros thus has prob-

ably an extended range.

References to Literature.

1, Sowerby J. and Sowerby J. de C. 1812-29, ‘The Mineral Conchology of

Great Britain,’’ ivi (London).

2. Sowerby J. de C. |) 1827. Appendix to Fitton. ‘*On the Strata below the

Chalk’’ (Trans. Géol. Soe., Ser. 2, iv).

3. Sowerby J. de C.) 1887, “On the Genus Criseeratites and on Scuphites

gigas’? (ibid., Ser.|2, y).

4. MeCoy, F. 1867. “*On the Discovery of lebthyosanrus and Plesiosairis in

Australia’? (Ann. Mag, Nat. Hist., Ser. 3, xix, p. 356).

5. Moore (, 1869 (1870). ‘Australian Mesozoic Geology and Palacontology”

(Quart, Jour. Geol, Soe,, xvi, p. 226-261).

6, Waagen W. 1875.) ‘‘Jurassie Fauna of Kuteh- Cephalopoda’? (Mem. Ceol,

Sury. of India (Palaeontologia Indica), i, p. 246).

RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Mtheridge R. jr., 1880. ‘On a Collection of Vossils from the Bowen River

Coalfield’? (Proc, Roy. Phys. Soe, Hdin., vy, p. 305).

Ktheridge R. ja., 1883. ‘' Fossils from the Cretaceous Rocks of NK.

Australia. (Journ, and Proc, Roy. Soc. N.S. Wales, xvii, p. 88),

Tenison-Woods J. E. 1882 (18838). ‘'On some Mesozoic Fossils from the

Palmer River, Queensland*’ (Jour. and Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S. Wales, xvi,

p. 151).

Ratte F. 1886. ‘‘Note on Crigceras austrule Moove, a Lower Cretaceous

Fossil from Queensland’? (Proce. Linn, Soc. N.S. Wales, Sev. 2,1, p. 183).

Jack R. L, 1886. ‘*Handbook of Queensland Geology’? (Geol. Surv. Qld.

pub, 31),

Tate R. 1887. ‘‘The Age of the Mesozoic Rocks of the Lake Eyre Basin”

(Report Aust. Assoc, Adv. Sei., 1, p. 228-250).

East J. J. 1889. ‘*The Geological Structure and Physical Features of

Central Australia’? (Trans. Roy. Soe. 8. Aust., xii, p, 31-53 (p. 41)).

Jack and Etheridge jr. 1892. ‘*The Geology and Palaeontology of Queens-

land and New Guinea’? (Brisbane and London).

Tate and Watt. 1896. ‘Geology’? in Report Tlorn Exped. to Central

Australia, iii (London).

Etheridge R. jr. 1902. ‘‘Monograph of the Cretaceous Livertehrate Fauna

of New South Wales’? (Mem. Geol. Surv. of N.S. Wales, Pal. Ser. No. 11,

p, 44).

Etheridge R. jr. 1902. ‘The Cretaceous Mollusca of South Australia and

the Northern Territory’? (Mem. Roy. Soc. 8. Aust. x1, part 1).

Etheridge R. jr, 1905. ‘‘Contributions to the Palaeontology of South

Australia’? (Appendix to H. Y. L. Brown’s Report of Geol, Explor. in the

West and North-west of South Australia’’) (Government Printer, Adelaide).

Sinzow J. 1905. Ueber einige evoluten Amunonitiden aus dem oberen

Neokom Russlands (Mat. Geol. Russl, xxii).

Etheridge R. jr. 1909. ‘‘Lower Cretaceous Fossils from the Sources of

the Barcoo, Ward and Nive Rivers, South Central Queensland’? (Ree, Aust.

Mus., vii, p. 135).

Hanert L. 1910, ‘The Geologieal Age and Organie Remains of the Gingin

Chalk’? (Geol. Surv. West Aust., Bull. No. 36, p. 115-127).

Crick GC. 1916. ‘SOun Amimonitoceras tavilense from the Lower Green-

sand of Kent’? (Proc, Malac. Soc., xi),

Whitehouse, F. W. 1926. ‘The Cretaceous Ammonoidea of Hastern Ants-

tralia’* (Mem, Qld. Mus,, viii).

INDEX TO GENERA AND SPECIES

INDEX to GENERA anp SPECIES

Acanthoglossa ,.

Aciagrion pe ate

neuta, Australomysis

advenus, Mind:alotus

aeneiseapus, Ormyromorpt

uereiseapus, Entedonella

aesehyvli, Mesamotura

“vethiops, Ophielinus 2,

aflinis, Neoeurys :

Agrioenemis a 4

Agrionopteri .

albiewuda, Ambtroloaton

ilbostrinta, Ophiothrix

‘leestris, Rhyothemis

Aleposomus

nligherei, Chaleis

aligherini, Macrodontomorus ..

wligherini, Ophelosia .,

Aligherinin :

nllogenes, Agrionopteri \

Allomyeterus ..

Allostichaster s.r

allporti, Parapereis — .,

ipinus, Mandalotus

alternans, Diestotn

utaceus, Coproporus .,

Amblypneustes

Ammotretis

Ammotrophus .. a

Amphiodin

Amphiophiura.

Amphiury :

Anax oe an

Auguilly

angularis, Homalota

angusta, Daranehialina

mnigustifrons, Aligherinia

‘iuissesuthum, Ophiomusiym ..

Anisomysis 7% fu

annularis, Cheldophila ..

annulatus, Microcyphus

‘nmonalus, Apogonops

Anomognathus ., va

antarcticus, Mustelus

Anthaster

Anthenea.

Anusoiden ed

Aputopygus

Page

262

249

164

237

312

232

295

429

43,

iste

‘

ret

829

aad

313

254

231

185

207

204

464

233

471

426

445

425

228

269

245

313

446

25g

269

461

230)

270

224

386

384

310

478

Aphologlossa x ‘

apicalis, Diph: mor phos:

upivipennis, Eleusis

Apogonops a .

aporum, Ophiomusinm .,

upricus, Callionymus .,

Aptyehotrema :

nquilonsaris, Perilamipis

Arachnoides

Archaster

aretidens, Davtyloanrgur

Aretocephalus .. ‘

arevstatus, Mehinaster .

drenosa, Peetinura

Argyripnus ra ai

aristulati, Ophiothrix ..

‘rmipectus, Mandalotus

armivarius, Mandalotus

Arnoglossus oll

Ascopharynx

asiatiea, Lathrecista

Aspidites

ussimilis, Peetinura

Asterina

Astroboa .. ¥; oe

Astroehaleis as a8

Astroconus . it

astrologorum, Tosia se

Astropecten oi “i

ater, Neomegastigmus ..

Atherina .. eit ae

Atheta., bs, Ae

atvatus, Polyelonus — ..

atricornis, Pareniaca

atricoxa, Hurytomonmma«

atyphoida, Asterina .,

auchmeresthes, Mand:alotus

auritegula, Thaumasurn

australasiae, Breynia

nustraliae, Luidia ita

australiae, Pachycentrotus

uustraliea, Mierovelia ..

Rhagovelia.,

justraliensis, Leptomysis

Pelorotelopsella

Tachinaephagus

australis, Anisomysis

Astroconus

Page

267

287

250

230

447

Bal

22+

ais

470

aT5

ride

Bn0

ANG

442

Yor

450)

171

222

”

442

aso

419

420

419

384

371

331

274

aks

s26

319

aso

Liz

315

ASI

374

467

216

208

246

337

309

252

419

494

australis, Ophiocomina

Ophiomusium

Ophiomyxa ..

Ophiothrix

Protenaster ..

Raja ..

Siriella

Temnopleurns

Tosia ..

Ty phlops

Austrilomysis ..

Austrofromin

Austrolestes is te

Azy opus its a

buchus, Physieulius

Balaenoptera .. =

hanksii, Aptychotrema

Barretthydrus .. ot

hassensis, Arnoglossus . .

heenleighi, Epanusin ..

bella, Thaumasura

bertholdi, Rhynehelwps

bicineta, Atheta

bifreniutus, Gobius

hilobieollis, Mandiotus

himacwlatus, Mandalotus

biplagiata, Silusa

hipunctata, Diplacodes. ,

hispinosa, Prionocidnris

hivitticollis, Mandalotus

blaekmorei, Mandalotns

Blastophaga

Brachida ., TS

brachiolata, Comatula

brachygnatha, Ophineantha

Briachvleon 2

braganzi, Rhyothemis ..

breviearinatus, Manidalotus

breviewndatus, Dasyatis

brevieeps, Mursenichthys

Stilicopsis

brevicornis, Sternotropit

brevipes, Perge.

brevipinnis, Ammotretis

brevis, Nepanthia

Breviin ..

brishanensis, Pusilempus

broadhurstii, Cvnoglossus

brownii, Cantherines .,

hurusi, Metarretocera

encspitosa, Ophiothrix ..

Cafing .. 4

RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Page

422

449

418

454

479

225

242

458

381

248

A87

283

999

262

265

302

waa

393

48]

BAT

233

234

325

450

264

Paze

evalamuria, Coscinusterias ra .. 899

calear, Patiriella ae 4, ce OSL

Caliroa .. ay act ne .+ 2BT

Calliderma és + 4° .. 268

Callionvmus an Ae a 1 284

silliphorae, Chaleis .. a! = ~ B22

Callogobius 33 be +s 282

canalieulata, Ophigeoiva u ats .. 487

Cantherines wa tt at .. 23+

capensis, Perilimpus .. re oe ES

carbonaria, Clirissa .. ai" .. 289

Oarshirinus fe ’ ba + «224

carinatipes, Mandalotus fle oe LG

carlylei, Stomutoceras .. A +s 827

curpenteri, Oligometra .. Bf .. 368

carteri, Mandalotus —.. = .. 162

eastaneus, Lispinus ie rar) ». 260

caudata, Goniogustreta = oe OBS

vellaris, Mundalotus La -. 164

eephalus, Mugil .. 3 an .. Ban

Ceroulees.. se an “Is oo

Ceriagrion ba vs “4 41

cervinus, Ascopharynx. . “te on A

Chaleidellia re wa 4 w+ B87

Chaleis ., iF a as os «ABZ

Chaleitelloides .. an + oo wan

Cheldophila : fs a. 269

Chelimonops bo one re 2. 280

Chelodina a acd bqo whe

christii, Porgy ., oe Ae +e ADS

Chirysopa. , \ a 48

cinetipennis, CQ opr sporny ye 204

cinetus, Pterygophorus 2. 2ST

cinereus, Arctocephalus YS .. 12-13

QOlarissa. .. ry + a o+ 25S

Closteromyiia .. oe a O36

Coelorhynchus .. ke vi = 229

coeruleus, Dinphus try ly oa 227

colins, Seomber wt ,. iB3]

collaris, Clarissa “s ap 2. 2a

Mandalotus .. “' .. TST

colleta, Amphiophinra ., os . 445

Comunthus 4-8 ee of oe OT

Comatula a7 f 2 866

compressiventris, Vitropinotell: t +. 880

Compsometra — ., we tw .. 369

cvompsus, Mieroeyphus 7 .. =6462

Conchylosmylus. . a - we AB

Congiopus a 44 be o. “283

Coproporus oe at - 264, 276

corallieolu, Cafius obs ie .. 264

cordatum, Echinocardium so a. 481

cordipennis, Mandalotus 5 .. 183

Coronuster v4 + re -» SHS

coronata, Asterina te es .. 390

Coscinasterius .. oa

eraniolaris, Pibularia .. he

erassicornis, Mandalotus aye

crassispina, Asterina .

crawfordi, Mandalotus. , ns

Ophelosia

eressoni, Perga .. 4 ve

croccicollis, Myrmeleon '

erudnus, Mindulotus

eryptoeephalmu, Leneoer: ispedum

Ctenandropus .. A

eupreovirius, Perjlampus

eurticollis, Lispinus

eyelins, Ammotrophus ..

Oynoglossus a

Dactylosargus

darwini, Brachyleou

Dasyatis os me)

debilis, Anomaguathus, ,

decvanus, Pleetuster = t

Decatoma a

deducta, Neastaeilla

delicdtinm, Prehyeorvuus

Demunsia..

Denigonia a a)

densiventris, Brachida,.

dentautitibia, Thaumasura

douticulitus, Lepidorhynehug..

Mandalotus

dentipes, Mandslotus ..

desenrtesi, Murytoma .. ys

Dinphus .. iy +3

Diestoti

dietrichiae, Suhpalaesa

(iffieilis, Palaminus o

Diglotta .. os a4

Dinoura .. 4 4

Diphamorphos .. §

Diplacades “'p :

‘dliseoidalis, Gyroptinena

Distoleon.. as a4 at

Ditrepinotella .. is

doriferus, Aretoeephyalug be

dorsalis, Limnodynastes

dorsalis, Pergi Ba

diibeni, Pentugonuster .. ‘

dubia, Mierovelia

dumerilii, Searus 2 i

duponti, Leptops ar io

Echinaster si - +

Eehinoeardium

Eehinoeynmug

Page

HOS

ATT

1638

ago

164

277

264

260

471

238

250

270

B97

32]

B38

263

panne

315

Boy

174

Lo4+

319

227

267

26]

277

316

287

266

330

12-14

301

BSO

214

231

395

481

476

INDEX TO GENERA AND SPECIES

Eehinometra

Edaphus .. ot ws

edna, Chaleis ..

Bleusis .. -

elevata, Brae iiaa a

Ophiozonella

emerseni, Pareniaea

Pseudiparellsn

Emydura,. as

Entedonella “ $+

Epanusia

Mpistenia. .

Episystole

eques, Phycodurns

ernue, Astrobou ., 44

Krotolepsiella — ., ;

erubescens, Ceriugrion . .

erythrocephalus, Metopouens ..

erythrogramma, Heliavidaris

Buantedon re ““

Huclichvthys

cupelmoiden, Se Afzonotelli

Eupelmus : an

Hurytoma an +

Enrytomomma .. +3

exigua, Patiriellir

extremus, Eehinaster

evlandti, Eurytoma ..

fasciatus, Coclorhynehus

Neoblennius

fascicularis, Asterina ,.

fergusoni, Mandalotus ..

ferrugineum, Parusevium

festa, Lathrecista 3%

Fibtaria, . *. +s

fijiana, Atheta ,. 3

Metaxya

fijiensis, Gyrophuens

Palaminus

filumentosus, Gobins

filisilyae, Eurytoms

flava, Koebelea .. oa

Havescens, Authenea

formosus, Amblypneustes

forsteri, Aretocephalus

fragilis, Acingrion xt

frogatti, Pleistodontes ..

funereus, Mandalotus

fusea, Koobelen

fuseusx, Ascopliaryux .,

veimbia, Papilio .

veminitus, Barretthydrus

495

Page

469

261

g99

259

265

440

3 ar

330

337

aio

A138

317

228

419

336

275

408

SHO

Oey

812

all

319

way

oad

o71

271

206

261

332

aS4.

4tit

13, 15

aos

178

aan

Pos

389

270

496 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Page

Genocidaris 6 ea +4 1. 407

georginnus, Scorpis fa g 6-380

weranioides, Goniocvidaris it we 455

glabriventris, Tomocersa ss wb oat

glomeratus, Echinaster be wo 805

Gnathanaesnithus as es ne 883

Gobins .. .* es 7) ». 23]

gootzeei, Gnathannenntius ., oa TS

Goninuiwetia es . as .. 480

Goniovilaris ve om *, ee i)

Goniogastrella ,. i a Rens 5)

gorgonin, Ophiarachnella rar .. 448

wouldii, Denisonia y4 +; ress)

eriidis, Amblypneustes te 2. 4065

Nepanthia .. 1+ oe AOS

granifera, Uniophora ., $4 .. = 408

eramilatus, Mandalotus ate 2. 164

pratilla, Tripneustes .. aa ss 467

gunnii, Patiriella we ote o 6892

gunthori, Cantherines .. 33 .. Ba

euttatiponnis, Chaleidellia ., a eee

guttatus, Anix ., ‘ a = 12

gymnogaster, Mandalotus ae + kt

eymnonota, Uniophorin, . 3 2. 405

Gynaeanthia +4 es wt ia 42

Gyrophaena om an av .» «BAG

hanckei, Purapereia .. tof .» 281

Platyeephalas. , “. .. 338

Hilachivus 4 oe = ye 284

hialei, Siriella =... ct, Bs re 2nG

Halosaurus ts a4 iy os” 838

ILalovelia it a var .. 200

hasseltii, Callogohing .. ‘+ we 882

Heloecidaris ms a \ 2. 468

Iletairotermes .. rs .. 269

heteraeantha, Gphioncossota we -. 451

Heterocentrotius im ee .. 470

Hoteromysis . +4 ne +4 «688d

Hexanusia + = “i 810

Holopneustes «+ ty as 466

Homalota nn it oh .. BAD

hoplovephalus, Metoponeus — .. .. 8T4

loplocnenmus, Mandaletus ms ve TSG

lowense, Mierovelin ., in wr 211

lhawensis, Mandalotus ,. - .. 90

humilis, Bleusis -. . aie .. 209

hungerfordi, Mesoy clia A. +4 199

hymengeantha, Ophiothrix —.. .. 643]

hypulus, Mimdalotus ., “2 lt

hyotricosus, Mandilotus ts a3 UG

illustris, Polymetme .. ap a+ BST

imbyicutus, Ophioplocus ne a. 6455

iImnuiturus, Coproporus

imperator, Tropaeum ..

imponderosus, Mandalotus

impressicollis, Lispinus. .

incerta, Genocidaris —.,

incommoda, Compsometra

inecomptus, Ophiomedon

indiea, Calliderima 4

infernalis, Ophiarachnella

inflatus, Holopneustes ..

inframacula, Demansia

insignipes, Mandalotus.,

insignis, Agrionoptera ..

insigniventris, Thamiaraea

incisi, Australomysis

insulana, Tachyusa je

insularis, Apheloglossa. . .

Mandalotus ..

intercoxalis, Mandalotus

interocularis, Mandalotus

interrupty, Gonimaretia

inusitatus, Mandalotis

Trichohaltichella

irideseens, Argyripuus .,

iregularis, Phylacanthus

Sinilasterias

Tsoplatoides

jaculiterus, Allonrveterns

Japanin .,

julia, P odagriatclis

juno, Chaleis —.. +t

keatsi, Mesamotura

Ophelosia

Systasis .. Ys

kinbergi, Ophiura. an

kingsleyi, Pachynenronm

Koebeles .. ba 4

laevis, Malacovephalus. .

lnminatipes, Mandalotus

laininipectus, Mandalotus

Lamprometra = ., .

latebricola, Mandalotus

latensis, Nacogeus aa

lateralis, Palaminus ..

Lathreeista 4 *

leai, Hetnirotermes 1

Neoeurys .. bi

Paralispinus “a

Phloeothrips a

Xiphydria ‘i

leasthenes, Papilio o

Lepidorhynelius

Page

204.

487

187

260

457

ang

362

263

444

166

172

272

249

271

267

162

164

480

163

B27

454

402

234

309

aZd

312

aad

335

445

Rag

Pag

L+

164

BOR

181

196

261

260

293

259

286

330, 241

Bag

Leptomysis Ae Pa

Leptops ,- gi te

lesueri, Peronella

Leucoeraspedin 4%

leneometopon, Congiopus

leucopoveilus, Cougiopus

limucina, Caliroa fs

limbata, Trames

Limnodynastes .. 4

lineoeacrntea, Opliothrix

Lionurus .. he

liosomus, Spheroides

Lispinus ,. i

Lithocharis a. xt

Jongieaudatus, Notomys

longicollis, Mandalotus

longicornis, Sternotropa

longipeda, Opliothvix ..

longiseapus, Paranusia. .

loweri, Myrmeleon

Inci, Stomutoversas

lucida, Pseudophaena ..

Luidia = .. v6

Mavcrodontomeris -

macronena, Ptilometra

ninterops, Mandilotus ..

munerurus, Carcharinus ..

nutenlosus, Threpterius, .

uiigna, Notanatoliea —.,

Malacocephalus ..

minimmillatus, Pleterove nitrotus

Mandalotus

Muantispa f

nuiriani, Chaleis re

maritima, Diglotta

Halovelia

marnoratipennis, Miia

martensi, Ophiothrix

mathuei, Rehinometra .,

miyrii, Perga :

medcoxalis, Mandalotus

Megastigmus .. ud

Melainbaphes '

meluueholica, Microvelia

Mesamotura ae a

mesopoma, Armphiodia

mesosternalis, Mandalotus

Mesovelia

Metarretocera

Metaxya .. a4

meteors, Episystole

Metoponeus als +“

Microeyphus

Page

~, 246

2. ATS

Sieded

220333

ee 88a

tie B87

fe [a

432

e. 829

os B84

260

263

be 2

vt “G2

266

ee #88

xe ply

A27

208

S74

nite egy

86S

oe TRS

VOY

251

oot

fod

.. 470

., 147

.. «323

203

.. old

2) 4A

.. 470

-, 303

179

een Ts 1)

~~ 2380

216

312

ow. 426

a. G4

19s

495

2PF1

263, 274

461

INDEX TO GENERA AND SPECIES

microps, Mandalotus ..

nicrostouia, Atherinit

Microyelia “4 F

miltoni, Phasgonoplora

minerva, Chaleis

Pseudidarnes

Iniviyentris, Thamiaraca

ulitehelli, Notonrys

injobergi, Microvelin .,

niodestus, Sesrus 4

motuarthrus, Telioerinus

nioricei, Perga.

morulus, Coproporus

mucosus, Cullogobius ..

muclleri, Arnoglossus

Mugil es pe

multicarinatus, Mand: lotus

multispina, Neetria

Uniophori,

Murvenichthys ..

multistriata, Lrichohiltichella

Mustelus .. aie

myrmesocephalus, Sdapuens

Myrmeleon be

Nuvoveus, . be bt

Nannodiplas te .

auticus, Catius ..

Neastacilla

Nectria 2. ag

Nemiatalosa

nemornimn, Brotelepsiolla

Neoblennins

Neoeurys .. :

Neonegastiginis ons

Nepunthia 4%

Neurothemis te is

nigricaput, Pleistodontes

nigriceps, Clenaundropus

nigromaculatus, Lionurus

niveipes, Blastophaga ..

nodipennis, Mandsalotus

norfoleensis, Mandalotus

Notanatolica

Notomys .. : :

noumenna, Par: vey pea

obesa, Cniophora “

obseura, Clarissi

oceanica, Microyelin

ovellatu, Neetria ;

Odux be an 28

Oligometra :

ooplix, Ophiura 4

497

Page

va Qt

teh -. 206

ve (OS4

408

of os 388

B7y

B15

we oe =

% ee ABS

S05

276

oa)

+ re en

wae

ts .. «6880

+4 re 1st

ATS

407

pa 28

328

a. 224

274

oe TYG

a 2

-. 264

375

yor

ae we ole

os 2. 886

- + 1282

|e 285, U2

+. Bal

ats io 9a

+4 2% 42

o4 .. sa7

264

7s )6-229

is “BSS

es .« 19s

.» 192

ba 44

vm ads

498

opacnin, Ophiurodon

Ophelosia

Ophiacantha

Ophiactis

Ophiarachnella

Ophiclinus

Ophiocome

Ophioecominn — .. rs

Ophiocrossots.

Ophiolepis

Opliomedon

Ophiomusium

Opliomyxe 3

Ophioplocus

Ophionereis

Ophioscolex

Ophiothrix

Ophiozonella

Ophiura

Ophinroden

Orinyromorphi as

Orthetrum oy on

ovum, Amblypneustes

oxyvomus, Mandalotus

Oxytelus

paclista, Aublypneustes

Pachycentrotus ..

Pachyeory nus

Pachyueuron

pacificn, Apheloglossa

iP alaminus .

pallidus, Ambly pieustes

Pachyeoryiuis

Pupilio :

papilio, Pavateieli

Pauralispinus nap “4

Paranchialina

Paranusia

Pavapereis

Parasalenia

Parasey Wun we fs

Paratrigla

Pareniaea : ve

parvicirra, Coumunthus “4

Patiriella 63

puucicirra, Muantedon ..

pectinatus, is a

Peetinura - ss

pectoralis, Halosanrus .,

Pelorotelopsella .. es

pentagonalis, Mandalotus

Pentagonaster

peramocna, Microvelia

RECORDS OF THE S.A,

268, 2

261,2

Paye

440)

420

427

443

tee

A387

422

450)

453

Pa2

446

418

453

ABS

418

429

449

445

440

333

464

179

260

MUSEUM

Perga 34

Perilampus

Perouella..

peroni, Peronella

Peropus a

persephone, Dee atouie be

Petrivin .. ¥ +

Phasgonophora

Philoseia .

Phlocothrips 63 +e

Phycodurus

Plivllacauuthus ..

Physiculus oie

pietifrons, Myrmeleou ..

pilosella, Irichohaltichelly

pinnifaseintus, Azygopus

placenta, Arachnoides ,.

plateia, Pibularia

Platycephalus

platyeephalus, Me toports us

platytatus, Rehinoeyamus

platyterus, Aummotrophus

plebeia, Rhombosolen

Plectaster

Pleistodontes mn

pleuroyramma, Spheroides

Podagrionella

poema, Chaleis

Stethynium

poeta, Episystole nr

polii, Parasalenia

Polyelonus

Polymetme A “¥

polynemns, Eulichthys

polyphux, Allostichaster

polypora, Austrofromia

pomonae, Chaleis

pondericornis, Mandialotus

porosissimus, Holopneustes

posteoxalis, Mandalotus

preissii, Astropecten

Prionocidaris

protecta, Lamprometrn

Trotenaster

Protoplectron

Pseudaplhritis

Pscudidarnes

Pseudiparella

Pseudophaena

Pterygophorus

Ptilometra

puella, Chaleis

pulchellus, Microcy phus

pulchra, Dinoura

Page

301

317

ATS

475

321

58s

s24

145

Bas

454

929

825

B33

470

477

O33

275

476

474

337

any

3a7

Bot

nao

avd

317

46%

288

B27

229

390

SST

1638

185

a72

450

BGS

ATY

231

332

BB4

208

287

368

323

462

316

pulehripes, Thaumasura

pulehra, Ophioeoma

puncticollis, Mandalotus

punotiventris, Mandelotuy

purpureipes, Westwoodian

pusillus, Mandalotus

Neveurys as

Mindalotus ..

pyrifer,

INDEX

quiudveticeps, Acanthoglogsa

(quilripunetila, Gyrophiaeh

yuadripustubitus, Tseplito

quadrisetie, Megastigniusy

Raja oe a5

trunsivi, Aspidites i

Ophinvachuella

Parapereis

recens, Apatopy gus

rectienrinatus, Mandalotus

rewing, Clideis

reinhardtit, Anguilla

resiliens, Ophinetis

Khagovelia te

Khombosoles

Rivne lebips 43

Rhyothemis

richurdsoni, Nemiatolosi

rosenbergi, Gynaewitlit

rubra, Naunediplux

rubripes, Chaleis 2

Pergit ..

riis, Manudalotus

ruficoruis, Claleis

(Les

rifotestaceus, Pachyeory|ius ..

rugiceps, Porga

rugosus, Trachysaurus

ruskini, Chaleis ..

salina, Philoseia ase

Salmacis bs rR

saltator, Temngdon i“

sultensis, Stommtoverius

silti, Stomatoceras a4

siltinatus, Eurytome

sanguinithorax, Wexrarusik

singuiniventris, Chaleis

staber, Mandalotus pa

Senrus

Scomber ., ee

schayeri, Ophionereis

sehiodtei, Perga 4

Schizonotella

TO GENERA AND SPECIES

Page

.. 6489

Le 1159

ve TGR

re LG

103

2099

167

nae

267

one

oe ane tT

aau

225

444

Pal

2. AT

rs, SETR

Bas

427

208

932

225

2. 806

,. 164

». 3338

. BAB

BOG

(a 31

3u5

ia 445

o AGT

230)

307

.- 327

,. 820

y. 810

822

o. 164

,. 2331

a+ 23]

.. 455

.» 801

312

schiuberti, Chaleis

Seopaens i

Seorpis ,. '

scutellata, Cere: ule es

seuteHatus, Neoeurys

semiauriceps, Elastophiaga

senuifasciatus, Odax,

semifuseicornis, Hurytoma

semiopacus, Tetrapleurus

semirnber, Metoponcus. .

Oxytelus

semoni, Ophionereis

selistriatus, Mandalotus

sexsetac, Megastigimus ..

sharpi, Lispinus

sidniea, Deeatoma

silyae, lrichohaltiebella

silvifilia, Lrichohaltiehella

silvifilia, Systolomorphella

silvipuer, Wurytoma

Sihusa

simplex, Opkioisinstind

sinusoida, Uniophora

Niriella .. te

Amilasterias : ae

sommolentus, Distelean

speciosa, Closteromyiia

speciosissima, lWpistenia

speeuliris, Lispinas

Spheroides .

spilopterion, P oflagrionella

spongicola, Opliothrix

squalidus, Mandalotus

squamilateratus, Aleposonmus

squamosus, Mandalotus

sterilis, Mandalotus

sternotropa

Stethynium,

stigmatizans, Neiruthenins

Stilicopsts

Stomatocerus —.. i.

Stomopueustes

striatus, Mandalotus

strigipes, Mantispa

subopucus, Lispinus — .,

Suhpalnesa

suleipennis, Lispinus

sumatrensis, Ndaphus

superba, Ophiolepis

sydneyensis, Mandaletus

syntomus, Astropecten

Systusis . +t

Systolomorpha

Systolomorphella

260

234

ast

pea

165

ier

IAT

Lay

160

2H5

se)

aga

207

oad

457

181

2nn

Ack

260)

201

458

372

335

318

316

Tachinaephagus -

Tachyusa ra “7

Taneostigmodes io

tapirina, Rhombosolea — .

tasmaniea, Teteromysis

Telioerinus “itd Ay

Temnodon be es

Temnopleurus .. “

ten, Chaleitelloides be

tenuicornis, Mandalotus

tenuis, Mandalotus vi

tetragonus, Spheroides

Tetrapleurus Be ne

textilis, Demansia re

Thamiaraea ‘c +a

Thaumasura pa 24

Threpterius . ‘

thyridopterygis, Systolomorpha

tibialis, Barretthydrus

timareta, Mandalotus ..

Tomocera an a

Tosia ao oy ai

Traehysaurus ..

Tramea ss... Sod :

triangularis, Macrodontomerus

tricarinata, Xenarretocera

trichoptera, Comanthus

tricolor, Ophiactis +6

trifasciata, Ormyromorpha

Tripneustes ae 4

trisucantha, Amphiura ..

triseriatus, Conchylosmylus

tristis, Japama. a

trivialis, Diplacodes — ..

trivittipennis, Palaminus

Tropaeum te .

truncatus, Chelmonops ..

tubaria, Goniocidaris ..

tuberculosa, Anthenea ..

Astrochalcis

RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Page

309

271

31]

255

865

280

458

32g

164

16)

234

uT8

272

314

231

318

280

163

B38

381

Pal

329

825

S67

427

467

425

309

45,

273

487

280

455

385

420

Typhlops a a

typicus, Archaster ra

unifaseia, Tanecostigmodes

uniformis, Mandalotus ..

Uniophora ae ad

unipunetipennis, Hupelmus

uniserialis, Uniophora

uniseriatus, Myrmeleon

urvillii, Pseudaphritis —.

valyulatus, Authaster ..

vanessa, Paratrigha or

vappa, Astropecten

yaria, Anusoidea +3

variabilis, Clarissa 4

variepatus, Peropus — ..

variolaris, Stomopneustes .

rarius, Ophiclinus

ventralis, Neoeurys art

venustum, Protoplectron

vergilti, Chalcis :

vernicina, Petricia i

verticalis, Distoleon at

vigilans, Mandalotus ..

vilis, Lithoearis 1%

yillosovittatum, Orthetrum

vincenti, Halaelurus

yineenti, Siriella 4

virgulata, Salmacis ro

viridivertex, Tomocera

wiitei, Heteromysis — .-

Pp vores

Pergu.. br

Westwoodiana .. sf

Xenarretoeera .. zy

Niphydria .- os

zebra, Melambaphes ..

zigzag, Microcyphus ..

Page

375

Bll

165

405

311

413

2384

373

310

200

232

208

308

388

263

Bed

Bay

461

333

ava

316

325

286

230

AGE